TM1 1520 237 23 4
Uploaded by
Fredy H GalvanTM1 1520 237 23 4
Uploaded by
Fredy H GalvanDigitally signed by QUALITY
CONTROL
DN: cn=QUALITY CONTROL,
*TM 1-1520-237-23-4
o=EJERCITO NACIONAL,
ou=BAMAV2,
[email protected]
m, c=CO
Date: 2015.05.28 20:27:47 -05'00'
TECHNICAL MANUAL
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
HELICOPTERS, UTILITY TACTICAL TRANSPORT
UH-60A NSN 1520-01-035-0266 (EIC:RSA)
UH-60L NSN 1520-01-298-4532 (EIC:RSM)
EH-60A NSN 1520-01-082-0686 (EIC:RSB)
HH-60A NSN 1520-01-459-9468 (EIC:RSN)
HH-60L NSN 1520-01-471-6743 (EIC:RSI)
H-60-15-AMAM-15-004
UPDATED CARGO HOOK SQUIB TECHNICAL DATA
AND TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENTD: Distribution authorized to Department of Defense and U.S. DoD contractors only to protect critical technology effective
as of 15 June 2003. Other requests for this document must be referred to Commander, US Army Aviation and Missile Command, ATTN: SFAE-AV-
UH/L, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5000.
WARNING-This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title22,U.S.C.Sec.2751etseq.) or the
Export Administration Actof1979, as amended, Title50, U.S.C.,App.2401 et seq. Violation of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties.
Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DOD Directive 5230.25.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE–Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
______________________________________________________________________
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
CHANGE 3 31 JULY 2012
30-May-14
JMTM
TM 1-1520-237-23-4
WARNING SUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be under-
stood and applied during operation and maintenance of this equipment. Failure to observe these precautions
could result in serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Personnel performing operations, procedures, and practices which are included or implied in
this technical manual shall observe the following warnings. To disregard these warnings and
precautionary information can cause serious injury, death, or an aborted mission.
LOSS OF HEARING
Serious hearing loss and injury can occur during drilling, grinding and riveting operations. Wear
ear and eye protection.
FUMES
Volatile and toxic fumes occur when using solvents, causing both a re and a health hazard.
Get fresh air and immediate medical attention. Wash contacted skin with clean water for 15
minutes. If solvent contacts eyes, ush them with clean water (15 minutes) and get immediate
medical help. Provide proper ventilation and protective clothing, including eye shield, when
using solvents. Avoid breathing vapors and skin contact as much as possible.
HEAVY LIFT
Injury to personnel or damage to equipment will result if FRIES bar is not supported during
removal. Use at least two assistants to support FRIES bar during removal/installation.
EXTERNAL CARRY
Personnel carried externally are subject to injury from exposure to wind chilling, dehydration,
difcult breathing conditions, and foreign objects.
ROPES
All rope ends must be secured away from rotors during landing. This applies both to ropes
hanging from the aircraft and ropes dropped onto the ground in the landing area.
RADAR ALTIMETER
Radar altimeter indications should not be relied upon exclusively during FRIES operations
as the altimeter may either measure the distance from the aircraft to the top of trees in heavy
foliage or from the aircraft to the ground in lighter foliage.
a
TM 1-1520-237-23-4
WARNING SUMMARY – Continued
VISIBILITY
Do not use FRIES under conditions in which the rope end/landing is not visible from the aircraft.
NOTE
FIRST AID
Refer to FM 4-25.11.
b
H-60-MIM-15-004
TM 1-1520-237-23-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Volume 4
WP Sequence No.
WARNING SUMMARY
CHAPTER 4 – AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fire Detection System............................................................................................... ..........................0145 00
Fire Extinguishing System...................................................................................................................0146 00
Windshield Wiper System ......................................................................................... ..........................0147 00
Windshield Anti-Ice System ...................................................................................... ..........................0148 00
Blade Deicing System ............................................................................................... ..........................0149 00
Cargo Hook System UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> .......................................................................0150
.
H-60-15-AMAM-15-004 00
Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant UH60A UH60L> <............................................................................0151 00
Blade De-ice Test Panel (AVIM) ................................................................................ ..........................0152 00
Heating and Ventilation System...........................................................................................................0153 00
Environmental Control System (ECS) EH60A> < ................................................................................0154 00
Environmental Control System (ECS) HH-60A HH-60L> < ...................................................................0155 00
Rescue Hoist Kit..................................................................................................................................0156 00
Rescue Hoist System HH-60A HH-60L> < ................................................................. ..........................0157 00
Rescue Hoist Control Panel (AVIM).....................................................................................................0158 00
Auxiliary Power Unit System (116305 Series).......................................................................................0159 00
Auxiliary Power Unit System (3800480 Series) ......................................................... ..........................0160 00
Aeromedical Evacuation Kit ...................................................................................... ..........................0161 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Range Extension System W/O MWO 50-78> .
< ...................................................................................................................... ..........................0162 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) External Tank Check W/O MWO 50-78> < .. ..........................0163 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Jettison System...................................................................0164 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater .............................................................................................. ...........................0165 00
Chaff Dispenser (M130) System UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> <..................................................0166 00
Chaff/Flare Dispenser (XM130) System EH-60A> < ................................................. ..........................0167 00
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart ...................................................................................... ..........................0168 00
Auxiliary Cabin Heater (AVIM).............................................................................................................0169 00
Stores Jettison Control Panel (AVIM) ........................................................................ ..........................0170 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Range Extension System HH-60A HH-60L> .
< ...................................................................................................................... ..........................0171 00
External Stores Support System (ESSS) Range Extension System MWO 50-78>....... ..........................0172 00
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System (IVHMS) UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS >…….......................0172 01
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System (IVHMS) Cockpit/Nose UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS >…..0172 02
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System (IVHMS) Tail Pylon UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS >……….0172 03
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System (IVHMS) Main Module UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS >…...0172 04
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System (IVHMS) Tail Cone UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS >………..0172 05
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System (IVHMS) Cabin UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS >…………...0172 06
Underwater Acoustic Beacon UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS >…….......................................................................0172 07
External Stores Support System (ESSS) External Tank Check MWO 50 – 78 >.........................................0173 00
Forward Looking Infrared (FLIR) HH-60A HH-60L> <................................................. ..........................0174 00
Forward Looking Infrared (FLIR) HH-60L> ............................................................... ..........................0175 00
.
Crashworthy External Fuel System Maintenance Operational Check..................................................0176 00
Crashworthy External Fuel System Pressure Refueling Maintenance Operational
Check.........................................................................................................................................0177 00
Cockpit Air Bag System.......................................................................................................................0178 00
Microclimate Cooling Unit and Mask Blower Assemblies.....................................................................0179 00
Common Missile Warning System (CMWS) And Improved Countermeasures Dispenser
(ICMD) CMWS >…………………………………………………………………………………………………0179 01
ii
TM 1-1520-237-23-4
CHAPTER 4
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
FOR
ARMY MODEL HELICOPTERS UH-60A, UH-60L, EH-60A, HH-60A, AND HH-60L
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
UTILITY SYSTEM
FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM
This WP supersedes WP 0145 00, dated 31 July 2012.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 0801 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0802 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 WP 0811 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 WP 0837 00
WP 0838 00
Personnel Required
WP 0938 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1218 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1219 00
References WP 1220 00
WP 1737 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 1800 00
WP 0093 00
WP 0104 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0108 00 Battery Power Available, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WP 0172 01 External Electrical Power Available (WP 1737 00)
WP 0796 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Fire Detection System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for component location
diagram and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for schematic
diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The fire detection system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Quick Check
• Detailed Check
QUICK CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• The photosensitive material in the fire detectors is sensitive to red light. Sunlight filtered
through smoke or haze, or at sunrise or sunset, may contain greater amounts of red light.
This could trigger the fire detectors and cause a false fire indication. For this reason, fire
detectors must be shielded from sunlight.
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
0145 00-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
QUICK CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG Upper console
FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG Upper console
APU FIRE DET Lower console
STEP
2. Turn on battery power (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
3. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to position 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. #1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall be on.
2. #2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall be on.
3. APU T-handle lights shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, perform the following:
a. Turn off battery power.
b. Perform Detailed Check Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package.
STEP
1. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to position 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. #1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall be on.
2. #2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall be on.
3. APU T-handle lights shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, perform the following:
a. Turn off battery power.
b. Perform Detailed Check Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package.
STEP
2. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to OPER.
STEP
3. Turn off battery power.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Power shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
Change 5 0145 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
DETAILED CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• The photosensitive material in the fire detectors is sensitive to red light. Sunlight filtered
through smoke or haze, or at sunrise or sunset, may contain greater amounts of red light.
This could trigger the fire detectors and cause a false fire indication. For this reason, fire
detectors must be shielded from sunlight.
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG Upper console
FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG Upper console
APU FIRE DET Lower console
STEP
2. Turn on electrical power. HH-60A HH-60L > Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON
.
and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisory
legends will be displayed). <.
STEP
3. Make sure upper console FIRE DET TEST switch is at OPER.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. #1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall be off.
2. #2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall be off.
3. APU T-handle lights shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to #1 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Lights Are On, in this work
package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to #2 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Lights Are On, in this work
package.
3. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, check for less than 9.0 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P285-1 and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P285-10.
a. If voltage is less than 9.0 vdc, replace APU fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218 00).
b. If voltage is greater than 9.0 vdc, replace APU fire detector (WP 1219 00).
STEP
1. Pull out the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG Upper console
APU FIRE DET Lower console
0145 00-3 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DETAILED CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to position 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. #1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights and pilot’s and copilot’s master warning FIRE capsules shall
go on.
2. #2 ENG EMER OFF and APU T-handle lights shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to #1 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Lights And Master Warning
FIRE Capsules Are Off, in this work package.
2. If both #1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights or both master warning FIRE capsules are off, replace left relay
panel (WP 0838 00).
3. If one master warning FIRE capsule is off, go to FIRE Capsule On One Master Warning Panel Does Not Go
On During Fire Detector Test, in this work package.
4. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
1. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to position 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights, and pilot’s and copilot’s master warning FIRE capsules shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #1 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Lights And Master Warning FIRE
Capsules Are Off, in this work package.
STEP
2. Pull out FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG circuit breaker on upper console.
STEP
3. Push in FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG circuit breaker on upper console.
STEP
4. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to position 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. #2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights and pilot’s and copilot’s master warning FIRE capsules shall
go on.
2. #1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to #2 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Lights And Master Warning
FIRE Capsules Are Off, in this work package.
2. If both #2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights or both master warning panel FIRE capsules are off, replace left
relay panel (WP 0838 00).
3. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00).
Change 5 0145 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
DETAILED CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
5. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to position 2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights and pilot’s and copilot’s master warning FIRE capsules shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to #2 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Lights Are Off And Master Warning
FIRE Capsules Are Off, in this work package.
STEP
6. Pull out FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG circuit breaker on upper console.
STEP
7. Push in APU FIRE DET circuit breaker on lower console.
STEP
8. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to position 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU T-handle lights and pilot’s and copilot’s master warning FIRE capsules shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to APU T-Handle Lights And Master Warning FIRE Capsules
Do Not Go On, in this work package.
2. If both APU T-handle lights or both master warning FIRE capsules are off, replace left relay panel (WP 0838
00).
STEP
9. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to OPER.
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
10. Shine a flashlight with a red filter on APU fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU T-handle lights shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P414-A and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 5) , P414-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace APU fire detector (WP 1219 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
0145 00-5 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DETAILED CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
11. Shine a flashlight with other than red or blue filter on APU fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU T-handle lights shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace APU fire detector (WP 1219 00).
STEP
12. Push in FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG circuit breaker on upper console.
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
13. Shine a flashlight with a red filter on No. 1 engine firewall fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P413-A and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 5) , P413-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 engine firewall fire detector (WP 1219 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
14. Shine a flashlight with other than red or blue filter on No. 1 engine firewall fire detector.
Change 5 0145 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
DETAILED CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 1 engine fire detector (WP 1219 00).
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
15. Shine a flashlight with a red filter on No. 1 engine deck fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P286-A and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 5) , P286-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 engine deck fire detector (WP 1219 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
16. Shine a flashlight with other than red or blue filter on No. 1 engine deck fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 1 engine deck fire detector (WP 1219 00).
STEP
17. Push in FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG circuit breaker on upper console.
0145 00-7 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DETAILED CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
18. Shine a flashlight with a red filter on No. 2 engine firewall fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P415-A and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 5) , P415-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 engine firewall fire detector (WP 1219 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
19. Shine a flashlight with other than red or blue filter on No. 2 engine firewall fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 2 engine firewall fire detector (WP 1219 00).
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
20. Shine a flashlight with a red filter on No. 2 engine deck fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P287-A and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 5) , P287-B.
Change 5 0145 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
DETAILED CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 engine deck fire detector (WP 1219 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
NOTE
Use only an incandescent flashlight. LED flashlights WILL NOT work for test purposes.
Flashlight shall be positioned between 6 to 8 inches from the fire detector. The flashlight beam
shall be aimed directly at the fire detector.
21. Shine a flashlight with other than red or blue filter on No. 2 engine deck fire detector.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 2 engine deck fire detector (WP 1219 00).
STEP
22. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to position 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 ENG EMER OFF, #2 ENG EMER OFF, and APU T-handles lights shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repeat operational/troubleshooting procedure.
STEP
23. Rotate INST LT PILOT FLT counterclockwise to OFF, then rotate 1/4 turn clockwise.
STEP
24. Place caution/advisory panel HH-60A HH-60L > instrument panel INDICATOR LTS < BRT/DIM-TEST switch
. .
to BRT/DIM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 ENG EMER OFF, #2 ENG EMER OFF, and APU T-handles lights shall go on dimly.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If all T-handles remain bright, go to T-Handles Remain Bright, in this work package.
2. If any T-handle remains bright, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
25. Turn FIRE DET TEST switch to OPER.
STEP
26. HH-60A HH-60L > Turn MFD switch OFF. <
. .
STEP
27. Turn off electrical power.
0145 00-9 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DETAILED CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Power shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS ARE ON
SYMPTOM
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights are on.
MALFUNCTION
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for less than 9.0 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P283-1 and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P283-10.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace No. 1 engine firewall detector (WP 1219 00). Go to
Step 3.
2. Check for less than 9.0 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P283-2 and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P283-10.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 engine fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218
00). Go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace No. 1 engine deck fire detector (WP 1219 00). Go to
Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS ARE ON
SYMPTOM
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights are on.
MALFUNCTION
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for less than 9.0 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P284-1 and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P284-10.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace No. 2 engine firewall detector (WP 1219 00). Go to
Step 3.
2. Check for less than 9.0 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P284-2 and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P284-10.
Change 5 0145 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS ARE ON – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 engine fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218
00). Go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace No. 2 engine deck fire detector (WP 1219 00). Go to
Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES ARE OFF
SYMPTOM
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights and master warning FIRE capsules are off.
MALFUNCTION
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights and master warning FIRE capsules are off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 2, observe No. 1 engine T-handle warning
light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules shall go on.
a. If No. 1 engine T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules go
on, go to Step 2.
b. If No. 1 engine T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules do
not go on, go to Step 6.
2. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 1, check continuity between terminals BC1
and B2 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, replace FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1220 00). Go to Step
15.
3. Check for 15 vdc between P283-1 (+) and P283-10 (gnd).
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 engine fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218
00). Go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for 15 vdc between P413-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal BC1 of FIRE DET
TEST switch S15 and P413-E (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
5. Check continuity between P413-C and P283-1.
a. If continuity is present, replace No. 1 engine firewall fire detector (WP 1219 00). Go to
Step 15.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between P413-C and P283-1 (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 15.
6. Check for 28 vdc between P283-11 (+) and P283-10 (gnd).
a. If voltage is as specifed, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
7. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 1, check for 15 vdc between P283-1 (+) and
P283-10 (gnd).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
0145 00-11 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES ARE OFF – Continued
8. Install an insulated jumper wire between P283-11 and P283-9, observe No. 1 engine
T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules shall go on.
a. If No. 1 engine T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules go
on, replace No. 1 engine fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218 00). Go to Step 15.
b. If No. 1 engine T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules do
not go on, go to Step 9.
9. Check continuity between P283-9 and P902-M.
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 15.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
10. Check for 15 vdc between terminal B2 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1220 00). Go to Step
15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
11. Check for 28 vdc between P902-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
12. Check for 9,800 to 10,200 ohms between J902-F and J902-P.
a. If correct reading is present, repair/replace wiring between P902-F and terminal B2 of
FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
b. If correct reading is not present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 15.
13. Check continuity between P283-10 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 14.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
14. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 of FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG circuit breaker and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 of FIRE DET NO. 1
ENG circuit breaker and P902-P (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace FIRE DET NO. 1 ENG circuit breaker (WP 0837 00).
Go to Step 15.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01).
.
15. Procedure completed.
FIRE CAPSULE ON ONE MASTER WARNING PANEL DOES NOT GO ON DURING FIRE DETECTOR TEST
SYMPTOM
FIRE capsule on one master warning panel does not go on during fire detector test.
MALFUNCTION
FIRE capsule on one master warning panel does not go on during fire detector test.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for burnt-out lamp.
a. If lamp is good, go to Step 2.
b. If lamp is not good, replace lamp (WP 0802 00). Go to Step 7.
Change 5 0145 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
FIRE CAPSULE ON ONE MASTER WARNING PANEL DOES NOT GO ON DURING FIRE DETECTOR TEST –
Continued
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 5) , J243-G and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) ,
J902-H.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 7.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> <, go to Step 4.. .
b. W/O EMEP> <, go to Step 6. . .
4. EMEP> < Remove and check pin filtered adapters Figure 2 - Fire Detection System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P130 and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P131 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapters are good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapters are not good, replace pin filtered adapters as required (WP 0938
00). Go to Step 7.
5. EMEP> < Install pin filtered adapters (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
. .
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 5) , P130-4 and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) ,
P131-4.
a. If continuity is present, replace master warning panel (WP 0801 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If trouble remains, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00) or
MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00). Go to Step 7.
c. If continuity is not present, replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then go to
Step 7.
• Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P130-4 and
Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P243-G (pilot’s
master warning panel)
• Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P131-4 and
Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P902-H
(copilot’s master warning panel)
7. Procedure completed.
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES ARE OFF
SYMPTOM
#1 ENG EMER OFF t-handle lights and master warning FIRE capsules are off.
MALFUNCTION
#1 ENG EMER OFF t-handle lights and master warning FIRE capsules are off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 2 and check continuity between terminals
BC2 and B8 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, replace FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1220 00). Go to Step
6.
2. Check for 15 vdc between P286-E and ground.
0145 00-13 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES ARE OFF – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
3. Check continuity between P286-C and P283-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
4. Check for 15 vdc between P283-2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 engine fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218
00). Go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace No. 1 engine deck flame detector (WP 1219 00). Go
to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between terminals B2 and B8 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between terminal BC2 of FIRE DET TEST
switch S15 and P286-E (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES ARE OFF
SYMPTOM
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights and master warning FIRE capsules are off.
MALFUNCTION
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights and master warning FIRE capsules are off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 2, observe No. 2 engine T-handle warning
light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules shall go on.
a. If No. 2 engine T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules go
on, go to Step 2.
b. If No. 2 engine T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules do
not go on, go to Step 6.
2. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 1, check continuity between terminals AC1
and A2 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, replace FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1220 00). Go to Step
15.
3. Check for 15 vdc between P284-1 (+) and P284-10 (gnd).
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 engine fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218
00). Go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for 15 vdc between P415-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal AC1 of FIRE DET
TEST switch S15 and P415-E (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
5. Check continuity between P415-C and P284-1.
Change 5 0145 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES ARE OFF – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace No. 2 engine firewall fire detector (WP 1219 00). Go to
Step 15.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between P415-C and P284-1 (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 15.
6. Check for 28 vdc between P284-11 (+) and P284-10 (gnd).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
7. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 1, check for 15 vdc between P284-1 (+) and
P284-10 (gnd).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
8. Install an insulated jumper wire between P284-11 and P284-9, observe No. 2 engine
T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules shall go on.
a. If No. 2 engine T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules go
on, replace No. 2 engine fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218 00). Go to Step 15.
b. If No. 2 engine T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules do
not go on, go to Step 9.
9. Check continuity between P284-9 and P243-E.
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 15.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
10. Check for 15 vdc between terminal A2 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1220 00). Go to Step
15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
11. Check for 28 vdc between P902-R and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
12. Check for 9,800 to 10,200 ohms between J902-E and J902-R.
a. If correct reading is present, repair/replace wiring between P902-E and terminal A2 of
FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
b. If correct reading is not present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 15.
13. Check continuity between P284-10 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 14.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
14. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 of FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG circuit breaker and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 of FIRE DET NO. 2
ENG circuit breaker and P902-R (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace FIRE DET NO. 2 ENG circuit breaker (WP 0837 00).
Go to Step 15.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01).
.
15. Procedure completed.
0145 00-15 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE LIGHTS ARE OFF AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES ARE OFF
SYMPTOM
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights are off and master warning FIRE capsules are off.
MALFUNCTION
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle lights are off and master warning FIRE capsules are off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 2 and check continuity between terminals
AC2 and A8 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, replace FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1220 00). Go to Step
6.
2. Check for 15 vdc between P287-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
3. Check continuity between P287-C and P284-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
4. Check for 15 vdc between P284-2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 engine fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218
00). Go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace No. 2 engine deck flame detector (WP 1219 00). Go
to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between terminals A2 and A8 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between terminal AC2 of FIRE DET TEST
switch S15 and P287-E (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
APU T-HANDLE LIGHTS AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES DO NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
APU T-handle lights and master warning FIRE capsules do not go on.
MALFUNCTION
APU T-handle lights and master warning FIRE capsules do not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Set FIRE DET TEST switch S15 to position 1, check for 15 vdc between terminal CC1 of
FIRE DET TEST switch S15 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
2. Check for 28 vdc between P285-11 (+) and P285-10 (gnd).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
3. Check for 15 vdc between P285-1 (+) and P285-10 (gnd).
Change 5 0145 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
APU T-HANDLE LIGHTS AND MASTER WARNING FIRE CAPSULES DO NOT GO ON – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
4. Install an insulated jumper wire between P285-11 and P285-9, observe APU T-handle
warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules shall go on.
a. If APU T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules go on,
replace APU fire detector control amplifier (WP 1218 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If APU T-handle warning light lamps and master warning panel FIRE capsules do not go
on, go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between P285-9 and P902-L.
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
6. Check continuity between P285-10 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
7. Check for 15 vdc between terminal C2 of FIRE DET TEST switch S15 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1220 00). Go to Step
13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check for 28 vdc between P902-N and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 12.
9. Check for 9,800 to 10,200 ohms between J902-G and J902-N.
a. If correct reading is present, repair/replace wiring between P902-G and terminal C2 of
FIRE DET TEST switch S15 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If correct reading is not present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 13.
10. Check for 15 vdc between P414-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal CC1 of FIRE DET
TEST switch S15 and P414-E (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
11. Check continuity between P414-C and P285-1.
a. If continuity is present, replace APU fire detector (WP 1219 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between P414-C and P285-1 (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 13.
12. Check for 28 vdc between terminal 1 of APU FIRE DET circuit breaker and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between terminal 1 of APU FIRE DET circuit
breaker and P902-N (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace APU FIRE DET circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 13.
13. Procedure completed.
0145 00-17 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
T-HANDLES REMAIN BRIGHT
SYMPTOM
T-handles remain bright.
MALFUNCTION
T-handles remain bright.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do caution/advisory capsules HH-60A HH-60L > or MFD legends < go dim? . .
a. If caution/advisory capsules HH-60A HH-60L > or MFD legends < are dim, go to Step 2.
. .
b. If caution/advisory capsules HH-60A HH-60L > or MFD legends < are not dim, troubleshoot
. .
caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system
(WP 0104 00). Go to Step 7.
2. Do instrument panel and lower console lights go dim?
a. If lights are dim, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If lights are not dim, go to Step 3.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> <, go to Step 4. . .
b. W/O EMEP> <, go to Step 6. . .
4. EMEP> < Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - Fire Detection System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P118 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 7.
5. EMEP> < Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
. .
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 5) , P902-q HH-60A HH-60L > and Figure 2 - Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P118-T or P1000-D < . .
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00).
b. If trouble remains, replace caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch (WP 0796 00)
or HH-60A HH-60L > instrument panel INDICATOR LTS BRT/DIM-TEST switch (WP 0811
.
00) < . Go to Step 7.
.
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0145 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
APU FIRE
NO. 2 ENGINE DECK DETECTOR
FIRE DETECTOR P414
P287
NO. 2 ENGINE
FIREWALL
FIRE DETECTOR
P415
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P243 / J243
P902 / J902
D NO. 1 ENGINE
FIREWALL
FIRE DETECTOR
C P413
NO. 1 ENGINE DECK
B FIRE DETECTOR
P286
NO. 1 ENGINE
FIRE DETECTOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER
INSTRUMENT P283
PANEL
APU FIRE DETECTOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER
P285
A
NO. 2 ENGINE
FIRE DETECTOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER
P284
LOWER
CONSOLE E
B
TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P105 NO. 1 ENGINE QUADRANT P117 / J117 CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
P106 NO. 2 ENGINE QUADRANT
P118 / J118 CAUTION / ADVISORY
P107 / J107 COCKPIT, BL 9 LH, STA 236 PANEL
P110 / J110 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, P130 / J130 PILOT'S MASTER WARNING
STA 197 PANEL
P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH, P131 / J131 COPILOT'S MASTER
STA 197 WARNING PANEL
P115 / J115 COCKPIT, BL 6 RH, STA 210 P217 / J217 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
BL 0, STA 284
P220 / J220 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
BL 3 RH, STA 243
P221 / J221 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
BL 3 LH, STA 245.5
P222 / J222 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
BL 3 RH, STA 244
P225 / J225 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
BL 3 LH, STA 244
P230 / J230 CABIN CEILING, BL 8 RH,
STA 247
P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING, BL 9 LH,
STA 247
AA3410_1A
SA
Figure 1. Fire Detection System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0145 00-19 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P922 /
J922
P217 /
J217
P225 /
J225
P222 /
J222
P220 /
J220
P230 /
J230
P301 /
J301
P106
P311 /
P105 J311
P130 /
J130
P110 / P221 /
J110 J221
P231 /
J231
P115 /
J115
P914 /
P107 / J914
J107
P118 / P111 / P131 /
J118 J111 J131
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
TERMINAL BOARD/ RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
CONNECTION POINT P301 / J301 TRANSITION DECK
RECEPTACLE BL 12.88 LH, STA 415
P243 / J243 LEFT RELAY PANEL P311 / J311 CABIN CEILING, BL 16.5 LH,
P283 NO. 1 ENGINE FIRE STA 383
DETECTOR CONTROL P413 NO. 1 ENGINE FIREWALL
AMPLIFIER FIRE DETECTOR
P284 NO. 2 ENGINE FIRE P414 APU FIRE DETECTOR
DETECTOR CONTROL
AMPLIFIER P415 NO. 2 ENGINE FIREWALL
FIRE DETECTOR
P285 APU FIRE DETECTOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P286 NO. 1 ENGINE DECK FIRE P914 / J914 COCKPIT, BL 24 LH,
DETECTOR STA 247
P287 NO. 2 ENGINE DECK FIRE P922 / J922 CABIN CEILING, BL 10.7 LH,
DETECTOR STA 380
AA3410_2B
SA
Figure 1. Fire Detection System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
Change 5 0145 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
BRT / DIM
TEST
FIRE
PILOT'S AND COPILOT'S
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL MASTER WARNING PANEL
A B
NO. 2 ENGINE
QUADRANT
NO. 1 ENGINE
QUADRANT
NO. 2 ENG
EMER OFF FIRE
WARNING
CAPSULE
NO. 1 ENG
EMER OFF FIRE
WARNING
CAPSULE
ENGINE CONTROLS QUADRANT
AA3410_3
SA
Figure 1. Fire Detection System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0145 00-21 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DC ESNTL BUS
FIRE DET
NO.1 NO.2
5 5
ENG ENG
APU
FIRE DET TEST
OPER
UPPER CONSOLE
B
A
T
T
APU
B
U 5
S
FIRE
DET
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA3410_4
SA
Figure 1. Fire Detection System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
Change 5 0145 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
SCHEMATICS
1
2 TO
APU FIRE DET SHEET
J107 P107 J914 P914 3
BATT CB11 3
BUS 5 F E 4
2 AMP 1
28 VDC 5
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT 6
BREAKER PANEL
SGJ914-6
P902 J902
PFA
J118 P118 P115 J115 J914 P914
P
BRT / DIM
TEST T K V
R11 A2
(SEE NOTE 1) F
CAUTION / ADVISORY R
PANEL (SEE DETAIL A) R12
E
J131 P131 J111 P111
SG162-2 N
FIRE 4 E R13
G
COPILOT'S MASTER HEADS UP DISPLAY
WARNING PANEL (AN / AVS-7) SET CR6 CR5 CR4
P105 R10 R9 R8
A
B
#1 ENG EMER OFF GND K43
105-1 X1
T-HANDLE
X2
q
NO. 1 ENGINE QUADRANT A1
A2
H
SG1-1 A3
J130 P130 J110 P110
B1
FIRE 4 F B2
M
B3
J
PILOT'S MASTER C1
WARNING PANEL C2
L
C3
K
X1
P106
A
B P243 J243 K40 X2
G
#2 ENG EMER OFF
GND E
T-HANDLE 106-1
F
NO. 2 ENGINE QUADRANT
LEFT RELAY PANEL
NOTES
7
1. W/O EMEP 8
PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED. 9 TO SHEET 3
2. W/O FIRE 10 TO SHEET 4
3. HH-60A HH-60L 11 TO SHEET 3
4. IVHMS AB2232_1B
SA
Figure 2. Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
0145 00-23 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
5
6
(SEE DETAILS B AND C)
J231 P231
FIRE DET OPER K
TEST J
1
SWITCH S15 L
2 T 12 TO SHEET 4
1
AC1
2 J225 P225
3
DECK A E 13
6
AC2
7
J222 P222
8
1 G 14 TO
BC1
E 15 SHEET
2 3
3 F 16
DECK B
6
BC2
7 J230 P230
DECK C 8 V 17
1
CC1
2 J231 P231
3
N 18 TO SHEET 4
M 19 TO SHEET 3
FIRE DET
NO.2 ENG
5 CB303 P 20 TO SHEET 4
2 AMP 1 SG303-1
TB DC ESNTL
8 BUS
FIRE DET
28 VDC NO.1 ENG
2 CB304
5 R 21 TO SHEET 3
2 AMP 1
1 GG2-2
S
APU
T-HANDLE
UPPER CONSOLE
7
8
AB2232_2
SA
Figure 2. Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
Change 5 0145 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
1
NO. 1 ENGINE FIREWALL NO. 2 ENGINE FIREWALL
TO 2 FIRE DETECTOR FIRE DETECTOR
SHEET
1
FIRE DETECT
FIRE DETECT
3
POWER IN
POWER IN
4
TEST IN
TEST IN
28 VDC
28 VDC
OUT
OUT
J217
d
_ P217
P413 F D B E A C P415 F D B C E A
GND413-1 GND415-1
13
14
15
SG415-1
16
P221 E F P220 E
J221 J220
22
23
24
17 SG283-1
25
26
TO
SHEET 27
2
19
28
29
FEED-THRU FEED-THRU
FT 11 FT 8
FEED-THRU FEED-THRU
21 FT 12 FT 10
SG287-1
GND286-1 GND287-1
SG286-1
P286 F D B E C A P287 F D B A E C
POWER IN
POWER IN
TEST IN
TEST IN
FIRE DETECT
FIRE DETECT
P217 J217
28 VDC
28 VDC
9 b
_
OUT
OUT
TO
SHEET
1
11 NO. 1 ENGINE DECK NO. 2 ENGINE DECK
AB2232_3
FIRE DETECTOR FIRE DETECTOR SA
Figure 2. Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
0145 00-25 Change 5
0145 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 1 ENGINE FIRE DETECTOR
APU FIRE DETECTOR CONTROL AMPLIFIER
OUT (28 VDC)
FIRE DETECT
FIRE DETECT
DETECT
POWER IN
POWER IN
GROUND
FIRE
TEST IN
28 VDC
28 VDC
IN
OUT
P14 F D B E C A P283 1 2 11 9 10
GND414-1
P301 E G F
J301
P311 E G F
J311
SGP283-1
TO SHEET 2 18
22
23
SG285-1
24
25
26
(SEE NOTE 4)
TO SHEET 2 20
27
TO SHEET 2 12
SGP284-1
TO SHEET 1 10
28
29
J922
P922 E
GG5-4
P285 9 11 1 10 P284 10 2 1 9 11
OUT (28 VDC)
OUT (28 VDC)
POWER IN
POWER IN
FIRE DETECT
FIRE DETECT
GROUND
GROUND
FIRE DETECT
28 VDC
28 VDC
DETECT
FIRE
IN
IN
APU FIRE DETECTOR NO. 2 ENGINE FIRE DETECTOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER CONTROL AMPLIFIER AB2232_4A
SA
Figure 2. Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
Change 5 0145 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0145 00
SG1000-1
P1000 J115 P115
BRT / DIM
D K
TEST
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 3)
FIRE DET OPER FIRE DET OPER
TEST TEST
1 1
SWITCH S15 SWITCH S15
2 2
1 1 GG2 3
AC1 2 2
AC1
3 3
DECK A 6 DECK A 6
AC2 AC2
7 7
8 8
1 1
BC1 BC1
2 2
3 3
DECK B 6 DECK B 6
BC2 BC2
7 7
8 8
DECK C DECK C
1 1
CC1 CC1
2 2
3 3
DETAIL C DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 2)
AB2232_5
SA
Figure 2. Fire Detection System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0145 00-27 Change 5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
UTILITY SYSTEM
FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
WP 0838 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0870 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1208 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1213 00
Personnel Required WP 1214 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1216 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1414 00
WP 1737 00
References
WP 1800 00
WP 0108 00
WP 0510 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0837 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Fire Extinguishing System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for component
location diagram and FIRE> Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
.
of 4) <W/O FIRE> Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) < for
. . .
schematic diagrams as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The fire extinguishing system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as listed below. An opera-
tional/troubleshooting procedure for the directional control valve is in DIRECTIONAL CONTROL CHECK VALVE,
in this work package.
• No. 1 Main Fire Extinguishing Bottle
• No. 2 Main Fire Extinguishing Bottle
• No. 1 Reserve Fire Extinguishing Bottle
• No. 2 Reserve Fire Extinguishing Bottle
• Directional Control Valve Check
• Shutdown
0146 00-1
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent possible firing of a squib, never place multimeter leads on fire extinguisher bottle
terminals.
NOTE
• When connecting multimeter leads to wiring terminals, connect positive lead to smaller
terminal and negative lead to larger terminal. Always see Figure 1 - Fire Extinguishing
System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , and Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) for proper connections.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Turn off external electrical power.
STEP
2. Disconnect battery by removing cover and disconnecting both electrical connectors (WP 0870 00).
STEP
NOTE
Make sure wiring terminals are inside rubber boots, and do not allow them to contact airframe.
3. Disconnect all wire terminals from main and reserve fire extinguishing containers (WP 1208 00).
STEP
4. Make sure FIRE EXTGH circuit breaker on lower console circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FIRE EXTGH circuit breaker shall be pushed in.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0146 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
NO. 1 MAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent possible firing of a squib, never place multimeter leads on fire extinguisher bottle
terminals.
NOTE
• When connecting multimeter leads to wiring terminals, connect positive lead to smaller
terminal and negative lead to larger terminal. Always see Figure 1 - Fire Extinguishing
System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , and Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) for proper connections.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. FIRE > Connect multimeter leads to wires marked Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 4 of 4) W3163A16 and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4)
W3162A16N. < .
STEP
3. W/O FIRE > Connect multimeter leads to wires marked Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) W3163A20 and Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of
4) W3162A20N. < .
STEP
4. Connect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
5. Turn on external electrical power.
STEP
6. Pull engine controls quadrant #1 ENG EMER OFF lever back.
STEP
7. Place upper console FIRE EXTGH switch to MAIN, then release to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc when switch is placed to MAIN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Multimeter Connected To No. 1 Main Fire Bottle Wiring Has No Voltage Indication
When #1 ENG EMER OFF Handle Is Used And FIRE EXTGH Switch Is Placed To MAIN, in this work package.
STEP
8. Push #1 ENG EMER OFF lever forward.
0146 00-3
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 1 MAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
• When performing operational check, move engine T-handle back or pull APU T-handle
down as indicated by order, then place FIRE EXTGH switch to position indicated.
• After completing each step, return all T-handles to the OFF position.
9. Perform a No. 1 Main Fire Extinguishing Bottle Priority check by performing the operational checks in Table
1 - No. 1 Main Fire Extinguishing Bottle, in this work package.
Table 1. No. 1 Main Fire Extinguishing Bottle.
STEP
FIRE BOTTLE NUM- CHECK CHECK CHECK FIRE EXTINGUISHER
TESTED BER FIRST SECOND THIRD SWITCH POSITION
#1 Main 1 #2 ENG* #1 ENG - MAIN
#1 Main 2 #1 ENG #2 ENG* - MAIN
#1 Main 3 #1 ENG APU - MAIN
#1 Main 4 #2 ENG APU - MAIN
#1 Main 5 APU #2 ENG* #1 ENG MAIN
#1 Main 6 #1 ENG #2 ENG APU MAIN
#1 Main 7 APU #1 ENG - MAIN
#1 Main 8 APU #2 ENG* - MAIN
*Pull engine T-handle back, then push forward.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If results are not as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
10. Pull upper console APU T-handle down. Visually check directional control valve.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Sound of directional control valve being energized shall be heard and position indicator shall turn.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Directional Control Valve Does Not Operate When NO. 1 MAIN Is Used For APU,
in this work package.
STEP
11. Place FIRE EXTGH switch to MAIN, then release to OFF.
0146 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
NO. 1 MAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc when switch is placed to MAIN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Multimeter Connected To No. 1 Main Fire Bottle Wiring Has No Voltage Indication
When APU T-Handle Is Used And FIRE EXTGH Switch Is Placed To MAIN, in this work package.
STEP
12. Push APU T-handle up while assistant is observing directional control valve.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Sound of directional control valve deenergizing shall be heard and position indicator shall turn.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, replace directional control valve (WP 1213 00).
STEP
13. Turn off external electrical power.
STEP
14. Disconnect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
15. Disconnect Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P243 and Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902 from left relay panel.
STEP
16. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of
4) , P243-Z and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902-g (simulates
actuation of impact switch).
STEP
17. Connect battery (WP 0870 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Multimeter Has No Voltage Indication When Actuation Of Impact Switch Is
Simulated, in this work package.
STEP
18. Disconnect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
19. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P243 and
Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902. Reconnect to left relay panel.
STEP
20. Disconnect multimeter leads from No. 1 main wire terminals.
STEP
21. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
0146 00-5
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 1 MAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
NO. 2 MAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent possible firing of a squib, never place multimeter leads on fire extinguisher bottle
terminals.
NOTE
• When connecting multimeter leads to wiring terminals, connect positive lead to smaller
terminal and negative lead to larger terminal. Always see Figure 1 - Fire Extinguishing
System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , and Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) for proper connections.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, SETUP, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. Connect multimeter leads to wires labeled Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 4) , W3164A20 and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) W3165A20N.
STEP
3. Connect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
4. Turn on external electrical power.
STEP
5. Pull engine controls quadrant #2 ENG EMER OFF lever back.
STEP
6. Place FIRE EXTGH switch to MAIN, then release to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc when switch is placed to MAIN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Multimeter Connected To No. 2 Main Fire Bottle Wiring Has No Voltage Indication
When #2 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Is Used And FIRE EXTGH Switch Is Placed To MAIN, in this work package.
STEP
7. Push #2 ENG EMER OFF lever forward (OFF position).
0146 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
NO. 2 MAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
• When performing operational check, move engine T-handle back or pull APU T-handle
down as indicated by order, then place FIRE EXTGH switch to position indicated.
• After completing each step, return all T-handles to the OFF position.
8. Perform a No. 2 Main Fire Extinguishing Bottle Priority check by performing the operational checks in Table
2 - No. 2 Main Fire Extinguishing Bottle, in this work package.
Table 2. No. 2 Main Fire Extinguishing Bottle.
STEP
FIRE BOTTLE NUM- CHECK CHECK CHECK FIRE EXTINGUISHER
TESTED BER FIRST SECOND THIRD SWITCH POSITION
#2 Main 1 #1 ENG #2 ENG - MAIN
#2 Main 2 APU #2 ENG - MAIN
#2 Main 3 APU #2 ENG #1 ENG* MAIN
#2 Main 4 APU #1 ENG #2 ENG MAIN
#2 Main 5 #1 ENG #2 ENG APU** MAIN
*Pull engine T-handle back, then push forward
**Pull APU T-handle down, then push up
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If results are not as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
9. Disconnect multimeter leads from No. 2 main wire terminals.
STEP
10. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0146 00-7
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 1 RESERVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent possible firing of a squib, never place multimeter leads on fire extinguisher bottle
terminals.
NOTE
• When connecting multimeter leads to wiring terminals, connect positive lead to smaller
terminal and negative lead to larger terminal. Always see Figure 1 - Fire Extinguishing
System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , and Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) for proper connections.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, SETUP, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. Connect multimeter leads to wires labeled Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 4) , W3167A20 and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , W3166A20N.
STEP
3. Connect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
4. Turn on external electrical power.
STEP
5. Pull engine controls quadrant #1 ENG EMER OFF lever back.
STEP
6. Place FIRE EXTGH switch to RESERVE, then release to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc when switch is placed to RESERVE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Multimeter Connected To No. 1 Reserve Fire Bottle Wiring Has No Voltage
Indication When #1 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Is Used And FIRE EXTGH Switch Is Placed To RESERVE, in
this work package.
STEP
7. Push #1 ENG EMER OFF lever forward.
0146 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
NO. 1 RESERVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OP-
ERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
• When performing operational check, move engine T-handle back or pull APU T-handle
down as indicated by order, then place FIRE EXTGH switch to position indicated.
• After completing each step, return all T-handles to the OFF position.
8. Perform a No. 1 Reserve Fire Extinguishing Bottle Priority check by performing the operational checks in
Table 3 - No. 1 Reserve Fire Extinguishing Bottle, in this work package.
Table 3. No. 1 Reserve Fire Extinguishing Bottle.
STEP
FIRE BOTTLE NUM- CHECK CHECK CHECK FIRE EXTINGUISHER
TESTED BER FIRST SECOND THIRD SWITCH POSITION
#1 Reserve 1 #2 ENG* #1 ENG - RESERVE
#1 Reserve 2 APU #1 ENG - RESERVE
#1 Reserve 3 APU #1 ENG* - RESERVE
#1 Reserve 4 #1 ENG APU - RESERVE
#1 Reserve 5 #2 ENG APU - RESERVE
#1 Reserve 6 APU #2 ENG* #1 ENG RESERVE
#1 Reserve 7 #1 ENG #2 ENG APU RESERVE
*Pull engine T-handle back, then push forward.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If results are not as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
9. Pull APU T-handle down, and place FIRE EXTGH switch to RESERVE, then release to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc when switch is placed to RESERVE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Multimeter Connected To No. 1 Reserve Fire Bottle Wiring Has No Voltage
Indication When APU T-Handle Is Used And FIRE EXTGH Switch Is Placed To RESERVE, in this work package.
STEP
10. Push APU T-handle up. Visually check directional control valve.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Sound of directional control valve deenergizing shall be heard and position indicator shall turn.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, replace directional control valve (WP 1213 00).
0146 00-9
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 1 RESERVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OP-
ERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
11. Disconnect multimeter leads from No. 1 reserve wire terminals.
STEP
12. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
NO. 2 RESERVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent possible firing of a squib, never place multimeter leads on fire extinguisher bottle
terminals.
NOTE
• When connecting multimeter leads to wiring terminals, connect positive lead to smaller
terminal and negative lead to larger terminal. Always see Figure 1 - Fire Extinguishing
System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , and Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) for proper connections.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. FIRE > Connect multimeter leads to wires marked Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 4 of 4) , W3168A16 and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) ,
W3169A16N. < .
STEP
3. W/O FIRE > Connect multimeter leads to wires marked Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , W3168A20 and Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 4) , W3169A20N. < .
STEP
4. Connect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
5. Turn on external electrical power.
STEP
6. Pull engine controls quadrant #2 ENG EMER OFF lever back.
0146 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
NO. 2 RESERVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OP-
ERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
7. Place FIRE EXTGH switch to RESERVE, then release to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc when switch is placed to RESERVE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Multimeter Connected To No. 2 Reserve Fire Bottle Wiring Has No Voltage
Indication When #2 ENG EMER OFF T-Handle Is Used And FIRE EXTGH Switch Is Placed To RESERVE, in
this work package.
STEP
8. Push #2 ENG EMER OFF lever forward.
STEP
NOTE
• When performing operational check, move engine T-handle back or pull APU T-handle
down as indicated by order, then place FIRE EXTGH switch to position indicated.
• After completing each step, return all T-handles to the OFF position.
9. Perform a No. 2 Reserve Fire Extinguishing Bottle Priority check by performing the operational checks in
Table 4 - No. 2 Reserve Fire Extinguishing Bottle, in this work package.
Table 4. No. 2 Reserve Fire Extinguishing Bottle.
STEP
FIRE BOTTLE NUM- CHECK CHECK CHECK FIRE EXTINGUISHER
TESTED BER FIRST SECOND THIRD SWITCH POSITION
#2 Reserve 1 #1 ENG #2 ENG - RESERVE
#2 Reserve 2 APU #2 ENG - RESERVE
#2 Reserve 3 APU #1 ENG #2 ENG RESERVE
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If results are not as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
10. Turn off external electrical power.
STEP
11. Disconnect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
12. Disconnect Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P243 and Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902 from left hand relay panel.
0146 00-11
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 2 RESERVE FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OP-
ERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
13. Install an insulated jumper wire across Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of
4) , P243-Z and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902-g.
STEP
14. Connect battery (WP 0870 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Multimeter Has No Voltage Indication When Actuation Of Impact Switch Is
Simulated, in this work package.
STEP
15. Disconnect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
16. Remove jumper wires from Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P243
and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902.
STEP
17. Connect Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P243 and Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902 to left relay panel.
STEP
18. Disconnect multimeter leads from No. 2 reserve wire terminals.
STEP
19. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0146 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent possible firing of a squib, never place multimeter leads on fire extinguisher bottle
terminals.
NOTE
• When connecting multimeter leads to wiring terminals, connect positive lead to smaller
terminal and negative lead to larger terminal. Always see Figure 1 - Fire Extinguishing
System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , and Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) for proper connections.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. Connect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
3. Turn on external electrical power.
STEP
4. On upper console, pull down APU T-Handle while listening to directional control valve.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Sound of directional control valve being energized shall be heard and position indicator shall turn from neu-
tral position to energized position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Directional Control Valve Does Not Operate When APU T-Handle Is Pulled Down,
in this work package.
STEP
5. On upper console, push in APU T-Handle while listening to directional control valve.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Sound of directional control valve deenergizing shall be heard and position indicator shall pivot back to neu-
tral position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If result is not as specified, go to Directional Control Valve Does Not Operate When APU T-Handle Is Pulled Down,
in this work package.
STEP
6. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
0146 00-13
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
• With APU T-handle pushed up and#1 and #2 ENG EMER OFF levers pushed forward,
check for no voltage on terminals before connecting wires to fire extinguisher containers.
Failure to do so could result in injury to personnel.
• To prevent accidental firing of an explosive squib, observe all safety precautions regarding
the handling and storage of explosives.
1. Turn off and disconnect external electrical power.
STEP
2. Disconnect battery (WP 0870 00).
STEP
3. Connect helicopter wiring to fire extinguishing containers (WP 1208 00).
STEP
4. Connect battery (WP 0870 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Battery shall be connected.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 1 MAIN FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION
WHEN #1 ENG EMER OFF HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO MAIN
SYMPTOM
Multimeter connected to No. 1 main fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when #1
ENG EMER OFF handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to MAIN.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter connected to No. 1 main fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when #1
ENG EMER OFF handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to MAIN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure #1 ENG EMER OFF handle is pulled back and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed
to MAIN. Go to Step 2
0146 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 1 MAIN FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION WHEN
#1 ENG EMER OFF HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO MAIN – Continued
2. Check for 28 vdc between terminal of wire removed from squib’s power terminal stud
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J313-B
and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J900-M
• Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J313-B
and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J900-N
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 16
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-M and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-B and terminal of ground wire removed from
squib’s ground terminal (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 16
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 16
5. Check continuity between wire terminal 1 of the No. 1 main squib and Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 16
6. Check continuity between#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle switch Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminals C and Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , NC.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, replace #1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle (WP 0510 00). Go to
Step 16
7. Check for 28 vdc between#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle switch Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 15
8. Check for 28 vdc between FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 4 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13
9. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-U and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-U and of FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2 -
Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 4 (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 16
0146 00-15
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 1 MAIN FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION WHEN
#1 ENG EMER OFF HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO MAIN – Continued
10. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, go to Step 11
. .
b. W/O WINTER> <, go to Step 12
. .
11. WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P244B-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace winterization kit (WP 1414 00). Go to Step 16
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 12
12. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P244-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between#1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle
switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal
NC and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P244-P
(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 16
13. Check for 28 vdc between of FIRE EXTGH circuit breaker Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1(pilot’s circuit breaker panel) and
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 14
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 16
14. Check continuity between FIRE EXTGH circuit breaker Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 (pilot’s circuit breaker panel) and
FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 4) , Terminal 5.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1220 00). Go to Step 16
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 16
15. Check for 28 vdc between FIRE EXTGH circuit breaker Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 (lower console circuit breaker
panel) and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C of #1 ENG EMER
OFF T-handle (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 16
16. Procedure completed.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN NO. 1 MAIN IS USED FOR APU
SYMPTOM
Directional control valve does not operate when NO. 1 MAIN is used for APU.
MALFUNCTION
Directional control valve does not operate when NO. 1 MAIN is used for APU.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Pull APU T-handle down and place FIRE EXTGH switch to MAIN. Go to Step 2
0146 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN NO. 1 MAIN IS USED FOR APU – Continued
2. Check for 28 vdc between directional control valve Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminals 1 and 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve (WP 1213 00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between directional control valve Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
4. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, go to Step 5
. .
b. W/O WINTER> <, go to Step 6 . .
5. WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J244A-N and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace winterization kit (WP 1414 00). Go to Step 7
b. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P244-N and directional control valve Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go
to Step 7
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Multimeter Connected To No. 1 Main Fire Bottle Wiring
Has No Voltage Indication When APU T-Handle Is Used And FIRE EXTGH Switch Is
Placed To MAIN, in this work package.
6. W/O WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J244-N and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P244-N and directional control valveFigure 2
- Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal 1 (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Multimeter Connected To No. 1 Main Fire Bottle Wiring
Has No Voltage Indication When APU T-Handle Is Used And FIRE EXTGH Switch Is
Placed To MAIN, in this work package.
7. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 1 MAIN FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICAT-
ION WHEN APU T-HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO MAIN
SYMPTOM
Multimeter connected to No. 1 main fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication
when APU T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to MAIN.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter connected to No. 1 main fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication
when APU T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to MAIN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure APU T-handle is pulled down and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to MAIN. Go
to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-X and ground.
0146 00-17
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 1 MAIN FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION WHEN APU
T-HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO MAIN – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-T and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. Check for 28 vdc between FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-T (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 1216 00). Go to Step 7
5. Check for 28 vdc between APU T-handle Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal NO and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between APU T-handle Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal NO and Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-X (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check for 28 vdc between APU T-handle Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace T-handle (WP 1214 00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between T-handle Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C and FIRE EXTGH
switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal
2 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
7. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION WHEN ACTUATION OF IMPACT SWITCH IS SIMULATED
SYMPTOM
Multimeter has no voltage indication when actuation of impact switch is simulated.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter has no voltage indication when actuation of impact switch is simulated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Place an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902-g and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P243-Z. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-S and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
0146 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
MULTIMETER HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION WHEN ACTUATION OF IMPACT SWITCH IS SIMULATED – Con-
tinued
3. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P902 and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 4) , P243. Go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-S and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P243-Z.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P902-g and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P902-gand FIRE EXTGH circuit breaker
Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1(lower
console circuit breaker panel) (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 2 MAIN FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION WHEN
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO MAIN
SYMPTOM
Multimeter connected to No. 2 main fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to MAIN.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter connected to No. 2 main fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when #2
ENG EMER OFF t-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to MAIN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure #2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle is pulled back and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed
to MAIN. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between terminal of wire removed from squib’s power terminal stud
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-E and terminal of ground wire removed from squib’s ground termi-
nal.
a. If continuity is present, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
4. Check continuity between wire terminal from squib and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
5. Check continuity between#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminals C and NC.
0146 00-19
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 2 MAIN FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION WHEN
#2 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO MAIN – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, replace T-handle (WP 0510 00). Go to Step 8
6. Check for 28 vdc between#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2
- Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 5 and T-handle
Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 8
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between#2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle
Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal NCand
Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-P (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 1 RESERVE FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION
WHEN #1 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO RESERVE
SYMPTOM
Multimeter connected to No. 1 reserve fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when #1
ENG EMER OFF T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to RESERVE.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter connected to No. 1 reserve fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when #1
ENG EMER OFF T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to RESERVE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure #1 ENG EMER OFF T-handle is pulled back and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed
to RESERVE. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between terminal of wire removed from squib’s power terminal stud
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is noto Step 4
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-F and terminal of ground wire removed from squib’s ground termi-
nal.
a. If continuity is present, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
4. Check continuity between squib’s wire terminal and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-G.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
0146 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 1 RESERVE FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION WHEN
#1 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO RESERVE – Continued
5. Check for 28 vdc between FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 3 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-W and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-W and switch (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
8
7. Check for 28 vdc between FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace switch (WP 1220 00). Go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 2 and FIRE EXTGH
circuit breaker Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) ,
Terminal 1 (lower console circuit breaker panel) (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 1 RESERVE FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICA-
TION WHEN APU T-HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO RESERVE
SYMPTOM
Multimeter connected to No. 1 reserve fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication
when APU T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to RESERVE.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter connected to No. 1 reserve fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when
APU T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to RESERVE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure APU T-handle is pulled down and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to RESERVE.
Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-V and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check for 28 vdc between FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 6 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 6 and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-V (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 1220 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
0146 00-21
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MULTIMETER CONNECTED TO NO. 2 RESERVE FIRE BOTTLE WIRING HAS NO VOLTAGE INDICATION
WHEN #2 ENG EMER OFF T-HANDLE IS USED AND FIRE EXTGH SWITCH IS PLACED TO RESERVE
SYMPTOM
Multimeter connected to No. 2 reserve fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when #2
ENG EMER OFF T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to RESERVE.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter connected to No. 2 reserve fire bottle wiring has no voltage indication when #2
ENG EMER OFF T-handle is used and FIRE EXTGH switch is placed to RESERVE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure #2 ENG EMER OFF T-handle is pulled back and FIRE EXTGH switch placed
to RESERVE. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between terminal of wire removed from squib’s power terminal stud
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. FIRE> <, go to Step 4
. .
b. W/O FIRE> <, go to Step 5 . .
4. FIRE> < Check continuity between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-A and terminal of ground wire removed from squib’s
ground terminal.
a. If continuity is present, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
5. W/O FIRE> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-J and terminal ground wire removed from squib’s ground
terminal.
a. If continuity is present, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
6. Check continuity between squib’s wire terminal and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P313-H.
a. If continuity is present, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
7. Procedure completed.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN APU T-HANDLE IS PULLED DOWN
SYMPTOM
Directional control valve does not operate when APU T-handle is pulled down.
MALFUNCTION
Directional control valve does not operate when APU T-handle is pulled down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between directional control valve Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminals 1 and 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve (WP 1213 00). Go to Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
0146 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN APU T-HANDLE IS PULLED DOWN – Contin-
ued
2. Check continuity between directional control valve Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, go to Step 4
. .
b. W/O WINTER> <, go to Step 5 . .
4. WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J244A-N and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace winterization kit (WP 1414 00). Go to Step 11
b. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P244-N and directional control valve Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 11
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
5. W/O WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J244-Nand ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P244-N and directional control valve Figure 2
- Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal 1 (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-X and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-T and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check for 28 vdc between FIRE EXTGH switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-T (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 1216 00). Go to Step 11
9. Check for 28 vdc between APU T-handle Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal NO and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between APU T-handle Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal NO and Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-X (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
0146 00-23
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN APU T-HANDLE IS PULLED DOWN – Contin-
ued
10. Check for 28 vdc between APU T-handle Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace T-handle (WP 1214 00). Go to Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between T-handle Figure 2 - Fire
Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C and FIRE EXTGH
switch Figure 2 - Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal
2 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
11. Procedure completed.
0146 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
RIGHT RELAY
PANEL (SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244
WINTERIZATION KIT P313 / J313 P310 / J310 P312 / J312
HARNESS ASSEMBLY P900 / J900
(SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244A
P244B / J244
P231 / J231
E
P230 / J230
D DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE
P126 / J126
P300 / J300
C
P922 / J922
P106 / J106
P105 / J105
LEFT RELAY
B PANEL
P243 / J243
P902 / J902
A
P914 / J914
P107 / J107
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P105 / J105 NO. 1 ENGINE CONTROL
QUADRANT
P106 / J106 NO. 2 ENGINE CONTROL
QUADRANT
P107 / J107 BATT BUS PANEL
P126 / J126 COCKPIT CEILING
BL 28 RH, STA 243
P230 / J230 CABIN CEILING
BL 8 RH, STA 247
P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING
BL 9 LH, STA 247
P243 / J243 LEFT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY
P244 / J244 RH RELAY PANEL
NOTE ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244A WINTERIZATION KIT
WINTER P244B / J244 HARNESS ASSEMBLY
(SEE NOTE) AA2794_1A
SA
Figure 1. Fire Extinguishing System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0146 00-25
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
B
A FIRE
T
T 5
U EXTGH
T
I
L
B
U
S
LOWER CONSOLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
TERMINAL BOARD/ #2 ENG #1 ENG
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ EMER OFF EMER OFF
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
T-HANDLE T-HANDLE
P300 / J300 TRANSITION DECK
BL 15 RH, STA 415
P310 / J310 CABIN CEILING
BL 17 RH, STA 387
P312 / J312 CABIN CEILING
BL 16.50 LH, STA 383
P313 / J313 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY
P900 / J900 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY
P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY
P914 / J914 COCKPIT
BL 24 LH, STA 247
P922 / J922 CABIN CEILING
BL 10.7 LH, STA 380
AA2794_2A
SA
Figure 1. Fire Extinguishing System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0146 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
APU
FIRE EXTGH
RESERVE
O
F
F
MAIN
UPPER CONSOLE
I B US
DC PR FIRE
N O. 2
5
EXTGH
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA2794_3A
SA
Figure 1. Fire Extinguishing System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0146 00-27
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN RESERVE
2 1 2 1
F
DIRECTIONAL
VALVE
MAIN AND RESERVE FIRE BOTTLES
(LOOKING TO REAR)
GROUND
TERMINAL
CARTRIDGE
(SQUIB)
POWER
TERMINAL
STUD
SCREW,
WASHER
NUT, BOOT
WASHER
SQUIB WIRING CONNECTIONS
(TYPICAL)
AA2794_4
SA
Figure 1. Fire Extinguishing System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0146 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
SCHEMATICS
FIRE EXTGH MAIN J230 P230
FIRE EXTGH P126 J126 4
S20 DD
NO. 2 2 1 CB253 5
DC PRI 5 U OFF
BUS AMP EE
V
6
28 VDC
NC 1
GG
2
PILOTÕS CIRCUIT BREAKER C OFF
PANEL
SG231-1
FF
NO 3
S103 RESERVE AA
P244 J244A P244B J244 BB
N N APU CC
P P FIRE
T-HANDLE
J231 P231
WINTERIZATION p
KIT ASSEMBLY
DETAIL A UPPER CONSOLE
(SEE NOTE)
FIRE EXTGH J914 P914
J107 P107
BATT 2 1 CB1
UTIL 5 M Y
BUS AMP
N K
28 VDC
LOWER CONSOLE
NO J106 P106
C
N
NC
M
(STOWED
POSITION)
#2 ENG EMER
OFF
T-HANDLE
NO. 2 ENGINE QUADRANT
LEGEND NO J105 P105 SG914-2
C
ELECTRICAL WIRING N
NC
MECHANICAL M
FIRE EXTINGUISHING (STOWED
AGENT POSITION)
#1 ENG EMER
OFF
EFFECTIVITY T-HANDLE
FIRE NO. 1 ENGINE QUADRANT
J902 P902
SG902-2
g
IMPACT 1
SWITCH
NOTE S1 2 J243 P243
Z
WINTER
LEFT RELAY PANEL AB1514_1
SA
Figure 2. Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0146 00-29
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J310 P310
K 1
M 2
3
4 TO
5 SHEET
3
J922 6
P922 L M 7
8
P P P 9
P
P312 B C D E F G H A
J312
GG4-4 GG4-5 P P P
P
(SEE
DETAIL A)
P900 N M Y V W U T X P S P244 N P W P313 B C D E F G H A
J900 J244 J313
SG2-3
SG2-2
SG2-1
Y
SG2-4
S P
M K
H F
13 12 11 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A3 A1
B3
D E C3 C2 C1 A2 X1 X2
U1 B2 B1
GND1
GROUND
MODULE K24
LOGIC MODULE
RIGHT RELAY PANEL AB1514_2
SA
Figure 2. Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0146 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
TO NO. 2
J300 P300 ENGINE
P P
(WHITE)
5 E
(BLUE)
4 D
MAIN FIRE BOTTLE
P P
(WHITE) YELLOW GREEN
3 M STRIPE STRIPE
(BLUE)
2 L
P P
2 1 3 4
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL
TO NO. 1 VALVE NO. 1 MAIN NO. 2 MAIN
ENGINE SQUIB SQUIB
TO
SHEET
2
NO. 1 NO. 2
RESERVE RESERVE
SQUIB SQUIB
TO
APU
1
1 B
2 2 1 3 4
P RED BLUE P
P P STRIPE STRIPE
(BLUE)
6 G
(WHITE)
7 H
P P RESERVE FIRE BOTTLE
(BLUE)
8 K
(WHITE)
9 J
AB1514_3
SA
Figure 2. Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0146 00-31
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FIRE BOTTLE SQUIB
WIRING CONNECTION CHART
FIRE WIRE
WIRE CODE CONNECTION FIRE BOTTLE
BOTTLE COLOR
(PRINTED ON WIRE) POINT TO SQUIB COLOR CODE
SQUIB CODE
MAIN W3163A16 WHITE #6 STUD
(NO. 1) W3162A16N BLUE #8 SCREW YELLOW STRIPE
MAIN W3164A20 BLUE #6 STUD
(NO. 2) #8 SCREW GREEN STRIPE
W3165A20N WHITE
RESERVE W3167A20 WHITE #6 STUD RED STRIPE
(NO. 1) W3166A20N BLUE #8 SCREW
RESERVE W3168A16 BLUE #6 STUD
BLUE STRIPE
(NO. 2) W3169A16N WHITE #8 SCREW
AB1514_4
SA
Figure 2. Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0146 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
FIRE EXTGH MAIN J230 P230
FIRE EXTGH P126 J126 4
S20 DD
NO. 2 2 1 CB253 5
PRI DC 5 U OFF
BUS AMP EE
V
6
28 VDC
NC 1
GG
2
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER C OFF
PANEL
SG231-1
FF
NO 3
S103 RESERVE AA
P244 J244A P244B J244 BB
N N APU Y
P P FIRE
T-HANDLE CC
WINTERIZATION KIT
ASSEMBLY J231 P231
DETAIL A p
(SEE NOTE)
UPPER CONSOLE
FIRE EXTGH J914 P914
J107 P107
BATT 2 1 CB1
UTIL 5 M Y
BUS AMP
N K
28 VDC
LOWER CONSOLE
NO J106 P106
C
N
NC
M
(STOWED
POSITION)
#2 ENG EMER
OFF
T-HANDLE
NO. 2 ENGINE QUADRANT
LEGEND
NO J105 P105 SG914-2
ELECTRICAL WIRING
C
MECHANICAL N
NC
FIRE EXTINGUISHING M
AGENT
(STOWED
POSITION)
#1 ENG EMER
OFF
EFFECTIVITY T-HANDLE
W/O FIRE NO. 1 ENGINE QUADRANT
J902 P902
g
IMPACT 1
SWITCH
NOTE S1 2 J243 P243
WINTER Z
AB1515_1
LEFT RELAY PANEL SA
Figure 3. Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0146 00-33
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J310 P310
K 1
M 2
3
4 TO
5 SHEET
3
J922 6
P922 L M 7
8
P P P 9
P
P312 A B C D E F G H J
J312
P P P
GG4-4 GG4-5 P
(SEE
DETAIL A)
P900 N M V W U T X P R S P244 N P P313 A B C D E F G H J
J900 J244 J313
S P
M K
H F
13 12 11 9 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A3 A1
B3
D E C3 C2 C1 A2 X1 X2
U1 B2 B1
GND1
GROUND
MODULE K24
LOGIC MODULE
RIGHT RELAY PANEL AB1515_2
SA
Figure 3. Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0146 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0146 00
TO NO. 2
J300 P300 ENGINE
P P
(WHITE)
5 E
(BLUE)
4 D
MAIN FIRE BOTTLE
P P
(WHITE) YELLOW GREEN
3 C
(BLUE)
STRIPE STRIPE
2 B
P P
2 1 3 4
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL
TO NO. 1 VALVE
NO. 1 MAIN NO. 2 MAIN
ENGINE SQUIB SQUIB
TO
SHEET
2 NO. 2
NO. 1
RESERVE RESERVE
SQUIB SQUIB
TO
APU
1
1 K
2 2 1 3 4
P RED BLUE P
P P STRIPE STRIPE
(BLUE)
6 F
(WHITE)
7 G
P P RESERVE FIRE BOTTLE
(BLUE)
8 H
(WHITE)
9 J
AB1515_3
SA
Figure 3. Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0146 00-35
0146 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FIRE BOTTLE SQUIB
WIRING CONNECTION CHART
FIRE WIRE
WIRE CODE CONNECTION FIRE BOTTLE
BOTTLE COLOR
(PRINTED ON WIRE) POINT TO SQUIB COLOR CODE
SQUIB CODE
MAIN W3163A20 WHITE #6 STUD
(NO. 1) W3162A20N BLUE #8 SCREW YELLOW STRIPE
MAIN W3164A20 BLUE #6 STUD
(NO. 2) #8 SCREW GREEN STRIPE
W3165A20N WHITE
RESERVE W3167A20 WHITE #6 STUD RED STRIPE
(NO. 1) W3166A20N BLUE #8 SCREW
RESERVE W3168A20 BLUE #6 STUD
BLUE STRIPE
(NO. 2) W3169A20N WHITE #8 SCREW
AB1515_4
SA
Figure 3. Fire Extinguishing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0146 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0147 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
UTILITY SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
WP 0841 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1221 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1222 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1223 00
Personnel Required WP 1224 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1226 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1737 00
WP 1800 00
References
TM 1-1520-237-10 Equipment Condition
WP 0108 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0837 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent scratching windshield, make sure windshield is kept wet during operational/trou-
bleshooting procedure, or install cotter pin in holdoff pin hole.
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - Windshield Wiper System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) for compo-
nent location diagram and Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram for
schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Make sure WSHLD WIPER circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
STEP
2. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
NOTE
Windshield wiper controls consist of a rotary WINDSHIELD WIPER switch with PARK, OFF,
LOW, and HI positions.
3. Turn WINDSHIELD WIPER switch to LOW, and then to HI.
0147 00-1
0147 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Both pilot’s and copilot’s wipers shall operate in both LOW and HI.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Wipers Do Not Operate, in this work package.
2. If only one wiper operates, go to , in this work package.
3. If both wipers do not operate in LOW only, go to Wipers Do Not Operate In LOW, in this work package.
4. If both wipers do not operate in HI only, go to Wipers Do Not Operate In HI, in this work package.
STEP
4. Turn WINDSHIELD WIPER switch to LOW.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Observe that both wipers shall produce the proper sweep and effectively wipe windshield.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If wipers do not produce proper sweep, adjust converter (WP 1221 00).
2. If wipers do not wipe effectively, check wiper arm for 4 to 5 pounds of tension.
a. If tension is correct, replace wiper blades (WP 1224 00).
b. If tension is not correct, adjust wiper arm tension (WP 1226 00).
STEP
5. Turn WINDSHIELD WIPER switch to OFF, and then to PARK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Both wipers shall return to the normal park position (wiper blades parallel to inboard edge of windshield).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Wipers Do Not Return To Park, in this work package.
STEP
6. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
7. If necessary, remove cotter pins from holdoff pin hole.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Cotter pins shall be removed from holdoff pin hole.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WIPERS DO NOT OPERATE
SYMPTOM
Wipers do not operate.
MALFUNCTION
Wipers do not operate.
0147 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0147 00
WIPERS DO NOT OPERATE – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 115 vac between WINDSHIELD WIPER circuit breaker terminals and WIND-
SHIELD WIPER switch terminals:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, A2 and Figure 2 -
Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, 11
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, B2 and Figure 2 -
Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, 21
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, C2 and Figure 2 -
Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, 31
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
2. Check flex shaft for kinks.
a. If kinks are present, replace flex shaft (WP 1223 00). Go to Step 6
b. If kinks are not present, go to Step 3
3. Check converter for binds (disconnect flex shaft and turn converter drive shaft).
a. If binds are present, replace converter (WP 1221 00). Go to Step 6
b. If binds are not present, go to Step 4
4. Make sure shaft couplings are installed.
a. If shaft couplings are installed, replace motor (WP 1222 00). Go to Step 6
b. If shaft couplings are not installed, install couplings (WP 1223 00). Go to Step 6
5. Check for 115 vac between WINDSHIELD WIPER circuit breaker:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, Terminal A2 and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, Terminal B2 and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, Terminal C2 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker and switch as
required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
ONLY ONE WIPER OPERATES
SYMPTOM
Only one wiper operates.
MALFUNCTION
Only one wiper operates.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for disconnected or broken flex shaft.
a. If disconnected or broken flex shaft is present, connect or replace shaft (WP 1223 00). Go
to Step 3
b. If disconnected or broken flex shaft is not present, go to Step 2
2. Check for broken shaft or missing couplings.
0147 00-3
0147 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ONLY ONE WIPER OPERATES – Continued
a. If broken shaft or missing couplings are present, replace shaft or couplings as required
(WP 1223 00). Go to Step 3
b. If broken shaft or missing couplings are not present, replace converter (WP 1221 00). Go
to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
WIPERS DO NOT OPERATE IN LOW
SYMPTOM
Wipers do not operate in low.
MALFUNCTION
Wipers do not operate in low.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Turn WINDSHIELD WIPER switch to LOW. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-C and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-E and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-G and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace motor (WP 1222 00). Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-C and terminal 32
(WINDSHIELD WIPER switch)
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-E and terminal 22
(WINDSHIELD WIPER switch)
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-G and terminal 12
(WINDSHIELD WIPER switch)
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
WIPERS DO NOT OPERATE IN HI
SYMPTOM
Wipers do not operate in HI.
MALFUNCTION
Wipers do not operate in HI.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Turn WINDSHIELD WIPER switch to HI. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-B and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-D and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-F and ground
0147 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0147 00
WIPERS DO NOT OPERATE IN HI – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, replace motor (WP 1222 00). Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-B and terminal 13
(WINDSHIELD WIPER switch)
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-D and terminal 33
(WINDSHIELD WIPER switch)
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-F and terminal 23
(WINDSHIELD WIPER switch)
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
WIPERS DO NOT RETURN TO PARK
SYMPTOM
Wipers do not return to park.
MALFUNCTION
Wipers do not return to park.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Turn WINDSHIELD WIPER switch to PARK. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-A and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-H and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace motor (WP 1222 00). Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-A and terminal 28
(WINDSHIELD WIPER switch)
• Figure 2 - Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram, P108-H and terminal 18
(WINDSHIELD WIPER switch)
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
0147 00-5
0147 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P280 / J280
C
B
WINDSHIELD
WIPER (SHOWN
IN PARK POSITION)
A D
P127 / J127
P108
FLEX CONVERTER
SHAFT
COUPLING
WIPER
MOTOR
FLEX
SHAFT
FLEX
SHAFT
COUPLING
WIPER MOTOR
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P108 WINDSHIELD WIPER
MOTOR
P127 / J127 COCKPIT CEILING
BL 28 LH, STA 247
P280 / J280 CABIN CEILING, BL 6 LH,
STA 247 AA3412_1
SA
Figure 1. Windshield Wiper System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0147 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0147 00
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
OFF
PARK LOW
HI
WIPER BLADE
WIPER ARM
B C
HOLDOFF PIN HOLE
(INSTALL COTTER PIN)
UPPER CONSOLE
NO. 1
AC PR
I BUS
WSHLD
WIPER
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AA3412_2
SA
Figure 1. Windshield Wiper System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
0147 00-7
0147 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
WSHLD WIPER
P127 J127
C CB159
H
115 VAC C1 C2
B
NO. 1
J
AC PRI B1 B2
BUS A
5 K
A1 AMP A2
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL PARK
P280 J280
H 11 OFF
18
LOW
12
13
HI
G
F
E 21
28
22
23
A
B
38 31
WIPER BLADE WIPER BLADE 32
P108 H B G A F E D C 33
FLEXIBLE FLEXIBLE
SHAFT SHAFT C
48 41
CONVERTER WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR CONVERTER 47
D
42
44 43
WINDSHIELD WIPER
ROTARY SWITCH S47
LEGEND UPPER CONSOLE PANEL
ELECTRICAL WIRING
MECHANICAL AB1458
SA
Figure 2. Windshield Wiper System Schematic Diagram.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0147 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
UTILITY SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 0233 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0234 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 WP 0837 00
Temperature Probe, 0790 WP 1227 00
Thermometer, 389-3L WP 1228 00
WP 1414 00
Personnel Required
WP 1737 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1800 00
References Equipment Condition
TM 1-1520-237-10 Ambient Temperature Below 80°F (26.7°C) ()
WP 0108 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0124 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• Windshield anti-ice system cannot be checked out in ambient temperatures of 80°F
(26.7°C) or higher. System also may not go on if windshield is in direct sunlight.
• The windshield anti-ice system is inoperative and cannot be checked when all of these
conditions exist: Both primary ac generators are off, the APU generator is on, and the
backup hydraulic pump is running. These conditions are indicated by lighting of the
EH-60A UH-60A UH-60L > APU GEN ON and BACK-UP PUMP ON caution/advisory panel
.
capsules < HH-60A HH-60L > APU GEN ON and BACK-UP PUMP ON multifunction
. .
display legends < . When these capsules or legends are on, do not do the opera-
.
tional/troubleshooting procedure.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• EH-60A > When any WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE switch is set to ON, the environmental
.
control system is disabled. <
•
.
See Figure 1 - Windshield Anti-ice System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for component
location diagram, HCW> Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 1 of 4) < and W/O HCW> Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) < for schematic diagrams, and Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice
.
System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 1 of 2) for temperature/resistance chart as
an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
2. Turn on electrical power.
0148 00-1
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
3. Place upper console WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Heat shall be felt on copilot’s windshield in about five minutes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Copilot’s Windshield Does Not Heat, in this work package.
STEP
4. Connect temperature probe to thermometer.
STEP
5. Place probe in contact with copilot’s windshield in area of either sensor and check windshield temperature.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Windshield temperature shall be between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Copilot’s Windshield Temperature Is Not Between 75°F (23.9°C)
And 115°F (46.1°C), in this work package.
STEP
6. Place upper console WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT switch to OFF.
STEP
7. Place upper console WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Heat shall be felt on pilot’s windshield in about five minutes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Pilot’s Windshield Does Not Heat, in this work package.
STEP
8. Connect temperature probe to thermometer.
STEP
9. Place probe in contact with pilot’s windshield in area of either sensor and check windshield temperature.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Windshield temperature shall be between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Pilot’s Windshield Temperature Is Not Between 75°F (23.9°C) And
115°F (46.1°C), in this work package.
STEP
10. Place upper console WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT switch to OFF.
0148 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
HCW > steps 11 through 14 apply. <
. .
11. Place upper console WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE CTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Heat shall be felt on center windshield in about five minutes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified go to Center Windshield Does Not Heat, in this work package.
STEP
12. Connect temperature probe to thermometer.
STEP
13. Place probe in contact with center windshield in area of either sensor and check windshield temperature.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Windshield temperature shall be between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Center Windshield Temperature Is Not Between 75°F (23.9°C)
And 115°F (46.1°C), in this work package.
STEP
14. Place upper console WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE CTR switch to OFF.
STEP
15. Turn off electrical power.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Power shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
COPILOT’S WINDSHIELD DOES NOT HEAT
SYMPTOM
Copilot’s windshield does not heat.
MALFUNCTION
Copilot’s windshield does not heat.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P275-A and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P275-E is within limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice
System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, go to Step 2
0148 00-3
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
COPILOT’S WINDSHIELD DOES NOT HEAT – Continued
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to COPILOT’S WINDSHIELD TEMPERATURE IS NOT
BETWEEN 75°F (23.9°C) AND 115°F (46.1°C), Step 2, in this work package.
2. Check for 28 vdc between P275-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
3. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P274-B
(phase A) and ground
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P274-C
(phase B) and ground
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P274-E
(phase C) and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P274-A
and terminal 2 (copilot’s windshield terminal block)
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P274-G
and terminal 1 (copilot’s windshield terminal block)
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P274-F
and terminal 6 (copilot’s windshield terminal block)
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 4) , P274-D and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace copilot’s anti-ice controller (WP 1227 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not as present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
6. Check for 115 vac between COPILOT WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit breaker:
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal
A2 and ground
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal
B2 and ground
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal
C2 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1800 00) then go to Step 14
• Terminal A2 and P274-B
• Terminal B2 and P274-B
• Terminal C2 and P274-B
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace COPILOT WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit breaker (WP
0837 00). Go to Step 14
7. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, go to Step 8
. .
0148 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
COPILOT’S WINDSHIELD DOES NOT HEAT – Continued
b. W/O WINTER> <, go to Step 9
. .
8. WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P244B-G and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER> <(WP 1414 00). Go to Step 14
. .
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 9
9. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P244-G and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 13
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11
10. Check continuity between P244-F and P275-C.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot right relay panel (WP 0124 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
11. Check for 28 vdc between WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT switch terminal 3 and
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch terminal 3 and P244-G (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 14
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 12
12. Check for 28 vdc between WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT switch terminal 2 and
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace switch (WP 1228 00). Go to Step 14
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13
13. Check continuity between COPILOT WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit breaker terminal 1
and WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT switch Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
COPILOT’S WINDSHIELD TEMPERATURE IS NOT BETWEEN 75°F (23.9°C) AND 115°F (46.1°C)
SYMPTOM
Copilot’s windshield temperature is not between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
MALFUNCTION
Copilot’s windshield temperature is not between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P275-A and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P275-E is within limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice
System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, replace copilot’s anti-ice controller (WP 1227 00). Go to Step
4
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to Step 2
0148 00-5
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
COPILOT’S WINDSHIELD TEMPERATURE IS NOT BETWEEN 75°F (23.9°C) AND 115°F (46.1°C) – Continued
2. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminals 7 and 8 of copilot’s windshield terminal block is within
limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice System Temperature/Resistance Chart
(Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, repair/replace wiring between copilot’s windshield terminal
block Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
8 and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P275-A,
and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
7 and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P275-E
(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between copilot’s windshield terminal block:
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , TB1-3
and TB1-8
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , TB1-4
and TB1-7
a. If continuity is present, replace copilot’s windshield (WP 0233 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace terminal block wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
4
4. Procedure completed.
PILOT’S WINDSHIELD DOES NOT HEAT
SYMPTOM
Pilot’s windshield does not heat.
MALFUNCTION
Pilot’s windshield does not heat.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P271-A and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P271-E is within limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice
System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to PILOT’S WINDSHIELD TEMPERATURE IS NOT
BETWEEN 75°F (23.9°C) AND 115°F (46.1°C), step Step 2, in this work package.
2. Check for 28 vdc between P271-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
3. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P270-B
(phase A) and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P270-C
(phase B) and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P270-E
(phase C) and ground
0148 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
PILOT’S WINDSHIELD DOES NOT HEAT – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P270-A
and terminal 2 (pilot’s windshield terminal block)
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P270-F
and terminal 6 (pilot’s windshield terminal block)
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P270-G
and terminal 1 (pilot’s windshield terminal block)
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
5. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P270-D and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s anti-ice controller (WP 1227 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
6. Check for 115 vac between PILOT WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit breaker:
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , Terminal
A2 and ground
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , Terminal
B2 and ground
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , Terminal
C2 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1800 00) then go to Step 12
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , Terminal
A2 and P270-B
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , Terminal
B2 and P270-C
• Figure 3 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , Terminal
C2 and P270-E
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace PILOT WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit breaker (WP 0837
00). Go to Step 12
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-F and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9
8. Check continuity between P900-E and P271-C.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot right relay panel (WP 0124 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
9. Check for 28 vdc between WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT switch Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 3 and ground.
0148 00-7
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PILOT’S WINDSHIELD DOES NOT HEAT – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 3 and Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-F (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
10. Check for 28 vdc between WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT switch Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace switch (WP 1228 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11
11. Check continuity between PILOT WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit breaker Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and WINDSHIELD
ANTI-ICE PILOT switch Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
PILOT’S WINDSHIELD TEMPERATURE IS NOT BETWEEN 75°F (23.9°C) AND 115°F (46.1°C)
SYMPTOM
Pilot’s windshield temperature is not between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
MALFUNCTION
Pilot’s windshield temperature is not between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P271-A and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P271-E is within limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice
System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, replace pilot’s anti-ice controller (WP 1227 00). Go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to Step 2
2. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , Terminals 7 and 8 of pilot’s windshield terminal block is within
limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice System Temperature/Resistance Chart
(Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, repair/replace wiring between pilot’s windshield terminal block
Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , Terminal 8 and
Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P271-A, Figure
2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , Terminal 7 and Figure
2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P271-E (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between pilot’s windshield terminal block:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , 3 and 8
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , 4 and 7
a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s windshield (WP 0233 00). Go to Step 4
0148 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
PILOT’S WINDSHIELD TEMPERATURE IS NOT BETWEEN 75°F (23.9°C) AND 115°F (46.1°C) – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace terminal block wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
4
4. Procedure completed.
CENTER WINDSHIELD DOES NOT HEAT
SYMPTOM
Center windshield does not heat.
MALFUNCTION
Center windshield does not heat.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P384-A and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P384-E is within limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice
System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to CENTER WINDSHIELD TEMPERATURE IS NOT
BETWEEN 75°F (23.9°C) AND 115°F (46.1°C), step Step 2, in this work package.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 4) , P384-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
3. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P383-B
and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P383-C
and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P383-E
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P383-A
and terminal 2 (center windshield terminal block)
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P383-F
and terminal 6 (center windshield terminal block)
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P383-G
and terminal 1 (center windshield terminal block)
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
5. Check continuity between P383-D and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace anti-ice controller (WP 1227 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
0148 00-9
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CENTER WINDSHIELD DOES NOT HEAT – Continued
6. Check for 115 vac between CTR WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit breaker:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
A2 and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
B2 and ground
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
C2 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between CTR WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit
breaker (WP 1800 00) then go to Step 12
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
A2 and P383-B
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
B2 and P383-C
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
C2 and P383-E
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace CTR WSHLD ANTI-ICE circuit breaker (WP 0837
00). Go to Step 12
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-D and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9
8. Check continuity between P900-C and P384-C.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot right relay panel (WP 0124 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
9. Check for 28 vdc between WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE CTR switch Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 3 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 3 and Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P900-D (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
10. Check for 28 vdc between WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE CTR switch Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace switch (WP 1228 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11
11. Check continuity between WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE CTR switch Figure 2 - Windshield
Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 2 and WINDSHIELD ANTI-
ICE CTR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1.
a. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
0148 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
CENTER WINDSHIELD TEMPERATURE IS NOT BETWEEN 75°F (23.9°C) AND 115°F (46.1°C)
SYMPTOM
Center windshield temperature is not between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
MALFUNCTION
Center windshield temperature is not between 75°F (23.9°C) and 115°F (46.1°C).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P384-A and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P384-E is within limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice
System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, replace center anti-ice controller (WP 1227 00). Go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to Step 2
2. Check that resistance between Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminals 7 and 8 of center windshield terminal block is within
limits shown in Figure 4 - Windshield Anti-ice System Temperature/Resistance Chart
(Sheet 1 of 2) for windshield sensor temperature.
a. If resistance is within limits, repair/replace wiring between center windshield terminal
block Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
7 and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P384-E,
and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminal
8 and Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P384-A
(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not within limits, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between center windshield terminal block:
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) and 8
• Figure 2 - Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) and 7
a. If continuity is present, replace center windshield (WP 0234 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace terminal block wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
4
4. Procedure completed.
0148 00-11
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT RELAY
NO. 2 PANEL
JUNCTION BOX (SEE NOTE 1)
P202 / J202 P244 / J244
P217 / J217 P900 / J900 P922 / J922
P205
PILOT'S ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER
P270 / J1
P271 / J2
P230 / J230
P234 / J234
CENTER ANTI-ICE
P126 / J126 CONTROLLER
(SEE NOTE 2)
P266 / J266 P383 / J1
P384 / J2
B NO. 3 RELAY
PANEL
P398 / J398
(SEE NOTE 4)
A
COPILOT'S ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER
P274 / J1
P275 / J2
NO. 1
JUNCTION BOX
F P210 / J210
P235 / J235
E
P127 / J127
P231 / J231 WINTERIZATION KIT C
D HARNESS ASSEMBLY
(SEE NOTE 1)
P244B / J244A
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P126 / J126 COCKPIT CEILING,
BL 28 RH, STA 243
P127 / J127 COCKPIT CEILING,
BL 28 LH, STA 243
P202 / J202 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
P205 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
P210 / J210 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P217 / J217 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK,
BL 0, STA 284
P230 / J230 CABIN CEILING,
BL 8 RH, STA 247
P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING,
NOTES BL 9 LH, STA 247
1. WINTER P234 / J234 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL,
BL 20 RH, STA 247
2. HCW
P235 / J235 BEHIND COPILOT'S
3. W/O HCW CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL,
BL 20 LH, STA 247
4. EH60A P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P244B / J244A (SEE NOTE 1) AA3413_1A
SA
Figure 1. Windshield Anti-ice System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0148 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
COPILOT PILOT
O O
F F
F F
ON ON
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
COPILOT CTR PILOT
O O O
F F F
F F F
ON ON ON
(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 2)
UPPER CONSOLE
TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT P383 / J1 CENTER ANTI-ICE
BREAKER PANEL, (SEE NOTE 2) CONTROLLER
BL 25 RH
P384 / J2 CENTER ANTI-ICE
P270 / J1 PILOT'S ANTI-ICE (SEE NOTE 2) CONTROLLER
CONTROLLER
P398 / J398 (SEE NOTE 4) NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
P271 / J2 PILOT'S ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER P900 / J900 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P274 / J1 COPILOT'S ANTI-ICE P922 / J922 CABIN CEILING,
CONTROLLER BL 10.7 LH, STA 380
P275 / J2 COPILOT'S ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER
AA3413_2
SA
Figure 1. Windshield Anti-ice System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0148 00-13
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
I BU S I BU S
AC PR AC PR
N O. 2 N O. 2
PILOT PILOT WSHLD WINDSHIELD CTR WSHLD PILOT WSHLD
WSHELD ANTI-ICE ANTI-ICE ANTI-ICE ANTI-ICE
5 15 5 5 7.5 15
ANTI-ICE PILOT CTR
(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 2)
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
N O. 1
AC PR
I BU S
N O. 1
COPILOT WSHLD DC PR
ANTI-ICE I BU S
15
COPILOT
WSHLD
ANTI-ICE
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA3413_3
SA
Figure 1. Windshield Anti-ice System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0148 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
HEATER ELEMENT
HEATER ELEMENT TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE ARRANGEMENT
ARRANGEMENT SENSOR
SENSOR (LOOKING FORWARD)
(LOOKING FORWARD) ELEMENT
ELEMENT
2 5 5 2
7 7
8 8
4 3
3 4
1 6 6 1
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
TEMPERATURE ELEMENT
SENSOR
ELEMENT
COPILOT'S WINDSHIELD CENTER WINDSHIELD
(SEE NOTE 2)
D E
HEATER ELEMENT
ARRANGEMENT
TEMPERATURE (LOOKING FORWARD)
SENSOR
ELEMENT
5 2
7
4
6 1
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ELEMENT
PILOT'S WINDSHIELD AA3413_4
SA
Figure 1. Windshield Anti-ice System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0148 00-15
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
1
PILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE
2
J234 P234 3 TO
A CB261 SHEET
D
4 3
A1 A2 5
NO. 2 B 6
AC PRI E
BUS B1 B2
115 VAC C
15 F
3 C1 AMP C2
CTR WSHLD
ANTI-ICE J266 P266 P217 J217
A CB259
n r
A1 A2
NO. 2 B
AC PRI p s
BUS B1 B2
115 VAC C
7.5 q t
3 C1 AMP C2
k
P126 J126
P244 J244A P244B J244
q
E E
WINDSHIELD
ANTI-ICE WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
F F
CTR
CTR G G
OFF
NO. 2 CB252 2 3
DC PRI 5 p
BUS 2 AMP 1 SWITCH S66 ON
28 VDC DETAIL A
WINDSHIELD
ANTI-ICE WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE (SEE NOTE 1)
PILOT
PILOT
P126 J126 OFF J230 P230
NO. 2 CB251
DC PRI 2 3
5 J N
BUS 2 AMP 1
ON EFFECTIVITY
28 VDC SWITCH S21
HCW
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
COPILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE
COPILOT
P127 J127 OFF J231 P231 NOTES
NO. 1 CB133 2 3
DC PRI 5 G H 1. WINTER
BUS 2 AMP 1
SWITCH S22 ON 2. EH60A
28 VDC COPILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE UPPER CONSOLE
J235 P235
A CB160
E 7
A1 A2
TO
NO. 1 B SHEET
AC PRI F 8
B1 B2 3
BUS
115 VAC C
3 15 G 9
C1 AMP C2
COPILOTÕS CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AB1519_1
SA
Figure 2. Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram HCW> < (Sheet 1 of 4).
. .
0148 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
J900 P900 J922 P922
P900 J900 C2
C D 10
C3
D
C1
J900 P900
P900 J900 B3
TO
E 11
B2 SHEET
F 3
B1
J244 P244
P244 J244 A3
F 12
A2
G
A1 (SEE
DETAIL A)
X1
E
X2
(SEE
DETAIL A) K21
SA1000-1
RIGHT RELAY PANEL (SEE DETAIL B)
P210 J210
g ENERGIZED
WHEN BACKUP
HYDRAULIC PUMP
B IS OPERATING
11 12
28 VDC APPLIED WHEN
APU GENERATOR IS ON
K19 LINE OR EXTERNAL
POWER IS CONNECTED
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P202 J202 P205
U G
ENERGIZED
WHEN APU
GENERATOR
IS OPERATING
K3
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX AB1519_2
SA
Figure 2. Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram HCW> < (Sheet 2 of 4). . .
0148 00-17
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
1
2
TO
SHEET 3
1 4
5
6
P383 J1
10
B
TO SG383-1
C
SHEET 11 SG383-2
2 E
SG383-3
TB7
12 D
1 GND383-1
6 F
5 G
HEATER
ELEMENTS 2 A
4 P384 J2
3 C
SENSORS
8 A
7 E
P
CENTER WINDSHIELD HEATER
ANTI-ICE CONTROLLER
P274 J1
B
C
E
TB1
D
1
GG7-5
6 F
5 G
HEATER
ELEMENTS 2 A
4 P275 J2
3 C
SENSORS
TO
7 8 A
SHEET 8
1 7 E
9
P
COPILOT'S WINDSHIELD HEATER
ANTI-ICE CONTROLLER
AB1519_3
SA
Figure 2. Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram HCW> < (Sheet 3 of 4).
. .
0148 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
P270 J1
E
TB1
D
1 GG4-3
6 F
5 G
HEATER
ELEMENTS 2 A
4 P271 J2
3 C
SENSORS
8 A
7 E
P
PILOT'S WINDSHIELD HEATER ANTI-ICE CONTROLLER
J398 P398
K96
X2
T
X1 GND398-2 P900 J900
C3 J900 P900
WHEN WIND- D
SHIELD ANTI- C2 C
ICE IS ON,
THE ENVIRON- P244 J244
CR30
MENTAL CONTROL E7 E8 C1
SYSTEM IS U R
DISABLED BY
RELAY K96 CR31
E3 E4 P900 J900
J217 P217 B3 J900 P900
F
CR32 E2 B2
E1
W c B E
B1
V Z q
J244 P244
P244 J244
NO. 3 RELAY PANEL A3 A2
F
G
A1
X1
E
X2
K21
DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 2) AB1519 4
SA
Figure 2. Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram HCW> < (Sheet 4 of 4). . .
0148 00-19
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PILOT WSHLD 1
ANTI-ICE TO
J234 P234 2 SHEET
A CB261 3
D 3
NO. 2 A1 A2
AC PRI
BUS
B
115 VAC B1 B2 E
3
C
15 F
C1 AMP C2
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
PILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE
PILOT J230 P230
NO. 2 P126 J126 OFF
DC PRI CB252 2 3
BUS 5 J N
2 AMP 1
SWITCH S21 ON
28 VDC
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
COPILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE COPILOT
NO. 1 P127 J127 OFF J231 P231
DC PRI CB133 2 3
BUS 5 G H
2 AMP 1
28 VDC SWITCH S22 ON
COPILOT WSHLD
ANTI-ICE UPPER CONSOLE
J235 P235
A CB160
E 4
A1 A2
NO. 1
AC PRI TO
BUS B
F 5 SHEET
B1 B2 3
115 VAC
3
C
15 G 6
C1 AMP C2
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
28 VDC APPLIED WHEN
APU GENERATOR IS ON
LINE OR EXTERNAL
POWER IS CONNECTED
EFFECTIVITY
P202 J202 P205
W/O HCW
U G
ENERGIZED
WHEN APU
GENERATOR
NOTE IS OPERATING K3
WINTER
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX AB1520_1
SA
Figure 3. Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram W/O HCW> < (Sheet 1 of 3). . .
0148 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
J900 P900
P900 J900 B3
E 7
B2
F
B1
J244 P244
P244 J244 A3
F 8
A2
G
A1 (SEE
X1 DETAIL A)
E
X2
(SEE K21
DETAIL A)
SA1000-1 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P210 J210
ENERGIZED
B WHEN BACKUP
g HYDRAULIC PUMP
IS OPERATING TO
12 11
SHEET
3
K19
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
TB1B
6 9
P244 J244A P244B J244 HEATER
ELEMENTS
5 10
E E
2 11
FF
4
G G
3
SENSORS
8 12
DETAIL A 7 13
(SEE NOTE)
COPILOT'S WINDSHIELD HEATER AB1520_2
SA
Figure 3. Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram W/O HCW> < (Sheet 2 of 3). . .
0148 00-21
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P270 J1
D
GG4-3
TO 1 B
SHEET 2 C
1 3 E
A
F
G
7
TO P271 J2
SHEET
2 C
A
8 E
P
PILOT'S ANTI-ICE CONTROLLER
P 4
SENSORS
7
1
HEATER
5 ELEMENTS
PILOT'S WINDSHIELD HEATER
P274 J1
4 B
TO
SHEET 5 C
1
6 E
GG7-5
9 F
10 G
11 A
TO
SHEET
P275 J2
2
C
12 A
13 E
P
COPILOT'S ANTI-ICE
CONTROLLER AB1520_3
SA
Figure 3. Windshield Anti-ice System Schematic Diagram W/O HCW> < (Sheet 3 of 3).
. .
0148 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0148 00
190
185
180
175
SEE SHEET 2
170
165
RESISTANCE - OHMS
160
IT
IM
XL
155
MA
IT
LI M
MI N
PRODUCTION
150 SPREAD
145
140
135
130
125
O
F -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
O
C -51.1 -40 -28.9 -17.8 -6.7 4.4 15.6 26.7 37.8 48.9 60 71.1
SENSOR TEMPERATURE
AA6438_1
SA
Figure 4. Windshield Anti-ice System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 1 of 2).
0148 00-23
0148 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
177.5
175
RESISTANCE - OHMS
172.5
170
T
IMI
XL
IT
MA
LIM
MIN
167.5
165
O
F 90 100 110 120 130
O
C 32.2 37.8 43.3 48.9 54.4
SENSOR TEMPERATURE
AA6438_2
SA
Figure 4. Windshield Anti-ice System Temperature/Resistance Chart (Sheet 2 of 2).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0148 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
UTILITY SYSTEM
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM
This WP supersedes WP 0149 00, dated 1 August 2011.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Clamp-On Ammeter, 749
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 0862 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0938 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1233 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1234 00
Locally-Made Blade de-ice Test Block WP 2014 00, WP 1236 00
Figure 148 - Blade Deice Test Block WP 1237 00
Locally-Made Blade de-ice Test Harness WP 2014 WP 1239 00
00, Figure 147 - Blade Deice Test Harness WP 1241 00
Personnel Required WP 1243 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (Two) WP 1244 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1245 00
WP 1246 00
References
WP 1247 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 1248 00
TM 1-1520-237-MTF
WP 1249 00
WP 0093 00
WP 1250 00
WP 0104 00
WP 1251 00
WP 0105 00
WP 1252 00
WP 0106 00
WP 1253 00
WP 0108 00
WP 1254 00
WP 0126 00
WP 1256 00
WP 0172 01
WP 1257 00
WP 0564 00
WP 1259 00
WP 0585 00
WP 1261 00
WP 0594 00
WP 1414 00
WP 0796 00
WP 1737 00
WP 0810 00
WP 1800 00
WP 0837 00
WP 2014 00
WP 0838 00
WP 0847 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0848 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0853 00 and No. 1 and No. 2 Generators Operational, (TM
WP 0858 00 1-1520-237-10)
0149 00-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
Equipment Condition (cont.)
Rotor at 100%, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) for component location
diagram, EH-60A> Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) < and
. .
HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
.
of 17) < for schematic diagrams, and Figure 4 - Outside Air Temperature/Resistance Chart for
.
temperature/resistance chart as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
If main rotor blade erosion protection kit is installed, do not perform blade de-icing system operational/trou-
bleshooting procedure.
The blade de-icing system operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed no more than one hour after
passing a minimum of one ampere through all 12 legs of the blade heater. This can be performed by performing
the blade de-ice preflight test (TM 1-1520-237-MTF).
If system was recently installed, perform steps 1 through 69. to check operation of blade de-icing system. To
check blade de-icing system for unscheduled maintenance, perform steps 1 through 65.
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
A risk of low current shock exists when blade de-ice system is turned on for ground checks.
Injury to personnel can result if contact is made with main rotor blade cuff, spindle, and droop
stop cam while blade de-ice test is in progress. Clear aircraft upper deck of personnel during
blade de-ice test until blade de-ice control panel TEST IN PROGRESS lamp is off and test
switch is placed in OFF position.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the blades, if PWR MAIN RTR or PWR TAIL RTR capsules go on for 15
seconds or more, immediately remove electrical power from helicopter.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. EMEP > Remove and check pin filtered adapters from Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 7 of 17) , P134, Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324, and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325. Replace if necessary (WP 0938
00). <
.
STEP
2. EMEP > Install pin filtered adapters (WP 0938 00). <
. .
Change 5 0149 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
3. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
4. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF and MODE switch to AUTO.
STEP
5. Place blade de-ice test panel test function switch to NORM.
STEP
6. Make sure upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch is at OFF.
STEP
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, ignore the PWR MAIN RTR and/or PWR TAIL RTR lamps if either
goes on for less than 10 seconds.
7. Turn on external electrical power.HH-60A HH-60L > Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD)
.
switch ON and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and
advisory legends will be displayed). <
.
STEP
8. Place caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST and hold or HH-60A HH-60L> press T6 switch
.
on MFD. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
All caution/advisory capsules or MFD legends shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00) or
MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00).
STEP
9. Release caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Caution/advisory panel #1 GEN, #2 GEN, or EXT PWR CONNECTED (if external power is connected) cap-
sules or legends shall remain on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0105 00).
STEP
10. UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L > Pull out ICE DET (DC) circuit breaker on mission readiness circuit breaker
.
panel. < EH-60A > Pull out ICE DET (DC) circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel. <
. . .
CONDITION/INDICATION
Icing rate meter shall indicate zero and FAIL flag shall appear.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00).
0149 00-3 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
11. Push in ICE DET (DC) circuit breaker.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Icing rate meter FAIL flag shall disappear from view.
2. Icing rate meter needle shall deflect and return to zero.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to Icing Rate Meter FAIL Flag In View And Meter
Needle Did Not Deflect And Return To Zero, in this work package.
2. If either Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00).
STEP
NOTE
• To avoid the possibility of obtaining a false indication, wait at least 20 seconds after power
is turned on before pressing the icing rate meter PRESS TO TEST pushbutton.
• Allow at least 75 seconds between each PRESS TO TEST pushbutton actuation to allow
test cycle to complete.
12. Press and release icing rate meter PRESS TO TEST pushbutton and simultaneously start timer (instrument
panel clock). RECORD RESULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Icing rate meter needle shall move to half scale (1.0 grams per cubic centimeter LWC) with a tol-
erance of 1/8 inch on indicator scale.
2. In 15 - 25 seconds after pressing PRESS TO TEST pushbutton, ICE DETECTED capsule or legend
shall go on.
3. In 40 - 60 seconds after pressing PRESS TO TEST button, icing rate meter needle shall return to
below zero, and ICE DETECTED capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > MFD ICE DETECTED legend <shall
. .
go off.
4. Within 75 seconds after pressing PRESS TO TEST button, icing rate meter needle shall move to
zero to complete test.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to ICE DETECTED Capsule Or Legend Does Not Go On, in
this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00).
4. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00).
Change 5 0149 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent damage to main rotor blades, remove locally-made blade de-ice test block (test
block) (WP 2014 00) from ice detector when icing rate needle moves. When removing test
block, be careful not to hit and damage sensing probe.
NOTE
• Icing rate meter needle may hold value for 50 - 70 seconds after test block is removed and
the ICE DETECTED capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > MFD ICE DETECTED legend < may go
. .
on.
• The greater the pressure on the test block, the greater the icing rate meter needle indica-
tion.
13. Carefully place test block against upper half of ice detector probe.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Icing rate meter needle shall move to some value between zero and full scale.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Icing Rate Meter Needle Does Not Move, in this work package.
2. If the ICE DETECTED capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > MFD ICE DETECTED legend < came on in Step 2,
. .
wait up to 2 minutes after block is removed for ICE DETECTED capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > MFD ICE .
DETECTED legend < to go off before continuing. If capsule does not go off as specified, replace icing rate
.
meter (WP 1234 00).
STEP
14. Reset instrument panel clock.
STEP
15. EMEP > Remove and check pin filtered adapter from Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 13 of 17) , P117. Replace if necessary (WP 0938 00). < .
STEP
16. EMEP > Install pin filtered adapter on Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17)
.
, P117 (WP 0938 00). < .
STEP
17. Make sure the following caution/advisory capsules or HH-60A HH-60L > MFD legends < are off:
. .
• #1 CONV
• #2 CONV
• MR DE-ICE FAIL
• TR DE-ICE FAIL
• MR DE-ICE FAULT
• ICE DETECTED
0149 00-5 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
The specified capsules or legends shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If #1 CONV or #2 CONV capsule or legend is on, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00).
2. If M/R DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL or M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsule or legend is on, go to With Blade de-ice
Control Panel Power Switch OFF, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, M/R DE-ICE FAIL, Or M/R DE-ICE FAULT Capsule Or
Legend Is On, in this work package.
3. If ICE DETECTED capsule or legend is on, check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P117-63 or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-49 or P1020R-49 < and ground.
. .
a. If voltage is as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00).
(1) If trouble remains, replace ice detector (WP 1257 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00) or HH-60A
HH-60L > MFD/caution/advisory system (WP 0104 00) <.
. .
STEP
18. Make sure blade de-ice test panel PWR MAIN RTR and PWR TAIL RTR lamps are off.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The specified lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If both PWR MAIN RTR and PWR TAIL RTR lamps are on, check for 28 vdc between APU/GENERATOR
INTERLOCK RELAY terminals Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , K64-X1
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , K64-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace blade de-ice control panel (WP 1236 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of
17) , K64 (WP 1244 00).
2. If PWR MAIN RTR lamp is on, go to PWR MAIN RTR Lamp Is On, in this work package.
3. If PWR TAIL RTR lamp is on, go to PWR TAIL RTR Lamp Is On, in this work package.
STEP
19. Momentarily press blade de-ice test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp.
CONDITION/INDICATION
PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go on, then off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to PWR TAIL RTR Lamp Does Not Cycle On And Off And/Or PWR
TAIL RTR Lamp Does Not Go On When Press-To-Test, in this work package.
STEP
20. Momentarily press blade de-ice test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp.
CONDITION/INDICATION
PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall go on, then off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, unscrew lamp cap and check lamp.
a. If lamp is good, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00).
Change 5 0149 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
b. If lamp is not good, replace lamp (WP 1254 00).
STEP
21. Momentarily press blade de-ice control panel TEST IN PROGRESS lamp.
CONDITION/INDICATION
TEST IN PROGRESS lamp shall go on, then off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to TEST IN PROGRESS Lamp Does Not Cycle On And Off, in this
work package.
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the blades, do not test blade de-ice system more than once in 30 minutes
when rotor head is not turning.
NOTE
Backup pump may run to recharge APU hydraulic start accumulator. Wait until BACKUP PUMP
ON capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > MFD BACKUP PUMP ON legend < goes off before starting
. .
Step 22. If backup pump goes on while performing steps 22 through 35, and APU generator is
only power source for the test, the test will automatically terminate. This will be indicated by the
M/R DE-ICE FAIL caution capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > MFD M/R DE-ICE FAIL legend <and the
. .
BACKUP PUMP ON advisory capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > MFD BACKUP PUMP ON legend
.
.< going on. If this occurs, place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF, wait until
backup pump goes off, and then continue operational/troubleshooting procedure starting with
Step 22.
22. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to TEST, and simultaneously start instrument panel clock.
RECORD RESULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. TEST IN PROGRESS lamp shall go on and stay on for 105 - 135 seconds.
2. MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or legends shall remain off for
full 105 - 135 seconds of test.
3. PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go on for up to 11 seconds at end of test.
4. PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall go on for up to 4 seconds at end of test.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to TEST IN PROGRESS LAMP Does Not Function As
Specified, in this work package.
2. If M/R de-ice FAIL and M/R de-ice FAULT capsules or legends go on, go to MR de-ice FAIL And M/R de-ice
FAULT Capsules Or Legends Go On, in this work package.
3. If M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on, go to MR DE-ICE FAIL Capsule Or Legend Goes On, in this
work package.
4. If T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on, go to TR DE-ICE FAIL Capsule Or Legend Goes On, in this
work package.
0149 00-7 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
5. If M/R DE-ICE FAIL and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsules or legends both go on, go to MR DE-ICE FAIL And T/R
DE-ICE FAIL Capsules Or Legends Are Both On, in this work package.
6. If M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsule or legend goes on, go to MR DE-ICE FAULT Capsule Or Legend Goes On, in
this work package.
7. If PWR MAIN RTR lamp remains on, go to PWR TAIL RTR Lamp Is On, in this work package.
8. If PWR TAIL RTR lamp remains on, go to PWR TAIL RTR Lamp Does Not Cycle On And Off And/Or PWR
TAIL RTR Lamp Does Not Go On When Press-To-Test, in this work package.
9. If Indication/Condition 3. or 4. is not as specified, go to PWR MAIN RTR And PWR TAIL RTR Lamps Do Not
Go On, in this work package.
STEP
23. Reset instrument panel clock.
STEP
24. Set blade de-ice control panel test switch to OFF position. Wait for the TEST IN PROGRESS lamp to go off.
STEP
WARNING
• Droop stop hinge pins and cams become very hot within 30 - 60 seconds after blade de-ice
control panel POWER switch is placed to TEST. To prevent injury, only momentarily touch
droop stop cams.
• A risk of low current shock exists when blade de-ice system is turned on for ground
checks. Injury to personnel can result if contact is made with main rotor blade cuff, spindle,
and droop stop cam while blade de-ice test is in progress. Clear aircraft upper deck of
personnel during blade de-ice test until blade de-ice control panel TEST IN PROGRESS
lamp is off and test switch is placed in OFF position.
25. Touch each droop stop cam.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Droop stop cams shall be warm to touch.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Droop Stop Cams Are Not Warm When POWER Switch Is In TEST,
in this work package.
STEP
26. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
27. Place blade de-ice test panel test function switch to SYNC 1.
STEP
28. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to TEST.
Change 5 0149 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
NOTE
MR DE-ICE FAULT capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < may go on.
. .
MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for 115 vac between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-L and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-T.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-L and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of
17) , P906-W (WP 1800 00).
STEP
29. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends <shall go off.
. .
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
STEP
30. Place blade de-ice test panel test function switch to SYNC 2.
STEP
31. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to TEST.
CONDITION/INDICATION
NOTE
MR DE-ICE FAULT capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < may go on.
. .
MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends <shall go on.
. .
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified with test function switch in SYNC 2, check for open between Figure
3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-N and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-P.
a. If open is present, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
b. If open is not present, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00).
STEP
32. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
0149 00-9 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
STEP
33. Place blade de-ice test panel test function switch to OAT.
STEP
34. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to TEST.
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsules or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall go on.
. .
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < goes on but T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule does not,
. .
replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
2. If T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < goes on but M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule does not,
. .
replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
3. If neither capsule goes on with test function switch in OAT position, check continuity between Figure 3 -
Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 17) , J134-X and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 17) , J134-W.
a. If continuity is present, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
b. If continuity is not present, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00).
STEP
35. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsules or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall go off.
. .
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
STEP
36. Place blade de-ice test panel test function switch to NORM.
STEP
37. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
38. With qualified personnel at controls start engines and adjust rotor speed to 100% (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
39. Place upper console GENERATORS - NO. 1 and NO. 2 switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 GEN and #2 GEN capsules shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0105 00 or WP 0126 00).
Change 5 0149 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent rotor blades from overheating in ambient temperatures above 70°F (21°C), operate
rotor at 100% for 5 minutes before performing de-ice EOT check. Do not perform de-ice EOT
check if FAT is above 100°F (38°C).
40. Place blade de-ice test panel test function switch to EOT.
STEP
41. Place blade de-ice control panel MODE switch to MANUAL-M.
STEP
NOTE
• PWR MAIN RTR lamp may flash at start of test.
• MR DE-ICE FAULT capsule orHH-60A HH-60L > legends < may go on.
. .
42. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to ON, and simultaneously start instrument panel clock.
RECORD RESULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. TR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends <shall go on 18 - 26 seconds after POWER
. .
switch is placed ON.
2. MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends <shall go on 50 - 70 seconds after POWER
. .
switch is placed ON.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on, but M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend does not, check
continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 17) , P325-W and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-S.
a. If continuity is present, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00).
(1) If trouble remains, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
2. If M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on but T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend does not, check
continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P325-V and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-U.
3. If neither capsule or legend goes on, check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-R and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00).
(1) If trouble remains, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
43. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
0149 00-11 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
44. Place blade de-ice test panel test function switch to NORM.
STEP
45. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to ON, and wait 30 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall
. .
remain off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legends goes on, check for 115 vac between MN RTR BUS CONT terminals
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) L1, L2, L3 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace K2 NO. 2 GEN CNTOR (WP 0848 00).
2. If T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on, check for 115 vac between TAIL ROTOR DE-ICE CONTAC-
TOR terminals Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , A1, B1, C1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace K1 NO. 1 GEN CNTOR (WP 0847 00).
3. If M/R DE-ICE FAIL and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsules or legends go on, go to MR DE-ICE FAIL And T/R DE-ICE
FAIL Capsules Or Legends Are On, in this work package.
4. If M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsule or legend go on, replace NO. 2 generator contactor K2 (WP 0848 00).
STEP
46. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
47. Place upper console GENERATORS - NO. 1 switch to OFF and APU switch to ON.
STEP
48. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to ON and wait 30 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall
. .
remain off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL And/Or M/R DE-ICE FAULT
Capsules Or Legends Go On, in this work package.
STEP
50. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
51. Place upper console GENERATORS - NO. 1 switch to ON, and NO. 2 switch to OFF.
STEP
52. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to ON, and wait 30 seconds.
Change 5 0149 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall
. .
remain off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL And/Or M/R DE-ICE FAULT
Capsules Or Legends Go On, in this work package.
STEP
53. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
54. Place upper console GENERATORS - NO. 2 switch to ON, and APU switch to OFF.
STEP
55. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to ON and wait 30 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall
. .
remain off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL And M/R DE-ICE FAULT
Capsules Or Legends Go On, in this work package.
STEP
56. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
57. Place upper console GENERATORS - NO. 2 switch to OFF.
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the blades, place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF if
Indication/Condition of Step 56 is not obtained within 30 seconds.
58. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules orHH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall go on immediately,
. .
and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall go on after 30 seconds.
. .
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If none of the capsules or legends go on, go to None Of The Capsules Or Legends Go On, in this work
package.
2. If only M/R capsules or legends, or T/R capsule or legends goes on, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP
1239 00).
STEP
59. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
60. Place upper console GENERATORS - APU switch to ON and NO. 1 switch to OFF.
0149 00-13 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
61. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
MR DE-ICE FAIL and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or HH-60A HH-60L > legends < shall go on immediately,
. .
and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule shall go on after 20 seconds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to With Blade de-ice Power Switch ON, M/R DE-ICE FAIL, T/R
DE-ICE FAIL, Or Both Capsules/Legends Go On With Mode Switch Placed To T, L, Or M, in this work package.
STEP
62. Place blade de-ice control panel MODE switch to AUTO.
STEP
63. Place blade de-ice control panel POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
64. Shut down engines, rotor, and APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
65. HH-60A HH-60L > Turn MFD switch OFF. <
. .
STEP
66. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
NOTE
To obtain accurate resistance values of the rotor blade heater mat elements, a minimum of one
ampere voltage current must be passed through blade heater mat elements for a minimum of
15 seconds or the blade de-ice operational/troubleshooting procedure must be performed.
67. Select maximum resistance range on multimeter.
STEP
68. Within one hour of operational/troubleshooting procedure, check resistance between the following pins
on Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841, Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842, Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 15 of 17) , J843, and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844:
• 1 and 2
• 1 and 3
• 2 and 3
• 4 and 5
• 4 and 6
• 5 and 6
• 7 and 8
• 7 and 9
• 8 and 9
• 10 and 11
• 10 and 12
• 11 and 12
Change 5 0149 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICING SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Resistance shall be between 7 and 10 ohms.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace affected main rotor blade (WP 0585 00).
STEP
69. Within one hour of operational/troubleshooting procedure, check resistance between the following pins
on Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J611, Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J612, Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 13 of 17) , J613, and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J614:
• 1 and 2
• 3 and 4
• 5 and 6
CONDITION/INDICATION
Resistance shall be between 6 and 8 ohms.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace affected tail rotor blade (WP 0594 00).
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ICING RATE METER FAIL FLAG IN VIEW AND METER NEEDLE DID NOT DEFLECT AND RETURN TO ZERO
SYMPTOM
Icing rate meter FAIL flag in view and meter needle did not deflect and return to zero.
MALFUNCTION
Icing rate meter FAIL flag in view and meter needle did not deflect and return to zero.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 17) , P132-F and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 17)
, P132-G.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
2. Check for 115 vac between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 17) , P132-S and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 17)
, P132-G.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-A and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-B and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-C and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-D and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-4
0149 00-15 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ICING RATE METER FAIL FLAG IN VIEW AND METER NEEDLE DID NOT DEFLECT AND RETURN TO ZERO –
Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-E and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-T and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-6
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-8 and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-9 and
ground
a. If continuity is present, replace ice detector (WP 1257 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
c. If trouble remains, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00). Go to Step 8.
5. Check for 115 vac between ICE DET circuit breaker Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 17) , P132-S (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 8.
6. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 17) , P132-G and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
7. Check for 28 vdc between ICE DET circuit breaker Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 17) , P132-F and ICE DET circuit breaker Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
ICE DETECTED CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
ICE DETECTED capsule or legend does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
ICE DETECTED capsule or legend does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
Change 5 0149 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
ICE DETECTED CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
a. EMEP> , go to Step 2.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
2. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P117 or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R or P1020R < (WP
. .
0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 3.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 11.
3. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 4.
.
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
13 of 17) , P117-63 or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-49 or P1020R-49 < and ground.
. .
a. If voltage is as specified, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796 00) or MFD (WP 0810
00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
13 of 17) , P117-63 or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-49 or P1020R-49 < and Figure 3 - Blade
. .
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 17) , P132-J.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 17) , P132-H and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 17)
, P132-G.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 17) , P132-H and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of
17) , P133-T.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
8. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
12 of 17) , P133-L and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace blade de-ice control panel (WP 1236 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
9. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 17) , J906-N and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , P906-N and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P133-L(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
10. Check for 28 vdc between DE-ICE CNTRLR circuit breaker Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Blade
0149 00-17 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ICE DETECTED CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , J906-N (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 11.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01).
.
11. Procedure completed.
ICING RATE METER NEEDLE DOES NOT MOVE
SYMPTOM
Icing rate meter needle does not move.
MALFUNCTION
Icing rate meter needle does not move.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-A and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-B and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-C and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-D and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-E and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P132-T and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P326-6
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
2. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 3.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
3. Check for corresponding resistances between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-1
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-2
Greater than 1000 ohms
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-3
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-4
Greater than 1000 ohms
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-5 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-8 4.9 -
5.9 ohms
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-6 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-9 47 - 61
ohms
Change 5 0149 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
ICING RATE METER NEEDLE DOES NOT MOVE – Continued
a. If corresponding resistances are as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00). Go
to Step 5.
b. If corresponding resistances are not as specified, replace ice detector (WP 1257 00). Go
to Step 5.
4. Check for corresponding resistances between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-2 15 - 21
ohms
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-4 15 - 21
ohms
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-5 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-8 4.9 -
5.9 ohms
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-6 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J326-9 47 - 61
ohms
a. If corresponding resistances are as specified, replace icing rate meter (WP 1234 00). Go
to Step 5.
b. If corresponding resistances are not as specified, replace ice detector (WP 1257 00). Go
to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
WITH BLADE DE-ICE CONTROL PANEL POWER SWITCH OFF, T/R DE-ICE FAIL,
M/R DE-ICE FAIL, OR M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON
SYMPTOM
With blade de-ice control panel power switch OFF, T/R DE-ICE FAIL,
M/R DE-ICE FAIL, or M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsule or legend is on.
MALFUNCTION
With blade de-ice control panel power switch OFF, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, M/R
DE-ICE FAIL, or M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsule or legend is on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With power applied, pull out DE-ICE CNTRLR circuit breaker. Go to Step 2.
2. Does caution/advisory capsule or MFD legend go off?
a. If capsule or legend is off, replace de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If capsule or legend is not off, go to Step 3.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
4. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P117 or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R or P1020R < (WP
. .
0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 7.
0149 00-19 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH BLADE DE-ICE CONTROL PANEL POWER SWITCH OFF, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, M/R DE-ICE FAIL, OR M/R
DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULE OR LEGEND IS ON – Continued
5. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
.
6. Check for 28 vdc between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P117-15 and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P117-31 and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P117-47 and
ground
• HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-27 or P1020R-27 and ground <
•
. .
HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-41 or P1020R-41 and ground <
•
. .
HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-82 or P1020R-82 and ground <
. .
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot wiring for short circuit to 28 vdc (WP 1800 00). Go
to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796 00) or MFD (WP
0810 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
PWR MAIN RTR LAMP IS ON
SYMPTOM
PWR MAIN RTR lamp is on.
MALFUNCTION
PWR MAIN RTR lamp is on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 2.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
2. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 3.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
3. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 4.
.
4. Check for 13 vac between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-D and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-E and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-F and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 6.
5. Check for 28 vdc between K60 MAIN ROTOR CONTACTOR Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminals X1 and X2.
Change 5 0149 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
PWR MAIN RTR LAMP IS ON – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 17) , K64 APU/Generator interlock relay (WP 1244 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace contactor (WP 1246 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
PWR TAIL RTR LAMP IS ON
SYMPTOM
PWR TAIL RTR lamp is on.
MALFUNCTION
PWR TAIL RTR lamp is on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 2.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
2. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 3.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
3. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 4.
.
4. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-A and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-B and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134-C and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 6.
5. Check for 28 vdc between K61 TAIL ROTOR CONTACTOR Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminals X1 and X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 17) , K64 APU/Generator interlock relay (WP 1244 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace contactor (WP 1243 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
PWR TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT CYCLE ON AND OFF AND/OR PWR
TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT GO ON WHEN PRESS-TO-TEST
SYMPTOM
PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not cycle on and off and/or PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not go on when press-to-test.
MALFUNCTION
PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not cycle on and off and/or PWR
TAIL RTR lamp does not go on when press-to-test.
0149 00-21 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PWR TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT CYCLE ON AND OFF AND/OR PWR TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT GO ON
WHEN PRESS-TO-TEST – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Momentarily press PWR TAIL RTR lamp. Go to Step 2.
2. Did PWR TAIL RTR lamp go on, then off?
a. If lamp did go on, then off, go to Step 3.
b. If lamp did not go, then off, go to Step 9.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
4. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 10.
5. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
.
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
8 of 17) , P134-H and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17)
, P134-T on blade de-ice test panel.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
7 of 17) , P134-T and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
8. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
8 of 17) , P134-H and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of
17) , P902-h .
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
9. Unscrew PWR MAIN RTR lamp cap and check for burnt-out lamp.
a. If lamp is good, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If lamp is not good, replace lamp (WP 1254 00). Go to Step 10.
10. Procedure completed.
TEST IN PROGRESS LAMP DOES NOT CYCLE ON AND OFF
SYMPTOM
TEST IN PROGRESS lamp does not cycle on and off.
MALFUNCTION
TEST IN PROGRESS lamp does not cycle on and off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Unscrew lamp cap and check for burnt-out lamp.
a. If lamp is good, go to Step 2.
b. If lamp is not good, replace lamp (WP 1237 00). Go to Step 5.
Change 5 0149 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
TEST IN PROGRESS LAMP DOES NOT CYCLE ON AND OFF – Continued
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
11 of 17) , P133-K and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of
17) , P133-D.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace BLADE de-ice control panel (WP 1236 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
11 of 17) , P133-D and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
4. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
11 of 17) , P133-K and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of
17) , P902-h .
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
TEST IN PROGRESS LAMP DOES NOT FUNCTION AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
TEST IN PROGRESS LAMP does not function as specified.
MALFUNCTION
TEST IN PROGRESS LAMP does not function as specified.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 2.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
2. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325(WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 3.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 12.
3. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 4.
.
4. Place POWER switch on blade de-ice control panel to TEST. Go to Step 5.
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
9 of 17) , P325-Y and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17)
, P325-H.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
6. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
11 of 17) , P133-N and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of
17) , P325-T.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
0149 00-23 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TEST IN PROGRESS LAMP DOES NOT FUNCTION AS SPECIFIED – Continued
7. Check for 15 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
11 of 17) , P133-N and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 12.
8. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
11 of 17) , P133-K and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
9. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
11 of 17) , P133-K and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of
17) , P902-h .
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
10. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
9 of 17) , P325-H and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of
17) , P133-U.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
11. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
12 of 17) , P133-R and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of
17) , P133-D.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace BLADE de-ice control panel (WP 1236 00). Go to Step
12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P133-R and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , J121-A (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
12. Procedure completed.
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON
SYMPTOM
MR de-ice FAIL and M/R de-ice FAULT capsules or legends go on.
MALFUNCTION
MR de-ice FAIL and M/R de-ice FAULT capsules or legends go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect P841 and P1001. Go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-1 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-2 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-3 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-4 and
connector shell
Change 5 0149 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-5 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-6 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-7 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-8 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-9 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-10 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-11 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-12 and
connector shell
a. If continuity is present, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Check for less than 1 ohm resistance between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-1 and
P1001-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-2 and
P1001-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-3 and
P1001-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-5 and
P1001-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-6 and
P1001-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-8 and
P1001-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-9 and
P1001-7
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-11 and
P1001-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-12 and
P1001-9
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-1 and
P841-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-4 and
P841-7
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841-7 and
P841-10
0149 00-25 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
a. If continuity is present, reconnect P841. Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
5. Disconnect P845. Go to Step 6.
6. Check for less than 1 ohm resistance between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P845-1 and
P1001-10
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P845-2 and
P1001-11
a. If resistance is as specified, reconnect P845 and P1001. Go to Step 7.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
c. If trouble still remains, replace droop stop heater pin (WP 0564 00). Go to Step 25.
7. Disconnect P842 and P1002. Go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-1 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-2 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-3 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-4 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-5 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-6 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-7 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-8 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-9 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-10 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-11 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-12 and
connector shell
a. If continuity is present, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 9.
9. Check for less than 1 ohm resistance between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-1 and
P1002-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-2 and
P1002-2
Change 5 0149 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
•Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-3 and
P1002-3
•Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-5 and
P1002-4
•Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-6 and
P1002-5
•Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-8 and
P1002-6
•Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-9 and
P1002-7
•Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-11 and
P1002-8
•Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-12 and
P1002-9
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 10.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
10. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-1 and
P842-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-4 and
P842-7
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842-7 and
P842-10
a. If continuity is present, reconnect P842. Go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
11. Disconnect P846. Go to Step 12.
12. Check for less than 1 ohm resistance between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P846-1 and
P1002-10
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P846-2 and
P1002-11
a. If resistance is as specified, reconnect P846 and P1002 then go to Step 13.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
c. If trouble remains, replace droop stop heater pin (WP 0564 00). Go to Step 25.
13. Disconnect P843 and P1003. Go to Step 14.
14. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-1 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-2 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-3 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-4 and
connector shell
0149 00-27 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-5 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-6 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-7 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-8 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-9 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-10 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-11 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-12 and
connector shell
a. If continuity is present, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 15.
15. Check for less than 1 ohm resistance between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-1 and
P1003-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-2 and
P1003-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-3 and
P1003-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-5 and
P1003-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-6 and
P1003-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-8 and
P1003-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-9 and
P1003-7
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-11 and
P1003-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-12 and
P1003-9
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 16.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
16. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-1 and
P843-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-4 and
P843-7
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843-7 and
P843-10
Change 5 0149 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
a. If continuity is present, reconnect P843. Go to Step 17.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
17. Disconnect P847. Go to Step 18.
18. Check for less than 1 ohm resistance between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P847-1 and
P1003-10
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P847-2 and
P1003-11
a. If resistance is as specified, reconnect P847 and P1003. Go to Step 19.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
c. If trouble remains, replace droop stop heater pin (WP 0564 00). Go to Step 25.
19. Disconnect P844 and P1004. Go to Step 20.
20. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-1 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-2 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-3 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-4 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-5 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-6 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-7 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-8 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-9 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-10 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-11 and
connector shell
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-12 and
connector shell
a. If continuity is present, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 21.
21. Check for less than 1 ohm resistance between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-1 and
P1004-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-2 and
P1004-2
0149 00-29 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-3 and
P1004-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-5 and
P1004-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-6 and
P1004-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-8 and
P1004-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-9 and
P1004-7
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-11 and
P1004-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844-12 and
P1004-9
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 22.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
22. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P844-1 and
P844-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P844-4 and
P844-7
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P844-7 and
P844-10
a. If continuity is present, reconnect P844. Go to Step 23.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
23. Disconnect P848. Go to Step 24.
24. Check for less than 1 ohm resistance between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P848-1 and
P1004-10
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P848-2 and
P1004-11
a. If resistance is as specified, replace droop stop heater pin (WP 0564 00). Go to Step 25.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace harness (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 25.
25. Procedure completed.
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON
SYMPTOM
MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on.
MALFUNCTION
MR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does capsule or legend go on immediately after placing POWER switch to TEST?
a. If capsule or legend is immediately on, go to Step 2.
Change 5 0149 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
b. If capsule or legend is not on immediately, go to Step 9.
2. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 3.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 5.
.
3. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 4.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 87.
4. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 5.
.
5. Check for resistance proportional to outside air temperature between Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 17) , P134-Y and Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 17) , P134-Z.
a. If resistance is present, go to Step 6.
b. If resistance is not present, go to Step 8.
NOTE
Performance of the following resistance check must be completed within one hour of performing
operating/troubleshooting procedure steps 1 through 64. to achieve valid resistance measure-
ments.
6. Check for resistance of 7 - 10 ohms between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-1 and
J841-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-1 and
J841-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-2 and
J841-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-4 and
J841-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-4 and
J841-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-5 and
J841-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-7 and
J841-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-7 and
J841-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-8 and
J841-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-10 and
J841-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-10 and
J841-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-11 and
J841-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-1 and
J842-2
0149 00-31 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-1 and
J842-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-2 and
J842-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-4 and
J842-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-4 and
J842-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-5 and
J842-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-7 and
J842-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-7 and
J842-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-8 and
J842-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-10 and
J842-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-10 and
J842-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-11 and
J842-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-1 and
J843-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-1 and
J843-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-2 and
J843-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-4 and
J843-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-4 and
J843-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-5 and
J843-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-7 and
J843-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-7 and
J843-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-8 and
J843-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-10 and
J843-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-10 and
J843-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-11 and
J843-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-1 and
J844-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-1 and
J844-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-2 and
J844-3
Change 5 0149 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-4 and
J844-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-4 and
J844-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-5 and
J844-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-7 and
J844-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-7 and
J844-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-8 and
J844-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-10 and
J844-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-10 and
J843-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-11 and
J844-12
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace malfunctioning main rotor blade (WP 0585 00).
Go to Step 87.
7. Disconnect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325
from de-ice controller. Does capsule or legend go off?
a. If capsule or legend is off, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step
87.
b. If capsule or legend is not off, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step
87.
8. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 17) , P122-A and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 17) , P134-Y
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 17) , P122-B and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 17) , P134-Z
a. If continuity is present, replace oat sensor (WP 1256 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01).
.
9. Does PWR MAIN RTR lamp flash and M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend go on in 6 - 80
seconds or greater than 120 seconds after POWER switch is placed to TEST?
a. If PWR MAIN RTR lamp flashes and M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend is on, replace
rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If PWR MAIN RTR lamp does not flash and M/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend is not on,
go to Step 10.
10. Place POWER switch to OFF. Go to Step 11.
11. Turn off electrical power. Go to Step 12.
0149 00-33 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
12. Disconnect wire H6373A20 from Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-3. Go to Step 13
13. Connect locally-made test harness P1 (WP 2014 00) to DC utility receptacle and P2 to
AC utility receptacle. Go to Step 14.
14. Connect DC alligator clip to Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
6 of 17) , TB3-3 and AC alligator clip to Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-5. Go to Step 15.
15. Connect the negative lead of a multimeter, set on the 50 vdc scale, to Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-1 and the multimeter positive
lead to ground. Go to Step 16.
16. Place test harness switch to OFF. Go to Step 17.
17. Disconnect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841,
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 17 of 17) , P842, Figure 3 -
Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 17 of 17) , P843, and Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844 from rotor blades. Go to
Step 18.
18. Turn on electrical power. Go to Step 19.
19. Place test harness switch alternately to ON and OFF. Go to Step 20.
20. Multimeter shall indicate alternately between 0 and -30 vdc. Go to Step 21.
21. After a maximum of 8 on-off pulses of test harness switch, does multimeter indicate
between -7 and -3 volts?
a. If multimeter is as specified, go to Step 22.
b. If multimeter is not as specified, go to Step 42.
22. Place test harness switch alternately to ON and OFF seven times. Go to Step 23.
23. Voltage at Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-1
shall be 0 vdc. Go to Step 24.
24. Turn off electrical power. Go to Step 25.
25. Disconnect test harness. Go to Step 26.
26. Connect wire H6373A20 to Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
6 of 17) , TB3-3. Go to Step 27.
27. Connect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P841,
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P842, Figure 3 -
Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P843, and Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , P844 to blades. Go to Step 28.
28. Turn on electrical power. Go to Step 29.
29. Place POWER switch to TEST. Go to Step 30.
30. Check that multimeter at Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 17) , TB3-1 indicates alternately 0 and -30 vdc.
a. If multimeter indicates alternately 0 vdc and -30 vdc, go to Step 31.
b. If multimeter does not indicate alternately 0 vdc and -30 vdc, go to Step 52.
31. Place POWER switch to OFF. Go to Step 32.
32. Turn off electrical power. Go to Step 33.
Change 5 0149 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
33. Place clamp-on ammeter around ØA wire at Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-2. Go to Step 34.
34. Turn on electrical power. Go to Step 35.
35. Monitor ammeter as POWER switch is placed to TEST. Go to Step 36.
36. Check that current pulses are indicated on ammeter.
a. If pulses are indicated, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If pulses are not indicated, go to Step 37.
37. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 38.
38. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-2 and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-4 and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 39.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 44.
39. Place POWER switch to OFF. Go to Step 40.
40. Turn off electrical power. Go to Step 41.
41. Check for resistance of 7 - 10 ohms between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-1 and
J841-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-1 and
J841-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-2 and
J841-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-4 and
J841-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-4 and
J841-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-5 and
J841-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-7 and
J841-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-7 and
J841-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-8 and
J841-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-10 and
J841-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-10 and
J841-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-11 and
J841-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-1 and
J842-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-1 and
J842-3
0149 00-35 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-2 and
J842-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-4 and
J842-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-4 and
J842-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-5 and
J842-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-7 and
J842-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-7 and
J842-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-8 and
J842-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-10 and
J842-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-10 and
J842-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-11 and
J842-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-1 and
J843-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-1 and
J843-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-2 and
J843-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-4 and
J843-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-4 and
J843-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-5 and
J843-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-7 and
J843-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-7 and
J843-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-8 and
J843-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-10 and
J843-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-11 and
J843-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-1 and
J844-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-1 and
J844-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-2 and
J844-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-4 and
J844-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-4 and
J844-6
Change 5 0149 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-5 and
J844-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-7 and
J844-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-7 and
J844-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-8 and
J844-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-10 and
J844-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-10 and
J843-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-11 and
J844-12
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 42.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace malfunctioning main rotor blade (WP 0585 00).
Go to Step 87.
42. Remove distributor and slipring from helicopter (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 43.
43. Check continuity between the following for slipring input wire and slipring output
terminal strip respectively:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA
a. If continuity is present, replace main rotor blade de-ice distributor (WP 1233 00). Go to
Step 87.
b. If continuity is not present, replace slipring brush blocks (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 87.
c. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
d. If trouble still remains, replace slipring assembly (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 87.
44. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 45.
45. Check for 115 vac between K60 contactor:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B1
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace current transformer (WP 1250 00). Go to Step 87.
0149 00-37 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 46.
46. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 47.
47. Check for 115 vac between K60 contactor:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 17) , K60 contactor (WP 1246 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 48.
48. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 49.
49. Check for 115 vac between K62 contactor:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal T1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal T2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace current limiter either Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , CL10 or Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , CL11, or both (WP 1241 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 50.
50. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 51.
51. Check for 115 vac between K62 contactor:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal L1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal L2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace contactor (WP 1247 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace current limiter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , CL7 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , CL8 (WP 1241 00). Go to Step 87.
52. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 53.
53. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-2 and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-4 and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-5 and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 54.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 60.
54. Check helicopter configuration.
Change 5 0149 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
a. EMEP> , go to Step 55.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 57.
.
55. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 56.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 87.
56. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 57.
.
57. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
10 of 17) , P325-a and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of
17) , TB3-3.
a. If continuity is present, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 58.
58. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
10 of 17) , P325-J and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of
17) , P134-P.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 59.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
59. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
7 of 17) , P134-N and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17)
, TB3-1.
a. If continuity is present, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
60. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 61.
61. Check for 115 vac between K60 MAIN ROTOR CONTACTOR:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal C1
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace current transformer (WP 1250 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 62.
62. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 63.
63. Check for 115 vac between K60 MAIN ROTOR CONTACTOR:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal C2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 64.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 82.
0149 00-39 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
64. Check for 28 vdc between K60 MAIN ROTOR CONTACTOR Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminals X1 andFigure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace contactor (WP 1246 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 65.
65. Check continuity between K60 MAIN ROTOR CONTACTOR Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal X2A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 66.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
66. Check continuity between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A1 and K60 MAIN ROTOR
CONTACTOR. Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) ,
Terminal X1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 67.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
67. Check for 28 vdc between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 68.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 77.
68. Check for 28 vdc between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminals X1 and X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace relay (WP 1244 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 69.
69. Check continuity between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal X2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 70.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
70. Check for 28 vdc between K65 BACK-UP HYDRAULIC PUMP INTERLOCK relay Figure
3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A3 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 71.
71. Check for 28 vdc between K65 BACK-UP HYDRAULIC PUMP INTERLOCK relay Figure
3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 72.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 75.
72. Check for 28 vdc between K65 BACK-UP HYDRAULIC PUMP INTERLOCK relay Figure
3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminals X1 and X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 73.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace relay (WP 1245 00). Go to Step 87.
73. Check continuity between K65 BACK-UP HYDRAULIC PUMP INTERLOCK relay Figure
3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal X1 and Figure 3 -
Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , J329-a .
Change 5 0149 00-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 74.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
74. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
6 of 17) , P329-a and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0105 00 or WP 0126 00).
Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace main rotor de-ice junction box (WP 1251 00). Go to
Step 87.
75. Check continuity between K65 BACK-UP HYDRAULIC PUMP INTERLOCK relay Figure
3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A2 and Figure 3
- Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , J329-Z.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 76.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
76. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
12 of 17) , P133-U and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of
17) , P329-Z.
a. If continuity is present, replace blade de-ice control panel (WP 1236 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
77. Check continuity between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A2 and Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , J329-M.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 78.
78. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 79.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 81.
.
79. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter from Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 80.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 87.
80. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 81.
.
81. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
6 of 17) , P329-M and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of
17) , P325-h .
a. If continuity is present, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
82. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then ON. Go to Step 83.
83. Check for 115 vac between K62 MN RTR BUS CONT:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal T1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal T2
and ground
0149 00-41 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
•Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal T3
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace current limiters Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , CL10, Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , CL11, and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 17) , CL12 (WP 1241 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring between MN RTR BUS CONT Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminals T1, T2, T3, and K60 main
rotor contactor Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) ,
Terminals A2, B2, and C2(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 84.
84. Check for 115 vac between K62 MN RTR BUS CONT:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal L1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal L2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal L3
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 85.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace current limiters Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , CL7, CL8, and CL9 (WP 1241 00). Go to Step 87.
85. Check for 28 vdc between K62 MN RTR BUS CONT Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminals X1 and X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace contactor (WP 1247 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 86.
86. Check continuity between K62 MN RTR BUS CONT Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal X2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , J333-A and contactor Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal X1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 87.
87. Procedure completed.
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON
SYMPTOM
TR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on.
MALFUNCTION
TR DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend go on immediately after placing POWER
switch to TEST?
a. If capsule or legend goes on, go to Step 2.
b. If capsule or legend does not go on, go to Step 7.
Change 5 0149 00-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
2. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 3.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 5.
.
3. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 4.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 67.
4. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 5.
.
5. Disconnect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325
from de-ice controller. Does T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend go off?
a. If capsule is off, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If capsule is not off, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Connect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325 to
de-ice controller. Go to Step 67.
7. Does PWR-TAIL RTR lamp flash and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend go on in less
than 75 seconds or more than 120 seconds?
a. If lamp flashes and capsule or legend is on in less than 75 seconds or more than 120
seconds, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If lamp does not flash and capsule or legend is not on in less than 75 seconds or more than
120 seconds, go to Step 8.
8. Turn off electrical power. Go to Step 9.
9. Place 20 amp clamp-on ammeter around wire H6389A14 connected to K61 TAIL ROTOR
CONTACTOR Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) ,
Terminal A2. Go to Step 10.
10. Turn on electrical power. Go to Step 11.
11. Place POWER switch to TEST. Go to Step 12.
12. Check that between 75 - 105 seconds after POWER switch is placed to TEST, a current
pulse occurs.
a. If pulse is present, replace blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If pulse is not present, go to Step 13.
13. Place POWER switch to OFF. Go to Step 14.
14. Turn off electrical power. Go to Step 15.
15. Disconnect Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 18 of 19) , P611,
Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 18 of 19) , P612, Figure 2 -
Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 18 of 19) , P613, and Figure 2 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 18 of 19) , P614. Go to Step 16.
16. Turn on electrical power. Go to Step 17.
17. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then TEST. Go to Step 18.
18. Check for 115 vac between K61 TAIL ROTOR CONTACTOR:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal A2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal B2
and ground
0149 00-43 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal C2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 34.
19. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 20.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 22.
.
20. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 21.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 67.
21. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 22.
.
22. Check continuity between K61 TAIL ROTOR CONTACTOR:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal A2
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-A
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal B2
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-B
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal C2
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-C
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 23.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
23. Disconnect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134.
Go to Step 24.
24. Check for resistance of 16 - 22 ohms between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-D and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-E
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-D and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-H
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-E and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-H
a. If resistance is as specified, replace blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 25.
25. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-D and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P327-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-E and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P327-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324-H and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P327-3
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 26.
Change 5 0149 00-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
26. Connect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134. Go
to Step 27.
27. Check for resistance of 6 - 9 ohms between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J611-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J611-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J611-3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J611-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J611-5 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J611-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J612-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J612-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J612-3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J612-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J612-5 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J612-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J613-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J613-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J613-3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J613-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J613-5 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J613-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J614-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J614-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J614-3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J614-4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J614-5 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , J614-6
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 28.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace malfunctioning tail rotor blade (WP 0594 00. Go
to Step 67.
28. Check continuity between tail rotor brush assembly connector Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , Pin 1 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P614-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 29.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
29. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
13 of 17) , P611-3 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of
17) , P614-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 30.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
c. If T/Rouble remains, replace tail rotor slipring rotor (WP 1259 00). Go to Step 67.
30. Check continuity between tail rotor brush assembly connector Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , Pin 2 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P611-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 31.
0149 00-45 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
31. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
13 of 17) , P611-1 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of
17) , P613-6.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 32.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
c. If T/Rouble remains, replace tail rotor slipring rotor (WP 1259 00). Go to Step 67.
32. Check continuity between tail rotor brush assembly connector Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , Pin 3 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P614-4.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 33.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
c. If T/Rouble remains, replace tail rotor slipring rotor (WP 1259 00). Go to Step 67.
33. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
13 of 17) , P614-4 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of
17) , P614-5.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 34.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
34. Check continuity between the following:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P611-2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P612-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P611-4 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P612-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P611-5 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P614-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P611-6 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P612-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P612-2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P613-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P612-4 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P613-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P612-6 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P613-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P613-2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P614-1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P613-4 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 17) , P614-3
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 35.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
c. If T/Rouble remains, replace tail rotor slipring brush assembly (WP 1261 00). Go to Step
67.
35. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 36.
36. Check for 115 vac between K61 TAIL ROTOR CONTACTOR:
Change 5 0149 00-46
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
•
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal A1
and ground
•
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal B1
and ground
•
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal C1
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 37.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 48.
37. Check for 28 vdc between K61 TAIL ROTOR CONTACTOR Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminals X1 and X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace contactor (WP 1243 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 38.
38. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 17) , K61-X2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 39.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
39. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 17) , P329-V and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17)
, K61-X1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 40.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
40. Check continuity between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B1 and Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , J329-V.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 41.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
41. Place POWER switch to OFF, then to TEST. Go to Step 42.
42. Check for 28 vdc between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace relay (WP 1244 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 43.
43. Check continuity between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B2 and Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , J329-U.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 44.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
44. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 45.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 47.
.
45. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter P325 (WP 0938 00).
.
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 46.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 67.
0149 00-47 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
46. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 47.
.
47. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
6 of 17) , P329-U and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of
17) , P325-j .
a. If continuity is present, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
48. Check for 115 vac between K63 TAIL ROTOR DE-ICE CONTACTOR:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal A2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal B2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal C2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace current limiters Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , CL13, Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , CL14, and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 17) , CL15 (WP 1241 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 49.
49. Check for 115 vac between K63 TAIL ROTOR DE-ICE CONTACTOR:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal A1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal B1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal C1
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 50.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 52.
50. Check for 28 vdc between K63 TAIL ROTOR DE-ICE CONTACTOR Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminals X1 and X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace contactor (WP 1248 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 51.
51. Check continuity between K63 TAIL ROTOR DE-ICE CONTACTOR Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal X2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , J333-A and contactor Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal X1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
52. Check for 115 vac between DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal A2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal B2
and ground
Change 5 0149 00-48
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal C2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step 67:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal A1
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , K61-C1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal B1
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , K61-B1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal C1
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , K61-A1
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 53.
53. Check helicopter configuration.
a. UH-60A UH-60L> , go to Step 54.
.
b. EH-60A> , go to Step 55.
.
54. UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> Replace DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker (WP
.
0837 00). Go to Step 67.
55. Check for 115 vac between DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker:
• Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal A2
and ground
• Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal B2
and ground
• Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal C2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 56.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 66.
56. EH-60A> Disconnect wire connected to DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker Figure
.
2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 5A. Go to Step
57.
57. EH-60A> Check wire for continuity to ground.
.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 58.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
58. EH-60A> Disconnect wire connected to DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker Figure
.
2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 3. Go to Step 59.
59. EH-60A> Check wire for continuity to ground.
.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 60.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 62.
60. EH-60A> Pull T/R DE-ICE PWR circuit breaker. Go to Step 61.
.
61. EH-60A> Check continuity between wire from Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 3 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, Troubleshoot using vibration manual. Go to Step 67.
b. If continuity is not present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 67.
0149 00-49 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TR DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
62. EH-60A> Leave wire disconnected from DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker
.
Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 3. Go to
Step 63.
63. EH-60A> Check continuity between T/R DE-ICE PWR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Blade
.
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 1 and wire connected
toFigure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 3 of
DE-ICE PWR TAIL ROTOR circuit breaker (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 64.
64. EH-60A> Pull T/R DE-ICE PWR circuit breaker. Go to Step 65.
.
65. EH-60A> Check continuity between T/R DE-ICE PWR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Blade
.
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 2 and ground (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 67.
66. Check for 115 vac between K1 NO. 1 GEN CNTOR:
• Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 19) , Terminal A2
and ground
• Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 19) , Terminal B2
and ground
• Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 19) , Terminal C2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between contactor and DE-ICE PWR TAIL
ROTOR circuit breaker (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 67.
b. If voltage is not as specified, Troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0105 00 or WP 0126
00). Go to Step 67.
67. Procedure completed.
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND T/R DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULES OR LEGENDS ARE BOTH ON
SYMPTOM
MR DE-ICE FAIL and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsules or legends are both on.
MALFUNCTION
MR DE-ICE FAIL and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsules or legends are both on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 2.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 17) , P333-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , J333-A and MN RTR BUS CONT Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal X1 and TAIL ROTOR
DE-ICE contactor (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
Change 5 0149 00-50
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND T/R DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULES OR LEGENDS ARE BOTH ON – Continued
3. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 17) , P333-A and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17)
, P329-X.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
4. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 5.
5. Check for 28 vdc between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal C1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between relay Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal C1 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , J329-X (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check for 28 vdc between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal C2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 12.
7. Check for 28 vdc between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminals X1 and X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace relay (WP 1244 00). Go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between K64 APU/GENERATOR INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal X2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
9. Check for 28 vdc between main rotor blade de-ice junction box Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal E4 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace diode Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , CR15 (WP 1252 00). Go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
10. Check continuity between main rotor blade de-ice junction box Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal E4 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , J329-Z.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , P329-Z and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P133-U (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 11.
11. Check continuity between main rotor blade de-ice junction box Figure 3 - Blade
de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal E4 and BACK-UP PUMP
INTERLOCK relay Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) ,
Terminal A3.
a. If continuity is present, replace relay (WP 1245 00). Go to Step 19.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
0149 00-51 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND T/R DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULES OR LEGENDS ARE BOTH ON – Continued
12. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
6 of 17) , P329-W and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between APU/Generator interlock relay
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal C2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , J329-W (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
13. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
6 of 17) , P329-W and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of
17) , P212-H.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 14.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
14. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 17) , P212-J and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 generator line contactor (WP 0847 00). Go to Step
19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 15.
15. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 17) , P212-J and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17)
, P204-J.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 16.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
16. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 17) , P204-H and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 generator line contactor (WP 0848 00). Go to Step
19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 17.
17. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 17) , J107-K and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , P107-K and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P204-H (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
18. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 17) , J107-K and APU GEN CONTR circuit breaker Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1.
a. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 19.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 19.
19. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0149 00-52
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON
SYMPTOM
MR DE-ICE FAULT capsule or legend goes on.
MALFUNCTION
MR DE-ICE FAULT capsule or legend goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsule or legend go on immediately after POWER switch
placed to TEST?
a. If capsule or legend goes on, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to
Step 18.
b. If capsule or legend does not go on, go to Step 2.
2. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 3.
3. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-2 and
ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , TB3-4 and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 17) , P325-K
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 17) , P325-L
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 17) , P325-N
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 18.
5. Check for resistance of 85 - 95 ohms between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T4
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , T14-T6
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace Transformer T14 (WP 1250 00). Go to Step 18.
6. Place POWER switch to OFF. Go to Step 7.
7. Turn off electrical power. Go to Step 8.
0149 00-53 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
NOTE
Performance of the following resistance check must be completed within one hour of performing
operating/troubleshooting procedure steps 1 through 64 to achieve valid resistance measure-
ments.
8. Check for resistance of 7 - 10 ohms between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-1 and
J841-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-1 and
J841-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-2 and
J841-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-4 and
J841-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-4 and
J841-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-5 and
J841-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-7 and
J841-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-7 and
J841-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-8 and
J841-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-10 and
J841-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-10 and
J841-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J841-11 and
J841-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-1 and
J842-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-1 and
J842-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-2 and
J842-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-4 and
J842-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-4 and
J842-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-5 and
J842-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-7 and
J842-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-7 and
J842-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-8 and
J842-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-10 and
J842-11
Change 5 0149 00-54
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-10 and
J842-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J842-11 and
J842-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-1 and
J843-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-1 and
J843-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-4 and
J843-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-2 and
J843-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-4 and
J843-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-5 and
J843-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-7 and
J843-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-7 and
J843-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-8 and
J843-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-10 and
J843-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-10 and
J843-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , J843-11 and
J843-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-1 and
J844-2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-1 and
J844-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-2 and
J844-3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-4 and
J844-5
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-4 and
J844-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-5 and
J844-6
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-7 and
J844-8
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-7 and
J844-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-8 and
J844-9
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-10 and
J844-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-10 and
J843-12
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , J844-11 and
J844-12
0149 00-55 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 9.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace malfunctioning main rotor blade (WP 0585 00).
Go to Step 18.
9. Remove distributor and slipring from helicopter (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 10.
10. Check continuity between the following for slipring input wire and slipring output
terminal strip respectively:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S1
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S2
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S3 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , S3
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 17) , øA
a. If continuity is present, replace main rotor blade de-ice distributor (WP 1233 00). Go to
Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, replace slipring brush blocks (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 18.
c. If Trouble remains, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 18.
d. If Trouble still remains, replace slipring (WP 1233 00). Go to Step 18.
11. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 12.
12. Check for 115 vac between main rotor contactor:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B1
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Transformer (WP 1250 00). Go to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
13. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 14.
14. Check for 115 vac between K60 MAIN ROTOR CONTACTOR:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal A2
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal B2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace contactor (WP 1246 00). Go to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 15.
15. Place POWER switch to OFF, and then to TEST. Go to Step 16.
16. Check for 115 vac between K62 MN RTR BUS CONT:
Change 5 0149 00-56
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULE OR LEGEND GOES ON – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal T1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal T2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between MN RTR BUS CONT Figure 3
- Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminals T1 and T2 and
main rotor contactor Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17)
, Terminals A2 and B2 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 17.
17. Check for 115 vac between K62 MN RTR BUS CONT:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal L1
and ground
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , Terminal L2
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace contactor (WP 1247 00). Go to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace current limiter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , CL7 or Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , CL8as required (WP 1241 00). Go to Step 18.
18. Procedure completed.
PWR MAIN RTR AND PWR TAIL RTR LAMPS DO NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
PWR MAIN RTR and PWR TAIL RTR lamps do not go on.
MALFUNCTION
PWR MAIN RTR and PWR TAIL RTR lamps do not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P324
and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325. Go to
Step 2.
2. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 3.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 5.
.
3. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 17) , P134 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 4.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 9.
4. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 5.
.
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
7 of 17) , P134-M and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
0149 00-57 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PWR MAIN RTR AND PWR TAIL RTR LAMPS DO NOT GO ON – Continued
6. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
12 of 17) , P133-T and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of
17) , P134-M.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9.
7. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
12 of 17) , J133-L and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of
17) , J133-T.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, replace blade de-ice control panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 9.
8. Check for 28 vdc between DE-ICE CONTRLR circuit breaker Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 17) , P133-L (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
DROOP STOP CAMS ARE NOT WARM WHEN POWER SWITCH IS IN TEST
SYMPTOM
Droop stop cams are not warm when POWER switch is in TEST.
MALFUNCTION
Droop stop cams are not warm when POWER switch is in TEST.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 2.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 5.
.
2. EMEP> Is more than one droop stop heater cool?
.
a. If more than one droop stop heater cool, go to Step 4.
b. If there is no more than one droop stop heater cool, go to Step 3.
3. EMEP> Check for 200 vac between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 14 of 17) , Pins 1 and 2 of affected droop stop heater.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace affected droop stop heater pin assembly (WP 0564 00).
Go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P845-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P1001-10
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P845-2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P1001-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P846-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P1002-10
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P846-2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P1002-11
Change 5 0149 00-58
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
DROOP STOP CAMS ARE NOT WARM WHEN POWER SWITCH IS IN TEST – Continued
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P847-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P1003-10
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P847-2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P1003-11
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P848-1 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P1004-10
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P848-2 and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 17) , P1004-11
a. If continuity is present, replace main rotor blade de-ice distributor (WP 1233 00). Go to
Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
5. W/O EMEP> Is more than one droop stop heater cool?
.
a. If more than one droop stop heater cool, replace main rotor blade de-ice distributor (WP
1233 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If there is not more than one droop stop heater cool, go to Step 6.
6. W/O EMEP> Check for 200 vac between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 16 of 17) , Pins 1 and 2 of affected droop stop heater.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace affected droop stop heater pin assembly (WP 0564 00).
Go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace main rotor blade de-ice distributor (WP 1233 00). Go
to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND T/R DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULES OR LEGENDS ARE ON
SYMPTOM
MR DE-ICE FAIL and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsules or legends are on.
MALFUNCTION
MR DE-ICE FAIL and T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsules or legends are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With ON-OFF-TEST switch at ON, check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , P329-Y and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
2. Check for 28 vdc between main rotor blade de-ice junction box Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal E6 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 17) , Terminal E6 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , J329-Y (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
0149 00-59 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL AND T/R DE-ICE FAIL CAPSULES OR LEGENDS ARE ON – Continued
4. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 12.
5. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
.
6. With GENERATORS NO. 1 and NO. 2 switches ON and rotor at 100%, check for 28 vdc
between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 17) , P325-P
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step
12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 17) , P205-F and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of
17) , P325-P.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
8. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 17) , P205-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace APU/EXTERNAL POWER contactor (WP 0853 00). Go
to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
9. Check continuity betweenFigure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 17) , P205-E and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17)
, P206-L.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
10. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 17) , P206-M and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace AC bus tie contactor (WP 0858 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P206-M and DE-ICE CNTRLR circuit
breaker (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
11. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
6 of 17) , P329-Y and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of
17) , P133-J.
a. If continuity is present, replace blade de-ice control panel (WP 1236 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
12. Procedure completed.
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL AND/OR M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON
SYMPTOM
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL and/or M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or legends go on.
MALFUNCTION
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL and/or M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or legends go on.
Change 5 0149 00-60
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL AND/OR M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Did M/R DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or legends go
on?
a. If capsules or legends are on, go to Step 2.
b. If capsules or legends are not on, go to Step 21.
2. Check wiring to Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) ,
TB5-1, Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , TB5-3, and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , TB5-5.
a. If wiring is good, go to Step 3.
b. If wiring is not good, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 6. .
4. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 24.
5. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
.
6. With GENERATORS NO. 1 switch at OFF and GENERATORS NO. 2 and APU switches
at ON, check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 10 of 17) , P325-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
7. Check wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of
17) , T10 and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , T3.
a. If wiring is good, replace current Transformer T10 (WP 1249 00). Go to Step 24.
b. If Trouble remains, replace Transformer T3 (WP 0853 00). Go to Step 24.
c. If wiring is not good, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
8. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EH-60A> , go to Step 9..
b. UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> , go to Step 16.
.
9. EH-60A> Check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 8 of 19) , P325-P and No. 1 junction box Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 19) , CR20-E7.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
10. EH-60A> Check for 28 vdc between No. 1 junction box Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 19) , CR20-E8 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace CR20 in No. 1 junction box (WP 0862 00). Go to Step 24.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
0149 00-61 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL AND/OR M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
11. EH-60A> Check continuity between No. 1 junction box Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 19) , CR20-E8 and Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 19) , P205-F.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
12. EH-60A> Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 4 of 19) , P205-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace APU/EXTERNAL POWER contactor (WP 0853 00). Go
to Step 24.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
13. EH-60A> Check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 19) , P205-E and Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 19) , P206-L.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 14.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
14. EH-60A> Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram
.
(Sheet 4 of 19) , P206-M and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace AC bus tie contactor (WP 0858 00). Go to Step 24.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 15.
15. EH-60A> Check for 28 vdc between SEC MON BUS CONTR circuit breaker Figure 2 -
.
Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 19) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 19) , P206-M and circuit breaker (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 24.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 24.
16. UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
.
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 17) , P325-P and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P205-F.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 17.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
17. UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
.
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P205-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace APU/EXTERNAL POWER contactor (WP 0853 00). Go
to Step 24.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
18. UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
.
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P205-E and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P206-L.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 19.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
19. UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
.
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P206-M and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace AC bus tie contactor (WP 0858 00). Go to Step 24.
Change 5 0149 00-62
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL AND/OR M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 20.
20. UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> Check for 28 vdc between DE-ICE CNTRLR circuit
.
breaker Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P206-M and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 24.
21. Did T/R DE-ICE FAIL capsule or legend go on?
a. If capsule or legend is on, go to Step 22.
b. If capsule or legend is not on, go to Step 23.
22. Check wiring to Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) ,
K63 TAIL ROTOR DE-ICE CONTACTOR.
a. If wiring is good, replace contactor (WP 1248 00). Go to Step 24.
b. If wiring is not good, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
23. Check wiring to Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) ,
K62 MN RTR BUS CONT.
a. If wiring is good, replace contactor (WP 1247 00). Go to Step 24.
b. If wiring is not good, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
24. Procedure completed.
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON
SYMPTOM
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or legends go on.
MALFUNCTION
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL and M/R DE-ICE FAULT capsules or legends go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
10 of 17) , P325-P and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of
17) , P329-L.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
2. With rotor at 100% and GENERATORS NO. 1 and NO. 2 switches at ON, check for 28
vdc between main rotor blade de-ice junction box Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17) , Terminal E1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace diode CR11 (WP 1252 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 17) , P204-K and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 17)
, E1 in main rotor blade de-ice junction box.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
0149 00-63 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
4. With rotor at 100% and GENERATORS NO. 1 and NO. 2 switches at ON, check for 28 vdc
between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P204-L
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 generator line contactor (WP 0848 00). Go to Step
13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 17) , P204-L and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17)
, P212-L.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 17) , P212-K and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 generator line contactor (WP 0847 00). Go to Step
13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> , go to Step 8.
.
b. W/O WINTER> , go to Step 9.
.
8. WINTER> Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J244B-L and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P212-K.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, replace WINTER> (WP 1414 00). Go to Step 13.
.
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 9.
9. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 17) , P244-L and Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17)
, P212-K.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
10. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> , go to Step 11.
.
b. W/O WINTER> , go to Step 12.
.
11. WINTER> Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , J244B-V and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER> (WP 1414 00). Go to Step 13.
.
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 12.
12. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 17) , P244-V and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 13.
Change 5 0149 00-64
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MR DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL AND M/R DE-ICE FAULT CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 17) , P244-V and DE-ICE CNTRLR circuit breaker
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 17) , Terminal 1 (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 13.
13. Procedure completed.
NONE OF THE CAPSULES OR LEGENDS GO ON
SYMPTOM
None of the capsules or legends go on.
MALFUNCTION
None of the capsules or legends go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 2.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
2. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 3.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 7.
3. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 4.
.
4. With GENERATORS NO. 1, GENERATORS NO. 2, and APU switches at OFF, check for
28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 17) ,
P325-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to
Step 7.
5. Disconnect Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 17) , P205
from APU/External power contactor. Go to Step 6.
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
10 of 17) , P325-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 generator line contactor (WP 0848 00). Go to Step
7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace APU/EXTERNAL POWER contactor (WP 0853 00).
Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
WITH BLADE DE-ICE POWER SWITCH ON, M/R DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, OR
BOTH CAPSULES/LEGENDS GO ON WITH MODE SWITCH PLACED TO T, L, OR M
SYMPTOM
With blade de-ice power switch ON, M/R DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, or
both capsules/legends go on with mode switch placed to T, L, or M.
MALFUNCTION
With blade de-ice power switch ON, M/R DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, or
both capsules/legends go on with mode switch placed to T, L, or M.
0149 00-65 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH BLADE DE-ICE POWER SWITCH ON, M/R DE-ICE FAIL, T/R DE-ICE FAIL, OR BOTH CAPSULES/LEG-
ENDS GO ON WITH MODE SWITCH PLACED TO T, L, OR M – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does system work in AUTO mode?
a. If system works in AUTO, go to Step 2.
b. If system does not work in AUTO, perform operational/troubleshooting procedure steps
26 through 39
2. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 3.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 5.
.
3. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 17) , P325 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 4.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
4. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 5.
.
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 17) , P133-G and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 17) , P325-f
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 17) , P133-H and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 17) , P325-e
• Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 17) , P133-S and
Figure 3 - Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 17) , P325-g
a. If continuity is present, replace blade de-ice test panel (WP 1253 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If trouble remains, replace rotor blade de-ice controller (WP 1239 00). Go to Step 6.
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0149 00-66
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
F
E
ICE
DETECTOR
P326
ROTOR BLADE
DEICE
CONTROLLER
P324 / J1 NO. 2
P325 / J2 GENERATOR
D
APU
GENERATOR
C
B
G
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
NO. 1
GENERATOR
A
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P902 / J902
OUTSIDE AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
P122 / J122 H
J
NONFLIGHT RIGHT RELAY
INSTRUMENT PANEL
LIGHTS 5V / 115 P244 / J244
TRANSFORMER
P388 K
INDICATOR L
LIGHTS M
DIMMER N
P393 / J393
LOWER (SEE NOTE 4)
CONSOLE
(SEE NOTE 5)
N
NOTES
1. UH60A 86-24491 - SUBQ
UH60L EH60A INSTRUMENT
PANEL COMPONENTS AND ASSO-
CIATED WIRING ARE INSTALLED AS
FOLLOWS:
BLADE DEICE CONTROL PANEL (TOP)
BLADE DEICE TEST PANEL (CENTER)
ICING RATE METER (BOTTOM) N
P1020R P1019R
(SEE NOTE 5) (SEE NOTE 5) (SEE NOTE 5)
2. EH60A
3. UH60A UH60L HH60A
HH60L
4. UH60A UH60L EH60A
5. HH60A HH60L AA3425_1B
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10).
0149 00-67 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
TAIL ROTOR P107 / J107 COCKPIT, BL 9 LH, STA 236
SLIPRINGS P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH,
P327 STA 197
P611 / J611
P612 / J612 P113 / J113 COCKPIT, BL 6 LH, STA 197
P613 / J613 P114 / J114 COCKPIT, BL 8 RH, STA 200
P614 / J614
P115 / J115 COCKPIT, BL 6 RH, STA 210
P117 / J117 CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL (SEE NOTE 4)
P118 / J118 CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL (SEE NOTE 4)
P121 / J121 COCKPIT, BL 10 RH,
STA 915
P122 / J122 (OAT) OUTSIDE AIR-
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
P127 / J127 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28 LH,
STA 243
P132 (SEE NOTE 1) ICING RATE METER
P133 / J133 (SEE NOTE 1) BLADE DEICE CONTROL
PANEL
P134 / J1 (SEE NOTE 1) BLADE DEICE TEST PANEL
P202 / J202 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
P203 / J203 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
P204 / J204 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
P205 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
P206 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
P210 / J210 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P212 / J212 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P217 / J217 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
BL 0, STA 284
P219 / J219 CABIN FLOOR, BL 25 RH,
STA 247
P224 / J224 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 3 RH,
STA 247
P230 / J230 CABIN CEILING, BL 8 RH,
STA 245
P231 / J231 UPPER COCKPIT LH, AFT
OUTBD BL 6.05, STA 247
P237 / J237 BEHIND COPILOT'S
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
BL 25 LH
P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT'S
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
BL 23 LH, STA 247
P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL, BL 25 RH
P280 / J280 CABIN CEILING, BL 6 LH,
STA 247
P324 / J1 ROTOR BLADE DEICE
CONTROLLER
P325 / J2 ROTOR BLADE DEICE
CONTROLLER
AA3425_2A
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10).
Change 5 0149 00-68
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
P843 / J843 P615 / J615
P842 / J842 P847
P846
P819 / J819
P841 / J841
P845
P333 / J333
P217 /
J217 P907 /
J907
P329 / J329
P203 / J203
P219 / J219
P266 / J266
P244 / J244
P844 / J844
P230 / J230 P848
P231 / J231 P379 / J379
(SEE NOTE 2)
P133 / J133
(SEE NOTE 1)
P906 / J906
P121 /
J121 P908 / J908
P210 / J210
P237 / J237
P132
(SEE
NOTE 1)
P249 / J249
P134 / J1 P127 / J127
(SEE
NOTE 1)
P280 /
P114 / J280
J114
P115 / P117 / P914 /
J115 J117 P118 / P107 / J914
P111 / J107
P113 / J118
J113 J111
AA3425_3
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 10).
0149 00-69 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
A RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P326 ICE DETECTOR
P327 TAIL ROTOR SLIPRINGS
P329 / J329 MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE
JUNCTION BOX
g
L WC / m 3 P332 / J332 AUXILIARY AC JUNCTION
M H BOX
L 10 15
PRESS T 25
5
20 P333 / J333 AUXILIARY AC JUNCTION
TO 0 FA I L BOX
START
P379 / J379 (SEE NOTE 2) BL 3.50 RH, STA 379
P388 NONFLIGHT INSTRUMENT
LIGHTS 5V / 115V
TRANSFORMERS
P393 / J393 INDICATOR LIGHTS
DIMMER
ICING RATE METER
P611 / J611 TAIL ROTOR BLADE
(SEE NOTE 1)
P612 / J612 TAIL ROTOR BLADE
P613 / J613 TAIL ROTOR BLADE
P614 / J614 TAIL ROTOR BLADE
P615 / J615 TAIL CONE, BL 3 RH,
B STA 651
L MODE P819 / J819 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
A BL 23 RH, STA 352
D AUTO M
POWER TEST T
AN
E ON IN P841 / J841 NO. 1 MAIN ROTOR BLADE
UA
L
D P842 / J842 NO. 2 MAIN ROTOR BLADE
L
O
E F M P843 / J843 NO. 3 MAIN ROTOR BLADE
I F P844 / J844 NO. 4 MAIN ROTOR BLADE
C
E TEST PROGRESS P845 DROOP STOP HEATER NO. 1
P846 DROOP STOP HEATER NO. 2
BLADE DEICE CONTROL PANEL P847 DROOP STOP HEATER NO. 3
(SEE NOTE 1) P848 DROOP STOP HEATER NO. 4
P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P906 / J906 CABIN CEILING, BL 0,
STA 284
BLADE DE-ICE TEST P907 / J907 CABIN CEILING, BL 0,
NORM PWR STA 288
MAIN TAIL P908 / J908 CABIN CEILING, BL 0,
SYNC 1
STA 279
SYNC 2
P914 / J914 COCKPIT, BL 24 LH,
OAT STA 247
EOT P1001 / J1001 MAIN ROTOR BLADE
RTR RTR
DEICE DISTRIBUTOR
P1002 / J1002 MAIN ROTOR BLADE
DEICE DISTRIBUTOR
BLADE DE-ICE TEST PANEL P1003 / J1003 MAIN ROTOR BLADE
(SEE NOTE 1) DEICE DISTRIBUTOR
P1004 / J1004 MAIN ROTOR BLADE
DEICE DISTRIBUTOR
P1019R / J3 COPILOT'S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY (SEE NOTE 5)
P1020R / J3 PILOT'S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY (SEE NOTE 5)
AA3425_4A
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 10).
Change 5 0149 00-70
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
I B US
DC PR
N O. 2
SEC MON
BUS
CONTR
(SEE NOTE 2)
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
B
P204 / J204
T3-APU GEN CT
A1 B1 C1
P205
GEN CNTOR
K2 NO. 2
K3 APU / EXT
PWR CNTOR
A1 B1 C
AC CURRENT LIMITERS
BLADE DE-ICE
CL7
CL8
CL9
50 AMP
P206
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
AA3425_5A
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 10).
0149 00-71 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
C2
C1
3
B2
B1
A2
2
A1
+X1 -X1
1
K60 MN RTR BLADE
DE-ICE CNTOR
3 T14A - MN RTR BLADE - T14
DE-ICE CT
MAIN ROTOR DEICE JUNCTION BOX
E
CL15
AC CURRENT
LIMITER TR
A1 B1 C1
CL14
A3 B3 C3
CL13
5
K63 TL RTR DE-ICE 20 AMP
BUS CNTOR CL10 CL11 CL12
1
T1
T3
T2
L11
L1
2
L2
L12
3
L13
L3
4
X1
A2
X2
A3
K62 MN RTR DE-ICE AC CURRENT
BUS CNTOR 50 AMP LIMITER MN RTR
AUXILIARY AC JUNCTION BOX
AA3425_6
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 10).
Change 5 0149 00-72
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
A S1 B S2 C S3
MAIN ROTOR
BLADE
DE-ICE PWR
MAIN ROTOR DISTRIBUTION TAIL ROTOR
BLADE
SLIPRING
MAIN ROTOR DISTRIBUTION REMOTE CONTROL CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX
AND SLIPRINGS (SEE NOTE 2)
F G
P212 / J212
K1 NO. 1
GEN CNTOR
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX AA3425_7
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10).
0149 00-73 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
A
C
ICE-DET
D
DE-ICE ICE-DET C
5 7.5
CNTRLR
DE-ICE PWR
20
A
TAIL ROTOR
C
MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
(SEE NOTE 3)
K
N O. 1
AC PR
I B US
N O. 1
T/R DC PR
DE-ICE I B US
.5
PWR
ICE ICE
DET DE-ICE DET
2 5 7.5
CONTRLR
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
(SEE NOTE 2) AA3425_8
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 10).
Change 5 0149 00-74
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
GENERATORS
EXT PWR APU NO. 1 NO. 2
RESET TEST TEST TEST
R R R
O O E O E O E
F F S F S F S
F F E F E F E
ON T ON T ON T ON
BACKUP
HYD PUMP
OFF
A
U
T
O
ON
UPPER CONSOLE
AA3425_9
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10).
0149 00-75 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
B
A
T
T
APU
B
U 5 5 5
S
GEN
CONTR
LOWER CONSOLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
CTR DAY NGT ON
COM NAV
OFF
ACK LAND ASAP ILLUM
ALL
MR DE-ICE MR DE-ICE TR DE-ICE ICE
FAIL FAULT FAIL DETECTED
MR DE-ICE FAIL MR DE-ICE FAULT TR DE-ICE FAIL ICE DETECTED
FLT ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A
SYM BRT
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
(SEE NOTE 4)
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY'S
CAUTION/ADVISORY GRID
(SEE NOTE 5)
AA3425_10B
SA
Figure 1. Blade de-icing System Location Diagram (Sheet 10 of 10).
Change 5 0149 00-76
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
SCHEMATICS
DE-ICE PWR
TAIL ROTOR J907 P907
A2 A1 CB600
A
B2 B1
B
C2 20 C1 C
AMP
1 TO
PART OF 2 SHEET
CB600 4
3
5A 3
GND600-1
REMOTE CONTROL CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX
APU GEN CONTR
J107 P107 J219 P219
BATT
BUS 5 CB10 c
2 AMP 1
K 4
28 VDC
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL TO
SHEET
3
T / R DE-ICE PWR J237 P237
0.5 CB152
W
2 AMP 1 5
J906 P906
ICE DET J379 P379
NO. 1 V
AC PRI 2 CB121 A
BUS U W
2 AMP 1
115 VAC
DE-ICE CONTRLR
CB117 SGP906-1
7.5 s V N 6 TO SHEET 7
NO. 1 2 AMP 1
U
DC PRI
BUS ICE DET J249 P249
28 VDC 7.5 CB116 a f X
2 AMP 1
M
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL 7 TO SHEET 3
8 TO SHEET 11
SEC MON 9 TO SHEET 4
BUS
CONTR 10 TO
NO. 2 J266 P266
DC PRI
11 SHEET
5 CB201 c 3
BUS 12
2 AMP 1
28 VDC
CL7 A
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL NOTES 2 1
CL8 B
1. P134-c SHOWS TYPICAL CONFIGURATION
FOR ALL PIN FILTERED ADAPTERS (PFA). 2 1
2. PFAs ARE INSTALLED EMEP . CL9 C
3. SWITCH SHOWN OFF. AT TEST, TERMINALS 1 2 1
AND 2, 4 AND 5 CONNECTED, AT ON, TERMI-
NALS 2 AND 3, 5 AND 6 CONNECTED.
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
4. W/O EMEP AB1525_1A
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 1 of 19). .
0149 00-77 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY AC JUNCTION BOX ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE
P332 J332 A
2
C1 C3
A C2 B CL13
2 1
B1 B3
B B2 CL14
C
2 1
A1 A3
C A2 CL15
1
A1
C1
B1
A3
C3
B3
X1
K61
SAJ333-1
X2 TAIL ROTOR
K63 CONTACTOR
TAIL ROTOR
DE-ICE
CONTACTOR
X2 X1
A2
C2
B2
GND59-1 J333 J332 J333 GND59-2
P333 A P332 F E D P333 B
13 TO SHEET 5
14 TO
15 SHEET
16 12
17
TO
SHEET
5
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
GND59-1 25
26
G H E F C D P333
K62 X1 J333
TO
1
MN RTR X2 TB
CL11
CL12
CL10
SHEET
BUS 5
CONT T4 T1 T5 T2 T6 T3 3
27
2
L1 L11 C C
T1 5 28
L2 L12 29
T2 B B
3 30
L3 L13
T3 T10 CURRENT
A TRANSFORMER A
31
1 32
AB1525_2
AUXILIARY AC JUNCTION BOX ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 2 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-78
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
ICE DETECTOR ICING RATE METER
RATE METER DRIVE
PROBE STRUT HEATER
INPUT FROM ICING
ICING SIGNAL (28 VDC)
NULLING SIGNAL
FEEDBACK COIL
FEEDBACK COIL
ASPIRATOR HEATER
ASPIRATOR HEATER
OUTPUT METER
115 VAC ASPIRATOR
115 VAC ASPIRATOR
28 VDC SIGNAL FOR
ICING RATE SIGNAL
CASE GROUND
HEATING VOLTAGE
DETECTOR PROBE
SWITCHED 28 VDC
(HEATER POWER)
5 VOLT LIGHTING
HEATER POWER
DRIVE COIL
STRUT HEATER
CASE GROUND
28 VDC PROBE
TO METER
115 VAC 400Hz
28 VDC TO ICE
28 VDC INPUT
AC RETURN
DC RETURN
DC RETURN
INPUT
COIL
HEATER
115 VAC
P326 9 8 1 2 3 4 7 5 6 P132 T E D C B A L U S F M H K J N G
SG326-1 33
34 TO
SGP134-4
P819 1 7 6 5 4 8 2 3 J121 35 SHEET
11
J819 P121 U S L M N P R T 36
P224 J224 37
SG33P-1
J113 P113
SGP134-5
HH
L
GG
GND819-1 K
BB
CC 38 TO SHEET 9
SG57-1
DD J121 39 TO SHEET 10
EE P121 V K 40 TO SHEET 9
FF 41 TO SHEET 13
5
7
TO 4
SHEET
1 11 42 TO SHEET 6
12
10
21 T4
22 T1 P203 P R M U K P202
23 T5 NO. 2 J203 J202
24 T2 GEN
25 T6 T1 T3
26 T3 T2
APU GENERATOR
TRANSFORMER
T3 P204 M L K J H G P N
J204
TO
SHEET
T3 T2 T1 T4 A1 B1 C1
2
X1 X2
27
GND APU-1
28 A1 A2 B2 C2 K2
29 K3
30 APU / EXT
B1
PWR
K2 NO. 2 GEN CNTOR
31 CNTOR
32 C1 A3 B3 C3
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX AB1525_3
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 3 of 19). .
0149 00-79 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
UPPER CONSOLE NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
HV J203 P203
AC BUS E6
TIE CNTOR m 43
INSTR LT T7
NON FLT
G
LV P206 N R E5
TO
SHEET
J280 SG26-1 11
P280 L E3
X2 X1
GG4-1 J906 P906 44
K12 SGJ906-1 SG325-1
n P 45 TO SHEET 6
E4
46 TO SHEET 7
P244 J244
P388 L
SG280-2 CR5
C
V
A
RIGHT RELAY PANEL
NONFLIGHT INSTRUMENT 47 TO SHEET 6
TO
LIGHTS 5V/115V TRANSFORMER
2
SHEET
1 1
TO 9
SHEET P379 J379
1 3
SG266-1 f
48 TO
SHEET
49 5
P217 J217 P231 J231
R f
T
NO. 1 GEN
SWITCH
P203 C P202 U P210 U P S A C V g B
J203 J202 NO. 1 J210
ENERGIZED WITH THE GEN
NO. 2 GEN SWITCH ON. T1 T3
GEN DRIVEN AT RATED
T2
SPEED AND NO GEN 12 11
FAULTS
P212 M L K J H G P N
J212 A2
SG205-2
A1 B1 C1
SG205-1 B2
P205 F E D P206 K L M P205 G C2
A2 B2 C2
APU / EXT
PWR
CNTOR K19
K1 NO. 1 GEN CNTOR NO. 3 HYD
K3
A3 B3 C3 PWR RELAY
K3 APU / EXT K4 AC BUS TIE
PWR CNTOR CNTOR
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX AB1525_4
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 4 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-80
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
X2 K65 BACKUP
PUMP INTERLOCK
RELAY
X1
C3
A1
A3
A2
P329 J329 C2
C1
17 X
B3
B2
B1
13 V E4
A3
A2 CR15
A1
TO X2 X1 E5 E6
SHEET
2 CR16
K64
APU / GENERATOR
INTERLOCK
RELAY
18
19
20
SGT14-1
GND51-1
K60
MAIN ROTOR
TO CONTACTOR
48
SHEET X1 X2
4 49
T1 T4 T2 T5 T3 T6
P379 h b A2 A1 A
J379
B2 B1 B
P210 w t
C2 C1 C
J210
T14
T14 / T14A TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY
E7
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE JUNCTION BOX
CR20
J906 P906
E8 SA1000-1
K
P244 E
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX RIGHT RELAY PANEL AB1525_5
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 5 of 19). .
0149 00-81 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J329 P329 P906 J906
CR11 E1
P Y
E2 SG325-3
L Z
50 TO SHEET 8
P908 J908
W J
Z 51 TO
a SHEET
U 52 11
M 53 TO SHEET 8
R 54
Y TO
SHEET
S 55 9
T 56
N 57 TO SHEET 7
H 58
TO
J 59 SHEET
G 60 8
F 61
E 62 TO SHEET 9
D 63
A 64 TO
SHEET
TB B 65 8
3 C 66
1 67
3 68
T6 T3 T5 T2 T4 T1
A TO
2 69 SHEET
14
B
4 70
T14A C
5 71
T14 / T14A TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE JUNCTION BOX
TO SHEET 4 45
TO SHEET 3 42
TO SHEET 4 47
AB1525_6A
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 6 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-82
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
72 TO
73 SHEET
11
74
TO SHEET 6 57
TO SHEET 4 46
75 TO
SHEET
76 10
SG325-2
77 TO SHEET 9
TO SHEET 1 6
P325 G R H T B A F Y Z
PFA
J2
78 TO
ON
79 SHEET
80 11
81
TEST
RELAY
OAT
TEST RELAY AMP
AND CONTROL
CIRCUIT MAIN BLADE
ELEMENT-ON-TIME
3.0 TO 4.0 SEC
OAT OPEN
AMP
POWER
SUPPLIES
OAT SHORT MAIN BLADE
AMP DETECTOR
INTEGRATOR
OAT
AMP
MAIN ELEMENT-
MAIN ROTOR ON-TIME 1-25
DE-ICE CHANNEL ON OR SECONDS U3
TEST 10%
U2
TEST ON
RELAY U1
TEST
ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE CONTROLLER AB1525_7
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 7 of 19).
.
0149 00-83 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO
82
SHEET
83 9
58
59
60 84 TO
SHEET
61 85 13
TO
64
SHEET
6 65
66
63
53
50
h a c b
P325 P W J E D C N L M K
PFA
J2
86 TO
SHEET
87 11
MAIN ROTOR FAIL / FAULT DETECTION
CIRCUIT
FAIL: 1. GREATER THAN 61 AMPS
EOT FAIL 2. LESS THAN 24 AMPS
FAIL TEST 3. EOT FAIL LAMP
4. EOT FAIL TEST DRIVER
NO SYSTEM
5. OT FAIL (TEST ONLY)
6. SYNCH FAIL
FAILURE OUTPUT
7. OPEN / SHORT OAT SENSOR
SYNC FAIL
8. GREATER THAN 10 AMPS
GROUND CURRENT
MAIN ROTOR FAIL
FAULT: GREATER THAN 24 AMPS,
POWER
BUT LESS THAN 40 AMPS
MONITOR LAMP
FAIL
DRIVER
TEST
ELEMENT-ON- SYNCH- OFF-TIME LESS
TIME COUNTER RONIZER THAN 115 5% SEC-
AND SYNCH- CONTROL GREATER THAN
CONTACTOR RONIZER CHECK CIRCUIT 85 SECONDS
DRIVER
ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE CONTROLLER AB1525_8
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 8 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-84
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
TO SHEET 3 40
88 TO SHEET 12
89
90 TO
SHEET
91 13
92
54
TO 55
SHEET
6 56
62
TO 83
SHEET
8 82
TO SHEET 7 77
H N A B G F C D E P908 P906 c b a
J908 J906
TO SHEET 3 38
SGR306-2 LL PP NN MM I D A B C P111 P121 e f g
GG33-1 J111 J121
SGP134-6
(SEE
DETAIL A)
P134 c T L R U S N P f A B C D E F G M
PFA
J1
CR2
CR3
CR4 Q1 CR8
CR6
CR10
VR2
CR9
R2
R3 X2 CR5
A2
B2
K2
10K
K3
X1 CR7
CR14
X2
X1
A3
A2
A1
B3
B2
B1
200 Hz
A3
A1
NEGATIVE
B3
B1
PULSE
GENERATOR
PWR
EOT Q4 TAIL
Q5 RTR
OAT Q6
1
SYNC 2 R
2 DS2
PRESS
SYNC 1 3 TO TEST
LAMP
TEST FUNCTION
NORM SELECT SWITCH
BLADE DE-ICE TEST PANEL AB1525_9
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 9 of 19). .
0149 00-85 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P
TO 76
SHEET
7 75
TO SHEET 3 39
93 TO SHEET 13
94 TO SHEET 12
95 TO SHEET 11
P114 C B A M K L P908
J114 J908
P P
P111 GG FF EE HH KK JJ
J111
P P GND122-1
P134 J e b H K a Z Y V X W
PFA A B C P122
J1 J122
PANEL
CR13
LIGHTS
CR12
CR15 X1
Q2
OUTSIDE AIR
Q3 CR11
TEMPERATURE
K1 SENSOR
X2
A3
A2
A1
B3
B2
B1
R14
P134 PFA J1
PWR
MAIN R7
RTR
1
R DS1
2 PRESS
3 TO
TEST
LAMP DETAIL A
(SEE NOTES 1 AND 2)
AB1525_10
BLADE DE-ICE TEST PANEL SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 10 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-86
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICE CONTROL PANEL
MODE POWER
(SEE NOTE 3)
TEST-IN-PROGRESS
TEST SELECTOR
AUTO MANUAL
1 1 4
R T OFF
2
3 2 5
M L ON
3 6
J133
P133 K D N B S G H M U R J L T A F E
SGP134-1
SG133-1
J121 J121
P121 J E H G F P121 D C A
GG33-11
SGJ906-2
J906
P906 J E H G F J906
D S P906
TO 73
SHEET 74
7 72 SG325-4
TO SHEET 10 95
TO SHEET 3 35 TO SHEET 4 44
TO SHEET 4 43 TO 36
TO SHEET 1 8 SHEET 37
TO 51 3 34
SHEET 52
6
TO SHEET 3 33
SG133-2
P325 g f e j
PFA
J2
TO 78 TRACE 1.25 VDC FROM
SHEET 79 LIGHT 2.5 VDC POWER
7 80 MODERATE 5.0 VDC SUPPLY
TO TAIL ROTOR
SHEET
86
POWER
8
87 FAIL
MONITER
TO SHEET 7 81 OAT
AMP
TAIL ELEMENT-
ON-TIMER
1-70 SEC
ON TEST +10%
CONTACTOR DRIVER
TEST
OPEN OAT SENSOR U6 U4
AMP SHORT OAT ON U5
SENSOR AMP
TAIL ROTOR TEST
DE-ICE RELAY
CHANNEL OAT ELEMENT-
TAIL BLADES AMP ON-TIME
DETECTOR 3.0 TO 4.0
INTEGRATOR SECONDS
AB1525_11
ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE CONTROLLER SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 11 of 19). .
0149 00-87 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J902 P902 P914 J914 P393 J393
V T B
SG902-5
SGJ914-1
q V C
SG902-6
h S D
A
LEFT GND393-1
INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMER
RELAY
PFA
PANEL P111 k J115 P118 J118
J111 P115 K
DIMMING
T LOGIC
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
TO SHEET 10 94 96
SGP133-2 TO
97
SHEET
SGP133-1 98 13
99
TO SHEET 9 88
TO 16
SHEET 15
2 14
P324 C B A H E D P325 V d
PFA PFA
J1 J2
FAIL DETECTION CIRCUIT EOT
FAIL
SCR ARC 1. LESS THAN 6 AMPS TEST
SUPPRESSION 2. GREATER THAN 16 AMPS
CIRCUIT 3. GREATER THAN 10 AMPS
GROUND CURRENT
OFF-TIME LESS 4. OPEN / SHORTED OAT
SCR CONTROL THAN 115 + SENSOR
5% SEC. OFF- 5. EOT FAIL LAMP
CIRCUIT 6. EOT FAIL TEST
TIME GREATER DRIVER
THAN 85 SECS 7. OT FAIL (TEST ONLY)
TEST
ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE CONTROLLER AB1525_12
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 12 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-88
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
TO SHEET 3 41
TO SHEET 9 92
TO SHEET 10 93
99
TO 98
SHEET
12 97
96
PFA
TO 89 P117 J117
SGP324-1
SHEET 90
SGP324-2
9 91 63 ICE DETECTED
SGP324-3
P906 J906 P121 J121
B X 47 TR DE-ICE FAIL
SGP134-3
TO 85 C Y 15 MR DE-ICE FAIL
SHEET SGP134-2
8 84 A W 31 MR DE-ICE FAULT
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
P611
J611
1 TAIL BLADE NO. 1
P615 C B A P613 6 J611
J615 J613 P611
2 P612
TAIL BLADE 1 J612
NO. 3 TAIL BLADE NO. 2
J613 J612
P327 5 P613 P612
2
1
1 A P613
6 P612 J613
J612 TAIL BLADE NO. 3
J613 2 P614
TAIL BLADE J614
P613 1
NO. 2
J612 J614
2 B TAIL BLADE NO. 4
5 P612 2 P614
P611
6 P611 J611 3
TAIL BLADE NO. 1
J611 J611
P611
TAIL BLADE 4
3 C NO. 1 3
P612
J611 J612
5 P611 TAIL BLADE NO. 2
TAIL ROTOR P613 4 J612
6 P614 J613 3 P612
SLIPRINGS AND
TAIL ROTOR J614 J613
TAIL BLADE P613
BRUSH BLOCK 4
TAIL BLADE NO. 3
ASSEMBLY NO. 4
J614 3
P614
P614 J614
5 TAIL BLADE NO. 4
4 J614
P614
AB1525_13
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 13 of 19). .
0149 00-89 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
69 2 A
68 3 S1
TO
SHEET 70 4 B
6
67 1 S2
71 5 C
6 S3
7 STATOR ROTOR
MAIN ROTOR
SLIP RINGS
TB 7
S3 C S2 B S1 A
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE DISTRIBUTION
J1004
P1004 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
P844 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J844
(SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1)
MAIN BLADE NO. 4
P848 1 2
DROOP STOP
(SEE DETAIL B) HEATER-BLADE NO. 4
AB1525_14B
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 14 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-90
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
MAIN BLADE NO. 1
ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 DROOP STOP
HEATER-BLADE
NO. 1
J841
P841 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
P845 1 2
P1001 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
J1001
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE DISTRIBUTION
J1003 J1002
P1003 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 P1002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
P843 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 P842 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J843 J842
(SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1) (SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1)
MAIN BLADE NO. 3 MAIN BLADE NO. 2
P847 1 2 P846 1 2
DROOP STOP DROOP STOP
HEATER-BLADE NO. 3 HEATER-BLADE NO. 2
(SEE DETAIL B)
AB1525_15A
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 15 of 19). .
0149 00-91 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
A DROOP STOP DROOP STOP DROOP STOP
HEATER-BLADE HEATER-BLADE HEATER-BLADE
NO. 1 NO. 2 NO. 3
S1
B P847 1
P845 1 2 P846 1 2 2
S2
S3
STATOR ROTOR
MAIN ROTOR
SLIP RINGS
S3 C S2 B S1 A
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE DISTRIBUTOR
P844 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J844
(SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1)
MAIN BLADE NO. 4
DETAIL B AB1525_16
(SEE NOTE 4) SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 16 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-92
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
DROOP STOP
HEATER-BLADE
NO. 4
MAIN BLADE NO. 1
P848 1 2
ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4
J841
P841 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE DISTRIBUTOR
P843 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 P842 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J843 J842
(SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1) (SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1)
MAIN BLADE NO. 3 MAIN BLADE NO. 2
DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 4) AB1525_17
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 17 of 19). .
0149 00-93 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TAIL BLADE NO. 1 TAIL BLADE NO. 2 TAIL BLADE NO. 3 TAIL BLADE NO. 4
R1 R1 R1 R1
R2 R2 R2 R2
R3 R3 R3 R3
J611 J612 J613 J614
P611 1 3 5 6 4 2 P612 1 3 5 6 4 2 P613 1 3 5 6 4 2 P614 1 3 5 6 4 2
P1 A C E F D B P2 A C E F D B P3 A C E F D B P4 A C E F D B
J1 J2 J3 J4
A B C
TAIL ROTOR
SLIPRINGS AND
BRUSH BLOCK
ASSEMBLY
P327 1 2 3
J615 A B C
DETAIL D
(SEE NOTE 7)
AB2090_18
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 18 of 19). .
Change 5 0149 00-94
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
PFA
P199 J199 P1019R
SG1020-49
D 49 ICE DETECTOR
SG1019-27
A 27 ROTOR DI FAULT MAIN
SG1019-41
g 41 ROTOR DI FAIL TAIL
SG1019-82
h 82 ROTOR DI FAIL MAIN
COPILOT'S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
PFA
P1020R
49 ICE DETECTOR
27 ROTOR DI FAULT MAIN
41 ROTOR DI FAIL TAIL
82 ROTOR DI FAIL MAIN
PILOT'S MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
DETAIL E
(SEE NOTE 8)
AB2090_19
SA
Figure 2. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram EH-60A> (Sheet 19 of 19). .
0149 00-95 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY AC JUNCTION BOX ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE
DE-ICE PWR A
TAIL ROTOR 2
J907 P907 P332 J332 C1 C3
C2 B CL13
A CB31A 2 1
A A
A2 A1 B1 B3
NO. 1 B2 CL14
B C
AC PRI 2 1
BUS B B A3
B2 B1 A1 CL15
A2
115 VAC 1
A1
C
C1
A3
B1
C3
B3
20 C C
C2 AMP C1 X1 K61
X2 TAIL ROTOR
SAJ333-1
MISSION READINESS K63 CONTACTOR
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL TAIL ROTOR
X1
DE-ICE
X2
CONTACTOR
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
A2
C2
B2
J333 J332 J333
P333 A P332 F E D P333 B
GND59-2
GND59-1 1 TO SHEET 5
2 TO
3 SHEET
4 12
5
6
APU GEN CONTR 7
J107 P107 J219 P219
BATT 8
BUS 5 CB10
K c 9
28 VDC 2 AMP 1
10 TO SHEET 5
11 TO
SHEET
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT 12
4
BREAKER PANEL 13
14 TO SHEET 9
J906 P906 15
ICE-DET
M 16
7.5
CB16A 17
X
2 AMP 1
NO. 2
SGP906-1
DC PRI
NOTES BUS DE-ICE CNTRLR
U
28 VDC CB17A
5 N
1. UH-60A 77-22714 - 79-23279 2 AMP 1
2. P134- c SHOWS TYPICAL
CONFIGURATION FOR ALL PIN ICE-DET
FILTERED ADAPTERS. NO. 2 V
AC PRI CB5A
2 W
3. EMEP PFAs ARE INSTALLED BUS 2 AMP 1
115 VAC
4. SWITCH SHOWN OFF. AT TEST,
TERMINALS 1 AND 2, 4 AND 5
CONNECTED. WHEN ON, TERMINALS MISSION READINESS
2 AND 3, 5 2 AND 6 CONNECTED. CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
5. W/O EMEP CL7 A
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX 18
6. HELICOPTER WITH TAIL ROTOR 2 1
SLIPRING ROTOR 70550-02129-042 CL8
AND 70550-02129-044. B
19
2 1
7. HELICOPTER WITH TAIL ROTOR
SLIPRING ROTOR 70550-02804-101. CL9 C
20
8. HH-60A HH-60L 2 1
9. UH-60A UH-60L
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
10. IVHMS
AB2090_1B
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 1 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-96
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
K3 APU / EXT
K4 AC BUS TIE PWR CNTOR C
CNTOR C2
K2 NO. 2 GEN CNTOR
115 VAC FROM NO. 1 A
A2
OR NO. 2 PRI BUS
B2 B
M L K P206 D E F P205
X2 X1
SG26-10 J204
N P G H J K L M P204
ENERGIZED WITH THE
NO. 2 GEN SWITCH ON.
GEN DRIVEN AT RATED
SPEED AND NO GEN
FAULTS
J203 J202 J203
C A P203 K P202 U M R P P203
TO
21 SHEET
22 6
23
24
5 25
6 TO
7 SHEET
8 3
9
26
SGP203-3
13 27 TO SHEET 12
15
16
17
28 TO
29 SHEET
30 5
31
32
33
34
GND59-1 35
36
G H E F C D P333
K62 X1 J333
TO
MN RTR
1
X2
CL11
CL12
CL10
DE-ICE TB 5 SHEET
BUS CNTOR T4 T1 T5 T2 T6 T3 3
37
2
L1 L11 C C
18 T1 5 38
19
L2
T2
L12 39
B B
3 40
L3 L13
20 T3 T10 CURRENT
A TRANSFORMER A
41
1 42
AB2090_2A
AUXILIARY AC JUNCTION BOX ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 2 of 17). .
0149 00-97 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ICE DETECTOR ICING RATE METER
PROBE STRUT HEATER
METER DRIVE COIL
INPUT FROM ICING
28 VDC PROBE STRUT
NULLING SIGNAL
FEEDBACK COIL
ASPIRATOR HEATER
ASPIRATOR HEATER
FEEDBACK COIL
115 VAC ASPIRATOR
115 VAC ASPIRATOR
28 VDC SIGNAL FOR
HEATING VOLTAGE
DETECTOR PROBE
CASE GROUND
(HEATER POWER)
RATE METER
DRIVE COIL
TO METER
28 VDC TO ICE
OUTPUT
AC RETURN
DC RETURN
INPUT
HEATER
HEATER
115 VAC
P326 9 8 1 2 3 4 7 5 6 P132 T E D C B A L U
P819 1 7 6 5 4 8 2 3 J121
P224 J224
J819 P121 U S L M N P R T
HH
GG
BB J906
GND CC P906 P
819-1
DD
EE 43 TO SHEET 12
FF
TRANSFORMER T3
31 T4
32 T1
33 T5
34 T2
35 T6
36 T3
37
TO
SHEET
38 A1
2 39 K3
40 APU / EXT
B1
PWR
41 CNTOR
42 C1
26
25
24 NO. 2 JUNCTION
23 BOX
P217 T R
J217
44 TO SHEET 6
P230 A
P210 U P S A C J230 APU
J210 ENERGIZED GENERATOR
WITH NO. 1 GEN J127
SWITCH ON.
GEN DRIVEN AT P127 X
RATED SPEED AND T3
P212 M L K J H G P N
NO GEN FAULTS
J212 (SEE J249
DETAIL T2
P249 T
A)
T1
P244 L V
J244
T4
K1 NO. 1 GEN CNTOR
CR5
GND APU-1
AB2090_3
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX RIGHT RELAY PANEL SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 3 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-98
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
ICING RATE METER UPPER CONSOLE
ICING SIGNAL (28 VDC)
HV T7 BRT
ICING RATE SIGNAL
SWITCHED 28 VDC
LV
5 VOLT LIGHTING
HEATER POWER
CASE GROUND
115 VAC 400Hz
28 VDC INPUT
INSTR LT
DC RETURN
NON FLIGHT OFF
J280
P132 S F M H K J N G P280 L
45 TO SHEET 11
46
SGP134-5
TO SHEET 12
47 TO SHEET 13
48 TO SHEET 7
49 TO SHEET 11
J121 50 TO
P121 V K SGP134-4
SHEET
51 12
SG33P-1 52 TO SHEET 8
J113 P113
TO L SG280-2
53 TO SHEET 7
11
SHEET
1 12 K
P388 A C
NONFLIGHT INSTRUMENT
LIGHTS 5V/115V TRANSFORMER
AB2090_4
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 4 of 17). .
0149 00-99 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
X2 K65 BACKUP
PUMP INTERLOCK
RELAY
X1
C3 (SEE DETAIL A)
A1
C2
A2
A3
P329 J329
C1
54
10 X
TO B3 55
SHEET B2
1 56
B1
1 V E4
A3 57
A2 CR15
A1
58
X2 X1 E5 E6 59
60
K64 CR16 61
APU / GENERATOR
INTERLOCK 62
RELAY 63
64
65
66
67
SGT14-1
K60
GND51-1 MAIN ROTOR
CONTACTOR
X1 X2
T1 T4 T2 T5 T3 T6 T6 T3 T5 T2 T4 T1
A2 A1 A A
28 68
TO B2 B1 B B
SHEET 29 69
2
C2 C1 C C
30 70
T14 T14A
T14 / T14A TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE JUNCTION BOX
J329 P329
E4
Z
MAIN ROTOR BLADE
DEICE JUNCTION BOX
DETAIL A AB2090_5A
(SEE NOTE 1) SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 5 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-100
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
J329 P329 P906 J906
L Z
E2 E1
P Y
CR11
71 TO SHEET 10
P908 J908
54 W J
55 Z 72 TO SHEET 12
56 U 73 TO SHEET 11
57 a
58 M 74 TO SHEET 10
59 R 75 TO SHEET 7
60 Y 76 TO SHEET 12
61 S 77 TO SHEET 7
62 T 78
63 N 79 TO SHEET 9
64 H 80
TO
65 J 81 SHEET
66 G 82 10
67 F 83
E 84 TO SHEET 7
D 85
TO
TB
A 86 SHEET
3
B 87 10
C 88
1 89
3 90
TO
68 2 91 SHEET
14
69 4 92
70 5 93
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE
JUNCTION BOX
TO SHEET 3 44
22 P210 J210 J210 P210 P202 J202 P205
TO SHEET 2
21 12 11 APU / EXT
g B U G PWR
P906 K A2 CNTOR
K3
J906
J244 P244 B2
K21
E C2 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
X2 X1 SA1000-1
WINDSHIELD
ANTI-ICE
LOCKOUT RELAY
K19
RIGHT RELAY PANEL NO. 3 HYD
PWR
AB2090_6
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 6 of 17). .
0149 00-101 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
94 TO SHEET 9
95 TO
SHEET
96 10
97
98 TO
SHEET
99 13
TO 100
SHEET 53
TO
4 101 SHEET
12
H N A B G F C D E P908
J908
75
TO
78
SHEET
6
77
84
TO LL PP NN MM i D A B C P111
SHEET 48 J111 P906 c b a
4
J906
SGR306-2
GG33-1
(SEE J199 P121 e f g
DETAIL B) j P P199
M N K D G H J J121
SGP134-6
(SEE NOTE 8)
P134 c T L R U S N P f A B C D E F G M
PFA
J1
CR2
CR3
CR10
CR9
CR6
CR4 Q1
VR2 CR8
102
A2
B2
R2 CR5
K3 R3 X2
103
K2 10K
X1
X2
200 HZ CR7
X1
CR14
NEGATIVE
A1
A3
B1
PULSE
B3
GENERATOR
A1
A3
A2
B1
B2
B3
104
105
EOT PWR
Q4 TAIL
1 Q5
OAT RTR
2 Q6
1
SYNC 2 3
2
4 R
SYNC 1 3 DS2
5 PRESS
TEST FUNCTION TO TEST
NORM SELECT SWITCH LAMP
BLADE DE-ICE TEST PANEL
AB2090_7
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 7 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-102
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
P134 PFA J1 TO
106
SHEET
c 107 9
108 TO SHEET 13
P
109 TO SHEET 11
110 TO SHEET 12
SGP122-3
P (SEE
DETAIL B SGP122-2 NOTE 10)
(SEE NOTES 2 AND 3)
J114 P908 M K L
P114 C B A J908
GND122-1
P P
P111 GG FF EE HH KK JJ P122 A B C
J111 J122
TO
SHEET 52
4
J199
P199 W V U S R T
P P OUTSIDE AIR
TEMPERATURE
J b H K a Z Y V X W SENSOR
P134
PFA
J1 (SEE NOTE 8)
CR13
PANEL
CR12 LIGHTS
102
103
X1
CR11
Q2 K1
Q3
X2
A1
A3
A2
B1
B2
B3
104
CR15 PWR R14
105 MAIN
RTR
1 R7
2
R
3
DS1 PRESS
TO TEST
LAMP
BLADE DE-ICE TEST PANEL
AB2090_8A
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 8 of 17). .
0149 00-103 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
111 TO
SHEET
112 12
113 TO
SHEET
114 11
TO SHEET 6 79
SG325-2
TO SHEET 7 94
TO 106
SHEET
8 107
TO SHEET 1 14
P325 G R H T B A F Z Y
PFA
J2
115
116 TO
ON SHEET
117 11
TEST 118
RELAY
TEST RELAY 119
AND CONTROL OAT
CIRCUIT AMP MAIN BLADE
ELEMENT-ON-
TIME 3.0 SEC 120
OAT OPEN TO 4.0 SEC
AMP
POWER
SUPPLIES 121
OAT 122
SHORT AMP MAIN BLADE
DETECTOR 123
INTEGRATOR
OAT
MAIN ROTOR AMP
DE-ICE CHANNEL MAIN ELEMENT-
ON-TIME 1-25
SECONDS 124
ON OR + 10%
TEST
TEST
RELAY U2 125
ON
U1
TEST
ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE CONTROLLER AB2090_9
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 9 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-104
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
80
81
TO 82
SHEET 83
6 86
87
88
TO 96
SHEET
7 95
TO
85
SHEET 74 126 TO
6 SHEET
71 127 13
P325 P h a W J E D C N L M K c b
PFA
J2
128 TO
SHEET
119 129 11
MAIN ROTOR FAIL / FAULT DETECTION
120 CIRCUIT
FAIL EOT FAIL FAIL: 1. GREATER THAN 61 AMPS
TEST 2. LESS THAN 24 AMPS
3. EOT FAIL LAMP
121 DRIVER
NO SYSTEM 4. EOT FAIL TEST
122 FAILURE OUTPUT 5. OT FAIL (TEST ONLY)
6. SYNCH FAIL LAMP
123 SYNC FAIL
DRIVER
7. OPEN / SHORT OAT SENSOR
MAIN ROTOR 8. GREATER THAN 10 AMPS
POWER GROUND CURRENT
MONITOR FAIL FAIL FAULT: GREATER THAN 24 AMPS,
BUT LESS THAN 40 AMPS
124
U3 TEST
ELEMENT ON- SYNCH- OFF-TIME LESS
125 TIME COUNTER RONIZER THAN 115% 5% SEC-
AND SYNCH- CONTROL GREATER THAN
CONTACTOR RONIZER CHECK CIRCUIT 85 SECONDS
DRIVER
ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE CONTROLLER AB2090_10
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 10 of 17). .
0149 00-105 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BLADE DE-ICE CONTROL PANEL
130
TO INSTRUMENT PANEL MODE
AND CONSOLE INDICATOR
LIGHT DIMMING MANUAL 131
AUTO
T
P111 k M
J111 L
J133
SGP133-1 (SEE NOTE 9) P133 K M B S G H N D
SGP133-2
J121
TO SHEET 8 109 P121 E H G F J
J906
TO SHEET 4 49 P906 E H G F J
TO
SHEET
114
9
113
TO SHEET 6 73
TO SHEET 4 45 132
SG133-2
P325 g f e j
PFA
TO J2
115
SHEET 116
9 TRACE 1.25 VDC FROM
117 LIGHT 2.5 VDC POWER
MODERATE 5.0 VDC SUPPLY
TO 128 TAIL ROTOR
SHEET POWER
129 FAIL MONITOR
10
TO SHEET 9 118 OAT
AMP
TAIL ELEMENT-
ON-TIMER
ON 1-70 SEC
TEST +10%
CONTACTOR DRIVER
TEST
OPEN OAT U6 U4 133
SENSOR AMP ON U5
TEST SHORT OAT
TAIL ROTOR RELAY SENSOR AMP
DE-ICE CHANNEL
134
OAT
AMP ELEMENT-
TAIL BLADES ON-TIME
DETECTOR 3.0 TO 4.0 135
INTEGRATOR SECONDS 136
ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE CONTROLLER AB2090_11
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 11 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-106
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
BLADE DE-ICE CONTROL PANEL
130 POWER (SEE NOTE 4)
TEST SELECTOR
131 1 1 4
OFF
TEST IN PROGRESS R
3 2
2 5
ON
3 6
J133
P133 U R J L T A F E
SGP134-1
SG133-1
J121
D C A P121
GG33-11
J906
TO SHEET 9 112 D S P906
SG325-4
TO SHEET 6 72
TO SHEET 9 111
TO SHEET 2 27
TO SHEET 8 110
TO SHEET 6 76
SG325-1
TO SHEET 7 101
TO SHEET 3 43
TO 50
SHEET 51
4 46 137 TO
138 SHEET
132 GG33-11 139 13
TO 4 140
SHEET 3
1 2
P324 C B A H E D P325 V d
PFA PFA
J1 J2
FAIL DETECTION CIRCUITS EOT
FAIL
SCR ARC 1. LESS THAN 6 AMPS TEST
SUPPRESSION 2. GREATER THAN 16 AMPS
CIRCUIT 3. GREATER THAN 10 AMPS
OFF-TIME LESS GROUND CURRENT
4. OPEN / SHORTED OAT
THAN 115 LAMP
SENSOR
133 SCR CONTROL 5% SEC. OFF- 5. EOT FAIL DRIVER
CIRCUIT TIME GREATER 6. EOT FAIL TEST
THAN 85 SECS 7. OT FAIL (TEST ONLY)
TEST
134
135
136
AB2090_12
ROTOR BLADE DE-ICE CONTROLLER SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 12 of 17). .
0149 00-107 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO SHEET 4 47
TO SHEET 7 100
TO SHEET 8 108
SGP117-17
140
TO
139
SHEET
12 138 (SEE NOTE 10)
137
PFA
TO 97 P117 J117
SGP324-1
SHEET 98
SGP134-3
SGP324-2
7 99
P906
J906
P121
J121
63 ICE DETECTED
SGP324-3
B X 47 TR DE-ICE FAIL
127 C Y 15 MR DE-ICE FAIL
TO
SHEET SGP134-2
10 126 A W 31 MR DE-ICE FAULT
J399
CAUTION / ADVISORY
P399 C B A PANEL
(SEE NOTE 8)
(SEE DETAIL E) (SEE NOTE 9)
P615 C B A
J615 P611
J611
1 TAIL BLADE NO. 1
P613 6 J611
J613 P611
2 P612
TAIL BLADE 1 J612
NO. 3 TAIL BLADE NO. 2
J613 J612
P327 5 P613 P612
2
1
1 A P613
6 P612 J613
J612 TAIL BLADE NO. 3
J613 2 P614
TAIL BLADE J614
P613 1
NO. 2
J612 J614
2 B TAIL BLADE NO. 4
5 P612 2 P614
P611
6 P611 J611 3
TAIL BLADE NO. 1
J611 J611
TAIL BLADE P611
3 4
C NO. 1 3
P612
J611 J612
5 P611 TAIL BLADE NO. 2
P613 4 J612
TAIL ROTOR J613
6 P614 3 P612
SLIPRINGS AND J613
J614
TAIL ROTOR TAIL BLADE P613
TAIL BLADE NO. 3
BRUSH BLOCK NO. 4 4
ASSEMBLY J614 3
P614
P614 J614
5 TAIL BLADE NO. 4
4 J614
P614
(SEE DETAIL D)
(SEE NOTE 6)
AB2090_13A
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 13 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-108
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
91 2 A
90 3 S1
TO
SHEET 92 4 B
6
89 1 S2
93 5 C
6 S3
7 STATOR ROTOR
MAIN ROTOR
SLIP RINGS
TB 7
S3 C S2 B S1 A
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE DISTRIBUTION
J1004
P1004 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
P844 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J844
(SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1)
MAIN BLADE NO. 2
P848 1 2
DROOP STOP
(SEE DETAIL C) HEATER-BLADE NO. 2
AB2090_14A
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 14 of 17). .
0149 00-109 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN BLADE NO. 1
DROOP STOP
ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 HEATER-BLADE
NO. 1
J841
P841 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 P845 1 2
P1001 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
J1001
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE DISTRIBUTION
J1003 J1002
P1003 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 P1002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
P843 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 P842 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J843 J842
(SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1) (SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1)
MAIN BLADE NO. 3 MAIN BLADE NO. 4
P847 1 2 P846 1 2
DROOP STOP DROOP STOP
(SEE DETAIL C) HEATER-BLADE NO. 3 HEATER-BLADE NO. 4
AB2090_15
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 15 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-110
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
DROOP STOP DROOP STOP DROOP STOP
A
HEATER-BLADE HEATER-BLADE HEATER-BLADE
NO. 1 NO. 2 NO. 3
S1
B P847 1
P845 1 2 P846 1 2 2
S2
S3
STATOR ROTOR
MAIN ROTOR
SLIP RINGS
S3 C S2 B S1 A
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE DISTRIBUTOR
P844 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J844
(SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1)
MAIN BLADE NO. 4
DETAIL C
(SEE NOTE 5) AB2090_16
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 16 of 17). .
0149 00-111 Change 5
0149 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DROOP STOP
HEATER-BLADE
NO. 4
MAIN BLADE NO. 1
P848 1 2
ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4
J841
P841 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
MAIN ROTOR BLADE DEICE DISTRIBUTOR
P843 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 P842 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J843 J842
(SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1) (SAME AS MAIN BLADE NO. 1)
MAIN BLADE NO. 3 MAIN BLADE NO. 2
DETAIL C
(SEE NOTE 5) AB2090_17
SA
Figure 3. Blade de-icing System Schematic Diagram HH-60A HH-60L UH-60A UH-60L> (Sheet 17 of 17). .
Change 5 0149 00-112
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0149 00
112
110
NOMINAL RESISTANCE (OHMS)
108
106
104
102
100
98
96
94
(-20,92.05) 92
-4OF (-20OC) 14OF (-10OC) 41OF (5OC) 59OF (15OC) 77OF (25OC)
5OF (-15OC) 23OF (-5OC) 50OF (10OC) 68OF (20OC) 86OF (30OC) 68OF (+20OC) = 107.95 Ω
86OF (+30OC) = 111.92 Ω
ELEMENT TEMPERATURE ( OF)
AA3428
SA
Figure 4. Outside Air Temperature/Resistance Chart.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0149 00-113 Change 5
H-60-MIM-15-004
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
UTILITY SYSTEM
CARGO HOOK SYSTEM UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> .
This WP supersedes WP 0150 00, dated 1 August 2011.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 0139 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0172 01
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 WP 0837 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 WP 0838 00
Materials/Parts WP 0841 00
WP 0842 00
20 Pound (or more) Weight
WP 0893 00
Insulated Jumper Wire
WP 0938 00
Personnel Required WP 1264 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1265 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1269 00
References WP 1270 00
TM 1-1520-237-10 WP 1414 00
WP 0093 00 WP 1737 00
WP 0104 00 WP 1800 00
WP 0108 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0114 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0138 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Cargo Hook System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for component location
diagram and Figure 2 - Cargo Hook System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for schematic
diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The cargo hook system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Setup
• Normal Release
• Emergency Release
• Shutdown
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury to personnel, do not press EMERG RELEASE BUTTON when CARGO HOOK
EMERG REL switch is in the NORMAL position, while SQUIB is installed or CARGO HOOK
0150 00-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
CAD (Cartridge Actuated Device) is connected. Remove SQUIB and disconnect CARGO
HOOK CAD before any troubleshooting of the cargo hook.
CAUTION
Cargo hook release solenoid will be damaged if CARGO REL or NORMAL RLSE button is
pressed for more than 12 seconds.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
2. Make sure upper console panel switches are placed as follows:
SWITCH POSITION
CARGO HOOK ARMING SAFE
CARGO HOOK CONTR CKPT
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL NORM
STEP
3. On cabin floor, open access panel 4B-24. Push lever to allow cargo hook to swing down.
STEP
4. Turn on electrical power. HH-60A HH-60L > Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON
.
and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisory
legends will be displayed). <
.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Power shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
NORMAL RELEASE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury to personnel, do not press EMERG RELEASE BUTTON when CARGO HOOK
EMERG REL switch is in the NORMAL position, while SQUIB is installed or CARGO HOOK
Change 5 0150 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
NORMAL RELEASE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CAD (Cartridge Actuated Device) is connected. Remove SQUIB and disconnect CARGO
HOOK CAD before any troubleshooting of the cargo hook.
CAUTION
Cargo hook release solenoid will be damaged if CARGO REL or NORMAL RLSE button is
pressed for more than 12 seconds.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Perform Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already performed.
STEP
2. Install weight on cargo hook.
STEP
3. Place upper console CARGO HOOK ARMING switch to ARMED.
CONDITION/INDICATION
HOOK ARMED capsule or legend shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to HOOK ARMED CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON,
in this work package.
STEP
CAUTION
Cargo hook release solenoid will be damaged if CARGO REL or NORMAL RLSE button is
pressed for more than 12 seconds.
4. Press pilot’s cyclic stick CARGO REL button until weight has dropped, then release.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Cargo hook shall open and release weight.
2. CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend shall go on.
3. CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend shall go off (momentary light).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Cargo Hook Does Not Open, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to Cargo Hook Opens But CARGO HOOK OPEN Capsule Or
Legend Does Not Go On, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to CARGO HOOK OPEN Capsule Or Legend Stays On After
Load Is Released, in this work package.
4. If CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend goes on, but hook does not open, replace cargo hook (WP 1264
00).
STEP
5. Install weight on cargo hook.
0150 00-3 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NORMAL RELEASE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
CAUTION
Cargo hook release solenoid will be damaged if CARGO REL or NORMAL RLSE button is
pressed for more than 12 seconds.
6. Press copilot’s cyclic stick CARGO REL button until weight has dropped, then release.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Cargo hook shall open and release weight.
2. CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend shall go on.
3. CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend shall go off (momentary light).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Cargo Hook Does Not Open, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to Cargo Hook Opens But CARGO HOOK OPEN Capsule Or
Legend Does Not Go On, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to CARGO HOOK OPEN Capsule Or Legend Stays On After
Load Is Released, in this work package.
4. If CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend goes on, but hook does not open, replace cargo hook (WP 1264
00).
STEP
7. Install weight on cargo hook.
STEP
8. Place upper console CARGO HOOK CONTR switch to ALL.
STEP
9. Remove crewman’s cargo hook pendant from stowage bag behind pilot’s seat. Connect pendant cord to
J267.
STEP
CAUTION
Cargo hook release solenoid will be damaged if CARGO REL or NORMAL RLSE button is
pressed for more than 12 seconds.
10. Press crewman’s pendant NORMAL RLSE button until weight has dropped, then release.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Cargo hook shall open and release weight.
2. CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend shall go on.
3. CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend shall go off (momentary light).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Cargo Hook Does Not Open, in this work package.
Change 5 0150 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
NORMAL RELEASE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to Cargo Hook Opens But CARGO HOOK OPEN Capsule Or
Legend Does Not Go On, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to CARGO HOOK OPEN Capsule Or Legend Stays On After
Load Is Released, in this work package.
4. If CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend goes on, but hook does not open, replace cargo hook (WP 1264
00).
STEP
11. Place upper console CARGO HOOK ARMING switch to SAFE.
CONDITION/INDICATION
HOOK ARMED capsule or legend shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace cargo hook arming switch S1 (WP 0841 00).
STEP
12. Press pilot’s cyclic stick CARGO REL button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Cargo hook shall not open.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between J104-F and terminal TB1-5, and between
J104-G and terminal 1 of CARGO HOOK EMER circuit breaker.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot pilot’s collective stick (WP 0139 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00).
STEP
13. Remove weight from under helicopter.
STEP
14. If no other check is to be performed, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work
package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
EMERGENCY RELEASE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury to personnel, do not press EMERG RELEASE BUTTON when CARGO HOOK
EMERG REL switch is in the NORMAL position, while SQUIB is installed or CARGO HOOK
0150 00-5 Change 5
H-60-MIM-15-004
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EMERGENCY RELEASE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CAD (Cartridge Actuated Device) is connected. Remove SQUIB and disconnect CARGO
HOOK CAD before any troubleshooting of the cargo hook.
CAUTION
Cargo hook release solenoid will be damaged if CARGO REL or NORMAL RLSE button is
pressed for more than 12 seconds.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Perform Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already performed.
STEP
2. Disconnect squib, if not already performed (WP 1265 00).
STEP
3. Press face of upper console CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light.
CONDITION/INDICATION
TEST light shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CARGO HOOK TEST Light Does Not Go On When Pressed, in
this work package.
STEP
4. Place upper console CARGO HOOK EMERG REL switch to OPEN.
STEP
5. With
Withsquib disconnected,
squib install insulated
disconnected, installjumper wire between
insulated squib connector
jumper pins 2 and
wire between 3.
squib
STEP connector pins 2 and 3 or pin C and pin D
6. Press crewman’s pendant EMER RLSE button until TEST light goes on, then release button. Push pilot’s
and copilot’s collective sticks HOOK EMER REL button, until TEST light goes on, then release button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Whenever any emergency release button is pressed, TEST light shall go on.
2. When any emergency release button is released, TEST light shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO
ON DURING OPEN OR SHORT TEST, in this work package.
STEP
7. Remove insulated jumper wire from squib connector.
STEP
8. Press and release crewman’s pendant EMER RLSE button. Push and release pilot’s and copilot’s collective
sticks HOOK EMER REL button.
Change 5 0150 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
EMERGENCY RELEASE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Whenever any emergency release button is pressed, TEST light shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT GOES ON WHEN
EMER RLSE BUTTON IS PRESSED/PUSHED ON, in this work package.
STEP
9. Install insulated jumper wire between squib connector pins 2 and 3.
STEP
10. Place upper console CARGO HOOK EMERG REL switch to SHORT.
STEP
11. Press crewman’s pendant EMER RLSE button until TEST light goes on, then release button. On pilot’s and
copilot’s collective sticks, push HOOK EMER REL button until TEST light goes on, then release button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Whenever any emergency release button is pressed, TEST light shall go on.
2. When any emergency release button is released, TEST light shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO
ON DURING OPEN OR SHORT TEST, in this work package.
STEP
12. Remove insulated jumper wire between squib connector pins 2 and 3.
STEP
13. If no other check is to be performed, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work
package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Place upper console CARGO HOOK EMERG REL switch to OPEN.
STEP
2. Install crewman’s cargo hook pendant behind pilot’s seat.
STEP
3. HH-60A HH-60L > Turn MFD switch OFF. <
. .
STEP
4. Turn off electrical power.
0150 00-7 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
5. Reconnect squib (WP 1265 00).
STEP
6. If necessary, swing cargo hook up and latch in place. Close and latch access panel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Access panel shall be closed and latched.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
HOOK ARMED CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
HOOK ARMED capsule or legend does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
HOOK ARMED capsule or legend does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Hold caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST or HH-60A HH-60L > press .
T6 switch on MFD <. Go to Step 2.
.
2. Check that HOOK ARMED capsule or legend goes on; then release the caution/advisory
panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch.
a. If HOOK ARMED capsule or legend is on, go to Step 3.
b. If HOOK ARMED capsule or legend is not on, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning
system (WP 0093 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00). Go to
Step 11.
3. With CARGO HOOK ARMING switch placed at ARMED, check continuity between
J126-W and J200-A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 10.
4. Check for 28 vdc between P126-W and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
5. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 8.
.
6. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter on caution/advisory panel or MFDs (WP
.
0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 7.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 11.
7. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 8.
.
Change 5 0150 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
HOOK ARMED CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
8. Check for 28 vdc between P118-M or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-44 or P1020R-44 < and
. .
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00) or
MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P200-A and P118-M or HH-60A
HH-60L > P1019R-44 or P1020R-44 < (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
. .
9. Check for 28 vdc between CARGO HOOK CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P126-W and circuit breaker
terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 11.
10. Check continuity between:
• J126-W and S1-6
• J200-A and, S1-5
• J200-B and S1-3
• J200-C and S1-2
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 11.
11. Procedure completed.
CARGO HOOK DOES NOT OPEN
SYMPTOM
Cargo hook does not open.
MALFUNCTION
Cargo hook does not open.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does cargo hook open using pilot’s cyclic, copilot’s cyclic, or crewman’s pendant?
a. If cargo hook does open, go to Step 2.
b. If cargo hook does not open, go to Step 5.
2. Does cargo hook open using crewman’s pendant?
a. If cargo hook does open, go to Step 3.
b. If cargo hook does not open, go to Step 21.
3. Does cargo hook open using copilot’s cyclic CARGO REL button?
a. If cargo hook does open, go to Step 4.
b. If cargo hook does not open, go to Step 26.
4. Does cargo hook open using pilot’s cyclic CARGO REL button?
a. If cargo hook does open, system is operational. Go to Step 30.
b. If cargo hook does not open, go to Step 28.
5. With any CARGO REL button pressed, check for 28 vdc between J218-A and J218-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace cargo hook (WP 1264 00). Go to Step 30.
0150 00-9 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CARGO HOOK DOES NOT OPEN – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. With CARGO REL button pressed, check for 28 vdc between J218-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J218-B and GND218-1 (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 30.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> , go to Step 8.
.
b. W/O WINTER> , go to Step 9.
.
8. WINTER> Check for 28 vdc between P244B-R and ground.
.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 10.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER> (WP 1414 00). Go to Step 30.
.
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 9.
9. With CARGO REL button pressed, check for 28 vdc between P244-R and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 10.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 19.
10. Check for 28 vdc between P900-r and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
11. Check continuity between P241-q and P900-j.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace ground wire (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30.
12. Install an insulated jumper wire between P900-m and P900-r . Go to Step 13.
13. Check for 28 vdc between J218-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 14.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 16.
14. Remove jumper wire from P900. Go to Step 15.
15. Replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 30.
16. Remove jumper wire from P900. Go to Step 17.
17. Repair/replace wiring between P900-m and J218-A (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30.
18. Check for 28 vdc between CARGO HOOK PWR circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P266-m and P900-r (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 30.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 30.
19. With CARGO HOOK ARMING switch placed to ARMED, check continuity between
J200-B and J200-C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 20.
b. If continuity is not present, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 30.
20. With CARGO REL button pressed, check for 28 vdc between P200-B and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P200-C and P244-R. Go to Step
30.
Change 5 0150 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
CARGO HOOK DOES NOT OPEN – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P200-B and J248–R. Go to
Step 30.
21. With crewman’s pendant NORMAL RLSE button pressed, check continuity between
P267-B and P267-F.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 22.
b. If continuity is not present, replace crewman’s cargo hook pendant (WP 1269 00). Go to
Step 30.
22. With CARGO HOOK CONTR switch placed to ALL, check for 28 vdc between J267-F
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J267-B and J248-R (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 30.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 23.
23. With CARGO HOOK CONTR switch placed to ALL, check for 28 vdc between J200-G
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P200-G and J267-F (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 30.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 24.
24. Check continuity between J200-G and CARGO HOOK CONTR switch S2-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 25.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between J200-G and S2-2 (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 30.
25. With CARGO HOOK CONTR switch placed to ALL, check continuity between S2-2 and
S2-3.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between S2-3 and ARMING switch S1-6 (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 30.
b. If continuity is not present, replace switch (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30.
26. With copilot’s cyclic CARGO REL button pressed, check continuity between P119-E
and P119-F.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 27.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot copilot’s cyclic stick (WP 0138 00). Go to Step 30.
27. Check for 28 vdc between J119-F and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J119-E and P248-R (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 30.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J119-F and CARGO HOOK
CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30.
28. With pilot’s cyclic CARGO REL button pressed, check continuity between P120-E and
P120-F.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 29.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot pilot’s cyclic stick (WP 0138 00). Go to Step 30.
29. Check for 28 vdc between J120-F and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J120-E and P248-R (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 30.
0150 00-11 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CARGO HOOK DOES NOT OPEN – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J120-F and CARGO HOOK
CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30.
30. Procedure completed.
CARGO HOOK OPENS BUT CARGO HOOK OPEN CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
Cargo hook opens but CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
Cargo hook opens but CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Hold caution/advisory panel or HH-60A HH-60L > instrument panel INDICATOR LTS <
. .
BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. Go to Step 2.
2. Check that CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend goes on; then release the cau-
tion/advisory panel or HH-60A HH-60L > instrument panel INDICATOR LTS < BRT/DIM-
. .
TEST switch.
a. If CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend goes on, go to Step 3.
b. If CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend does not go on, troubleshoot caution/advisory
warning system (WP 0093 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00).
Go to Step 9.
3. With load beam on cargo hook pulled down, check continuity between P218-C and
P218-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace cargo hook (WP 1264 00). Go to Step 9.
4. Check for 28 vdc between J218-D and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J218-D and J119- F (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9.
5. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 8.
.
6. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter on caution/advisory panel or MFDs (WP
.
0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 7.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 9.
7. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 8.
.
8. With load beam pulled down, check for 28 vdc between P118-G or HH-60A HH-60L > .
P1019R-32 or P1020R-32 < and ground.
.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00) or
MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J218-C and P118-G, or HH-60A
HH-60L > P1019R-32 or P1020R-32 < (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9.
. .
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 9.
Change 5 0150 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
CARGO HOOK OPENS BUT CARGO HOOK OPEN CAPSULE OR LEGEND DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
9. Procedure completed.
CARGO HOOK OPEN CAPSULE OR LEGEND STAYS ON AFTER LOAD IS RELEASED
SYMPTOM
CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend stays on after load is released.
MALFUNCTION
CARGO HOOK OPEN capsule or legend stays on after load is released.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure no CARGO REL buttons are pressed. Go to Step 2.
2. Place a 20-pound (or more) weight on cargo hook. Go to Step 3.
3. Check that hook stays closed and holds weight.
a. If hook stays closed and holds weight, go to Step 4.
b. If hook does not stay closed and hold weight, replace cargo hook (WP 1264 00). Go to
Step 5.
4. Check for 28 vdc between J218-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace cargo hook (WP 1264 00). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
CARGO HOOK TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WHEN PRESSED
SYMPTOM
CARGO HOOK TEST light does not go on when pressed.
MALFUNCTION
CARGO HOOK TEST light does not go on when pressed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for burnt-out lamp.
a. If lamp is good, go to Step 2.
b. If lamp is not good, replace lamp in test light (WP 0842 00). Go to Step 5.
2. Check continuity between P242-d and P902-h .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4.
3. Check continuity between GG2-5 and test lamp pin 3.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot light dimming control system (WP 0114 00). Go to
Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
4. Check continuity between:
• P902- h and test lamp pin 1
• P242- d and test lamp pin 2
a. If continuity is present, replace test lamp (WP 0842 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
0150 00-13 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON DURING OPEN OR SHORT TEST
SYMPTOM
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light does not go on during OPEN or SHORT test.
MALFUNCTION
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light does not go on during OPEN or SHORT test.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does light go on using pilot’s or copilot’s collective stick HOOK EMER REL button, or
crewman’s cargo hook pendant EMER RLSE button?
a. If light goes on, go to Step 2.
b. If light does not go on, go to Step 5.
2. Does light go on using crewman’s cargo hook pendant EMER RLSE button?
a. If light goes on, go to Step 3.
b. If light does not go on, go to Step 17.
3. Does light go on using copilot’s collective HOOK EMER REL button?
a. If light goes on, go to Step 4.
b. If light does not go on, go to Step 19.
4. Does light go on using pilot’s collective HOOK EMER REL button?
a. If light goes on, system is operational. Go to Step 23.
b. If light does not go on, go to Step 21.
5. Check for 28 vdc between CARGO HOOK EMER circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 23.
6. Check for 28 vdc between J267-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J267-E and CARGO HOOK
EMER circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 23.
7. With crewman’s EMER RLSE button pressed, check for 28 vdc between TB1-5 and
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between TB1-5 and J267-C (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 23.
8. Check for 1.5 to 2.5 ohms between TB1-4 and TB1-5.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 9.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace resistor R4 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 23.
9. Check continuity between TB1-4 and EMERG REL switch S3-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 23.
10. Check continuity between EMERG REL switch S3-2 and S3-3.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, replace EMERG REL switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 23.
11. Check continuity between EMERG REL switch S3-3 and P242-g .
Change 5 0150 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON DURING OPEN OR SHORT TEST – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 23.
12. Check continuity between EMERG REL TEST switch terminal 2 and P242-d .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 23.
13. Disconnect P256 on cargo hook and place an insulated jumper wire between P256-2
and P256-3. Go to Step 14.
14. Check continuity between P242-e and EMERG REL switch S3-4.
a. If continuity is present, replace cargo hook squib (WP 1265 00). Go to Step 23.
b. If trouble remains, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 23.
c. If continuity is not present, go to Step 15.
15. Remove jumper wire from P256. Go to Step 16.
16. Repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step 23:
• P242- c and EMERG REL switch S3-1
• P256-2 and EMERG REL switch S3-4
• P256-3 and EMERG REL switch S3-1
17. With crewman’s EMER RLSE button pressed, check continuity between P267-C and
P267-E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, replace crewman’s cargo hook pendant (WP 1269 00). Go to
Step 23.
18. Check for 28 vdc between J267-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J267-C and J248-T (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 23.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J267-E and J248-S (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 23.
19. With copilot’s HOOK EMER REL button pressed, check continuity between P103-F and
P103- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G <.
. . . .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 20.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot copilot’s collective stick grip (WP 0139 00). Go to
Step 23.
20. Check for 28 vdc between J103- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G < and ground.
. . . .
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J103-F and P248-T (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 23.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J103- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G
. . .
.< and P248-S (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 23.
21. With pilot’s HOOK EMER REL button pressed, check continuity between P104-F and
P104- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G. <
. . . .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot pilot’s collective stick grip (WP 0139 00). Go to
Step 23.
0150 00-15 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON DURING OPEN OR SHORT TEST – Continued
22. Check for 28 vdc between J104- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G < and ground.
. . . .
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J104-F and P248-T (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 23.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J103- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G
. . .
.< and P248-S (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 23.
23. Procedure completed.
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT GOES ON WHEN EMER RLSE BUTTON IS PRESSED/PUSHED ON
SYMPTOM
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light goes on when EMER RLSE button is pressed/pushed on.
MALFUNCTION
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST light goes on when EMER RLSE button is pressed/pushed on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that P256 is disconnected from cargo hook.
a. If P256 is connected to cargo hook, disconnect from cargo hook. Go to Step 2.
b. If P256 is disconnected from cargo hook, go to Step 11.
2. Disconnect P273 from J273. Check for open circuit between:
• P256-1 and P256-4
• P256-2 and P256-3
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, reconnect J273 and P273. Go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• P256-1 and P256-3
• P256-2 and P256-4
• P256-2 and P273-B
• P256-3 and P273-A
• TB2-5 and P273-A
• TB2-6 and P273-B
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
4. Check continuity between:
• S1-1 and S1-2
• S3-2 and S3-3
• S3-4 and S3-5
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, replace switch (WP 1270 00). Go to Step 13.
5. Check continuity between:
• GG2-5 and S3-1
• P242- c and P220-e
• P242- e and P200-f
• P242- g and P200-D
Change 5 0150 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT GOES ON WHEN EMER RLSE BUTTON IS PRESSED/PUSHED ON –
Continued
•
S1-1 and S3-5
•
S1-2 and J200-C
•
S3-2 and TB1-4
•
S3-3 and J200-D
•
TB1-5 and J267-C
•
TB2-5 and J200-E
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
6. Depress crewman’s cargo hook pendant EMER RLSE button. Check continuity be-
tween P267-C and P267-E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace crewman’s cargo hook pendant (WP 1269 00). Go to
Step 13.
7. Release crewman’s cargo hook pendant EMER RLSE button. Check for open circuit
between P267-C and P267-E.
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 8.
b. If open circuit is not present, replace crewman’s cargo hook pendant (WP 1269 00). Go to
Step 13.
8. Check for 1.5 to 2.5 ohms between TB1-4 and TB1-5.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 9.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace resistor R4 (WP 0893 00). Go to Step 13.
9. With copilot’s HOOK EMER REL button pressed, check continuity between P103-F and
P103- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G < .
. . . .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot copilot’s collective stick (WP 0139 00). Go to Step
13.
10. Check for 28 vdc between J103- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G < and ground.
. . . .
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J103-F and P248-T (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J103- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G
. . .
.< and P248-S (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
11. With pilot’s HOOK EMER REL button pressed, check continuity between P104-F and
P104- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G <.
. . . .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot pilot’s collective stick (WP 0139 00). Go to Step
13.
12. Check for 28 vdc between J104- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G < and ground.
. . . .
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J104-F and P248-T (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J103- MOD> H < W/O MOD> G
. . .
.< and P248-S (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
c. If trouble remains, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 13.
0150 00-17 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CARGO HOOK EMERG REL TEST LIGHT GOES ON WHEN EMER RLSE BUTTON IS PRESSED/PUSHED ON –
Continued
13. Procedure completed.
G
D
H
C
B
B
A C (SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE NOTE 2)
A
A
P1020R P1019R
(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3)
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
J218 CABIN TUB
BL 9 RH, STA 343
P103 / J103 COCKPIT TUB
BL 32 LH, STA 247
P104 / J104 COCKPIT TUB
BL 15 RH, STA 247
P110 / J110 COCKPIT
BL 7.5 RH, STA 197
P111 / J111 COCKPIT
BL 7.5 LH, STA 197
P118 CAUTION / ADVISORY
NOTES PANEL (SEE NOTE 2)
1. WINTER P119 / J119 COCKPIT TUB
2. UH60A UH60L BL 30 LH, STA 220
3. HH60A HH60L P120 / J120 COCKPIT TUB
BL 30 RH, STA 220 AA2624_1B
SA
Figure 1. Cargo Hook System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
Change 5 0150 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
LEFT RELAY
RIGHT RELAY PANEL
PANEL P242 / J242
P241 / J241 P902 / J902
P244 / J244
P900 / J900
(SEE NOTE 1)
WINTERIZATION KIT
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
P244 / J244A
P244B / J244
(SEE NOTE 1)
P266 / J266
P126 / J126
P104 / J104
J218
P247 / J247
P273 / J273
P267 / J267
P110 / J110
P256
P200 / J200
P120 / J120
P248 / J248
P111 / J111 P103 / J103
P118 P914 / J914
P119 / J119
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / P256 CABIN TUB
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT BL 15 RH, STA 342
P126 / J126 COCKPIT CEILING P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
BL 28 RH, STA 243 BREAKER PANEL
BL 25 RH
P200 / J200 COCKPIT CEILING
BL 13 RH, STA 246 P267 / J267 CABIN
BL 14 LH, STA 381
P241 / J241 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P273 / J273 CABIN
P242 / J242 LEFT RELAY PANEL BL 40 RH, STA 248
P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL P900 / J900 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
(SEE NOTE 1)
P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P244 / J244A WINTERIZATION KIT
P244B / J244 HARNESS ASSEMBLY P914 / J914 COCKPIT
(SEE NOTE 1) BL 24 LH, STA 247
P247 / J247 CABIN P1019R / J3 MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
BL 40 RH, STA 248 (SEE NOTE 3)
P248 / J248 CABIN P1020R / J3 MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
BL 40 LH, STA 248 (SEE NOTE 3)
AA2624_2B
SA
Figure 1. Cargo Hook System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
0150 00-19 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CTR DAY NGT ON
COM NAV
OFF
ACK LAND ASAP ILLUM
ALL
GUST LOCK
CARGO HOOK ARMED
HOOK OPEN
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
CARGO HOOK OPEN HOOK ARMED
(SEE NOTE 2)
FLT ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A
SYM BRT
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY'S
CAUTION/ADVISORY GRID
(SEE NOTE 3)
HOOK
EMER REL
O
RG
CAREL.
C B
PILOT'S AND COPILOT'S PILOT'S AND COPILOT'S
CYCLIC CTICK COLLECTIVE CTICK
AA2624_3B
SA
Figure 1. Cargo Hook System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
Change 5 0150 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
O
RG
CA OOK
H
AL
RM
NO S E
RL
RL MER
SE
E
P267
CREWMAN'S CARGO HOOK PENDANT
CARGO HOOK
DC ESNTL BUS
EMERG REL CONTR ARMING
CKPT CARGO
TEST NORM SAFE
HOOK
O
P 5
E
N
SHORT ALL ARMED EMER
UPPER CONSOLE AA2624_4
SA
Figure 1. Cargo Hook System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
0150 00-21 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J267
S
RI B U
N O. 2 DC P
CARGO HOOK
CREW RLSE
CARGOHOOK RCPT
10 5
PWR CONTR
CREWMAN'S PENDANT
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL RECEPTACLE
F G
FRONT ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR SQUIB
P256
MANUAL
RELEASE
LEVER
LOAD
ARM
KEEPER
CARGO HOOK
AA2624_5B
SA
Figure 1. Cargo Hook System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
Change 5 0150 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
SCHEMATICS
CARGO HOOK
PWR
J266 P266
2 1 CB237
10 m 1
AMP
NO. 2 TO
DC PRI CARGO HOOK SHEET
BUS CONTR 3
J247 P247
28 VDC 2 1 CB238
5 e L 2
AMP
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
J126 P126
W
CARGO HOOK
TB EMER
1
J200 P200
DC
2 1 CB306
ESNTL 5 J
LEGEND 2 BUS AMP
28 VDC
ELECTRICAL
4
MECHANICAL
R4
2W
3
5 4
NOTES
6 ARMED J200 P200
1. SWITCH S3 IS SHOWN IN THE NORM TO
POSITION. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN 5
CONTACTS 2 AND 3, AND 4 AND 5 ARE
A 5 SHEET
3
MADE IN THE OPEN POSITION.
CONNECTIONS BETWEEN CONTACTS 2 ARMING 4 SAFE
AND 3, AND 5 AND 6 ARE MADE IN THE SWITCH S1 3
SHORT POSITION. B 6
2
2. RESISTORS R1 AND R4 PROVI- GG2-5 C 7 TO SHEET
SIONAL. 1 3
3. W/O EMEP CAPACITORS C1 e 8
THROUGH C6 NOT INSTALLED. 3
D 9
4. WINTER 2
1 E 10
5. IF HOOK DOES NOT LATCH (LOAD TB
BEAM SWINGS UP BUT CANNOT EMERG
REL 2
SUPPORT WEIGHT), LINKAGE SAFE 6
SWITCH WILL STAY CLOSED CAUSING SWITCH
CARGO HOOK OPEN LIGHT TO STAY ON. S3
5 5 11 TO
SHEET
6. WHEN HOOK STARTS TO OPEN (LOAD 4
(SEE NOTE 1) 6 12 4
BEAM SWINGS DOWN) LOAD BEAM
OPEN SWITCH CLOSES.
7. AS SOLENOID BEGINS TO ROTATE, S1 J200 P200
CLOSES. WHEN SOLENOID STOPS 3
ROTATING, S2 CLOSES. WHEN HOOK ALL F 13
CLOSES, BOTH SWITCHES OPEN. 2
1 G 14
8. W/O EMEP PIN FILTERED CKPT
ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.
CARGO TEST
9. W/O MOD UH60A 0001-0679 SWITCH 2
HOOK 3
S2 CONTR
H 15
10. MOD UH60A 0680-SUBQ
UH60L 0001-0579, 0581-0599 1
S 16
11. HH60A HH60L
12. IVHMS
UPPER CONSOLE AB2230_1B
SA
Figure 2. Cargo Hook System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
0150 00-23 Change 5
0150 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT RELAY PANEL (SEE NOTES 2 AND 3)
RELAY K40
ENERGIZED
WHEN
VR1
R5 R3 R1 CAUTION / ADVISORY PANEL
CR1 BRT / DIM-TEST SWITCH
Q4 PLACED TO
C5
CR2 BRT / DIM TO SELECT DIM
CR3 AND UPPER CONSOLE
R2 INST LT PILOT FLT SWITCH
TURNED ON ( BRT MODE)
C6 VR2
R4 C1 C2
Q1 K40
VR3
R6 D1 D2 D3
C4
X1 X2
Q3
R7 C3 Q2
28 VDC
J242 J902
P242 g c e f d P902 h
3
4 SG902-7
J248 P248
6
U
SG267-3
R 17 TO SHEET 3
8
SG103-10
9 T
SG103-9
10 S
SG267-2
SG267-1
J104 J103
P104 H G F P103 H G F
J267
13 P267 F B A C E
14
HOOK HOOK
EMER REL EMER REL
SWITCH SWITCH
15
NORMAL EMER PILOT'S COLLECTIVE
RLSE RLSE
COPILOT'S COLLECTIVE
16 STICK STICK
BUTTON BUTTON
(SEE NOTE 9) (SEE DETAIL A AND B)
CREWMAN'S CARGO HOOK AB2230_2
PENDANT SA
Figure 2. Cargo Hook System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
Change 5 0150 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
RIGHT RELAY PANEL
K23
ANTI-CYCLE
RELAY
A3 A4
X2 X1
GROUND
MODULE
P B3 B2 B1 A3 A2 A1
K27
CARGO HOOK A C
RELEASE
B D
X1 X2
F
A2 A1
J900 J244 J241 J900
P900 m r Z P244 R P241 q j P900
(SEE DETAIL C)
1
7 GG-7 GG 4-5
5
(SEE NOTE 8) PFA
P118 J111 P111
SGP118-5
HOOK ARMED M g
TO 18
SHEET
1 J110 P110 19
SGP118-4
CARGO HOOK OPEN G FF 20
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
(SEE DETAIL D)
(SEE NOTE 12)
SG120-2
2 21
SG120-1
TO SHEET 2 17
J119 J120
P119 F E P120 F E
CARGO CARGO
REL REL
BUTTON BUTTON
COPILOT'S CYCLIC STICK PILOT'S CYCLIC STICK
AB2230_3A
SA
Figure 2. Cargo Hook System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
0150 00-25 Change 5
Supplement to H-60-MIM-15-004, Cargo Hook Squib Troublshooting and Maintenance Procedures
Pages
0150 00 From AIRFRAME Dated
Pages From May 30,
AIRFRAME 2014 Distribution
TM 1-1520-237-23 Dated April D
30, 2013 Distribution D 0150 00
H-60-MIM-15-004
PFA
P1019R J111
HOOK ARMED 44
SG1019-44
J110
CARGO HOOK OPEN 32
SG1019-32
P244 J244A P244B J244
COPILOT'S
R R MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
PFA
P1020R
WINTERIZATION KIT
RELAY HARNESS
HOOK ARMED 44
DETAIL C
(SEE NOTE 4) CARGO HOOK OPEN 32
PILOT'S
MULTIFUNCTION
DISPLAY
DETAIL D
(SEE NOTE 11)
18
19
20
J273 P273
TO 11 A J247
SHEET P247 m N M
1 12 B
21
P
SC256-2 SC256-1
GND218-1
P256 4 2 3 1 J218 A C D B E
B C D A
S1
S2
(SEE NOTE 7)
PRESSURE CARTRIDGE SOLENOID
(SQUIB)
CARGO HOOK
AB2230_4A
SA
Figure 2. Cargo Hook System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
Change 3 0150 00-26 1 of 3
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0150 00
SG103-10
SG103-9
SGJ103-1
GND104-2
SGJ103-2
SGJ104-1
SGJ104-2
J103 J104
P103 H F G E a b P104 H F G b E a
COPILOT'S COLLECTIVE PILOT'S COLLECTIVE
STICK STICK
DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 11)
SG103-10
SG103-9
J104 J103
P104 H F G E Z a b P103 H F G E Z a b
HOOK HOOK
EMER REL EMER REL
PILOT'S COLLECTIVE COPILOT'S COLLECTIVE
STICK STICK
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 10)
AB2230_5
SA
Figure 2. Cargo Hook System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0150 00-27 Change 5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0151 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
UTILITY SYSTEM
CREWMAN’S CARGO HOOK PENDANT UH60A UH60L> . . <
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References
Insulation Test Set, 412 WP 1266 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 1269 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1270 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1800 00
Personnel Required
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)
CREWMAN’S CARGO HOOK PENDANT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH60A UH60L> . .
<
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant for Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant diagram
and Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram for schematic diagram as
an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Visually check grip for cracks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Grip shall not be cracked.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace pendant assembly (WP 1269 00).
STEP
2. Inspect switch guards for spring tension.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Guard tension shall be enough to keep guard in place over switch.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace guard spring (WP 1266 00).
STEP
3. Remove cover from pendant assembly and inspect for broken or burnt wires, security of components, and
general condition.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Wires shall not be broken or burnt, and components shall be secure and in good condition.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace as required (WP 1800 00).
0151 00-1
0151 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CREWMAN’S CARGO HOOK PENDANT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH60A UH60L> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
4. Measure resistance between Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-B and
Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-F.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate infinite resistance.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace NORMAL RLSE switch (WP 1270 00).
STEP
5. With NORMAL RLSE switch pressed, measure resistance between Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook
Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-B and Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram,
P267-F.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check resistance between Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook
Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-B and NORMAL RLSE switch Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook
Pendant Schematic Diagram, Terminal 1, and between Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant
Schematic Diagram, P267-F and NORMAL RLSE switch Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant
Schematic Diagram, Terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, replace NORMAL RLSE switch (WP 1270 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00).
STEP
6. Check resistance between Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-C and
Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-E.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate infinite resistance.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace EMER RLSE switch (WP 1270 00).
STEP
7. With EMER RLSE switch pressed, measure resistance between Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant
Schematic Diagram, P267-C and Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-E.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check resistance between Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook
Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-C and EMER RLSE switch Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant
Schematic Diagram, Terminal 1, and between Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic
Diagram, P267-E and EMER RLSE switch Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram,
Terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, replace EMER RLSE switch (WP 1270 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00).
0151 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0151 00
CREWMAN’S CARGO HOOK PENDANT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH60A UH60L> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
8. Connect insulation test set to Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-B and
Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-F and apply 1000 Vrms, 60 Hz.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The insulation resistance meter shall indicate greater than 1000 megohms.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace NORMAL RLSE switch (WP 1270 00).
2. If meter indicates greater than 100 megohms, but less than 1000 megohms, repair/replace wiring as required
(WP 1800 00).
STEP
9. Connect insulation test set to Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-C and
Figure 2 - Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram, P267-E and apply 1000 Vrms, 60 Hz.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The insulation resistance meter shall indicate greater than 1000 megohms.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace EMER RLSE switch (WP 1270 00).
2. If meter indicates greater than 100 megohms, but less than 1000 megohms, repair/replace wiring as required
(WP 1800 00).
CARGO HOOK
NORMAL RELEASE
SWITCH
CARGO HOOK
EMERGENCY
RELEASE SWITCH
SE R
RL ME
ELECTRICAL
E
CONNECTOR
PROTECTIVE
COVER
CABLE
ASSEMBLY
AA3442
SA
Figure 1. Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant.
0151 00-3
0151 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
NORMAL EMER
RLSE RLSE
1 2 1 2
B-20 F-20 C-20 E-20
NOTE P267 B F A C E
SWITCHES ARE PUSHBUTTON,
NORMALLY OPEN. AB1530
SA
Figure 2. Crewman’s Cargo Hook Pendant Schematic Diagram.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0151 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
AVIATION INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
UTILITY SYSTEM
BLADE DE-ICE TEST PANEL (AVIM)
This WP supersedes WP 0152 00, dated 30 July 2010.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References
Locally-Made Blade De-ice Test Set WP 2014 00, WP 1254 00
Figure 155, Sheet 1 - Blade Deice Test Set (Sheet WP 1255 00
1 of 5) WP 1273 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 1274 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1278 00
WP 1800 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06
WP 2012 00
Personnel Required
Equipment Condition
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)
0 - 40 vdc Bench Power Available ()
115 vac, 400 Hz, 3ø Bench Power Available ()
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Blade De-ice Test Panel for component diagram and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/trou-
bleshooting.
The blade de-ice test panel operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Setup
• OAT Resistance
• SYNC/EOT
• Tail Rotor Fail
• Main Rotor Fail
• Shutdown
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Connect locally-made TEST CABLE to J3 of blade de-ice test set (test set) (WP 2012 00) and J1 of BLADE
DE-ICE TEST panel (test panel).
STEP
2. Place all test set switches to OFF or NORM, SYNC switch to 0V, and test panel switch to NORM.
STEP
3. Connect locally-made 28 VDC CABLE to J1 of test set and 28 vdc bench power.
STEP
4. Connect locally-made 115 VAC CABLE to J2 of test set and 115V, 3ø400 Hz bench power.
0152 00-1 Change 2 – 28 February 2012
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
115 vac cable shall be connected to test set and 115 v bench power.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
OAT RESISTANCE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. Measure resistance or check continuity per Table 1 - OAT Resistance.
Table 1. OAT Resistance.
TEST
PANEL TEST
SWITCH SET, TEST METER
POSITION JACKS INDICATION (OHM) CORRECTIVE ACTION (CONTINUITY)
NORM W-X 13.167 - 13.433 (K) Replace R14 (WP 1278 00)
SYNC 1 W-X 13.167 - 13.433 (K) Replace S1 (WP 1273 00)
SYNC 2 W-X 13.167 - 13.433 (K) Replace S1 (WP 1273 00)
OAT W-X 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J1-W-S1D-C, Figure 2 -
Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , S1D-2-S1E-2, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice
Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
S1E-C-J1-X
EOT W-X 97.6 - 98.6 Replace R7 (WP 1278 00)
NORM W-Z 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J1-W-S1D-C, Figure 2 -
Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , S1D-5-J1-Z
SYNC 1 W-Z 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J1-W-S1D-C, Figure 2 -
Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , S1D-4-S1D-5, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice
Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
S1D-5-J1-Z
SYNC 2 W-Z 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J1-W-S1D-C, Figure 2 -
Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , S1D-3-S1D-4, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice
Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
S1D-4-S1D-5, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , S1D-5-J1-Z
Change 2 0152 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
OAT RESISTANCE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 1. OAT Resistance. – Continued
TEST
PANEL TEST
SWITCH SET, TEST METER
POSITION JACKS INDICATION (OHM) CORRECTIVE ACTION (CONTINUITY)
OAT W-Z Infinity Replace S1 (WP 1273 00)
EOT W-Z Infinity Replace S1 (WP 1273 00)
NORM X-Y 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J1-X-S1E-C, Figure 2 -
Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , S1E-5-J1-V
SYNC 1 X-Y 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J1-X-S1E-C, Figure 2
- Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , S1E-4-S1E-5, Figure 2 -
Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , S1E-5-J1-Y
SYNC 2 X-Y 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J1-X-S1E-C, Figure 2 -
Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , S1E-3-S1E-4, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice
Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
S1E-4-S1E-5, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , S1E-5-J1-V
OAT X-Y Infinity Replace S1 (WP 1273 00)
EOT W-Z Infinity Replace S1 (WP 1273 00)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate corresponding resistance or continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, do corresponding CORRECTIVE ACTION replacement or conti-
nuity check.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch S1 (WP 1273 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00).
STEP
3. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0152 00-3 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SYNC/EOT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. Check continuity per Table 2 - SYNC/EOT Continuity.
Table 2. SYNC/EOT Continuity.
TEST
PANEL TEST
SWITCH SET, TEST METER
POSITION JACKS INDICATION (OHM) CORRECTIVE ACTION (CONTINUITY)
NORM N-P 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J1-N-S1A-5, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1A-C-J1-P
OAT N-P 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J1-N-S1A-5, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1A-5-S1A-1,
Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , S1A-1-S1A-1, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1A-C-J1-P
EOT N-P 0 Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J1-N-S1A-5, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1A-5-S1A-1,
Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , S1A-1-S1A-C, Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1A-C-J1-P
EOT R-S Infinity Replace K3 (WP 1278 00)
EOT R-U Infinity Replace K3 (WP 1278 00)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate corresponding resistance.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, do corresponding CORRECTIVE ACTION replacement or conti-
nuity check.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch S1 (WP 1273 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00).
STEP
3. Place test panel switch to NORM.
STEP
4. Place test set POWER 28 VDC and 115 VAC switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Test set 28 VDC and 115 VAC indicator lamps shall go on.
Change 2 0152 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
SYNC/EOT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
2. Test panel information plate lamps shall light evenly.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace test set.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, replace information plate lamp (WP 1255 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace information plate (WP 1255 00).
3. If none of the information plate lamps light, check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J1-band Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 4) , J3-1, and between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J1-c and
Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J3-2.
a. If continuity is present, replace information plate (WP 1255 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
5. Place test set panel LTS switch 5V/115VAC to 5V or 115VAC.
STEP
6. Place test set FAULT SELECT ICE DET switch to FAULT.
STEP
7. Place test panel switch to SYNC 1.
STEP
8. Check for -33.0 to -27.0 vdc between test set TEST POINTS P and T.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate -33.0 to -27.0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Voltage Output Measured Between Test Set TEST POINTS P And
T Is Not Between -33.0 And -27.0 VDC, in this work package.
STEP
9. Place test set FAULT SELECT ICE DET switch to NORM.
STEP
10. Place test panel switch to EOT.
STEP
11. Check continuity between test set TEST POINTS R and S, and between R and U.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall not indicate continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Open Circuit Does Not Exist Between Test Set TEST POINTS
R And S, And R And U When FAULT SELECT ICE DET Switch Is Placed To NORM And Test Panel Switch Is
Placed To EOT, in this work package.
STEP
12. Place test set SYNC switch to -5V.
0152 00-5 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SYNC/EOT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
STEP
13. Check resistance between test set TEST POINTS R and S, and between R and U.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate less than 0.5 ohm resistance.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Resistance Check For Less Than 0.5 Ohms Does Not Exist
Between Test Points R And S, And R And U, in this work package.
STEP
14. Place test set SYNC switch to 0V.
STEP
15. Check continuity between test set TEST POINTS R and S, and between R and U.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall not indicate continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K3 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
16. Place test set SYNC switch to -30V.
STEP
17. Check continuity between test set TEST POINTS R and S, and between R and U.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall not indicate continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Open Circuit Does Not Exist Between Test Set TEST POINTS
R And S, And R And U When FAULT SELECT ICE DET Switch Is Placed To NORM And Test Panel Switch Is
Placed To EOT, in this work package.
STEP
18. Place test set SYNC switch to OV.
STEP
19. Place test panel switch to the following positions and check for continuity between the following points:
SWITCH POSITION CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN
NORM TEST POINT R and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Dia-
gram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1B-5 TEST POINT R and Figure 2 - Blade De-
ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , S1C-5
SYNC 1 TEST POINT R and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Dia-
gram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1B-4 TEST POINT R and Figure 2 - Blade De-
ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , S1C-4
SYNC 2 TEST POINT R and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Dia-
gram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1B-3 TEST POINT R and Figure 2 - Blade De-
ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , S1C-3
Change 2 0152 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
SYNC/EOT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
SWITCH POSITION CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN
OAT TEST POINT R and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Dia-
gram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1B-2 TEST POINT R and Figure 2 - Blade De-
ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , S1C-2
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as indicated, replace switch S1 (WP 1273 00).
STEP
20. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TAIL ROTOR FAIL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. Momentarily press test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Lamp shall light when pressed and shall go off when released.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace lamp DS2 (WP 1254 00).
a. If trouble remains, check continuity between the following:
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J2-23 and Figure 2 - Blade
De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , DS2-2
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J2-22 and Figure 2 - Blade
De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , DS2-3
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J2-14 and Figure 2 - Blade
De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , DS2-1
(1) If continuity is present, replace lamp switch assembly (WP 1274 00).
(2) If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
3. Check voltage between test set TEST POINTS f and T.
0152 00-7 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TAIL ROTOR FAIL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K2 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
4. Place test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Bø switches to ON.
STEP
5. Place test set FAULT SELECT CONT PNL switch to FAULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall light.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Test Panel PWR TAIL RTR Lamp Does Not Light When Test
Set TAIL ROTOR Aø And Bø Switches Are Placed To ON And FAULT SELECT CONT PNL Switch Is Placed
To FAULT, in this work package.
STEP
6. Check voltage between test set TEST POINTS G and T, and between J and T.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Meter shall indicate 0 vdc between G and T.
2. Meter shall indicate 0 vdc between J and T.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace diode CR6 (WP 1278 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, replace diode CR13 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
7. Check voltage between test set TEST POINTS K and f.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate 0.6 - 0.8 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J1-K and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 4) , E51, and between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J1-f and
Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , E47.
a. If continuity is present, replace diode CR14 (WP 1278 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
8. Place test set FAULT SELECT CONT PNL switch to NORM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K2 (WP 1278 00).
Change 2 0152 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
TAIL ROTOR FAIL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
9. Check voltage between test set TEST POINTS f and T.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K2 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
10. Place test set FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch to FAULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall light.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J1-G and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 4) , E45.
a. If continuity is present, replace diode CR6 (WP 1278 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
11. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Aø switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall remain on.
2. Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace diode CR5 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
12. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Aø switch to OFF.
STEP
13. Place test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Bø switches to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR TAIL lamp shall go off in less than 2 seconds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace capacitor C2 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
14. Place test set FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch to NORM.
STEP
15. Place test set TAIL ROTOR Bø and Cø switches to ON.
STEP
16. Place test set FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch to FAULT.
0152 00-9 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TAIL ROTOR FAIL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall go ON.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Test Panel PWR TAIL RTR Lamp Does Not Light When Test Set
TAIL ROTOR Bø And Cø Switches Are Placed To ON And FAULT SELECT TR FAIL Switch Is Placed To FAULT,
in this work package.
STEP
17. Place test set TAIL ROTOR Bø and Cø switches to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall go off in less than 2 seconds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace capacitor C2 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
18. Place test set FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch to NORM.
STEP
19. Place test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Cø switches to ON.
STEP
20. Place test set FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch to FAULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Test Panel PWR TAIL RTR Lamp Does Not Light When Test Set
TAIL ROTOR Aø And Bø Switches Are Placed To ON And FAULT SELECT TR FAIL Switch Is Placed To FAULT,
this work package.
STEP
21. Place test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Cø switches to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall go off in less than 2 seconds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace capacitor C2 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
22. Place test set FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch to NORM.
STEP
23. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
Change 2 0152 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
MAIN ROTOR FAIL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
2. Momentarily press test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go on when pressed and go off when released.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace lamp DS1 (WP 1254 00).
a. If trouble remains, check continuity between the following:
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J2-21 and Figure 2 - Blade
De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , DS1-3
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J2-24 and Figure 2 - Blade
De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , DS1-2
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J2-15 and Figure 2 - Blade
De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , DS1-1
b. If continuity is present, replace lamp switch assembly (WP 1274 00).
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
3. Check voltage between test set TEST POINTS e and T.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K1 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
4. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Aø switch to ON.
STEP
5. Place test set FAULT SELECT CONT PNL switch to FAULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Test Panel PWR TAIL RTR Lamp Does Not Light When Test Set
CURRENT TRANS Aø Switch Is Placed To ON And FAULT SELECT CONT PNL Switch Is Placed To FAULT,
in this work package.
STEP
6. Check for voltage between test set TEST POINTS K and e.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate between 0.6 and 0.8 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace diode CR15 (WP 1278 00).
0152 00-11 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN ROTOR FAIL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
7. Place test set FAULT SELECT CONT PNL switch to NORM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K1 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
8. Check for voltage between test set TEST POINTS e and T.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K1 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
9. Place test set FAULT SELECT MR FAIL switch to FAULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall light.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , J1-J and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 4) , E54.
a. If continuity is present, replace diode CR13 (WP 1278 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
10. Place test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Bø switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall remain on and test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace diode CR12 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
11. Place test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Bø switches to OFF.
STEP
12. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Aø switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go off in less than 5 seconds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace capacitor C3 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
13. Place test set FAULT SELECT MR FAIL switch to NORM.
Change 2 0152 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
MAIN ROTOR FAIL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
14. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Bø switch to ON.
STEP
15. Place test set FAULT SELECT MR FAIL switch to FAULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace diode CR9 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
16. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Bø switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go off in less than 5 seconds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace capacitor C3 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
17. Place test set FAULT SELECT MR FAIL switch to NORM.
STEP
18. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Cø switch to ON.
STEP
19. Place test set FAULT SELECT MR FAIL switch to FAULT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace diode CR10 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
20. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Cø switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall go off in less than 5 seconds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace capacitor C3 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
21. Place test set FAULT SELECT MR FAIL switch to NORM and then place test set DETECT switch to ON.
STEP
22. Place test set FAULT SELECT MR FAIL switch to FAULT.
STEP
23. Place test set CURRENT TRANSFORMER Aø, Bø, and Cø switches to ON.
0152 00-13 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN ROTOR FAIL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test panel PWR MAIN RTR lamp shall remain off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check for 95,000 - 105,000 ohms resistance across resistor R4.
a. If meter reading is not as specified, replace resistor R4 (WP 1278 00).
b. If meter reading is 100,000 ohms, replace zener diode VR8 (WP 1278 00).
STEP
24. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Place all test set switches to OFF or NORM.
STEP
2. Disconnect test set from test panel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set shall be disconnected.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
VOLTAGE OUTPUT MEASURED BETWEEN TEST SET TEST
POINTS P AND T IS NOT BETWEEN -33.0 AND -27.0 VDC
SYMPTOM
Voltage output measured between test set TEST POINTS P and T is not between -33.0 and -27.0 vdc when
test set FAULT SELECT ICE DET switch is placed to FAULT and test panel switch is placed to SYNC 1.
MALFUNCTION
Voltage output measured between test set TEST POINTS P and T is not
between -33.0 and -27.0 vdc when test set FAULT SELECT ICE DET
switch is placed to FAULT and test panel switch is placed to SYNC 1.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for -33.0 to -27.0 vdc at zener diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , VR1 anode.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Is voltage output zero?
Change 2 0152 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
VOLTAGE OUTPUT MEASURED BETWEEN TEST SET TEST POINTS P AND T IS NOT BETWEEN -33.0 AND
-27.0 VDC – Continued
a. If voltage output is zero, go to Step 3
b. If voltage output is not zero, go to Step 6
3. Check diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , CR1
for open circuit.
a. If open circuit is present, replace diode CR1 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 7
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 4
4. Check resistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , R1
for 41,000 - 45,000 ohms.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace resistor R1 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 7
5. Check capacitor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) ,
C1 for continuity.
a. If continuity is present, replace capacitor C1 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
6. Check resistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , R1
for 41,000 - 45,000 ohms.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace zener diode VR1 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 7
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace resistor R1 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 7
7. Procedure completed.
OPEN CIRCUIT DOES NOT EXIST BETWEEN TEST SET TEST POINTS R AND S, AND R AND U WHEN FAULT
SELECT ICE DET SWITCH IS PLACED TO NORM AND TEST PANEL SWITCH IS PLACED TO EOT
SYMPTOM
Open circuit does not exist between test set TEST POINTS R and S, and R and U when FAULT
SELECT ICE DET switch is placed to NORM and test panel switch is placed to EOT.
MALFUNCTION
Open circuit does not exist between test set TEST POINTS R and S, and R and U when FAULT
SELECT ICE DET switch is placed to NORM and test panel switch is placed to EOT.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between TEST POINT R and switch Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , S1B-C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 4) , S1B-C and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)
, S1B-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, replace test panel switch (WP 1273 00). Go to Step 15
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 4) , S1B-1 and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) ,
P2-20.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
0152 00-15 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPEN CIRCUIT DOES NOT EXIST BETWEEN TEST SET TEST POINTS R AND S, AND R AND U WHEN FAULT
SELECT ICE DET SWITCH IS PLACED TO NORM AND TEST PANEL SWITCH IS PLACED TO EOT – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 4) , S1B-C and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4)
, S1C-C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , S1C-C and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4)
, S1C-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, replace test panel switch (WP 1273 00). Go to Step 15
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , S1C-1 and Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
P2-19.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
7. Check for 26 - 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , S1A-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
15
8. Check for 14.5 - 15.5 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Q6 emitter and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace zener diode VR7 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 15
9. Check for 0.6 - 1.0 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q4 base and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14
10. Check for 0.5 - 1.5 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q4 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q4 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 15
11. Check for 26 - 28 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q5 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q5 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 15
12. Check diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , CR16
for short.
a. If short is present, replace diode CR16 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 15
b. If short is not present, go to Step 13
Change 2 0152 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
OPEN CIRCUIT DOES NOT EXIST BETWEEN TEST SET TEST POINTS R AND S, AND R AND U WHEN FAULT
SELECT ICE DET SWITCH IS PLACED TO NORM AND TEST PANEL SWITCH IS PLACED TO EOT – Continued
13. Check continuity between:
• Relay Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , K3-A2
and Test Point S
• Relay Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , K3-B2
and Test Point U
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K3 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 15
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
14. Check for 13 - 14 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Q6 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace transistor Q4 and/or associated circuitry (WP 1278 00).
Go to Step 15
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q5 and/or associated circuitry (WP 1278
00). Go to Step 15
15. Procedure completed.
RESISTANCE CHECK FOR LESS THAN 0.5 OHMS DOES NOT
EXIST BETWEEN TEST POINTS R AND S, AND R AND U
SYMPTOM
Resistance check for less than 0.5 ohms does not exist between test points R and
S, and R and U when test set SYNC switch is placed to -5V, FAULT SELECT ICE
DET switch is placed to NORM, and test panel switch is placed to EOT.
MALFUNCTION
Resistance check for less than 0.5 ohms does not exist between test points R and
S, and R and U when test set SYNC switch is placed to -5V, FAULT SELECT
ICE DET switch is placed to NORM, and test panel switch is placed to EOT.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 2.0 - 4.0 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q4 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
2. Check for 2 - 3 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q5 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q5 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 6
3. Check diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , CR16
for short or open.
a. If short or open is present, replace diode CR16 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 6
b. If short or open is not present, replace relay K3 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 6
4. Check for -3 to -1 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q4 base and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
0152 00-17 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESISTANCE CHECK FOR LESS THAN 0.5 OHMS DOES NOT EXIST BETWEEN TEST POINTS R AND S, AND R
AND U – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q4 and/or associated components (WP
1278 00). Go to Step 6
5. Check for 15 vdc between zener diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , VR7 cathode and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace transistor Q5 and/or associated components (WP 1278
00). Go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace zener diode VR7 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
OPEN CIRCUIT DOES NOT EXIST BETWEEN TEST SET TEST POINTS R AND S, AND R AND U WHEN FAULT
SELECT ICE DET SWITCH IS PLACED TO NORM AND TEST PANEL SWITCH IS PLACED TO EOT
SYMPTOM
Open circuit does not exist between test set TEST POINTS R and S, and R and U when test set SYNC switch is
placed to -30V, FAULT SELECT ICE DET switch is placed to NORM, and test panel switch is placed to EOT.
MALFUNCTION
Open circuit does not exist between test set TEST POINTS R and S, and R
and U when test set SYNC switch is placed to -30V, FAULT SELECT ICE
DET switch is placed to NORM, and test panel switch is placed to EOT.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for -50 to -45 vdc across zener diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , VR1.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace capacitor C1 and/or associated circuitry (WP 1278
00). Go to Step 8
2. Check for 14.5 - 15.5 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Q6 emitter and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace zener diode VR7 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 8
3. Check for 0.6 - 1.0 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q4 base and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
4. Check for 0.5 - 1.5 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q4 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q4 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 8
5. Check for 26 - 28 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Q5 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q5 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 8
6. Check diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , CR16
for short or open.
Change 2 0152 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
OPEN CIRCUIT DOES NOT EXIST BETWEEN TEST SET TEST POINTS R AND S, AND R AND U WHEN FAULT
SELECT ICE DET SWITCH IS PLACED TO NORM AND TEST PANEL SWITCH IS PLACED TO EOT – Continued
a. If short or open is present, replace diode CR16 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 8
b. If short or open is not present, replace relay K3 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 8
7. Check for 13 - 14 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Q6 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace transistor Q4 and/or associated circuitry (WP 1278 00).
Go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q6 and/or associated circuitry (WP 1278
00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
TEST PANEL PWR TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT WHEN TEST SET TAIL ROTOR AØ AND BØ
SWITCHES ARE PLACED TO ON AND FAULT SELECT CONT PNL SWITCH IS PLACED TO FAULT
SYMPTOM
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not light when test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Bø
switches are placed to ON and FAULT SELECT CONT PNL switch is placed to FAULT.
MALFUNCTION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not light when test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Bø switches
are placed to ON and FAULT SELECT CONT PNL switch is placed to FAULT.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 1 - 3 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Q1 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace transistor Q1 and/or associated circuitry (WP 1278 00).
Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check capacitor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) ,
C2 for short.
a. If short is present, replace capacitor C2 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 4
b. If short is not present, go to Step 3
3. Check diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , CR7
for short or open.
a. If short or open is present, replace diode CR7 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 4
b. If short or open is not present, replace relay K2 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
TEST PANEL PWR TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT WHEN TEST SET TAIL ROTOR BØ AND CØ
SWITCHES ARE PLACED TO ON AND FAULT SELECT TR FAIL SWITCH IS PLACED TO FAULT
SYMPTOM
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not light when test set TAIL ROTOR Bø and Cø
switches are placed to ON and FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch is placed to FAULT.
MALFUNCTION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not light when test set TAIL ROTOR Bø and Cø swit-
ches are placed to ON and FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch is placed to FAULT.
0152 00-19 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TEST PANEL PWR TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT WHEN TEST SET TAIL ROTOR BØ AND CØ SWITCHES
ARE PLACED TO ON AND FAULT SELECT TR FAIL SWITCH IS PLACED TO FAULT – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , J1-B and
Terminal Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , E42
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , J1-C and
Terminal Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , E43
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
2. Check diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , CR3
for open.
a. If open, replace diode CR3 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 3
b. If not open, replace diode CR4 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
TEST PANEL PWR TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT WHEN TEST SET TAIL ROTOR AØ AND BØ
SWITCHES ARE PLACED TO ON AND FAULT SELECT TR FAIL SWITCH IS PLACED TO FAULT
SYMPTOM
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not light when test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Bø
switches are placed to ON and FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch is placed to FAULT.
MALFUNCTION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not light when test set TAIL ROTOR Aø and Bø swit-
ches are placed to ON and FAULT SELECT TR FAIL switch is placed to FAULT.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , J1-A and
Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) E41
• Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , J1-C and
Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , E43
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
2. Check diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , CR2
for open.
a. If open, replace diode CR2 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 3
b. If not open, replace diode CR4 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
Change 2 0152 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
TEST PANEL PWR TAIL RTR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT WHEN TEST SET CURRENT TRANS AØ SWI-
TCH IS PLACED TO ON AND FAULT SELECT CONT PNL SWITCH IS PLACED TO FAULT
SYMPTOM
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not light when test set CURRENT TRANS Aø
switch is placed to ON and FAULT SELECT CONT PNL switch is placed to FAULT.
MALFUNCTION
Test panel PWR TAIL RTR lamp does not light when test set CURRENT TRANS Aø switc-
h is placed to ON and FAULT SELECT CONT PNL switch is placed to FAULT.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 2.5 - 4.5 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , Q2 base and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace capacitor C3 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 5
2. Check for 3.7 - 5.7 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , Q2 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q2 and/or associated circuitry (WP 1278
00). Go to Step 5
3. Check for 26 - 27 vdc between transistor Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , Q3 collector and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace transistor Q3 and/or associated circuitry (WP 1278
00). Go to Step 5
4. Check diode Figure 2 - Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , CR11
for short.
a. If short is present, replace diode CR11 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 5
b. If short is not present, replace relay K1 (WP 1278 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
0152 00-21 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
B C BLADE DE-ICE TEST
PWR
NORM MAIN TAIL
ELECTRICAL SYNC 1
CONNECTOR
J1 A SYNC 2
OAT
EOT RTR RTR
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P2
DECK
ASSEMBLY
COVER B
ASSEMBLY
A
CIRCUIT R16 Q2 VR8
ELECTRICAL BOARD
CONNECTOR
J3
VR4 R6 R5 VR5 CR13 Q3 CR12 CR5 CR6 VR6 R10 R8 R9 VR7 C4 Q4
R13
R4
R11
CR15
CR11 Q6
R15
K2
R12
K1
CR16
PRINTED
WIRING K3
BOARD
Q5
CR8
CR14
CR10
J2
C3
R7
CR9
CR2
R14
CR3 CR4 VR3 C2 R2 R3 Q1 VR1 CR1 VR2 CR7 R1 C1
AA3429
SA
Figure 1. Blade De-ice Test Panel.
Change 2 0152 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
SCHEMATICS
NORM JMPR 3
5
5
4 4
SYNC 1
JMPR 1
3 3
S1A SYNC 2 S1B
C C
2 2
1 OAT
1
EOT JMPR 2
DECK ASSEMBLY
3 (4)
7 (8)
2 (3)
4 (5)
5 (6)
1 (2)
P2 12 13 16 30 26 20
J2
VR1
C1 47V
0.1
CR1
R1
43K R15
R8 3M
LEGEND 680K
CASE GROUND R10
100K
R9
1M
NOTES VR6
33V
1. ALL WIRES ARE 22 GAUGE.
2. WIRE CODES ARE DESIGNATED AS Q6
FOLLOWS:
COLOR CODE
12 (9 0 2)
E27 E28 E26 E31 E32 E29 E30
WIRE NUMBER PRINTED WIRING
BASE COLOR BOARD ASSEMBLY
FIRST TRACER
SECOND TRACER
3. ALL RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS.
8 (91)
2 (3)
3 (4)
5 (6)
4 (5)
6 (7)
1 (2)
4. ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN MICRO-
FARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECI-
FIED. POLARITY AS INDICATED (+).
5. ALL RELAYS ARE SHOWN DE-
ENERGIZED. J1 N P L T U R S
AB1526_1
SA
Figure 2. Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0152 00-23 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
JMPR 4 JMPR 7
5
5 4 5
4 4
JMPR 5 JMPR 8
3
S1C S1D S1E
C C 3 C 3
2
2 2
1 1 1
JMPR 6
DECK ASSEMBLY
10 (92)
15 (97)
14 (96)
12 (94)
13 (95)
11 (93)
9 (91)
P2 19 5 4 3 7 6 2 8 9 10
J2
B3
B2
B1 R7
98.8
A3
A2
A1
X2 X1
Q4 K3
CR16
R13
20K Q5
R11
51K
+
C4
2.7
1 TO SHEET 3
R12
1K
VR7
15V
R14
13.3K
E33 E34 E36 E35 E39 E38 E40
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY
15 (902)
10 (93)
12 (95)
14 (97)
13 (96)
11 (94)
9 (92)
J1 V W X q Z Y a
AB1526_2
SA
Figure 2. Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
Change 2 0152 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0152 00
DS2 DS1
2 3 3 2
PANEL LTG
1 1
J3 DECK ASSEMBLY
P3 2 1
20 (904)
21 (905)
22 (906)
23 (907)
18 (902)
19 (903)
24 (908)
17 (901)
16 (98)
P2 18 1 11 23 14 22 21 15 24
J2
B3
B2
B1
A3
A2
A1
X1 X2
K2 VR3
33V
CR7
Q1
VR2
6.2V
TO SHEET 2 1
CR14 CR6 CR5
E53 E37 E46 E51 E47 E45 E44
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY
29 (921)
20 (907)
17 (904)
16 (903)
18 (905)
19 (906)
7 (8)
J1 c b H K f G M
AB1526_3
SA
Figure 2. Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0152 00-25 Change 2
0152 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY
B3
B2
B1 VR4
3.3V
A3
A2
A1
X2 X1 R5
10K
Q3
K1
R6
CR11 100K
C2 VR5
2.7 33V E61 Q2
+ JUMPER 1
E64
R4
100K E65 E60
R3 JUMPER 2
10K
JUMPER 3
R2 E66 E62 R16
100K + 1.2K
C3
2.7 E67 E63
CR12 JUMPER 4
CR13 CR8 CR9 CR10
CR15 CR2 CR3 CR4 VR8
5.6V
E52 E41 E42 E43 E54 E48 E49 E50
CIRCUIT BOARD
ASSEMBLY
24 (914)
21 (908)
22 (912)
23 (913)
26 (916)
27 (917)
28 (918)
25 (915)
J1 e A B C J D E F
AB1526_4
SA
Figure 2. Blade De-ice Test Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 2 0152 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
WP 1282 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1283 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1285 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1286 00
Personnel Required WP 1288 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1289 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1292 00
References WP 1293 00
WP 1413 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 1414 00
WP 0108 00
WP 1800 00
WP 0707 00
WP 0708 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0837 00 APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WP 0838 00 No. 1 and No. 2 Engines Operational, (TM
WP 0841 00 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Heating and Ventilation System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) for component
location diagram, and 70309-02101-103> Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) < and 70309-02113-101> Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) < for schematic diagrams as an aid in operational/trou-
.
bleshooting.
The heating and ventilation system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Mixing Valve 70309-02101-103
• Mixing Valve 70309-02113-101
MIXING VALVE 70309-02101-103 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AIR SOURCE HEAT/START Copilot’s
0153 00-1
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MIXING VALVE 70309-02101-103 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
HEAT & VENT Pilot’s
HEAT VENT Pilot’s
STEP
2. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
NOTE
Open air valves in cockpit and forward cabin area before turning on blower.
3. Place upper console VENT BLOWER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Ventilation blower shall operate.
2. Air shall come out from each louver.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Ventilation Blower Does Not Operate, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, repair/replace ducting (WP 1292 00).
STEP
4. Place upper console VENT BLOWER switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Air shall stop flowing out of louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
NOTE
Hot air flow may cycle on and off during operational/troubleshooting procedure.
5. Place upper console HEATER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Mixing valve shall open and warm air should come out of louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to No Heated Air Coming Out Of Any Louvers, in this work package.
STEP
6. Slowly turn upper console HEATER knob from OFF to HI.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Temperature of air coming out of louvers shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Air Temperature Cannot Be Regulated, in this work package.
0153 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
MIXING VALVE 70309-02101-103 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
7. Turn upper console HEATER knob to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Temperature of air coming out of louvers shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Air Temperature Cannot Be Regulated, in this work package.
STEP
8. Place upper console HEATER switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Air shall not be flowing out of louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace mixing valve (WP 1282 00).
STEP
9. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 1 and No. 2 engines (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
10. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
11. Place upper console AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch to ENG.
STEP
NOTE
When HEATER switch is placed at ON (engine bleed-air shutoff valves open) and a noticeable
increase in TGT (T4.5) for both engines should occur.
12. Place upper console HEATER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
No. 1 engine and No. 2 engine bleed-air shutoff valves shall open. Mixer valve shall open and warm air shall
be coming out of louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If air is coming out, but No. 1 engine TGT does not increase, go to No. 1 Engine TGT Does Not Increase
When HEATER Switch Is Placed ON, in this work package.
2. If air is coming out, but NO. 2 engine TGT does not increase, go to No. 2 Engine TGT Does Not Increase
When HEATER Switch Is Placed ON, in this work package.
3. If No. 1 and No. 2 engine TGTs do not increase, go to No. 1 And No. 2 Engine TGTs Do Not Increase When
HEATER Switch Is Placed ON, in this work package.
4. ESSS > If fuel fumes are noticed, clean pneumatic check valve (WP 0708 00). <
. .
STEP
13. Place upper console HEATER switch to OFF.
0153 00-3
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MIXING VALVE 70309-02101-103 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Air shall stop coming out of louvers and a noticeable decrease in TGT of both engines shall occur.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace engine bleed-air shutoff valve (WP 0707 00).
STEP
14. Shut down both engines (TM 1-1520-237-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Engines shall shut down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
MIXING VALVE 70309-02113-101 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To check the winterization mode operation of the heating and ventilation system with
mixing valve 70309-02113-101 installed, the ambient air temperature must be very cold
(below -25°F (-31.7°C)). If it is not cold enough, omit steps 13 through 14
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AIR SOURCE HEAT/START Copilot’s
NO. 1 ENGINE ANTI-ICE Copilot’s
HEAT & VENT Pilot’s
HEAT VENT Pilot’s
NO. 2 ENGINE ANTI-ICE Pilot’s
STEP
2. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
NOTE
Open air valves in cockpit and front cabin area before turning on blower.
3. Place upper console VENT BLOWER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Ventilation blower shall operate.
0153 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
MIXING VALVE 70309-02113-101 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
2. Air shall come out from each louver.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Ventilation Blower Does Not Operate, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, repair/replace ducting (WP 1292 00).
STEP
4. Place upper console VENT BLOWER switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Air shall stop flowing out of louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
NOTE
Hot air may cycle on and off during operational/troubleshooting procedure.
5. Place upper console HEATER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Mixing valve shall open and warm air shall come out of louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to No Heated Air Coming Out Of Any Louvers, in this work package.
STEP
6. Slowly turn upper console HEATER knob from OFF to HI.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Temperature of air coming out of louvers shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Air Temperature Cannot Be Regulated, in this work package.
STEP
7. Turn upper console HEATER knob to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Temperature of air coming out of louvers shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Air Temperature Cannot Be Regulated, in this work package.
STEP
8. Place upper console HEATER switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Air shall not be flowing out of louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace mixing valve (WP 1282 00).
0153 00-5
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MIXING VALVE 70309-02113-101 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
9. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 1 and No. 2 engines (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
10. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
11. Place upper console AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch to ENG.
STEP
NOTE
When HEATER switch is placed at ON (engine bleed-air shutoff valves open), a noticeable
increase in TGT (T4.5) for both engines should occur.
12. Place upper console HEATER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
No. 1 engine and No. 2 engine bleed-air shutoff valves shall open. Mixer valve shall open and warm air shall
be coming out of louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If air is coming out but No. 1 engine TGT does not increase, go to No. 1 Engine TGT Does Not Increase
When HEATER Switch Is Placed ON, in this work package.
2. If air is coming out but No. 2 engine TGT does not increase, go to No. 2 Engine TGT Does Not Increase
When HEATER Switch Is Placed ON, in this work package.
3. If No. 1 and No. 2 engine TGTs do not increase, go to No. 1 And No. 2 Engine TGTs Do Not Increase When
HEATER Switch Is Placed ON, in this work package.
4. ESSS > If fuel fumes are noticed, clean pneumatic check valve (WP 0708 00). <
. .
STEP
13. Turn upper console HEATER knob to HI and note temperature of air coming out of louvers.
STEP
14. Turn upper console ENG ANTI-ICE NO. 1 switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Temperature and flow of air coming out of louvers shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Air Temperature Coming Out Of Louvers Does Not Change When
ENG ANTI-ICE Is Turned ON With Mixing Valve Part No. 70309-02113-101 Installed, in this work package.
STEP
15. Turn upper console HEATER knob to OFF.
STEP
16. Place upper console HEATER switch to OFF.
0153 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
MIXING VALVE 70309-02113-101 OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Air shall stop coming out of louvers and a noticeable decrease in TGT of both engines shall occur.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace engine bleed-air valve (WP 0707 00).
STEP
17. Shut down both engines (TM 1-1520-237-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Engines shall shut down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
VENTILATION BLOWER DOES NOT OPERATE
SYMPTOM
Ventilation blower does not operate.
MALFUNCTION
Ventilation blower does not operate.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure VENT BLOWER switch is placed ON. Go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P437-5 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P437-6.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, replace ventilation blower (WP 1293 00). Go to Step 14
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , J437-6 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J437-5 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-j .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J437-4 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
6. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J437-5 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J437-6. Go to Step 7
7. Check for 115 vac between:
0153 00-7
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
VENTILATION BLOWER DOES NOT OPERATE – Continued
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) ,
J437-1 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 3) , J437-4
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) ,
J437-2 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 3) , J437-4
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) ,
J437-3 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 3) , J437-4
a. If voltage is as specified, remove jumper wire and replace ventilation blower (WP 1293
00). Go to Step 14
b. If voltage is not as specified, remove jumper wire and go to Step 8
8. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) ,
J437-1 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 3) , P241-g
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) ,
J437-2 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 3) , P241-h
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) ,
J437-3 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 3) , P241-i
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for 115 vac between HEAT & VENT circuit breaker:
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) ,
Terminal A1 and ground
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) ,
Terminal B1 and ground
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) ,
Terminal C1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 14
10. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) ,
P241-E and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 3) , Terminal A1 (HEAT & VENT circuit breaker)
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-
n and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) ,
Terminal B1 (HEAT & VENT circuit breaker)
• Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) ,
P241-N and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 3) , Terminal C1 (HEAT & VENT circuit breaker)
0153 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
VENTILATION BLOWER DOES NOT OPERATE – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
11. Check for 28 vdc between VENT BLOWER switch Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 3 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 3 and Figure 2 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J437-6 (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 14
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 12
12. Check for 28 vdc between VENT BLOWER switch Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 14
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13
13. Check for 28 vdc between HEAT & VENT circuit breaker Figure 2 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 1 and VENT
BLOWER switch Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 3) , Terminal 2 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
NO HEATED AIR COMING OUT OF ANY LOUVERS
SYMPTOM
No heated air coming out of any louvers.
MALFUNCTION
No heated air coming out of any louvers.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check bleed-air line from APU check valve to mixing valve for proper connections.
a. If proper connections are present, go to Step 2
b. If proper connections are not present, repair/replace lines and/or rubber connections as
necessary (WP 1285 00). Go to Step 30
2. Check helicopter configuration.
a. If mixing valve part No. 70309-02101-103 installed, go to Step 3
b. If mixing valve part No. 70309-02113-101 installed, go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-A and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace mixing valve (WP 1282 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-1 and Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-2.
0153 00-9
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO HEATED AIR COMING OUT OF ANY LOUVERS – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, replace mixing valve (WP 1282 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
5. Check helicopter configuration.
a. If mixing valve part No. 70309-02101-103 installed, go to Step 6
b. If mixing valve part No. 70309-02113-101 installed, go to Step 7
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , J244B-K and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-G. Go to Step 9
b. W/O WINTER> <, install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Heating and
. .
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P244-K and Figure 2 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-G. Go to Step 9
9. Check helicopter configuration.
a. If mixing valve part No. 70309-02101-103 installed, go to Step 10
b. If mixing valve part No. 70309-02113-101 installed, go to Step 11
10. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14
11. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14
12. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 13
13. Replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 30
14. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 15
15. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, go to Step 16
. .
b. W/O WINTER> <, go to Step 17 . .
16. WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , J244B-K and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 18
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER> <(WP 1413 00). Go to Step 30
. .
0153 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
NO HEATED AIR COMING OUT OF ANY LOUVERS – Continued
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 17
17. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P244-K and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 18
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 19
18. Check helicopter configuration.
a. Mixing valve part No. 70309-02101-103, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-G and Figure 2 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-A (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 30
b. Mixing valve part No. 70309-02113-101, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-G and Figure 3 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 30
19. Install an insulated jumper wire across Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-b and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-d . Go to Step 20
20. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, go to Step 21
. .
b. W/O WINTER> <, go to Step 22
. .
21. WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , J244B-K and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 23
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER> <(WP 1414 00). Go to Step 30
. .
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 22
22. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P244-K and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 23
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 25
23. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P902. Go to Step 24
24. Replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 30
25. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P902. Go to Step 26
26. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-b and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-d and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P244-K (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 27
27. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 3) , J231-c and ground.
0153 00-11
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO HEATED AIR COMING OUT OF ANY LOUVERS – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , P231 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P902 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 28
28. Check for 28 vdc between AIR SOURCE HEAT/START circuit breaker Figure 2 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 29
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 30
29. Check wiring to HEATER switch for proper connections.
a. If wiring connections are good, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 30
b. If wiring connections are not good, reconnect wiring to switch (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
30
30. Procedure completed.
AIR TEMPERATURE CANNOT BE REGULATED
SYMPTOM
Air temperature cannot be regulated.
MALFUNCTION
Air temperature cannot be regulated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Unlock fastener studs securing upper console panel and hinge down panel. Turn
HEATER knob and check shaft for proper turning.
a. If shaft turns properly, go to Step 2
b. If shaft does not turn properly, secure setscrews attaching shaft to adapter or shaft to
HEATER knob. Adjust system as necessary (WP 1282 00). Go to Step 11
2. Disconnect control shaft at temperature regulator. Go to Step 3
3. Turn HEATER knob, visually check for turning of inner core of control shaft.
a. If inner core of control shaft turns, go to Step 4
b. If inner core of control shaft does not turn, go to Step 9
4. Check temperature tube for signs of damage or loose connections.
a. If damage or loose connections are present, secure temperature tube or replace (WP
1283 00). Go to Step 11
b. If damage or loose connections are not present, go to Step 5
5. Operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 6
6. Place HEATER switch to ON. Go to Step 7
7. Turn HEATER knob to HI. Go to Step 8
8. Check that temperature tube is warm.
a. If tube is warm, replace mixture temperature sensor’s pressure bellows (WP 1286 00). Go
to Step 11
b. If trouble remains, replace mixture temperature sensor (WP 1286 00). Go to Step 11
c. If tube is not warm, replace mixing valve (WP 1282 00). Go to Step 11
9. Disconnect control shaft at adapter. Go to Step 10
0153 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
AIR TEMPERATURE CANNOT BE REGULATED – Continued
10. Turn HEATER knob and visually check adapter output shaft for turning.
a. If shaft turns, replace control shaft (WP 1288 00). Go to Step 11
b. If shaft does not turn, replace adapter (WP 1289 00). Go to Step 11
11. Procedure completed.
NO. 1 ENGINE TGT DOES NOT INCREASE WHEN HEATER SWITCH IS PLACED ON
SYMPTOM
No. 1 engine TGT does not increase when HEATER switch is placed ON.
MALFUNCTION
No. 1 engine TGT does not increase when HEATER switch is placed ON.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure AIR/SOURCE HEAT/START switch is placed to ENG. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P434-1 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P434-2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 1 engine bleed-air shut off valve (WP 0707 00). Go
to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P434-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace ground wire on Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P434-2 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. Install an insulated jumper wire across Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-a and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-c . Go to Step 5
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P434-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
6. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P902. Go to Step 7
7. Replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 10
8. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P902. Go to Step 9
9. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-a and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-c and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P434-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P902-a and Figure 2 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , SG902-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 10
0153 00-13
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 1 ENGINE TGT DOES NOT INCREASE WHEN HEATER SWITCH IS PLACED ON – Continued
10. Procedure completed.
NO. 2 ENGINE TGT DOES NOT INCREASE WHEN HEATER SWITCH IS PLACED ON
SYMPTOM
No. 2 engine TGT does not increase when HEATER switch is placed ON.
MALFUNCTION
No. 2 engine TGT does not increase when HEATER switch is placed ON.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure AIR/SOURCE HEAT/START switch is placed to ENG. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P435-1 and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P435-2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 2 engine bleed-air shut off valve (WP 0707 00). Go
to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P435-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace ground wire on Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P435-2 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , J244B-J and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-F. Go to Step 5
b. W/O WINTER> <, install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Heating and
. .
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P244-J and Figure 2 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-F. Go to Step 5
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P435-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
6. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 7
7. Replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 12
8. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 9
9. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, go to Step 10
. .
b. W/O WINTER> <, go to Step 11 . .
10. WINTER> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , J244B-J and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-F and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P435-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace WINTER> <(WP 1414 00). Go to Step 12
. .
0153 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
NO. 2 ENGINE TGT DOES NOT INCREASE WHEN HEATER SWITCH IS PLACED ON – Continued
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 11
11. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P244-J and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P241-F and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P435-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P244-J and Figure 2 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , SG902-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ENGINE TGTS DO NOT INCREASE WHEN HEATER SWITCH IS PLACED ON
SYMPTOM
No. 1 and No. 2 engine TGTs do not increase when HEATER switch is placed ON.
MALFUNCTION
No. 1 and No. 2 engine TGTs do not increase when HEATER switch is placed ON.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure AIR/SOURCE HEAT/START switch is placed to ENG. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 3) , J231-a and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , P231-a and Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , SG902-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check wiring between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 3) , J231-a and switch Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , S18 for proper connections.
a. If wiring connections are good, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 4
b. If wiring connections are not good, reconnect wiring to switch (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
AIR TEMPERATURE COMING OUT OF LOUVERS DOES NOT CHANGE WHEN ENG
ANTI-ICE IS TURNED ON WITH MIXING VALVE PART NO. 70309-02113-101 INSTALLED
SYMPTOM
Air temperature coming out of louvers does not change when ENG ANTI-ICE
is turned ON with mixing valve part No. 70309-02113-101 installed.
MALFUNCTION
Air temperature coming out of louvers does not change when ENG ANTI-ICE
is turned ON with mixing valve part No. 70309-02113-101 installed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With ENG ANTI-ICE switched OFF, check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , J220-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
0153 00-15
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AIR TEMPERATURE COMING OUT OF LOUVERS DOES NOT CHANGE WHEN ENG ANTI-ICE IS TURNED ON
WITH MIXING VALVE PART NO. 70309-02113-101 INSTALLED – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-4 and Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , P436-3.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace mixing valve (WP 1282 00). Go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P436 and Figure 3 - Heating and
Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P220 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 3) , J230-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , J220-C and Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , P230-C (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. Check for broken/disconnected wires between AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch
Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 2
and Figure 3 - Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , J230-C.
a. If wiring connections are good, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 3 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , S18-2 and Figure 3 - Heating
and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , J230-C (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 5
b. If wiring connections are not good, replace switch NO. 1 ENG ANTI-ICE or NO. 2 ENG
ANTI-ICE (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
0153 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
PNEUMATIC NO. 1 ENGINE
LINE BLEED-AIR
NO. 2 ENGINE SHUTOFF VALVE
BLEED-AIR
RIGHT RELAY SHUTOFF VALVE
PANEL
(SEE NOTE) VENT P435
P241 / J241 BLOWER MIXING
P244 / J244 P437 / J437 VALVE
AIR
INTAKE
MIXTURE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
P230 / J230
P220 / J220 EXTERNAL
AIR SOURCE
P126 / J126 CONNECTOR
P434
P236 / J236
P436
B
LEFT RELAY PANEL
P902 / J902
A
WINTERIZATION KIT
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
P221 / J221 (SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244A
J244B / J244
P231 / J231
C
HEATER
CONTROL P230 / J230
KNOB
HEATER P127 / J127
CONTROL
SHAFT
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
J437 VENTILATION BLOWER
VALVE
P126 / J126 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28 RH,
STA 243
P127 / J127 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28 LH,
STA 243
P220 / J220 JUNCTION BOX, MAIN
ROTOR PYLON DECK
P221 / J221 JUNCTION BOX, MAIN
ROTOR PYLON DECK
P222 / J222 JUNCTION BOX, MAIN
ROTOR PYLON DECK
P230 / J230 CABIN CEILING, BL 4 RH,
STA 247
P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING, BL 9 LH,
STA 247
NOTE
P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
WINTER BREAKER PANEL, BL 23 RH
AA3416_1
SA
Figure 1. Heating and Ventilation System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3).
0153 00-17
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P241 / J241 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY
P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244A WINTERIZATION KIT
J244B / J244 HARNESS ASSEMBLY (SEE
NOTE)
P434 NO. 1 ENGINE BLEED-AIR
SHUTOFF VALVE
P435 NO. 2 ENGINE BLEED-AIR
SHUTOFF VALVE
P436 MIXING VALVE
P437 / J437 VENTILATION BLOWER
P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY
VENT HEATER
MED
BLOWER
O O
F F
F F
ON ON
OFF HI
AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
ENGINE
O
F
F
APU
ENG ANTI-ICE
NO. 1 NO. 2
O O
F F
F F
ON ON
AA3416_2
UPPER CONSOLE SA
Figure 1. Heating and Ventilation System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3).
0153 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
I BU S
AC PR
N O. 2
HEAT & VENT
7.5
S
DC P R I BU
N O. 2
HEAT
VENT
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AIR N O. 1
SOURCE DC P R
HEAT/ I BU S
START
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA3416_3
SA
Figure 1. Heating and Ventilation System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3).
0153 00-19
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
HEAT & VENT
J236 P236
C CB263
T
C2 C1
NO. 2 B
AC PRI S
BUS B2 B1
A
115 VAC 7.5 R
A2 AMP A1
HEAT VENT SWITCH OFF 1
1
P126 J126 S6 2
NO. 2 CB205 2 ON J222 P222 3
DC PRI 5 R
BUS 2 AMP 1 3
VENT BLOWER N 4
28 VDC
MED
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL HEATER CONTROL SHAFT
HEATER
KNOB
AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
P127 J127 OFF HI
NO. 1
CB155
DC PRI 5 N
BUS 2 AMP 1 J231 P231
ENGINE
SWITCH 3
28 VDC S18 a 5
2
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER OFF
PANEL 1
b
AIR SOURCE APU
HEAT / START
1
OFF
2
SWITCH 3
S5 c 6
ON
HEATER
5 6 4
LEGEND
4 5
6
ELECTRICAL WIRING
SWITCH S24 SWITCH S23
MECHANICAL
ENG ANTI-ICE ENG ANTI-ICE GG7-3
OUTSIDE AIR
NO. 1 NO. 2
HEATING AIR
APU BLEED-AIR UPPER CONSOLE
ENGINE BLEED-AIR P244 U T
J244
P244 J244A J244B J244
EFFECTIVITY (SEE DETAIL A)
K K
J J
ON HELICOPTERS WITH
MIXING VALVE PART NO. T T
70309-02101-103 INSTALLED.
U U
WHEN RELAY IS
ENERGIZED, START
BYPASS VALVE WILL X2 X1
NOTE CLOSE WHEN EITHER
WINTERIZATION KIT HARNESS ASSEMBLY ENGINE IS STARTED K22
WINTER DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
RIGHT RELAY PANEL AB1521_1A
SA
Figure 2. Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram 70309-02101-103> < (Sheet 1 of 3). . .
0153 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
LEFT RELAY PANEL RIGHT RELAY PANEL
RELAY K45 K25
ENERGIZED
WHEN NO. 1
ENGINE START X2 X1
BUTTON IS
F3 F2 F1 E3 E2 E1 PRESSED A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 C1 C2 C3
RELAY
DEENERGIZED
AT 52% TO 69% Ng
J902 J241
P902 b d a c P241 j N i n h E g
1
2
3 J220 P220
4 P 7
R 8
S 9
HEATER CONTROL SHAFT
SG902-1
10
J220 P220
5
T 11
TO
SHEET
3
V 12
J221 P221
P244 K J P241 G F
J244 J241
(SEE DETAIL A)
13
M 14
CR6
F3 F2 F1 E3 E2 E1 RELAY
ENERGIZED
WHEN NO. 2
ENGINE RELAY
STARTER BUTTON DEENERGIZED
IS PRESSED AT 52% TO 69% Ng
RIGHT RELAY PANEL AB1521_2A
SA
Figure 2. Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram 70309-02101-103> < (Sheet 2 of 3). . .
0153 00-21
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO CABIN
HEAT DUCTING
PRESSURE
OVERTEMPERA- REGULATING
HEATER TURE SWITCH VALVE
CONTROL SHAFT MIXER OPENS AT 200 OF
TEMPERATURE BLEED-AIR
SENSOR TEMP
SOLENOID
J437
8 1
9 2 ON-OFF
SOLENOID
10 3
11 5
THERMAL
PROTECTION BLEED-AIR
12 6 TEMP SWITCH
OPENS AT 200 OF
J437 4 P436 4 5 3 2 1
VENTILATION MIXING
BLOWER AIR
VALVE
TO INTAKE
GND285-1
SHEET GND260-1
2
13
14
NO. 1 ENGINE BLEED- NO. 2 ENGINE BLEED-
AIR SHUTOFF VALVE AIR SHUTOFF VALVE
NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE
COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR
DISCHARGE PORT DISCHARGE PORT
P2.5 P2.5
PORT PORT
NO. 1 NO. 2
ENGINE ENGINE
P434 1 2 P435 1 2
15 GND434-1 GND435-1
16
APU
CHECK
VALVE
APU EXTERNAL
COMPRESSOR AIR SUPPLY
BLEED-AIR CONNECTOR
SOURCE
AB2197_3B
SA
Figure 2. Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram 70309-02101-103> < (Sheet 3 of 3). . .
0153 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
HEAT & VENT
J236 P236
C CB263
T
C2 C1
NO. 2 B
AC PRI S
BUS B2 B1
A
115 VAC 7.5 R
A2 AMP A1
HEAT VENT SWITCH 1
1 OFF
P126 J126 S6 2
NO. 2 CB205 2
DC PRI 5 R ON J222 P222 3
3
BUS 2 AMP 1
VENT BLOWER N 4
28 VDC
MED
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER HEATER CONTROL SHAFT
HEATER
PANEL
KNOB
AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
P127 J127 OFF HI
NO. 1
CB155
DC PRI 5 N
BUS 2 AMP 1 J231 P231
ENGINE
SWITCH 3
28 VDC S18 a 5
2
OFF
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER 1
PANEL b
AIR SOURCE APU
HEAT / START
1
OFF
SWITCH 2
S5 3
(SEE NOTE 2) c 6
ON
HEATER
J230 P230
5 6 4
LEGEND C 7
4 5
ELECTRICAL WIRING 6
MECHANICAL SWITCH S24 SWITCH S23
OUTSIDE AIR ENG ANTI-ICE ENG ANTI-ICE
HEATING AIR NO. 1 NO. 2 GG7-3
APU BLEED-AIR
UPPER CONSOLE
ENGINE BLEED-AIR
P244 U T
J244
P244 J244A P244B J244
(SEE DETAIL A)
K K
J J
T T
U U
WHEN RELAY IS
NOTE ENERGIZED, START X2 X1
BYPASS VALVE WILL
1. WINTER WINTERIZATION KIT HARNESS ASSEMBLY CLOSE WHEN EITHER
ENGINE IS STARTED K22
2. HH60A HH60L DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 1)
S5 SWITCH IS S3.
RIGHT RELAY PANEL AB2197_1A
SA
Figure 3. Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram 70309-02113-101> < (Sheet 1 of 3). . .
0153 00-23
0153 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT RELAY PANEL RIGHT RELAY PANEL
RELAY K25
ENERGIZED
WHEN NO. 1
ENGINE START X2 X1
BUTTON IS
F3 F2 F1 E3 E2 E1 PRESSED A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 C1 C2 C3
RELAY
DEENERGIZED
AT 52% TO 69% Ng
J902 J241
P902 b d a c P241 j N i n h E g
1
2
3 J220 P220
4 P 8
R 9
HEATER CONTROL SHAFT
J220 P220
S 10
SG902-1
T 11
5
12
TO
SHEET
6 J220 P220
3
V 13
7 C 14
J221 P221
M
P244 K J P241 G F
J244 J241
(SEE DETAIL A)
15
16
CR6
F3 F2 F1 E3 E2 E1 RELAY
ENERGIZED
WHEN NO. 2
ENGINE RELAY
STARTER BUTTON DEENERGIZED
IS PRESSED AT 52% TO 69% Ng
RIGHT RELAY PANEL AB2197_2
SA
Figure 3. Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram 70309-02113-101> < (Sheet 2 of 3). . .
0153 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0153 00
TO CABIN
HEAT DUCTING
PRESSURE
OVERTEMPERA- REGULATING
HEATER TURE SWITCH VALVE
CONTROL SHAFT MIXER OPENS AT 200 OF
TEMPERATURE BLEED-AIR
SENSOR TEMP
SOLENOID
J437
8 1
9 2 ON-OFF
SOLENOID
10 3
11 5
THERMAL
PROTECTION BLEED-AIR
12 6 TEMP SWITCH
OPENS AT 200 OF
J437 4 P436 4 5 3 2 1
VENTILATION MIXING
BLOWER AIR
VALVE
TO INTAKE
GND285-1
SHEET GND260-1
2
13
14
NO. 1 ENGINE BLEED- NO. 2 ENGINE BLEED-
AIR SHUTOFF VALVE AIR SHUTOFF VALVE
NO. 1 ENGINE NO. 2 ENGINE
COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR
DISCHARGE PORT DISCHARGE PORT
P2.5 P2.5
PORT PORT
NO. 1 NO. 2
ENGINE ENGINE
P434 1 2 P435 1 2
15 GND434-1 GND435-1
16
APU
CHECK
VALVE
APU EXTERNAL
COMPRESSOR AIR SUPPLY
BLEED-AIR CONNECTOR
SOURCE
AB2197_3B
SA
Figure 3. Heating and Ventilation System Schematic Diagram 70309-02113-101> < (Sheet 3 of 3). . .
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0153 00-25
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) EH60A> . . <
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
Tools and Special Tools WP 1296 00
Ammeter, Clamp On, 749 WP 1299 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1300 00
Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge WP 2014 00, Figure WP 1302 00
167 - Drag Beam Wedge WP 1304 00
Pin Extractor, M81969114-02 WP 1308 00
Refrigeration Unit Service Toolkit WP 1328 00
Thermometer, 389-3L WP 1329 00
Personnel Required WP 1330 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1331 00
Utilities Equipment Repairer MOS 52C (1) WP 1333 00
WP 1336 00
References
WP 1414 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 1675 00
WP 0089 00
WP 1737 00
WP 0093 00
WP 1800 00
WP 0105 00
WP 2014 00
WP 0108 00
WP 0124 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0148 00 ECS Properly Serviced, (WP 1675 00)
WP 0837 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0840 00 and APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WP 0841 00 Plenum, Not Installed, (WP 1302 00)
WP 0864 00 Servicing Manifold, Connected, (WP 1675 00)
WP 0938 00 Supply Ducting, Disconnected, (WP 1304 00)
CAUTION
In the following operational/troubleshooting procedures, to prevent overheating backup pump
hydraulic system, use Table - for limits when running backup pump.
COOLDOWN TIME, (PUMP
AIR TEMPERATURE F° (C°) OPERATING TIME (MINUTES) OFF) (MINUTES)
90° (32°) max Unlimited -
91° (33°) to 100° (38°) 24 72
101° (39°) to 125° (52°) 16 48
0154 00-1
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 6) for component
location diagram, Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10)
for schematic diagram, Figure 3 - Environmental Control System Airflow Diagram for airflow
diagram, Figure 4 - Environmental Control System Refrigerant Flow Diagram for flow diagram,
and Figure 5 - Air Conditioner Servicing Current vs. Temperature current vs. temperature
diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
<
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
• Make sure cabin doors are closed and personnel are clear of exhaust duct area.
• To prevent overheating backup pump hydraulic system, use Table - for limits when running
backup pump.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
BACKUP PUMP PWR Copilot’s
CPLT WSHLD ANTI-ICE Copilot’s
ECS PWR Copilot’s
LIGHTS CAUT ADVSY Copilot’s
ECS CONTR Copilot’s
NO. 2 SERVO WARN Pilot’s
SEC MON BUS CONTR Pilot’s
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT Pilot’s
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE CTR Pilot’s
BACKUP HYD CONTR Upper Console
CAUT/ADVSY PNL Upper Console
STEP
2. Make sure upper console WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT, CTR, and COPILOT switches, and BACKUP
HYD PUMP switch are OFF.
STEP
3. Turn on electrical power.
0154 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
Backup hydraulic pump may run to charge APU accumulator. ECS will not operate until backup
pump stops.
4. Hold caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All capsules on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00).
STEP
5. On air conditioner circuit breaker panel, pull out COMPRESSOR MOTOR, CONDENSER BLOWER, EVAP-
ORATOR BLOWER, and HEATER ELEMENTS circuit breakers. Make sure DC POWER CONTROLS circuit
breaker is pushed in.
STEP
6. On air conditioner circuit breaker panel, push in EVAPORATOR BLOWER circuit breaker.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Evaporator blower shall not run.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , J246-R and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , J246-S.
a. If continuity is present, replace AIR COND switch (WP 0841 00).
b. If continuity is still not present, replace ECU (WP 1308 00).
STEP
7. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to FAN and then to COOL.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Evaporator blower shall run with AIR COND switch at FAN.
2. Evaporator blower shall run with AIR COND switch at COOL.
3. Air shall flow from evaporator outlet duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to EVAPORATOR FAN DOES NOT OPERATE
WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL AND FAN, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace AIR COND switch S72 (WP 0841 00).
3. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, check continuity between terminals Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , S72-1 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , S72-4 and between terminals Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , S72-2 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , S72-6.
0154 00-3
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
a. If continuity is present, replace switch S72 (WP 0841 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between terminals S72-1 and S72-4 or between termi-
nals S72-2 and S72-6, as required (WP 1800 00).
4. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to AIR DOES NOT FLOW FROM EVAPORATOR OUTLET
DUCT, in this work package.
STEP
8. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to OFF.
STEP
9. Clamp ammeter around wire going to Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
7 of 10) , P7-D.
STEP
10. On air conditioning circuit breaker panel, push in HEATER ELEMENTS circuit breaker.
STEP
11. Place upper console ECS - HTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Ammeter shall indicate zero amperes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ECU (WP 1308 00).
STEP
12. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to FAN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
2. Ammeter shall indicate between 7 and 9 amps.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to CABIN HEAT ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WITH
HTR SWITCH AT ON AND AIR COND SWITCH AT FAN, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to AMMETER INDICATES LESS THAN 7 AMPS THROUGH
HEATER DEMISTER, in this work package.
STEP
13. With an air temperature no higher than 90°F (32°C), allow the evaporator to run for 30 minutes.
STEP
14. Measure evaporator inlet and outlet airstream temperatures.
STEP
15. Repeat Step 13 and Step 14 for a total of three measurements.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The average temperature differential (inlet minus outlet) shall be 10°F (-12.2°C) minimum.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to AMMETER INDICATES LESS THAN 7 AMPS THROUGH
HEATER DEMISTER, in this work package.
0154 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
16. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall remain on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00).
STEP
17. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to OFF and place PILOT WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE switch
to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall remain on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00).
STEP
18. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00).
STEP
19. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP and PILOT WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE switches to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CABIN HEAT ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WITH HTR
SWITCH AT ON AND AIR COND SWITCH AT FAN, in this work package.
STEP
20. Place upper console ECS - HTR and AIR COND switches to OFF.
STEP
21. On air conditioner circuit breaker panel, pull out HEATER ELEMENTS and EVAPORATOR BLOWER circuit
breakers.
STEP
22. On air conditioner circuit breaker panel, push in CONDENSER BLOWER circuit breaker.
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the helicopter from hot condenser exhaust, make sure the right side
troop/cargo door is closed while the air conditioner is running.
23. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to COOL.
0154 00-5
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. After five seconds, condenser blower shall go on.
2. Air shall come out of condenser exhaust duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to CONDENSER BLOWER DOES NOT GO ON WITH AIR
COND SWITCH AT COOL, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to AIR IS NOT COMING OUT OF CONDENSER EXHAUST
DUCT, in this work package.
STEP
24. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to OFF.
STEP
25. On air conditioner circuit breaker panel, push in all circuit breakers.
STEP
26. Turn upper console ECS - TEMP CONT WARM-COOL control counterclockwise to COOL, and place AIR
COND switch to COOL.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Evaporator blower shall start immediately.
2. After five seconds, condenser blower shall start.
3. After an additional 5 to 10 seconds, compressor motor shall start.
4. When compressor motor starts, AIR COND ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
5. Cool air shall come out of evaporator outlet duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to EVAPORATOR FAN DOES NOT OPERATE WITH AIR
COND SWITCH AT COOL AND FAN, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to CONDENSER BLOWER DOES NOT GO ON WITH AIR
COND SWITCH AT COOL, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to COMPRESSOR MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE WITH
AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL, in this work package.
4. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, go to AIR COND ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work
package.
5. If Indication/Condition 5. is not as specified, go to AIR FROM EVAPORATION OUTLET DUCT DOES NOT
TURN COOL, in this work package.
STEP
27. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to ON.
0154 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
AIR COND ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-j and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , P244-A.
a. If continuity is present, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
c. If trouble remains, troubleshoot hydraulic system (WP 0089 00).
d. If trouble still remains, troubleshoot right relay panel (WP 0124 00).
STEP
CAUTION
Allow ECS to remain off for at least 2 minutes between restarts to allow internal pressures to
stabilize or damage to compressor may occur.
28. Place upper console BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AIR COND ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot hydraulic system (WP 0089 00).
STEP
29. Allowing at least 2 minutes between ECS restarts, alternately place upper console COPILOT, CTR, and
PILOT WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
When each switch is ON, AIR COND ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM DOES NOT DISABLE ECS,
in this work package.
STEP
30. Make sure upper console COPILOT, CTR, and PILOT WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE switches are OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AIR COND ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go back on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot windshield anti-ice system (WP 0148 00).
STEP
31. Disconnect ammeter and clamp it to TEST LOOP wire of compressor harness (located near Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P7).
0154 00-7
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Ammeter shall indicate between upper and lower limits when cross referenced with ambient temperature
(Figure 5 - Air Conditioner Servicing Current vs. Temperature).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If ammeter indicates less than lower limit, go to COMPRESSOR DRAWS LESS THAN MINIMUM
ALLOWABLE CURRENT, in this work package.
2. If ammeter indicates more than upper limit, go to COMPRESSOR DRAWS MORE THAN MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE CURRENT, in this work package.
STEP
32. Check the ECS sight glass (on electrical pallet).
CONDITION/INDICATION
There shall be a green dot in the sight glass, and there shall be no bubbles or smears (shades of green or
a wisp of bubbles are normal).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, purge and service the system and add freon until sight glass clears (WP
1675 00).
STEP
33. Allow system to run for 15 minutes and stabilize.
STEP
34. Place temperature probe in evaporator outlet duct.
STEP
35. Cover about 95% of plenum inlet face.
STEP
36. On air conditioner fault indicator panel, check temperature probe reading when LOW TEMPERATURE fault
indicator pops out.
CONDITION/INDICATION
When LOW TEMPERATURE fault indicator pops out, temperature probe shall indicate between 27°F and
43°F (-2.7° and 6.1°C) and compressor shall shut down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace low temperature switch (WP 1328 00).
STEP
37. Remove cover from evaporator inlet face.
STEP
38. Reset LOW TEMPERATURE fault indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Compressor shall restart when temperature probe indicates between 48°F and 63°F (8.8°C and 17.2°C).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace low temperature switch (WP 1328 00).
STEP
39. On air conditioner circuit breaker panel, pull out CONDENSER BLOWER circuit breaker.
0154 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
40. On air conditioner fault indicator panel, check REF gauge reading when HIGH PRESSURE fault indicator
pops out.
CONDITION/INDICATION
REF gauge shall indicate between 295 and 325 psig, and compressor shall shut down when HIGH PRES-
SURE fault indicator pops out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace high pressure switch (WP 1333 00).
STEP
41. On air conditioner circuit breaker panel, push in CONDENSER BLOWER circuit breaker.
STEP
42. Reset HIGH PRESSURE fault indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Compressor will restart when REF gauge on servicing manifold indicates 275 psig.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace high pressure switch (WP 1333 00).
STEP
43. Remove ammeter from compressor harness and connect it to jumper wire at bottom of heater elements.
STEP
44. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to FAN.
STEP
45. Place upper console ECS - HTR switch to ON.
STEP
46. Place temperature probe in evaporator outlet duct.
STEP
47. Cover about 95% of the evaporator inlet face.
CONDITION/INDICATION
When temperature probe indicates between 152°F and 168°F (66.6°C and 75.5°C), the heater/demister shall
shut down (ammeter shall indicate zero amps) and HIGH TEMPERATURE fault indicator shall pop out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If heater/demister shuts down at a temperature outside the specified range, turn adjustment screw of tem-
perature limiting switch first clockwise and then counterclockwise until heater shuts down.
2. If adjustment of temperature limiting switch fails to cause heater/demister shutdown, replace temperature
limiting switch (WP 1328 00).
STEP
48. Reset HIGH TEMPERATURE fault indicator.
STEP
49. Remove cover from evaporator inlet (the rise to 180°F (82.2°C) should occur rapidly when cover is removed).
0154 00-9
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
When temperature probe indicates 172°F to 188°F (77.7°C to 86.6°C), the HIGH TEMPERATURE fault in-
dicator shall pop out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace high temperature switch (WP 1328 00).
STEP
50. Reset HIGH TEMPERATURE fault indicator.
STEP
CAUTION
If only using APU generator power, make sure 60 Hz converter is not operated at full load (30
amps) or air conditioner will exceed generator rating when ECS control panel AIR COND switch
is selected to COOL.
51. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to COOL.
STEP
52. Place upper console ECS - HTR switch to OFF.
STEP
53. Make sure REF and VAC handwheels on servicing manifold are closed.
STEP
54. Connect yellow hose to VAC side of manifold and place other end outside of work area.
STEP
NOTE
• Bleed freon very slowly to minimize the amount of lubricant discharged from the system.
• The following Indication/Condition may take up to an hour to occur.
55. Slowly open VAC handwheel and allow refrigerant to vent through yellow hose.
CONDITION/INDICATION
When REF gauge indicates between 45 and 55 psig, the LOW PRESSURE fault indicator shall pop out and
the compressor shall shut down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace low pressure switch (WP 1333 00).
STEP
56. Service the ECS (WP 1675 00).
STEP
57. Reset LOW PRESSURE fault indicator.
STEP
58. With air conditioning operating (AIR COND switch on COOL and HTR switch OFF) and servicing manifold
attached, record VAC gauge pressure (P1).
0154 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
59. Turn upper console ECS - TEMP CONT knob clockwise to full WARM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
VAC gauge indication shall increase from steady state.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to LOW PRESSURE DOES NOT INCREASE, in this work package.
STEP
60. Record VAC gauge indication (P2).
STEP
61. Calculate difference between first pressure (P1) and second pressure (P2).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Pressure differential shall be between 9 and 11 psig.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is less than specified, turn adjustment screw on hot gas bypass valve clockwise to
increase pressure differential.
2. If Indication/Condition is more than specified, turn adjustment screw on hot gas bypass valve counterclock-
wise to decrease pressure differential.
a. If adjustment fails to produce change in pressure differential, replace hot gas bypass valve (WP 1328
00).
b. If trouble remains, replace temperature sensor in plenum air inlet (WP 1328 00).
STEP
62. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to OFF.
STEP
63. Disconnect and remove servicing manifold.
STEP
64. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
65. Make sure upper console NO. 1, NO. 2, and APU GENERATORS switches are set to OFF/RESET.
STEP
66. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
BACKUP PUMP PWR Copilot’s
CPLT WSHLD ANTI-ICE (dc) Copilot’s
DC ESNTL BUS SUPLY Copilot’s
ECS PWR Copilot’s
LIGHTS CAUT ADVSY Copilot’s
NO. 1 CONVERTER Copilot’s
NO. 1 GEN WARN Copilot’s
0154 00-11
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
APU CONTR INST Lower Console
BATT BUS CONTR Lower Console
ESNTL BUS AC & CONV WARN Lower Console
DC ESNTL BUS SPLY Pilot’s
ECS CONTR Pilot’s
NO. 2 CONVERTER Pilot’s
NO. 2 GEN WARN Pilot’s
NO. 2 SERVO WARN Pilot’s
SEC MON BUS CONTR Pilot’s
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT Pilot’s
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE CTR Pilot’s
BACKUP HYD CONTR Upper Console
BATT BUS SUPLY Upper Console
CAUT/ADVSY PNL Upper Console
STEP
67. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
68. Place upper console APU GENERATORS switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
On caution/advisory panel, APU GEN ON capsule shall be on, and#1 CONV and #2 CONV capsules shall
be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot ac electrical (APU generators) system (WP 0105 00).
STEP
NOTE
Backup hydraulic pump may run to charge APU accumulator. ECS will not operate until backup
pump stops.
69. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to FAN and place HTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CABIN HEAT ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WITH HTR
SWITCH AT ON AND AIR COND SWITCH AT FAN, in this work package.
0154 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
70. Place a locally-made drag beam wedge (WP 2014 00) between left drag beam switch plunger and switch
plunger actuating bracket to simulate weight-off-wheels.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-c and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-b.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot ac electrical (interface panel ground power) system (WP 0105 00).
b. If continuity is not present, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00).
STEP
71. Remove locally-made drag beam wedge from drag beam switch.
STEP
72. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND and HTR switches to OFF.
STEP
73. Place upper console APU GENERATORS switch to OFF/RESET (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
NOTE
If #1 GEN BRG and #2 GEN BRG capsules on caution/advisory panel goes on, troubleshoot ac
electrical system (WP 0105 00).
74. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 1 and No. 2 engines and operate with main rotor turning at
100% (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
75. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 1 and NO. 2 switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 GEN and #2 GEN capsules on caution/advisory panel shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to ECS DOES NOT OPERATE WITH BOTH MAIN GENERATORS
RUNNING, in this work package.
STEP
76. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to FAN and place HTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CABIN HEAT ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WITH HTR
SWITCH AT ON AND AIR COND SWITCH AT FAN, in this work package.
0154 00-13
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EH60A> . .
< OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
77. Place upper console PILOT WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE and BACKUP HYD PUMP switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. CABIN HEAT ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall remain on.
2. BACK-UP PUMP ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to ECS DOES NOT OPERATE WITH BOTH MAIN
GENERATORS RUNNING, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, troubleshoot hydraulic system (WP 0089 00).
STEP
78. Place upper console PILOT WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE and BACKUP HYD PUMP switches to OFF.
STEP
79. Place upper console HTR switch to OFF and place AIR COND switch to COOL.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AIR COND ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to AIR COND ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON, in this work pack-
age.
STEP
80. Place upper console PILOT WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AIR COND ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall remain on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00).
STEP
81. Place upper console PILOT WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE switch to OFF.
STEP
82. Place upper console ECS - AIR COND switch to OFF.
STEP
83. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 1 and NO. 2 switches to OFF/RESET.
STEP
84. Shut down No. 1 and No. 2 engines (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
85. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU shall be shut down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0154 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
EVAPORATOR FAN DOES NOT OPERATE WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL AND FAN
SYMPTOM
Evaporator fan does not operate with AIR COND switch at COOL and FAN.
MALFUNCTION
Evaporator fan does not operate with AIR COND switch at COOL and FAN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 10) ,
P456-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 10) , P456-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 10) ,
P456-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 10) , P456-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 10) ,
P456-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 10) , P456-D
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 10) , P457-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-K.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electrical control unit (WP 1308 00). Go to Step 24
b. If trouble remains, replace evaporator fan assembly (WP 1296 00). Go to Step 24
c. If trouble still remains, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then go
to Step 24:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-R
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P9-A
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-S
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P9-B
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-T
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P9-C
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P7-D
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P9-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-L
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P9-E
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-M
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P9-F
d. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
0154 00-15
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EVAPORATOR FAN DOES NOT OPERATE WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL AND FAN – Continued
3. Check for 28 vdc between AIR COND switch Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 5 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
4. With AIR COND switch at FAN, check for 28 vdc between AIR COND switch Figure 2
- Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 6 and
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 6 and Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 10) , P457-B, or between
Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-Kand
Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 10) , GND-
PWR-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 24
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-a and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-b and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-c .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-X and AIR COND switch Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 5.
a. If continuity is present, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 24
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24
8. Check continuity between terminals Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , K82-A2 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , K82-A3.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , K82-A2 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-c, or between Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , K82-A3 and Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-b (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 9
9. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 10) , K82-X1 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 10) , K82-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot ac electrical system (interface panel ground power
procedure) (WP 0105 00). Go to Step 24
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace relay (WP 0864 00). Go to Step 24
10. Check for 28 vdc between ECS CONTR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 1 and ground.
0154 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
EVAPORATOR FAN DOES NOT OPERATE WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL AND FAN – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 1 and
Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-a
(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 24
11. Check for 115 vac between ECS PWR circuit breaker:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal A2 and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal B2 and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal C2 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then
go to Step 24:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
CB601-A2 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 10) , P456-A
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
CB601-B2 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 10) , P456-B
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
CB601-C2 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 10) , P456-C
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 10) ,
GND456-1 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 10) , P456-D
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 12
12. Check for 115 vac between ECU PWR circuit breaker:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal A1 and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal B1 and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal C1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 13
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 23
13. Using pin extractor part No. M83723-31-20, disconnect wire connected to ECU PWR
circuit breaker Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of
10) , Terminal 5A. Go to Step 14
14. Check wire for continuity to ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 15
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24
15. Using pin extractor part No. M83723-31-20, disconnect wire connected to ECU PWR
circuit breaker Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of
10) , Terminal 3. Go to Step 16
0154 00-17
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EVAPORATOR FAN DOES NOT OPERATE WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL AND FAN – Continued
16. Check wire for continuity to ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 17
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 19
17. Pull out ECS PWR circuit breaker. Go to Step 18
18. Check continuity between ECU PWR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , Terminal 3 wire and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot system circuit breaker (WP 0108 00). Go to Step 24
b. If continuity is not present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 24
19. Leave wire disconnected from ECU PWR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , Terminal 3. Go to Step 20
20. Check continuity between ECS PWR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 1 and wire
connected to ECU PWR Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 10) , CB601-3 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 21
21. Pull out ECS PWR circuit breaker. Go to Step 22
22. Check continuity between ECS PWR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 24
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24
23. Check for 115 vac between contactor K1:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal A3 and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal B3 and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
Terminal C3 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then
go to Step 24:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , K1-A3
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
CB601-A1
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , K1-B3
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
CB601-B1
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , K1-C3
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) ,
CB601-C1
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot ac electrical system (APU generator procedure)
(WP 0105 00). Go to Step 24
24. Procedure completed.
0154 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
AIR DOES NOT FLOW FROM EVAPORATOR OUTLET DUCT
SYMPTOM
Air does not flow from evaporator outlet duct.
MALFUNCTION
Air does not flow from evaporator outlet duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for blocked distribution ducts.
a. If distribution ducts are blocked, remove obstruction. Go to Step 4
b. If distribution ducts are not blocked, go to Step 2
2. Check for clogged demister.
a. If demister is clogged, replace demister pad (WP 1328 00). Go to Step 4
b. If demister is not clogged, go to Step 3
3. Check for blocked evaporator core.
a. If trouble remains, replace evaporator (WP 1328 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
CABIN HEAT ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WITH HTR SWITCH AT ON AND AIR COND SWITCH AT FAN
SYMPTOM
CABIN HEAT ON capsule does not go on with HTR switch at ON and AIR COND switch at FAN.
MALFUNCTION
CABIN HEAT ON capsule does not go on with HTR switch at ON and AIR COND switch at FAN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-J and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between ECS CONTR circuit breaker
Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 1
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-J
(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> <, go to Step 4
. .
b. W/O EMEP> <, go to Step 6 . .
4. EMEP> < Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - Environmental Control
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 10) , P118 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 12
5. EMEP> < Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6
. .
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 10) , P118-M and ground.
0154 00-19
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CABIN HEAT ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON WITH HTR SWITCH AT ON AND AIR COND SWITCH AT FAN –
Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00).
Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
7. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 10) , P118-M and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-E.
a. If continuity is present, replace electrical control unit (WP 1308 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
8. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-e and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11
9. With HTR switch at ON, check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-d and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-C.
a. If continuity is present, replace No. 3 panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 10
10. With HTR switch ON, check continuity between HTR switch Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminals 2 and 3.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 2 and Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) P398-d, or between
switch Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) ,
Terminal 3 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of
10) , P457-C (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 12
11. With AIR COND switch at FAN, check for 28 vdc between AIR COND switch Figure 2
- Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 3 and
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 3 and Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) P398-e (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
AMMETER INDICATES LESS THAN 7 AMPS THROUGH HEATER DEMISTER
SYMPTOM
Ammeter indicates less than 7 amps through heater demister.
MALFUNCTION
Ammeter indicates less than 7 amps through heater demister.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check ammeter.
0154 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
AMMETER INDICATES LESS THAN 7 AMPS THROUGH HEATER DEMISTER – Continued
a. If ammeter indicates more than 0 but less than 7 amps, replace heater demister assembly
(WP 1328 00). Go to Step 3
b. If ammeter indicates 0 amps, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 10) , P3-D and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-E.
a. If continuity is present, replace electrical control unit (WP 1308 00). Go to Step 3
b. If trouble remains, replace heater demister assembly (WP 1328 00). Go to Step 3
c. If continuity is not present, replace high temperature switch assembly (WP 1328 00). Go
to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
CONDENSER BLOWER DOES NOT GO ON WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL
SYMPTOM
Condenser blower does not go on with AIR COND switch at COOL.
MALFUNCTION
Condenser blower does not go on with AIR COND switch at COOL.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electrical control unit (WP 1308 00). Go to Step 7
b. If trouble remains, go to Step 2
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 10) , P4-A
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 10) ,
P10-A
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 10) , P4-B
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 10) ,
P10-B
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 10) , P4-C
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 10) ,
P10-C
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P4-D
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 10) ,
P10-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 10) , P4-E
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 10) ,
P10-E
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P4-F
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 10) ,
P10-F
a. If continuity is present, replace condenser blower assembly (WP 1300 00). Go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
0154 00-21
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CONDENSER BLOWER DOES NOT GO ON WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL – Continued
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 10) , P398-f and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , P398-f and AIR COND switch S72
Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , Terminal 1
(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
4. Check for 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) ,
P398-V and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) ,
P398-W and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) ,
P398-U and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot windshield anti-ice system (WP 0148 00). Go to
Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-j and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot hydraulic system (WP 0089 00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 10) , P398-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-A.
a. If continuity is present, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
7. Procedure completed.
AIR IS NOT COMING OUT OF CONDENSER EXHAUST DUCT
SYMPTOM
Air is not coming out of condenser exhaust duct.
MALFUNCTION
Air is not coming out of condenser exhaust duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for blocked condenser core.
a. If condenser core is blocked, remove obstruction. Go to Step 3
b. If condenser core is not blocked, go to Step 2
2. Check for blocked airduct.
a. If airduct is blocked, remove obstruction. Go to Step 3
b. If airduct is not blocked, check for blocked air outlet on side of aircraft and remove obstruc-
tion. Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
0154 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
COMPRESSOR MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL
SYMPTOM
Compressor motor does not operate with AIR COND switch at COOL.
MALFUNCTION
Compressor motor does not operate with AIR COND switch at COOL.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that VAC gauge reads at least 60 psig.
a. If gauge reads at least 60 psig, go to Step 2
b. If gauge does not read at least 60 psig, perform leak test and service system (WP 1675
00). Go to Step 11
2. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , J7-A
and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , J7-B
and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , J7-C
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P7-A
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P8-A
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P7-B
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P8-B
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P7-C
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) ,
P8-C
a. If continuity is present, replace compressor motor assembly (WP 1329 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 10) , P3-K and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-J.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 10
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , P6-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , P6-C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 9
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , P5-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , P5-B.
0154 00-23
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
COMPRESSOR MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-B.
a. If continuity is present, replace electrical control unit (WP 1308 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, replace low temperature switch (WP 1299 00). Go to Step 11
8. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , J11-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , J11-B.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P5-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P11-A, or between Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P5-B and Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P11-B (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, replace high pressure switch (WP 1336 00). Go to Step 11
9. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , J12-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 10) , J12-C.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P6-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P12-B, or between Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P6-C and Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P12-C (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, replace low pressure switch (WP 1336 00). Go to Step 11
10. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 10) , J8-D and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 10) , J8-E.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 10) , P3-K and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) , P8-E, or between Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10) , P3-J and Figure 2 - Environmental
Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10) , P8-D (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, replace compressor assembly (WP 1329 00). Go to Step 11
11. Procedure completed.
AIR COND ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
AIR COND ON capsule does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
AIR COND ON capsule does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> <, go to Step 2
. .
b. W/O EMEP> <, go to Step 4
. .
0154 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
AIR COND ON CAPSULE DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
2. EMEP> < Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - Environmental Control
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 10) , P118 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 3
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6
3. EMEP> < Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 4
. .
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 10) , P118-G and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00).
Go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 10) , P118-G and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 10) , P457-D.
a. If continuity is present, replace electrical control unit (WP 1308 00). Go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
AIR FROM EVAPORATION OUTLET DUCT DOES NOT TURN COOL
SYMPTOM
Air from evaporation outlet duct does not turn cool.
MALFUNCTION
Air from evaporation outlet duct does not turn cool.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Over a period of five minutes, observe that vac gauge pressure decreases and in-
creases.
a. If pressure increases and decreases, replace thermister (WP 1331 00). Go to Step 2
b. If pressure does not increase or decrease, replace expansion valve (WP 1330 00). Go to
Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM DOES NOT DISABLE ECS
SYMPTOM
Windshield anti-ice system does not disable ECS.
MALFUNCTION
Windshield anti-ice system does not disable ECS.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is ECS disabled with WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT switch ON?
a. If ECS is disabled, go to Step 2
b. If ECS is not disabled, go to Step 9
2. Is ECS disabled with WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT switch ON?
a. If ECS is disabled, go to Step 3
b. If ECS is not disabled, go to Step 7
0154 00-25
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE SYSTEM DOES NOT DISABLE ECS – Continued
3. With WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE CTR switch ON, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-U and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> <, go to Step 5
. .
b. W/O WINTER> <, go to Step 6
. .
5. WINTER> < Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-U and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , J244B-R.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot windshield anti-ice system (WP 0148 00). Go to Step
11
b. If continuity is not present, replace WINTER> <(WP 1414 00). Go to Step 11
. .
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 6
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-U and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 10) , P244-R.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot windshield anti-ice system (WP 0148 00). Go to Step
11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
7. With WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE PILOT switch ON, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-W and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-W and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , P900-B.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot windshield anti-ice system (WP 0148 00). Go to Step
11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
9. With WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE COPILOT switch ON, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 -
Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-V and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 11
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
10. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-V and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 10) , P900-q .
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot windshield anti-ice system (WP 0148 00). Go to Step
11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11
11. Procedure completed.
0154 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
COMPRESSOR DRAWS LESS THAN MINIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT
SYMPTOM
Compressor draws less than minimum allowable current.
MALFUNCTION
Compressor draws less than minimum allowable current.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that vac gauge indicates less than 60 psig.
a. If gauge indicates less than 60 psig, go to COMPRESSOR MOTOR DOES NOT
OPERATE WITH AIR COND SWITCH AT COOL, in this work package.
b. If gauge does not indicate less than 60 psig, go to Step 2
2. Check for leak in system.
a. If leak is present, repair leak and service air conditioning system (WP 1675 00). Go to
Step 3
b. If leak is not present, service air conditioning system (WP 1675 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
COMPRESSOR DRAWS MORE THAN MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CURRENT
SYMPTOM
Compressor draws more than maximum allowable current.
MALFUNCTION
Compressor draws more than maximum allowable current.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that REF gauge indicates more than 305 psig.
a. If gauge indicates more than 305 psig, go to Step 2
b. If gauge indicates less than 305 psig, replace compressor (WP 1329 00). Go to Step 3
2. Remove freon from system to reduce compressor current to below maximum allowable
current.
a. If trouble remains, replace compressor (WP 1329 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
LOW PRESSURE DOES NOT INCREASE
SYMPTOM
Low pressure does not increase.
MALFUNCTION
Low pressure does not increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , J246-L and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , J246-K.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, replace TEMP rheostat (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-F and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 10) , P457-G.
0154 00-27
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LOW PRESSURE DOES NOT INCREASE – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (WP 1308 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 10) , P457 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P246 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
ECS DOES NOT OPERATE WITH BOTH MAIN GENERATORS RUNNING
SYMPTOM
ECS does not operate with both main generators running.
MALFUNCTION
ECS does not operate with both main generators running.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-g and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 10) , K81-X1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10) , P398-gand Figure 2 - Environmental Control
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10) , K81-X1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot ac electrical system (mission interface panel
dual generators power) (WP 0105 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
0154 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
P456 / J1
P457 / J2
RIGHT RELAY P379 / J379 F
PANEL G
NO. 2 P244 P922 / J922
JUNCTION P900
BOX
P203 / J203 P217 / J217
P206
P205
P230 / J230 E
P266 / J266
D
C
B
H
A NO. 3
RELAY PANEL
P398 / J398
REMOTE CONTROL
CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX
P114 / J114
CB601
NO. 1
JUNCTION
P110 / J110 P237 / J237 BOX
P118 / J118 P210 / J210
P212
P111 / J111 P246 / J246
TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P3 / J3 ELECTRICAL CONTROL P206 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
UNIT
P210 / J210 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P4 / J4 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
UNIT P212 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P5 / J5 ELECTRICAL CONTROL P217 / J217 CABIN CEILING, BL 0, STA
UNIT 284
P6 / J6 ELECTRICAL CONTROL P230 / J230 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK,
UNIT BL 8 RH, STA 247
P7 / J7 ELECTRICAL CONTROL P237 / J237 COPILOT'S CIRCUIT
UNIT BREAKER PANEL
P8 / J8 COMPRESSOR / MOTOR P244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P9 / J9 EVAPORATOR FAN P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING, BL 5 RH,
STA 247
P10 / J10 CONDENSER FAN
P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
P11 / J11 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH BREAKER PANEL, BL 25 RH
P12 / J12 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH P379 / J379 CABIN CEILING, STA 379,
WL 269, BL 5
P110 / J110 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA 197
P398 / J398 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
P111 / J111 COCKPIT, LB 7.5 LH, STA 197
P456 / J1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
P114 / J114 COCKPIT, BL 8, STA 200 UNIT
P118 / J118 CAUTION / ADVISORY P457 / J2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
PANEL UNIT
P203 / J203 NO. 2 MAIN ELECTRICAL P900 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
JUNCTION BOX
P922 / J922 CABIN CEILING, BL 10.7 LH,
P205 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX STA 380 AA3418_1
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 6).
0154 00-29
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 GEN #2 GEN
#1 GEN BRG #2 GEN BRG
#1 CONV #2 CONV
APU GEN ON BACK-UP
PUMP ON
AIR COND CABIN
ON HEAT ON
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
ESNTL BUS B BATT
AC & A BUS
T
B 5 T 5
A
T CONV U CONTR
T WARN T
APU I APU
B L
U 5 5
S B
U
CONTR CONTR
INST S INST
LOWER CONSOLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AA3418_2
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 6).
0154 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
I BUS
AC P R
N O. 2
20
NO. 2 CONVERTER
I BU S WINDSHIELD
D C PR
N O. 2
ANTI-ICE
5 5
PILOT CTR
NO. 2
SERVO GEN ECS
5 5 7.5
WARN WARN CONTR
SEC MON DC ESNTL
BUS BUS
5 50
CONTR SPLY
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
ECS
TEMP CONT AIR COND
COOL HTR BATT
BUS
O O
F F 10
F F
FAN ON SPLY
COOL WARM
CAUT / BACKUP
ADVSY HYD
5 5
PNL CONTR
GENERATORS
APU NO. 1 NO. 2
TEST TEST TEST
R R R
O E O E O E
F S F S F S
F E F E F E
T ON T ON T ON
BACKUP WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
HYD PUMP COPILOT CTR PILOT
OFF
A O O O
U F F F
T F F F
O ON ON ON
ON
UPPER CONSOLE AA3418_3
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 6).
0154 00-31
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 1
A C PR
I BU S
N O. 1
NO. 1 BACKUP DC PR
CONVERTER PUMP ECS I BUS
20 .5 .5
PWR PWR
LIGHTS CPTL NO. 1
ADVSY CAUT WSHLD GEN
5 7.5 5 5
ADVSY ANTI-ICE WARN
DC ESNTL
BUS
50
SPLY
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
F
AIR INLET
CONDENSER
CONDENSER
TRANSITION
DUCT
CONDENSER FAN
THERMAL P10
PROTECTION
SWITCH
HOT AIR
EXHAUST
DUCT
CONDENSER PALLET
AA3418_4
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 6).
0154 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
ELECTRICAL CONTROL
SIGHT GLASS UNIT (ECU)
J3
J7 AIR CONDITIONER J4
FAULT INDICATOR PANEL
HIGH LOW HIGH LOW
1 1 1 1
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
AIR
CONDITIONER
FAULT
INDICATOR
LOW PANEL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
P12 / J12
HIGH
PRESSURE
SWITCH
P11 / J11 AIR
CONDITIONER
CIRCUIT
AIR CONDITIONER BREAKER
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL PANEL
AC POWER DC
POWER
COMPRESSOR CONDENSER 10
35 25 EVAPORATOR 7.5
BLOWER
J2
MOTOR BLOWER 10 CONTROLS
HEATER ELEMENTS
J1
P5 / J5 P6 / J6
ELECTRICAL PALLET
AA3418_5
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 6).
0154 00-33
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
COMPRESSOR
MOTOR HIGH
THERMAL THERMISTOR TEMPERATURE
PROTECTION SWITCH
SWITCH
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE FAN HEATER /
SENSOR DEMISTER
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
LIMITING SWITCH
P8 EXPANSION FILTER / LOW
PLENUM P9 VALVE DRYER TEMPERATURE
AIR INLET SWITCH
HOT GAS
BYPASS VALVE
EVAPORATOR PALLET
AA3418_6
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 6).
0154 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
SCHEMATICS
ECS CONTR 28 VDC ECS PWR
J266 P266 J237 P237
NO. 2 2 1 CB237 NO. 1 2 1 CB151
DC PRI 7.5 m DC PRI 1/2 V
BUS AMP BUS AMP
Z
28 VDC GND151-1
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
J246 P246
M
N
T
P
S
R
P379 m k n i p
2 2 5 2 K
J379
3 1 3 4 6 1 3 L
1
R5
OFF HTR ON COOL OFF FAN AIR WARM COOL
COND
SWITCH SWITCH
TEMP
S71 S72
CONT
UPPER CONSOLE
NOTES
1. RELAY K82 ENERGIZED WHEN WEIGHT
OFF WHEELS.
2. SWITCH SHOWN WITH PRESSURE
BELOW 322 TO 328 PSI. DISENGAGES
WITH PRESSURE ABOVE 322 TO 328 P217 Z c a e
PSI.
J217
3. SWITCH SHOWN WITH PRESSURE
ABOVE 17 T0 23 PSI. DISENGAGES
WITH PRESSURE BELOW 7 TO 13 PSI.
4. RELAY K19 ENERGIZED WHEN WEIGHT GND398-2 GND398-1
IS ON WHEELS AND BACKUP PUMP IS
ON BUT NOT OVERHEATED, OR WHEN
HELICOPTER IS AIRBORNE AND
P398 T h V W Z Y U j g a b d e X c
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS LESS THAN
2000 PSI. J398
5. SWITCH SHOWN IN NORMAL
CR29
CR31
CR32
CR30
OPERATING POSITION. OPEN WHEN
ASSOCIATED COMPONENT
OVERHEATS.
6. SWITCH SHOWN WITH TEMPERATURE
ABOVE 30OTO 40 OF. DISENGAGES WITH B1
TEMPERATURE BELOW 30 OTO 40 OF.
K81A
7. SWITCH SHOWN WITH TEMPERATURE B2 B3
BELOW 172OTO 188 OF. DISENGAGES X2 X1 X1 X2 X2 X1 B3 A3
WITH TEMPERATURE ABOVE 172 OTO K96 K80A K95
188OF.
B2 B2 A2
8. SWITCH SHOWN UNDER 160OF.
DISENGAGES OVER 160OF.
9. EH60A 86-24561 - SUBQ K95 K96 K80A K81A
10. W/O EMEP PIN FILTERED NO. 3 RELAY PANEL (SEE DETAIL A)
ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.
AB1522_1
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 10).
0154 00-35
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
1 TO
ECU 2 SHEET
PWR
3 3
CB601
A1 A2
K1 K2 B1 B2
NO. 1 GEN NO. 2 GEN C1 C2
60
CNTOR CNTOR
AMP
A2 3 5A
A3 CL-1 A2
GND601-1
B2 A3 REMOTE CONTROL
B3 CL-2 B2
CIRCUIT BREAKER
C2 B3 BOX
C3 CL-3 C2
C3
NO. 1
JUNCTION BOX
K3 APU / EXT
P206 P205 PWR CNTOR
C L
SG25-5 K
K4
AC BUS A J203 P203
TIE CNTOR
B V NO. 2
SG230-4
JUNCTION BOX
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
4 TO
SHEET
5 5
6 TO SHEET 3
7 TO
SHEET
8 5
9 TO SHEET 3
10 TO SHEET 5
J922
P922 T
11 TO SHEET 3
P398 f B P210 HH GG FF EE e P244 R A P900 B q
J398 J210
K80A A2 A3 K19
A3 A2
(SEE NOTE 1)
28 VDC FROM
K32, B1 WHEN
B1 BACKUP PUMP
K82 (SEE NOTE 4) IS ON
K95
B2
A2 28 VDC
K96 FROM NO. 2 WINDSHIELD
GENERATOR X1 ANTI-ICE
A3
CONTACTOR LOCKOUT
K81A K81 K80
K-2 RELAY
A1 A2
NO. 3 RELAY PANEL NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX RIGHT RELAY PANEL
AB1522_2
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 10).
0154 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
TO 1
SHEET 2
2 13 TO SHEET 7
3
CAUTION/
ADVISORY PANEL
CABIN HEAT ON
AIR COND ON
J118 APU GEN ON
P456 J1
TB-1
PFA (SEE NOTE 10)
D
P118 G E M
1
J110 J111 A 2
P110 FF j P111 g
3
P114 j
J114 4
B 5
6
TO SHEET 2 6
C 8
SG230-5
TO SHEET 2 9 12 TO SHEET 5 9
TO SHEET 2 11
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRICAL CONTROL PALLET
TEST GENERATORS
P230 J230
APU
4
s
SWITCH S9
6 5
r
OFF /
RESET
ON
ENERGIZED FROM
APU GENERATOR
CONTROL UNIT
(PMG RECTIFIER OUT)
UPPER CONSOLE
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 10).
0154 00-37
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
14
15
16
TO
17 SHEET
18 5
19
20
21
HEATER
ELEMENTS J3 P3
M
CB1
A1 A2
G
B1 B2
H
C1 C2
10 I
AMP X2
D
X1
CONDENSER K
BLOWER K1
CB4
J4 P4
A1 A2
A
B1 B2
B
C1 C2
25 C
AMP P457 J2
11 12 L
TB-2
X2
E GND
X1 SIG-1
6
D 22 TO
K2 SHEET
B 23 5
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRICAL CONTROL PALLET
24 TO SHEET 9
25
26 TO
SHEET
27 8
28
29 TO SHEET 9
30
31 TO
SHEET
32 8
33
AB1522_4
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 10).
0154 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
14
15
16
TO
SHEET 17
C1 A B C
4 18 60 MF
19 CAPACITOR
20
21
EVAPORATOR
BLOWER
CB3
A1 A2
B1 B2
C1 C2
10
AMP
D11 D12
X2
X1
COMPRESSOR
MOTOR K4
CB2
A1 A2
B1 B2
C1 C2
35
AMP
D11 D12
TO 22
SHEET X2
4 23
X1
K4
P457 J2
TO 10 A
SHEET 4 C
2 5 J
TO SHEET 3 12 E
TO 8 F 34 TO
SHEET SHEET
2 7 G 35 7
K
GND
PWR-1
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRICAL CONTROL PALLET AB1522_5
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 10).
0154 00-39
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
K5 K6 K7 45
46
TB-2
A3
A2
X2
X2
X2
B2
B3
B2
B3
A1
B2
B3
X1
X1
X1
B1
B1
B1
6
8 47
4 TO
CHASSIS
GROUND SHEET
48 7
3
2 49
50
5
TB-2
51
52
CONTROL
CB5
7.5
AMP
53
54
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRICAL CONTROL PALLET AB1522_6
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 10).
0154 00-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
TO SHEET 3 13 J3 P3
36 R
37 S
38 T
39 L
40 J
41
J7 P7
42
A
43
B
44 C
45 D
46
J4 P4
10 D
TB-7
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER TC20 F
J6 P6 P12 J12
7 D
A A
47
B B
6 C
C C
5 B
4
LOW PRESSURE
TO A SWITCH
SHEET (SEE NOTE 3)
6
48 3
J5 P5 P11 J11
2
A A
49 1 B B
C C
CB9 LOW TEMPERATURE
1 HIGH PRESSURE
AMP SWITCH
CB8 LOW TEMPERATURE J3 P3 (SEE NOTE 2)
50 1 F
AMP
CB7 LOW TEMPERATURE C
1
AMP
CB6 LOW TEMPERATURE X
1 A
AMP
51 E
52 U
V
P
N
W
53 B
TO 34
SHEET
5 35
TO SHEET 6 54
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT
ELECTRICAL CONTROL PALLET AB1522_7
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 10).
0154 00-41
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
LOW
TEMPERATURE
TB-4
SWITCH (SEE NOTE 6)
10
7 TO
SHEET
TEMPERATURE 9
TB-3 LIMITED SWITCH
HEATER (SEE NOTE 8)
DEMISTER
ASSEMBLY 1 63
T1 T6
TO 25
T2 T5 2 64
SHEET 26
4 T3
27
T4
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
EVAPORATOR PALLET
CONDENSER FAN
28 P10 J10
30 A
TO 31 B
SHEET
4 32 C
THERMAL
D PROTECTION
33 E SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 5)
F
CONDENSER AB1522_8
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 10).
0154 00-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
EVAPORATOR FAN
55
56
57
58
59 P9 J9
60 A
61 C
62 B COMPRESSOR MOTOR
THERMAL
D PROTECTION
E SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 5)
TO F
SHEET
8
P8 J8
EVAPORATOR
A
B
C
THERMAL
PROTECTION
D
SWITCH
E (SEE NOTE 5)
63
COMPRESSOR
64
LOW
TO 29 TEMPERATURE
SHEET TB-4
SWITCH (SEE NOTE 6)
4 24
65 6
66 5
67
TO 4
SHEET 68
8 69
70
71
72
1 3 2
TB-4
THERMISTOR
TEMPERATURE HOT GAS
SENSOR BYPASS
REGULATOR
EXPANSION
VALVE
EVAPORATOR PALLET AB1522_9
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 10).
0154 00-43
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P212 J210 P210 J217 P217 P203 J203 P206
K1 SG210-3 SG26-11 K4
M T S N P
L N
K
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
K3
P205
H
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
GND398-1
GND398-2
P398 T h V W Z Y S U j g
J398
CR31 CR32 CR30
X2 X1 X1 X2 X2 X1 X2 X1
K95 K96 K80A K81A
NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 9) AB1522_10
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 10).
0154 00-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
AMBIENT AIR
INLET
AMBIENT AIR
INLET VALVE
AIR CONDITIONING
AIR OUTLET
PLENUM AIR
INLET
DUCT
INSTALLATION
HOT AIR
EXHAUST
OUTLET
NO. 2 MAIN
FUEL CELL
AIR CONDITIONING AIR CONDITIONING
AIR OUTLET AIR OUTLET
LEGEND
COOLED AIR
HOT AIR
DISCHARGE
FRESH AIR
AA3420
SA
Figure 3. Environmental Control System Airflow Diagram.
0154 00-45
0154 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BURST 350 5 PSIG HIGH
475 PSIG DISK 500 PRESSURE SWITCH
PRESSURE PISG @ 100OF EXPANSION VALVE
RELIEF VALVE
FAN
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
FILTER
AMBIENT SIGHT GLASS DRYER
AIR WINDOW WARM /
COLD
HIGH-PRESSURE AIR
SERVICE VALVE
HOT GAS BYPASS
VALVE (HGBV)
CONDENSER SOLENOID
50 5 PSIG
BYPASS VALVE PRESSURE
CHECK SENSING LINE SWITCH
VALVE
EVAPORATOR
THERMISTER
SENSOR
COMPRESSOR
FAN
HEAT
160OF TEMPERATURE COILS
LIMITING SWITCH
WARM LOW-PRESSURE
AIR SERVICE
VALVE
LEGEND
MOTOR COOL /
HIGH- 180O 8O HIGH HOT
PRESSURE AIR
TEMPERATURE
LIQUID
SWITCH
LOW-
PRESSURE
LIQUID
LOW-
PRESSURE
GAS
HIGH-
PRESSURE
GAS EVAPORATOR DUCT
35O 5OF LOW-
SOLUTION
SENSING TEMPERATURE
LOW- SWITCH
PRESSURE
GAS
AA3421
SA
Figure 4. Environmental Control System Refrigerant Flow Diagram.
0154 00-46
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0154 00
AIR CONDITIONER SERVICING
CURRENT VS. TEMPERATURE
30 UPPER
LIMIT
29
28
27
26
25
LOWER
24 LIMIT
23
AMPS
22
21
20
CURRENT
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
O
F 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110
O
C 18.3 21.1 23.9 26.7 29.4 32.2 35 37.8 40.6 43.3
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
FB1608
SA
Figure 5. Air Conditioner Servicing Current vs. Temperature.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0154 00-47
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) HH-60A HH-60L> . . <
This WP supersedes WP 0155 00, dated 25 September 2009.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
WP 0160 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0837 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 0838 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 0840 00
Jumper Wire WP 1310 00
Refrigeration Unit Service Toolkit WP 1311 00
Personnel Required WP 1313 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1317 00
Qualified Personnel To Run Engines (2) WP 1321 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1322 00
WP 1331 00
References
WP 1679 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 1737 00
WP 0108 00
WP 1800 00
WP 0126 00
WP 0130 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0157 00 ECS, Properly Serviced, (WP 1679 00)
WP 0159 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
0155 00-1 Change 4 – 30 APRIL 2013
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
Equipment Condition (cont.)
and APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HH-60A
HH-60L> . . <
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
Make sure cabin doors are closed and personnel are clear of exhaust duct area when ECS is
operational.
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• A delay of 7 to 10 seconds will occur when AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT switch is placed to VENT
before indications occur. A delay of up to 1 minute will occur when AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT
switch is placed to AC or HEAT before indications occur.
• The ECS heater will continue to run for approximately the same duration it was on when
AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT switch is placed to OFF, pilot’s hoist control panel HOIST POWER
ON/OFF switch is placed to ON or BLADE DEICE POWER ON/TEST switch is placed to
ON.
• See Figure 1 - Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) for compo-
nent location diagram and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 16) for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted as being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
2. On crew’s rescue hoist control panel, place ARM/TEST switch to TEST.
STEP
3. On blade de-ice control panel, place POWER ON/OFF/TEST switch to OFF.
STEP
4. On pilot’s hoist control panel, place HOIST POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.
STEP
CAUTION
Make sure cabin doors are closed and personnel are clear of exhaust duct area when ECS is
operational.
5. Turn on electrical power. Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON and press T6 switch
(illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisory legends will be
displayed).
STEP
6. Adjust ECS control panel COOL/WARM (temperature) control to maximum COOL position.
STEP
7. Place ECS control panel AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT (mode select) switch to AC.
Change 4 0155 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HH-60A
HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. AC ON capsule on ECS control panel shall go on.
2. ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL HEATER indicator light on electrical control unit (ECU) distribution box
shall be off.
3. ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL EVAPORATOR FAN indicator light on ECU distribution box shall be
off.
4. ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL CONDENSER FAN indicator light on ECU distribution box shall be off.
5. ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL COMPRESSOR indicator light on ECU distribution box shall be off.
6. Evaporator blower shall turn on.
7. Condenser blower shall turn on.
8. Compressor motor shall turn on.
9. Cool air shall flow from ECS duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to AC ON CAPSULE ON ECS CONTROL PANEL DOES
NOT GO ON, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL HEATER INDICATOR
LIGHT IS ON, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL EVAPORATOR FAN
INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON, in this work package.
4. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, go to ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL CONDENSER FAN
INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON, in this work package.
5. If Indication/Condition 5. is not as specified, go to ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL COMPRESSOR
INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON, in this work package.
6. If Indication/Condition 6. is not as specified, go to EVAPORATOR BLOWER DOES NOT TURN ON, in this
work package.
7. If Indication/Condition 7. is not as specified, go to CONDENSER BLOWER DOES NOT TURN ON, in this
work package.
8. If Indication/Condition 8. is not as specified, go to COMPRESSOR MOTOR DOES NOT TURN ON, in this
work package.
9. If Indication/Conditions 6., 7., and 8. are not as specified, go to ECS INOPERABLE, in this work package.
10. If air does not flow from ECS duct, go to AIR DOES NOT FLOW FROM ECS OUTLET DUCT, in this work
package.
11. If air flows from ECS duct but is not cool, go to COOL AIR DOES NOT FLOW FROM ECS DUCT, in this work
package.
STEP
8. On ECS circuit breaker panel (ECU distribution box), pull out MOTOR COMPRESSOR circuit breaker.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Compressor motor shall turn off.
2. Evaporator blower shall remain on.
3. Condenser blower shall remain on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition 1., 2., or 3. is not as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00).
0155 00-3 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HH-60A
HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
STEP
9. On ECS circuit breaker panel (ECU distribution box), pull out EVAPORATOR FAN circuit breaker.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Evaporator blower shall turn off.
2. Condenser blower shall remain on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition 1. or 2. is not as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00).
STEP
10. On ECS circuit breaker panel (ECU distribution box), pull out CONDENSER FAN circuit breaker.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Condenser blower shall turn off.
2. ECS shall be completely inoperative.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition 1. or 2. is not as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00).
STEP
CAUTION
Allow ECS to remain off for at least 5 minutes before restarting to allow internal pressures to
stabilize or damage to compressor may occur.
11. On ECS circuit breaker panel (ECU distribution box), push in MOTOR COMPRESSOR, EVAPORATOR
FAN, and CONDENSER FAN circuit breakers.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ECS shall turn on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00).
STEP
12. Adjust ECS control panel mode select switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. AC ON capsule on ECS control panel shall go off.
2. ECS shall turn off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition 1. or 2. is not as specified, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00).
STEP
13. Adjust ECS control panel mode select switch to VENT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Evaporator blower shall turn on.
Change 4 0155 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HH-60A
HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
2. Air shall flow from ECS duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to EVAPORATOR BLOWER DOES NOT GO ON WITH
ECS CONTROL MODE SELECT SWITCH IN VENT POSITION, in this work package.
STEP
14. Adjust ECS control panel mode select switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Evaporator blower shall turn off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00).
STEP
15. Place ECS control panel temperature control to maximum WARM position.
STEP
16. Place ECS control panel mode select switch to HEAT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. HEAT ON capsule on ECS control panel shall go on.
2. ECS shall turn on and provide warm airflow through ECS vent.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to HEAT ON CAPSULE ON ECS CONTROL PANEL DOES
NOT GO ON, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to ECS HEATER INOPERABLE, in this work package.
STEP
17. On ECS circuit breaker panel (ECU distribution box), pull out upper and lower HEATER ELEMENTS circuit
breakers.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ECS shall stay on.
2. Cool air shall flow from ECS duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00).
STEP
18. On ECS circuit breaker panel (ECU distribution box), push in upper and lower HEATER ELEMENTS circuit
breakers.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Warm air shall flow from ECS duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00).
STEP
19. Place ECS control panel temperature control to COOL.
0155 00-5 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HH-60A
HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ECS shall stay on.
2. Cool air shall flow from ECS duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00).
STEP
20. Place ECS control panel temperature control to WARM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ECS shall stay on.
2. Warm air shall flow from ECS duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00).
STEP
NOTE
The ECS heater will continue to run for approximately the same duration it was on when the
AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT switch is placed to OFF, the pilots’s hoist control panel HOIST POWER
ON/OFF switch is placed to ON or the BLADE DEICE POWER ON/TEST switch is placed to
ON.
21. Place lower console pilot’s hoist control panel HOIST POWER ON/OFF switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. HEAT ON capsule on ECS control panel shall go off.
2. ECS shall turn off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, troubleshoot rescue hoist system (WP 0157 00).
STEP
22. Place lower console pilot’s hoist control panel HOIST POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. HEAT ON capsule on ECS control panel shall go on.
2. ECS shall turn on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, troubleshoot rescue hoist system (WP 0157 00).
Change 4 0155 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HH-60A
HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
STEP
NOTE
The ECS heater will continue to run for approximately the same duration it was on when the
AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT switch is placed to OFF, the pilot’s hoist control panel HOIST POWER
ON/OFF switch is placed to ON or the BLADE DEICE POWER ON/TEST switch is placed to
ON.
23. Place ECS control panel mode select switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. HEAT ON capsule on ECS control panel shall go off.
2. ECS shall turn off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition 1. and 2. is not as specified, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00).
STEP
24. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
25. Make sure upper console GENERATORS NO. 1, NO. 2, and APU TEST/OFF RESET/ON switches are
placed to OFF.
STEP
26. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
27. Place upper console GENERATORS APU TEST/OFF RESET/ON switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU GEN ON legend on multifunctional display (MFD) caution advisory grid shall go on, and #1 CONV and
#2 CONV legends shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, troubleshoot ac electrical system (APU generators) (WP 0126 00).
STEP
28. Place ECS control panel mode select switch to HEAT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. HEAT ON capsule on ECS control panel shall stay off.
2. ECS shall stay off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, troubleshoot auxiliary power unit system (WP 0159 00) or
(WP 0160 00).
0155 00-7 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HH-60A
HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
STEP
NOTE
The ECS heater will continue to run for approximately the same duration it was on when the
AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT switch is placed to OFF, the pilot’s hoist control panel HOIST POWER
ON/OFF switch is placed to ON or the BLADE DEICE POWER ON/TEST switch is placed to
ON.
29. Place ECS control panel mode select switch to OFF.
STEP
30. Place upper console GENERATORS APU TEST/OFF RESET/ON switch to OFF.
STEP
31. With qualified personnel at controls, start No. 1 and No. 2 engines and operate with main rotor turning at
100% (TM 1-1520-253-10).
STEP
32. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 1 and NO. 2 TEST/OFF RESET/ON switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
#1 GEN and #2 GEN capsules on MFD caution/advisory grid shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot ac electrical system (dual generators power) (WP 0126
00).
STEP
33. Place ECS control panel mode select switch to HEAT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. HEAT ON capsule on ECS control panel shall go on.
2. ECS shall turn on and provide warm airflow from ECS duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot ac electrical system (dual generators power) (WP 0126
00).
STEP
NOTE
The ECS heater will continue to run for approximately the same duration it was on when the
AC/OFF/VENT/HEAT switch is placed to OFF, the pilot’s hoist control panel HOIST POWER
ON/OFF switch is placed to ON or the BLADE DEICE POWER ON/TEST switch is placed to
ON.
34. Place ECS control panel mode select switch to OFF.
STEP
35. Turn MFD switch OFF.
Change 4 0155 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ECS) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HH-60A
HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
STEP
36. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 1 and NO. 2 TEST/OFF/ON switches to OFF.
STEP
37. Shut down No. 1 and No. 2 engines (TM 1-1520-253-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
No. 1 and No. 2 engines shall be shut down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
AC ON CAPSULE ON ECS CONTROL PANEL DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
AC ON capsule on ECS control panel does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
AC ON capsule on ECS control panel does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-D and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-G and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) ,
P356-P and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) ,
P356-R and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) ,
P356-S and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-D and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , K300-22 (hoist power relay).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , K300-23 and ground.
0155 00-9 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AC ON CAPSULE ON ECS CONTROL PANEL DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, replace hoist power relay (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If trouble remains, troubleshoot rescue hoist system (WP 0157 00). Go to Step 10.
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , K300-23 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) , P298-m .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P298-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P298-A and terminal 1 of ECS CONTR circuit breaker.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS CONTR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
9. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-G and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) , J198-K.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot instrument panel and consoles indicator lights
dimming system (WP 0130 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
10. Procedure completed.
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL HEATER INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON
SYMPTOM
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL HEATER indicator light is on.
MALFUNCTION
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL HEATER indicator light is on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. On ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL, press and release FAULT RESET switch.
a. If HEATER indicator light goes off, go to Step 4.
b. If HEATER indicator light stays on, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P352-Q and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
16 of 16) , P354-R
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16) ,
P352-P and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-P
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
Change 4 0155 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL HEATER INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON – Continued
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 15 of 16) , J6-P and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 16 of 16) , J6-R.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL EVAPORATOR FAN INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON
SYMPTOM
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL EVAPORATOR FAN indicator light is on.
MALFUNCTION
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL EVAPORATOR FAN indicator light is on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. On ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL, press and release FAULT RESET switch.
a. If EVAPORATOR FAN indicator light goes off, go to Step 4.
b. If EVAPORATOR FAN indicator light stays on, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 16) , P352-N and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 15 of 16) , P354-N.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 15 of 16) , J6-N and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 15 of 16) , J6-P.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL CONDENSER FAN INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON
SYMPTOM
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL CONDENSER FAN indicator light is on.
MALFUNCTION
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL CONDENSER FAN indicator light is on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. On ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL, press and release FAULT RESET switch.
a. If CONDENSER FAN indicator light goes off, go to Step 4.
b. If CONDENSER FAN indicator light stays on, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P352-W and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 16) , P353-F
0155 00-11 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL CONDENSER FAN INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON – Continued
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P352-V and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 16) , P353-E
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 16) , J10-E and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 16) , J10-F of condenser blower.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace condenser blower (WP 1311 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL COMPRESSOR INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON
SYMPTOM
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL COMPRESSOR indicator light is on.
MALFUNCTION
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL COMPRESSOR indicator light is on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Using jumper wire, jumper the following pins: go to Step 2.
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
SW1-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 16) , SW1-B
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
SW16-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 16) , SW16-D
2. On ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL, press and release FAULT RESET switch.
a. If COMPRESSOR indicator light goes off, replace high and low pressure switches (WP
1321 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If COMPRESSOR indicator light stays on, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) , P3-A
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
SW1-A (electrical pallet HIGH PRESSURE switch)
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) , P3-B
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
SW1-B (electrical pallet HIGH PRESSURE switch)
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) , P3-C
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
SW16-C (electrical pallet LOW PRESSURE switch)
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) , P3-D
and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
SW16-D (electrical pallet LOW PRESSURE switch)
Change 4 0155 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ECS FAULT INDICATOR PANEL COMPRESSOR INDICATOR LIGHT IS ON – Continued
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P352-Mand Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-M
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 15 of 16) , J6-M and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 15 of 16) , J6-P.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
EVAPORATOR BLOWER DOES NOT TURN ON
SYMPTOM
Evaporator blower does not turn on.
MALFUNCTION
Evaporator blower does not turn on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Verify EVAPORATOR FAN circuit breaker on ECS circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
a. If EVAPORATOR FAN circuit breaker is pushed in, go to Step 2.
b. If EVAPORATOR FAN circuit breaker is pulled out, push in circuit breaker. Go to Step 8.
c. If EVAPORATOR FAN circuit breaker will not reset, go to Step 7.
2. Install jumper wire between pins E and F on J11. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16) ,
J11-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15
of 16) , J11-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16) ,
J11-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15
of 16) , J11-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16) ,
J11-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15
of 16) , J11-D
a. If voltage is as specified, replace evaporator blower (WP 1310 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Install jumper wire between pins N and P on P354. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16) ,
P354-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16) ,
P354-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-D
0155 00-13 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EVAPORATOR BLOWER DOES NOT TURN ON – Continued
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16) ,
P354-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-D
a. If voltage is as specified, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P352-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-A
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P352-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-B
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P352-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-C
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16) ,
P352-D and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-D
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
5. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P349-D and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P349-E and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P349-F and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P349-Dand Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , CB512-A2 (ECS/HEAT PWR)
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P349-Eand Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , CB512-B2 (ECS/HEAT POWER)
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P349-Fand Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , CB512-C2 (ECS/HEAT POWER)
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS/HEAT POWER circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
Change 4 0155 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
EVAPORATOR BLOWER DOES NOT TURN ON – Continued
7. Disconnect P11 from evaporator blower and push in EVAPORATOR FAN circuit breaker
on ECS circuit breaker panel.
a. If EVAPORATOR FAN circuit breaker resets, replace evaporator blower (WP 1310 00).
Go to Step 8.
b. If EVAPORATOR FAN circuit breaker does not reset, replace ECU distribution box (WP
1313 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
CONDENSER BLOWER DOES NOT TURN ON
SYMPTOM
Condenser blower does not turn on.
MALFUNCTION
Condenser blower does not turn on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Verify CONDENSER FAN circuit breaker on ECS circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
a. If CONDENSER FAN circuit breaker is pushed in, go to Step 2.
b. If CONDENSER FAN circuit breaker is pulled out, push in circuit breaker. Go to Step 7.
c. If CONDENSER FAN circuit breaker will not reset, go to Step 6.
2. Install jumper wire between pins E and F on P353. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
P353-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 16) , P353-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
P353-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 16) , P353-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
P353-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 16) , P353-D
a. If voltage is as specified, replace condenser blower (WP 1311 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
P353-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 16) , P351-D
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
P353-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 16) , P351-E
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
P353-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 16) , P351-F
0155 00-15 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CONDENSER BLOWER DOES NOT TURN ON – Continued
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16) ,
P353-D and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 16) , P351-G
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-E.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
6. Disconnect P353 from condenser blower and push in CONDENSER FAN circuit breaker
on ECS circuit breaker panel.
a. If CONDENSER FAN circuit breaker resets, replace condenser blower (WP 1311 00). Go
to Step 7.
b. If CONDENSER FAN circuit breaker does not reset, replace ECU distribution box (WP
1313 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
COMPRESSOR MOTOR DOES NOT TURN ON
SYMPTOM
Compressor motor does not turn on.
MALFUNCTION
Compressor motor does not turn on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Verify MOTOR COMPRESSOR circuit breaker on ECS circuit breaker panel is pushed
in.
a. If MOTOR COMPRESSOR circuit breaker is pushed in, go to Step 2.
b. If MOTOR COMPRESSOR circuit breaker is pulled out, push in circuit breaker. Go to
Step 13.
c. If MOTOR COMPRESSOR circuit breaker will not reset, go to Step 12.
2. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16) ,
P357-A and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16) ,
P357-B and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16) ,
P357-C and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
Change 4 0155 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
COMPRESSOR MOTOR DOES NOT TURN ON – Continued
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-E and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
16 of 16) , P357-A
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-F and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
16 of 16) , P357-B
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-G and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
16 of 16) , P357-C
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
4. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-A and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-B and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-C and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 16) , K310-X1 (Compressor PWR relay) and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
6. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , K310-A2
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , K310-B2
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , K310-C2
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) ,
K310-X2 and ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
7. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) ,
K310-A1 and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) ,
K310-B1 and ground
0155 00-17 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
COMPRESSOR MOTOR DOES NOT TURN ON – Continued
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) ,
K310-C1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace compressor power relay (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) ,
K310-A1 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 16) , CL20-2
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) ,
K310-B1 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 16) , CL21-2
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) ,
K310-C1 and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 16) , CL22-2
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot ac electrical system (WP 0126 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
9. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) , K310-X1 and HH-60A> Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) , P298-T < HH-60L> Figure 2 - Environmental Control
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-A < . .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
10. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P298-L and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
11. Check continuity between HH-60L > Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-A < HH-60A> Figure 2 - Environmental Control System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16) , P298-L < and Figure 2 - Environmental Control
.
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-E.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
12. Disconnect P9 from compressor assembly and push in MOTOR COMPRESSOR circuit
breaker on ECS circuit breaker panel.
a. If MOTOR COMPRESSOR circuit breaker resets, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317
00). Go to Step 13.
b. If MOTOR COMPRESSOR circuit breaker does not reset, replace ECU distribution box
(WP 1313 00). Go to Step 13.
13. Procedure completed.
Change 4 0155 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ECS INOPERABLE
SYMPTOM
ECS inoperable.
MALFUNCTION
ECS inoperable.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 16) , P352-L and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P350-D and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16) ,
P352-J and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 7 of 16) , P352-L and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 16) , Terminal 1 of ECS CONTR circuit breaker.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS CONTR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
AIR DOES NOT FLOW FROM ECS OUTLET DUCT
SYMPTOM
Air does not flow from ECS outlet duct.
MALFUNCTION
Air does not flow from ECS outlet duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for blocked distribution ducts.
a. If distribution ducts are blocked, remove obstruction. Go to Step 5.
b. If distribution ducts are not blocked, go to Step 2.
2. Check for clogged demister.
a. If demister is clogged, replace demister pad (WP 1331 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If demister is not clogged, go to Step 3.
3. Check for blocked evaporator core.
a. If evaporator core is blocked, remove obstruction. Go to Step 5.
b. If evaporator core is not blocked, go to Step 4.
4. Check for blocked condenser core.
a. If condenser core is blocked, remove obstruction. Go to Step 5.
b. If condenser core is not blocked, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 5.
0155 00-19 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AIR DOES NOT FLOW FROM ECS OUTLET DUCT – Continued
5. Procedure completed.
COOL AIR DOES NOT FLOW FROM ECS DUCT
SYMPTOM
Cool air does not flow from ECS duct.
MALFUNCTION
Cool air does not flow from ECS duct.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-H and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16) ,
P352-R and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-K
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16) ,
P352-S and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-L
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16) ,
P352-T and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
16 of 16) , P354-J
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16) ,
P352-U and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
15 of 16) , P354-S
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If trouble remains, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 4.
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-H and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-E.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
EVAPORATOR BLOWER DOES NOT GO ON WITH ECS CONTROL MODE SELECT SWITCH IN VENT POSITION
SYMPTOM
Evaporator blower does not go on with ECS control mode select switch in VENT position.
MALFUNCTION
Evaporator blower does not go on with ECS control mode select switch in VENT position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-F and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 3.
Change 4 0155 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
EVAPORATOR BLOWER DOES NOT GO ON WITH ECS CONTROL MODE SELECT SWITCH IN VENT POSITION
– Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-F.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00). Go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
HEAT ON CAPSULE ON ECS CONTROL PANEL DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
HEAT ON capsule on ECS control panel does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
HEAT ON capsule on ECS control panel does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-J and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00). Go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , J198-K and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-J.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot indicator lights dimming system (WP 0130 00). Go to
Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
ECS HEATER INOPERABLE
SYMPTOM
ECS heater inoperable.
MALFUNCTION
ECS heater inoperable.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Verify upper and lower HEATER ELEMENTS circuit breakers on ECS circuit breaker
panel are pushed in.
a. If upper and lower HEATER ELEMENTS circuit breakers are pushed in, go to Step 2.
b. If upper and lower HEATER ELEMENTS circuit breakers are pulled out, push in circuit
breakers. Go to Step 11.
c. If upper and lower HEATER ELEMENTS circuit breakers will not reset, go to Step 5.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-G and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
0155 00-21 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ECS HEATER INOPERABLE – Continued
3. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16) ,
P355-H and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16) ,
P355-J and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16) ,
P355-K and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified go to Step 7.
4. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16) ,
P355-L and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16) ,
P355-M and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16) ,
P355-N and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace evaporator pallet (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified go to Step 8.
5. Disconnect P355 from evaporator pallet assembly and reset upper and lower HEATER
ELEMENTS circuit breakers.
a. If upper and lower HEATER ELEMENTS circuit breakers reset, replace evaporator pallet
assembly (WP 1317 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If upper and lower HEATER ELEMENTS circuit breakers do not reset, replace ECU
distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 11.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 16) , P356-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 9 of 16) , P352-G.
a. If continuity is present, replace ECS control panel (WP 1322 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
7. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P351-H and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
11 of 16) , P355-H
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P351-J and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11
of 16) , P355-J
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16) ,
P351-K and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
13 of 16) , P355-K
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
8. Check continuity between:
Change 4 0155 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ECS HEATER INOPERABLE – Continued
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P351-L and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
12 of 16) , P355-L
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P351-M and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
13 of 16) , P355-M
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P351-N and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
13 of 16) , P355-N
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
9. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P349-A and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P349-B and ground
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P349-C and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU distribution box (WP 1313 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not specified, go to Step 10.
10. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P349-A and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , CB525-A2 (HEAT POWER circuit breaker)
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P349-B and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , CB525-B2 (HEAT POWER circuit breaker)
• Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16) ,
P349-C and Figure 2 - Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 16) , CB525-C2 (HEAT POWER circuit breaker)
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot ac electrical system (WP 0126 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
11. Procedure completed.
0155 00-23 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P349 / J13
P350 / J14
P352 / J2
P351 / J1
D
E
P353 / J10
B
H
P354 / J6
P355 / J5 J
P357 / J12
NO. 3
RELAY PANEL
A P298 / J1
COMPRESSOR
POWER
RELAY
L
M
TERMINAL BOARD / TERMINAL BOARD /
LOCATION / DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
DISCONNECT PLUG / CONNECTION POINT
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE
P298 / J1 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
J198 INDICATOR LIGHTS
DIMMER P329 / J329 MAIN ROTOR DE-ICE
JUNCTION BOX
J906 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P349 / J13 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
P3 / J3 ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
UNIT
P350 / J14 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
P9 / J9 COMPRESSOR / MOTOR UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
P11 / J11 EVAPORATOR BLOWER P351 / J1 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
P129 / J129 COPILOT'S AUXILIARY P352 / J2 ELECTRICAL CONTROL
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
P210 / J210 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX P353 / J10 CONDENSER BLOWER
P212 LOW TEMPERATURE P354 / J6 EVAPORATOR PALLET
SWITCH SW3
P355 / J5 EVAPORATOR PALLET
P244 / J244 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P356 / J1 ECS CONTROL PANEL
P266 / J266 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL BL 25 RH P357 / J12 EVAPORATOR PALLET
AB0216_1A
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7).
Change 4 0155 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
MAJOR
CHANGE T6
CTR DAY NGT ON
COM NAV
OFF
#1 GEN #2 GEN
#1 CONV #2 CONV
APU ON APU GEN ON
FLT ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A
SYM BRT
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY'S
CAUTION/ADVISORY GRID
AB0216_2B
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7).
0155 00-25 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
GENERATORS
APU NO. 1 NO. 2
TEST TEST TEST
R R R
OE OE OE
FS FS FS
FE FE FE
T ON T ON T ON
WINDSHIELD ANTI-ICE
COPILOT CTR PILOT
O O O
F F F
F F F
ON ON ON
UPPER CONSOLE
AB0216_3
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7).
Change 4 0155 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
ARM
TEST
CREW'S HOIST CONTROL PANEL
C
CONDENSER
BLOWER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
P353
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J10
CONDENSER PALLET
AB0216_4
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7).
0155 00-27 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SIGHT GLASS
FILTER DRIER FLOW F
ECS
FAULT
SERVICE INDICATOR
ECS HAND PANEL
ECU CIRCUIT
DISTRIBUTION BREAKER VALVES
PANEL
BOX FAULT
15
EVAPORATOR
RESET
FAN
HEATER
25
CONDENSER
FAN
EVAPORATOR
SERVICE WITH R40XX
FAN
REFRIGERANT ONLY
25
HEATER
ELEMENTS
HEATER CONDENSER
ELEMENTS
FAN
25
J13 J3
MOTOR
COMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR
50
DC POWER
CONTROL
7.5
J2 J1 J14
ECS FAULT
INDICATOR PANEL
ECS ELECTRICAL PALLET
E F
G
ECS
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
15
EVAPORATOR
FAN
25
CONDENSER
FAN
25
HEATER
ELEMENTS
HEATER
ELEMENTS
25
MOTOR
COMPRESSOR
50
DC POWER
CONTROL
7.5
ECS
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL AB0216_5
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7).
Change 4 0155 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
EVAPORATOR
BLOWER
COMPRESSOR
EVAPORATOR PALLET
H
OFF
AC VENT
AC ON
HEAT
HEAT ON
COOL WARM
ECS CONTROL PANEL
AB0216_6
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7).
0155 00-29 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 1 AC PRI
ECS/HEAT
POWER
30
NO. 1 AC PRI NO. 1 DC PRI
HEAT
POWER ECS
25 7.5
CONTR
COPILOT'S AUXILIARY CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
M L
B PILOT HOIST
L CABLE
MODE OVERRIDE POWER
A UP ON
D
AUTO M
E POWER TEST T
AN
ON IN
U
D
AL
E L
I DOWN OFF
CUT
C M
E TEST
PROGRESS
BLADE DEICE CONTROL PANEL PILOT'S HOIST CONTROL PANEL
AB0216_7
SA
Figure 1. Environmental Control System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 7).
Change 4 0155 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
SCHEMATICS
ECS/HEAT POWER
A CB512
1
A2
TO
NO. 1 B
AC PRI 2 SHEET
B2 4
115 VAC C
30 3
AMP C2
HEAT POWER
A CB525
4
A2
B TO
NO. 1
AC PRI 5 SHEET
B2 5
115 VAC C
25 6
AMP C2
ECS CONTR P129 J129
CB519
NO. 1 7.5 b 7 TO SHEET 7
DC PRI AMP 1
28 VDC
COPILOT'S AUXILIARY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
K1 A3
CL20
1 2 A1
A3
A2
8
CL21 B3
1 2 B1
B3 TO
B2
9 SHEET
C3 6
CL22
1 2 C1
C3
C2
CURRENT LIMITER 10
X2
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX K310
GDK310-1 X1 +
K310
COMPRESSOR
PWR
COMPRESSOR
PWR RELAY
11
NOTE
HH60L
AB2104_1
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16).
0155 00-31 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ECS CONTROL PANEL
B3 B3
B2 DS1 B2 DS2
S1 AC ON HTR ON
R1 B1 B1
C 5K
1 2W A3 A3
1 3
AC
PANEL LIGHTING
2 A2 A2
3 A1 A1
OFF
5 VAC NVG
TJ1
X2 X2
VENT
2 A B
HEAT
X1 X1
F G K1 K2
J1
P356 A B C D E G J N P R S
SG356-1
J198 K TJ5VB L GDP356-1
INDICATOR
LIGHTS
DIMMER
12 TO
13 SHEET
9
14
15 TO SHEET 7
22 23
K312 B3 K305 B3
K300 P298 J1
B2 B2
m A3
HOIST POWER B1 B1
A2
RELAY A
A1
P244
SA1000-1
EXT PWR NO. 2
E ON GEN ON
P210
CR2 K302 B3 K304 B3
X1 X2
g H B2 B2
J906
K301 B1 B1
K D
GND298-1
11 T APU ON NO. 1
GEN ON
L
SG298-3
REFER TO
BLADE DEICE NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
SYSTEM
16 TO SHEET 9
(SEE DETAIL A)
AB2104_2
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16).
Change 4 0155 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
17
18
19
20
21 TO
SHEET
22 6
P353 B A D C E F
J10
23
WHITE
WHITE
24
25
THERMOSTAT
26
GREEN
BLACK
BLUE
RED
SW1 A B SW16 C D
1 2 1 2
HIGH LOW
PRESSURE PRESSURE
CONDENSER BLOWER ELECTRICAL PALLET
15
22 23
REFER TO
BLADE DEICE K300 P298 J1
SYSTEM
HOIST POWER m
RELAY A
P244
SA1000-1
E
P210
g H
J906
K D
GND298-1
11 SG298-3 T
L
16
DETAIL A (SEE NOTE) AB2104_3
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16).
0155 00-33 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
1 27
TO
SHEET
TO 11
SHEET 2 28
1
3 29 TO SHEET 13
30 TO SHEET 15
17
18
19
20
CBL007
CBL009
P349 F E D P352 M P351 G H J K D E F
J13 J2 J1
P3 J3
23 A 31 TO SHEET 6
24 B
25 C 32
26 D 33 TO
34 SHEET
5
35
TB2 4 3 2 36
37 TO SHEET 10
SSR4
HEATER X1
ELEMENTS
X2
25
AMP
CB4
SSR2
CONDENSER X1
FAN
X2
25
AMP
CB2
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX AB2104_4
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16).
Change 4 0155 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
38 TO
SHEET
39 13
40 TO SHEET 12
41
42 TO
SHEET
43 15
44
CBL002
TO 6
SHEET 5
1
4 CBL006 CBL008
P349 A B C P351 N M L P352 A B C D
J13 J1 J2
32
33
TO 34
SHEET
4 35 45
36 46
SSR5
HEATER X1
ELEMENTS
X2
TO
SHEET
10
25
AMP
CB5
SSR3
EVAPORATOR X1
FAN
X2
47
15
AMP
CB3
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX AB2104_5
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16).
0155 00-35 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
48 TO
49 SHEET
50 16
51 TO SHEET 15
52 TO SHEET 16
TO SGP352-1
21
SHEET SGP352-2
3 22
TO
8
SHEET 9
1 10 GD350-1
CBL003 CBL004 GDP352-1
P350 C B A D E F G P352 W V N Q J
J14 J2
TO SHEET 4 31
TB5 3 4 5 8
TO
45 53 SHEET
54 10
55
56 TO
SHEET
57 9
58
SW15
2 1
RELAY TEMP
LIMITING SW
59
SSR1
MOTOR X1
COMPRESSOR 60
X2
TO
SHEET
7
61
50
AMP 62
CB1
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16).
Change 4 0155 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
63 TO SHEET 16
64 TO
65 SHEET
15
66
TO SHEET 1 7
SGP298-2
TO SHEET 2 15
P352 L T U R S
J2
DC POWER
CONTROL
7.5
AMP
(NOT USED)
TB5 9 10 1 2 6 7
28 VDC 67
68 TO SHEET 10
69
TO
70 SHEET
71 9
72
TB1
7 6 73
5 8 74
75
1 28 VDC 76
SUPPLY
77
HEATER 16
59 15 78
FAULT
TB3
EVAP FAN 14 1
60 13
FAULT
TO
SHEET
6
COND FAN 12
61 11
FAULT
TB3
COMP 10 9
62 9
FAULT
FAULT INDICATOR CONTROL
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX AB2104_7
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16).
0155 00-37 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
67 28 VDC
73
74
75
76
77
78
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
COMP FAIL COND FAN EVAP FAN HEATER FAIL FAULT RESET
L3 L4 L5 L6 SW2
FAULT INDICATOR PANEL
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX AB2104_8
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 16).
Change 4 0155 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
79 TO SHEET 15
13
TO
SHEET
14
2 16
12
P352 H E F G P
J2
TB1 4 1 2 3 7
TO SHEET 6 55 18 HEATER SAFETY 80
11 HEATER ON 81
TO 69 17 82
SHEET
7 71 9
56 15 EVAPORATOR SAFETY 83
TO 10 FAN ON 84
SHEET
6
57 14 CONDENSER SAFETY 85
12 COOL ON 86
TO SHEET 7 70 19 (THERMISTOR)
TO SHEET 6 58 13 COMPRESSOR SAFETY 87
20 VARIABLE CONTROL
16 +
- 28 VDC
(HOT GAS + 88
SUPPLY
TO SHEET 7 72 8 BYPASS
R1
VALVE) -
SYSTEM CONTROL ASSEMBLY
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX AB2104_9
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16).
0155 00-39 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO SHEET 6 54
TO SHEET 4 37
TO
SHEET
47
5 46
TO SHEET 7 68
TO SHEET 6 53
80 HEATER SAFETY
TB3
81 HEATER ON
1 6
82
83 EVAPORATOR SAFETY
84 FAN ON 2 5
85 CONDENSER SAFETY
86 COOL ON 3 4
87 COMPRESSOR SAFETY
4 3
5
88 28 VDC SUPPLY 6
SYSTEM CONTROL ASSEMBLY
ELECTRICAL CONTROL UNIT DISTRIBUTION BOX
AB2104_10
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10 of 16).
Change 4 0155 00-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
TO
SHEET
28
4 27
CBL007
P355 H J
J5
TB4 1 2
89
90 TO SHEET 13
91 TO SHEET 14
92 TO SHEET 13
TB6 1 TB6 2 TB6 3
TB7 1 TB7 3 TB7 5
1 2 1 2 1 2
HEATER OVERTEMP
HEATER OVERTEMP
HEATER OVERTEMP
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SW8
SW7
SW9
SW7 HEATER SW8 HEATER SW9 HEATER
OVERTEMP SW OVERTEMP SW OVERTEMP SW
EVAPORATOR PALLET ASSEMBLY AB2104_11
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16).
0155 00-41 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO SHEET 540
CBL006
P355 L
J5
TB4 4
93 TO
89 94 SHEET
95 14
TB6 4 TB7 2 TB7 4
TB7 7 TB8 1 TB8 2
1 2 1 2 1 2
HEATER OVERTEMP
HEATER OVERTEMP
HEATER OVERTEMP
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SW11
SW12
SW10
SW10 HEATER SW11 HEATER SW12 HEATER
OVERTEMP SW OVERTEMP SW OVERTEMP SW
EVAPORATOR PALLET ASSEMBLY
AB2104_12
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16).
Change 4 0155 00-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
TO SHEET 5 38
TO SHEET 4 29
TO SHEET 5 39
CBL007
CBL006
P355 M K N
J5
TB4 5 3 6
96
97
TO 90
SHEET
11 92
98
99
100
TB7 6 TB7 8
TB8 3 TB8 4
1 2 1 2
B A C
HEATER OVERTEMP
HEATER OVERTEMP
HR1 HR3
B A
SWITCH
SWITCH
SW13
SW14
A B
B A
HR2
SW13 HEATER SW14 HEATER HEATER ASSEMBLY
OVERTEMP SW OVERTEMP SW
EVAPORATOR PALLET ASSEMBLY AB2104_13
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16).
0155 00-43 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO 95
SHEET
12 94
96
97
98
99
100
TO SHEET 11 91
TO SHEET 12 93
B A C B A C B A C
HR4 HR6 HR7 HR9 HR10 HR12
B A B A B A
A B A B A B
B A B A B A
HR5 HR8 HR11
HEATER ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR PALLET ASSEMBLY AB2104_14
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14 of 16).
Change 4 0155 00-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0155 00
TO SHEET 7 64
TO SHEET 9 79
TO 65
SHEET
7 66
TO SHEET 4 30
TO SHEET 6 51
43
TO 44
SHEET
5 41
42
P354 B A D C N M L K P S
J6
TB4 13 12 10 7 14
101
102
2 1
TEMP SENSOR RT1
103
104
105
J11 P9 B A C D E P212 3 2 1
P11 B A D C E F J9
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
THERMOSTAT
THERMOSTAT
GREEN
BLACK
BLUE
RED
LOW TEMP
SW SW3
EVAPORATOR BLOWER COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
AB2104_15
EVAPORATOR PALLET ASSEMBLY SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16).
0155 00-45 Change 4
0155 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO SHEET 7 63
52
TO 48
SHEET
6 49
50
P357 C B A P354 R J
J12 J6
TB4 8 9 11
101
102
103
104
105
C B A 1 2 2 1
SW5
ELEMENT HOT GAS BYPASS
C1 TEMP SW VALVE
2 1 2 1
SW6 SW4
ELEMENT HIGH TEMP
TEMP SW SW
EVAPORATOR PALLET ASSEMBLY AB2104_16
SA
Figure 2. Environmental Control System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 4 0155 00-46
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
HOISTS AND WINCHES
RESCUE HOIST KIT
This WP supersedes WP 0156 00, dated 1 August 2011.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Insulated Jumper Wire (5)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 0114 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0837 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1346 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1348 00
Personnel Required WP 1350 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (2) WP 1351 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1366 00
WP 1737 00
References
WP 1800 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
TM 1-1680-320-13&P Equipment Condition
WP 0106 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0108 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Rescue Hoist Kit Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) for component location diagram
and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) for schematic diagram as an
aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The rescue hoist kit operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Cable Shear
• Rescue Hoist
CABLE SHEAR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
• Rescue hoist cable cutter contains an explosive cartridge. Use extreme care when
handling to prevent injury to personnel. Static producing clothing is prohibited. When
disconnecting cable cutter harness, install piece of aluminum foil between cartridge pins
and install shipping cap.
0156 00-1 Change 4 – 30 APRIL 2013
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CABLE SHEAR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Prior to installation of the cable cutter cartridge electrical connector, perform CAD CIR-
CUIT CHECK (TM 1-1680-320-13&P).
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Disconnect connector from rescue hoist cable cutter’s primer charge and install piece of aluminum foil
between cartridge pins and install shipping cap.
STEP
2. Make sure HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker on upper console circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
STEP
3. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
4. On rescue hoist control panel, press face of SQUIB IND light.
CONDITION/INDICATION
SQUIB IND light shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to SQUIB IND Light Does Not Go On When Pressed, in this work
package.
STEP
5. Install insulated jumper wires between cable cutter connector pins A and B, and between pins C and D.
STEP
6. Place rescue hoist control panel SQUIB switch from NORM to TEST and hold.
CONDITION/INDICATION
SQUIB IND light shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to SQUIB IND Light Does Not Go On When SQUIB Switch Is Placed
To Test, in this work package.
STEP
7. Release rescue hoist control panel SQUIB switch. Make sure SQUIB switch returns to NORM and SQUIB
IND light goes out.
STEP
8. Remove insulated jumper wires from cable cutter connector pins A and B, and from pins C and D.
STEP
9. Connect multimeter to cable cutter connector pins A and B.
STEP
10. Place rescue hoist control panel CABLE SHEAR switch to FIRE.
Change 4 0156 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
CABLE SHEAR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to No Voltage To Cable Cutter When CABLE SHEAR Switch In FIRE,
in this work package.
STEP
11. Connect multimeter to cable cutter connector pins C and D.
STEP
12. Place rescue hoist control panel CABLE SHEAR switch to FIRE.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace cable cutter cable (P6 to cable cutter connector) (TM 1-1680-
320-13&P ).
STEP
13. Release rescue hoist control panel CABLE SHEAR switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace RESCUE HOIST control panel (WP 1350 00).
STEP
14. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
15. Disconnect multimeter from cable cutter connector.
STEP
16. Remove shipping cap and aluminum foil from cable cutter’s primer charge and connect hoist cable cutter
connector to cable cutter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Hoist cable cutter connector shall be connected to the cutter.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
RESCUE HOIST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make sure RESQ HST CONTROL circuit breaker on mission readiness circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
0156 00-3 Change 4
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
NOTE
If either #1 CONV or #2 CONV lights on the caution/advisory panel are on, troubleshoot dc
electrical system (WP 0106 00).
3. On rescue hoist control unit, make sure AIRCRAFT POSITION switch is in position 2 - 4, and SPEED MODE
switch is in LOW. On rescue hoist control panel, place MASTER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
NOTE
Listen or feel to check for fan motor operation.
1. Fan motor in hoist shall be operating.
2. Blue POWER ON indicator light on rescue hoist control unit (42305-700 and 42305-702 only) shall
be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to Fan Does Not Operate And POWER ON Light Does Not
Go On, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Fan Does Not Operate, But Blue POWER ON Light Goes
On, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, check for burnt-out POWER ON lamp.
a. If lamp is operational, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
b. If lamp is not operational, replace lamp (WP 1366 00).
STEP
4. Place rescue hoist control panel BOOM switch to OUT and hold.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Boom shall swing out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Rescue Hoist Boom Does Not Swing Out, in this work package.
STEP
5. Place rescue hoist control panel BOOM switch to OFF.
STEP
6. Place rescue hoist control panel BOOM switch to IN and hold.
Change 4 0156 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
RESCUE HOIST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
BOOM shall swing back into cabin.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Rescue Hoist Boom Does Not Swing In, in this work package.
STEP
7. Place rescue hoist control panel BOOM switch to OFF.
STEP
8. Place crewman’s pendant control BOOM switch to OUT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Boom shall swing out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace boom ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
STEP
9. Place crewman’s pendant control BOOM switch to IN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Boom shall swing back into cabin.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace boom ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
STEP
10. Place crewman’s pendant control BOOM switch to OUT.
STEP
11. Place rescue hoist control unit SPEED MODE switch to HIGH.
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent damage to hook or cable, assistant should walk cable and hook away from helicopter
when reeling cable.
12. Place rescue hoist control panel CABLE switch to DOWN and hold.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. First 8 - 12 feet of cable shall reel out at about 67 fpm. CAUTION light on crewman’s control pendant
shall be on.
2. The next 230 feet of cable shall reel out at an increased rate of speed (about 250 fpm). CAUTION
light shall be off.
3. The last 8 - 12 feet of cable shall reel out at a decreased rate of speed (about 67 fpm). CAUTION
light shall be on.
4. Hoist down limit switch shall stop hoist when 250 feet of cable is out. There shall be no less than
5 wraps of cable remaining on drum.
0156 00-5 Change 4
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If cable does not reel out, go to Rescue Hoist Cable Does Not Reel Out, in this work package.
2. If cable reels out, but does not operate correctly, replace winch and winch motor (TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
STEP
13. Release rescue hoist control panel CABLE switch to OFF.
STEP
14. Place rescue hoist control panel CABLE switch to UP and hold.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. First 8 - 12 feet of cable shall reel in at about 67 fpm. CAUTION light on crewman’s control pendant shall
be on.
2. The next 230 feet of cable shall reel in at an increased rate of speed (about 250 fpm). CAUTION light
shall be on.
3. With about 8 - 12 feet of cable left, cable speed shall decrease to about 67 fpm. CAUTION light shall be
on.
4. The last 12 - 18 inches of cable shall reel in at a much slower speed (about 12 fpm). CAUTION light shall
remain on.
5. Hoist up limit switch shall stop hoist when striker disk on top of hook hits up limit switch actuator. CAU-
TION light shall go out when cable stops.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If cable does not reel in, go to Rescue Hoist Cable Does Not Reel In, in this work package.
2. If cable reels in, but does not operate correctly, replace winch and winch motor (TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
STEP
15. Release rescue hoist control panel CABLE switch to OFF.
STEP
16. Repeat steps 12 through 14 using HOIST DOWN UP switch on crewman’s control pendant instead of CABLE
switch on rescue hoist control panel. Also check that cable speed can be varied when CAUTION light on
pendant is out (beyond the 8 - 12 foot limits).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Results shall be the same as operating the hoist using rescue hoist control. Cable speed shall vary from 0
- 250 fpm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace rescue hoist control unit (TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
STEP
17. Place rescue hoist control unit SPEED MODE switch to LOW.
STEP
18. Repeat steps 12 through 15
CONDITION/INDICATION
Rescue hoist shall operate same as in steps 12 through 15 except maximum cable speed will be 125 fpm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace rescue hoist control unit (TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
Change 4 0156 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
RESCUE HOIST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
19. Place rescue hoist control panel BOOM switch to IN.
STEP
20. Place rescue hoist control panel MASTER switch to OFF.
STEP
21. Turn off electrical power.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Power shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
SQUIB IND LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WHEN PRESSED
SYMPTOM
SQUIB IND light does not go on when pressed.
MALFUNCTION
SQUIB IND light does not go on when pressed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for burnt-out lamp.
a. If lamp is operational, go to Step 2.
b. If lamp is not operational, replace lamp (WP 1351 00). Go to Step 5.
2. With SQUIB IND light pressed, check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , J228-J and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , J228-V.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, replace rescue hoist control panel (WP 1350 00). Go to Step 5.
3. With upper console CONSOLE LT LOWER switch set to BRT, check for 28 vdc between
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P228-V and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P228-J and ground (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
, J902-h and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , P902-hand Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , P228-V (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot dimming control system (WP 0114 00). Go to
Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
0156 00-7 Change 4
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SQUIB IND LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WHEN SQUIB SWITCH IS PLACED TO TEST
SYMPTOM
SQUIB IND light does not go on when SQUIB switch is placed to test.
MALFUNCTION
SQUIB IND light does not go on when SQUIB switch is placed to test.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect rescue hoist plug from rescue hoist. Go to Step 2.
2. Connect insulated jumper wire between pins H and B on plug. Go to Step 3.
3. With SQUIB switch at TEST, check to see if SQUIB IND light goes on.
a. If light is on, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to Step 7.
b. If light is not on, go to Step 4.
4. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 5.
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3)
, P228-J and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P228-L.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P228-T and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-H on rescue hoist control unit power cable (WP 1348 00). Go
to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check for 28 vdc between HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Rescue
Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 1 and P228-L (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
NO VOLTAGE TO CABLE CUTTER WHEN CABLE SHEAR SWITCH IN FIRE
SYMPTOM
No voltage to cable cutter when CABLE SHEAR switch in FIRE.
MALFUNCTION
No voltage to cable cutter when CABLE SHEAR switch in FIRE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3)
, P6-C and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P6-D.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace cable cutter cable (P6 to cable cutter connector) (TM
1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check for 28 vdc between rescue hoist control unit power cable pins Figure 2 - Rescue
Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , H and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to
Step 3.
Change 4 0156 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
NO VOLTAGE TO CABLE CUTTER WHEN CABLE SHEAR SWITCH IN FIRE – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace rescue hoist control panel (WP 1350 00). Go to Step
3.
3. Procedure completed.
FAN DOES NOT OPERATE AND POWER ON LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
Fan does not operate and POWER ON light does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
Fan does not operate and POWER ON light does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3)
, P228-D and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P228-J.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
2. Place MASTER switch to ON and check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , J228-D and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-S.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, replace rescue hoist control panel (WP 1350 00). Go to Step 5.
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3)
, P228-S and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-G.
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to
Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
4. Check for 28 vdc between RESQ HST CONTROL circuit breaker Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Rescue
Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P228-D (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
FAN DOES NOT OPERATE, BUT BLUE POWER ON LIGHT GOES ON
SYMPTOM
Fan does not operate, but blue POWER ON light goes on.
MALFUNCTION
Fan does not operate, but blue POWER ON light goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With MASTER switch ON, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-B and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-A on rescue hoist control unit power cable.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to
Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
0156 00-9 Change 4
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAN DOES NOT OPERATE, BUT BLUE POWER ON LIGHT GOES ON – Continued
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3)
, K14-A2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wire between relay Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , K14-A2 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-A on rescue hoist control unit power cable (WP 1800 00). Go
to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc between relay Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 3) , K14-A1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wire between relay Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , K14-A1 and NO. 2 DC PRI BUS (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 9.
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3)
, K14-X1 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , K14-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace relay K14 (WP 1346 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3)
, P228-D and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P228-J.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace rescue hoist control panel (WP 1350 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
, J229-B and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace RESQ HST CONTROL circuit breaker CB12A
(WP 0837 00). Go to Step 9.
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3)
, P240-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace relay K14 (WP 1346 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3)
, P228-G and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , P240-C.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , P240-K and relay Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , K14-X1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST BOOM DOES NOT SWING OUT
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist boom does not swing out.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist boom does not swing out.
Change 4 0156 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
RESCUE HOIST BOOM DOES NOT SWING OUT – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With MASTER switch ON, and BOOM switch at OUT, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2
- Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-D and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-B on rescue hoist control unit power cable.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
2. Check that boom up limit, actuator limit, and torque limit switches are properly ad-
justed.
a. If limits and switches are properly adjusted, replace boom motor ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P
). Go to Step 4.
b. If limits and switches are not properly adjusted, adjust switches ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
Go to Step 4.
c. If trouble remains, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to Step 4.
3. With MASTER switch ON, and BOOM switch at OUT, check continuity between Figure 2
- Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-S and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-R.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wire between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P228-R and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-D on rescue hoist control unit power cable (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace rescue hoist control panel (WP 1350 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST BOOM DOES NOT SWING IN
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist boom does not swing in.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist boom does not swing in.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With MASTER switch ON and BOOM switch at IN, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 -
Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-F and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-B on rescue hoist control unit power cable.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
2. Check that boom up limit, actuator limit, and torque limit switches are properly ad-
justed.
a. If limits and switches are properly adjusted, replace boom motor ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P
). Go to Step 4.
b. If limits and switches are not properly adjusted, adjust switches ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ).
Go to Step 4.
c. If trouble remains, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to Step 4.
3. With MASTER switch ON and BOOM switch at IN, check continuity between Figure 2 -
Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-S and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-P.
0156 00-11 Change 4
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST BOOM DOES NOT SWING IN – Continued
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wire between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P228-P and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-F on rescue hoist control unit power cable (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace rescue hoist control panel (WP 1350 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL OUT
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist cable does not reel out.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist cable does not reel out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With MASTER switch ON and CABLE switch at DOWN, check for 28 vdc between Figure
2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-C and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-B on rescue hoist control unit power cable.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
2. Check that cams in limit switch drive assembly are properly adjusted.
a. If cams in limit switch drive assembly are properly adjusted, replace winch motor (TM
1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to Step 4.
b. If cams in limit switch drive assembly are not properly adjusted, adjust cams (TM
1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to Step 4.
c. If trouble remains, replace limit switch drive assembly ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to
Step 4.
d. If trouble still remains, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to
Step 4.
3. With MASTER switch ON and CABLE switch at DOWN, check continuity between Figure
2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-N and Figure 2 - Rescue
Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-S.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P228-N and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-C on rescue hoist control unit power cable (WP 1800 00). Go
to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace rescue hoist control panel (WP 1350 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL IN
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist cable does not reel in.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist cable does not reel in.
Change 4 0156 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
RESCUE HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL IN – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With MASTER switch ON and CABLE switch at UP, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2
- Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-E and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-B on rescue hoist control unit power cable.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
2. Check that cams in limit switch drive assembly are properly adjusted.
a. If cams in limit switch drive assembly are properly adjusted, replace winch motor (TM
1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to Step 4.
b. If cams in limit switch drive assembly are not properly adjusted, adjust cams (TM
1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to Step 4.
c. If trouble remains, replace limit switch drive assembly ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to
Step 4.
d. If trouble still remains, replace rescue hoist control unit ( TM 1-1680-320-13&P ). Go to
Step 4.
3. With MASTER switch ON and CABLE switch at UP, check continuity between Figure 2 -
Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-M and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , J228-S.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3) , P228-M and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3) , P1-E on rescue hoist control unit power cable (WP 1800 00). Go
to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace rescue hoist control panel (WP 1350 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0156 00-13 Change 4
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P227 / J227
P229 / J229 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P242 / J242
P217 / J217
NO. 1
JUNCTION BOX
P210 / J210
P246 / J246
B
P249 / J249
RESCUE HOIST
POWER RELAY
K14
C
D
A
P1 / J1 P25R / J25R
P914 / J914
NO. 2
JUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHTS
BOX DIMMER BOX
P200 / J200 P393
P916 / J916
P247 / J247 P226 / J226
P120 / J120
P13R / J13R
P228 / J228
TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/
LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
DISCONNECT PLUG/
CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
RECEPTACLE
P1 / J1 RESCUE HOIST CONTROL P228 / J228 RESCUE HOIST CONTROL
UNIT PANEL
P13R / J13R CABIN, BL 20 RH, STA 247 P229 / J229 CABIN CEILING, BL 5 LH,
STA 300
P25R / J25R CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 280
P240 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P120 / J120 COCKPIT TUB, BL 30 RH,
STA 220 P242 / J242 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P126R / J126R COCKPIT CEILING, BL 28 P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING, BL 5 RH,
RH, STA 243 STA 247
P200 / J200 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 13 P247 / J247 CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248
RH, STA 246 P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT'S
P210 / J210 NO. 1 MAIN ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL,
JUNCTION BOX BL 23 LH
P217 / J217 CABIN CEILING, BL 0, STA P393 INDICATOR LIGHTS DIMMER
284 BOX
P219 / J219 CABIN FLOOR, BL 25 RH, P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
STA 247 P914 / J914 COCKPIT, BL 24 LH, STA
P226 / J226 LOWER CONSOLE, BL 10 247
LH, STA 226
P916 / J916 COCKPIT TUB, BL 25 RH,
P227 / J227 CABIN CEILING, BL 20 RH, STA 247
STA 340
AA3438_1
SA
Figure 1. Rescue Hoist Kit Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3).
Change 4 0156 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
NO. 2 PRI BUS
RESQ HST
10
CONTROL D
RESCUE HOIST C
CONTROL UNIT
MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
RESCUE HOIST
A B
CONSOLE LT
LOWER
OFF BRT
AA3438_2A
UPPER CONSOLE SA
Figure 1. Rescue Hoist Kit Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3).
0156 00-15 Change 4
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST CONTROL
DC ESNTL BUS
CABLE SHEAR
BOOM
OFF MASTER
O
OUT IN F
F FIRE
ON
S
CABLE SQUIB H
UP E
HOIST TEST A
CABLE R
O
F
5 F
DOWN IND NORM SAFE
SHEAR
UPPER CONSOLE RESCUE HOIST
CONTROL PANEL
D E
PENDANT
CONTROL HOIST
PANEL DOWN
CAUTION OVERTEMP
OUT
BOOM
SWITCH
IN
BOOM HOIST
CONTROL
UP SWITCH
ICS
SWITCH
PENDANT
PISTOL GRIP
CONNECTOR
CREWMAN'S PENDANT AA3438_3
SA
Figure 1. Rescue Hoist Kit Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3).
Change 4 0156 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
SCHEMATICS
HOIST CABLE
SHEAR J200 P200 P914 J914
DC J226 P226
ESNTL CB323
5 d CC L
BUS
2 AMP 1
28 VDC BB D
UPPER CONSOLE
RESQ HST
CONTROL J229 P229
NO.2 C
PRI CB12A
10 B
BUS DC
2 AMP 1
J
28 VDC
U
MISSION READINESS
GND226-1
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
LIGHTS
ADVSY J249 P249 P914 J914
NO. 1 CB140
DC PRI 5 P DD K
BUS 2 AMP 1
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
VOLTAGE OUT AA G
WHEN
J246 P246 P217 J217
CONSOLE
LT LOWER EE V
J g
KNOB IS TURNED SG246-2 SG299-1
FROM OFF TO
BRT
UPPER CONSOLE
BUS TIE CONTACTOR
P240 J210 P210
3
C h
1
K j
J229 P229
2
A
K15
RELAY ENERGIZED
WHEN CAUTION /
CONTACTOR ENERGIZED TO REMOVE ADVISORY PANEL
HOIST POWER IF EITHER CONVERTER BRT / DIM-TEST
SHOULD MALFUNCTION 28 VDC
SWITCH PLACED TO P914 J914 P393 J393 FROM
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX BRT / DIM SG902-5
T 2 LIGHTS
B
TO SELECT DIM ADVISORY
CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE TO BREAKER
K40
DIMMING LOGIC
D1 J902 P902
SG902-6
D2
V
D3
h S D 4 6 VDC
LEGEND SG902-7
ELECTRICAL LEFT RELAY PANEL 28V (BRT)
INDICATOR
6V (DIM) LIGHTS DIMMER
MECHANICAL BOX
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3).
0156 00-17 Change 4
0156 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P228 J228
1
L 2
MASTER UP 3
SWITCH OFF DOWN IN OFF OUT
S1 CABLE
OFF ON BOOM 1 3
SWITCH 1 3
1 3 SWITCH
S2
2 S3 2
4 TO
2 SHEET
5 3
D
6
J
U 7
8
9
E2 CR1 E1 E3 E4
2 10
2 3 1 R1
3
K
X1 X2
PANEL LIGHTS 1
K1
SQUIB
IND
(SQUIB TEST LIGHT)
G
RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL
J1 P1
28 VDC CABLE
CUT COMMAND H 11
28 VDC BOOM
IN COMMAND
F 12
28 VDC CONTROL
POWER
G 13
28 VDC BOOM
OUT COMMAND
D 14 TO
28 VDC CABLE SHEET
DOWN COMMAND
C 15 3
X1 X2 28 VDC CABLE
GND J227 P227 P1 J1 UP COMMAND E 16
K14-1
28 VDC
W HOIST MOTOR P227 J227 P229 J229 P25R J25R
A
A1 A2 POWER
K14 INTERCOM- J J L D 17
MUNICATION
RESCUE HOIST SYSTEM K K K
POWER RELAY
B X
GND229-1
GND227-1
K6 RESCUE HOIST
A2 CONTROL UNIT
CL16 A1
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX AB1528_2
SA
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3).
Change 4 0156 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0156 00
J228 P228 P226 J226
1 M M
2
3 N N
2 SQUIB
SWITCH S4
1 3
TEST NORM
TO 4 R R
SHEET
2 5 S S
6 P P
7 C
8
9
FIRE SAFE
10 3
1
2 CABLE SHEAR
SWITCH S5
C
T T
RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL
P229 J229 P914 J914
P227 J227 M FF
SGJ914-3
11 H D u
SGJ914-1
12 F G x
SGJ914-2
13 G E v
SGJ914-4
w
SGJ914-5
TO 14 D F
SHEET y
2 15 C H
16 E J z
J13R P13R P126R J126R
17 BB B
CREWCHIEF'S/RIGHT P120 J120 P247 J247 P916 J916
GUNNER'S INTERCOM-
MUNICATION SYSTEM c f N
CONTROL PANEL
P219 J219
TO COPILOT'S R h i
CYCLIC STICK
(PROVISIONAL) L g h
S i n
M j p
AB1528_3
SA
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0156 00-19 Change 4
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
HOISTS AND WINCHES
RESCUE HOIST SYSTEM HH-60A HH-60L> . . <
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Container (55-gallon)
Infrared Light Test Set WP 2014 00, Figure 149 - WP 0837 00
Infrared Light, Test Set WP 0840 00
Jumper Wires WP 0946 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 1349 00
28 vdc Test Lamp WP 1355 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1360 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1362 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1363 00
Gloves WP 1364 00
Personnel Required WP 1737 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (2) WP 1800 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 2014 00
References Equipment Condition
TM 1-1520-237-10 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0108 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Rescue Hoist System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) for component location
diagram and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for schematic
diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The rescue hoist kit operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Cable Shear
• Rescue Hoist Assembly
• Dual-Mode Controllable Searchlight
0157 00-1
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CABLE SHEAR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
The squib is an electrically activated explosive device. Improper checkout of the cable shear
function could result in serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Disconnect connector Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P6 from squib on
rescue hoist assembly.
STEP
WARNING
All squibs and squib actuated devices shall be handled as live ammunition. Squibs or squib
actuated devices which have been fired may retain an explosive residue capable of presenting
a hazardous condition.
2. Carefully install a piece of aluminum foil around squib pins and install shipping cap.
STEP
3. Make sure HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker on upper console circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
STEP
4. Turn on external electrical power.
STEP
5. On pilot’s hoist control panel, place HOIST POWER-ON-OFF switch to ON.
STEP
6. Connect 28 vdc test lamp between pins Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) A
and B on connector Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P6.
STEP
7. Place crew’s hoist control panel ARM-TEST switch to ARM.
STEP
8. On crew’s hoist control panel, lift CABLE CUT switch guard, press and hold CABLE CUT switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test lamp shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Test Lamp Does Not Go On When Crew’s Hoist Control Panel
CABLE CUT Switch Is Pressed, in this work package.
0157 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
CABLE SHEAR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
9. Release crew’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch and lower guard.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test lamp shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If test lamp does not go off, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00).
STEP
10. On pilot’s hoist control panel, lift CABLE CUT switch guard and press and hold CABLE CUT switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test lamp shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If test lamp does not go on, go to Test Lamp Does Not Go On When Pilot’s Hoist Control Panel CABLE CUT Switch
Is Pressed, in this work package.
STEP
11. Release pilot’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch and lower guard.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test lamp shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If test lamp does not go off, replace pilot’s hoist control panel (WP 1362 00).
STEP
12. Place crew’s hoist control panel ARM-TEST switch to TEST.
STEP
13. Turn off external electrical power.
STEP
14. Disconnect test lamp from connector Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P6.
STEP
15. Install jumper wires between pins A and B, and between C and D on connector P6.
STEP
16. Turn on external electrical power.
STEP
17. On pilot’s hoist control panel, place HOIST POWER-ON-OFF switch to ON.
STEP
18. On crew’s hoist control panel, lift CABLE CUT switch guard, press and hold CABLE CUT switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
SQUIB TEST indicator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to SQUIB TEST Indicator Does Not Go On When Crew’s Hoist
Control Panel CABLE CUT Switch Is Pressed, in this work package.
0157 00-3
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CABLE SHEAR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
19. Release crew’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch and lower guard.
CONDITION/INDICATION
SQUIB TEST indicator shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If SQUIB TEST does not go off, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00).
STEP
20. On pilot’s hoist control panel, lift CABLE CUT switch guard and press and hold CABLE CUT switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
SQUIB TEST indicator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If SQUIB TEST indicator does not go on, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00).
STEP
21. Release pilot’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch and lower guard.
CONDITION/INDICATION
SQUIB TEST indicator shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If SQUIB TEST indicator does not go off, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00).
STEP
22. On pilot’s hoist control panel, place HOIST POWER-ON-OFF switch to OFF.
STEP
23. Turn off external electrical power.
STEP
24. Disconnect jumper wires from connector Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4)
, P6.
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury to personnel, do not connect electrical harness if voltage is found at connector,
until problem is repaired.
25. Using multimeter check for 0 vdc at pins A and B of connector Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P6.
STEP
26. Remove shipping cap and aluminum foil from around squib pins and connect Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P6 to Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4)
, J6 to squib on rescue hoist assembly.
0157 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
CABLE SHEAR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Connectors shall be connected.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make sure HOIST PWR and HOIST CONTR circuit breakers on copilot’s auxiliary circuit breaker panel are
pushed in.
STEP
2. Pull out HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker on upper console circuit breaker panel.
STEP
3. Connect rescue hoist pendant to crew’s hoist control panel.
STEP
4. Turn on external electrical power.
STEP
WARNING
Ensure that rescue hoist cable does not contact aircraft during testing or operational checkout.
Failure to prevent any contact with aircraft could result in serious injury or death to personnel.
5. On pilot’s hoist control panel, place HOIST POWER-ON-OFF switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Hoist fan motor shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If fan motor does not go on, go to Rescue Hoist Fan Motor Does Not Go On, in this work package.
0157 00-5
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
WARNING
Rescue hoist cable is stiff and abrasive. Broken cable strands are sharp. Work gloves should
be worn whenever handling rescue hoist cable.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to hook or cable, rescue hoist cable must be kept clear of all parts of
the aircraft and free from other external obstacles when operating the rescue hoist. Cable
abrasion during rescue hoist operations can lead to cable failure. If cable contact or snagging
occurs, suspend rescue hoist operations and inspect the cable for damage in accordance with
applicable procedures.
6. Place large container under rescue hoist. Coil rescue hoist cable in container as cable is reeled out.
STEP
7. Place rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel to full DN position and observe the following:
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Hoist cable should reel out at approximately 300 feet-per-minute until 8 to 12 feet remains from full-out
limit switch.
2. CABLE-FEET indicator on rescue hoist pendant shall show increasing total.
3. When 8 to 12 feet of cable remains from full-out limit switch, hoist cable slows to 50 feet per minute.
4. Hoist stops with 3-1/2 to 4-1/2 wraps of cable remaining on hoist drum.
5. FULL OUT indicator on rescue hoist pendant is illuminated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If rescue hoist cable does not reel out, go to Rescue Hoist Cable Does Not Reel Out With Rescue Hoist
Pendant Thumbwheel In DN Position, in this work package.
2. If rescue hoist cable reels out, but does not operate correctly, go to Rescue Hoist Cable Reels In/Out
Incorrectly, in this work package.
3. If rescue hoist pendant CABLE-FEET indicator does not show increasing total, go to Rescue Hoist Pendant
CABLE-FEET Indicator Does Not Show Increasing/Decreasing Total, in this work package.
4. If rescue hoist pendant FULL OUT indicator does not illuminate, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00).
STEP
8. Place rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel to full UP position and observe the following:
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Hoist cable shall reel in at approximately 300 feet-per-minute until 8 to 12 feet remains from full-in limit
switch.
2. CABLE-FEET indicator on rescue hoist pendant shall show decreasing total.
3. When 8 to 12 feet of cable remains from full-in limit switch, hoist cable slows to 50 feet per minute.
4. Hoist stops when cable is fully reeled in.
0157 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
5. FULL IN indicator on rescue hoist pendant is illuminated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If rescue hoist cable does not reel in, go to Rescue Hoist Cable Does Not Reel In With Rescue Hoist Pendant
Thumbwheel In UP Position, in this work package.
2. If rescue hoist cable reels in, but does not operate correctly, go to Rescue Hoist Cable Reels In/Out
Incorrectly, in this work package.
3. If rescue hoist pendant CABLE-FEET indicator does not show decreasing total, go to Rescue Hoist Pendant
CABLE-FEET Indicator Does Not Show Increasing/Decreasing Total, in this work package.
4. If rescue hoist pendant FULL IN indicator does not illuminate, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00).
STEP
9. Release rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel shall return to OFF position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If thumbwheel does not return to OFF position, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00).
STEP
10. Place pilot’s hoist control panel PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN switch to DOWN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Hoist cable shall reel out at approximately 200 feet-per-minute until 8 to 12 feet remains from full-out
limit switch.
2. When 8 to 12 feet of cable remains from full-out limit switch, hoist slows to 50 feet per minute.
3. Hoist stops with 3-1/2 to 4-1/2 wraps of cable remaining on hoist drum.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If hoist cable does not reel out, go to Hoist Cable Does Not Reel Out With Pilot’s Hoist Control Panel PILOT
OVERRIDE UP-DOWN Switch In DOWN, in this work package.
2. If hoist cable reels out, but does not operate correctly, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00).
STEP
11. Place pilot’s hoist control panel PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN switch to UP.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Hoist cable shall reel in at approximately 200 feet-per-minute until 8 to 12 feet remains from full-in limit
switch.
2. When 8 to 12 feet of cable remains from full-in limit switch, hoist slows to 50 feet per minute.
3. Hoist stops when cable is reeled in.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If hoist cable does not reel in, go to Rescue Hoist Cable Does Not Reel In With Pilot’s Hoist Control Panel
PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN Switch In UP, in this work package.
2. If hoist cable reels in, but does not operate correctly, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00).
STEP
12. Place rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel to DN for 5 seconds to reel off approximately 25 feet of
cable.
0157 00-7
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
13. Set and hold rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel to DN and place pilot’s hoist control panel
PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN switch to UP.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Hoist cable shall reel in.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If hoist cable does not reel in, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00).
STEP
14. Set and hold rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel to UP and place pilot’s hoist control panel
PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN switch to DOWN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Hoist cable shall reel out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If hoist cable does not reel out, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00).
STEP
15. Release rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel and pilot’s hoist control panel PILOT OVERRIDE
UP-DOWN switch.
STEP
16. Reel in hoist cable by setting rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel to UP.
STEP
17. On pilot’s hoist control panel, place HOIST POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.
STEP
18. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
19. Push in HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker on upper console circuit breaker panel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Circuit breaker shall be pushed in.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make certain HOIST LGHT PWR and HOIST LGHT CONTR circuit breakers on copilot’s auxiliary circuit
breaker panel are pushed in.
0157 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPER-
ATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Pull out HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker on upper console circuit breaker panel.
STEP
3. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
NOTE
If light is already fully extended, no movement will be seen.
4. Set and hold rescue hoist pendant SCHLT switch to FWD position for 5 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight shall extend from stored position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If dual-mode controllable searchlight does not extend, go to Dual-Mode Controllable Searchlight Does Not
Extend, in this work package.
STEP
5. Set and hold rescue hoist pendant SCHLT switch to RIGHT for 5 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight shall turn to the right.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If dual-mode controllable searchlight does not turn right, go to Dual-Mode Controllable Searchlight Does Not Turn
Right, in this work package.
STEP
6. Set and hold rescue hoist pendant SCHLT switch to LEFT for 5 seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight shall turn to the left.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If dual-mode controllable searchlight does not turn left, go to Dual-Mode Controllable Searchlight Does Not Turn
Left, in this work package.
STEP
7. Set and hold rescue hoist pendant SCHLT switch to AFT position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight shall retract to the stored position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If dual-mode controllable searchlight does not retract, go to Dual-Mode Controllable Searchlight Does Not
Retract, in this work package.
0157 00-9
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPER-
ATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
WARNING
Looking directly into searchlight when it is turned on could cause damage to eyes.
8. Set crew’s hoist control panel SEARCH LIGHT ON/NORMAL-OFF-ON/NVG switch to ON/NORMAL.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight normal lamps shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If dual-mode controllable searchlight does not go on, go to Dual-Mode Controllable Searchlight Does Not Go On,
in this work package.
STEP
9. Set crew’s hoist control panel SEARCH LIGHT ON/NORMAL-OFF-ON/NVG switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If dual-mode controllable searchlight does not go off, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00).
STEP
10. Place IR light test set (test set) (WP 2014 00) POWER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set POWER ON lamp shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If test set POWER ON lamp does not go on, replace lamp, battery, or test set.
STEP
11. Place test set IR detector lead over POWER ON lamp.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set IR LIGHT ON lamp shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If IR/DET LEDs on test set do not go on, replace test set.
STEP
WARNING
Looking directly into searchlight when it is turned on could cause damage to eyes.
12. Place crew’s hoist control panel SEARCH LIGHT ON/NORMAL-OFF-ON/NVG switch to ON/NVG.
0157 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPER-
ATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
13. Place test set IR detector lead over dual-mode controllable searchlight IR lamp.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set IR LIGHT ON lamp shall go on steady.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If test set IR LIGHT does not go on, go to Test Set IR LIGHT Does Not Go On, in this work package.
STEP
14. Set SEARCH LIGHT ON/NORMAL-OFF-ON/NVG switch to OFF.
STEP
15. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
16. Push in HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker on upper console circuit breaker panel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Circuit breaker shall be pushed in.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
TEST LAMP DOES NOT GO ON WHEN CREW’S HOIST CONTROL PANEL CABLE CUT SWITCH IS PRESSED
SYMPTOM
Test lamp does not go on when crew’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch is pressed.
MALFUNCTION
Test lamp does not go on when crew’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch is pressed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , P226-U and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P23-A and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P6-A
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P23-B and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P6-B
a. If continuity is present, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker Figure 2 - Rescue
Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226-U.
0157 00-11
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TEST LAMP DOES NOT GO ON WHEN CREW’S HOIST CONTROL PANEL CABLE CUT SWITCH IS PRESSED –
Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace HOIST CABLE SHEAR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go
to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
TEST LAMP DOES NOT GO ON WHEN PILOT’S HOIST CONTROL PANEL CABLE CUT SWITCH IS PRESSED
SYMPTOM
Test lamp does not go on when pilot’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch is pressed.
MALFUNCTION
Test lamp does not go on when pilot’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch is pressed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P218-N and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P226-S
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P218-M and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226-q
a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s hoist control panel (WP 1362 00). Go to Step 2
b. If trouble remains, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 2
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
SQUIB TEST INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON WHEN CREW’S
HOIST CONTROL PANEL CABLE CUT SWITCH IS PRESSED
SYMPTOM
SQUIB TEST indicator does not go on when crew’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch is pressed.
MALFUNCTION
SQUIB TEST indicator does not go on when crew’s hoist control panel CABLE CUT switch is pressed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is the backup pump operating?
a. If the backup is operating, turn off pump. Go to Step 8
b. If the backup is not operating, go to Step 2
2. With HOIST POWER ON-OFF switch ON, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue
Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P371-A and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P371-B and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , ground
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P371-C and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , ground
0157 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
SQUIB TEST INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON WHEN CREW’S HOIST CONTROL PANEL CABLE CUT SWITCH IS
PRESSED – Continued
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P372-F and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P226-F
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P372-L and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P226-L
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00). Go to Step 8
b. If problem remains, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 4) , K300-X1 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) ,
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-X2 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P298-C
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-12 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P371-A
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-11 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1
(HOIST CONTR circuit breaker)
a. If continuity is present, replace hoist relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 8
b. If trouble remains, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 4) , HOIST CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace HOIST CONTR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 8
7. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-X1 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P218-E
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P218-F and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1
(HOIST CONTR circuit breaker)
a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s hoist control panel (WP 1362 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
0157 00-13
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST FAN MOTOR DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist fan motor does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist fan motor does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With HOIST POWER ON-OFF switch ON, check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-A and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-G
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-B and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-G
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-C and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-G
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-D and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-G
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-E and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-G
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-F and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-G
a. If voltage is as specified, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00). Go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-A2 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-A
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-A2 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-B
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-B2 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-C
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-B2 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-D
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-C2 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-E
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-C2 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P370-F
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P370-G and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
3. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-A1 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , ground
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-B1 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , ground
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-C1 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , ground
0157 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
RESCUE HOIST FAN MOTOR DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, replace hoist relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-A1 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal A2
(HOIST PWR circuit breaker)
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-B1 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal B2
(HOIST PWR circuit breaker)
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K300-C1 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal C2
(HOIST PWR circuit breaker)
a. If continuity is present, replace HOIST PWR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL OUT WITH RESCUE
HOIST PENDANT THUMBWHEEL IN DN POSITION
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist cable does not reel out with rescue hoist pendant thumbwheel in DN position.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist cable does not reel out with rescue hoist pendant thumbwheel in DN position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel in DN position, check for 0 ohms
between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-B and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-C.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 4
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P226-B and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372-B
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P226-C and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372-C
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
3. Check limit switches for proper adjustment (WP 1364 00).
a. If limit switches are not properly adjusted, adjust limit switches (WP 1364 00). Go to Step
5
b. If limit switches are properly adjusted, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00).
Go to Step 3
c. If trouble remains, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00). Go to Step 3
4. Check continuity between:
0157 00-15
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL OUT WITH RESCUE HOIST PENDANT THUMBWHEEL IN DN POSI-
TION – Continued
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-B and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-B
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-C and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-C
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST CABLE REELS IN/OUT INCORRECTLY
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist cable reels in/out incorrectly.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist cable reels in/out incorrectly.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 235 to 265 ohms between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-D and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 4) , P20-J.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check for 40 to 50 ohms between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-E and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 4) , P20-J.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 7
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-D and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-D
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-J and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-J
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 8
4. With hoist pendant thumbwheel in full UP then in full DN position, check for 40 to 50
ohms between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-D
and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-E.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 7
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P226-D and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372-D
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P226-E and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372-E
0157 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
RESCUE HOIST CABLE REELS IN/OUT INCORRECTLY – Continued
•
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P226-J and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372-J
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
6. Check limit switches for proper adjustment (WP 1349 00).
a. If limit switches are not properly adjusted, adjust limit switches (WP 1364 00). Go to Step
8
b. If limit switches are properly adjusted, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00).
Go to Step 8
c. If trouble remains, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00). Go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-D and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-D
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-E and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-E
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST PENDANT CABLE-FEET INDICATOR DOES NOT SHOW INCREASING/DECREASING TOTAL
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist pendant CABLE-FEET indicator does not show increasing/decreasing total.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist pendant CABLE-FEET indicator does not show increasing/decreasing total.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-U and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-U
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-S and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-S
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-R and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-R
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P372-R and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P226-R
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P372-P and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P226-P
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372-N and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P226-N
0157 00-17
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST PENDANT CABLE-FEET INDICATOR DOES NOT SHOW INCREASING/DECREASING TOTAL –
Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 3
b. If trouble remains, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 3
c. If trouble still remains, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00). Go to Step 3
d. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL IN WITH RESCUE HOIST PENDANT THUMBWHEEL IN UP POSITION
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist cable does not reel in with rescue hoist pendant thumbwheel in UP position.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist cable does not reel in with rescue hoist pendant thumbwheel in UP position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With rescue hoist pendant UP-OFF-DN thumbwheel in UP position, check for 0 ohms
between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-A and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-C.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 4
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 4) , P226-A and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) ,
P372-A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
3. Check limit switches for proper adjustment (WP 1364 00).
a. If limit switches are not properly adjusted, adjust limit switches (WP 1364 00). Go to Step
5
b. If limit switches are properly adjusted, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00).
Go to Step 5
c. If trouble remains, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00). Go to Step 5
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 4) , P24-A and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
P20-A.
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL OUT WITH PILOT’S HOIST CONTROL
PANEL PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN SWITCH IN DOWN
SYMPTOM
Hoist cable does not reel out with pilot’s hoist control panel PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN switch in DOWN.
MALFUNCTION
Hoist cable does not reel out with pilot’s hoist control panel
PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN switch in DOWN.
0157 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL OUT WITH PILOT’S HOIST CONTROL PANEL PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN
SWITCH IN DOWN – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P218-H and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372-X
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P218-K and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372- a
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P218-D and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , ground
a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s’s hoist control panel (WP 1362 00). Go to Step 2
b. If trouble remains, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00). Go to Step 2
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
RESCUE HOIST CABLE DOES NOT REEL IN WITH PILOT’S HOIST
CONTROL PANEL PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN SWITCH IN UP
SYMPTOM
Rescue hoist cable does not reel in with pilot’s hoist control panel PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN switch in UP.
MALFUNCTION
Rescue hoist cable does not reel in with pilot’s hoist control
panel PILOT OVERRIDE UP-DOWN switch in UP.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P218-G and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P372-W
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P218-D and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , ground
a. If continuity is present, replace pilot’s hoist control panel (WP 1362 00). Go to Step 2
b. If trouble remains, replace rescue hoist assembly (WP 1355 00). Go to Step 2
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT DOES NOT EXTEND
SYMPTOM
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not extend.
MALFUNCTION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not extend.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226- c and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , ground
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226- j and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , ground
0157 00-19
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT DOES NOT EXTEND – Continued
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226- n and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
2. With SCHLT switch in FWD position, check for 0 ohms between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-L and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-M.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 5
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , TB200-6 and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226-a
• TB200-1 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
ground
a. If continuity is present, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 6
b. If trouble remains, replace dual-mode controllable searchlight (WP 0946 00). Go to Step 6
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226- c and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1
(HOIST LGHT CONTR circuit breaker)
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226- j and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Terminal 1
(HOIST LGHT CONTR circuit breaker)
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P226- n and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , Terminal 1
(HOIST LGHT CONTR circuit breaker)
a. If continuity is present, replace HOIST LGHT CONTR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-M and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-M
• Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-L and
Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P24-L
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
0157 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT DOES NOT TURN RIGHT
SYMPTOM
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not turn right.
MALFUNCTION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not turn right.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With SCHLT switch in RIGHT position, check for 0 ohms between Figure 2 - Rescue
Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-H and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-L.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , P226-Y and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
TB200-4.
a. If continuity is present, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 4
b. If trouble remains, replace dual-mode controllable searchlight (WP 0946 00). Go to Step 4
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , P20-H and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
P24-H.
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT DOES NOT TURN LEFT
SYMPTOM
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not turn left.
MALFUNCTION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not turn left.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With SCHLT switch in LEFT position, check for 0 ohms between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-K and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-L.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , P226-Z and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
TB200-5.
a. If continuity is present, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 4
b. If trouble remains, replace dual-mode controllable searchlight (WP 0946 00). Go to Step 4
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 4) , P20-K and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
P24-K.
0157 00-21
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT DOES NOT TURN LEFT – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT DOES NOT RETRACT
SYMPTOM
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not retract.
MALFUNCTION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not retract.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With SCHLT switch in AFT position, check for 0 ohms between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-T and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P20-L.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , P226-b and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
TB200-7.
a. If continuity is present, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 4
b. If trouble remains, replace dual-mode controllable searchlight (WP 0946 00). Go to Step 4
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 4) , P20-K and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
P24-K.
a. If continuity is present, replace rescue hoist pendant (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, replace pendant control cable (WP 1360 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
Dual-mode controllable searchlight does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for burnt-out normal searchlight bulb (WP 0946 00).
a. If lamp is good, go to Step 2
b. If lamp is burnt out, replace lamp (WP 0946 00). Go to Step 5
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , TB200-3 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
0157 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , P226-k and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
TB200-2.
a. If continuity is present, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 5
b. If trouble remains, replace dual-mode controllable searchlight (WP 0946 00). Go to Step 5
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , TB200-3 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) ,
Terminal 2 (HOIST LGHT PWR circuit breaker).
a. If continuity is present, replace HOIST LGHT PWR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
TEST SET IR LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
Test set IR LIGHT does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
Test set IR LIGHT does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for burnt-out NVG searchlight bulb (WP 0946 00).
a. If lamp is good, go to Step 2
b. If lamp is burnt out, replace lamp (WP 0946 00). Go to Step 5
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , TB200-9 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , P226-p and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
TB200-8.
a. If continuity is present, replace crew’s hoist control panel (WP 1363 00). Go to Step 5
b. If trouble remains, replace dual-mode controllable searchlight (WP 0946 00). Go to Step 5
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 4) , TB200-9 and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) ,
Terminal 2 (HOIST LGHT PWR circuit breaker).
a. If continuity is present, replace HOIST LGHT PWR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
0157 00-23
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST
ASSEMBLY
P370 / J1
P371 / J5
P372 / J8
P375 / J11
HOIST RELAY PANEL
NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
P374 / J374
G
TB200
CREW'S HOIST
CONTROL PANEL A
P20 / J20
TERMINAL BOARD/ P23 / J23 P218 / J22
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ P226 / J21
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT P24 / J24
P6 / J6 RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY
PRESSURE CARTRIDGE
(SQUIB)
P20 / J20 CREW'S HOIST CONTROL
PANEL
TERMINAL BOARD/
P23 / J23 CREW'S HOIST CONTROL
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
PANEL CONNECTION POINT
RECEPTACLE
P24 / J24 RESCUE HOIST PENDANT
P356 / J356 ECS CONTROL PANEL
P129 / J129 COPILOT'S AUXILIARY
P370 / J1 RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
P371 / J5 RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY
P199 / J199 INSTRUMENT PANEL
DISCONNECT P372 / J8 RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY
P200 / J200 UPPER CONSOLE P374 / J374 TOP DECK DISCONNECT
DISCONNECT
P375 / J11 RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY
P218 / J22 PILOT'S HOIST CONTROL
PANEL P1000 / J1000 MASTER WARNING
DIMMER
P226 / J21 CREW'S HOIST CONTROL
PANEL TB200 DUAL-MODE
CONTROLLABLE
P298 / J298 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL SEARCHLIGHT
AB0143_1
SA
Figure 1. Rescue Hoist System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3).
0157 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
SEARCH LIGHT
SQUIB ON / NORMAL
ARM
OFF
PILOT HOIST TEST TEST ON / NVG
CABLE
OVERRIDE POWER
UP ON PENDANT CABLE
DOWN OFF
CUT
CUT
PILOT'S HOIST CONTROL PANEL CREW'S HOIST CONTROL PANEL
A B
D C
FULL IN CABLE-FEET
UP
047
FULL OUT FWD
OFF R
L
E I
MTR HOT F G
T H
DN T
AFT SCHLT
DUAL-MODE
CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT
RESCUE HOIST PENDANT
AB0143_2
SA
Figure 1. Rescue Hoist System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3).
0157 00-25
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DC ESNTL BUS
HOIST
CABLE G
5
SHEAR
RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY
UPPER CONSOLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL
NO. 1 AC PRI NO. 1 DC PRI
HOIST HOIST LGHT
5 20 2
CONTR PWR CONTR
HOIST
PWR
25
COPILOT'S AUXILIARY CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AB0143_3
SA
Figure 1. Rescue Hoist System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3).
0157 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
SCHEMATICS
HOIST RELAY PANEL
HOIST PWR T T
A CB541 22 23
A1 A2
NO. 1
AC B 11 12
PRI B1 B2
115 VAC C A1 A2
25
C1 AMP C2
B1 B2
HOIST CONTR P129 J129
CB521 C1 C2
5 R
2 AMP 1
X2 X1
HOIST LGHT
CONTR
K300
NO. 1 CB517
DC 2 S
PRI 2 AMP 1
CR98
28 VDC
HOIST LGHT
PWR T
1
CB518 TO
20 2 SHEET
1 AMP 2
3 4
4
COPILOT'S AUXILIARY CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL 5
6
SGP298-1
7
8
HOIST 9
28 VDC CABLE SHEAR
J200 P200 10
DC 11
ESNTL CB323
5 d
BUS 2 1
AMP
P356 J356
UPPER CONSOLE CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL D
A3 J298 P298 ECS CONTROL
A2 PANEL
F
A1
E
X1 J199 P199 P1000 J1000
B
X2 f
U D
K303
A3
m
A2 MASTER WARNING
A DIMMER
A1
B3
C ENVIRONMENTAL
B2 CONTROL
SYSTEM (ECS)
B1
X1
H
X2
D
K301
GND298-1
NO. 3 RELAY PANEL AB1432_1
SA
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0157 00-27
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DUAL-MODE CONTROLLABLE SEARCHLIGHT
EXTEND / FORWARD
RETRACT / AFT
WHT LIGHT ON
NVG LIGHT ON
WHT LT PWR
IR LT PWR
GROUND
RIGHT
LEFT
TB200 3 9 1 2 8 6 4 7 5
SG200-1
GDT200-1
12 TO
13 SHEET
4
14
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
UPPER AND
SGP226-1
LOWER
CONSOLE
GDP218-1 LIGHTS
GDP218-3
TJ5VA
H P
GDP218-2
P218 A D F E H G N M K C P226 q S f g U c j n k p a Y b Z
J22 J21
28 VDC RTN
CHASSIS GND
PILOT UP SW
28 VDC POWER
PILOT DOWN SW
CABLE CUT
HOIST LIGHT
28 VDC CABLE SHEAR
HOIST DIMMING
SWITCH
CONTR
PILOT'S HOIST CONTROL PANEL CREW'S HOIST CONTROL PANEL
AB1432_2
SA
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0157 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0157 00
RESCUE HOIST PENDANT RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY
PRESSURE
CARTRIDGE
(SQUIB)
J6
P6 A C B D
J24 J11 J8
P24 A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S T U P375 1 2 P372 P R
BP21
P P
BP374
P374 25 24 26 21 22 23
J374
BJ374
UPPER AND
LOWER
CONSOLE
LIGHTS
TJ5VB J
P20 A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S T U P23 A B P226 h P R
J20 J23 J21
ICS +
28 VDC
ICS RTN
GROUND
28 VDC RTN
PENDANT UP
SPEED WIPER
SQUIB BRIDGE
SQUIB BRIDGE
SL SWITCH RTN
PENDANT DOWN
PAYOUT CLOCK
PAYOUT CLOCK
SPEED POT BIAS
PAYOUT SERIAL
PAYOUT SERIAL
SL SWITCH LEFT
SPEED POT RTN
READOUT POWER
SL SWITCH RIGHT
SL SWITCH AFT C
SL SWITCH FORWARD
CREW'S HOIST CONTROL PANEL
AB1432_3
SA
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0157 00-29
0157 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESCUE HOIST ASSEMBLY
B EMERGENCY SW
PENDANT DOWN SW
SPEED POT WIPER
SPEED POT BIAS
PENDANT UP SW
NVG SELECT SW
PILOT DOWN SW
SPEED POT RTN
READOUT PWR
B
C
A
PILOT UP SW
GROUND
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC RTN
115 VAC RTN
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
GROUND
28 VDC
28 VDC
J1 J5 J8
P370 A B C D E F G P371 A B C P372 U a X W A B C D E F H J L M N
BP21
SGP370-1
SGP370-2
SGP370-3
SGP370-4
BP374
T
P374 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 28 29 31 15 16 18 19 20
J374
P373 1 2 3 4
J373
BJ374
T
GDJ374-1
GDJ374-3
GDJ374-2
2
TO 3 GDJ373-1
SHEET
1 4
1
TO 14
SHEET 12
2
13
GND226-2 GND226-1
P226 i V A B C D E F H J L M N
J21
READOUT PWR
PENDANT UP SW
B EMERGENCY SW
PENDANT DOWN SW
SPEED POT RTN
NVG SELECT SW
SPEED POT BIAS
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC
SPEED POT WIPER
AB1432_4
CREW'S HOIST CONTROL PANEL SA
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0157 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0158 00
AVIATION INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
HOISTS AND WINCHES
RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL (AVIM)
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
Tools and Special Tools WP 1368 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1370 00
WP 1371 00
References
WP 1372 00
WP 1353 00
WP 1366 00 Equipment Condition
WP 1367 00 Between 27 and 28 vdc Bench Power Available ()
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Rescue Hoist Control Panel Components Location Diagram for component
location diagram and Figure 2 - Rescue Hoist Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The rescue hoist control panel operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Visual Inspection
• Electrical
VISUAL INSPECTION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Remove lower panel assembly from enclosure and inspect for broken or burnt wires, bent or broken connec-
tor pins, corroded or damaged switch terminals, security of components, and general condition.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Wires shall not be broken or burnt, connector pins shall not be broken or bent, switch terminals shall not be
corroded or damaged, and components shall be secure and in good condition.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace components as required (WP 1371 00).
ELECTRICAL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Place all rescue hoist control panel switches to OFF, SAFE, and NORM.
0158 00-1
0158 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ELECTRICAL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Check continuity between the following pins while operating switches listed below:
CHECK
RESISTANCE
BETWEEN METER CORRECTIVE
SWITCH CONNECTOR INDICATION ACTION
SWITCH POSITION PINS: (OHM) (CONTINUITY)
None None G-S 0 G and S3-2, S3-2 and
S2-2, S2-2 and S1-3,
S1-3 and S
CABLE OFF G-M Infinity Replace switch S2
(WP 1367 00)
CABLE OFF G-N Infinity Replace switch S2
(WP 1367 00)
CABLE UP G-M 0 G and S3-2, S3-2 and
S2-2, M and S2-2
CABLE DOWN G-N 0 G and S3-2, S3-2 and
S2-2, N and S2-3
BOOM OFF G-P Infinity Replace switch S3
(WP 1367 00)
BOOM OFF G-R Infinity Replace switch S3
(WP 1367 00)
BOOM IN G-P 0 G and S3-2, P and
S3-1
BOOM OUT G-R 0 G and S3-2, R and
S3-3
MAS- OFF S-D Infinity Replace switch S1
TER (WP 1367 00)
MAS- ON S-D 0 D and S1-2, S and
TER S1-3
None None L-T Infinity Replace switch S5
(WP 1367 00)
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate corresponding resistance.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, do corresponding CORRECTIVE ACTION replacement or conti-
nuity check.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1367 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring.
0158 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0158 00
ELECTRICAL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
3. With SQUIB switch in NORM and CABLE SHEAR switch in FIRE, check for resistance between J228-L and
J228-T.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Meter shall indicate continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Meter Does Not Indicate Continuity Between Pins L And T, in this
work package.
STEP
4. Connect jumper wires between J228-C and J228-U, and J228-J and J228-T.
STEP
5. Connect 28 vdc power supply, positive terminal to J228-K, and negative terminal to J228-C, J228-U, J228-J,
and J228-T.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Information panel shall light evenly.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace malfunctioning lamp (WP 1366 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace information panel (WP 1353 00).
2. If panel does not light, replace information panel (WP 1353 00).
a. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring.
STEP
6. Turn off power supply and connect jumper wire between J228-L and J228-V.
STEP
7. Connect 28 vdc power supply + terminal to J228-L and J228-V.
STEP
8. Momentarily press SQUIB IND button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
SQUIB IND lamp shall go on when button is pressed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace lamp (WP 1366 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace light assembly (WP 1368 00).
b. If trouble still remains, repair/replace wiring.
STEP
9. Momentarily place SQUIB switch to TEST.
CONDITION/INDICATION
SQUIB IND lamp shall go on when SQUIB switch is at TEST.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to With SQUIB Switch In The TEST Position, SQUIB IND Light Does
Not Go On, in this work package.
0158 00-3
0158 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ELECTRICAL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
10. Turn off and remove dc power supply, and remove jumper wires from J228.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Jumper wires shall be removed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
METER DOES NOT INDICATE CONTINUITY BETWEEN PINS L AND T
SYMPTOM
Meter does not indicate continuity between pins L and T.
MALFUNCTION
Meter does not indicate continuity between pins L and T.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• J228-L and S4-2
• S4-3 and S5-2
• S5-1 and J228-T
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required. Go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between switch S4-2 and S4-3.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch S5 (WP 1367 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, replace switch S4 (WP 1367 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
WITH SQUIB SWITCH IN THE TEST POSITION, SQUIB IND LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
With SQUIB switch in the TEST position, SQUIB IND light does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
With SQUIB switch in the TEST position, SQUIB IND light does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With SQUIB switch in TEST position, check continuity between K1-X1 and J228-T.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4
2. Check for 228 to 252 ohms between K1-X2 and J228-T.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace relay K1 (WP 1372 00). Go to Step 5
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between:
• K1-X2 and E3
0158 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0158 00
WITH SQUIB SWITCH IN THE TEST POSITION, SQUIB IND LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
• E4 and J228-T
a. If continuity is present, replace resistor R1 (WP 1370 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 5
4. Check continuity between:
• J228-L and S4-2
• S4-1 and K1-X1
a. If continuity is present, replace switch S4 (WP 1367 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
0158 00-5
0158 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CONNECTOR
J1
B
CONNECTOR
J228
A B
R1
RESCUE HOIST CONTROL
CABLE SHEAR
BOOM MASTER
OFF ON
O
OUT IN F
F FIRE E3 E4
CABLE SQUIB
UP E1 E2
TEST
O
F
F
DOWN IND NORM SAFE
K1 CR1
FRONT PANEL REAR PANEL
AA3440
SA
Figure 1. Rescue Hoist Control Panel Components Location Diagram.
0158 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0158 00
SCHEMATICS
WIRE LIST
WIRE GAGE COLOR FROM TO
NO. CODE
1 20 92 J228-D S1-2
2 20 924 J228-G S3-2
3 20 925 J228-S S1-3
4 20 923 S1-3 S2-2
5 20 923 S2-2 S3-2
6 20 926 J228-M S2-1
7 20 927 J228-N S2-3
8 20 928 J228-P S3-1
9 20 912 J228-R S3-3
10 20 8 J228-K J1-1
11 20 0 J1-GND GND 1
12 20 0 J228-C GND 1
13 20 2 J228-L S4-2
14 20 923 S4-1 CR1-E2
15 20 926 R1-E3 CR1-E1
16 20 4 S5-1 R1-E4
17 20 4 J228-T S5-1
18 20 924 S5-2 S4-3
19 24 0 J228-J K1-2
20 24 0 K1-2 DS1-3
21 24 901 K1-1 DS1-2
22 20 1 J228-V DS1-1
23 20 0 J228-U GND 1
24 24 926 K1-X2 CR1-E1
25 24 923 K1-X1 CR1-E2
JUMPER LIST
TERMINATIONS
JUMPER AWG COLOR
NO. CODE
FROM TO
1 24 0 K1-2 SPLICE 1
NOTE
ALL RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS. AB1529_1
SA
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0158 00-7
0158 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J228
3 (925) S
MASTER CABLE UP
1
3 ON 6 (926) M
J228 S1 2
4 (923) OFF
2
D 1 (92) 5 (923) 7 (927) N
OFF
S2 3
DOWN
J1
1 10 (8) K
12 (0) C
11 (0) 23 (0) U
PANEL LIGHTING
BOOM IN
1
2 8 (928) P
G 2 (924) OFF
9 (912) R
S3
20 (0) 3 OUT
K1
3
DS1
2
J 19 (0) JUMPER 1 (0) 1 2 1
21 (901)
22 (1) V
X1 X2 3
SQUIB IND
25 (923) 24 (926)
CR1
1N5618
E2 E1
14 (923) 15 (926) R1
240 5%
1.0W
SQUIB TEST
1 16 (4)
2 E3 E4
L 13 (2) CABLE SHEAR 1
NORMAL 17 (4) T
18 (924) FIRE
3 2
S4
SAFE
3
S5
RESCUE HOIST CONTROL PANEL
AB1529_2
SA
Figure 2. Rescue Hoist Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0158 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
AUXILIARY POWER PLANT SYSTEM
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (116305 SERIES)
This WP supersedes WP 0159 00, dated 1 August 2011.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
APU Test Set, Simulator, Temp./Speed, H296A-1
WP 0754 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
WP 0797 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0837 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 0838 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 0841 00
Materials/Parts WP 0878 00
Machinery Wiping, Towel (WP 2012 00, Item 344) WP 0938 00
Personnel Required WP 0982 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1216 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1373 00
WP 1379 00
References
WP 1414 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 1654 00
TM 1-2835-208-23&P
WP 1655 00
WP 0089 00
WP 1737 00
WP 0093 00
WP 1800 00
WP 0104 00
WP 0108 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0133 00 APU Accumulator Properly Serviced, (WP 1655 00)
WP 0172 01 Battery Fully Charged
WP 0265 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0712 00 No. 1 Fuel Tank Serviced, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 9) for component
location diagram, Figure 2 - Electronic Sequence Unit (ESU) BITE Indicator Conditions (Sheet
1 of 2) for BITE diagram, UH-60A UH-60L > Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) and HH-60L HH-60A > Figure 5 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for schematic diagrams, Figure 6 - Auxiliary Power Unit Fuel System
Schematic fuel system schematic, and Figure 7 - Auxiliary Power Unit Lubrication System
Schematic for lubrication system schematic as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The auxiliary power unit system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Oil Leak/Consumption
• APU System
• Digital Electronic Sequence Unit (DESU)
• Electronic Sequence Unit (ESU)
• Simulator Setup
• Hydraulic Start Valve
• Speed Sequence
• Underspeed
0159 00-1 Change 5 – 28 FEBRUARY 2014
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS – CONTINUED
• Overspeed
• Low Oil Pressure
• High Oil Temperature
• Start Bypass Valve
• Overtemperature
• Open Thermocouple
• Shorted Thermocouple
• Disconnecting Simulator
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION
APU 116305-100, 116305-200, 116305-300, and 116305-302
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
Leakage may exceed criteria given in Table 1. during periods of extremely cold weather. This
is normal and is not cause for removal of the item from service. Exposure of seals to cold
weather causes seals to shrink, allowing fluid to leak past seals. During periods of extremely
cold weather, APU should be operated until fluid is warm. After fluid is warmed, leakage criteria
of Table 1 - Oil Leakage Rates should be applied.
1. Prior to initiating leakage checks, systems should be activated, components operated a number of times,
then any oil should be wiped off with machinery wiping towel, (WP 2012 00, Item 344).
STEP
2. The following table defines allowable static and dynamic oil leakage rates.
Table 1. Oil Leakage Rates.
Component Type Leakage Rate
APU S 3 Drops per hour
D 1 Pint per 10.3 hours of operation (0.049 quarts per hour)
Change 5 0159 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury to personnel and damage to helicopter, have fire guard check APU fuel drain.
Wait at least two minutes after APU shutdown before attempting a restart. DO NOT RESTART
APU until fuel drainage has stopped.
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to APU, do not operate APU more than 30 minutes when
main engines and rotor are running and outside temperature is greater than 109°F (43°C).
Continuous operation of APU is permitted at temperatures up to 124°F (51°C) only if main
engines and rotors are not running.
• On helicopters with ESU 160200-201, cycling of the BATT switch during APU coast-down
may cause the APU to restart with a possible overtemperature.
• If onboard fire extinguishing is required before a generator becomes operational, RE-
SERVE fire extinguisher must be used to fight fire.
NOTE
• Do not connect external electrical power to helicopter before starting or during APU
system operational/troubleshooting procedure.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
• When troubleshooting APU system on HH-60L> or HH-60A> , one multifunction display
. .
must be turned on to verify caution advisory legends.
3. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
4. Make sure upper console BATT switch and GENERATORS APU switch is placed to RESET/OFF (center
position).
STEP
5. Check bleed air pneumatic tube couplings for loose clamps, cuts, and/or incorrect installation at all connect-
ing points (WP 0712 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
All couplings shall be securely installed with clamps and there shall be no cuts in pneumatic tube lines.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace couplings and lines (WP 0712 00).
STEP
6. Remove soundproofing material and panel from cabin ceiling to visually check electronic sequence unit
(ESU) BITE indicators (WP 0265 00).
0159 00-3 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
7. Helicopters with Digital Electronic Sequencing Unit (DESU) 4504587 refer toTable 3 - Cross Reference Chart
for 5 BITE DESU Indications.
STEP
NOTE
• An observer must be in the cabin area to watch the ESU BITE indicators during the
operational/troubleshooting procedure.
• The observer shall call out the procedural steps to the operator in the cockpit. This will
allow the observer to watch for a change in ESU BITE indication as the operator does the
next procedural step.
8. Visually check ESU BITE indicators.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All indicators shall be black.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot system for indicated malfunction.
STEP
NOTE
• Do not attempt to start the APU if BATT LOW CHARGE capsule is on.
• ESU BITE Indicators Do Not Cycle When BATT Switch Is Placed ON, in this work package
lists the sequence of events for a normal start.
• The APU will not start if any of the following ESU internal failures appear as BITE indica-
tions:
9. Place upper console BATT switch to ON. Watch ESU BITE indicators.
BITE INDICATION FAILURE
∘●●●
Processor Board Failure
●∘●●
Sensor/Data Board Failure
●∘∘∘
Processor Sequence Fail
∘∘∘∘
No Data
Table 2. Normal Start Sequence.
APU SPEED
SEQUENCE (%RPM) EVENT
A. 5% 1. Start fuel solenoid opens
Change 5 0159 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 2. Normal Start Sequence. – Continued
APU SPEED
SEQUENCE (%RPM) EVENT
2. Ignition exciter goes on
3. 20 - 30-second counter (inside ESU) starts
*4. EGT overtemperature shutdown circuit (inside ESU) limit extended to 740°C
(1376°F)
5. Fuel pressure built up due to motoring speed
*6. Thermocouple checked for open condition (inside ESU)
7. ESU internal checks for processor sequence failure, sensor/data board failure,
and data failure
8. Ignition starts
*9. Overspeed circuit activates
***BITE INDICATION: ∘ ● ● ●
B. 14% 1. Main fuel solenoid opens
2. Ignition continues
3. ESU internal self-checks continue
*4. Thermocouple checked for open condition (inside ESU)
***BITE INDICATION: ∘ ∘ ● ●
C. 30% *1. Inside ESU - APU exhaust gas temperature is checked for being above 10°C
(50°F)
2. ESU internal self-checks continue
D. 70% 1. APU start valve (hydraulic) - closes
2. Start fuel valve - closes
3. Purge valve - opens (due to air pressure)
4. Ignition - off
*5. Oil pressure circuit - on
6. ESU internal self-checks are made
*7. Thermocouple checked for open condition (inside ESU)
***BITE INDICATION: ∘ ∘ ∘ ●
E. 90% 1. This occurs in ESU:
*a. 20 - 30-second counter - disabled
*b. APU fail circuit - deactivated
*c. Underspeed circuit - activated
d. 1.5-second timer - activated
e. ESU internal self-checks continue
0159 00-5 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 2. Normal Start Sequence. – Continued
APU SPEED
SEQUENCE (%RPM) EVENT
*f. Thermocouple checked for open condition (inside ESU)
***BITE INDICATION: ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘
F. 90% - 1.5 Seconds 1. Maximum fuel valve - opens
2. APU ON capsule (caution/advisory panel) - on
3. ESU internal self-checks continue
**4. Thermocouple checked for short condition (inside ESU)
**5. High oil temperature check
*6. EGT shutdown limit - reduced to 656°- 679°C (1240°- 1280°F)
***BITE INDICATION: ● ● ● ●
G. APU Operating - 102% (Unloaded) APU Operating - 100% (Loaded)
*ESU checks on system operation. If check is not satisfactory, APU will shut down.
**Warning indication that will appear as a BITE indication, but will not cause APU to shut down.
***BITE indication will appear on ESU when APU has reached corresponding speed during start sequence.
Table 3. Cross Reference Chart for 5 BITE DESU Indications.
BITE Indication
Number (See Figure
3 - 5 BITE Information
for Digital Electronic
Sequencing Unit
APU Actions (DESU) 4504587) Fault No.
APU switch to ON, start NOT 9 Fault 1. DESU Failure (BITE CODE #9)
attempted
17 Fault 2. Shorted Oil Pressure Switch (BITE CODE
#17)
18 Fault 3. T/C Shorted (BITE CODE #18 or 20)
20 Fault 3. T/C Shorted (BITE CODE #18 or 20)
23 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
24 Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator
Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
25 Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator
Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
27 Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator
Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
28 Fault 5. APU Main Fuel Valve Failure (BITE CODE
#28)
Change 5 0159 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 3. Cross Reference Chart for 5 BITE DESU Indications. – Continued
BITE Indication
Number (See Figure
3 - 5 BITE Information
for Digital Electronic
Sequencing Unit
APU Actions (DESU) 4504587) Fault No.
30 Fault 6. Start Circuit Failure or Illogical Switch Inputs
(BITE CODES #30 or 32)
31 Fault 7. Start Fuel/Exciter Failure (BITE CODE #31)
32 Fault 6. Start Circuit Failure or Illogical Switch Inputs
(BITE CODES #30 or 32)
APU switch to START but no 1 Fault 9. Power On Reset (BITE CODE #1)
APU rotation
2 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
9 Fault 1. DESU Failure (BITE CODE #9)
14 Fault 10. APU Failed to Rotate (BITE CODE #14)
17 Fault 2. Shorted Oil Pressure Switch (BITE CODE
#17)
23 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
30 Fault 6. Start Circuit Failure or Illogical Switch Inputs
(BITE CODES #30 or 32)
APU shuts down during start 2 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
3 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
4 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
5 Fault 7. Start Fuel/Exciter Failure (BITE CODE #31)
6 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
9 Fault 1. DESU Failure (BITE CODE #9)
12 Fault 11. APU Overspeed (BITE CODE #12)
13 Fault 12. APU Under Speed (BITE CODE #13)
18 Fault 3. T/C Shorted (BITE CODE #18 or 20)
20 Fault 3. T/C Shorted (BITE CODE #18 or 20)
21 Fault 13. Loss of Speed Data (BITE CODE #21)
23 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
28 Fault 5. APU Main Fuel Valve Failure (BITE CODE
#28)
15 Fault 19. APU Low Oil Pressure (BITE CODE #15)
30 Fault 6. Start Circuit Failure or Illogical Switch Inputs
(BITE CODES #30 or 32)
0159 00-7 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 3. Cross Reference Chart for 5 BITE DESU Indications. – Continued
BITE Indication
Number (See Figure
3 - 5 BITE Information
for Digital Electronic
Sequencing Unit
APU Actions (DESU) 4504587) Fault No.
31 Fault 7. Start Fuel/Exciter Failure (BITE CODE #31)
33 Fault 14. APU Shuts Down During Start (BITE CODE
#33)
34 Fault 15. APU Failed to Accelerate (Start Fuel) (BITE
CODE #34)
35 Fault 16. APU Accelerated Failed to Start (Start and
Main Fuel) (BITE CODE #35)
36 Fault 17. APU Accelerated and Dwells Before
Shutdown (Failed to Start) (BITE CODE #36 or 37)
37 Fault 17. APU Accelerated and Dwells Before
Shutdown (Failed to Start) (BITE CODE #36 or 37)
38 Fault 18. APU Over Temperature (BITE CODE #38)
39 Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator
Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
APU shuts down while at 8 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
ready to load
9 Fault 1. DESU Failure (BITE CODE #9)
11 Fault 18. APU Over Temperature (BITE CODE #38)
12 Fault 11. APU Overspeed (BITE CODE #12)
13 Fault 12. APU Under Speed (BITE CODE #13)
15 Fault 19. APU Low Oil Pressure (BITE CODE #15)
18 Fault 3. T/C Shorted (BITE CODE #18 or 20)
20 Fault 3. T/C Shorted (BITE CODE #18 or 20)
21 Fault 13. Loss of Speed Data (BITE CODE #21)
23 Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
28 Fault 5. APU Main Fuel Valve Failure (BITE CODE
#28)
APU starts and runs, but no 24 Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator
RTL indication is present. Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
8 Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator
Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
Change 5 0159 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 3. Cross Reference Chart for 5 BITE DESU Indications. – Continued
BITE Indication
Number (See Figure
3 - 5 BITE Information
for Digital Electronic
Sequencing Unit
APU Actions (DESU) 4504587) Fault No.
APU starts and runs, but 9 Fault 1. DESU Failure (BITE CODE #9)
BITEs are displayed on
DESU.
27 Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator
Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
29 Fault 23. APU Start Bypass Valve Failure (BITE
CODE#29)
High oil temperature warning 16 Fault 20. APU High Oil Temperature (BITE CODE
comes on, APU continues to #16)
operate.
Hour meter does not record N/A Fault 22. Hour Meter Does Not Record Time
time
Event counter does not record N/A Fault 21. Event Counter Does Not Record Events
event
CONDITION/INDICATION
No. 1 BITE indicator shall cycle from black to white to black. If BITE indicator is white, due to malfunction,
it shall only cycle from white to black.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to ESU BITE Indicators Do Not Cycle When BATT Switch Is Placed
ON, in this work package.
STEP
10. Place upper console FUEL PUMP switch to APU BOOST.
CONDITION/INDICATION
NOTE
• Prime boost pump must be running for all APU motoring and start operations.
• A minimal amount of fuel may be evident during and shortly after start.
1. PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
2. No fuel leakage shall occur from APU combustor drain line (below helicopter).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, troubleshoot fuel prime boost system (WP 0133 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to Fuel Leaks From APU Combustor Drain Line With Prime
Boost Pump Running, in this work package.
0159 00-9 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
• On helicopters with ESU 160200-201, if the APU should start to motor and then shut down
during an attempted start, do not place BATT switch to OFF. Any cycling of BATT switch
will reset the ESU and malfunction BITE indications (indicating the cause of shutdown)
will be lost.
• If the APU shuts down, the observer shall take note of the last APU speed BITE indication
before the malfunction BITE indication appears.
• Make sure upper console APU T-handle is pushed in or APU will not start.
• If a restart is being attempted, the original malfunction BITE indication will be shown.
11. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
12. APU shall start and BITE indicators shall cycle as follows:
BITE INDICATION APU SPEED SEQUENCE
∘●●● 5%
∘∘●● 14%
∘∘∘● 70%
∘∘∘∘ 90%
∘●●● 90% + 1.5 seconds (ready for service)
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
2. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall be off.
CAUTION
If APU OIL TEMP HI capsule is on, shut down APU immediately.
3. APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel shall be off.
4. No fuel leakage shall occur from APU combustor drain line (below helicopter).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If shorted thermocouple (● ∘ ● ∘) is present and a restart attempt fails, go to ESU BITE Indicators Show ● ∘ ●
∘ (Shorted Thermocouple)), in this work package.
2. On helicopters with ESU 160200-201, if fail to light (∘ ● ● ∘) is present after a restart attempt fails, go to ESU
BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ● ● ∘ (Fail To Light) For Helicopters With ESU 160200-201, in this work package.
3. On helicopters with ESU 160200-600, if shorted oil pressure switch indication (∘ ● ● ∘) is shown, go to ESU
BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ● ● ∘ (Shorted Oil Pressure Switch) For Helicopters With ESU 160200-600, in this
work package.
Change 5 0159 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
4. If APU does not motor, go to APU Motor Does Not Motor (No Rotation)), in this work package.
5. If APU motors, but shuts down before Indication/Condition 2. occurs, and APU FAIL capsule is on, visually
check ESU BITE indications and perform the following:
IF BITE INDICATION IS: ACTION: GO TO
● ∘ ∘ ● (fail to start) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ● ∘ ∘ ● (Fail To Start), in this work
package.
∘ ● ∘ ∘ (loss of speed data) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ● ∘ ∘ (Loss Of Speed Data) For
Helicopters With ESU 160200-600, in this work package.
∘ ∘ ● ● (overtemperature) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ∘ ● ● (Overtemperature), in this work
package.
∘ ∘ ∘ ● (low oil pressure) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ∘ ∘ ●(Low Oil Pressure), in this work
package.
● ● ∘ ∘ (open thermocouple) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ● ● ∘ ∘ (Open Thermocouple), in this
work package.
∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short after, ∘ ● ● ● start ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (External Short) After ∘ ● ● ●
fuel valve and exciter signal out) (Start Fuel Valve And Exciter Signal Out) For Helicopters With ESU
163291-100, in this work package.
∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short after, ∘ ∘ ● ● signal ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (External Short) After ∘ ∘ ● ● (Main
out; 14%) Fuel Valve Signal Out; 14%) For Helicopters With ESU 163291-100,
in this work package.
∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short after, ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ (90% ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (External Short) After ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ (90%
rpm switch on) or ● ● ● ● (ready for RPM Switch On) Or ● ● ● ● (Ready For Service) For Helicopters
service)) With ESU 163291-100, in this work package.
6. If APU motors (attempts to start), but shuts down after Indication/Condition b. occurs (APU ON capsule goes
off and APU FAIL capsule goes on), go to APU Motors But Shuts Down (APU ON Capsule Goes Off And APU
FAIL Capsule Goes On)), in this work package.
7. If APU motors, but shuts down after APU ON capsule goes on, then off, and APU FAIL capsule is off, visually
check ESU BITE indications and perform the following:
IF BITE INDICATION IS: ACTION: GO TO
∘ ● ∘ ● (underspeed) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ● ∘ ● (Underspeed), in this work
package.
● ● ∘ ● (overspeed) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ● ● ∘ ● (Overspeed), in this work
package.
∘ ∘ ● ● (overtemperature) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ∘ ● ● (Overtemperature), in this work
package.
∘ ∘ ∘ ● (low oil pressure) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ∘ ∘ ● (Low Oil Pressure), in this work
package.
● ● ∘ ∘ (open thermocouple) ESU BITE Indicator Shows ● ● ∘ ∘ (Open Thermocouple), in this
work package.
0159 00-11 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
8. If APU operates, but Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to APU Operates, But APU ON Capsule Is
Off, in this work package.
9. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, go to APU OIL TEMP HI Capsule Goes On, ESU BITE Indicator
Shows● ● ● ∘ (High Oil Temperature), in this work package.
10. If Indication/Condition 5. is not as specified, go to Fuel Leaks From Combustor Drain Line With APU Running,
in this work package.
11. If ESU BITE indicators do not cycle as specified, go to BITE Indicators Do Not Cycle When APU CONTR
Switch Placed ON, in this work package.
STEP
13. Recharge APU accumulator by placing GENERATORS APU switch to ON. Visually check accumulator for
proper charge (pressure gage and tape indicator).
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU ACCUM LOW capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off in 90 seconds and APU accumulator shall
be charged.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot hydraulic system (WP 0089 00).
2. If APU shuts down and underspeed BITE indication (∘ ● ∘ ●) appears on ESU, replace left relay panel (WP
0838 00).
STEP
14. Place upper console GENERATORS APU switch to OFF.
STEP
15. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. APU shall shut down.
2. APU ON capsule shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, place FUEL PUMP switch to OFF and go to APU Does Not Shut
Down When APU CONTR Switch Is Placed OFF, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, disconnect P260 on ESU.
a. If APU ON capsule goes off, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
b. If APU ON capsule does not go off, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00).
STEP
16. Check ESU BITE indicators after APU is shut down.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All ESU BITE indicators shall be black.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot system for indicated malfunction.
Change 5 0159 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
17. Place upper console FUEL PUMP switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
PRIME BOOST PUMP ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot fuel prime boost system (WP 0133 00).
STEP
18. Visually check that there is no fuel or fuel vapors coming from combustor drain line (below helicopter).
a. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check APU combustor drain check valve. Replace if necessary
( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ).
STEP
19. Place upper console BATT switch to OFF.
STEP
20. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting stimulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE UNIT (ESU)
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. These procedures check the ESU.
STEP
2. To check the ESU, perform the following procedures.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The following procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0159 00-13 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SIMULATOR SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Connect cables (supplied with simulator) to simulator and helicopter as follows:
• Power cable receptacle labeled P1 to J1 on simulator.
• Test cable receptacle labeled P2 to J2 on simulator.
• Other end of power cable to utility receptacle J257 in cabin ceiling.
• Disconnect Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P289 from APU.
Connect other end of test cable to Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 5) , P289.
STEP
2. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
3. If not already performed, remove soundproofing material and panel from cabin ceiling to visually check
electronic sequence unit (ESU) BITE indicators (WP 0265 00).
STEP
4. Turn on electrical power (WP 1737 00).
STEP
5. Make sure upper console APU CONTR switch is placed OFF.
STEP
6. Turn simulator TEMP OUTPUT knob until temperature indicates 400°C (752°F).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Temperature 400°C (752°F) shall be indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
Change 5 0159 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
HYDRAULIC START VALVE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Connect multimeter between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) ,
P290-1 and ground.
STEP
3. Make sure simulator test set (simulator) power is off.
STEP
4. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall read between 18 and 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to No Power At APU Start Valve, in this work package.
STEP
5. Turn on simulator power.
STEP
NOTE
The next step must be performed within 29 seconds.
6. Turn simulator S2 switch to 70%. Turn F1 switch to +1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Lamp L1 shall go on, then go off.
2. Lamp L2 shall go on, and stay on.
3. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to 70% speed (∘ ∘ ∘ ●).
4. Multimeter shall indicate less than 18 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
7. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
0159 00-15 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HYDRAULIC START VALVE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting Simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
SPEED SEQUENCE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
3. Turn simulator F1 switch to -1 and S2 switch to 5%. If necessary, press START/STOP RESET button as
required until SECONDS display shows 00.
STEP
4. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON and at same time press START/STOP RESET button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indications shall remain the same.
2. All lamps on simulator shall be off.
3. Within 29 - 40 seconds, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to fail to start (● ∘ ∘ ●).
4. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition 3. occurs, but Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory
warning system (WP 0093 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00).
STEP
5. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0. Reset SECONDS display to 00.
STEP
6. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
Change 5 0159 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
SPEED SEQUENCE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
7. Turn simulator F1 switch to +1 and S2 switch to 5%.
STEP
8. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON and at same time press START/STOP RESET button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to 5% speed (∘ ● ● ●).
2. On simulator, lamp L1 shall be on.
3. Within 29 - 40 seconds, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to fail to start (● ∘ ∘ ●).
4. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
5. On simulator, lamp L1 shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-17 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-17.
a. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
b. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00) or
MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00).
STEP
9. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0. Reset SECONDS display to 00.
STEP
10. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ● ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
11. Turn simulator F1 switch to -2 and S2 switch to 15%.
STEP
12. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON and at same time press START/STOP RESET button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to 5% speed (∘ ● ● ●).
2. On simulator, lamp L1 shall be on.
3. Within 29 - 40 seconds, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to fail to start (● ∘ ∘ ●).
4. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
0159 00-17 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SPEED SEQUENCE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
5. On simulator, lamp L1 shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
13. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0. Reset SECONDS display to 00.
STEP
14. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
15. Turn simulator S2 switch to 14%.
STEP
16. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON and at same time press START/STOP RESET button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to 14% speed (∘ ∘ ● ●).
2. On simulator, lamps L1 and L2 shall be on.
3. Within 29 - 40 seconds, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to fail to start (● ∘ ∘ ●).
4. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
5. On simulator, lamps L1 and L2 shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-9 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-9.
a. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
b. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
17. Turn simulator S2 switch to 0. Reset SECONDS display to 00.
STEP
18. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
Change 5 0159 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
SPEED SEQUENCE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
19. Turn simulator F1 switch to -1 and S2 switch to 70%.
STEP
20. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON and at same time press START/STOP RESET button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to 15% speed.
2. On simulator, lamps L1 and L2 shall be on.
3. Within 29 - 40 seconds, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to fail to start (● ∘ ∘ ●).
4. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
5. On simulator, lamps L1 and L2 shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
21. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0. Reset SECONDS display to 00.
STEP
22. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
23. Turn simulator F1 switch to +1 and S2 switch to 70%.
STEP
24. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON and at same time press START/STOP RESET button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to 70% speed (∘ ∘ ∘ ●).
2. On simulator, lamp L1 shall go on and then go off, and lamp L2 shall go on and stay on.
3. Within 29 - 40 seconds, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to fail to start (● ∘ ∘ ●).
4. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
5. On simulator, lamp L2 shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
25. Turn simulator S2 switch to 0. Reset SECONDS display to 00.
STEP
26. Place upper console APU CONTR switch from ON to OFF.
0159 00-19 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SPEED SEQUENCE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
27. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
UNDERSPEED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
3. Turn simulator S2 switch to 90% and make sure F1 switch is at 0.
STEP
4. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
In approximately 2 seconds, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to underspeed (∘ ● ∘ ●) and APU FAIL capsule
on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
5. Turn simulator S2 switch to 0 and F1 switch to 0.
STEP
6. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
Change 5 0159 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
UNDERSPEED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
7. Turn simulator S2 switch to 90% and F1 switch to +5%.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle through a normal start and, in approximately 2 seconds, shall cycle
to ready for service BITE indication (● ● ● ●).
2. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
8. Slowly turn simulator F1 switch from +5 - 0.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to underspeed (∘ ● ∘ ●) when knob F1 is at +1.
2. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
3. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
9. Turn simulator S2 switch to 0 and F1 switch to 0.
STEP
10. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
11. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
0159 00-21 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
UNDERSPEED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
OVERSPEED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
3. Turn simulator F1 switch to -5, then turn S2 switch to 110% speed.
STEP
4. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle from 90% speed to ready for service (● ● ● ●) in approximately 2
seconds.
2. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
3. On simulator, lamps L2 and L3 shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
5. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to overspeed (● ● ∘ ●).
2. On simulator, lamps L2 and L3 shall go off.
3. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
4. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
Change 5 0159 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
OVERSPEED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
6. Turn S2 switch to 0%.
STEP
7. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
8. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
LOW OIL PRESSURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
NOTE
Observer must watch ESU BITE indicators during the test. The next two steps must be per-
formed within 29 seconds.
3. Turn simulator F1 switch to -2. Turn S2 switch to 70%.
0159 00-23 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LOW OIL PRESSURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
4. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ESU BITE indicators shall cycle up to 15% speed and on simulator, lamps L1 and L2 shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-7 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-7.
a. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
b. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
5. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0.
STEP
6. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
7. Turn simulator F1 switch to +1 and S2 switch to 70%.
STEP
8. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle up to 70% speed (∘ ∘ ∘ ●).
2. On simulator, lamp L1 shall go on, then go off. Lamp L2 shall go on and stay on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
9. Place simulator S3 switch to LOP.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle from 70% speed to low oil pressure indication (∘ ∘ ∘ ●) (BITEs will
momentarily move, but shall remain the same).
2. On simulator, lamp L6 shall go on when switch is pushed to LOP.
3. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
Change 5 0159 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
LOW OIL PRESSURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
10. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0.
STEP
11. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
12. Turn simulator F1 switch to +1 and S2 switch to 90%.
STEP
13. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to 90% speed, and in approximately 2 seconds, cycle to ready for
service (● ● ● ●).
2. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
14. Place simulator S3 switch to LOP.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to low oil pressure (∘ ∘ ∘ ●) and APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel
shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
15. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0.
STEP
16. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
0159 00-25 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LOW OIL PRESSURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ●
● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
17. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
3. Turn simulator F1 switch to +1 and S2 switch to 90%.
STEP
4. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle from 90% speed to ready for service (● ● ● ●) in approximately 2
seconds.
2. On simulator, lamp L1 shall be off, lamps L2 and L3 shall be on.
3. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
Change 5 0159 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
If ESU BITE indicators indicate high oil temperature (● ● ● ∘) before S3 switch is used, replace
ESU.
5. Place simulator S3 switch to HI OIL TEMP.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle from ready for service to high oil temperature (● ● ● ∘).
2. On simulator, lamp L5 shall go on.
3. APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 1. occurs, but Indication/Condition c. is not as specified, troubleshoot caution/advi-
sory warning system (WP 0093 00) or MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00).
STEP
6. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to re-
set (● ● ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
7. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0159 00-27 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
START BYPASS VALVE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
3. Place upper console AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch to APU.
STEP
4. Turn simulator S2 switch to 90%. Turn F1 switch to +2.
STEP
5. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle from 90% speed to ready for service indication (● ● ● ●) in approx-
imately 2 seconds.
2. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, check continuity between ESU and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P289.
a. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
b. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
6. Press, then release No. 1 engine start button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Whenever No. 1 engine start button is pressed, lamp L4 on simulator shall go on and #1 ENGINE STARTER
capsule, on caution/advisory panel, shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to APU Stall When Either Engine START Button Is Pressed (A
Popping Sound Is Heard)), in this work package.
STEP
7. Press, then release No. 2 engine start button.
Change 5 0159 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
START BYPASS VALVE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Whenever No. 2 engine start button is pressed, lamp L4 on simulator shall go on and #2 ENGINE STARTER
capsule, on caution/advisory panel, shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to APU Stall When Either Engine START Button Is Pressed (A
Popping Sound Is Heard)), in this work package.
STEP
8. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
STEP
9. Place upper console AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch to OFF.
STEP
10. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
OVERTEMPERATURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
NOTE
The next three steps must be performed in less than 29 seconds.
3. Turn simulator F1 switch to -5. Turn S2 switch to 90%.
STEP
4. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
0159 00-29 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OVERTEMPERATURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
5. Slowly turn simulator TEMP OUTPUT - R1 knob until ESU BITE indicators cycle to overtemperature (∘ ∘ ● ●).
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle up to 70% BITE indication.
2. As knob is turned, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to overtemperature between 1364° and 1429°F
(740° and 776°C).
3. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
6. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 to 0. Turn TEMP OUTPUT knob R1 until temperature indicates 400°C
(752°F).
STEP
7. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to re-
set (● ● ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
8. Turn simulator F1 switch to +5. Turn S2 switch to 90%.
STEP
9. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ESU BITE indicators shall cycle up to ready for service indication (● ● ● ●) and APU ON capsule on cau-
tion/advisory panel shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
10. Slowly turn simulator TEMP OUTPUT knob until ESU BITE indicators cycle to overtemperature.
CONDITION/INDICATION
As knob is turned, ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to overtemperature between 1242° and 1282°F (672° and
694°C), and APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
11. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0.
Change 5 0159 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
OVERTEMPERATURE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
12. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to re-
set (● ● ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
13. Turn TEMP OUTPUT knob until temperature indicates approximately 400°C (752°F).
STEP
14. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
OPEN THERMOCOUPLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
3. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. ESU BITE indicators shall cycle up to ready for service indication (● ● ● ●).
2. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
3. On simulator, lamps L2 and L3 shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
0159 00-31 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPEN THERMOCOUPLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
Disregard initial ESU BITE indications when connector is disconnected.
4. Disconnect P2 from test receptacle J2.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Simulator lamps L2 and L3 shall go off.
2. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off.
3. Approximately 12 - 24 seconds after connector was pulled, BITE indicators shall cycle to open ther-
mocouple indication (● ● ∘ ∘).
4. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall be on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, check continuity between the following points:
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-1 and Figure 4 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-2
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-1 and Figure 4 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-2
a. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
b. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
5. Reconnect P2 to J2 receptacle on simulator.
STEP
6. Turn simulator F1 switch to 0 and S2 switch to 0.
STEP
7. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to re-
set (● ● ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
8. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
Change 5 0159 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• To prevent discharge of APU accumulator, disconnect P290 from APU start valve.
• For proper Indication/Conditions, switch positions and order of operation must be strictly
followed.
1. Perform Simulator Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already
performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator power on, if not already performed.
STEP
3. Turn simulator F1 switch to +5 and S2 switch to 90%.
STEP
4. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to ON.
STEP
5. On helicopters with APU ESU 160200-201, on simulator, rotate R1 switch to 10° - 13°C (50°-55°F).
CONDITION/INDICATION
ESU BITE indicator shall not be (● ∘ ● ∘) shorted thermocouple.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to ESU BITE Indicators Show ● ∘ ● ∘ (Shorted Thermocouple), in
this work package.
STEP
6. On helicopters with ESU 160200-600, on simulator, rotate R1 switch to 118° - 130°C (244°-266°F).
CONDITION/INDICATION
ESU BITE indicator shall not be (● ∘ ● ∘) shorted thermocouple.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to ESU BITE Indicators Show ● ∘ ● ∘ (Shorted Thermocouple), in
this work package.
STEP
7. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off and ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to re-
set (● ● ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
8. If no other check is to be performed, go to Disconnecting Simulator Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure,
in this work package.
0159 00-33 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Disconnecting simulator operational/troubleshooting procedure shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
DISCONNECTING SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Place upper console APU CONTR switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ESU BITE indicators shall cycle to reset (● ● ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00).
STEP
2. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
3. Make sure simulator switches are placed as follows:
• F1-0
• S2-0%
• R1-400°C
• S3-NORM
• S1-OFF
STEP
4. Make sure upper console AIR SOURCE/HEAT START switch is placed OFF.
STEP
5. Disconnect power cable from receptacle in cabin ceiling and simulator. Disconnect test cable from Figure 4
- Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P289 and simulator. Connect Figure 4 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P289 to APU.
STEP
6. Install test cables in simulator.
STEP
7. Make sure Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P290 is connected to
APU hydraulic start valve.
STEP
8. If necessary, go back to troubleshooting chart.
STEP
9. On cabin ceiling, install panel and soundproofing material over ESU (WP 0265 00).
Change 5 0159 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
DISCONNECTING SIMULATOR OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Panel and soundproofing material shall be installed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ESU BITE INDICATORS DO NOT CYCLE WHEN BATT SWITCH IS PLACED ON
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicators do not cycle when BATT switch is placed ON.
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicators do not cycle when BATT switch is placed ON.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-5 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
2. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-6 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
3. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-n and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-q . Go to Step 4.
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-5 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
5. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P242. Go to Step 6.
6. Replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 10.
7. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P242. Go to Step 8.
8. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-q and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-n and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-5 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
9. Check for 28 vdc between APU CONTR INST circuit breaker Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 4 - Auxiliary
Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary
0159 00-35 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ESU BITE INDICATORS DO NOT CYCLE WHEN BATT SWITCH IS PLACED ON – Continued
Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-q (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
10.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 10.
10. Procedure completed.
FUEL LEAKS FROM APU COMBUSTOR DRAIN LINE WITH PRIME BOOST PUMP RUNNING
SYMPTOM
Fuel leaks from APU combustor drain line with prime boost pump running.
MALFUNCTION
Fuel leaks from APU combustor drain line with prime boost pump running.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P305 from start fuel valve, Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P306 from main fuel valve, and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P303 from ignition exciter. Go to Step 2.
2. Check for fuel leakage.
a. If any fuel leakage is present, go to Step 3.
b. If no fuel leakage is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 5.
3. Disconnect line to main fuel manifold and purge fuel into container. Go to Step 4.
4. Using APU CONTR switch, motor APU and check for fuel flow.
a. If fuel flows, replace main fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 5.
b. If fuel does not flow, replace fuel start valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATORS SHOW ● ∘ ● ∘ (SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicators show ● ∘ ● ∘ (shorted thermocouple).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicators show ● ∘ ● ∘ (shorted thermocouple).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) ,
P289 from APU. Go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-2.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then
go to Step 6:Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5)
, P261-1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5)
, P289-1, Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) ,
P261-2 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P289-2
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Replace APU thermocouple harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 4.
4. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 5.
Change 5 0159 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
ESU BITE INDICATORS SHOW ● ∘ ● ∘ (SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE) – Continued
5. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 6.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicators show ∘ ● ● ∘ (fail to light),
replace ESU for helicopters with ESU 160200-201 (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ● ● ∘ (FAIL TO LIGHT) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 160200-201
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ● ● ∘ (fail to light) for helicopters with ESU 160200-201.
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ● ● ∘ (fail to light) for helicopters with ESU 160200-201.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Visually check for fuel vapor at exhaust duct or overboard drain.
a. If vapor is present, go to Step 2.
b. If vapor is not present, go to Step 13.
2. Do ESU SPEED SEQUENCE procedure, in this work package, to verify signal M to
ignition exciter.
a. If speed sequence is good, replace igniter plug ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 3.
3. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 4.
4. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 24.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows fail to light, go to Step 5.
5. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P303-A and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P303-B. Go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , J289-17 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 11.
7. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 8.
8. Replace exciter cable ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 9.
9. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 10.
10. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 24.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows fail to light, replace
ignition exciter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 24.
11. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 12.
12. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-17 and ignition exciter (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
13. Do ESU SPEED SEQUENCE procedure, in this work package, to verify signal M to start
fuel valve.
0159 00-37 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ● ● ∘ (FAIL TO LIGHT) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 160200-201 – Continued
a. If speed sequence is good, replace start fuel nozzle ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step
14.
14. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 15.
15. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 24.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows fail to light, go to Step 16.
16. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P305-A and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P305-B. Go to Step 17.
17. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-17 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 22.
18. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 19.
19. Replace fuel start valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 20.
20. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 21.
21. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 24.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows fail to light, replace start
nozzle purge valve (TM 1-2835-208-23&P). Go to Step 24.
22. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 23.
23. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-17 and start fuel valve (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
24. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ● ● ∘ (SHORTED OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 160200-600
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ● ● ∘ (shorted oil pressure switch) for helicopters with ESU 160200-600.
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ● ● ∘ (shorted oil pressure switch) for helicopters with ESU 160200-600.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between: Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-7 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-16, Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-7 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-23.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , J289 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P304 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
c. If trouble remains, replace low oil pressure switch ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 7.
Change 5 0159 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ● ● ∘ (SHORTED OIL PRESSURE SWITCH) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU
160200-600 – Continued
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P304-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace low oil pressure switch ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-16 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , J289 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P304 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P304 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for 28 vdc between ESU Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , J1-16 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , TB301-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-5 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , J242-q and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , J242-n .
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P242 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P260 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
APU MOTOR DOES NOT MOTOR (NO ROTATION)
SYMPTOM
APU motor does not motor (no rotation).
MALFUNCTION
APU motor does not motor (no rotation).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Visually check for any of the following BITE indications:
∘●●●
●∘●●
●∘∘∘
0159 00-39 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU MOTOR DOES NOT MOTOR (NO ROTATION) – Continued
∘∘∘∘
a. If any indication listed is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If any indication listed is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Make sure APU CONTR switch is placed OFF. Go to Step 3.
3. Press APU start valve manual override lever. Go to Step 4.
4. Check that APU start motor operates.
a. If motor operates, go to Step 5.
b. If motor does not operate, go to Step 6.
5. Do ESU HYDRAULIC START VALVE procedure, in this work package.
a. If ESU hydraulic start valve is good, replace APU hydraulic start valve (WP 0754 00). Go
to Step 9.
6. Disconnect start motor from APU accessory pad. Go to Step 7.
7. Using a 1/2 inch allen wrench, turn splined shaft on accessory pad. Check that shaft
turns.
a. If shaft turns, go to Step 8.
b. If shaft does not turn, replace seized APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 9.
8. Attempt to turn splined shaft of APU start motor.
a. If shaft turns, replace APU hydraulic start valve (WP 0754 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If shaft does not turn, replace APU start motor (WP 1379 00). Go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ● ∘ ∘ ● (FAIL TO START)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ● ∘ ∘ ● (fail to start).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ● ∘ ∘ ● (fail to start).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. What was APU speed BITE indication before it changed to fail to start indication?
a. If APU speed was over 14% and less than 70% ∘ ∘ ● ●, go to Step 2.
b. If APU speed was over 70% and less than 90% ∘ ∘ ∘ ●, go to Step 15.
2. Check that main fuel valve actuates (determined by feeling the valve for a thump) during
start sequence.
a. If valve actuates, go to Step 3.
b. If valve does not actuate, go to Step 13.
3. Loosen B-nut on inlet fuel filter inlet. Place rag around nut. Go to Step 4.
4. On upper console panel, place FUEL PUMP switch to APU BOOST. Go to Step 5.
5. Check that fuel is going into rag.
a. If fuel is present, go to Step 6.
b. If no fuel is present, go to Step 11.
6. Tighten B-nut. Go to Step 7.
Change 5 0159 00-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ● ∘ ∘ ● (FAIL TO START) – Continued
7. Loosen B-nut on inlet fuel filter outlet. Place rag around nut. Go to Step 8.
8. Place upper console FUEL PUMP switch to APU BOOST. Go to Step 9.
9. Check that fuel is going into rag.
a. If fuel is present, go to Step 10.
b. If fuel is not present, replace filter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 24.
10. Check for restricted outlet filter.
a. If filter is restricted, replace fuel pump ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 24.
b. If filter is not restricted, replace main fuel nozzles/manifold assembly ( TM 1-2835-208-23
&P ). Go to Step 24.
11. Tighten B-nut. Go to Step 12.
12. Troubleshoot fuel prime/boost system (WP 0133 00). Go to Step 24.
13. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P306-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 14.
b. If voltage is not as specified, perform ESU SPEED SEQUENCE procedure steps 1 through
13 and Step 27, in this work package, to verify power to main fuel valve. Go to Step 24.
14. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P306-B and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace main fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 24.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 24.
15. Make sure all bleed-air ducts are closed and driven equipment is unloaded. Check air
inlet for foreign object debris (FOD). Go to Step 16.
16. Restart APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 17.
17. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 24.
b. If APU does not operate normally, go to Step 18.
18. Replace fuel manifold ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 19.
19. Restart APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 20.
20. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 24.
b. If APU does not operate normally, go to Step 21.
21. Replace fuel pump/acceleration control ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 22.
22. Restart APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 23.
23. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 24.
b. If APU does not operate normally, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 24.
24. Procedure completed.
0159 00-41 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ● ∘ ∘ (LOSS OF SPEED DATA) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 160200-600
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ● ∘ ∘ (loss of speed data) for helicopters with ESU 160200-600.
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ● ∘ ∘ (loss of speed data) for helicopters with ESU 160200-600.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 1,190 to 1,450 ohms between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-12 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-13.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P302-A and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P302-B. Go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-12 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-13.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 6.
4. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P302. Go to Step 5.
5. Replace magnetic pickup ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 8.
6. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P302. Go to Step 7.
7. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P302(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ● (OVERTEMPERATURE)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ● (overtemperature).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ● (overtemperature).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do ESU OVERTEMPERATURE procedure.
a. If APU overtemperature is good, go to Step 2.
2. Replace combustor drain valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 3.
3. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 4.
4. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 8.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows overtemperature, go to
Step 5.
5. Replace maximum fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 6.
Change 5 0159 00-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ● (OVERTEMPERATURE) – Continued
6. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 7.
7. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 8.
b. If APU does not operate normally, replace fuel pump/acceleration control ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ∘ ●(LOW OIL PRESSURE)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ∘ ● (low oil pressure).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ∘ ● (low oil pressure).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check APU oil sump for proper level.
a. If oil level is good, go to Step 2.
b. If oil level is not good, service APU oil sump as required (WP 1654 00). Go to Step 5.
2. Do ESU LOW OIL PRESSURE procedure, in this work package.
a. If APU oil pressure is good, replace APU low oil pressure switch ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P
). Go to Step 3.
3. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 4.
4. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 5.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows low oil pressure, re-
pair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-7 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P304-B (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ● ● ∘ ∘ (OPEN THERMOCOUPLE)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ● ● ∘ ∘ (open thermocouple).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ● ● ∘ ∘ (open thermocouple).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-2.
a. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-2.
0159 00-43 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ● ● ∘ ∘ (OPEN THERMOCOUPLE) – Continued
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00) between, then go
to Step 3:
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-1
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P289-1
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-2
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P289-2
b. If continuity is not present, replace APU thermocouple and harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23
&P ). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (EXTERNAL SHORT) AFTER ∘ ● ● ● (START FUEL
VALVE AND EXCITER SIGNAL OUT) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 163291-100
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short) after ∘ ● ● ● (start fuel
valve and exciter signal out) for helicopters with ESU 163291-100.
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short) after ∘ ● ● ● (start fuel
valve and exciter signal out) for helicopters with ESU 163291-100.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , J303-B and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace ignition exciter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , J305-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel start valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
3. With P303 and P305 disconnected, check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-17 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace APU electrical harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-17 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00) between, then go
to Step 5:
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261 and
Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P303
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261 and
Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P305
b. If continuity is not present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 5.
Change 5 0159 00-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (EXTERNAL SHORT) AFTER ∘ ● ● ● (START FUEL VALVE AND EXCITER
SIGNAL OUT) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 163291-100 – Continued
5. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (EXTERNAL SHORT) AFTER ∘ ∘ ● ● (MAIN
FUEL VALVE SIGNAL OUT; 14%) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 163291-100
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short) after ∘ ∘ ● ● (main
fuel valve signal out; 14%) for helicopters with ESU 163291-100.
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short) after ∘ ∘ ● ● (main
fuel valve signal out; 14%) for helicopters with ESU 163291-100.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , J306-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace main fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. With P306 disconnected, check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-9 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace APU electrical harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
3. With Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , J306
disconnected and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 5) , J289connected, check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-9 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-9 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P306-A (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (EXTERNAL SHORT) AFTER ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ (90% RPM SWITCH
ON) OR ● ● ● ● (READY FOR SERVICE) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 163291-100
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short) after ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ (90% rpm switch
on) or ● ● ● ● (ready for service) for helicopters with ESU 163291-100.
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (external short) after ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ (90% rpm switch on)
or ● ● ● ● (ready for service) for helicopters with ESU 163291-100.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , J307-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace maximum fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step
4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
0159 00-45 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ∘ (EXTERNAL SHORT) AFTER ∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ (90% RPM SWITCH ON) OR ● ● ● ●
(READY FOR SERVICE) FOR HELICOPTERS WITH ESU 163291-100 – Continued
2. With Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P307 dis-
connected, check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-15 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace APU electrical harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-15 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-15 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P307-A (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
APU MOTORS BUT SHUTS DOWN (APU ON CAPSULE GOES OFF AND APU FAIL CAPSULE GOES ON)
SYMPTOM
APU motors but shuts down (APU ON capsule goes off and APU FAIL capsule goes on).
MALFUNCTION
APU motors but shuts down (APU ON capsule goes off and APU FAIL capsule goes on).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Visually check for any of the following BITE indications:
∘●●●
●∘●●
●∘∘∘
∘∘∘∘
a. If any indication listed is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If any indication listed is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Reset ESU. Go to Step 3.
3. Check for 1,190 to 1,450 ohms between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-12 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-13.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P302-A and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P302-B. Go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-12 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-13.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 8.
Change 5 0159 00-46
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU MOTORS BUT SHUTS DOWN (APU ON CAPSULE GOES OFF AND APU FAIL CAPSULE GOES ON) – Con-
tinued
6. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P302. Go to Step 7.
7. Remove and reinstall magnetic pickup to be sure of correct adjustment ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ).
a. If trouble remains, replace magnetic pickup ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 10.
8. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P302. Go to Step 9.
9. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P302(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
10. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ● ∘ ● (UNDERSPEED)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ● ∘ ● (underspeed).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ● ∘ ● (underspeed).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. ESU 160200-600, go to Step 2.
b. All other ESU’s, go to Step 3.
2. Troubleshoot system for loss of speed data (ESU BITE Indicator Shows ∘ ● ∘ ∘ (Loss Of
Speed Data) For Helicopters With ESU 160200-600, in this work package).
a. If trouble remains, go to Step 3.
3. Make sure all bleed-air ducts are closed and driven equipment is unloaded. Check air
inlet for FOD. Go to Step 4.
4. Do ESU SPEED SEQUENCE procedure, in this work package, to verify signal to maxi-
mum fuel valve.
a. If speed sequence is good, go to Step 5.
5. Loosen B-nut on inlet fuel filter. Place rag around nut. Go to Step 6.
6. On upper console, place FUEL PUMP switch to APU BOOST. Go to Step 7.
7. Check that fuel is going into rag.
a. If fuel is present, go to Step 8.
b. If fuel is not present, go to Step 19.
8. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P307-A and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P307-D. Go to Step 9.
9. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-15 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 17.
10. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 11.
0159 00-47 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ● ∘ ● (UNDERSPEED) – Continued
11. Replace maximum fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 12.
12. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 13.
13. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 21.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indications shows underspeed, go to
Step 14.
14. Replace APU fuel manifold ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 15.
15. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 16.
16. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 21.
b. If APU does not operate normally, replace APU fuel pump/acceleration control ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 21.
17. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 18.
18. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-15 and maximum fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 21.
19. Tighten B-nut. Go to Step 20.
20. Troubleshoot fuel prime/boost system (WP 0133 00). Go to Step 21.
21. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ● ● ∘ ● (OVERSPEED)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ● ● ∘ ● (overspeed).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ● ● ∘ ● (overspeed).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do ESU SPEED SEQUENCE procedure, in this work package. to verify signal to start
fuel valve.
a. If speed sequence is good, go to Step 2.
2. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P305-A and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P305-B. Go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , J289-17 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 10.
4. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 5.
5. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 6.
6. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 12.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows overspeed, go to Step 7.
7. Replace APU start fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 8.
Change 5 0159 00-48
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ● ● ∘ ● (OVERSPEED) – Continued
8. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 9.
9. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 12.
b. If APU does not operate normally, replace APU fuel pump/acceleration control ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 12
10. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 11.
11. Repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00), as required between, then go to Step 12:
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P303
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P305
12. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ● (OVERTEMPERATURE)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ● (overtemperature).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ● ● (overtemperature).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Failure to disconnect electrical connectors will permit fuel to enter combustion chamber and
create a fire hazard.
1. Make sure all bleed-air ducts are closed and driven equipment is unloaded. Check air
inlet for FOD. Go to Step 2.
2. Do ESU OVERTEMPERATURE procedure, in this work package.
a. If APU overtemperature and overspeed is good, go to Step 3.
3. Replace combustor drain valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 4.
4. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 5.
5. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
Go to Step 15.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows overtemperature, shut
down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 6.
6. Disconnect Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P305, Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P306,
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P307 from
fuel valves. Disconnect Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P303 from ignition excitor. Disconnect fuel line from main fuel valve to
the fuel manifold. Go to Step 7.
0159 00-49 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ● ● (OVERTEMPERATURE) – Continued
7. Place suitable containers under open fuel lines. Go to Step 8.
8. Motor APU and check for fuel flow from main fuel valve.
a. If fuel is present, replace main fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 15.
b. If fuel is not present, go to Step 9.
9. Leave electrical connectors disconnected. Reconnect fuel line to fuel manifold. Dis-
connect fuel line at outlet of max fuel valve. Go to Step 10.
10. Place suitable containers under open fuel lines. Go to Step 11.
11. Motor APU and check for fuel at maximum fuel valve outlet.
a. If fuel is present, replace maximum fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 15.
b. If fuel is not present, go to Step 12.
12. Reconnect all electrical connectors and fuel lines. Go to Step 13.
13. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 14.
14. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
Go to Step 15.
b. If APU does not operate normally, shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Replace fuel
pump/acceleration control ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 15.
15. Procedure completed.
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ∘ ∘ ∘ ● (LOW OIL PRESSURE)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ∘ ● (low oil pressure).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ∘ ∘ ∘ ● (low oil pressure).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check APU oil sump for proper level.
a. If oil level is good, go to Step 2.
b. If oil level is not good, service APU oil sump as required (WP 1654 00). Go to Step 6.
2. Do ESU LOW OIL PRESSURE procedure, in this work package.
a. If APU low oil pressure is good, go to Step 3.
3. Replace APU low oil pressure switch ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 4.
4. Start and operate APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 5.
5. Does APU operate normally?
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 6.
b. If APU does not operate normally and ESU BITE indicator shows low oil pressure, re-
pair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , J289-7 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P304-B (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0159 00-50
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS ● ● ∘ ∘ (OPEN THERMOCOUPLE)
SYMPTOM
ESU BITE indicator shows ● ● ∘ ∘ (open thermocouple).
MALFUNCTION
ESU BITE indicator shows ● ● ∘ ∘ (open thermocouple).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-2.
a. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , J289-2.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then
go to Step 3:Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P289-1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) ,
P261-1Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-2
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-2
b. If continuity is not present, replace APU thermocouple and harness (TM 1-2835-208-23&
P). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
APU OPERATES, BUT APU ON CAPSULE IS OFF
SYMPTOM
APU operates, but APU ON capsule is off.
MALFUNCTION
APU operates, but APU ON capsule is off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Place and hold caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. Go to Step 2.
2. Check that APU ON capsule goes on.
a. If capsule goes on, go to Step 3.
b. If capsule does not go on, go to Step 10.
3. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-5 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-11. Go to Step 4.
4. Place BATT switch to ON. Go to Step 5.
5. Check that APU ON capsule goes on.
a. If capsule goes on, remove jumper and replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If capsule does not go on, remove jumper and go to Step 6.
6. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 7.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 9.
.
0159 00-51 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU OPERATES, BUT APU ON CAPSULE IS OFF – Continued
7. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P118 or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R or P1020R (WP 0938
.
00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 8.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 11.
8. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 9.
.
9. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P118-B or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-84 or P1020R-84 and ground.
.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00) or
MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104 00). Go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P118-B or HH-60A HH-60L > P1019R-84 or
.
P1020R-84 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5)
, P260-11 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 11.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot (IVHMS) (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 11.
10. Check APU ON capsule lamps.
a. If lamps are good, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00). Go to
Step 11.
b. If lamps are not good, replace lamps (WP 0797 00). Go to Step 11.
11. Procedure completed.
APU OIL TEMP HI CAPSULE GOES ON, ESU BITE INDICATOR SHOWS● ● ● ∘ (HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE)
SYMPTOM
APU OIL TEMP HI capsule goes on, ESU BITE indicator shows ● ● ● ∘ (high oil temperature).
MALFUNCTION
APU OIL TEMP HI capsule goes on, ESU BITE indicator shows ● ● ● ∘ (high oil temperature).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check APU oil sump for proper oil level.
a. If oil level is good, go to Step 2.
b. If oil level is not good, service APU oil sump (WP 1654 00). Go to Step 3.
2. Do ESU HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE procedure, in this work package.
a. If APU high oil temperature is good, replace APU high oil temperature switch (TM
1-2835-208-23&P). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FUEL LEAKS FROM COMBUSTOR DRAIN LINE WITH APU RUNNING
SYMPTOM
Fuel leaks from combustor drain line with APU running.
MALFUNCTION
Fuel leaks from combustor drain line with APU running.
Change 5 0159 00-52
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
FUEL LEAKS FROM COMBUSTOR DRAIN LINE WITH APU RUNNING – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P305 from start fuel valve. Go to Step 2.
2. Check for fuel leakage.
a. If fuel leakage is found, go to Step 3.
b. If no fuel leaks are found, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 5.
3. Cycle valve five times and check that leakage stops.
a. If leakage stops, go to Step 4.
b. If leakage does not stop, replace fuel start valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 5.
4. Check main fuel supply for contamination.
a. If contamination is found, purge fuel system. Go to Step 5.
b. If no contamination is found, replace fuel start valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step
5.
5. Procedure completed.
BITE INDICATORS DO NOT CYCLE WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH PLACED ON
SYMPTOM
BITE indicators do not cycle when APU CONTR switch placed ON.
MALFUNCTION
BITE indicators do not cycle when APU CONTR switch placed ON.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , J200-R and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P200-R and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P231-V and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
4. Check for 28 vdc between APU T-handle Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between APU T-handle Figure 4 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal C and Figure 4
- Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , J231-V (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 12.
0159 00-53 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BITE INDICATORS DO NOT CYCLE WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH PLACED ON – Continued
5. Check for 28 vdc between APU T-handle switch Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal NC and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 1216 00). Go to Step 12.
6. Check for 28 vdc between APU CONTR switch Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between APU T-handle switch Figure 4
- Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal NC and Figure
4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) APU CONTR switch
(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
7. Check for 28 vdc between APU CONTR switch Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 3 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 3 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , J200-R (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 12.
8. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P231-V and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-n .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-n and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P231-V (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
9. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-k and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
10. Check for 28 vdc between APU CONTR INST circuit breaker Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 12.
11. Check continuity between APU CONTR INST circuit breaker Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P242-p .
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
12. Procedure completed.
APU DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH IS PLACED OFF
SYMPTOM
APU does not shut down when APU CONTR switch is placed OFF.
MALFUNCTION
APU does not shut down when APU CONTR switch is placed OFF.
Change 5 0159 00-54
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH IS PLACED OFF – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-2 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-6.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If trouble remains, replace main fuel valve or maximum fuel valve (WP 0982 00). Go to
Step 5.
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-2 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , J200-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P200-P and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-2 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for 28 vdc between APU CONTR switch Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between switch Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , J200-P (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
NO POWER AT APU START VALVE
SYMPTOM
No power at APU start valve.
MALFUNCTION
No power at APU start valve.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P260-9 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P290-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to BITE Indicators Do Not Cycle When APU CONTR
Switch Placed ON, in this work package.
3. Procedure completed.
0159 00-55 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU STALL WHEN EITHER ENGINE START BUTTON IS PRESSED (A POPPING SOUND IS HEARD)
SYMPTOM
APU stall when either engine START button is pressed (a popping sound is heard).
MALFUNCTION
APU stall when either engine START button is pressed (a popping sound is heard).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With APU SOURCE/HEAT START switch placed to APU and with either NO. 1 or NO. 2
ENGINE START button pressed, check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-10 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
2. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-18 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-19. Go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-18 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 5) , P289-19.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 12.
4. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261. Go to Step 5.
5. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , J289-18 and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , J289-19. Go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P308-A and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P308-B.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 10.
7. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P289. Go to Step 8.
8. Do ESU START BYPASS VALVE procedure, in this work package. Go to Step 9.
9. Check that lamp L4 on test set comes on.
a. If lamp comes on, replace APU start bypass valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step
27.
b. If lamp does not come on, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 27.
10. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 5) , P289. Go to Step 11.
11. Repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step 27:
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , J289-18
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) ,
P308-A
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , J289-19
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) ,
P308-B
Change 5 0159 00-56
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
APU STALL WHEN EITHER ENGINE START BUTTON IS PRESSED (A POPPING SOUND IS HEARD) – Contin-
ued
12. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P261. Go to Step 13.
13. Repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step 27:
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-18
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P289-18
• Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P261-19
and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) ,
P289-19
14. Check helicopter configuration.
a. WINTER> , go to Step 15.
.
b. W/O WINTER> , go to Step 16.
.
15. WINTER> Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
.
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , J244-A and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , J244-B.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 16.
b. If continuity is not present, replace WINTER> (WP 1414 00). Go to Step 27.
.
16. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P244-T and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P244-U.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 17.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 23.
17. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P244-T and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P244-S. Go to Step 18.
18. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-10 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 21.
19. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P244. Go to Step 20.
20. Replace right relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 27.
21. Remove jumper wire from Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P244. Go to Step 22.
22. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P244-S and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P260-10 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 27.
23. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P244-U and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 24.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 27.
0159 00-57 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU STALL WHEN EITHER ENGINE START BUTTON IS PRESSED (A POPPING SOUND IS HEARD) – Contin-
ued
24. Check for 28 vdc between APU SOURCE HEAT/START circuit breaker Figure 4 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 25.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 27.
25. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 5) , P244-T and AIR SOURCE HEAT/START switch Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 26.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 27.
26. Check continuity between APU SOURCE HEAT/START circuit breaker Figure 4 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1 and AIR
SOURCE HEAT/START switch Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 27.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 27.
27. Procedure completed.
FAULT 1. DESU FAILURE (BITE CODE #9)
SYMPTOM
Fault 1. DESU Failure (BITE CODE #9)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 1. DESU Failure (BITE CODE #9)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If fault occurred while APU was not rotating, refer toFault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE
CODE # 23).
a. If fault occurred while APU was rotating, go to Step 2.
2. After APU stops, reset circuit breaker. Set APU switch to ON.
a. Did BITE code #9 change to BITE code #1?
(1) If BITE code #1 is displayed attempt APU restart. Go to Step 3.
(2) If BITE code #1 is NOT displayed, replace DESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FAULT 2. SHORTED OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (BITE CODE #17)
SYMPTOM
Fault 2. Shorted Oil Pressure Switch (BITE CODE #17)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 2. Shorted Oil Pressure Switch (BITE CODE #17)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect P304 from oil pressure switch.
a. Can start be initiated? If yes, replace oil pressure switch ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 3.
Change 5 0159 00-58
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
FAULT 2. SHORTED OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (BITE CODE #17) – Continued
b. If start cannot be initiated, replace APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 2.
2. If start still cannot be initiated, troubleshoot aircraft wiring (DESU J1–23) (WP 1800 00).
a. If start still cannot be initiated, replace DESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FAULT 3. T/C SHORTED (BITE CODE #18 OR 20)
SYMPTOM
Fault 3. T/C Shorted (BITE CODE #18 or 20)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 3. T/C Shorted (BITE CODE #18 or 20)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace APU wiring harness.
a. Is BITE code 18 or 20 still displayed? If yes, go to Step 2.
b. If BITE code 18 or 20 is not displayed, go to Step 3.
2. Troubleshoot aircraft wiring (DESU J1-1 & J1-2) (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2.
a. If BITE code 18 or 20 is still displayed, replace DESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FAULT 4. LOSS OF AIRCRAFT POWER (BITE CODE # 23)
SYMPTOM
Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for loss of power to ECU.
a. If no power to ECU, troubleshoot aircraft wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2.
b. Is aircraft power 18 volts? Go to Step 2.
2. Set APU control switch to OFF (Allow two seconds for DESU to dissipate voltage) then to RUN.
a. Does BITE code # 9 show then change to BITE code # 1?
(1) If indications are as specified, set APU control switch to START (after power applica-
tion allow five seconds for ESU self test before attempting to start).
(a) If shutdown occurs again refer to Table 3 - Cross Reference Chart for 5 BITE
DESU Indications faults 1 through 22 as applicable to correct malfunction. Go to
Step 3.
(2) If indications are not as specified, check for input power overload at time of restarting.
(a) If problem still persists, replace DESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
0159 00-59 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT 5. APU MAIN FUEL VALVE FAILURE (BITE CODE #28)
SYMPTOM
Fault 5. APU Main Fuel Valve Failure (BITE CODE #28)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 5. APU Main Fuel Valve Failure (BITE CODE#28)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Repair/replace aircraft wiring (DESU J1–9) (WP 1800 00).
a. If BITE code 28 is still displayed, replace APU main fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ).
b. If BITE code 28 is still displayed, repair/replace APU wiring harness (WP 1800 00), go to
Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 6. START CIRCUIT FAILURE OR ILLOGICAL SWITCH INPUTS (BITE CODES #30 OR 32)
SYMPTOM
Fault 6. Start Circuit Failure or Illogical Switch Inputs (BITE CODES #30 or 32)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 6. Start Circuit Failure or Illogical Switch Inputs (BITE CODES #30 or 32)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Repair/replace aircraft wiring (BITE code #30 DESU J2-9. BITE code #32 DESU J2-1, -2) (WP
1800 00). Go toStep 2.
2. If BITE codes 30 & 32 persist, replace DESU (WP 0878 00). Go toStep 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FAULT 7. START FUEL/EXCITER FAILURE (BITE CODE #31)
SYMPTOM
Fault 7. Start Fuel/Exciter Failure (BITE CODE #31)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 7. Start Fuel/Exciter Failure (BITE CODE#31)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Ensure aircraft power is applied to DESU, refer toFault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE
CODE # 23).
2. Repair/replace aircraft wiring (DESU J1–17), (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3.
3. If BITE code 31 is still present, replace exciter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 4.
4. If BITE code 31 still persists, replace start fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 5.
5. If problem continues, repair/replace APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step
6.
6. Procedure completed.
FAULT 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU START SWITCH INDICATOR FAILURE (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, AND 39)
SYMPTOM
Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU Start Switch Indicator Failure (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, and 39)
Change 5 0159 00-60
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
FAULT 8. RTL/MALF/HOT/APU START SWITCH INDICATOR FAILURE (BITE CODES # 24, 25, 27, AND 39) –
Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Repair/replace aircraft wiring for start switch, (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 9. POWER ON RESET (BITE CODE #1)
SYMPTOM
Fault 9. Power On Reset (BITE CODE #1)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 9. Power On Reset (BITE CODE #1)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Refer toFault 4. Loss of Aircraft Power (BITE CODE # 23). Go to Step 2.
2. Repair/replace aircraft wiring (DESU J2–1), (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FAULT 10. APU FAILED TO ROTATE (BITE CODE #14)
SYMPTOM
Fault 10. APU Failed to Rotate (BITE CODE #14)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 10. APU Failed to Rotate (BITE CODE #14)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check APU drive equipment, replace if seized ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 3.
2. Check APU rotor for free rotation, replace if seized ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ) . Go to Step 3.
3. Perform Hydraulic Systems Operational check (WP 0089 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
FAULT 11. APU OVERSPEED (BITE CODE #12)
SYMPTOM
Fault 11. APU Overspeed (BITE CODE #12)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 11. APU Overspeed (BITE CODE #12)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that start fuel solenoid valve is not stuck open (determined by fuel vapor at exhaust and
excess fuel at combustor drain valve). Go to Step 2.
2. If start fuel solenoid valve was stuck open, replace start fuel solenoid valve (WP 0754 00). Go
to Step 4.
3. If start fuel solenoid valve was not stuck open, replace acceleration control assembly ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0159 00-61 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT 12. APU UNDER SPEED (BITE CODE #13)
SYMPTOM
Fault 12. APU Under Speed (BITE CODE #13)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 12. APU Under Speed (BITE CODE #13)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If APU reached ready for service condition, go to Step 2.
2. If load was applied to APU too soon, repair/replace aircraft wiring (WP 1800 00), Go to Step 9.
3. If load was not applied to APU too soon, loosen fuel line to APU fuel inlet filter and check that
fuel is available at APU. Go to Step 4.
4. If fuel was available, check for restricted fuel inlet filter by loosening line at filter outlet. Go to
Step 5.
5. If fuel inlet filter was restricted, replace fuel inlet filter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 9.
6. If fuel inlet filter was not restricted, check for restricted fuel flow. Go to Step 7.
7. If fuel flow was restricted, replace fuel pump ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 9.
8. If problem persists, replace the following components in this order as required:
1. Fuel control assembly ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
2. Fuel injectors ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
3. Magnetic pickup ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
4. APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
Go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
FAULT 13. LOSS OF SPEED DATA (BITE CODE #21)
SYMPTOM
Fault 13. Loss of Speed Data (BITE CODE #21)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 13. Loss of Speed Data (BITE CODE #21)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If APU began to rotate and then shut down, Replace magnetic pickup ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P
). Go to Step 3.
2. If problem persists, repair/replace the following components in this order as required:
1. APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
2. Aircraft wiring harness (WP 1800 00)
3. DESU (WP 0878 00)
Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FAULT 14. APU SHUTS DOWN DURING START (BITE CODE #33)
SYMPTOM
Fault 14. APU Shuts Down During Start (BITE CODE #33)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 14. APU Shuts Down During Start (BITE CODE#33)
Change 5 0159 00-62
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
FAULT 14. APU SHUTS DOWN DURING START (BITE CODE #33) – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for ignition noise from spark plug.
a. Was ignition noise present?
(1) If ignition noise was not present repair/replace the following components in order as
required:
1. Spark plug ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
2. Ignition exciter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
3. Ignition cable ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
4. APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
5. DESU (WP 0878 00)
Go to Step 2.
(2) If ignition noise was present, check for fuel vapor at exhaust duct.
(a) If start fuel valve action was felt, perform aircraft hydraulic check (WP 0089 00).
(b) If problem persists, repair/replace the following in order:
1. Start nozzle restrictor assembly ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
2. Start fuel nozzle ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
3. APU driven equipment drag
4. APU (WP 1373 00)
Go to Step 2.
(c) If start fuel valve action was not felt repair/replace the following in order:
1. Start fuel valve
2. DESU (WP 0878 00)
3. APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
(3) If fuel vapor was not at exhaust duct, loosen fuel line to APU fuel inlet filter and check
that fuel is available at APU.
(a) If fuel is not available check aircraft fuel system.
(b) If fuel is available, check for restricted fuel inlet filter by loosening line at filter
outlet.
1 If fuel is available, replace fuel inlet filter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ).
(c) If fuel is not available, check for restricted fuel pump filter.
1 If fuel pump filter was restricted, replace fuel pump ( TM 1-2835-208-2
3&P ).
2 If fuel pump was not restricted, replace start fuel nozzle ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 15. APU FAILED TO ACCELERATE (START FUEL) (BITE CODE #34)
SYMPTOM
Fault 15. APU Failed to Accelerate (Start Fuel) (BITE CODE #34)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 15. APU Failed to Accelerate (Start Fuel) (BITE CODE #34)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Did APU start at rotate?
0159 00-63 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT 15. APU FAILED TO ACCELERATE (START FUEL) (BITE CODE #34) – Continued
a. If APU started at rotate but did not accelerate, check aircraft hydraulic system.
(1) If problem persists repair/replace the following components in order:
1. APU driven equipment drag
2. APU (WP 1373 00)
Go to Step 2.
b. If APU did not start at rotate, replace speed pickup.
(1) If problem persists repair/replace the following components in order as required:
1. Aircraft wiring (DESU J1-12, J1-13, J1-14) (WP 1800 00)
2. APU harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
3. DESU (WP 0878 00)
Go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 16. APU ACCELERATED FAILED TO START (START AND MAIN FUEL) (BITE CODE #35)
SYMPTOM
Fault 16. APU Accelerated Failed to Start (Start and Main Fuel) (BITE CODE #35)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 16. APU Accelerated Failed to Start (Start and Main Fuel) (BITE CODE #35)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. APU starts and attains speed between 14 and 70%, rising then falling to dwell at lower speed
before shutting down (BITE codes #4 then #35 is displayed).
a. Check that main fuel solenoid valve actuates (determined by feeling the valve for “thump”
during start cycle).
(1) Does valve actuate?
(a) If valve actuates, loosen fuel line to APU fuel inlet filter and check that fuel is
available at APU.
1 If fuel is available at APU, check for restricted fuel inlet filter by loosening
line at filter outlet.
a If fuel was restricted replace fuel inlet filter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P
). Go to Step 2.
b If fuel was not restricted, check for restricted fu el pump filter and
replace as required ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ).
c If problem persists, replace fuel injectors ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ).
Go to Step 2.
2 If fuel is not available check aircraft fuel system to APU. Go to Step 2
(b) If valve does not actuate repair/replace the following in order as required:
1. Main fuel solenoid valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
2. DESU (WP 0878 00)
3. APU harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
4. Aircraft wiring (WP 1800 00)
Go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0159 00-64
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
FAULT 17. APU ACCELERATED AND DWELLS BEFORE
SHUTDOWN (FAILED TO START) (BITE CODE #36 OR 37)
SYMPTOM
Fault 17. APU Accelerated and Dwells Before Shutdown (Failed to Start) (BITE CODE #36 or 37)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 17. APU Accelerated and Dwells Before Shutdown (Failed to Start) (BITE CODE #36 or 37)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. APU starts and attains speed between 70 and 90%, rising then falling to dwell at lower speed
before shutting down (BITE code #36 or 37 is displayed).
a. Loosen fuel line to APU fuel inlet filter and check that fuel is available at APU.
(1) If fuel is available at APU, check for restricted fuel inlet filter by loosening line at filter
outlet.
(a) If fuel was restricted replace fuel inlet filter ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step
2.
b. If fuel is not available at APU check fuel pump filter for restriction, replace fuel pump if
restricted ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ).
(1) If fuel pump filter is not restricted, replace acceleration control assembly ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 2.
(2) If problem persists, replace fuel injectors ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 18. APU OVER TEMPERATURE (BITE CODE #38)
SYMPTOM
Fault 18. APU Over Temperature (BITE CODE #38)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 18. APU Over Temperature (BITE CODE #38)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for ignition sound after shutdown. Go to Step 154a.
a. If ignition is heard after shutdown repair/replace the following in order as required:
1. DESU (WP 0878 00)
2. Aircraft wiring (WP 1800 00)
3. APU harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
Go to Step 154b.
b. If ignition is not heard after shutdown, check that main fuel solenoid valve actuates
(determined by feeling the valve for “thump” during start cycle).
(1) If main fuel solenoid valve is not functioning, replace main fuel solenoid valve ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 2.
(2) If main fuel solenoid valve is functioning, check for start fuel valve operation (deter-
mined by feeling the valve for “thump” during start cycle). Go to Step 2.
(a) If start fuel valve is not functioning, replace start fuel valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P
). Go to Step 2.
(b) If start fuel valve is functioning, check for air leaks.
1 If air leaks are found, replace the following components in order as
required:
0159 00-65 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT 18. APU OVER TEMPERATURE (BITE CODE #38) – Continued
1. APU Combustor housing ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
2. APU (WP 1373 00)
Go to Step 2.
2 If air leaks are not found, check for drag on APU driven equipment.
a If drag is found refer to aircraft diagnostic procedures. Go to Step
2.
b If drag is not found, replace the acceleration control assembly ( TM
1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 2.
c If problem persists, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 19. APU LOW OIL PRESSURE (BITE CODE #15)
SYMPTOM
Fault 19. APU Low Oil Pressure (BITE CODE #15)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 19. APU Low Oil Pressure (BITE CODE #15)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for low oil level or empty oil sump.
a. If oil level was low or sump was empty, add oil to mark on dipstick. Go to Step 2.
b. If oil level is acceptable, check for sump overfilling (indicated by foaming of oil)
(1) If sump is overfilled, drain oil to correct level on dipstick. Go to Step 2.
(2) If sump is not overfilled, replace oil pressure switch ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 2.
(3) If problem persists, repair/replace APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go
to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 20. APU HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE (BITE CODE #16)
SYMPTOM
Fault 20. APU High Oil Temperature (BITE CODE #16)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 20. APU High Oil Temperature (BITE CODE #16)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If oil temperature is high, check for low oil level in sump fill as required. Go to Step 4.
a. If oil level is not low refer to Fault 19. APU Low Oil Pressure (BITE CODE #15). Go to
Step 4.
2. If oil temperature is not high, replace oil temperature switch ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 4.
3. If problem persists, repair or replace the following in order as required:
1. APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
2. Aircraft wiring (WP 1800 00)
Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0159 00-66
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
FAULT 21. EVENT COUNTER DOES NOT RECORD EVENTS
SYMPTOM
Fault 21. Event Counter Does Not Record Events
MALFUNCTION
Fault 21. Event Counter Does Not Record Events
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity from TB301 terminals 2 & 5 to event counter.
a. If continuity is present, replace meter assembly ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace APU harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 22. HOUR METER DOES NOT RECORD TIME
SYMPTOM
Fault 22. Hour Meter Does Not Record Time
MALFUNCTION
Fault 22. Hour Meter Does Not Record Time
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity from TB301 terminals 4 & 5 to hour meter.
a. If continuity is present, replace meter assembly ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace APU harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ). Go to
Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT 23. APU START BYPASS VALVE FAILURE (BITE CODE#29)
SYMPTOM
Fault 23. APU Start Bypass Valve Failure (BITE CODE #29)
MALFUNCTION
Fault 23. APU Start Bypass Valve Failure (BITE CODE#29)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If APU begins to rotate and shuts down, replace start bypass valve ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P ).
Go to Step 3.
2. If problem persists, repair or replace the following in order as required:
1. APU wiring harness ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
2. Aircraft wiring ( TM 1-2835-208-23&P )
Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
0159 00-67 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P301 / J301 HYDRAULIC
RIGHT RELAY H P260 / J2
START
PANEL ASSEMBLY
P311 / J311 MOTOR
P241 / J241 P261 / J1
P244 / J244 A
LEFT RELAY
WINTERIZATION KIT PANEL ASSEMBLY
HARNESS ASSEMBLY P242 / J242
(SEE NOTE 1)
P244 / J244A P289 / J289
J244B / J244
P231 / J231
APU ACCUMULATOR
APU START
G VALVE
P290
P127 / J127
F
P117 TERMINAL BOARD /
(SEE
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
NOTE 5) CONNECTION POINT
RECEPTACLE
P200 / J200 P107 / J107 LOWER CONSOLE
D C
P111 / J111 COCKPIT
P111 / J111 E P914 / J914 BL 7.5 LH, STA 197
P107 / J107
(SEE P117 / J117 CAUTION / ADVISORY
P118 NOTE 5) PANEL (SEE NOTE 5)
(SEE P118 / J118 CAUTION / ADVISORY
NOTE 5) PANEL (SEE NOTE 5)
(SEE NOTE 6) P127 / J127 BEHIND COPILOT'S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
E BL 28 LH, STR 243
P200 / J200 COCKPIT CEILING
BL 13 LH, STA 246
P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING
BL 9 LH, STA 247
P241 / J241 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P242 / J242 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P244 / J244A WINTERIZATION KIT
J244B / J244 HARNESS ASSEMBLY
(SEE NOTE 1)
P260 / J2 ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE
E UNIT
P1020R P1019R
(SEE NOTE 6) (SEE NOTE 6) (SEE NOTE 6) P261 / J1 ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE
UNIT
P289 / J289 APU
NOTES P290 APU START VALVE
1. WINTER P301 / J301 TRANSITION DECK
BL 12.88 LH, STA 415
2. HELICOPTERS WITH APU ESU
160200-201. P311 / J311 CABIN CEILING
3. HELICOPTERS WITH APU ESU BL 16.50 LH, STA 383
160200-600. P914 / J914 COCKPIT
4. HELICOPTERS WITH APU ESU BL 24 LH, STA 247
163290-100. P1019R / J3 COPILOT'S MULTIFUNCTION
5. UH60A UH60L EH60A DISPLAY (SEE NOTE 6)
P1020R / J3 PILOT'S MULTIFUNCTION
6. HH60A HH60L DISPLAY (SEE NOTE 6) AA2759_1C
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 9).
Change 5 0159 00-68
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
PURGE START
MAIN FUEL TURBINE VALVE
ASSEMBLY FUEL
IGNITION SOLENOID NOZZLE
EXCITER (L2)
(G2)
B
FUEL
PUMP
FUEL
MANIFOLD
ASSEMBLY
MAXIMUM
FUEL
SOLENOID
(L3)
FUEL CONTROL
ENCLOSURE
COVER START BYPASS
VALVE (L4)
COMBUSTOR
DRAIN VALVE
ACCELERATION BLEED-AIR
CONTROL TUBE COMBUSTOR
BUNDLE HOUSING
FUEL OIL TEMP
INLET SWITCH (S3)
FILTER
START
FUEL
SOLENOID
(L1) OIL SIGHT
REDUCTION LEVEL GAGE
DRIVE FILLER
ASSEMBLY PLUG
AND
DIPSTICK
APU-100 ONLY
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (FRONT VIEW)
AA2759_2A
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 9).
0159 00-69 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
A
TEE FITTING
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
IGNITION PURGE DRAIN
RESTRICTOR COMBUSTER
EXCITER SECTION
ACCESSORY
DRIVE START FUEL
ASSEMBLY NOZZLE
APU IGNITER
STARTER PLUG
FUEL
MANIFOLD
ASSEMBLY
FUEL CONTROL B
ENCLOSURE
BYPASS
APU VALVE
GENERATOR
AIR INLET
SCREEN
OIL SIGHT GAGE ASSEMBLY
FILLER CAP
AND DIPSTICK
OIL SUMP
REDUCTION
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
APU-200 ONLY
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (FRONT VIEW)
TEE FITTING
BRACKET ASSEMBLY
IGNITION PURGE DRAIN COMBUSTER
EXCITER RESTRICTOR SECTION
START
ACCESSORY FUEL
DRIVE ASSEMBLY NOZZLE
APU IGNITER
STARTER PLUG
FUEL
MANIFOLD
ASSEMBLY
FUEL
CONTROL B
ENCLOSURE
BYPASS
APU VALVE
GENERATOR
AIR INLET
SCREEN
ASSEMBLY
OIL SIGHT GAGE
DIPSTICK, FILLER
TUBE ASSEMBLY
OIL SUMP
REDUCTION
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
APU-300/302 ONLY
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (FRONT VIEW) AA2759_3B
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 9).
Change 5 0159 00-70
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
COMBUSTOR
CLAMP
OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
(S2)
SPARK
PLUG
LUBE
OIL
IGNITION FILTER
CABLE
(W1)
MAGNETIC
PICKUP
(G1)
AIR
INLET
SCREEN
ELECTRICAL
WIRING
HARNESS
APU-100
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
(REAR VIEW)
AA2759_4A
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 9).
0159 00-71 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IGNITION STARTER PAD
EXCITER (SHOWN WITH STARTER
REMOVED)
AIR INLET SCREEN
COMBUSTOR ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
SPEED
SENSOR
OIL FILTER
OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
APU GENERATOR
PAD (SHOWN WITH
THERMOCOUPLE APU GENERATOR
REMOVED)
TURBINE
ASSEMBLY
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
OIL
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
PURGE DRAIN
HARNESS APU -200/302
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
(SIDE VIEW)
AA2759_5B
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 9).
Change 5 0159 00-72
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
DC ESNTL BUS
APU
CONTR NO. 1
ENG
O 5
F
F START
ON APU
GENERATORS
EXT PWR BATT APU
RESET TEST
R
O O O E
F F F S
F F F E
ON ON T ON
AIR SOURCE
FUEL PUMP HEAT / START
APU BOOST ENG
O O
F F
F F
FUEL PRIME APU
UPPER CONSOLE
AA2759_6A
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 9).
0159 00-73 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL B
PRIME A
T
B 5 T
A
T BOOST U
T T
APU I APU
B L
U 5 5
S B
U
CONTR CONTR
INST
S INST
LOWER CONSOLE
D
#1 FUEL LOW
CTR DAY NGT ON
COM NAV
OFF
BATT LOW
CHARGE
ACK LAND ASAP ILLUM
ALL
#1 FUEL LOW
#1 ENGINE #2 ENGINE
STARTER STARTER
BATT LOW CHARGE
#1 ENGINE STARTER #2 ENGINE STARTER
APU OIL
TEMP HI
APU OIL TEMP HI
APU FAIL
APU
FAIL
APU ON PRIME BOOST PUMP ON
APU ACCUM LOW
EXT PWR CONNECTED
FLT ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A
SYM BRT
APU ON PRIME BOOST
PUMP ON
APU ACCUM
LOW
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY'S EXT PWR
CONNECTED
CAUTION/ADVISORY GRID
(SEE NOTE 6)
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
AA2759_7C
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 9).
Change 5 0159 00-74
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
AIR NO . 1
UTIL SOURCE BACKUP DC P R
RECP HEAT/ PUMP I B US
7.5 5 .5
CABIN START PWR
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
I BUS
DC P R
N O. 2
NO. 2 ENG
START
CONTR
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
J2 J1 J
1 2 3 4
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE
UNIT (ESU) AA2759_8
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 9).
0159 00-75 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
T-62T-40-1 T-62T-40-1
BITE # DECODED BITE INFORMATION BITE # DECODED BITE INFORMATION
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
RESET RESET
SEQUENCE
SEQUENCE
START FUEL VALVE & EXCITER SIGNAL OUT (5%) START FUEL VALVE & EXCITER SIGNAL OUT (5%)
START
START
MAIN FUEL VALVE SIGNAL OUT (14%) MAIN FUEL VALVE SIGNAL OUT (14%)
START FUEL VALVE & EXCITER SIGNAL OFF(70%) START FUEL VALVE & EXCITER SIGNAL OFF(70%)
90% RPM SWITCH ON 90% RPM SWITCH ON
READY FOR SERVICE (90% + 1.5 SEC) READY FOR SERVICE (90% + 1.5 SEC)
PROCESSOR BOARD FAILURE PROCESSOR BOARD FAILURE
SENSOR / DATA BOARD FAILURE SENSOR / DATA BOARD FAILURE
OVERTEMPERATURE OVERTEMPERATURE
OVERSPEED OVERSPEED
OPERATION
OPERATION
UNDERSPEED UNDERSPEED
FAIL TO START FAIL TO START
LOW OIL PRESSURE LOW OIL PRESSURE
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE (WARNING) HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE (WARNING)
FAIL TO LIGHT SHORTED OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE PROBE (WARNING) SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE PROBE (WARNING)
OPEN THERMOCOUPLE OPEN THERMOCOUPLE
PROCESSOR SEQUENCE FAIL PROCESSOR SEQUENCE FAIL
NO DATA NO DATA
LOSS OF SPEED DATA
MALFUNCTION BITE INDICATIONS/
START SEQUENCE DECAL MALFUNCTION BITE INDICATIONS/
(SEE NOTE 2) START SEQUENCE DECAL
(SEE NOTE 3)
T-62T-40-1
BITE # DECODED BITE INFORMATION
1 2 3 4
RESET
SEQUENCE
START FUEL VALVE & EXCITER SIGNAL OUT (5%)
START
MAIN FUEL VALVE SIGNAL OUT (14%)
START FUEL VALVE & EXCITER SIGNAL OFF (70%)
90% RPM SWITCH ON
READY FOR SERVICE (90% + 1.5 SEC)
PROCESSOR BOARD FAILURE
SENSOR / DATA BOARD FAILURE
OVERTEMPERATURE
OVERSPEED
OPERATION
UNDERSPEED
FAIL TO START
LOW OIL PRESSURE
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE (WARNING)
SHORTED OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE PROBE (WARNING)
OPEN THERMOCOUPLE
PROCESSOR SEQUENCE FAIL
NO DATA
EXTERNAL SHORT
LOSS OF SPEED DATA
MALFUNCTION BITE INDICATIONS/
START SEQUENCE DECAL
(SEE NOTE 4)
AA2759_9
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 9 of 9).
Change 5 0159 00-76
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
SCHEMATICS
NORMAL BITE SEQUENCE
DURING APU START
1 2 3 4
NO ELECTRICAL POWER TO ESU
BATT SWITCH-ON
APU CONTR SWITCH-ON
RESET-APU BEGINS MOTORING
5%
14%
70%
90%
90% + 1.5 SECOND OR NORMAL OPERATION
NOTE: APU START MOTOR WILL
MOTOR APU UP TO 20%-30% SPEED
IF LAST SHUTDOWN WAS A FAILURE,
FAILURE INDICATOR WOULD BE SHOWN.
#1 BITE WILL CYCLE FROM BLACK TO WHITE
TO BLACK. IF BITE IS WHITE (MALFUNCTION)
THIS WILL CYCLE FROM WHITE TO BLACK.
J2 J1
1 2 3 4
BITE INDICATORS
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE
UNIT (ESU)
NOTES
1. HELICOPTERS WITH APU ESU
160200-201.
2. HELICOPTERS WITH APU ESU
160200-600.
3. HELICOPTERS WITH APU ESU
163290-100. AA2760_1
SA
Figure 2. Electronic Sequence Unit (ESU) BITE Indicator Conditions (Sheet 1 of 2).
0159 00-77 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAILURE BITE INDICATIONS
ASSOCIATED WITH SHUTDOWN
DURING START OF OPERATION
(SEE NOTE 1) (SEE NOTE 2)
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
OVERTEMPERATURE OVERTEMPERATURE
OVERSPEED OVERSPEED
UNDERSPEED UNDERSPEED
FAIL TO START FAIL TO START
LOW OIL PRESSURE LOW OIL PRESSURE
FAIL TO LIGHT SHORTED OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
OPEN THERMOCOUPLE OPEN THERMOCOUPLE
+ PROCESSOR BOARD FAILURE + PROCESSOR BOARD FAILURE
SENSOR / DATA BOARD FAILURE SENSOR / DATA BOARD FAILURE
PROCESSOR SEQUENCE FAIL PROCESSOR SEQUENCE FAIL
NO DATA NO DATA
LOSS OF SPEED DATA
ESU RELATED FAILURE ONLY
+ APU FAIL CAPSULE WILL NOT BE ON ESU RELATED FAILURE ONLY
+ APU FAIL CAPSULE WILL NOT BE ON
( SEE NOTE 3)
1 2 3 4
OVERTEMPERATURE
OVERSPEED
UNDERSPEED
WARNING BITE
INDICATORS FAIL TO START
LOW OIL PRESSURE
1 2 3 4 SHORTED OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE OPEN THERMOCOUPLE
+ SHORTED THERMOCOUPLE + PROCESSOR BOARD FAILURE
SENSOR / DATA BOARD FAILURE
THESE INDICATIONS WILL NOT CAUSE PROCESSOR SEQUENCE FAIL
APU TO SHUT DOWN; ALSO, INDICATIONS NO DATA
WILL NOT BE SHOWN AFTER A NORMAL
SHUTDOWN EXTERNAL SHORT
LOSS OF SPEED DATA
+ THIS MALFUNCTION WILL CAUSE A
SHUTDOWN DURING NEXT ATTEMPTED
START WITH A FAIL LIGHT BITE ESU RELATED FAILURE ONLY
INDICATION (SEE NOTE 1) + APU FAIL CAPSULE WILL NOT BE ON
AA2760_2A
SA
Figure 2. Electronic Sequence Unit (ESU) BITE Indicator Conditions (Sheet 2 of 2).
Change 5 0159 00-78
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
T-62T-40
BITE BITE DECODED 5 BITE INFORMATION
NO. INDICATION
1 POWER ON RESET
2 START COMMAND RECEIVED
SEQUENCE
3 START FUEL AND EXCITER ON
START
4 MAIN FUEL ON
5 START FUEL AND EXCITER OFF
6 90% RPM
7 READY TO LOAD
8 NORMAL OPERATION
9 DESU FAILURE
10 -SPARE-
11 OVERTEMPERATURE (RUN)
12 OVERSPEED
13 UNDERSPEED
14 FAIL TO ROTATE
15 LOW OIL PRESSURE
16 HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE
17 SHORTED OIL PRESSURE SW
18 T/C SHORTED
19 EICAS LINES FAULT (NOT APPLICABLE)
20 T/C OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT
OPERATION
21 LOSS OF SPEED DATA
22 -SPARE-
23 POWER INTERRUPT
24 RTL INDICATOR FAILURE
25 MALF INDICATOR FAILURE
26 MAX FUEL VALVE FAILURE
27 HOT INDICATOR FAILURE
28 MAIN FUEL VALVE FAILURE
29 START BYPASS VALVE FAILURE
30 START CIRCUIT FAILURE
31 START FUEL/EXCITER FAILURE
32 ILLOGICAL SWITCH INPUTS
33 FAIL TO LIGHT
34 FAIL TO ACCEL (START FUEL)
35 FAIL TO ACCEL (START & MAIN)
36 FAIL TO ACCEL (MAIN FUEL)
37 SLOW ACCEL (TIME OUT)
38 OVERTEMPERATURE (START)
39 APU START SWITCH FAILURE
MALFUNCTION 5 BITE INDICATIONS/
START SEQUENCE DECAL
AA5545
SA
Figure 3. 5 BITE Information for Digital Electronic Sequencing Unit (DESU) 4504587.
0159 00-79 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
(SEE NOTE 7)
MAJOR
PFA
CHANGE P118 J111 P111
CAUTION/
ADVISORY APU ON B n 1
SGP118-2
PANEL
PFA
P117
APU T-
APU FAIL 46 p 2
EFFECTIVITY SGP117-2
HANDLE q
APU OIL TEMP HI 58 3
UH60A UH60L APU CONTR SGP117-1
J200 P200 (SEE NOTE 4)
SWITCH
S4 P 4
LEGEND OFF
NO 1
S102
C
ELECTRICAL WIRING ON
2 R 5
NC
MECHANICAL 3
6
HYDRAULIC (SEE NOTE 1) J231 P231
NO. 1 ENGINE START
NO. 2 ENGINE START
V
BUTTON PRESSED
BUTTON PRESSED
28 VDC IN WHEN
28 VDC IN WHEN
AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
SWITCH
AIR SOURCE S18
HEAT / START ENG
28 VDC
P127 J127 3
NO. 1 2 1 CB155 GG7-3
DC PRI 5 N OFF
BUS AMP 2
1 b 7
APU
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER (SEE DETAIL A)
PANEL UPPER CONSOLE
P244 U T S M P241 W
J244 J241
28 VDC APU CONTR INST
J107 P107 J914 P914
BATT 2 1 CB7 CR4 CR3
BUS 5 C i
UTIL AMP
APU CONTR INST A2
28 VDC X2 X1 A1 A3
BATT 2 5 1 CB12
D j
BUS AMP
K22
LOWER CONSOLE
RIGHT RELAY PANEL
NOTES
1. OPENS APU FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE GG7-4
WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH PLACED
ON (SEE FUEL PRIME / BOOST SYSTEM 8
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM).
2. WINTER
3. CONNECTORS P302 THROUGH P308,
P310 AND TB301 ARE PART OF THE P242 n k q p
APU. THESE CONNECTORS AND TER-
MINAL BOARD DESIGNATORS ARE J242
ASSIGNED BY THE APU MANUFAC-
TURER, THEY ARE NOT LISTED IN THE CR2
WIRING DATA LIST.
4. W/O EMEP PIN FILTERED CR1 A2
ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED. X1 TD X2 A1 A3
C
5. INSTALLED ON APU PART NO.
116305-300 / 302.
K47
6. INSTALLED ON APU PART NO. TIME DELAY ON DROPOUT
116305-100 / 200. RELAY 0.5 SEC
7. IVHMS LEFT RELAY PANEL AB2111_1A
SA
Figure 4. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram UH-60A UH-60L > < (Sheet 1 of 5). . .
Change 5 0159 00-80
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
J1 P261
1 19 9
P260 J2
10 CIRCUIT COMPLETE WHEN 18 10
APU SPEED AT 90% +1.5 SEC
2
28 VDC OUT WHEN
APU SPEED ABOVE 17 11
3 4 5% AND BELOW 70%
5 16 12
28 VDC OUT
4 2 28 VDC IN WHEN APU SPEED 15 13
AT 90% +1.5 SEC
14
28 VDC IN WHEN APU CONTR SPEED 13 14
SWITCH PLACED TO ON
SENSE 12 15
5 1 (DISABLED AFTER
28 VDC OUT
SG242-4
14% SPEED)
6 WHEN APU 9 16
SPEED AT 14%
28 VDC OUT WHEN OIL
TEMP ABOVE 300 oF (149oC)
AND APU SPEED AT 90% +
1.5 SEC
28 VDC OUT WHEN APU 28 VDC IN WHEN BAT
11 SPEED AT 90% + 1.5 SEC SWITCH PLACED ON
AND OIL TEMP IS BELOW
300oF (149oC) AT 90% + 1.5
APU SPEED
TO
7 SHEET
LOGIC CIRCUIT 3
28 VDC OUT (AND APU SHUTS DOWN) WHEN: 8 17
A. APU REACHES 90% SPEED, BUT THEN
DROPS BELOW 90% (UNDER SPEED)
B. APU SPEED ABOVE 110% (OVERSPEED)
C. APU TAKES LONGER THAN 30 SECONDS TO GO
28 VDC IN WHEN APU
FROM 50% TO 90% SPEED (SEQUENCE FAIL)
3 D. EGT IS LESS THAN (50OF) 10oC 30% APU SPEED SPEED ABOVE 70% 7 18
E. APU SPEED ABOVE 70% AND OIL PRESSURE IS AND OIL PRESSURE IS
ABOVE 5 TO 7 PSI
BELOW 6 1 PSI (LOW OIL PRESS)
F. EGT IS BETWEEN (1346oF-1384oF) 730OC-752OC
AND APU SPEED IS LESS THAN 90% (OVERTEMP)
G. EGT IS BETWEEN (1240oF-1282oF) 672OC-694OC
1 19
EGT SENSE
AND APU SPEED IS BETWEEN 90%-110% (OVERTEMP) 2 20
H. OPEN THERMOCOUPLE SENSED
3
10 21
EMI / RFI GROUNDING CIRCUIT
11 22
28 VDC OUT WHEN APU CONTR
6
8 SWITCH PLACED TO ON
GND260-1 9 28 VDC 23 23
APU SPEED IS LESS THAN 70%
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE UNIT (ESU) J311 P311
r 24
P244 J244A P244B J244
M M
U U
T T
S S
WINTERIZATION KIT HARNESS ASSEMBLY
DETAIL A AB2111_2
(SEE NOTE 2) SA
Figure 4. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram UH-60A UH-60L > < (Sheet 2 of 5). . .
0159 00-81 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J301 P301
9 V
10 W 25
26
11 X
12 Y
27
13 28
j
14 a
15 b
29
16
30
31
32
TO
SHEET
2 c 33
17
18 34
d
19 f
20 g
h
e 35
21 m
22 k
36
37
23 L
APU ACCUMULATOR
(SEE NOTE 2)
MANUAL
24 OVERRIDE LEVER 38
APU 39
ACCUMULATOR
A
P290
1
2
GND307-1 APU START VALVE AB2111_3
SA
Figure 4. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram UH-60A UH-60L > < (Sheet 3 of 5).
. .
Change 5 0159 00-82
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
P289 J289 P308 (-) (+)
25 19 B
26 18 A
TB301 (-) EVENT
(+)
COUNTER
BYPASS 1 2 3 4 6 5
VALVE
(+)
27 16
28 23
(-) ELAPSED
TIME METER
29 17
P307 (-)
30 10 B
A MAX
(+) FUEL
31 11
VALVE
P310
A
32 15
OIL HIGH
33 8 B
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
P306 (-)
B
34 9 A MAIN
(+) FUEL
VALVE
P304
NO
C
35 7 B OIL LOW
PRESSURE
P SWITCH
14 P302
36 13 B
A B P303 A B P305
37 12 A
(-) (+)
(+) (-)
SPEED
SENSOR
P
THERMOCOUPLE
38 1 IGNITION START FUEL
EXCITER VALVE
39 2
3
IGNITER
PLUG APU START
A
MOTOR
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU) (SEE NOTES 3 AND 5)
(SEE DETAIL B) AB2111_4A
SA
Figure 4. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram UH-60A UH-60L > < (Sheet 4 of 5). . .
0159 00-83 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXCITER SPARK
CABLE PLUG
P289 J289 P308 J308 THERMAL BOARD
TB301
19 B (-) 4
P303 J303
18 A (+)
5 A (-)
START BYPASS VALVE (L4) C
17 3 B (+)
16 1
IGNITION EXCITER (G2)
P302 J302 2 P305 J305
14
13 B B (-)
12 A
A (+)
MAGNETIC PICKUP (G1)
START FUEL
VALVE (L1)
P307 J307
B (-)
15
(+)
A
MAXIMUM FUEL
VALVE (L3)
9
P306 J306
B (-)
C
A (+)
8 MAIN FUEL VALVE (L2)
P310 J310
1 (ALUMEL)
THERMOCOUPLE A
2 (CHROMEL)
3
B N.C.
7
10 HIGH OIL
11 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH (S3)
P304 J304
23 N.O.
C
B
A
LOW OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH (S2)
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU) (SEE NOTE 6)
(DETAIL B) AB2111_5
SA
Figure 4. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram UH-60A UH-60L > < (Sheet 5 of 5).
. .
Change 5 0159 00-84
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
P1020R J111 P111
SG1020-84
APU ON 84 n 1
SG1020-40
APU FAIL 40 p 2
SG1020-46
APU OIL TEMP HI 46 q 3
PFA
PILOT'S MFD/ APU T-
CAUTION ADVISORY HANDLE
P1019R
PANEL APU CONTR 4
PFA
J200 P200
SWITCH
S4 P
APU ON 84
NO OFF
S102 1
APU FAIL 40 C 5
ON 6
2 R
NC
APU OIL TEMP HI 46 3
(SEE NOTE 1) J231 P231
COPILOT'S MFD/
NO. 1 ENGINE START
NO. 2 ENGINE START
V
CAUTION ADVISORY
BUTTON PRESSED
BUTTON PRESSED
28 VDC IN WHEN
28 VDC IN WHEN
PANEL AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
SWITCH
AIR SOURCE
S18
HEAT / START ENG
28 VDC
P127 J127 3
NO. 1 2 1 CB155 GG7-3
DC PRI 5 N OFF
BUS AMP 2
1 b 7
APU
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER (SEE DETAIL A)
PANEL UPPER CONSOLE
P244 U T S M P241 W
28 VDC APU CONTR INST J244 J241
J107 P107 J914 P914
BATT 2 1 CB7
BUS 5 C i CR4 CR3
UTIL AMP
APU CONTR INST A2
28 VDC
X2 X1 A1 A3
BATT 2 5 1 CB12
D j
BUS AMP
K22
LOWER CONSOLE
RIGHT RELAY PANEL
8
NOTES
1. OPENS APU FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE GG7-4
WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH PLACED n k q p
ON (SEE FUEL PRIME / BOOST SYSTEM P242
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM). J242
2. WINTER
CR2 LEGEND
3. CONNECTORS P302 THROUGH P308,
P310 AND TB301 ARE PART OF THE
CR1 A2
APU. THESE CONNECTORS AND TER- ELECTRICAL WIRING
MINAL BOARD DESIGNATORS ARE X1 TD X2 A1 A3
ASSIGNED BY THE APU MANUFAC- C
TURER, THEY ARE NOT LISTED IN THE MECHANICAL
WIRING DATA LIST. K47
TIME DELAY ON DROPOUT HYDRAULIC
4. INSTALLED ON APU PART NO.
116305-300 / 302. RELAY 0.5 SEC
5. INSTALLED ON APU PART NO. LEFT RELAY PANEL AB2112_1B
116305-100 / 200. SA
Figure 5. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram HH-60L HH-60A> < (Sheet 1 of 5). . .
0159 00-85 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J1 P261
1 19 9
P260 J2
2 10 CIRCUIT COMPLETE WHEN 18 10
APU SPEED AT 90% +1.5 SEC
3 28 VDC OUT WHEN
APU SPEED ABOVE 17 11
4 5% AND BELOW 70%
5 16 12
28 VDC OUT
4 2 28 VDC IN WHEN APU SPEED 15 13
AT 90% +1.5 SEC
14
28 VDC IN WHEN APU CONTR SPEED 13 14
SWITCH PLACED TO ON
SENSE 12 15
5 1 (DISABLED AFTER
28 VDC OUT
SG242-4
14% SPEED)
6 WHEN APU 9 16
SPEED AT 14%
28 VDC OUT WHEN OIL
o o
TEMP ABOVE 300 F (149 C)
AND APU SPEED AT 90%
+1.5 SEC
28 VDC OUT WHEN APU 28 VDC IN WHEN
11 SPEED AT 90% + 1.5 SEC BAT SWITCH PLACED ON
AND OIL TEMP IS BELOW
300 o F (149 o C) AT 90%
+1.5 SEC APU SPEED
TO
SHEET
LOGIC CIRCUIT 3
7 28 VDC OUT (AND APU SHUTS DOWN) WHEN: 8 17
A. APU REACHES 90% SPEED, BUT THEN
DROPS BELOW 90% (UNDER SPEED)
B. APU SPEED ABOVE 110% (OVERSPEED)
C. APU TAKES LONGER THAN 30 SECONDS TO GO
28 VDC IN WHEN APU
FROM 50% TO 90% SPEED (SEQUENCE FAIL)
3 D. EGT IS LESS THAN 50 o AT 30% APU SPEED SPEED ABOVE 70% 7 18
E. APU SPEED ABOVE 70% AND OIL PRESSURE IS AND OIL PRESSURE IS
ABOVE 5 TO 7 PSI
BELOW 5 TO 7 PSI (LOW OIL PRESS) o
F. EGT IS BETWEEN 1346o F - 1385 o F (730 o C - 752 C)
AND APU SPEED IS LESS THAN 90% (OVERTEMP)
G. EGT IS BETWEEN 1241o F - 1281 o F (672 o C - 694 o C)
EXHAUST GAS 1 19
TEMPERATURE
AND APU SPEED IS BETWEEN 90% - 110% (OVERTEMP) SENSE 2 20
H. OPEN THERMOCOUPLE SENSED
3
10 21
EMI / RFI GROUNDING CIRCUIT
11 22
28 VDC OUT WHEN APU CONTR
6
8 SWITCH PLACED TO ON AND
GND260-1 9 28 VDC 23 23
APU SPEED IS LESS THAN 70%
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE UNIT (ESU) J311 P311
r 24
P244 J244A J244B J244
M M
U U
T T
S S
WINTERIZATION KIT HARNESS ASSEMBLY
DETAIL A AB2112_2
(SEE NOTE 2) SA
Figure 5. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram HH-60L HH-60A> < (Sheet 2 of 5). . .
Change 5 0159 00-86
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
J301 P301
9 V
10 W 25
26
11 X
12 Y
27
13 28
j
14 a
15 b
29
16
30
31
32
TO
SHEET
2 c 33
17
18 34
d
19 f
20 g
h
e 35
21 m
22 k
36
37
23 L
APU ACCUMULATOR
(SEE NOTE 2)
MANUAL
24 OVERRIDE LEVER 38
APU 39
ACCUMULATOR
A
P290
1
2
GND307-1 APU START VALVE AB2112_3
SA
Figure 5. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram HH-60L HH-60A> < (Sheet 3 of 5).
. .
0159 00-87 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P289 J289 P308 (-) (+)
25 19 B
26 18 A
TB301 (-) EVENT
(+)
COUNTER
BYPASS 1 2 3 4 6 5
VALVE
(+)
27 16
28 23
(-) ELAPSED
TIME METER
29 17
P307 (-)
30 10 B
A MAX
(+) FUEL
31 11
VALVE
P310
A
32 15
OIL HIGH
33 8 B
TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
P306 (-)
B
34 9 A MAIN
(+) FUEL
VALVE
P304
NO
C
35 7 B OIL LOW
PRESSURE
P SWITCH
14 P302
36 13 B
A B P303 A B P305
37 12 A
(-) (+)
(+) (-)
SPEED
SENSOR
P
THERMOCOUPLE
38 1 IGNITION START FUEL
EXCITER VALVE
39 2
3
IGNITER
PLUG APU START
A
MOTOR
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU) (SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE DETAIL B)
AB2112_4A
SA
Figure 5. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram HH-60L HH-60A> < (Sheet 4 of 5). . .
Change 5 0159 00-88
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
EXCITER SPARK
CABLE PLUG
P289 J289 P308 J308 THERMAL BOARD
TB301
19 B (-) 4
P303 J303
18 A (+)
5 A (-)
START BYPASS VALVE (L4) C
17 3 B (+)
16 1
IGNITION EXCITER (G2)
P302 2 P305 J305
14 J302
13 B B (-)
12 A
A (+)
MAGNETIC PICKUP (G1)
START FUEL
VALVE (L1)
P307 J307
B (-)
15
(+)
A
MAXIMUM FUEL
VALVE (L3)
9
P306 J306
B (-)
C
(+)
A
8 MAIN FUEL VALVE (L2)
P310 J310
1 (ALUMEL)
THERMOCOUPLE A
2 (CHROMEL)
3
B N.C.
7
10 HIGH OIL
11 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH (S3)
P304 J304
N.O.
23 C
B
A
LOW OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH (S2)
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU) (SEE NOTE 5)
(DETAIL B) AB2112_5
SA
Figure 5. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram HH-60L HH-60A> < (Sheet 5 of 5).
. .
0159 00-89 Change 5
0159 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL CONTROL ENCLOSURE
GOVERNOR
FUEL
INLET
INLET OUTLET
FILTER GEAR FILTER
PUMP
RELIEF SPEED
VALVE ADJUSTMENT
MINIMUM GOVERNOR ORIFICE
FLOW ALIGNMENT
ORIFICE ADJUSTMENT
ACCELERATION
START FUEL SCHEDULE
ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT
ALTITUDE MAXIMUM FUEL
COMPENSATOR COMPRESSOR SOLENOID VALVE
DISCHARGE
PRESSURE
DRAIN
AMBIENT MAIN FUEL
SOLENOID VALVES
Δ P REGULATOR MAIN FUEL
NOZZLES
START FUEL
SOLENOID VALVE
START FUEL
SOLENOID VALVE PURGE VALVE
(CLOSED) (START MODE)
START FUEL START FUEL
NOZZLE NOZZLE
PURGE VALVE COMPRESSOR
(PURGE MODE)
LEGEND DISCHARGE
PRESSURE
REGULATED FUEL
FUEL SUPPLY SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A COMPRESSOR
DISCHARGE PURGE AB1454
PRESSURE SA
Figure 6. Auxiliary Power Unit Fuel System Schematic.
Change 5 0159 00-90
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0159 00
FILTER BYPASS
RELIEF VALVE
FILTER
ELEMENT
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
OIL FILTER
ASSEMBLY
PUMP
SUMP
AB1455
SA
Figure 7. Auxiliary Power Unit Lubrication System Schematic.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0159 00-91 Change 5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
AUXILIARY POWER PLANT SYSTEM
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES)
This WP supersedes WP 0160 00, dated 1 August 2011.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
WP 0837 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0838 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 0841 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 0855 00
Personnel Required WP 0878 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 0938 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1373 00
WP 1374 00
References
WP 1379 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 1380 00
TM 1-2835-209-23&P
WP 1654 00
WP 0089 00
WP 1655 00
WP 0105 00
WP 1737 00
WP 0106 00
WP 1800 00
WP 0108 00
WP 0133 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0172 01 Accumulator Reservoir Properly Serviced, (WP 1655
WP 0265 00 00)
WP 0712 00 Battery Serviceable and Fully Charged,
WP 0754 00 External Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0796 00 No. 1 Fuel Tank Serviced, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION
APU 3800480-1 and 3800480-2
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to APU, do not operate APU more than 30 minutes when main
engines and rotor are running and outside temperature is greater than 109°F. Continuous
operation of APU is permitted at temperatures up to 124°F only if main engines and rotors
are not running.
0160 00-1 Change 5 – 28 FEBRUARY 2014
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• If onboard fire extinguishing is required before a generator becomes operational, RE-
SERVE fire extinguisher must be used to fight fire.
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) for component
location diagram, Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 4) for system schematic diagram, Figure 3 - Auxiliary Power Unit Lubrication System
Schematic for lubrication system schematic, and Figure 4 - Auxiliary Power Unit Fuel
System Schematic for fuel system schematic as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Check bleed air pneumatic tube couplings for loose clamps, cuts, and/or incorrect installation at all connect-
ing points (WP 0712 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
All couplings shall be securely installed with clamps and there shall be no cuts in pneumatic tube lines.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace couplings and lines (WP 0712 00).
STEP
2. Check for oil leaks at the APU components:
• Oil pressure plug and packing
• Oil fill cap and gasket
• Starter motor flange gasket
• Breather vent fitting and packing
• Oil filter cover and packing
• Low oil pressure switch and packing
• Monopole and packing
• Generator flange gasket
• Hot sensor (oil temp bulb) and packing
• Fill-to-spill plug and packing
• Magnetic drain plug and packing
• Fuel control upper cover and packing
• Compression housing
• Spar idler gearshift retainer
• Gear box housing
CONDITION/INDICATION
No leaks shall occur.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If any component listed above leaks oil, replace the component and its packing or gasket (TM 1-2835-209-23&P).
STEP
3. Check for fuel leaks at the APU components:
• Fuel inlet fitting
• Fuel control assembly
• Fuel control-to-solenoid valve tube
• Fuel solenoid valve-to-manifold assembly tube
Change 5 0160 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Fuel control lower cover fuel drain adapter and packing
• Fuel manifold assembly
• Primary fuel nozzle and seal plate
• Fuel filter cover and packing
• Combuster housing fuel drain tube
• Orifice fitting and packing
CONDITION/INDICATION
No fuel leaks shall occur.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If any component listed leaks fuel, replace the component and its packing or gasket (TM 1-2835-209-23&P).
STEP
4. Make sure upper console BATT, GENERATORS APU, and APU CONTR switches are placed OFF.
STEP
5. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
NO. 2 ENG START CONTR Pilot’s
UTIL RECP CABIN Copilot’s
AIR SOURCE HEAT / START Copilot’s
PUMP PWR Copilot’s
NO. 1 ENG START Upper Console
APU CONTR INST Lower Console
FUEL PRIME BOOST Lower Console
APU CONTR INST Lower Console
STEP
6. Make sure upper console APU T-handle is pushed in.
STEP
7. Remove soundproofing material and open panel below ESU in cabin ceiling (WP 0265 00).
STEP
NOTE
• An observer must be in the cabin area to watch the ESU BITE indicators during the
operational/troubleshooting procedure.
• The observer shall call out the procedural steps to the operator in the cockpit. This will
allow the observer to watch for a change in ESU BITE indication as the operator performs
the next procedural step.
8. Check ESU BITE indicators.
0160 00-3 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
All indicators shall be white unless a previous failure has been detected.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot system per Table 1 - BITE Indication Symptoms, in this
work package and Table 2 - Non-BITE Indication Symptoms, in this work package, as required.
Table 1. BITE Indication Symptoms.
ESU BITE INDICATION BITE DEFINITION REFER TO
●●●● Loss of DC Power Loss Of DC Power (● ● ● ●), in this work package
∘●●● ESU Failure ESU Failure (∘ ● ● ●), in this work package
●∘●● A/C Start System Failure A/C Start System Failure (● ∘ ● ●), in this work
package
∘∘●● Overtemperature Overtemperature (∘ ∘ ● ●), in this work package
●●∘● Overspeed Overspeed (● ● ∘ ●), in this work package
∘●∘● Underspeed Underspeed (∘ ● ∘ ●), in this work package
●∘∘● Fail to Start Fail To Start (● ∘ ∘ ●), in this work package
∘∘∘● Low Oil Pressure Low Oil Pressure (∘ ∘ ∘ ●), in this work package
●●●∘ Oil Pressure Switch Oil Pressure Switch Failed (● ● ● ∘), in this work
Failed package
∘●●∘ Thermocouple Failed Thermocouple Failed (∘ ● ● ∘ ), in this work package
●∘●∘ Monopole Failed Monopole Failed (● ∘ ● ∘), in this work package
∘∘●∘ Ignition Unit Failed Ignition Unit Failed (∘ ∘ ● ∘), in this work package
●●∘∘ Fuel Solenoid Failed Fuel Solenoid Failed (● ● ∘ ∘), in this work package
∘●∘∘ Hot Sensor Failed Hot Sensor Failed (∘ ● ∘ ∘), in this work package
●∘∘∘ Fuel Torque Motor Failed Fuel Torque Motor Failed (● ∘ ∘ ∘), in this work package
∘∘∘∘ No Data (while APU No Data (∘ ∘ ∘ ∘), in this work package
running)
Table 2. Non-BITE Indication Symptoms.
APU TROUBLE SYMPTOM REFER TO
APU running; APU ON advisory capsule will not go on. APU ON Advisory Capsule Failure, in
this work package
APU running; APU FAIL advisory capsule remains on. APU FAIL Advisory Capsule Failure, in
this work package
APU shut down; APU ON advisory capsule remains on. APU ON Advisory Capsule Failure, in
this work package
APU emergency shutdown; APU FAIL advisory capsule will not go APU FAIL Advisory Capsule Failure, in
on. this work package
Change 5 0160 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 2. Non-BITE Indication Symptoms. – Continued
APU TROUBLE SYMPTOM REFER TO
APU oil temperature is less than 325°F, APU OIL TEMP HI advisory APU OIL TEMP HI Advisory Capsule
capsule remains on. Failure, in this work package
APU does not shut down when APU CONTR switch is in off position. APU Does Not Shut Down When APU
CONTR Switch Is In The OFF Position,
in this work package
STEP
NOTE
Do not attempt to start the APU if BATT LOW CHARGE capsule on caution/advisory panel is on.
9. Place upper console BATT switch to ON.
STEP
NOTE
• The ESU BITE indicators will not change status.
• If the APU shuts down, the observer shall take note of the last ESU speed BITE indication
before the malfunction BITE indication appears.
• To clear BITE code on ESU, cycle APU switch. The APU should start if malfunction has
been fixed. If malfunction still exists, the ESU will not allow the hydraulic accumulator to
dump and the APU starter will not engage.
10. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. APU shall start and BITE indicators shall cycle as follows:
● ● ● ● -RESET
∘ ● ● ● -5%
∘ ∘ ● ● -70%
∘ ∘ ∘ ● -95% + 1.5 sec
2. APU ON capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go on.
3. APU FAIL capsule on caution/advisory panel shall be off.
CAUTION
If APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel is on, shut down APU immediately.
4. APU OIL TEMP HI capsule on caution/advisory panel shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, the APU CONT switch should be left in the ON position unless an
emergency condition exists, until the APU FAIL capsule goes on.
STEP
11. On upper console, place GENERATORS APU switch to ON to recharge APU accumulator.
0160 00-5 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
APU ACCUM LOW capsule on caution/advisory panel shall go off in 90 seconds and APU accumulator shall
be charged. Visually check accumulator for proper charge (pressure gage and tape indicator).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot hydraulic system (WP 0089 00).
2. If APU shuts down and loss of DC power indication (● ● ● ●) appears on ESU, go to Loss Of DC Power (● ● ●
●), in this work package.
STEP
12. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
13. Check ESU BITE indicators after APU is shut down.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All ESU BITE indicators shall be white.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot the system for the malfunction indicated (Table 1 - BITE
Indication Symptoms, in this work package).
STEP
14. Check combustor drain line (below helicopter).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Small amount of fuel shall be draining.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check APU combustor drain valve. Replace if necessary (TM 1-2835-
209-23&P).
STEP
15. On upper console, place BATT switch to OFF.
STEP
16. On cabin ceiling, close panel below ESU and install soundproofing material (WP 0265 00).
Table 3. Normal Start Sequence.
APU SPEED SEQUENCE (% RPM) EVENT
A. 0% *1. ESU powers up and performs prestart BITE.
*2. ESU internally checks for processor sequence failure, data
failure and conditional driver failure.
*3. EGT overtemperature shutdown limit set to 1810°F (988°C).
*4. Fail to start timer in ESU starts (30 seconds).
*5. Oil pressure switch fault is enabled.
*6. APU start valve is energized if prestart BITE and internal test
Indication/Conditions were okay.
**BITE INDICATION: ● ● ● ●
Change 5 0160 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 3. Normal Start Sequence. – Continued
APU SPEED SEQUENCE (% RPM) EVENT
B. 5% *1. Fuel solenoid - on.
*2. Ignition unit - on.
*3. Fail to start timer is increased to 70 seconds.
*4. Fuel pressure built up due to motoring speed.
**BITE INDICATION: ∘ ● ● ●
C. 10% *Oil pressure switch fault is disabled.
D. 40% *ESU checks for indication of ignition.
E. 50% *EGT overtemperature shutdown limit begins decreasing to 1350°F
(732°C) at 90% speed.
F. 70% *1. APU start valve (hydraulic/electrical) - off.
**BITE INDICATION: ∘ ∘ ● ●
G. 95% *1. Ignition - off.
*2. Fail to start circuit is deactivated.
*3. Underspeed fault detection is activated and will shut down the
APU if speed decreases below 90% for 10 seconds.
*4. Low oil pressure fault detection is activated and will shut down
the APU if oil pressure switch remains closed for 15 seconds.
*5. ESU checks for EGT to be above 300°F. Shuts down APU if not.
**BITE INDICATION: ∘ ∘ ∘ ●
H. 95% + 1.5 seconds *1. APU ON capsule - on.
*2. Hourmeter/start counter - on.
**BITE INDICATION: ● ● ● ●
I. 99% *EGT overtemperature shutdown limit per following table:
EGT Range Time Delay
1265 - 1328°F 8.9 sec.
1329 - 1379°F 6.0 sec.
1380 - 1419°F 3.7 sec.
1420 - 1439°F 2.0 sec.
1440 - 1459°F 1.0 sec.
1460+°F 0.1 sec.
*ESU checks on system operation. If check is not satisfactory, APU will shut down. **BITE indication will
appear on ESU when APU has reached corresponding speed during start sequence.
0160 00-7 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT SYSTEM (3800480 SERIES) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Panel shall be closed and soundproofing material shall be installed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
LOSS OF DC POWER (● ● ● ●)
SYMPTOM
Loss of dc power (● ● ● ●).
MALFUNCTION
Loss of dc power (● ● ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-5 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-6 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P242-n and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-5.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P242-q and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check for 28 vdc between BATT BUS APU CONTR INST circuit breaker Figure 2 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker and Figure 2 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) P242-q(WP 1800 00). Go
to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
ESU FAILURE (∘ ● ● ●)
SYMPTOM
ESU failure (∘ ● ● ●).
MALFUNCTION
ESU failure (∘ ● ● ●).
Change 5 0160 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
ESU FAILURE (∘ ● ● ●) – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
A/C START SYSTEM FAILURE (● ∘ ● ●)
SYMPTOM
A/C start system failure (● ∘ ● ●).
MALFUNCTION
A/C start system failure (● ∘ ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Make sure APU start valve connectors Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P290 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P311 are installed. Go to Step 2.
2. Does APU start?
a. If APU starts, system is operational. Go to Step 6.
b. If APU does not start, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 20 - 500 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-9 and ground.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-9 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 4) , P290-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 4) , P290-2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace APU start valve (WP 0754 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
OVERTEMPERATURE (∘ ∘ ● ●)
SYMPTOM
Overtemperature (∘ ∘ ● ●).
MALFUNCTION
Overtemperature (∘ ∘ ● ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Using a 1 inch socket, hand rotate generator fan clockwise (viewed aft). Does fan rotate
with normal resistance?
a. If fan rotates with normal resistance, go to Step 2.
b. If fan does not rotate with normal resistance, go to Step 9.
2. Check for leakage in aircraft pneumatic ducts.
0160 00-9 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OVERTEMPERATURE (∘ ∘ ● ●) – Continued
a. If leakage is present, repair/replace ducts, as required (WP 1374 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If leakage is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Is there abnormal noise during fan rotation?
a. If abnormal noise is heard, go to Step 4.
b. If abnormal noise is not heard, go to Step 8.
4. During fan rotation, does APU compressor rotate?
a. If APU compressor rotates, go to Step 5.
b. If APU compressor does not rotate, go to Step 7.
5. Is noise from APU?
a. If noise is heard, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If noise is not heard, go to Step 6.
6. Is noise coming from APU start motor?
a. If noise is heard, replace APU start motor (WP 1379 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If noise is not heard, replace APU generator (WP 0855 00). Go to Step 13.
7. Does APU generator fan turn counterclockwise freely?
a. If fan turns counterclockwise freely, replace vespal spline adapter (WP 1380 00). Go to
Step 13.
b. If fan does not turn counterclockwise freely, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 13.
8. Check combustor housing flange. Is there evidence of leakage?
a. If evidence of leakage is present, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If evidence of leakage is not present, replace fuel control assembly ( ). Go to Step 13.
9. Remove APU start motor (WP 1379 00). Go to Step 10.
10. Rotate generator fan. Does fan rotate with normal resistance?
a. If fan rotates with normal resistance, replace APU start motor (WP 1379 00). Go to Step
13.
b. If fan does not rotate with normal resistance, go to Step 11.
11. Remove APU generator (WP 0855 00). Go to Step 12.
12. Does generator shaft spin freely?
a. If generator shaft spins freely, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If generator shaft does not spin freely, replace APU generator (WP 0855 00). Go to Step
13.
13. Procedure completed.
OVERSPEED (● ● ∘ ●)
SYMPTOM
Overspeed (● ● ∘ ●).
MALFUNCTION
Overspeed (● ● ∘ ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace fuel control assembly ( TM 1-2835-209-23&P ). Go to Step 2.
Change 5 0160 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
OVERSPEED (● ● ∘ ●) – Continued
2. Check APU for normal operation.
a. If APU operates normally, system is operational. Go to Step 3.
b. If APU does not operate normally, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
UNDERSPEED (∘ ● ∘ ●)
SYMPTOM
Underspeed (∘ ● ∘ ●).
MALFUNCTION
Underspeed (∘ ● ∘ ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is APU fuel filter assembly serviceable?
a. If APU fuel filter assembly is serviceable, go to Step 2.
b. If APU fuel filter assembly is not serviceable, replace APU fuel filter assembly (TM
1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 3.
2. Troubleshoot fuel prime boost system (WP 0133 00).
a. If fuel prime boost system is good, go to Low Oil Pressure (∘ ∘ ∘ ●).
b. If fuel prime boost system is not good, repair/replace as required (WP 0133 00). Go to
Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FAIL TO START (● ∘ ∘ ●)
SYMPTOM
Fail to start (● ∘ ∘ ●).
MALFUNCTION
Fail to start (● ∘ ∘ ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does APU motor?
a. If APU motors, go to Step 2.
b. If APU does not motor, go to Step 21.
2. Does APU light off?
a. If APU lights off, go to Step 3.
b. If APU does not light off, go to Step 8.
3. Check combustor housing flange. Is there evidence of excessive leakage?
a. If excessive leakage is present, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 27.
b. If excessive leakage is not present, go to Step 4.
4. Make sure APU bleed valve is closed.
a. If valve is closed, go to Step 5.
b. If valve is not closed, troubleshoot APU bleed valve and associated electrical wiring (WP
0105 00 and WP 0106 00). Go to Step 27.
5. Check APU fuel filter assembly. Is it serviceable?
0160 00-11 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAIL TO START (● ∘ ∘ ●) – Continued
a. If APU fuel filter assembly is serviceable, go to Step 6.
b. If APU fuel filter assembly is not serviceable, replace APU fuel filter assembly (TM
1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 27.
6. Replace fuel control assembly (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 7.
7. Does APU fail to start?
a. If APU fails, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 27.
b. If APU does not fail, system is operational. Go to Step 27.
8. Is igniter plug assembly firing audibly during APU motoring?
a. If igniter plug assembly fires audibly, go to Step 9.
b. If igniter plug assembly does not fire audibly, go to Step 13.
9. Is fuel present at APU fuel drain?
a. If fuel is present, go to Step 10.
b. If fuel is not present, go to Step 12.
10. With APU CONTR switch placed in OFF position and APU accumulator serviced, press
APU start valve manual override lever. Go to Step 11.
11. When accumulator is fully recharged, attempt start. Go to Step 27.
12. Is fuel present at APU fuel inlet?
a. If fuel is present, replace fuel solenoid valve (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 27.
b. If fuel is not present, troubleshoot fuel prime boost system (WP 0133 00). Go to Step 27.
13. During APU motoring, do BITE indicators sequence, as described in A/C Start System
Failure (● ∘ ● ●), in this work package, through 5% speed description?
a. If BITE indicators sequence during motoring, check/replace igniter plug assembly, igniter
plug lead, and ignition unit (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 27.
b. If BITE indicators do not sequence during motoring, go to Step 14.
14. Disconnect W1P6 from J6 on the monopole. Go to Step 15.
15. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-12 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-13.
a. If open circuit is present, replace monopole (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 27.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 16.
16. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-12 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-13.
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 17.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 19.
17. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 18.
18. Reconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
W1P6 to Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J6 on
monopole. Go to Step 27.
Change 5 0160 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
FAIL TO START (● ∘ ∘ ●) – Continued
19. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , W1P6(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 20.
20. Reconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
W1P6 to Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J6 on
monopole. Go to Step 27.
21. Does APU start valve open after APU CONTR switch is placed in ON position?
a. If valve opens after switch is on, go to Step 22.
b. If valve does not open after switch is on, go to Step 26.
22. Remove APU start motor (WP 1379 00). Go to Step 23.
23. Does APU motor rotate freely by hand?
a. If motor rotates freely by hand, go to Step 24.
b. If motor does not rotate freely by hand, replace APU start motor (WP 1379 00). Go to Step
27.
24. Remove APU generator (WP 0855 00). Go to Step 25.
25. Does APU generator rotate freely by hand?
a. If generator rotates freely by hand, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 27.
b. If generator does not rotate freely by hand, replace APU generator (WP 0855 00). Go to
Step 27.
26. With APU CONTR switch placed in OFF position and APU accumulation serviced, press
APU start valve manual override lever. Does accumulator discharge?
a. If accumulator discharges, replace APU start valve (WP 0754 00). Go to Step 27.
b. If accumulator does not discharge, troubleshoot APU hydraulic start system (WP 0089
00). Go to Step 27.
27. Procedure completed.
LOW OIL PRESSURE (∘ ∘ ∘ ●)
SYMPTOM
Low oil pressure (∘ ∘ ∘ ●).
MALFUNCTION
Low oil pressure (∘ ∘ ∘ ●).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
This failure indicates that ESU has sensed a short circuit between low oil pressure (LOP) switch
pins for 15 seconds. This can only occur above 95% speed.
1. Check APU oil sump for proper servicing. Is APU oil sump serviced?
a. If APU oil sump is good, go to Step 2.
b. If APU oil sump is not good, service APU oil sump (WP 1654 00). Go to Step 12.
2. Check APU oil filter element. Is it serviceable?
a. If APU oil filter is serviceable, go to Step 3.
0160 00-13 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LOW OIL PRESSURE (∘ ∘ ∘ ●) – Continued
b. If APU oil filter is not serviceable, replace APU oil filter element (TM 1-2835-209-23&P).
Go to Step 12.
3. Disconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4)
W1P8 from low oil pressure switch. Go to Step 4.
4. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-23 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-7.
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 5.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 11.
5. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-7 and ground.
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 6.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 9.
6. Replace low oil pressure switch (TM 1-2835-209-23&P) and restart APU (TM
1-1520-237-10). Does APU operate properly?
a. If APU operates properly, system is operational. Go to Step 12.
b. If APU does not operate properly, remove APU (WP 1373 00), perform tasks in Chapter 6
Sections 3 through 6 (TM 1-2835-209-23&P), then go to Step 7.
7. Is lube pump drive (shear) pin found intact?
a. If pin is found intact, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If pin is not found intact, replace pin, service lubrication system, and replace oil filter per
Chapter 6 Sections 12 through 19 (TM 1-2835-209-23&P) then go to Step 8.
8. Install APU (WP 1373 00). Does APU operate properly?
a. If APU operates properly, go to Step 12.
b. If APU does not operate properly, replace APU (WP 1373 00). Go to Step 12.
9. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-7 and ground.
a. If open circuit is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 10.
10. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , J8-B and ground.
a. If open circuit is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W1P8 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If open circuit is not present, replace low oil pressure switch (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go
to Step 12.
11. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-23 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-7.
a. If open circuit is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
Change 5 0160 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
LOW OIL PRESSURE (∘ ∘ ∘ ●) – Continued
b. If open circuit is not present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W1P8 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
12. Procedure completed.
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH FAILED (● ● ● ∘)
SYMPTOM
Oil pressure switch failed (● ● ● ∘).
MALFUNCTION
Oil pressure switch failed (● ● ● ∘).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for maximum of 10 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-7 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-23.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check for maximum of 10 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , J8-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , J8-B.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace low oil pressure switch (TM 1-2835-209-23&P).
Go to Step 4.
3. Check for maximum of 10 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-7 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-23.
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W1P8 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
THERMOCOUPLE FAILED (∘ ● ● ∘ )
SYMPTOM
Thermocouple failed (∘ ● ● ∘).
MALFUNCTION
Thermocouple failed (∘ ● ● ∘).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for maximum of 50 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-1 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-2.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 5.
0160 00-15 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
THERMOCOUPLE FAILED (∘ ● ● ∘ ) – Continued
2. Disconnect APU wiring harness assembly from thermocouple assembly terminals (TM
1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 3.
3. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-1 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-2.
a. If open circuit is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 4.
4. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-1 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-2.
a. If open circuit is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If open circuit is not present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and thermocouple assembly terminals
(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check for maximum of 1 ohm between thermocouple assembly Figure 2 - Auxiliary
Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , Terminals AL and Figure 2 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , CH.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace thermocouple assembly (TM 1-2835-209-23&P).
Go to Step 7.
6. Check for maximum of 50 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-1 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-2.
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and thermocouple Figure 2 -
Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) assembly terminals (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
MONOPOLE FAILED (● ∘ ● ∘)
SYMPTOM
Monopole failed (● ∘ ● ∘).
MALFUNCTION
Monopole failed (● ∘ ● ∘).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 3 - 20 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-12 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-13.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 5.
Change 5 0160 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
MONOPOLE FAILED (● ∘ ● ∘) – Continued
2. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-12
and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
P261-14
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-13
and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
P261-14
a. If open circuit is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-12
and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
J289-14
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-13
and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
J289-14
a. If open circuit is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 4.
4. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J6-A
and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J6-B
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J6-C
and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J6-B
a. If open circuit is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W1P6 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If open circuit is not present, replace monopole (motional pickup transducer) (TM
1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 7.
5. Check for 3 - 20 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J6-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J6-C.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace monopole (motional pickup transducer) (TM
1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 7.
6. Check for 3 - 20 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-12 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-13.
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
0160 00-17 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MONOPOLE FAILED (● ∘ ● ∘) – Continued
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W1P6 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
IGNITION UNIT FAILED (∘ ∘ ● ∘)
SYMPTOM
Ignition unit failed (∘ ∘ ● ∘).
MALFUNCTION
Ignition unit failed (∘ ∘ ● ∘ ).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
W1P7 from ignition unit. Go to Step 2.
2. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-17 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-15.
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 3.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 8.
3. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-17 and ground.
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 4.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 7.
4. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) W1P7-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) W1P7-B. Go to Step 5.
5. Check for short circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-17 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-15.
a. If short circuit is present, replace ignition unit (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 13.
b. If short circuit is not present, go to Step 6.
6. Check for short circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J289-17 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , J289-15.
a. If short circuit is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If short circuit is not present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W1P7(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
7. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-17 and ground.
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 9.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 11.
Change 5 0160 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
IGNITION UNIT FAILED (∘ ∘ ● ∘) – Continued
8. Check for open circuit between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-17 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-15.
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 9.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 11.
9. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
10. Reconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4)
W1P7 to J7 on the ignition unit. Go to Step 13.
11. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W1P7 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
12. Reconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) ,
W1P7 to Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J7 on
the ignition unit. Go to Step 13.
13. Procedure completed.
FUEL SOLENOID FAILED (● ● ∘ ∘)
SYMPTOM
Fuel solenoid failed (● ● ∘ ∘).
MALFUNCTION
Fuel solenoid failed (● ● ∘ ∘).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 10 - 50 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-10 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-11.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 12.
2. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-11
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-10
and ground
a. If open circuit is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 14.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Leave P261 disconnected. Go to Step 4.
4. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J4-A
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J4-B
and ground
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 10.
0160 00-19 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL SOLENOID FAILED (● ● ∘ ∘) – Continued
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 5.
5. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289-11
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289-10
and ground
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 6.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 8.
6. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W2P4 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Reconnect P261. Go to Step 14.
8. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9.
9. Reconnect P261. Go to Step 14.
10. Replace fuel solenoid valve (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 11.
11. Reconnect P261. Go to Step 14.
12. Check for 10 - 50 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J4-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J4-B.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 13.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace fuel solenoid valve (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to
Step 14.
13. Check for 10 - 50 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-10 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-11.
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14.
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W2P4 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14.
14. Procedure completed.
HOT SENSOR FAILED (∘ ● ∘ ∘)
SYMPTOM
Hot sensor failed (∘ ● ∘ ∘).
MALFUNCTION
Hot sensor failed (∘ ● ∘ ∘).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 68 - 242 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-8 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-9.
Change 5 0160 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
HOT SENSOR FAILED (∘ ● ∘ ∘) – Continued
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 5.
2. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-8
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-9
and ground
a. If open circuit is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J5-A
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J5-B
and ground
a. If open circuit is present, replace oil temperature bulb (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step
7.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 4.
4. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-8
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-9
and ground
a. If open circuit is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If open circuit is not present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W1P5 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check for 68 - 242 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J5-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J5-B.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace oil temperature bulb (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go
to Step 7.
6. Check for 68 - 242 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-8 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-9.
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring between connectors Figure 2 - Auxiliary
Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary
Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
0160 00-21 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HOT SENSOR FAILED (∘ ● ∘ ∘) – Continued
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , W1P5 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
FUEL TORQUE MOTOR FAILED (● ∘ ∘ ∘)
SYMPTOM
Fuel torque motor failed (● ∘ ∘ ∘).
MALFUNCTION
Fuel torque motor failed (● ∘ ∘ ∘).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 20 - 55 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-18 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-19.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 10.
2. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-18
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261-19
and ground
a. If open circuit is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Leave P261 disconnected. Go to Step 4.
4. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J9-1 and
ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J9-3 and
ground
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 5.
b. If open circuit is not present, replace fuel control assembly, reconnect P261 (TM
1-2835-209-23&P). Go to Step 12.
5. Check for open circuit between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289-18
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289-19
and ground
a. If open circuit is present, go to Step 6.
b. If open circuit is not present, go to Step 8.
Change 5 0160 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
FUEL TORQUE MOTOR FAILED (● ∘ ∘ ∘) – Continued
6. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W2P9 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Reconnect P261. Go to Step 12.
8. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9.
9. Reconnect P261. Go to Step 12.
10. Check for 20 - 55 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J9-1 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J9-3.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 11.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace fuel control assembly (TM 1-2835-209-23&P). Go
to Step 12.
11. Check for 20 - 55 ohms between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-18 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289-19
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P261 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P289 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power
Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , J289 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) W2P9 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12.
12. Procedure completed.
NO DATA (∘ ∘ ∘ ∘)
SYMPTOM
No data (∘ ∘ ∘ ∘).
MALFUNCTION
No data (∘ ∘ ∘ ∘).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
Make sure APU is not accelerating and speed has stabilized before checking BITE code.
1. Restart APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
a. If APU starts, system is operational. Go to Step 3.
b. If APU does not start, go to Step 2.
2. Does no data failure condition still exist?
a. If no data failure is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 3.
b. If data failure is present, troubleshoot based on the failure BITEs shown. Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
0160 00-23 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU ON ADVISORY CAPSULE FAILURE
SYMPTOM
APU ON advisory capsule failure.
MALFUNCTION
APU ON advisory capsule failure.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
Make sure APU is not accelerating and speed has stabilized before checking BITE code.
1. Does ready for service come on (● ● ● ●)?
a. If ready for service comes on, go to Step 2.
b. If ready for service does not come on, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 9.
2. Shut down APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 3.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
4. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P118 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 10.
5. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P118-B and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-11.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
7. Replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Restart APU (TM 1-1520-237-10). Go to Step 9.
9. Does APU ON advisory capsule go on?
a. If APU ON advisory capsule is on, system is operational. Go to Step 10.
b. If APU ON advisory capsule is not on, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796 00). Go
to Step 10.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 10.
10. Procedure completed.
APU FAIL ADVISORY CAPSULE FAILURE
SYMPTOM
APU FAIL advisory capsule failure.
MALFUNCTION
APU FAIL advisory capsule failure.
Change 5 0160 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
APU FAIL ADVISORY CAPSULE FAILURE – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) ,
P117. Go to Step 2.
2. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 3.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 5.
.
3. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P117 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 4.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 7.
4. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 5.
.
5. Does APU FAIL advisory capsule go off?
a. If APU FAIL advisory capsule is off, go to Step 6.
b. If APU FAIL advisory capsule is not off, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796 00). Go
to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P117-46 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-3.
a. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
APU ON ADVISORY CAPSULE FAILURE
SYMPTOM
APU ON advisory capsule failure.
MALFUNCTION
APU ON advisory capsule failure.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
P260. Go to Step 2.
2. Does APU ON advisory capsule go off?
a. If APU ON advisory capsule is out, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If APU ON advisory capsule is not out, go to Step 3.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
4. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P118 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 7.
0160 00-25 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU ON ADVISORY CAPSULE FAILURE – Continued
5. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-11 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P118-B.
a. If continuity is present, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
APU FAIL ADVISORY CAPSULE FAILURE
SYMPTOM
APU FAIL advisory capsule failure.
MALFUNCTION
APU FAIL advisory capsule failure.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) ,
P117. Go to Step 2.
2. Does APU FAIL advisory capsule go off?
a. If APU FAIL advisory capsule goes off, go to Step 3.
b. If APU FAIL advisory capsule does not go off, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796
00). Go to Step 7.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
4. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P117 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 7.
5. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P117-46 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-3.
a. If continuity is present, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
c. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0160 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
APU OIL TEMP HI ADVISORY CAPSULE FAILURE
SYMPTOM
APU OIL TEMP HI advisory capsule failure.
MALFUNCTION
APU OIL TEMP HI advisory capsule failure.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) ,
P260. Go to Step 2.
2. Does APU OIL TEMP HI advisory capsule go off?
a. If APU OIL TEMP HI advisory capsule goes off, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If APU OIL TEMP HI advisory capsule does not go off, go to Step 3.
3. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> , go to Step 4.
.
b. W/O EMEP> , go to Step 6.
.
4. EMEP> Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
.
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P117 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 5.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 7.
5. EMEP> Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 6.
.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-4 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P117-58.
a. If continuity is present, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796 00). Go to Step 7.
b. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
APU DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH IS IN THE OFF POSITION
SYMPTOM
APU does not shut down when APU CONTR switch is in the OFF position.
MALFUNCTION
APU does not shut down when APU CONTR switch is in the OFF position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Set APU CONTR switch to the OFF position. Go to Step 2.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 4) , P260-2 and ground.
a. If voltage as specified, replace ESU (WP 0878 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between APU CONTR switch Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Power Unit System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P260- 2.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 0841 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
0160 00-27 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
APU DOES NOT SHUT DOWN WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH IS IN THE OFF POSITION – Continued
4. Procedure completed.
P289 / J289
HYDRAULIC
START D
P311 / J311 MOTOR
RIGHT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE) P260 / J2
P241 / J241
P244 / J244 P261 / J1
WINTERIZATION KIT A
HARNESS ASSEMBLY
(SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244A P301 / J301
J244B / J244
P231 / J231 APU
ACCUMULATOR
APU START
VALVE
P290
LEFT RELAY PANEL
ASSEMBLY
P242 / J242
P117 P127 / J127
P200 / J200
LOWER
CONSOLE
F
G
P111 / J111 P914 / J914
H
P118
P107 / J107
J
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P107 / J107 LOWER CONSOLE
P111 / J111 COCKPIT, BL 7.5 LH, STA 197
P117 CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
P118 CAUTION / ADVISORY
PANEL
P127 / J127 BEHIND COPILOT'S CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL, BL 28 LH,
STA 243
P200 / J200 COCKPIT CEILING, BL 13 LH,
STA 246
P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING, BL 9 LH,
STA 247
P241 / J241 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
P242 / J242 LEFT RELAY PANEL
NOTE
WINTER AA2685_1
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8).
Change 5 0160 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
J2 J1
A
J3
1 2 3 4
BITE
INDICATORS
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE UNIT
(ESU)
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P244 / J244 RIGHT RELAY PANEL
(SEE NOTE)
P244 / J244A WINTERIZATION KIT
J244B / J244 HARNESS ASSEMBLY
(SEE NOTE)
P260 / J2 ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE
UNIT
P261 / J1 ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE
UNIT
P289 / J289 APU
P290 APU START VALVE
P301 / J301 TRANSITION DECK,
BL 12.88 LH, STA 415
P311 / J311 CABIN CEILING,
BL 16.50 LH, STA 383
P914 / J914 COCKPIT, BL 24 LH, STA 247
AA2685_2
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8).
0160 00-29 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT INDICATION FAULTS
BITE CODE
1 2 3 4 DECODED BITE INFORMATION
RESET (START INITIATED)
START FUEL VALVE AND IGNITION SIGNAL ON (5%)
SEQUENCE START VALVE SIGNAL OFF (70%)
IGNITION SIGNAL OFF (95%)
READY FOR SERVICE (LOSS OF DC POWER)
ESU FAILURE
A / C START SYSTEM FAILURE
OVERTEMPERATURE
OVERSPEED
UNDERSPEED
FAIL TO START
OPERATION LOW OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH FAILED
THERMOCOUPLE FAILED
MONOPOLE FAILED
FUEL SOLENOID FAILED
FUEL TORQUE MOTOR FAILED
IGNITION UNIT FAILED
HOT SENSOR FAILED
NO DATA
BITE CODE NORMAL BITE SEQUENCE DURING
1 2 3 4 APU START
RESET (STSRT INITIATED)
START FUEL VALVE AND IGNITION SIGNAL ON (5%)
SEQUENCE START VALVE SIGNAL OFF (70%)
IGNITION SIGNAL OFF (95%)
95% + 1.5 SEC.
NOTE
APU START MOTOR WILL MOTOR
APU UP TO 20%-30% SPEED
FAILURE BITE INDICATONS ASSOCIATED
WITH SHUTDOWN DURING START OR
OPERATION
READY FOR SERVICE (LOSS OF DC POWER)
ESU FAILURE
A / C START SYSTEM FAILURE
OVERTEMPERATURE
OVERSPEED
UNDERSPEED
FAIL TO START
OPERATION LOW OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH FAILED
THERMOCOUPLE FAILED
MONOPOLE FAILED
FUEL SOLENOID FAILED
FUEL TORQUE MOTOR FAILED
IGNITION UNIT FAILED
HOT SENSOR FAILED
AA2685_3
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8).
Change 5 0160 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
BITE INDICATIONS
ESU FAILURE INTERNAL ESU FAILURE.
A / C START SYSTEM FAILURE APU START VALVE OPEN / SHORTED.
OVERTEMPERATURE EGT GREATER THAN 1810 O FROM 0-50% SPEED DECREASING LINEARY TO
TO 1350O AT 90%. AT 100% EGT LIMIT PER TABLE 36.1-3, ITEM I.
OVERSPEED APU SPEED INCREASES TO 107%.
UNDERSPEED APU SPEED DECREASED BELOW 90% FOR 10 SECONDS AFTER
ACHIEVING 95%.
FAIL TO START APU SPEED DOES NOT ACHIEVE 5% IN 30 SECONDS OR 95% IN 70 SECONDS.
APU FUEL SOLENOID VALVE IS ON, EGT IS LESS THAN 300 OF AND EGT HAS
NOT INCREASED 200OF OVER START INITIATION TEMPERATURE.
LOW OIL PRESSURE LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH IS CLOSED FOR 15 SECONDS WITH APU
ABOVE 95% SPEED.
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH FAILED LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH IS OPEN AT START INITIATION OF BELOW
10% SPEED.
THERMOCOUPLE FAILED EGT DOES NOT INCREASE 200OF BEFORE 40% SPEED. EGT IS LESS THAN
300OF AT 95% SPEED. EGT IS OUT OF RANGE HIGH OR LOW.
MONOPOLE FAILED MONOPOLE CIRCUIT IS OPEN.
FUEL SOLENOID FAILED FUEL SOLENOID IS OPEN, SHORTED, OR SHORTED TO AIRCRAFT GROUND.
IGNITION UNIT FAILED IGNITION UNIT IS OPEN, SHORTED, OR SHORTED TO AIRCRAFT GROUND.
FUEL TORQUE MOTOR FAILED FUEL CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS OPEN, SHORTED, OR SHORTED TO
AIRCRAFT GROUND.
AA2685_4
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8).
0160 00-31 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PRIMARY
FUEL NOZZLE
ASSEMBLY
COMBUSTION
IGNITION SECTION
FUEL CONTROL
UPPER COVER EXCITER
OIL
FILL CAP
SECONDARY
FUEL NOZZLE
ASSEMBLY
FILL TO
SPILL PLUG
APU WIRING
HARNESS MAGNETIC
ASSEMBLY DRAIN PLUG
GEARBOX
ASSEMBLY
FUEL CONTROL
LOWER COVER
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
(FRONT VIEW)
AA2685_5
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 8).
Change 5 0160 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
E
METER
BRACKET
LIFTING
LUG
HOURMETER
ASSEMBLY
IGNITER PLUG
ASSEMBLY
IGNITER PLUG
LEAD
FUEL CHECK
VALVE
THERMOCOUPLE
ASSEMBLY
FUEL DRAIN TUBE
ASSEMBLY
FUEL MANIFOLD
ASSEMBLY
ORIFICE
FITTING AA2685_6
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8).
0160 00-33 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO . 1
UTIL DC PR
RECP I B US
7.5
CABIN
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
H G
B
A
T
B T
A
T U
T T APU
CONTR
APU I APU
B L
U 5 5 O
S B F
U F
CONTR S CONTR ON APU
INST INST
GENERATORS
BATT APU
TEST
R
O E
F S
LOWER CONSOLE F E
ON T ON
AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
ENG
O
F
F
APU
UPPER CONSOLE
AA2685_7
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 8).
Change 5 0160 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
BATT LOW
CHARGE
APU OIL
TEMP HI
APU
FAIL
APU ON
APU ACCUM
LOW
AA2685_8
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Power Unit System Location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 8).
0160 00-35 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
(SEE
LEGEND NOTE
PFA
P118 4) J111 P111
CAUTION/
ADVISORY APU ON n
ELECTRICAL B
MECHANICAL PANEL SGP118-2
PFA
HYDRAULIC P117
SIGNAL OR APU FAIL 46 p
POWER GROUND SGP117-2
CASE GROUND
APU OIL TEMP HI 58 q
UPPER CONSOLE SGP117-1
(SEE NOTE 3)
NOTES APU
1. OPENS APU FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE T-HANDLE
WHEN APU CONTR SWITCH J200 P200
APU CONTR
PLACED ON (SEE PRIME / BOOST
SWITCH P
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM).
S4 OFF
2. WINTER S102
NO 1
3. W/O EMEP PIN FILTERED
ON
ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED. C 2
R
4. IVHMS NC 3
J231 P231
(SEE NOTE 1)
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT V
BREAKER PANEL AIR SOURCE
HEAT / START
AIR SOURCE SWITCH
HEAT / START S18
P127 J127 3 ENG
NO. 1 CB155
DC PRI 5 N OFF
2 1
BUS AMP 2 b
28 VDC 1
APU
NO. 1 ENGINE START
NO. 2 ENGINE START
BUTTON PRESSED
BUTTON PRESSED
28 VDC IN WHEN
28 VDC IN WHEN
APU CONTR INST
J107 P107 J914 P914
BATT CB7
BUS C i
2 5 1
UTIL AMP
28 VDC
APU CONTR INST
CB12
BATT D j
BUS 2 5 1
AMP SG242-4
28 VDC
LOWER CONSOLE GG7-3
(SEE DETAIL A)
GG7-4
P242 n k q p P244 U T S M W P241
J242 J244 J241
CR4 CR3
CR1 CR2
A2 A2
X1 TD X2 A1 A3 X2 X1 A3
C A1
K47 K22
TIME DELAY ON DROPOUT
RELAY 0.5 SEC
LEFT RELAY PANEL RIGHT RELAY PANEL
AB1495_1A
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
Change 5 0160 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
P260 J2 J1 P261
28 VDC OUT WHEN APU
11 SPEED AT 90% + 1.5 SEC
11 1
FUEL
SOLENOID
10 2
28 VDC OUT WHEN OIL
4 3
TEMP ABOVE 325 OF FUEL 18
CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
19 4
2 28 VDC IN
17 5
IGNITION
UNIT
15 6
28 VDC IN WHEN APU CONTR
1
HOURMETER
SWITCH PLACED TO ON
ASSEMBLY
16 7
TO
23 8 SHEET
LOW OIL
2
PRESS SW.
7 9
8 10
28 VDC OUT (AND APU SHUTS HOT SENSOR
3 DOWN) WHEN ESU PERFORMS (OIL TEMP BULB)
A PROTECTIVE SHUTDOWN 9 11
THERMOCOUPLE 2 12
SENSOR 1 13
5 28 VDC IN
3
28 VDC IN WHEN AIR SOURCE HEAT / START SWITCH
10 IS IN APU POSITION AND NO. 1 ENGINE START MONOPOLE
(MOTIONAL 12 14
OR NO. 2 ENGINE START BUTTON PRESSED PICKUP 13 15
TRANSDUCER)
14
J2 P260 J311 P311
28 VDC OUT WHEN APU CONTR
SWITCH PLACED TO ON AND
9 r 16
6
APU SPEED IS LESS THAN 70%
GND
206-1
ELECTRONIC SEQUENCE UNIT (ESU)
P244 J244A J244B J244
M M
U U
T T
S S
WINTERIZATION KIT HARNESS ASSEMBLY
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 2) AB1495_2
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0160 00-37 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
W2P4 J4
J301 P301 P289 J289 W1P3 W2J3
(+)
1 k 11 A A
FUEL
SOLENOID
(-) VALVE
2 m 10 B B
C
W2P9 J9
(+)
3 W 18 C 1
FUEL
CONTROL
(-) ASSEMBLY
4 V 19 D 3
5
W1P7 J7 IGNITER PLUG
LEAD
(+)
5 X 17 B
IGNITION
(-) EXCITER
6 Z 15 A
C
7 IGNITER
PLUG ASSEMBLY
TO Y 16
SHEET
1 8 L 23
9 e 7
W1P5 J5
10 d 8 A (+)
HOT SENSOR
(OIL TEMP
BULB)
11 c 9 B (-)
CH
(+)
12 g 2 T5
IMMERSION
13 f 1 THERMOCOUPLE
(-)
h 3
AL
W1P6 J6
(+)
A MONOPOLE
14 b 12 (MOTIONAL
(-) PICKUP
a
15 13 C TRANSDUCER)
j 14 B
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU)
16
AB1495_3
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
Change 5 0160 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
(+)
HOURMETER
(-)
(+)
START
COUNTER
(-)
HOURMETER ASSEMBLY
W1P8 J8
(-)
A
(+)
B
LOW OIL
C PRESSURE SWITCH
WINTERIZATION KIT
APU ACCUMULATOR MANUAL
OVERRIDE
LEVER
(SEE NOTE 2)
START
MOTOR
APU
ACCUMULATOR
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU)
P290
1
2
GND307-1 START
BYPASS VALVE AB1495_4
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Power Unit System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0160 00-39 Change 5
0160 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AMBIENT
AIR VENT
MAIN SHAFT
BALL BEARING MAIN SHAFT
ROLLER BEARING
LOW OIL
PRESSURE
SWITCH
FUEL CONTROL
QUILL SHAFT
PLANETARY
GEAR MESH
FUEL CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
OIL FILTER
ASSEMBLY
RELIEF VALVE
LUBE PUMP
SUMP MAGNETIC
OIL
TEMPERATURE DRAIN PLUG
BULB
LEGEND
PRESSURE OIL
PRESSURE RELIEF OIL
OIL PUMP INLET
SPLINE LUBE
OIL JET AB1496
SA
Figure 3. Auxiliary Power Unit Lubrication System Schematic.
Change 5 0160 00-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0160 00
PUMP DISCHARGE
PRESSURE TEST
TORQUE PORT SCREEN
MOTOR
METERING
VALVE
ULTIMATE
RELIEF VALVE
DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
REGULATING VALVE
FILTER
BYPASS VALVE
HIGH PRESSURE PUMP
SEAL
WITNESS
DRAIN
METERED FUEL INLET
FUEL OUTLET EXTERNALLY PUMP INLET
SUPPLIED FUEL PRESSURE
TEST PORT
FUEL FILTER
ASSEMBLY
FUEL SOLENOID
VALVE
FUEL CONTROL LOWER COVER
NOZZLE
ASSEMBLY
LEGEND
LOW PRESSURE FUEL
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL
METERED FUEL
ORIFICE AB1497
SA
Figure 4. Auxiliary Power Unit Fuel System Schematic.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0160 00-41 Change 5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0161 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
AEROMEDICAL EVACUATION KIT
This WP supersedes WP 0161 00, dated 25 September 2009.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 1396 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1398 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 WP 1399 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 WP 1404 00
WP 1409 00
Personnel Required
WP 1410 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1737 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1800 00
References Equipment Condition
TM 1-1520-237-10 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0108 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WP 0837 00 Kit Installed in Helicopter, (WP 1396 00)
AEROMEDICAL EVACUATION KIT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE,
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) for component
location diagram and Figure 2 - Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1
of 2) for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. On helicopters equipped with floor plate 70802-12215-041, pull out and hold one pedestal lock handle. Turn
pedestal 90° clockwise to ground load (lateral) position. Release handle and lock pedestal in place.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Lockpin shall disengage, pedestal shall turn smoothly, and lockpin shall lock pedestal in new position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, inspect components for damage.
a. Repair/replace components as required.
b. If lockpin does not engage, check stop on floor plate for damage and/or adjustment (WP 1409 00).
STEP
2. On helicopters equipped with floor plate 70802-12215-041, pull out and hold same pedestal lock handle.
Turn pedestal 90° counterclockwise to flight (longitudinal) position. Release handle and lock pedestal in
place.
0161 00-1 Change 3 – 31 July 2012
0161 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AEROMEDICAL EVACUATION KIT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE, OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Lockpin shall disengage, pedestal shall turn smoothly, and lockpin shall lock pedestal in flight position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, inspect components for damage.
a. Repair/replace components as required.
b. If lockpin does not engage, check adjustment of ceiling support, or condition and adjustment of stop on
floor plate (WP 1409 00).
STEP
3. On helicopters equipped with floor plate 70802-12215-044, pull out and hold one pedestal lock handle. Turn
pedestal 60° clockwise to ground load position. Release handle and lock pedestal in place.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Lockpin shall disengage, pedestal shall turn smoothly, and lockpin shall lock pedestal in new position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, inspect components for damage.
a. Repair/replace components as required.
b. If lockpin does not engage, check stop on floor plate for damage and/or adjustment (WP 1409 00).
STEP
4. On helicopters equipped with floor plate 70802-12215-044, pull out and hold same pedestal lock handle.
Turn pedestal 120° counterclockwise to second ground load position. Release handle and lock pedestal in
place.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Lockpin shall disengage, pedestal shall turn smoothly, and lockpin shall lock pedestal in second ground load
position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, inspect components for damage.
a. Repair/replace components as required.
b. If lockpin does not engage, check adjustment of ceiling support, or condition and adjustment of stop on
floor plate (WP 1409 00).
STEP
5. On helicopters equipped with floor plate 70802-12215-044, pull out and hold same pedestal lock handle.
Turn pedestal 60° clockwise to flight (longitudinal) position. Release handle and lock pedestal in place.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Lockpin shall disengage, pedestal shall turn smoothly, and lockpin shall lock pedestal in flight position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, inspect components for damage.
a. Repair/replace components as required.
b. If lockpin does not engage, check adjustment of ceiling support or condition and adjustment of stop on
floor plate (WP 1409 00).
STEP
6. Repeat steps 1 through 5, using pedestal lock handle on opposite end of pedestal.
Change 3 0161 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0161 00
AEROMEDICAL EVACUATION KIT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE, OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
7. Make sure CTR PIVOT handle of upper litter support is at UNLOCKED, and pin is out of fitting.
STEP
8. Place either end lever to TILT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Litter shall move to tilted position, coming to rest on stops.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check end pivot components for damage.
STEP
9. Place end lever to TILT. Raise litter support to level position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Litter support shall rise to level position, and lock in place.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check end pivot components and guides.
a. Repair/replace components as required (WP 1404 00).
STEP
10. Place end lever to LOCK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
End of litter shall lock in place.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace components as required (WP 1409 00).
STEP
11. Repeat steps steps 1 through 9 with other end of litter support.
STEP
12. Unlock CTR PIVOT handle, slide center pivot pin into pedestal pivot fitting by lining up pin with slot in fitting,
and pushing on CTR PIVOT handle. Place handle to LOCK.
STEP
13. Place both end pivot handles to UNLOCK.
STEP
14. Place either end pivot handle to TILT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Litter support shall pivot around center support tube, and litter shall rest on stop.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check center pivot components.
a. Repair/replace components as required (WP 1410 00).
STEP
15. Place end pivot handle in TILT position, and pull up on litter support. Place both end pivot handles to
LOCKED.
0161 00-3 Change 3
0161 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AEROMEDICAL EVACUATION KIT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE, OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Litter support shall lock in place.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check guides.
a. Repair/replace components as required (WP 1404 00).
STEP
16. Repeat steps steps 13 through 15 with other end of litter support.
STEP
17. Repeat steps steps 7 through 15 with other side upper litter support.
STEP
18. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
NO. 1 LTR LTS Mission Readiness
NO. 2 LTR LTS Mission Readiness
STEP
19. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
20. Press and then release each PUSH-ON/PUSH-OFF LITTER LIGHT switch. Press each switch again.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Each light shall go on when switch is pushed first time, and then go off when switch is pressed second time.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If one litter light does not go on, go to ONE OF THE LITTER LIGHTS DOES NOT GO ON, in this work
package.
2. If no aft LITTER LIGHTS go on, go to NONE OF THE FOUR AFT LITTER LIGHTS GO ON, in this work
package.
3. If no foward LITTER LIGHTS go on, go to NONE OF THE FOUR FORWARD LITTER LIGHTS GO ON, in
this work package.
4. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace GG7 (WP 1800 00).
STEP
1. Turn off electrical power.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Power shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
Change 3 0161 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0161 00
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ONE OF THE LITTER LIGHTS DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
One of the litter lights does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
One of the litter lights does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Replace lamp (WP 1398 00). Go to Step 2
2. Check light for proper operation.
a. If light is good, system is operational. Go to Step 4
b. If light is not good, go to Step 3
3. Check for broken wire between switch and lamp housing.
a. If broken wire is present, repair/replace wiring between lamp housing and switch (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If broken wire is not present, replace light assembly (WP 1399 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NONE OF THE FOUR AFT LITTER LIGHTS GO ON
SYMPTOM
None of the four aft litter lights go on.
MALFUNCTION
None of the four aft litter lights go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between J233-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between J233-C and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace wiring harness (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace ground wire (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 1 LTR LTS circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J233-A and circuit breaker terminal
1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NONE OF THE FOUR FORWARD LITTER LIGHTS GO ON
SYMPTOM
None of the four forward litter lights go on.
MALFUNCTION
None of the four forward litter lights go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between J233-D and ground.
0161 00-5 Change 3
0161 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NONE OF THE FOUR FORWARD LITTER LIGHTS GO ON – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between J233-D and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace wiring harness (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace ground wire (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 LTR LTS circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J233-D and circuit breaker
terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
Change 3 0161 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0161 00
CEILING
SUPPORT
TERMINAL
BOARD
TB4
P233 / J233
LITTER
SUPPORT
FLOOR
SUPPORT
B
C
END
PIVOT
NOTE: DISENGAGE OPPOSITE
END BEFORE TILTING
BEFORE TILTING UPPER LITTER
REMOVE LITTER STRAPS
UNLOAD LOWER PATIENT
STAND PERSONNEL CLEAR OF TRAY
LOCKED UNLOCKED TILT
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P233 / J233 CABIN CEILING, BL 5 LH,
STA 304.5
TB4 MEDEVAC PEDESTAL, BL 0,
STA 341
AA3436_1
SA
Figure 1. Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0161 00-7 Change 3
0161 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PUSH ON LIGHT
CTR PIVOT
LOCKED UNLOCKED
PUSH OFF
CENTER
PIVOT
LITTER LIGHT
(TYPICAL)
B C
NO. 2 PRI BUS
NO. 2 LTR
LTS D
C
NO. 1 LTR
5
D
C
LTS
NO. 1 PRI BUS
MISSION READINESS
AA3436_2
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL SA
Figure 1. Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
Change 3 0161 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0161 00
SCHEMATICS
RIGHT UPPER AFT LIGHT
DS11 LAMP
SWITCH
GND
PWR
GROMMET 1 2
NO. 1 LTR
LTS J233 P233 TB-4
NO. 1 CB19A
PRI 5 A 1
BUS DC 2 AMP 1
1
28 VDC
2
B 2 3
NO. 2 LTR C 3
LTS
NO. 2 CB9A GG7-5
PRI 5 D 4 4
BUS DC 2 AMP 1
5
28 VDC
GROMMET
MISSION READINESS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
LEFT UPPER AFT LIGHT
DS14 LAMP
SWITCH
GND
PWR 6
1 2
7
8
9
10
11
12
AB1527_1B
SA
Figure 2. Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0161 00-9 Change 3
0161 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT LOWER AFT LIGHT RIGHT UPPER FORWARD LIGHT RIGHT LOWER FORWARD LIGHT
DS13 LAMP DS15 LAMP DS17 LAMP
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
GND GND GND
PWR PWR PWR
1 2 1 2 1 2
1
2
4
5
LEFT LOWER AFT LIGHT LEFT UPPER FORWARD LIGHT LEFT LOWER FORWARD LIGHT
DS12 LAMP DS18 LAMP DS16 LAMP
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
GND GND GND
6 PWR PWR PWR
1 2 1 2 1 2
7
8
9
10
11
12
AB1527_2A
SA
Figure 2. Aeromedical Evacuation Kit Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 3 0161 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM W/O MWO 50-78> < . .
This WP supersedes WP 0162 00, dated 25 September 2009.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Compressor Unit, MIL-C-13874
WP 1443 00
Locally-Made ESSS Gate Valve Test Harness, (WP
WP 1446 00
2014 00, Figure 156 - ESSS Gate Valve Test
WP 1449 00
Harness)
WP 1455 00
Locally-Made Fuel Quantity Simulator Test Set,
WP 1456 00
(WP 2014 00, Figure 152, Sheet 1 - Fuel Quantity
WP 1457 00
Simulator, Test Set (Sheet 1 of 2) )
WP 1458 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A (2 required)
WP 1460 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1463 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 WP 1465 00
Container, Suitable WP 1466 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 WP 1469 00
Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge, (WP 2014 00, WP 1471 00
Figure 167 - Drag Beam Wedge) WP 1473 00
Locally-Made External Stores Support System WP 1475 00
(ESSS) Pneumatic Adapter, (WP 2014 00, Figure WP 1483 00
151 - Pneumatic Adapter (ESSS)) WP 1494 00
Stopwatch WP 1662 00
Torque Wrench, GG-W-686 WP 1664 00
Personnel Required WP 1673 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1737 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1800 00
WP 2014 00
References
TM 1-1520-237-10 Equipment Condition
WP 0093 00 All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
WP 0108 00 Racks, (WP 1460 00)
WP 0110 00 or All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
WP 0114 00 Racks, (WP 1463 00)
WP 0135 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0163 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WP 0452 00 External Range Extension Tanks (Inboard or
WP 0796 00 Outboard) EMPTY, (WP 1673 00)
WP 0837 00 Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of Fuel
WP 0838 00 in Each Tank, (WP 1662 00)
WP 0938 00 or Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of
WP 1009 00 Fuel in Each Tank, (WP 1664 00)
WP 1391 00 Rear Fairings on All Vertical Stores (Pylons)
WP 1442 00 Removed, (WP 1465 00)
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is designed to be utilized when the horizontal (Wings) and/or vertical
(Pylons) stores are initially installed or replaced. When only tanks are removed, refer to WP 0163 00.
0162 00-1 Change 5 – 28 FEBRUARY 2014
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < . .
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• Special Icons used in this operational/troubleshooting procedure:
CU> < Steps that are to be performed if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be performed if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be performed if outboard tanks are installed.
•
. .
As an alternate to using the compressor unit to pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The operational/troubleshooting procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System
with any tank configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Opera-
tor’s Manual (TM 1-1520-237-10).
• See Figure 1 - ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for
component location diagram and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. CU > Unfasten fasteners on left inboard stores support rear fairing and hinge fairing open to gain access to
.
bleed-air quick-disconnect (QD). < .
STEP
2. CU > Disconnect hose from outboard side of bleed-air QD. <
. .
STEP
3. CU > Using locally-made pneumatic adapter (WP 2014 00), tee air compressor into helicopter bleed-air QD
.
and ESSS bleed-air hose. < .
STEP
4. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
5. Pull out the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
UH60A UH60L> < . .
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN INBD Copilot’s
BACKUP PUMP PWR Copilot’s
UTIL RECP CABIN Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
ESSS JTSN INBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
EXT FUEL RH Mission Readiness
EXT FUEL LH Mission Readiness
AUX FUEL QTY Mission Readiness
Change 5 0162 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
NO. 2 XFER CONTROL Mission Readiness
EH60A> <
. .
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN INBD Copilot’s
UTIL RECP CABIN Copilot’s
EXT FUEL LH Copilot’s
EXT FUEL RH Pilot’s
AUX FUEL CONTR Pilot’s
AUX FUEL QTY Pilot’s
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
ESSS JTSN INBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
STEP
NOTE
To ensure proper readings are obtained during operational check of the ESSS fuel system,
verify dip switches on the back of the auxiliary fuel management panel are set to the type of fuel
used.
6. On back of auxiliary fuel management panel, verify dip switches are set to the type of fuel used.
STEP
CAUTION
Prior to activating fuel gate valves that have been out of service for more than 30 days, it is
recommended to open and close fuel gate valves a few times by hand prior to applying electrical
power to reduce the possibility of damage to auxiliary fuel management panel and circuitry.
7. Disconnect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360 from
auxiliary fuel management control panel (control panel).
STEP
8. Connect P1 of locally-made ESSS gate valve test harness (test harness) to UTIL RCPT +28V receptacle
J258 in cabin ceiling.
STEP
9. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
10. Push in UTIL RECP CABIN circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
STEP
11. Connect locally-made test harness pin E to Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 7) , P360-B.
0162 00-3 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
12. Connect pins A and D of locally-made test harness to the following pairs of pins on Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) , P360, and alternately place locally-made test harness
switch to OPEN and CLOSE:
TEST HARNESS PIN P360- VALVE OPERATION
A F LEFT OUTBD - OPEN
D E LEFT OUTBD - CLOSED
A Y LEFT INBD - OPEN
D Z LEFT INBD - CLOSED
A g RIGHT OUTBD - OPEN
D P RIGHT OUTBD - CLOSED
A j RIGHT INBD - OPEN
D i RIGHT INBD - CLOSED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Gate valves shall open and close as indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, connect locally-made test harness pins A, D, and E to pins A, D, and
E of malfunctioning gate valve. Alternately place locally-made test harness switch to OPEN and CLOSED.
a. If gate valve operates normally, repair/replace wiring, as required, between Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360 and gate valve’s electrical connector (WP
1800 00).
b. If gate valve does not operate normally, replace gate valve (WP 1458 00).
STEP
13. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
14. Connect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360 to control
panel.
STEP
15. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
16. Adjust upper console INST LT - PILOT FLT control to at least one quarter turn clockwise.
STEP
17. Adjust upper console CONSOLE LT - LOWER control to BRT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Information on plate lighting control panel shall go on at full brightness.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot upper and lower console lights (WP 0110 00).
Change 5 0162 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
18. Push in the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
UH60A UH60L> < . .
AUX FUEL QTY Mission Readiness
NO. 2 XFER CONTROL Mission Readiness
EH60A> <. .
AUX FUEL QTY Pilot’s
STEP
19. Momentarily place caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to BRT/DIM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AUX FUEL QTY POUNDS digital display (digital display) on control panel shall dim.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and console indicator lights dimming (WP
0114 00) or caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00), as required.
STEP
20. Adjust control panel QTY BRIGHTNESS control from DECR to INCR, then back to DECR.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AUX FUEL QTY POUNDS digital display (digital display) shall go to full brightness, then back to dim.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
21. Adjust upper console CONSOLE LT - LOWER and INST LT - PILOT FLT controls to OFF.
STEP
22. Place control panel switches as indicated:
SWITCH POSITION
FUEL XFR PRESS OUTBD OFF
FUEL XFR PRESS INBD OFF
TANKS OUTBD
MODE OFF
MANUAL XFR RIGHT OFF
MANUAL XFR LEFT OFF
AUX FUEL QTY Rotary TOTAL
0162 00-5 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
23. Push in the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
UH60A UH60L> < . .
EXT FUEL RH Mission Readiness
EXT FUEL LH Mission Readiness
EH60A> < . .
EXT FUEL LH Copilot’s
EXT FUEL RH Pilot’s
AUX FUEL CONTR Pilot’s
STEP
24. Press and hold control panel TEST button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Digital display shall indicate 8888.
2. DEGRADED and VENT SENSOR lights shall illuminate.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to WHEN CONTROL PANEL TEST BUTTON IS
PRESSED, ALL CONTROL PANEL INDICATORS ARE NOT ON AND/OR DIGITAL DISPLAY DOES NOT
INDICATE 8888, in this work package.
STEP
25. Release TEST button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Digital display shall cycle the indication 8 from left to right 3 times.
2. Digital display shall indicate the word Good for about 5 seconds.
3. Digital display shall indicate either 4, 5, or 8 (preset fuel type) in left-most position for about 3 sec-
onds.
4. Digital display may indicate some value of auxiliary fuel remaining (unknown at this time).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. and/or 3. are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, but display E01, E04, E05, or E06, replace control panel (WP
1466 00).
3. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, but displays E02, go to DURING SELF-TEST, CONTROL
PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E02 INSTEAD OF GOOD, in this work package.
4. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, but displays E03, go to DURING SELF-TEST, CONTROL
PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E03 INSTEAD OF GOOD, in this work package.
Change 5 0162 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
NOTE
Disregard any EXTERNAL indicator displays at this time.
26. Press and hold control panel STATUS button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY, RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY, LEFT INBD EMPTY, and LEFT OUTBD EMPTY
indicators shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
27. Release STATUS button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All control panel indicators and caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and/or EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicators are on, replace control
panel (WP 1466 00).
2. If EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY, RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY, LEFT INBD EMPTY, or LEFT OUTBD EMPTY
indicator is on (tank installed in that position), go to CONTROL PANEL EMPTY INDICATOR IS ON WITH
ADEQUATE FUEL IN FUEL TANK, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WHEN CONTROL PANEL STATUS BUTTON IS PRESSED,
AND THEN RELEASED, CONTROL PANEL INDICATORS AND/OR CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX
FUEL CAPSULE IS NOT OFF, in this work package.
STEP
28. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
29. OUTBD > Fill each outboard tank, if installed, with 160 - 190 pounds of fuel. <
. .
STEP
30. INBD > Fill each inboard tank, if installed, with 220 - 250 pounds of fuel. <
. .
STEP
31. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
32. CU > Apply air source, regulated to 25 - 45 psi to helicopter’s external tanks. <
. .
STEP
33. Record CDU TOTAL FUEL indication.
STEP
34. OUTBD > Place control panel PRESSURE - OUTBD switch to ON. <
. .
0162 00-7 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
35. INBD > Place control panel PRESSURE - INBD switch to ON. <
. .
STEP
36. Record time.
STEP
37. Inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses and fittings for signs of leaking or damage (WP 1391 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
There shall be no signs of leakage or damage.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace hoses and fittings as necessary (WP 1449 00).
STEP
NOTE
• While performing the following procedure, inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses and fittings
as specified in Step 37
• The K FACTOR called out in the following steps is a calibration adjustment used for
calibrating the fuel system and is stamped on the fuel flow transmitter. Record this value.
• Disregard digit to the right of decimal for K FACTOR entry.
38. Record K FACTOR.
STEP
39. Pull up and turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to CAL.
STEP
40. Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR, then to DECR.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall increase, and then decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WITH WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS CONTROL PANEL CAL INDICA-
TION CANNOT BE CHANGED, in this work package.
STEP
41. Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to enter K FACTOR on digital display.
STEP
42. Using locally-made wedge, push plunger down on left drag beam switch.
STEP
43. Momentarily place control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR, then DECR.
Change 5 0162 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATION CHANGES WITH DRAG BEAM
SWITCH IN IN-FLIGHT POSITION, in this work package.
STEP
44. Remove locally-made wedge.
STEP
45. Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD.
STEP
46. OUTBD > Disconnect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P2/J849
.
and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P2/J850. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate cccc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
47. Connect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P2/J849 and Figure 2
- ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P2/J850 if outboard tanks are installed,
or install insulated jumper wire between J1-1 and J1-2.
STEP
48. Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to set digital display indication to 1000.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate 1000 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
49. Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD.
STEP
50. INBD > Disconnect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P2/J835
.
and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P2/J836. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate cccc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
0162 00-9 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
51. Connect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P2/J835 and Figure
2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P2/J836 if inboard tanks are installed,
or install insulated jumper wire between inboard J1-1 and J1-2.
STEP
52. Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to set digital display indication to 1000 pounds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate 1000 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
53. Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to TOTAL.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate 2000 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
54. OUTBD > Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD. <
. .
STEP
55. OUTBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to MANUAL. <
. .
STEP
56. OUTBD > Check CDU TOTAL FUEL indication. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
CDU TOTAL FUEL indication shall be the same as recorded in Step 33
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION INCREASES WHEN FUEL
TRANSFER IS NOT ACTUATED, in this work package.
STEP
57. OUTBD > Before continuing, make sure that at least 5 minutes have elapsed from time recorded in Step 36 <
. .
STEP
58. OUTBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - RIGHT switch to ON until CDU TOTAL FUEL indication
.
increases by 20 pounds. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2 minutes.
Change 5 0162 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
NOTE
Disregard caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule if it goes on momentarily.
2. Control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator shall momentarily go on, then go off.
3. Remaining control panel EXTERNAL indicators shall remain off.
4. Control panel digital display indication shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL
INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO
TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK, in this work package.
STEP
59. OUTBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - RIGHT switch to OFF. <
. .
STEP
60. OUTBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT switch to ON until CDU TOTAL FUEL indication
.
increases by 20 pounds. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2 minutes.
NOTE
Disregard caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule if it goes on momentarily.
2. Control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator shall momentarily go on, then go off.
3. Remaining control panel EXTERNAL indicators shall remain off.
4. Control panel digital display indication shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL
INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO
TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK, in this work package.
STEP
61. OUTBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFER - LEFT switch to OFF. <
. .
STEP
62. INBD > Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD. <
. .
STEP
63. INBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - TANKS switch to INBD. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
0162 00-11 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
64. INBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - RIGHT switch to ON until CDU TOTAL FUEL indication in-
.
creases by 20 pounds. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2 minutes.
NOTE
Disregard caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule if it goes on momentarily.
2. Control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator shall momentarily go on, then go off.
3. Remaining control panel EXTERNAL indicators shall remain off.
4. Control panel digital display indication shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase, and/or Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WITH
MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK, in this
work package.
STEP
65. INBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - RIGHT switch to OFF. <
. .
STEP
66. INBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT switch to ON until CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increases
.
by 20 pounds. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2 minutes.
NOTE
Disregard caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule if it goes on momentarily.
2. Control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator shall momentarily go on, then go off.
3. Remaining control panel EXTERNAL indicators shall remain off.
4. Control panel digital display indication shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL
INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO
TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK, in this work package.
STEP
67. INBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT switch to OFF. <
. .
Change 5 0162 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
68. OUTBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - TANKS and AUX FUEL QTY switches to OUTBD. <
. .
STEP
69. OUTBD > Record CDU TOTAL FUEL indication. <
. .
STEP
70. OUTBD > Record control panel digital display indication. <
. .
STEP
71. OUTBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to ON. <
. .
STEP
72. OUTBD > When CDU TOTAL FUEL indication is 100 pounds more than value recorded in Step 69, place
.
control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to OFF. < .
STEP
73. OUTBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to OFF. <
. .
STEP
74. OUTBD > Record control panel digital display indication. <
. .
STEP
75. OUTBD > Subtract recorded indication of Step 74 from recorded indication of Step 70. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
The difference shall be between 90 and 110 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR GAGING ACCURACY IS NOT
AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
STEP
76. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
77. Connect locally-made fuel quantity test simulator (simulator) power cord to UTIL RCPT +28V (J258) in cabin
ceiling.
STEP
78. Disconnect helicopter Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , P905
from Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J905.
STEP
79. Connect simulator Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J905 to
helicopter Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , P905.
STEP
80. Turn simulator TANK 1 and TANK 2 controls fully counterclockwise.
STEP
81. Connect No. 1 digital multimeter to simulator TANK 1 OUTPUT.
0162 00-13 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
82. Connect No. 2 digital multimeter to simulator TANK 2 OUTPUT.
STEP
83. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
84. Turn simulator TANK 1 control to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
85. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
86. Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD.
STEP
87. Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR to obtain display of 6000 pounds.
STEP
88. Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD.
STEP
89. Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR to obtain display of 1500 pounds.
STEP
90. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to AUTO.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 91 through 94 completely before continuing.
• Perform steps 91 through 94 as quickly as possible.
91. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control counterclockwise until control panel digital display indication begins to
decrease.
STEP
92. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
93. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise until control panel digital display indication stops changing.
STEP
94. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Change 5 0162 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
1. Recorded indication of Step 92 shall be between 4.65 and 4.85 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 94 shall be between 4.90 and 5.10 vdc.
3. EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator on control panel shall remain off during fuel transfer.
4. EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator on control panel shall remain off during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. and/or 2. are not as specified, go to AUTO MODE FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE
NOT AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to CONTROL PANEL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR
REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, go to CONTROL PANEL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATOR
REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
STEP
95. Turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 96 through 99 completely before continuing.
• Perform steps 96 through 99 as quickly as possible.
96. Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control counterclockwise until control panel digital display indication begins to
decrease.
STEP
97. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
98. Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control clockwise until control panel digital display indication stops changing.
STEP
99. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 97 shall be between 4.65 and 4.85 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 99 shall be between 4.9 and 5.1 vdc.
3. EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator on control panel shall remain off during fuel transfer.
4. EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator on control panel shall remain off during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and/or 2. are not as specified, go to AUTO MODE FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE
NOT AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to CONTROL PANEL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR
REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, go to CONTROL PANEL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATOR
REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
0162 00-15 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
100. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
101. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
102. Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to obtain digital display indication of 1000 pounds.
STEP
103. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to AUTO.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 104 through 107 completely before continuing.
• Perform steps 104 through 107 as quickly as possible.
104.Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control counterclockwise until control panel digital display indication begins to
decrease.
STEP
105. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
106. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise until control panel digital display indication stops changing.
STEP
107. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 105 shall be between 3.65 and 3.85 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 107 shall be between 4.9 and 5.1 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
108. Turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication.
Change 5 0162 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 109 through 112 completely before continuing.
• Perform steps 109 through 112 as quickly as possible.
109.Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control counterclockwise until control panel digital display indication begins to
decrease.
STEP
110. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
111. Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 counterclockwise until control panel digital display indication stops changing.
STEP
112. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 110 shall be between 3.65 and 3.85 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 112 shall be between 4.9 and 5.1 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
113. Turn simulator TANK 2 control clockwise to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
114. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
115. Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD.
STEP
116. Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to obtain digital display indication of 2000 pounds.
STEP
117. Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD.
STEP
118. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to AUTO.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
0162 00-17 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 119 through 122 completely before continuing.
• Perform steps 119 through 122 as quickly as possible.
119. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control counterclockwise until control panel digital display indication begins to
decrease.
STEP
120. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
121. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise until control panel digital display indication stops changing.
STEP
122. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 120 shall be between 2.9 and 3.1 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 122 shall be between 4.9 and 5.1 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
123. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 124 through 127 completely before continuing.
• Perform steps 124 through 127 as quickly as possible.
124.Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control counterclockwise until control panel digital display indication begins to
decrease.
STEP
125. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
126. Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control clockwise until control panel digital display indication stops changing.
STEP
127. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 125 shall be between 2.9 and 3.1 vdc.
Change 5 0162 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
2. Recorded indication of Step 127 shall be between 4.9 and 5.1 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
128. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 2.7 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
129. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
130. INBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - TANKS switch to INBD. <
. .
STEP
131. INBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to AUTO until EXTERNAL - RIGHT INBD EMPTY
.
and LEFT INBD EMPTY indicators go on. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. EXTERNAL - RIGHT INBD EMPTY and LEFT INBD EMPTY indicators shall go on.
2. Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule shall go on immediately after either INBD EMPTY in-
dicator goes on.
3. Control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and LEFT NO FLOW indicators shall go on imme-
diately after the corresponding INBD EMPTY indicator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY
AND/OR LEFT INBD EMPTY INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK, in this
work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. and/or 3. is not as specified, go to CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL
CAPSULE AND/OR CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW AND LEFT NO FLOW INDICATORS
DO NOT GO ON, in this work package.
STEP
132. INBD > Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication. <
. .
STEP
133. INBD > Turn simulator TANK 1 control to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication. <
. .
STEP
134. INBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to MANUAL. <
. .
STEP
135. INBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to ON. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and LEFT NO FLOW indicators shall go off, then go
on within 5 minutes.
0162 00-19 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
2. Control panel digital display indication shall not change when EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and
LEFT NO FLOW indicators are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace corresponding fuel tank (WP 1483 00).
STEP
136. INBD > Momentarily press control panel STATUS button. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Control panel EXTERNAL - INBD EMPTY and OUTBD EMPTY indicators shall go off.
2. Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WHEN CONTROL PANEL STATUS BUTTON IS PRESSED,
AND THEN RELEASED, CONTROL PANEL INDICATORS AND/OR CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL
CAPSULE IS NOT OFF, in this work package.
STEP
137. INBD > Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 2.7 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication. <
. .
STEP
138. OUTBD > Make sure control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to OFF. <
. .
STEP
139. OUTBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - TANKS switch to OUTBD. <
. .
STEP
140. OUTBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to AUTO until EXTERNAL - RIGHT OUTBD
.
EMPTY and LEFT OUTBD EMPTY indicators go on. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. EXTERNAL - RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY and LEFT OUTBD EMPTY indicators shall go on.
2. Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule shall go on immediately after either OUTBD EMPTY
indicator goes on.
3. Control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and LEFT NO FLOW indicators shall go on imme-
diately after corresponding tank OUTBD EMPTY indicator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY
AND/OR LEFT OUTBD EMPTY INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK, in this
work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. and/or 3. is not as specified, go to CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL
CAPSULE AND/OR CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW AND LEFT NO FLOW INDICATORS
DO NOT GO ON, in this work package.
Change 5 0162 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
141. OUTBD > Momentarily press control panel STATUS button. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Control panel EXTERNAL - INBD EMPTY and OUTBD EMPTY indicators shall go off.
2. Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WHEN CONTROL PANEL STATUS BUTTON IS
PRESSED, AND THEN RELEASED, CONTROL PANEL INDICATORS AND/OR CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL AUX FUEL CAPSULE IS NOT OFF, in this work package.
STEP
142. OUTBD > Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to MANUAL. <
. .
STEP
143. OUTBD > Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to ON. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and LEFT NO FLOW indicators shall go off, then
come back on within 5 minutes.
2. Control panel digital display indication shall not change when the EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW
and LEFT NO FLOW indicators are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace corresponding fuel tank (WP 1483 00).
STEP
144. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE, MANUAL XFR - RIGHT and LEFT, and PRESS - INBD and OUTBD
switches to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All four ESSS bleed-air regulator valves shall be venting air.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, disconnect connector from bleed-air regulator.
a. If bleed-air valve vents air, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
b. If bleed-air valve does not vent air, clean valve, then perform CU > Step 32 <, OUTBD > Step 34 <, INBD
. . . .
> Step 35 <, and Step 144
. .
(1) If trouble remains, replace bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00).
STEP
145. UH60A UH60L > Pull out NO. 2 XFER CONTROL circuit breaker on mission readiness circuit breaker panel.
.
< EH60A > Pull out AUX FUEL CONTR circuit breaker on pilot’s circuit breaker panel. <
. . .
STEP
146. Remove overflow sensor from vent tube elbow in rear of main fuel tanks (WP 1443 00).
0162 00-21 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
147. Disconnect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) , P376 from Figure
2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) , J376.
STEP
148. Push in circuit breaker pulled out in Step 145
CONDITION/INDICATION
Control panel VENT SENSOR FAIL capsule shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to VENT SENSOR FAIL INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON, in this
work package.
STEP
149. Pull out circuit breaker pushed in Step 148
STEP
150. Connect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) , P376 to Figure 2 -
ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) , J376.
STEP
151. Immerse thermistor portion of overflow sensor in container of fuel.
STEP
152. Push in circuit breaker pulled out in Step 149
CONDITION/INDICATION
Control panel VENT SENSOR OVFL capsule shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
153. Install overflow sensor (WP 1442 00).
STEP
154. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
155. CU > Turn off air source. <
. .
STEP
156. Allow bleed-air regulator valves to vent air to ambient pressure.
STEP
157. CU > Disconnect air compressor, hoses, and locally-made pneumatic adapter. <
. .
STEP
158. CU > Connect pneumatic hose to outboard side of helicopter bleed-air QD. <
. .
STEP
159. CU > TORQUE NUTS TO 135 - 150 INCH-POUNDS. <
. .
Change 5 0162 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE W/O MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
. .
TINUED
STEP
160. Disconnect test equipment.
STEP
161. Connect helicopter electrical connectors.
STEP
162. Install explosive cartridges (WP 1460 00 or WP 1463 00).
STEP
163. Fasten helicopter fairings (WP 1446 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Helicopter fairings shall be fastened.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WHEN CONTROL PANEL TEST BUTTON IS PRESSED, ALL CONTROL PANEL
INDICATORS ARE NOT ON AND/OR DIGITAL DISPLAY DOES NOT INDICATE 8888
SYMPTOM
When control panel TEST button is pressed, all control panel
indicators are not on and/or digital display does not indicate 8888.
MALFUNCTION
When control panel TEST button is pressed, all control panel indicators
are not on and/or digital display does not indicate 8888.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does digital display indicate 8888?
a. If 8888 is displayed, replace applicable auxiliary fuel management control panel indicator
lamp (WP 1469 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble remains, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 8.
c. If 8888 is not displayed, go to Step 2.
2. Do some indicators go on?
a. If indicators go on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display seg-
ment (WP 1469 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble remains, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 8.
c. If indicators do not go on, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-W and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
0162 00-23 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WHEN CONTROL PANEL TEST BUTTON IS PRESSED, ALL CONTROL PANEL INDICATORS ARE NOT ON
AND/OR DIGITAL DISPLAY DOES NOT INDICATE 8888 – Continued
4. Check helicopter configuration.
a. UH60A UH60L> <, go to Step 5.
. .
b. EH60A> <, go to Step 6.
. .
5. UH60A UH60L> < Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 XFER CONTROL circuit breaker
. .
Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , Terminal 1
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 8.
6. EH60A> < Check for 28 vdc between AUX FUEL CONTR circuit breaker Figure 2 - ESSS
. .
Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 8.
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-35 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-35 and circuit breaker
terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
DURING SELF-TEST, CONTROL PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E02 INSTEAD OF GOOD
SYMPTOM
During self-test, control panel digital display indicates E02 instead of GOOD.
MALFUNCTION
During self-test, control panel digital display indicates E02 instead of GOOD.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 115 vac between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-f and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P361-U and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J524-2
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P361-S and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J524-1
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel temperature transducer (WP 1455 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
Change 5 0162 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
DURING SELF-TEST, CONTROL PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E02 INSTEAD OF GOOD – Continued
•Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P346-20 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J361-U
•Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P346-21 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J361-S
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step 6:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-20 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J524-2
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-21 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J524-1
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 6.
4. Check for 115 vac between AUX FUEL QTY circuit breaker Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 6.
5. Check for 115 vac between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-38 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel harness system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00).
Go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-38 and circuit breaker Figure
2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , Terminal 1 (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
DURING SELF-TEST, CONTROL PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E03 INSTEAD OF GOOD
SYMPTOM
During self-test, control panel digital display indicates E03 instead of GOOD.
MALFUNCTION
During self-test, control panel digital display indicates E03 instead of GOOD.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P361-X and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 7) , P523-A
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P361-Y and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 7) , P523-B
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
0162 00-25 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DURING SELF-TEST, CONTROL PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E03 INSTEAD OF GOOD – Continued
2. Check for 2,000 ohms to 3,000 ohms between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A
and B.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 4.
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P361-X and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 7) , P346-23
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P361-Y and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3
of 7) , P346-24
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step 4:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-23 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , P523-A
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-24 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , P523-B
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
CONTROL PANEL EMPTY INDICATOR IS ON WITH ADEQUATE FUEL IN FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
Control panel EMPTY indicator is on with adequate fuel in fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
Control panel EMPTY indicator is on with adequate fuel in fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for infinite resistance between these pins on applicable fuel tank connector:
• 3 and 5
• 3 and 4
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If resistance is not as specified, remove/replace low level sensor assembly (WP 1494 00).
Go to Step 3.
c. If trouble remains, replace/send fuel tank to depot (WP 1442 00). Go to Step 3.
2. Check continuity between the applicable points:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-3
(Left Outboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-G
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-4
(Left Outboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-F
Change 5 0162 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
CONTROL PANEL EMPTY INDICATOR IS ON WITH ADEQUATE FUEL IN FUEL TANK – Continued
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-5
(Left Outboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-E
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-3
(Left Inboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-D
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-4
(Left Inboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-C
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-5
(Left Inboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-B
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) ,
J1-3 (Right Outboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-K
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) ,
J1-4 (Right Outboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-L
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) ,
J1-5 (Right Outboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-M
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-3
(Right Inboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-N
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-4
(Right Inboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-P
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-5
(Right Inboard) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 7) , P361-R
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
WHEN CONTROL PANEL STATUS BUTTON IS PRESSED, AND THEN RELEASED, CONTROL PANEL
INDICATORS AND/OR CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL CAPSULE IS NOT OFF
SYMPTOM
When control panel STATUS button is pressed, and then released, control
panel indicators and/or caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule is not off.
MALFUNCTION
When control panel STATUS button is pressed, and then released, control
panel indicators and/or caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule is not off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Are all control panel indicators off?
a. If all indicators are off, go to Step 2.
0162 00-27 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WHEN CONTROL PANEL STATUS BUTTON IS PRESSED, AND THEN RELEASED, CONTROL PANEL IN-
DICATORS AND/OR CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL CAPSULE IS NOT OFF – Continued
b. If all indicators are not off, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8.
2. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> <, go to Step 3.
. .
b. W/O EMEP> <, go to Step 5. . .
3. EMEP> < Remove and check pin filtered adapter Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P117 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 4.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 8.
4. EMEP> < Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 5.
. .
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 7) , P117-41 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P117-41 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-X.
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P346-10 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-X.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , J346-10 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P117-41 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
WITH WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS CONTROL PANEL CAL INDICATION CANNOT BE CHANGED
SYMPTOM
With weight-on-wheels control panel CAL indication cannot be changed.
MALFUNCTION
With weight-on-wheels control panel CAL indication cannot be changed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-r and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-n .
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between:
Change 5 0162 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
WITH WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS CONTROL PANEL CAL INDICATION CANNOT BE CHANGED – Continued
•
Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-
r and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) ,
P902-C
•
Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-
n and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) ,
P902-D
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P346-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 7) , P360-n
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P346-3 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 7) , P360-r
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then go
to Step 4:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) ,
J346-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 7) , P902-D
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) ,
J346-3 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 7) , P902-C
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1473 00). Go to
Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATION CHANGES WITH DRAG BEAM SWITCH IN IN-FLIGHT POSITION
SYMPTOM
Digital display indication changes with drag beam switch in in-flight position.
MALFUNCTION
Digital display indication changes with drag beam switch in in-flight position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove locally-made drag beam wedge from left drag beam switch. Go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-r and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-n .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8.
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , J163-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
0162 00-29 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATION CHANGES WITH DRAG BEAM SWITCH IN IN-FLIGHT POSITION – Continued
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J163-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J163-C.
a. If continuity is present, replace left drag beam switch (WP 0452 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J163-C and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , P242-L.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for 28 vdc between P902-CC and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check for 28 vdc between BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker terminal 1 and
P902-CC (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION INCREASES WHEN FUEL TRANSFER IS NOT ACTUATED
SYMPTOM
CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increases when fuel transfer is not actuated.
MALFUNCTION
CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increases when fuel transfer is not actuated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is the manual lever of all the four shutoff gate valves in the full CLSD position?
a. If manual levers are in the full CLSD position, replace auxiliary fuel management control
panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If manual levers are not in the full CLSD position, go to Step 2.
2. For any valve that manual lever is not in full CLSD position, check for 28 vdc between
applicable connector:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P840-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P840-E Left Outboard
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P809-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P809-E Left Inboard
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P838-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5
of 7) , P838-E Right Outboard
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P810-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5
of 7) , P810-E Right Inboard
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
Change 5 0162 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION INCREASES WHEN FUEL TRANSFER IS NOT ACTUATED – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
3. Check for 0 vdc between applicable connector:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P840-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P840-E Left Outboard
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P809-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P809-E Left Inboard
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P838-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5
of 7) , P838-E Right Outboard
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P810-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5
of 7) , P810-E Right Inboard
a. If voltage is as specified, replace shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 9.
4. Check for which valve voltage was not as specified.
a. If left outboard valve, go to Step 5.
b. If left inboard valve, go to Step 6.
c. If right inboard valve, go to Step 7.
d. If right outboard valve, go to Step 8.
5. For left outboard valve, check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P840-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P360-F
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P840-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P360-E
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P840-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 9.
6. For left inboard valve, check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P809-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P360-Y
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P809-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P360-Z
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P809-E and ground
0162 00-31 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION INCREASES WHEN FUEL TRANSFER IS NOT ACTUATED – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 9.
7. For right inboard valve, check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P810-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-j
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P810-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-i
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P810-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 9.
8. For right outboard valve, check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P838-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-g
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P838-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-P
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P838-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT
IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/C-
ondition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from right outboard fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/Con-
dition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from right outboard fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does increase, go to Step 2.
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase, go to Step 7.
Change 5 0162 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK – Con-
tinued
2. Does control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If control panel digital display indication does decrease, go to Step 3.
b. If control panel digital display indication does not decrease, go to Step 6.
3. Does control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL
capsule momentarily go on, then off?
a. If capsules momentarily go on, then off, go to Step 4.
b. If capsules do not momentarily go on, then off, go to Step 5.
4. Do the remaining control panel EXTERNAL indicators remain off?
a. If remaining indicators remain off, go to FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR GAGING
ACCURACY IS NOT AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
b. If remaining indicators do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel
(WP 1466 00). Go to Step 21.
5. Does control panel RIGHT NO FLOW indicator remain on?
a. If indicator remains on, go to CONTROL PANEL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR
REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
b. If indicator does not remain on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 21.
6. With control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch at ON, check for more than 20 mvac
between fuel flow transmitter Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) , connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 21.
7. Does control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 8.
b. If indication does not decrease, go to Step 9.
8. Does RIGHT NO FLOW indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 21..
b. If indicator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 21.
9. Is manual lever of right outboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 10.
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 12.
10. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P837-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P837-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
11. Check continuity between:
0162 00-33 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK – Con-
tinued
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P837-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5
of 7) , P360-R
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P837-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 21.
12. Is right outboard bleed air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 13.
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, go to Step 18.
13. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-V and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 14.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 16.
14. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P837-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P837-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 15.
15. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P837-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5
of 7) , P360-R
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P837-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 21.
16. Check for 28 vdc between EXT FUEL RH circuit breaker Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 17.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 21.
17. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-33 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1473 00). Go to
Step 21.
Change 5 0162 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK – Con-
tinued
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring betweenFigure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-33 and EXT FUEL RH circuit
breaker terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
18. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P838-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P838-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 20.
19. Check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P838-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P838-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard fuel shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go
to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 21.
20. Check continuity between these points:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P838-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-g
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P838-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-P
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P838-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 21.
21. Procedure completed.
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT
IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/C-
ondition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from left outboard fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/Con-
dition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from left outboard fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increase?
a. If indication does increase, go to Step 2.
b. If indication does not increase, go to Step 7.
2. Does control panel digital display indication decrease?
0162 00-35 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK – Con-
tinued
a. If indication does decrease, go to Step 3.
b. If indication does not decrease, go to Step 6.
3. Does control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW and caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL
capsule momentarily go on, then off?
a. If capsules momentarily go on, then off, go to Step 4.
b. If capsules do not momentarily go on, then off, go to Step 5.
4. Do the remaining control panel EXTERNAL indicators remain off?
a. If remaining EXTERNAL indicators remain off, go to FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR
GAGING ACCURACY IS NOT AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
b. If remaining EXTERNAL indicators do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management
control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 21.
5. Does control panel LEFT NO FLOW indicator remain on?
a. If indicator remains on, go to CONTROL PANEL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR
REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
b. If indicator does not remain on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 21.
6. With control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT switch at ON, check for more than 20 mvac
between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 21.
7. Does control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 8.
b. If indication does not decrease, go to Step 9.
8. Does LEFT NO FLOW indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 21.
b. If indicator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 21.
9. Is manual lever of left outboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 10.
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 12.
10. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P839-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P839-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left outboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go
to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
11. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P839-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P360-G
Change 5 0162 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK – Con-
tinued
•Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P839-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 21.
12. Is left outboard bleed air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 13.
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, go to Step 18.
13. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 14.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 16.
14. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P839-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P839-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left outboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go
to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 15.
15. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P839-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P360-G
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P839-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 21.
16. Check for 28 vdc between EXT FUEL LH circuit breaker Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 17.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 21.
17. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-45 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1473 00). Go to
Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-45 and circuit breaker Figure
2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) , Terminal 1 (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 21.
0162 00-37 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK – Con-
tinued
18. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P840-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P840-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 19.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 20.
19. Check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P840-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P840-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left outboard fuel shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to
Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 21.
20. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P840-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P360-F
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P840-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P360-E
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P840-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 21.
21. Procedure completed.
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT
IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/C-
ondition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from right inboard fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/Con-
dition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from right inboard fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increase?
a. If indication does increase, go to Step 2.
b. If indication does not increase, go to Step 7.
2. Does control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication does decrease, go to Step 3.
b. If indication does not decrease, go to Step 6.
Change 5 0162 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK – Contin-
ued
3. Does control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL
capsule momentarily go on, then off?
a. If capsules momentarily go on, then off, go to Step 4.
b. If capsules does not momentarily go on, then off, go to Step 5.
4. Do the remaining control panel EXTERNAL indicators remain off?
a. If remaining EXTERNAL indicators remain off, go to FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR
GAGING ACCURACY IS NOT AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
b. If remaining EXTERNAL indicators do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management
control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 18.
5. Does control panel RIGHT NO FLOW indicator remain on?
a. If indicator remains on, go to CONTROL PANEL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR
REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
b. If indicator does not remain on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 18.
6. With control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch at ON, check for more than 20 mvac
between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P523-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7)
, P523-B of fuel flow transmitter.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 18.
7. Does control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 8.
b. If indication does not decrease, go to Step 9.
8. Does RIGHT NO FLOW indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 18.
b. If indicator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 18.
9. Is manual lever of right inboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 10.
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 12.
10. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P811-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P811-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right inboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go
to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
11. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P811-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-s
0162 00-39 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK – Contin-
ued
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P811-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 18.
12. Is right inboard bleed air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 13.
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, go to Step 15.
13. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P811-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P811-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right inboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go
to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
14. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P811-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-s
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P811-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 18.
15. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P810-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P810-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 16.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 17.
16. Check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P810-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 7) , P810-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left inboard fuel shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to
Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 18.
17. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P810-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-j
Change 5 0162 00-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK – Contin-
ued
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P810-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
5 of 7) , P360-i
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7) ,
P810-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 18.
18. Procedure completed.
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT
IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication-
/Condition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from left inboard fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/Con-
dition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from left inboard fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increase?
a. If indication increases, go to Step 2.
b. If indication does not increase, go to Step 7.
2. Does control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 3.
b. If indication does not decrease, go to Step 6.
3. Does control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW and caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL
capsule momentarily go on, then off?
a. If capsules momentarily go on, then off, go to Step 4.
b. If capsules does not momentarily go on, then off, go to Step 5.
4. Do the remaining control panel EXTERNAL indicators remain off?
a. If remaining EXTERNAL indicators remain off, go to FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR
GAGING ACCURACY IS NOT AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
b. If remaining EXTERNAL indicators do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management
control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 18.
5. Does control panel LEFT NO FLOW indicator remain on?
a. If indicator remains on, go to CONTROL PANEL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS
ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
b. If indicator does not remain on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 18.
0162 00-41 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK – Contin-
ued
6. With control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT switch at ON, check for more than 20 mvac
between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 18.
7. Does control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 8.
b. If indication does not decrease, go to Step 9.
8. Does LEFT NO FLOW indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 18.
b. If indicator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 18.
9. Is manual lever of left inboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 10.
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 12.
10. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P808-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P808-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left inboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go
to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
11. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P808-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P360-m
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P808-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 18.
12. Is left inboard bleed air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 13.
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, go to Step 15.
13. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P808-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P808-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left inboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go
to Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
Change 5 0162 00-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK – Contin-
ued
14. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P808-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P360-m
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P808-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 18.
15. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P809-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P809-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 16.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 17.
16. Check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P809-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 7) , P809-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace left inboard fuel shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to
Step 18.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 18.
17. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P809-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P360-Y
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P809-D and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P360-Z
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P809-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 18.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 18.
18. Procedure completed.
FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR GAGING ACCURACY IS NOT AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
Fuel transfer time and/or gaging accuracy is not as specified.
MALFUNCTION
Fuel transfer time and/or gaging accuracy is not as specified.
0162 00-43 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR GAGING ACCURACY IS NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT and/or RIGHT switch, as applicable, at ON,
inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses on fittings for signs of leakage or damage.
a. If leakage or damage is present, replace damaged or leaking hoses and/or fittings as
necessary. Go to Step 6.
b. If leakage or damage is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Pull and turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to CAL. Go to Step 3.
3. Does control panel digital display indication equal K FACTOR value on fuel flow
transmitter?
a. If indication is equal to K FACTOR, go to Step 4.
b. If indication is not equal to K FACTOR, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel
(WP 1466 00). Go to Step 6.
4. With control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT and/or RIGHT switch, as applicable, at ON,
check for more than 20 mvac between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace applicable bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go to
Step 6.
b. If trouble remains, go to Step 5.
c. If voltage is not as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 6.
5. Do operational/troubleshooting procedure of fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00).
a. If fuel quantity system is good, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 6.
b. If fuel quantity system is not good, adjust/troubleshoot system as required (WP 0135 00).
Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
AUTO MODE FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE NOT AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
Auto mode fuel transfer limits are not as specified.
MALFUNCTION
Auto mode fuel transfer limits are not as specified.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Did digital display indication increase or decrease?
a. If indication changes, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go
to Step 3.
b. If indication does not change, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) ,
P905-K (Tank 1) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-30
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) ,
P905-L (Tank 1) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-31
Change 5 0162 00-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
AUTO MODE FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) ,
P905-V (Tank 2) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-27
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7) ,
P905-U (Tank 2) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 7) , J346-28
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1473 00). Go to Step
3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
CONTROL PANEL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER
SYMPTOM
Control panel RIGHT NO FLOW indicator remains on during fuel transfer.
MALFUNCTION
Control panel RIGHT NO FLOW indicator remains on during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7)
, J520 from right external fuel flow sensor. Go to Step 2.
2. Connect insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) , J520-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) , J520-2. Go to Step 3.
3. Place control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch to ON. Go to Step 4.
4. Does RIGHT NO FLOW indicator go on momentarily?
a. If indicator goes on momentarily, replace right external fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00). Go
to Step 8.
b. If indicator does not go on momentarily, go to Step 5.
5. Place control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch to OFF. Go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J520-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 7) , P360-e
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
P520-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 7) , P360-d
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-16 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J520-1
0162 00-45 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CONTROL PANEL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER – Continued
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-17 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J520-2
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1473 00). Go to Step
8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
CONTROL PANEL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER
SYMPTOM
Control panel LEFT NO FLOW indicator remains on during fuel transfer.
MALFUNCTION
Control panel LEFT NO FLOW indicator remains on during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7)
, J521 from left external fuel flow sensor. Go to Step 2.
2. Connect insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) , J521-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) , J521-2. Go to Step 3.
3. Place control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT switch to ON. Go to Step 4.
4. Does LEFT NO FLOW indicator go on momentarily?
a. If indicator goes on momentarily, replace left external fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00). Go
to Step 8.
b. If indicator does not go on momentarily, go to Step 5.
5. Place control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT switch to OFF. Go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J521-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 7) , P360-q
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J521-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2
of 7) , P360-d
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-14 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J521-1
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-15 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
3 of 7) , J521-2
Change 5 0162 00-46
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
CONTROL PANEL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1473 00). Go to Step
8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY AND/OR LEFT INBD
EMPTY INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK
SYMPTOM
Control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY and/or LEFT INBD
EMPTY indicators do not go on with inadequate fuel in tank.
MALFUNCTION
Control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY and/or LEFT
INBD EMPTY indicators do not go on with inadequate fuel in tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect J1 from applicable inboard fuel tank. Go to Step 2.
2. Does applicable INBD EMPTY indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, remove/replace low level sensor assembly (WP 1009 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If indicator is not on, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-3
(Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-D
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-4
(Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-C
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-5
(Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-B
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-3
(Right) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-N
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-4
(Right) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-P
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-5
(Right) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-R
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring, replace harness as required (WP
1471 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0162 00-47 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL CAPSULE AND/OR CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW AND LEFT NO FLOW INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule and/or control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and LEFT
NO FLOW indicators do not go on immediately after corresponding tank EMPTY indicator goes on.
MALFUNCTION
Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule and/or control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and
LEFT NO FLOW indicators do not go on immediately after corresponding tank EMPTY indicator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and LEFT NO FLOW indicators go on?
a. If indicators are on, go to Step 2.
b. If indicators are not on, go to Step 6.
2. Momentarily place caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. Go to Step 3.
3. Does caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule go on, then off?
a. If caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule goes on, then off, go to Step 4.
b. If capsule does not go on, then off, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP
0093 00). Go to Step 10.
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 7) , P117-41 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 7) , ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace caution/advisory panel (WP 0796 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P346-10 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P360-X.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , J346-10 and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , P117-41 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 10.
6. Disconnect applicable connector, Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) , J521 (Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) , J520 (Right), from external fuel flow sensor. Go to
Step 7.
7. With control panel mode switch in AUTO, is correct corresponding NO FLOW indicator
on?
a. If indicator is on, replace external fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00). Go to Step 10.
b. If indicator is not on, go to Step 8.
8. Check for infinite resistance between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , J360-
q (Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 7) , J360-d
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7) , J360-
e (Right) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
2 of 7) , J360-d
Change 5 0162 00-48
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL CAPSULE AND/OR CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW
AND LEFT NO FLOW INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON – Continued
a. If resistance is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 10.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 9.
9. Check for infinite resistance between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-14 (Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 7) , J346-15
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7) ,
J346-16 (Right) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 7) , J346-17
a. If resistance is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 10.
b. If resistance is not as specified, troubleshoot wiring for short circuit. Repair/replace wiring
as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10.
10. Procedure completed.
CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY AND/OR LEFT OUTBD
EMPTY INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK
SYMPTOM
Control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY and/or LEFT OUTBD
EMPTY indicators do not go on with inadequate fuel in tank.
MALFUNCTION
Control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY and/or LEFT OUTBD
EMPTY indicators do not go on with inadequate fuel in tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect J1 from applicable outboard fuel tank. Go to Step 2.
2. Does applicable OUTBOARD EMPTY indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, remove/replace low level sensor assembly (WP 1009 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If indicator is not on, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-3
(Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-G
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-4
(Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-F
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-5
(Left) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-E
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-3
(Right) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-K
0162 00-49 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY AND/OR LEFT OUTBD EMPTY INDICATORS DO NOT GO
ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK – Continued
•Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-4
(Right) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-L
•Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7) , J1-5
(Right) and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6
of 7) , P361-M
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot for open wiring. Replace harness as required (WP
1471 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
VENT SENSOR FAIL INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
VENT SENSOR FAIL indicator does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
VENT SENSOR FAIL indicator does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that helicopter wiring harness Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) , J376 is connected to fuel overflow sensor P376.
a. If J376 is connected to P376, go to Step 2.
b. If J376 is not connected to P376, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 4.
2. Check overflow sensor resistance as follows:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P361-W and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
4 of 7) , P361-Z 650-1500 ohms
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P361-Z and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P361-V 360-440 ohms
a. If resistance is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check overflow sensor resistance as follows:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P376-C and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P376-A 650-1500 ohms
• Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7) ,
P376-C and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4
of 7) , P376-B 360-440 ohms
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace fuel overflow sensor (WP 1475 00). Go to Step 4.
Change 5 0162 00-50
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
VENT SENSOR FAIL INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
4. Procedure completed.
E
D
NO. 2 SIGNAL A
DATA CONVERTER
P1348R/J1
(SEE NOTE 2)
MAJOR
RIGHT HAND CHANGE
JUNCTION BOX F
P137/J1
(SEE NOTE 3)
G
NO. 1 SIGNAL
LEFT HAND DATA CONVERTER
JUNCTION BOX P1327R/J1
P138/J1 (SEE NOTE 2)
(SEE NOTE 3)
TERMINAL BOARD / TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
J299 CABIN CEILING P2 / J849 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
(SEE NOTE 1) BL 10 LH, STA 302 TANK CONNECTOR
J520 RIGHT EXT FUEL FLOW P2 / J850 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
SENSOR TANK CONNECTOR
J521 LEFT EXT FUEL FLOW P113 / J113 COCKPIT
SENSOR BL 6 LH, STA 197
J522 INT AUX FUEL FLOW P114 / J114 COCKPIT
SENSOR BL 8 RH, STA 200
J524 FUEL TEMPERATURE P117 CAUTION / ADVISORY
TRANSDUCER PANEL
P1 / J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL P137 NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
TANK CONNECTOR CONVERTER
P1 / J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK P137 RIGHT HAND JUNCTION
CONNECTOR BOX (SEE NOTE 3)
P1 / J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL P138 NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA
TANK CONNECTOR CONVERTER
P1 / J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL P138 LEFT HAND JUNCTION
TANK CONNECTOR BOX (SEE NOTE 3)
P2 / J835 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK P163 / J163 LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
CONNECTOR P217 / J217 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
P2 / J836 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK BL 0, STA 284
CONNECTOR P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
(SEE NOTE 2) BREAKER PANEL
BL 23 RH
P237 / J237 BEHIND COPILOT'S
NOTES (SEE NOTE 2) CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
BL 25 LH, STA 247
1. UH60A UH60L
P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING
BL 5 RH, STA 247
2. EH60A
P334 / J334 CABIN CEILING
3. IVHMS BL 16.5 LH, STA 390 AA3446_1B
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
0162 00-51 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INBOARD FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF CONDITIONER
FUEL SHUTOFF GATE VALVE P905 P376 / J376
RIGHT INBOARD P810 P2 / J836
GATE VALVE
P838 BLEED-AIR P1 / J1
REGULATOR VALVE P1 / J1
P811 FUEL OVERFLOW
RIGHT OUTBOARD SENSOR
BLEED-AIR
REGULATOR VALVE P2 / J850
P837
P804 / J804 P347 / J347
P834 / J834
P334 / J334
P246 / J246
P236 / J236
(SEE NOTE 2)
P217 / J217 FUEL FLOW
P237 / J237
TRANSMITTER
(SEE NOTE 2)
P523
P913 / J913 P1 / J1 P346 / J346
P114 / J114 LEFT INBOARD
P1 / J1 FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE
P2 /J835
P809
P117 P2 / J849
NO. 1 SIGNAL P833 / J833
LEFT INBOARD
DATA CONVERTER LEFT OUTBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF BLEED-AIR
P138 P805 / J805
P113 / J113 J299 GATE VALVE REGULATOR VALVE
P808
(SEE NOTE 1) P840
STORES JETTISON
NO. 2 SIGNAL LEFT RELAY PANEL LEFT OUTBOARD
CONTROL PANEL
DATA CONVERTER P902 / J902 BLEED-AIR
P645 / J1
P137 REGULATOR VALVE
LEFT DRAG BEAM P839
SWITCH
P163 / J163
TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P346 / J346 CABIN CEILING P811 RIGHT INBOARD BLEED-AIR
BL 20 LH, STA 304 REGULATOR VALVE
P347 / J347 TRANSITION SECTION P833 / J833 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING
BL 10 LH, STA 425 BL 59 LH, STA 295
P360 / J360 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- P834 / J834 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING
MENT CONTROL PANEL BL 59 LH, STA 295
P361 / J361 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- P837 RIGHT OUTBOARD BLEED-
MENT CONTROL PANEL AIR REGULATOR VALVE
P376 / J376 FUEL OVERFLOW SENSOR P838 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P523 FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER
P839 LEFT OUTBOARD BLEED-
P645 / J1 STORES JETTISON AIR REGULATOR VALVE
CONTROL PANEL
P840 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
P804 / J804 HORIZONTAL STORES SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
SUPPORT
BL 59 RH, STA 295 P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P805 / J805 HORIZONTAL STORES P905 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
SUPPORT CONDITIONER
BL 59 LH, STA 295
P913 / J913 COCKPIT
P808 LEFT INBOARD BLEED-AIR BL 24 RH, STA 247
REGULATOR VALVE
P1327R NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA
P809 LEFT INBOARD FUEL SHUT- CONVERTER (SEE NOTE 3)
OFF GATE VALVE
P1348R NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
P810 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL CONVERTER (SEE NOTE 3)
AB1101_2A
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
Change 5 0162 00-52
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
AUX FUEL
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
I B US
AC PR
N O. 2
N B US
D C MO
UTIL
RECEPT
7.5
CABIN
EXT AUX
FUEL FUEL
5 5
RH CONTR
AUX FUEL
QTY
(SEE NOTE 2)
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AA3446_3
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
0162 00-53 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
N O. 1
AC PR
I B US
N O. 1
UTIL BACKUP ESSS JTSN DC PR
RECP PUMP INBD OUTBD I B US
7.5 .5 7.5 7.5
CABIN PWR
NO. 1
AC
INST
(SEE NOTE 1)
N O. 1
AC PR
I B US
NO. 1
EXT BACKUP DC PR
FUEL PUMP I B US
5 .5
LH PWR
ESSS
JTSN
7.5
INBD
NO. 1 ESSS
AC JTSN
5 7.5
INST OUTBD
(SEE NOTE 2)
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA3446_4
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
Change 5 0162 00-54
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
TEMPERATURE
TRANSDUCER P347
AUX FUEL QTY
A
C
ICE-DET
NO. 2 PRI BUS
J521
J520
J524
D
EXT FUEL NO. 2 XFER C
5 5
RH CONTROL
EXT FUEL
5
D
C
LH
NO. 1 PRI BUS
(SEE NOTE 1) RIGHT EXT FUEL LEFT EXT FUEL
FLOW SENSOR FLOW SENSOR
MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL FLOW SENSOR PANEL
D E
F
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
DC ESNTL BUS
FUEL XFR ESSS
JTSN
PRESS MANUAL XFR
OUTBD INBD TANKS MODE RIGHT LEFT 7.5
ON ON INBD AUTO ON ON
O
F OUTBD
F
OUTBD MANUAL OFF OFF
QTY BACKUP ESSS
BRIGHTNESS
EXTERNAL
HYD JTSN
RIGHT LEFT
TEST STATUS 5 7.5
NO NO
DECR INCR FLOW FLOW
CONTR INBD
AUX FUEL QTY G
POUNDS
INCR
INBD INBD
9990
DECR
VENT
SENSOR EMPTY EMPTY
UPPER CONSOLE
FAIL
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
OUTBD INBD
OVFL
CAL OUTBD OUTBD
TOTAL DEGRADED
EMPTY EMPTY
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
CONTROL PANEL
AA3446_5A
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
0162 00-55 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
EXT FUEL RH J346 P346
CB14A
5 33
2 AMP 1
NO. 2 35
SG3346-1
PRI DC
BUS NO. 2 XFER
CONTROL J299
28 VDC
CB13A
5 B
2 AMP 1
EXT FUEL LH
J346 P346
NO. 1
PRI DC CB20A
BUS 5 45
2 AMP 1
38
SG346-2
28 VDC
AUX FUEL QTY
J299
NO. 2
PRI AC CB3A
2 D
BUS 2 AMP 1 (SEE NOTE 1) J299
115 VAC
F
MISSION READINESS CIRCUIT (SEE DETAIL A)
E
BREAKER PANEL
(SEE NOTE 4)
J346 P346
SEE NOTE 3 PFA
P1348R 9 10 (SEE NOTE 5)
P1329R J3 P137 P217 J217
P P 29 P
SG905-1 SG299-4
(+) G G G n 28
FUEL QUANTITY
TANK NO. 2 (-) H H H p 27
SHIELD GROUND w P1328R J2 J1 SG905-2 SG299-5
P
RIGHT HAND 37
NO. 2 SIGNAL JUNCTION BOX
DATA CONVERTER (SEE NOTE 4)
GND346-7
SEE NOTE 3 PFA
P1327R P114 J114
SHIELD GROUND w P V P P P P
SG905-3 SG299-2
FUEL QUANTITY (+) G T k 31
TANK NO. 1 (-) H U m 30
SG905-4 SG299-3
36
J299
NO. 1 SIGNAL LEFT HAND G
DATA CONVERTER JUNCTION BOX
(SEE NOTE 4) (SEE NOTE 1) H
P1325R J2 J1 P138 T
(SEE NOTE 5) P905
G G P
H H U NO. 2 TANK FUEL
J3 V QUANTITY OUT
11 12 P1326R L NO. 1 TANK FUEL
(SEE NOTE 4) K QUANTITY OUT
NOTES P
FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
1. UH60A UH60L
2. EH60A J246 P246 P217 J217
3. CONSOLE
W/O EMEP PIN FILTERED LIGHTING
Z g SG299-1
ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED. SG246-2 (SEE NOTE 1)
4. IVHMS UPPER CONSOLE
5. P137 AND P138 ARE CONNECTED TO SDC (SEE DETAIL B) AB1531_1A
WHEN IVHMS IS NOT INSTALLED. SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 7).
Change 5 0162 00-56
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
LEFT RELAY PANEL
DIMMING GROUND STORES JETTISON
RELAY SENSE RELAY CONTROL PANEL
K43 K46
SHOWN
WITH
D2
WEIGHT-
ON-WHEELS
D3
D1
F3
F2
F1
J902 J1
P902 S C D P645 j i h g
PFA
P117
J299
41 AUX FUEL
SG902-4 K (SEE NOTE 1)
(SEE NOTE 3)
CAUTION/ADVISORY
PANEL
J913 J113
P913 M L K J B P113
J346
P346 13 3 2 43 41 7 5 10
1
2 TO
SHEET
3 6
4
5
6 TO
SHEET
P
7 3
P 8
P360 T M N L f C W V A r n S J K a U H h X d q e c
J360
RIGHT
RIGHT
RIGHT
POWER GROUND
AUX FUEL CAPSULE
HI
HI
LO
LO
SPARE
POWER GROUND
GROUND
28 VDC LEFT EXTERNAL
28 VDC RIGHT EXTERNAL
PANEL LIGHTING LO
28 VDC TRANSFER POWER
PANEL LIGHTING HI
115 VAC IN
LEFT
LEFT
LEFT
DIM INPUT
WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS INPUT
NO. 1 TANK SIGNAL
NO. 2 TANK SIGNAL
FUEL QUANTITY
FUEL QUANTITY
PRESENT INPUT
OUTBOARD TANK
DISCRETE INPUT
INBOARD TANK
PRESENT INPUT
FUEL FLOW
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
CONTROL PANEL AB1531_2
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 7).
0162 00-57 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT EXT FUEL INT AUX FUEL RIGHT EXT FUEL FUEL TEMP FUEL FLOW
FLOW SENSOR FLOW SENSOR FLOW SENSOR TRANSDUCER TRANSMITTER
CAPPED
OFF
F F
U U P
E E
L L
P523 A B
2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 2
J521 J522 J520 J524
P
P P
P347 2 1 6 5 4 3 7 8 9 10 11 12
J347
P334 B A D C F E G H J K L M
J334
P P
J346
P346 15 14 19 18 17 16 22 20 21 26 23 24
P P
5
TO 6
SHEET
2 7
8 J346 P346
1
GND346-5 8 P P
GND346-6
P360 B k P361 c b U S X Y
J360 J361
POWER GROUND
CHASSIS GROUND
TEMP SENSOR HIGH
TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE
SIGNAL INPUT
FLOW METER
POWER GROUND
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
AB1531_3
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 7).
Change 5 0162 00-58
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
LEFT INBOARD LEFT INBOARD LEFT INBOARD FUEL
BLEED-AIR BLEED-AIR LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF GATE OVERFLOW
REGULATOR REGULATOR SHUTOFF GATE VALVE VALVE SENSOR
VALVE VALVE
OPENING CLOSING
COIL COIL SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE
P808 B A P839 B A P376 B C A
LIMIT LIMIT
SWITCH SWITCH P809 D E A J376
P334 N R P
P840 A E D J334
J805 J346
P805 1 2 6 7 9 10 8 4 5 3 P346 46 48 47
P346 J346
34
11
GND346-2
P360 m G F E Z Y P361 V Z W
J360 J361
HI
RTN
OUT
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD
CLOSE VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
LEFT OUTBOARD
OPEN VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
LEFT INBOARD PRESSURE
LEFT OUTBOARD PRESSURE
OVERFLOW
CONTROL OUTPUT
SENSOR
CONTROL OUTPUT
FUEL
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
AB1531_4
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 7).
0162 00-59 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD
INBOARD OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF FUEL SHUTOFF
BLEED-AIR BLEED-AIR GATE VALVE GATE VALVE
REGULATOR REGULATOR
VALVE VALVE SAME AS LEFT SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE
P811 B A P837 B A
P810 D E A P838 D E A
J804
P804 1 2 6 7 4 5 3 8 10 9
P346 J346
9
4
GND346-1
P360 s R i j g P
J360
RIGHT OUTBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD
CLOSE VOLTAGE
RIGHT INBOARD
RIGHT INBOARD
CLOSE VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
RIGHT INBOARD PRESSURE
RIGHT OUTBOARD PRESSURE
CONTROL OUTPUT
CONTROL OUTPUT
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
AB1531_5
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 7).
Change 5 0162 00-60
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0162 00
LEFT OUTBOARD LEFT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD RIGHT INBOARD
FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK
D E F B A D E F B A D E F B A D E F B A
P1 1 2 3 4 5 P1 1 2 3 4 5 P1 1 2 3 4 5 P1 1 2 3 4 5
J1 J1 J1 J1
P2 1 2 3 4 5 P2 1 2 3 4 5 P2 1 2 3 4 5 P2 1 2 3 4 5
J849 J835 J850 J836
J833 J834
P833 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 P834 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5
1
TO 2
SHEET
2 3
4
P346 44 P346 6 P346 42 P346 32
J346 J346 J346 J346
GND346-3 GND346-3 GND346-4 GND346-4
P361 G F E J D C B K L M N P R
J361
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
POWER GROUND
HI
HI
HI
HI
RIGHT OUTBOARD
RIGHT INBOARD
EMPTY SENSOR
EMPTY SENSOR
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT INBOARD
EMPTY SENSOR
EMPTY SENSOR
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL AB1531_6
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 7).
0162 00-61 Change 5
0162 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXT FUEL RH
J236 P236 P217 J217 J346 P346
CB239
5 Y W 33
2 AMP 1
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS AUX FUEL CONTR
28 VDC CB240
5 k V 35
2 AMP 1
AUX FUEL QTY
NO. 2 CB222
AC PRI 2 n X 38
2 AMP 1
BUS
115 VAC
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL
EXT FUEL LH J237 P237 J346 P346
NO. 1 CB157
DC PRI 5 X 45
BUS 2 AMP 1
28 VDC
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 2)
J246 P246
CONSOLE q
LIGHTING
UPPER CONSOLE
DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 2)
AB1531_7
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 7).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 5 0162 00-62
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0163 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) EXTERNAL TANK CHECK W/O MWO 50-78> < . .
This WP supersedes WP 0163 00, dated 25 September 2009.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU), 83-36A WP 1463 00
Compressor Unit, MIL-C-13874 WP 1465 00
Locally-Made Fuel Quantity Simulator Test Set, WP 1662 00
(WP 2014 00, Figure 152, Sheet 1 - Fuel Quantity WP 1664 00
Simulator, Test Set (Sheet 1 of 2) ) WP 1673 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A (2 required) WP 1737 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 2014 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 Equipment Condition
Container, Suitable All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 Racks, (WP 1460 00)
Locally-Made External Stores Support System or All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
(ESSS) Pneumatic Adapter, (WP 2014 00, Figure Racks, (WP 1463 00)
151 - Pneumatic Adapter (ESSS)) External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
Torque Wrench, GG-W-686 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
Personnel Required External Range Extension Tanks 220-250 Pounds of
Fuel in Each Inboard, if Installed, (WP 1673 00)
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)
External Range Extension Tanks 160-190 Pounds of
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)
Fuel in Each Outboard, if Installed, (WP 1673 00)
References Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of Fuel
TM 1-1500-204-23 in Each Tank, (WP 1662 00)
TM 1-1520-237-10 or Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of
WP 0108 00 Fuel in Each Tank, (WP 1664 00)
WP 0162 00 Rear Fairings on Vertical Stores (Pylons), Which
WP 1460 00 Have Tanks Installed, Removed, (WP 1465 00)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for component
location diagram.
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided:
• Setup
• Outboard Tanks Installed
• Inboard Tanks Installed
• Shutdown
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is designed to be utilized when the horizontal (Wings) and vertical
(Pylons) stores are installed on a permanent basis, and only the inboard or outboard external tanks are removed
and installed.
0163 00-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0163 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• As an alternate to using the compressor unit to pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The operational/troubleshooting procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System
with any tank configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Opera-
tor’s Manual (TM 1-1520-237-10).
• If APU is selected for electrical power, it will provide air pressure.
• If AGPU is use for external electrical power, it can provide an external air source when
pneumatic line is connected to helicopter.
• Special Icons used in this operational/troubleshooting procedure:
CU> < Steps that are to be performed if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be performed if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be performed if outboard tanks are installed.
. .
AGPU> < Steps that are to be performed if AGPU is to be used.
. .
1. CU > Using locally-made pneumatic adapter (WP 2014 00), tee air compressor into helicopter bleed-air QD
.
and ESSS bleed-air hose. < .
STEP
2. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
3. Connect locally-made fuel quantity test simulator (simulator) (WP 2014 00) power cord to UTIL RCPT +28V
(J258) in cabin ceiling.
STEP
4. Disconnect helicopter connector Figure 1 - ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) ,
P905 from fuel quantity signal conditioner connector Figure 1 - ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 5) , J905.
STEP
5. Connect simulator connector Figure 1 - ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , J905
to helicopter connector Figure 1 - ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P905.
STEP
6. Turn simulator TANK 1 and TANK 2 controls fully counterclockwise.
STEP
7. Connect No. 1 multimeter to simulator TANK 1 OUTPUT.
STEP
8. Connect No. 2 multimeter to simulator TANK 2 OUTPUT.
STEP
9. AGPU > Connect AGPU power cable to helicopter external power receptacle. <
. .
STEP
10. AGPU > Connect AGPU pneumatic hose to helicopter. <
. .
Change 5 0163 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0163 00
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
STEP
11. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
12. CU > Apply air source, regulated at 35-45 psi, to helicopter’s external tanks. <
. .
STEP
13. AGPU > Apply air source, regulated at 35-45 psi, to helicopter’s external tanks. <
. .
STEP
14. Record time.
STEP
15. INBD > Place control panel PRESSURE INBD switch to ON. <
. .
STEP
16. OUTBD > Place control panel PRESSURE OUTBD switch to ON. <
. .
STEP
17. Inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses and fittings for signs of leaking or damage (TM 1-1500-204-23).
STEP
18. Turn simulator TANK 1 control to get 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
19. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to get 6.0 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
20. INBD > Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD. <
. .
STEP
21. INBD > Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR to get display of 6000 pounds. <
. .
STEP
22. OUTBD > Turn control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD. <
. .
STEP
23. OUTBD > Place control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR to get display of 1500 pounds. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1500 pounds shall be displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0163 00-3 Change 5
0163 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OUTBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• As an alternate to using the compressor unit to pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The fault isolation procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System with any tank
configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Operator’s Manual
(TM 1-1520-237-10).
• If APU is selected for electrical power, it will provide air pressure.
• If AGPU is use for external electrical power, it can provide an external air source when
pneumatic line is connected to helicopter.
• Special Icons used in this FIP:
CU> < Steps that are to be performed if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be performed if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be performed if outboard tanks are installed.
. .
AGPU> < Steps that are to be performed if AGPU is to be used.
•
. .
If any trouble is encountered during this fault isolation procedure, go to WP 0162 00.
1. Perform Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to get 2.7 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
3. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
4. Place control panel FUEL XFR - TANKS switch to OUTBD.
STEP
5. Before continuing, make sure that at least 5 minutes have elapsed from time recorded in SETUP, Step 14, in
this work package.
STEP
6. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to AUTO until EXTERNAL - RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY and
LEFT OUTBD EMPTY indicators go on.
STEP
7. Momentarily press control panel STATUS button.
STEP
8. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to MANUAL.
STEP
9. Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Change 5 0163 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0163 00
OUTBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
1. Control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and LEFT NO FLOW indicators shall go off, then
come back on within 5 minutes.
2. Control panel digital display indication shall not change when the EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW
and LEFT NO FLOW indicators are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
10. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE, MANUAL XFR - RIGHT and LEFT, and PRESS - OUTBD switch to
OFF.
STEP
11. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J705-A and J705-B (left outboard).
STEP
12. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J710-A and J710-B (right outboard).
STEP
13. If no other check is to be performed, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work
package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shut down shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0163 00-5 Change 5
0163 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• As an alternate to using the compressor unit to pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The fault isolation procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System with any tank
configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Operator’s Manual
(TM 1-1520-237-10).
• If APU is selected for electrical power, it will provide air pressure.
• If AGPU is use for external electrical power, it can provide an external air source when
pneumatic line is connected to helicopter.
• Special Icons used in this FIP:
CU> < Steps that are to be performed if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be performed if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be performed if outboard tanks are installed.
. .
AGPU> < Steps that are to be performed if AGPU is to be used.
•
. .
If any trouble is encountered during this Fault Isolation Procedure, go to WP 0162 00.
1. Perform Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already performed.
STEP
2. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to get 2.7 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication, if not already performed.
STEP
3. Make sure control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch is OFF.
STEP
4. Place control panel FUEL XFR - TANKS switch to INBD.
STEP
5. Before continuing, make sure that at least 5 minutes have elapsed from time recorded in SETUP, Step 14.
STEP
6. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to AUTO until EXTERNAL - RIGHT INBD EMPTY and LEFT
INBD EMPTY indicators go on.
STEP
7. Momentarily press control panel STATUS button.
STEP
8. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE switch to MANUAL.
STEP
9. Place control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and LEFT NO FLOW indicators shall go off, then
come back on within 5 minutes.
Change 5 0163 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0163 00
INBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
2. Control panel digital display indication shall not change when the EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW
and LEFT NO FLOW indicators are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
10. Place control panel FUEL XFR - MODE, MANUAL XFR - RIGHT and LEFT, and PRESS - INBD switch to
OFF.
STEP
11. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between: J709-B and J709-A (left inboard).
STEP
12. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between: J709-C and J709-N (left inboard).
STEP
13. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J706-B and J706-A (right inboard).
STEP
14. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J706-C and J706-N (right inboard).
STEP
15. If no other check is to be performed, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work
package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shut down shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
2. CU > Turn off air source. <
. .
STEP
3. AGPU > Turn off air source. <
. .
STEP
4. Allow bleed-air regulator valves to vent air to ambient pressure.
STEP
5. CU > Disconnect air compressor, hoses, and locally-made pneumatic adapter. <
. .
STEP
6. CU > Connect pneumatic hose to outboard side of helicopter bleed-air QD. <
. .
STEP
7. CU > TORQUE NUTS TO 135 - 150 INCH-POUNDS. <
. .
0163 00-7 Change 5
0163 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
8. Disconnect test equipment.
STEP
9. Connect helicopter electrical connectors.
STEP
10. Install all explosive cartridges in ejector racks.
STEP
11. Install all vertical stores (pylon) rear fairings.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All vertical stores (pylon) rear fairings shall be installed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
Change 5 0163 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0163 00
E
D
NO. 2 SIGNAL A
DATA CONVERTER
P1348R/J1
(SEE NOTE 2)
MAJOR
RIGHT HAND CHANGE
JUNCTION BOX F
P137/J1
(SEE NOTE 3)
G
NO. 1 SIGNAL
LEFT HAND DATA CONVERTER
JUNCTION BOX P1327R/J1
P138/J1 (SEE NOTE 2)
(SEE NOTE 3)
TERMINAL BOARD / TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
J299 CABIN CEILING P2 / J849 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
(SEE NOTE 1) BL 10 LH, STA 302 TANK CONNECTOR
J520 RIGHT EXT FUEL FLOW P2 / J850 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
SENSOR TANK CONNECTOR
J521 LEFT EXT FUEL FLOW P113 / J113 COCKPIT
SENSOR BL 6 LH, STA 197
J522 INT AUX FUEL FLOW P114 / J114 COCKPIT
SENSOR BL 8 RH, STA 200
J524 FUEL TEMPERATURE P117 CAUTION / ADVISORY
TRANSDUCER PANEL
P1 / J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL P137 NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
TANK CONNECTOR CONVERTER
P1 / J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK P137 RIGHT HAND JUNCTION
CONNECTOR BOX (SEE NOTE 3)
P1 / J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL P138 NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA
TANK CONNECTOR CONVERTER
P1 / J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL P138 LEFT HAND JUNCTION
TANK CONNECTOR BOX (SEE NOTE 3)
P2 / J835 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK P163 / J163 LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
CONNECTOR P217 / J217 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
P2 / J836 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK BL 0, STA 284
CONNECTOR P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
(SEE NOTE 2) BREAKER PANEL
BL 23 RH
P237 / J237 BEHIND COPILOT'S
NOTES (SEE NOTE 2) CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
BL 25 LH, STA 247
1. UH60A UH60L
P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING
BL 5 RH, STA 247
2. EH60A
P334 / J334 CABIN CEILING
3. IVHMS BL 16.5 LH, STA 390 AA3446_1B
SA
Figure 1. ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
0163 00-9 Change 5
0163 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INBOARD FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF CONDITIONER
FUEL SHUTOFF GATE VALVE P905 P376 / J376
RIGHT INBOARD P810 P2 / J836
GATE VALVE
P838 BLEED-AIR P1 / J1
REGULATOR VALVE P1 / J1
P811 FUEL OVERFLOW
RIGHT OUTBOARD SENSOR
BLEED-AIR
REGULATOR VALVE P2 / J850
P837
P804 / J804 P347 / J347
P834 / J834
P334 / J334
P246 / J246
P236 / J236
(SEE NOTE 2)
P217 / J217 FUEL FLOW
P237 / J237
TRANSMITTER
(SEE NOTE 2)
P523
P913 / J913 P1 / J1 P346 / J346
P114 / J114 LEFT INBOARD
P1 / J1 FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE
P2 /J835
P809
P117 P2 / J849
NO. 1 SIGNAL P833 / J833
LEFT INBOARD
DATA CONVERTER LEFT OUTBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF BLEED-AIR
P138 P805 / J805
P113 / J113 J299 GATE VALVE REGULATOR VALVE
P808
(SEE NOTE 1) P840
STORES JETTISON
NO. 2 SIGNAL LEFT RELAY PANEL LEFT OUTBOARD
CONTROL PANEL
DATA CONVERTER P902 / J902 BLEED-AIR
P645 / J1
P137 REGULATOR VALVE
LEFT DRAG BEAM P839
SWITCH
P163 / J163
TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P346 / J346 CABIN CEILING P811 RIGHT INBOARD BLEED-AIR
BL 20 LH, STA 304 REGULATOR VALVE
P347 / J347 TRANSITION SECTION P833 / J833 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING
BL 10 LH, STA 425 BL 59 LH, STA 295
P360 / J360 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- P834 / J834 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING
MENT CONTROL PANEL BL 59 LH, STA 295
P361 / J361 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- P837 RIGHT OUTBOARD BLEED-
MENT CONTROL PANEL AIR REGULATOR VALVE
P376 / J376 FUEL OVERFLOW SENSOR P838 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P523 FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER
P839 LEFT OUTBOARD BLEED-
P645 / J1 STORES JETTISON AIR REGULATOR VALVE
CONTROL PANEL
P840 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
P804 / J804 HORIZONTAL STORES SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
SUPPORT
BL 59 RH, STA 295 P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P805 / J805 HORIZONTAL STORES P905 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
SUPPORT CONDITIONER
BL 59 LH, STA 295
P913 / J913 COCKPIT
P808 LEFT INBOARD BLEED-AIR BL 24 RH, STA 247
REGULATOR VALVE
P1327R NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA
P809 LEFT INBOARD FUEL SHUT- CONVERTER (SEE NOTE 3)
OFF GATE VALVE
P1348R NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
P810 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL CONVERTER (SEE NOTE 3)
AB1101_2A
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE SA
Figure 1. ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
Change 5 0163 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0163 00
AUX FUEL
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
I B US
AC PR
N O. 2
N B US
D C MO
UTIL
RECEPT
7.5
CABIN
EXT AUX
FUEL FUEL
5 5
RH CONTR
AUX FUEL
QTY
(SEE NOTE 2)
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AA3446_3
SA
Figure 1. ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
0163 00-11 Change 5
0163 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
N O. 1
AC PR
I B US
N O. 1
UTIL BACKUP ESSS JTSN DC PR
RECP PUMP INBD OUTBD I B US
7.5 .5 7.5 7.5
CABIN PWR
NO. 1
AC
INST
(SEE NOTE 1)
N O. 1
AC PR
I B US
NO. 1
EXT BACKUP DC PR
FUEL PUMP I B US
5 .5
LH PWR
ESSS
JTSN
7.5
INBD
NO. 1 ESSS
AC JTSN
5 7.5
INST OUTBD
(SEE NOTE 2)
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA3446_4
SA
Figure 1. ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
Change 5 0163 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0163 00
TEMPERATURE
TRANSDUCER P347
AUX FUEL QTY
A
C
ICE-DET
NO. 2 PRI BUS
J521
J520
J524
D
EXT FUEL NO. 2 XFER C
5 5
RH CONTROL
EXT FUEL
5
D
C
LH
NO. 1 PRI BUS
(SEE NOTE 1) RIGHT EXT FUEL LEFT EXT FUEL
FLOW SENSOR FLOW SENSOR
MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL FLOW SENSOR PANEL
D E
F
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
DC ESNTL BUS
FUEL XFR ESSS
JTSN
PRESS MANUAL XFR
OUTBD INBD TANKS MODE RIGHT LEFT 7.5
ON ON INBD AUTO ON ON
O
F OUTBD
F
OUTBD MANUAL OFF OFF
QTY BACKUP ESSS
BRIGHTNESS
EXTERNAL
HYD JTSN
RIGHT LEFT
TEST STATUS 5 7.5
NO NO
DECR INCR FLOW FLOW
CONTR INBD
AUX FUEL QTY G
POUNDS
INCR
INBD INBD
9990
DECR
VENT
SENSOR EMPTY EMPTY
UPPER CONSOLE
FAIL
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
OUTBD INBD
OVFL
CAL OUTBD OUTBD
TOTAL DEGRADED
EMPTY EMPTY
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
CONTROL PANEL
AA3446_5A
SA
Figure 1. ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0163 00-13 Change 5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM
This WP supersedes WP 0164 00, dated 25 September 2009.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Locally-Made Test Lamps WP 2014 00, Figure 150 -
WP 0452 00
Stores Jettison System, Test Adapter (8 required)
WP 0837 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
WP 1443 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1446 00
Aircraft Mechanics Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 WP 1460 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 WP 1463 00
Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge, WP 2014 00, WP 1466 00
Figure 167 - Drag Beam Wedge (2 required) WP 1478 00
Stopwatch WP 1480 00
Personnel Required WP 1481 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1483 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1737 00
WP 1800 00
References
WP 2014 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 0108 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0114 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0172 01 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
• To prevent accidental firing of an explosive cartridge, observe all safety precautions
regarding the handling and storage of explosives.
0164 00-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Failure to do stray voltage check would result in injury if stray voltage is present when an
explosive cartridge is installed.
NOTE
• Stray voltage check is contained in steps steps 63 through 69
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated ( WP 0108 00).
• If fuel tanks are connected to the left, right, or both stores stations, the BOTH mode of
jettison is automatically selected even if the selector switch is at L or R. This fault isolation
procedure isolates each tank, if installed. This enables the maintenance technician to
check the selector switch in each position (INBD L, INBD R, INBD BOTH OUTBD BOTH,
OUTBD R, OUTBD L, and ALL).
• The operational/troubleshooting procedure checks all four stores stations, regardless of
helicopter’s external tank configuration.
• See Figure 1 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for compo-
nent location diagram and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 8) for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Remove all explosive cartridges installed in ejector racks (WP 1460 00 or WP 1463 00).
STEP
2. Remove rear fairing on all vertical stores pylons (WP 1443 00).
STEP
3. Disconnect electrical connectors, if connected to rack harnesses:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J705 (left outboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J707 (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709 (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706 (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J708 (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J710 (right outboard)
STEP
4. Check continuity between the following:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J705-B and ground (left
outboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J707-B and ground (left
inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-A and ground (left
inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-N and ground (left
inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706-A and ground (right
inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706-N and ground (right
inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J708-B and ground (right
inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J710-B and ground (right
outboard)
Change 5 0164 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Continuity shall be present.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00).
STEP
5. W/O MWO 50-78> < Disconnect P1 from J1 on installed external fuel tanks.
. .
STEP
6. MWO 50-78> < Disconnect W4P2 from J1 on installed external fuel tanks.
. .
STEP
7. Connect a locally-made test lamp between the following:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J705-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J705-B (left outboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J707-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J707-B (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-B and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-A (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-C and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-N (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706-B and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P706-A (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706-C and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P706-N (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J708-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J708-B (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J710-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J710-B (right outboard)
STEP
8. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN INBD Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Upper Console
ESSS JTSN INBD Upper Console
STEP
9. Pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel).
STEP
10. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
11. Turn upper console CONSOLE LT/LOWER control to BRT.
0164 00-3 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Panel lights on stores jettison control panel (control panel) shall go on at full brightness.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and console indicator lights dimming (WP
0114 00).
STEP
1. Place control panel EMER JETT ALL switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All locally-made test lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
2. Place control panel EMER JETT ALL switch down.
STEP
3. Turn control panel selector switch to ALL.
STEP
4. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All locally-made test lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
5. Turn control panel selector switch to OFF.
STEP
6. Insert locally-made drag beam wedge (WP 2014 00) in left drag beam switch to simulate in-flight condition.
STEP
7. Place control panel EMER JETT ALL switch up and start stopwatch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. All outboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
2. All inboard locally-made test lamps shall go on 0.5 to 1.5 seconds later.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to NONE OF THE TEST LIGHTS GO ON WHEN
EMER JETT ALL SWITCH IS PLACED UP, in this work package.
2. If only right outboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, go to EITHER OUTBOARD TEST LIGHT DOES
NOT GO ON WHEN EMER JETT ALL SWITCH IS PLACED UP, in this work package.
3. If only left outboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, go to EITHER OUTBOARD TEST LIGHT DOES
NOT GO ON WHEN EMER JETT ALL SWITCH IS PLACED UP, in this work package.
4. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, check for 28 vdc between:
Change 5 0164 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-f and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-e
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-g and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-e
a. If voltage is as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, check 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) , ESSS JTSN OUTBD circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel) and
ground.
(1) If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00).
(2) If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-f, or circuit breaker and Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-g, as required (WP 1800 00).
5. If only right inboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
6. If only left inboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
7. If inboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, check 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-h and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-e
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-j and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-e
a. If voltage is as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, check 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) , ESSS JTSN INBD circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel) and
ground.
(1) If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00).
(2) If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-h, or circuit breaker and Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-j, as required (WP 1800 00).
8. If inboard locally-made test lamps go on, but not in time specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
8. Stop and reset stopwatch.
STEP
9. Place control panel EMER JETT ALL switch down.
STEP
10. Remove locally-made wedge from left drag beam switch.
STEP
11. Insert locally-made drag beam wedge in right drag beam switch to simulate in-flight condition.
STEP
12. Turn control panel selector switch to ALL.
STEP
13. Momentarily hold (for at least 2 seconds) control panel JETT switch up and start stop watch.
0164 00-5 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. All outboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
2. All inboard locally-made test lamps shall go on 0.5 to 1.5 seconds later.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to NONE OF THE TEST LIGHTS GO ON WHEN
SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO ALL AND JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
2. If only right outboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, go to EITHER OUTBOARD TEST LIGHT DOES
NOT GO ON WHEN SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO ALL AND JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work
package.
3. If only left outboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, go to EITHER OUTBOARD TEST LIGHT DOES
NOT GO ON WHEN SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO ALL AND JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work
package.
4. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, check 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-f and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-k
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-q and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-k
a. If voltage is as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, check 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) , ESSS JTSN OUTBD circuit breaker (copilot’s circuit breaker panel) and ground.
(1) If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00).
(2) If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , circuit breaker and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-f, or Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , circuit breaker and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-q, as required (WP 1800 00).
5. If only right inboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
6. If only left inboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
7. If inboard locally-made test lamps do not go on, check 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-nand Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-k
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-pand Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-k
a. If voltage is as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, check 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) , ESSS JTSN INBD circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel) and
ground.
(1) If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00).
(2) If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , circuit breaker and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-n, or Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , circuit breaker and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-p, as required (WP 1800 00).
8. If inboard locally-made test lamps go on, but not in time specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
Change 5 0164 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
14. Stop and reset stopwatch.
STEP
15. Turn control panel selector switch to OUTBD L.
STEP
16. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Left outboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
2. All other locally-made test lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
17. Turn control panel selector switch to OUTBD R.
STEP
18. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Right outboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
2. All other locally-made test lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
19. Turn control panel selector switch to OUTBD BOTH.
STEP
20. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Right and left outboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
2. All other locally-made test lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
21. Turn control panel selector switch to INBD BOTH.
STEP
22. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
0164 00-7 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
1. Right and left inboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
2. All other locally-made test lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
23. Turn control panel selector switch to INBD R.
STEP
24. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Right inboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
2. All other locally-made test lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
25. Turn control panel selector switch to INBD L.
STEP
26. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Left inboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
2. All other locally-made test lamps shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
27. Turn control panel selector switch to OFF.
STEP
28. W/O MWO 50-78> < Connect right outboard fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1 to Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, install a jumper wire between Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2.
STEP
29. MWO 50-78> < Connect right outboard fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2 to Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, install a jumper wire between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-C or E and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) W4P2-F.
Change 5 0164 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
30. Turn control panel selector switch to OUTBD R.
STEP
31. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Right and left outboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. W/O MWO 50-78> < If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to W/O MWO 50-78 RIGHT AND LEFT
. .
OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD R AND
THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
2. MWO 50-78> < If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MWO 50-78 RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD
. .
TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD R AND THE JETT
SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
STEP
32. W/O MWO 50-78> < Disconnect right outboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1 from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, remove jumper wire.
STEP
33. MWO 50-78> < Disconnect right outboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2 from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, remove jumper wire installed in Step 29.
STEP
34. W/O MWO 50-78> < Connect right inboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1 to Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, install an insulated jumper wire between
Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2.
STEP
35. MWO 50-78> < Connect right inboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2 to Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-C or -E and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-F.
STEP
36. Turn control panel selector switch to INBD R.
STEP
37. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up, then release.
0164 00-9 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Right and left inboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. W/O MWO 50-78> < If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to W/O MWO 50-78 RIGHT AND LEFT
. .
INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO INBD R AND THE
JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
2. MWO 50-78> < If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MWO 50-78 RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD
. .
TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO INBD R AND THE JETT
SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
STEP
38. W/O MWO 50-78> < Disconnect right inboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1 from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, remove jumper wire.
STEP
39. MWO 50-78> < Disconnect right inboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2 from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, remove jumper wire installed in Step 35.
STEP
40. W/O MWO 50-78> < Connect left outboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1 to Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, install an insulated jumper wire between
Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2.
STEP
41. MWO 50-78> < Connect left outboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2 to Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-C or -E and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-F.
STEP
42. Turn control panel selector switch to OUTBD L.
STEP
43. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Right and left outboard locally-made test lamps shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. W/O MWO 50-78> < If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to W/O MWO 50-78 RIGHT AND LEFT
. .
OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD L AND
THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
2. MWO 50-78> < If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MWO 50-78 RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD
. .
TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD L AND THE JETT
SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
Change 5 0164 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
44. W/O MWO 50-78> < Disconnect left outboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1 from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, remove jumper wire.
STEP
45. MWO 50-78> < Disconnect left outboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2 from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, remove jumper wire.
STEP
46. W/O MWO 50-78> < Connect left inboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1 to Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, install an insulated jumper wire between
Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2.
STEP
47. MWO 50-78> < Connect left inboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2 to Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-C or -E and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-F.
STEP
48. Turn control panel selector switch to INBD L.
STEP
49. Momentarily hold control panel JETT switch up.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Right and left inboard locally-made test lamps go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. W/O MWO 50-78> < If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to W/O MWO 50-78 RIGHT AND LEFT
. .
INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO INBD L AND THE
JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
2. MWO 50-78> < If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to MWO 50-78 RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD
. .
TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO INBD L AND THE JETT
SWITCH IS HELD UP, in this work package.
STEP
50. W/O MWO 50-78> < Disconnect left inboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
. .
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1 from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, remove jumper wire.
STEP
51. MWO 50-78> < Disconnect left inboard external fuel tank connector Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
. .
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2 from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1, or if external fuel tank is not installed, remove jumper wire.
STEP
52. Turn control panel selector switch to OFF.
0164 00-11 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
53. Install locally-made drag beam wedge in left drag beam switch. DO NOT REMOVE LOCALLY-MADE DRAG
BEAM WEDGE FROM RIGHT DRAG BEAM SWITCH.
STEP
54. Turn control panel selector switch to ALL.
STEP
55. Make sure that control panel EMER JETT ALL and JETT switches are down and their switch guards are
down.
STEP
56. Check for ac and dc voltage between the following:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J705-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J705-B (left outboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J707-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J707-B (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-B and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-A (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-C and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-N (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706-B and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706-A (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706-C and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P706-N (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J708-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J708-B (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J710-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , J710-B (right outboard)
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. AC voltage shall be -50 to +50 mvac.
2. DC voltage shall be between -10 and +10 mvdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE LESS THAN10 MVDC
AND 50 MVAC, in this work package.
STEP
57. Remove locally-made drag beam wedges from left and right drag beam switches.
STEP
58. Check for ac and dc voltage between the following:
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J705-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J705-B (left outboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J707-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J707-B (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-B and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-A (left inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-C and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P709-N (left inboard)
Change 5 0164 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P706-B and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P706-A (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P706-C and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , P706-N (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J708-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J708-B (right inboard)
• Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J710-A and Figure 2 -
ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8) , J710-B (right outboard)
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. AC voltage shall be between -50 to +50 mvac.
2. DC voltage shall be between -10 and +10 mvdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace control panel (WP 1478 00).
STEP
59. Install locally-made drag beam wedges in both left and right drag beam switches to simulate in-flight condi-
tion.
STEP
60. Check the following:
CONNECTOR BREECH RESULT
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 8) , P707-A Center Pin Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 8) , P707-A Shell No Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 8) , P707-B Center Pin No Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 8) , P707-B Shell Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 8) , P705-A Center Pin Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 8) , P705-A Shell No Continuity
0164 00-13 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONNECTOR BREECH RESULT
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 8) , P705-B Center Pin No Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 6 of 8) , P705-B Shell Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P708-A Center Pin Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P708-A Shell No Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P708-B Center Pin No Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P708-B Shell Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P710-A Center Pin Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P710-A Shell No Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P710-B Center Pin No Continuity
Figure 2 - ESSS
Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P710-B Shell Continuity
Change 5 0164 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) JETTISON SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Results shall be as indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace breech harness as required (WP 1478 00).
STEP
61. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
62. Disconnect all test equipment.
STEP
63. Remove locally-made drag beam wedges from drag beam switches.
STEP
64. Remove locally-made test lamps.
STEP
65. Remove all jumper wires.
STEP
66. Connect all electrical connectors to their receptacles.
STEP
67. Install rear fairings on all vertical stores pylons (WP 1446 00).
STEP
68. Install explosive cartridges in ejector racks (WP 1463 00).
STEP
69. Push in BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Circuit breaker shall be pushed in.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
NONE OF THE TEST LIGHTS GO ON WHEN EMER JETT ALL SWITCH IS PLACED UP
SYMPTOM
None of the test lights go on when EMER JETT ALL switch is placed up.
MALFUNCTION
None of the test lights go on when EMER JETT ALL switch is placed up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 8) , P646-e and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
0164 00-15 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NONE OF THE TEST LIGHTS GO ON WHEN EMER JETT ALL SWITCH IS PLACED UP – Continued
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 8) , J163-D and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace ground wire as required (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 9.
3. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) , J163-F and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) , J163-D. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 8) P646-e and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 7.
5. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 8) , J163. Go to Step 6.
6. Replace left drag beam switch (WP 0452 00). Go to Step 9.
7. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 8) , J163. Go to Step 8.
8. Repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8) , P646-e and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) , J163-F (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
EITHER OUTBOARD TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WHEN EMER JETT ALL SWITCH IS PLACED UP
SYMPTOM
Either outboard test light does not go on when EMER JETT ALL switch is placed up.
MALFUNCTION
Either outboard test light does not go on when EMER JETT ALL switch is placed up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does right outboard test light go on?
a. If test light is on, go to Step 2.
b. If test light is not on, go to Step 6.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , J705-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair ground wire or replace harness as required (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , P680-8 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , J661-M and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 13.
Change 5 0164 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EITHER OUTBOARD TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WHEN EMER JETT ALL SWITCH IS PLACED UP – Con-
tinued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , J661-M and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P646-G.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 13.
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , J710-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair ground wire or replace harness as required (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P677-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , J660-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
9. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , J660-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-R.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 10.
10. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , P660-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P677-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 13.
11. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P677-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P679-12.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 13.
12. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P679-12 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P646-R.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 13.
13. Procedure completed.
0164 00-17 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NONE OF THE TEST LIGHTS GO ON WHEN SELECTOR
SWITCH IS SET TO ALL AND JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
None of the test lights go on when selector switch is set to ALL and JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
None of the test lights go on when selector switch is set to ALL and JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 3 of 8) , P645-k and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 8) , J164-D and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace ground wire as required (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 4.
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 8) , J164-F and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , P645-k.
a. If continuity is present, adjust or replace right drag beam switch (WP 0452 00). Go to Step
4.
b. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> If trouble remains, troubleshoot IVHMS (WP 0172 01). Go to
.
Step 4.
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace ground wire as required (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
EITHER OUTBOARD TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WHEN SELECTOR
SWITCH IS SET TO ALL AND JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
Either outboard test light does not go on when selector switch is set to ALL and JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
Either outboard test light does not go on when selector switch is set to ALL and JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does right outboard test light go on?
a. If light is on, go to Step 2.
b. If light is not on, go to Step 5.
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , P678-3 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , J660-L and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 8.
Change 5 0164 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EITHER OUTBOARD TEST LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WHEN SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO ALL AND JETT
SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , J660-L and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , P645-G.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 8.
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P677-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , J660-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , J660-A and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 5 of 8) , P645-R.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, replace harness (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
W/O MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN
. .
THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD R AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
W/O MWO 50-78> . <Right and left outboard test lights do not go on when
.
the selector switch is set to OUTBD R and the JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
W/O MWO 50-78> <Right and left outboard test lights do not go on when
. .
the selector switch is set to OUTBD R and the JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-i and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Is jumper wire being used in place of right outboard fuel tank?
a. If jumper wire is being used, go to Step 3.
b. If jumper wire is not being used, go to Step 5.
3. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
0164 00-19 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
W/O MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR
. .
SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD R AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P645-i. Replace harness as required (WP
1480 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground. Replace harness
as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check continuity between right outboard fuel tank Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel tank (WP 1483 00). Go to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-i. Replace harness as required (WP
1480 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground. Replace harness
as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN
. .
THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD R AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
MWO 50-78> < Right and left outboard test lights do not go on when the
. .
selector switch is set to OUTBD R and the JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
MWO 50-78> < Right and left outboard test lights do not go on when the
. .
selector switch is set to OUTBD R and the JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-i and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Is jumper wire being used in place of right outboard fuel tank?
a. If jumper wire is being used, go to Step 3.
b. If jumper wire is not being used, go to Step 5.
3. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between right outboard fuel tank Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) W4P2-F and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) W4P2-F and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Change 5 0164 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS
. .
SET TO OUTBD R AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P856-32. Replace harness as
required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check continuity between right outboard fuel tank:
• W4P2-C and P856-31
• W4P2-E and P856-33
• P857-1 and P645-i
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between right outboard fuel tank:
• W4P1-C and W4P1-F
• W4P1-D and W4P1-F
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel tank or harness as required (WP 1483 00). Go to
Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
W/O MWO 50-78>< RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN
. .
THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO INBD R AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
W/O MWO 50-78> < Right and left inboard test lights do not go on when
. .
the selector switch is set to INBD R and the JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
W/O MWO 50-78> < Right and left inboard test lights do not go on when
. .
the selector switch is set to INBD R and the JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-g and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Is jumper wire being used in place of right inboard fuel tank?
a. If jumper wire is being used, go to Step 3.
b. If jumper wire is not being used, go to Step 5.
3. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-g. Replace harness as required (WP
1480 00). Go to Step 7.
0164 00-21 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
W/O MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH
. .
IS SET TO INBD R AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between J1-1 and ground. Replace
harness as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check continuity between right inboard fuel tank Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel tank (WP 1483 00). Go to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-g. Replace harness as required (WP
1480 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground. Replace harness
as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE
. .
SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO INBD R AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
MWO 50-78> < Right and left inboard test lights do not go on when
. .
the selector switch is set to INBD R and the JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
MWO 50-78> < Right and left inboard test lights do not go on when the
. .
selector switch is set to INBD R and the JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-g and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Is jumper wire being used in place of right inboard fuel tank?
a. If jumper wire is being used, go to Step 3.
b. If jumper wire is not being used, go to Step 5.
3. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between right inboard fuel tank Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-F and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-F and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P856-35. Replace harness as
required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check continuity between right inboard fuel tank:
Change 5 0164 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS
. .
SET TO INBD R AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
• W4P2-C and P856-34
• W4P2-E and P856-36
• P857-2 and P645-g
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between right inboard fuel tank:
• W4P1-C and W4P1-F
• W4P1-D and W4P1-F
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel tank or harness as required (WP 1483 00). Go to
Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
W/O MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN
. .
THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD L AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
W/O MWO 50-78> < Right and left outboard test lights do not go on when
. .
the selector switch is set to OUTBD L and the JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
W/O MWO 50-78> < Right and left outboard test lights do not go on when
. .
the selector switch is set to OUTBD L and the JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-j and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Is jumper wire being used in place of left outboard fuel tank?
a. If jumper wire is being used, go to Step 3.
b. If jumper wire is not being used, go to Step 5.
3. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-j. Replace harness as required (WP
1480 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground. Replace harness
as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
0164 00-23 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
W/O MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR
. .
SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD L AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
5. Check continuity between left outboard fuel tank Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel tank (WP 1483 00). Go to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-j. Replace harness as required (WP
1480 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground. Replace harness
as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN
. .
THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO OUTBD L AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
MWO 50-78> < Right and left outboard test lights do not go on when the
. .
selector switch is set to OUTBD L and the JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
MWO 50-78> < Right and left outboard test lights do not go on when the
. .
selector switch is set to OUTBD L and the JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-g and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Is jumper wire being used in place of right inboard fuel tank?
a. If jumper wire is being used, go to Step 3.
b. If jumper wire is not being used, go to Step 5.
3. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between left outboard fuel tank Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-F and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) W4P2-F and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P856-41. Replace harness as
required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check continuity between left outboard fuel tank:
• W4P2-C and P856-40
• W4P2-E and P856-42
Change 5 0164 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT OUTBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS
. .
SET TO OUTBD L AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
• P857-18 and P645-j
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between left outboard fuel tank:
• W4P1-C and W4P1-F
• W4P1-D and W4P1-F
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel tank or harness as required (WP 1483 00). Go to
Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
W/O MWO 50-78>< RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN
. .
THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO INBD L AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
W/O MWO 50-78> < Right and left inboard test lights do not go on when
. .
the selector switch is set to INBD L and the JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
W/O MWO 50-78> < Right and left inboard test lights do not go on when
. .
the selector switch is set to INBD L and the JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-h and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Is jumper wire being used in place of left inboard fuel tank?
a. If jumper wire is being used, go to Step 3.
b. If jumper wire is not being used, go to Step 5.
3. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-h. Replace harness as required (WP
1480 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground. Replace harness
as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check continuity between left inboard fuel tank Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1-1 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P1-2.
0164 00-25 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
W/O MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH
. .
IS SET TO INBD L AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel tank (WP 1483 00). Go to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-1 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , J1-2 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-h. Replace harness as required (WP
1480 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between J1-1 and ground. Replace
harness as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE
. .
SELECTOR SWITCH IS SET TO INBD L AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP
SYMPTOM
MWO 50-78> < Right and left inboard test lights do not go on when the
. .
selector switch is set to INBD L and the JETT switch is held up.
MALFUNCTION
MWO 50-78> < Right and left inboard test lights do not go on when the
. .
selector switch is set to INBD L and the JETT switch is held up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 4 of 8) , P645-h and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace stores jettison control panel (WP 1478 00). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2.
2. Is jumper wire being used in place of left inboard fuel tank?
a. If jumper wire is being used, go to Step 3.
b. If jumper wire is not being used, go to Step 5.
3. Remove jumper wire. Go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between left inboard fuel tank Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-F and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot open wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , W4P2-F and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores
Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8) , P856-38. Replace harness as
required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 7.
5. Check continuity between left inboard fuel tank:
• W4P2-C and P856-37
• W4P2-E and P856-39
• P857-19 and P645-h
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7.
Change 5 0164 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
MWO 50-78> < RIGHT AND LEFT INBOARD TEST LIGHTS DO NOT GO ON WHEN THE SELECTOR SWITCH IS
. .
SET TO INBD L AND THE JETT SWITCH IS HELD UP – Continued
6. Check continuity between left inboard fuel tank:
• W4P1-C and W4P1-F
• W4P1-D and W4P1-F
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel tank or harness as required (WP 1483 00). Go to
Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE LESS THAN10 MVDC AND 50 MVAC
SYMPTOM
Multimeter does not indicate less than 10 mvdc and 50 mvac.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter does not indicate less than 10 mvdc and 50 mvac.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check associated electrical circuit bonding jumpers for security and integrity. Go to
Step 2.
2. Ensure that bonding jumpers and mounting surfaces are prepared for good electrical
bonding.
a. If jumpers and mounting surfaces are prepared, go to Step 3.
b. If jumpers and mounting surfaces are not prepared, repair bonding jumper or replace
harness as required (WP 1480 00). Go to Step 8.
3. Check associated electrical circuit harnesses for damage to alphabraid shielding.
a. If associated electrical circuit harness is damaged, replace malfunctioning harness (WP
1481 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If associated electrical circuit harness is not damaged, go to Step 4.
4. Disconnect Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 8)
, P645 and Figure 2 - ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 8) ,
P646 from stores jettison control panel. Is voltage still greater than 10 mvdc or 50 mvac?
a. If voltage is still greater than 10 mvdc or 50 mvac, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not still greater than 10 mvdc or 50 mvac, replace stores jettison control panel
(WP 1478 00). Go to Step 8.
5. Starting from control panel, sequentially disconnect harness leading to the ejector
rack disconnect where 10 mvdc or 50 mvac is exceeded. Go to Step 6.
6. After each harness is disconnected, recheck voltage with multimeter. Go to Step 7.
7. When voltage is less than 10 mvdc or 50 mvac , last harness disconnected is known to
be malfunctioning. Repair/replace harness as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
0164 00-27 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUDIO
JUNCTION
BOX
P657R
NOTES
1. UH60A UH60L HH60A
HH60L
2. EH60A
3. W / O MWO 50-78
4. MWO 50-78
AA3448_1C
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Stores Jettison System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
Change 5 0164 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
P1 / J1
(SEE NOTE 3)
P834 / J834 W4P2 / J1
(SEE NOTE 3) P1 / J1 (SEE NOTE 4)
W4P1 / W3J1 (SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE NOTE 4) W4P2 / J1 P2 / J836 P349 / J349
(SEE NOTE 4) (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 3)
P2 / J850 W3P1 / W2J3 P860 / J346
(SEE NOTE 3) (SEE NOTE 4) (SEE NOTE 4)
W3P1 / W2J3 J708
(SEE NOTE 4)
P1 / J710
P834 / J834
(SEE NOTE 3) P346 / J346 (SEE NOTE 3)
W4P1 / W3J1 W4P1 / W3J1 (SEE NOTE 4)
(SEE NOTE 4) P833 / J833 (SEE NOTE 3)
P706
P677 / J677 P678 / J678
P1 / J1 (SEE NOTE 3)
P679 / J679 W4P2 / J1 (SEE NOTE 4)
P230 / J230 J707
P1 / J1 (SEE NOTE 3)
P246 / J246 W4P2 / J1 (SEE NOTE 4)
P231 / J231
P219 / J219
P2 / J849 (SEE NOTE 3)
P249 / J249 W3P1 / W2J2 (SEE NOTE 4)
P1 / J705
P709
P360 / J1
(SEE NOTE 3)
P858 / J1
(SEE NOTE 4)
W4P1 / W3J1
P657R / J657R (SEE NOTE 4)
P645 / J1 P2 / J835
P680 / J680 (SEE NOTE 3)
P646 / J2 P913 / J913 W3P1 / W2J2
(SEE NOTE 4)
P661 / J661 P660 / J660
P247 / J247 (LEFT)
J163 (LEFT) P248 / J248 (RIGHT)
J164 (RIGHT)
AA3448_2A
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Stores Jettison System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0164 00-29 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TERMINAL BOARD / TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / LOCATION /
CONNECTION POINT DISCONNECT PLUG /
RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P1 / J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK P660 / J660 LEFT SIDE LOWER CON-
(SEE NOTE 3) CONNECTOR SOLE, BL 11 LH, STA 244
P1 / J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK P661 / J661 LEFT SIDE LOWER CON-
(SEE NOTE 3) CONNECTOR SOLE, BL 11 LH, STA 244
P1 / J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL P677 / J677 ATTACHMENT FITTING,
(SEE NOTE 3) TANK CONNECTOR BL 59 RH, STA 291
P1 / J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL P678 / J678 ATTACHMENT FITTING,
(SEE NOTE 3) TANK CONNECTOR BL 59 LH, STA 289
J707 LEFT INBOARD EJECTOR P679 / J679 ATTACHMENT FITTING,
RACK CONNECTOR BL 59 RH, STA 289
J708 RIGHT INBOARD EJECTOR P680 / J680 ATTACHMENT FITTING,
RACK CONNECTOR BL 59 LH, STA 291
P1 / J705 LEFT OUTBOARD EJECTOR P706 RIGHT INBOARD EJECTOR
RACK CONNECTOR RACK CONNECTOR
P1 / J710 RIGHT OUTBOARD EJECTOR P709 / J1 LEFT INBOARD EJECTOR
RACK CONNECTOR RACK CONNECTOR
P2 / J835 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK P833 / J833 ATTACHMENT FITTING,
(SEE NOTE 3) DISCONNECT (SEE NOTE 3) BL 59 LH, STA 295
P2 / J836 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK P834 / J834 ATTACHMENT FITTING,
(SEE NOTE 3) DISCONNECT (SEE NOTE 3) BL 59 RH, STA 295
P2 / J849 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK P856 / J1 AUXILIARY FUEL
(SEE NOTE 3) DISCONNECT MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL
P2 / J850 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
(SEE NOTE 3) TANK DISCONNECT P860 / J346 CABIN CEILING, BL 20 LH,
STA 304
P103R TRANSPONDER
COMPUTER P861 / W2J1 ATTACHMENT FITTING,
(SEE NOTE 4) BL 59 LH, STA 295
P163 / J163 LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
P862 / W2J1 ATTACHMENT FITTING,
P164 / J164 RIGHT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 4) BL 59 RH, STA 295
P219 / J219 CABIN FLOOR, BL 25 RH, P913 / J913 COCKPIT, BL 16 LH, STA 247
STA 247
W3P1 / W2J2 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK
P230 / J230 CABIN CEILING, BL 8 RH, (SEE NOTE 4) DISCONNECT
STA 247
W3P1 / W2J3 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK
P231 / J231 CABIN CEILING, BL 9 LH, (SEE NOTE 4) DISCONNECT
STA 247
W3P1 / W2J2 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING, BL 5 RH (SEE NOTE 4) TANK DISCONNECT
P247 / J247 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248 W3P1 / W2J3 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248 (SEE NOTE 4) TANK DISCONNECT
P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT'S W4P1 / W3J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL, (SEE NOTE 4) DISCONNECT
BL 23 LH W4P1 / W3J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK
P346 / J346 CABIN CEILING, BL 20 LH, (SEE NOTE 4) DISCONNECT
(SEE NOTE 3) STA 304 W4P1 / W3J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
P349 / J349 CABIN CEILING, BL 20 RH, (SEE NOTE 4) TANK DISCONNECT
(SEE NOTE 3) STA 304 W4P1 / W3J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
(SEE NOTE 4) TANK DISCONNECT
P360 / J1 AUXILIARY FUEL
(SEE NOTE 3) MANAGEMENT CONTROL W4P2 / J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK
PANEL (SEE NOTE 4) CONNECTOR
P645 / J1 STORES JETTISON W4P2 / J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
CONTROL PANEL (SEE NOTE 4) TANK CONNECTOR
P646 / J2 STORES JETTISON W4P2 / J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
CONTROL PANEL (SEE NOTE 4) TANK CONNECTOR
P657R / J657R AVIONICS JUNCTION BOX W4P2 / J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE 4) TANK CONNECTOR AA3448_3B
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Stores Jettison System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
Change 5 0164 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
EMER
STORES JETTISON
JETT
ALL JETT DC ESNTL BUS
INBD OUTBD ESSS
BOTH BOTH JTSN
7.5
R R
OUTBD
L L
OFF ALL ESSS
JTSN
B
+ 7.5
INBD
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL UPPER CONSOLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
N O. 1 NO. 1
ESSS JTSN DC PR DC PR
INBD OUTBD I B US I B US
7.5 7.5
ESSS
JTSN
7.5
INBD
ESSS
JTSN
7.5
OUTBD
(SEE NOTE 1) (SEE NOTE 2)
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA3448_4
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Stores Jettison System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0164 00-31 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
ESSS JTSN INBD
J249 P249 P913 J913
CB152
2
7.5
1
A A 1
AMP
NO. 1
B B 2
DC PRI 3
BUS ESSS JTSN
OUTBD 4
28 VDC TO
5
CB151 SHEET
2
7.5
1
D C 6 5
AMP
G D 7
8
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL 9
(SEE DETAIL A)
10
ESSS JTSN INBD
J231 P231 P913 J913
CB322
7.5 A F
2 AMP 1
B G
DC
ESNTL ESSS JTSN
BUS OUTBD
J246 P246 P219 J219
28 VDC
CB315
7.5 H d
2 AMP 1
(SEE
DETAIL B)
J230 P230
n e J1 P360
a 11
U 12
UPPER CONSOLE
H 13
P163 J163 P248 J248 P913 J913 h 14
6
F L H
4 SG163-1
D AUXILIARY FUEL
5
E
GND163-1 MANAGEMENT
CONTROL PANEL
LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 2)
P164 J164 P247 J247 P219 J219
6
F D f
4 SG164-1
D
5
E
GND164-1
RIGHT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 2)
NOTES
1. EH60A
2. BOTH DRAG BEAM SWITCHES SHOWN
WITH WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS.
3. WIRING TO ALTERNATE INBOARD
EJECTOR RACK BRU22A / A
CONNECTOR IS PROVISIONAL. EFFECTIVITY
4. MWO 50-56
W / O MWO 50-78 AB2199_1B
5. IVHMS SA
Figure 2. ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8).
Change 5 0164 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
LEFT OUTBOARD LEFT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD RIGHT INBOARD
FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK
P1 1 2 P1 1 2 P1 1 2 P1 1 2
J1 J1 J1 J1
P2 1 2 P2 1 2 P2 1 2 P2 1 2
J849 J835 J850 J836
J833 J834
P833 6 7 1 2 P834 6 7 1 2
P346 J346 P913 J913
SGP346-5
11 43 M 15
SGP346-7
12 41 L 16 TO
SGP346-6 SHEET
13 7 K 17 6
14 5 J 18
SGP346-8
P346 44 6 42 32
J346
GND346-3 GND346-4
ESSS JTSN INBD
MAJOR J249 P249
CHANGE CB126
7.5 A
2 AMP 1
NO. 1 B
DC PRI
ESSS JTSN
BUS
OUTBD
28 VDC
CB101 J246 P246
7.5 D
2 AMP 1
G h
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER UPPER CONSOLE
EFFECTIVITY PANEL
DETAIL B
W / O MWO 50-78 DETAIL A (SEE NOTE 1)
(SEE NOTE 1) AB2199_2A
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8).
0164 00-33 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ESSS JTSN INBD
J249 P249 P913 J913
CB152
2
7.5
1
A A 1
AMP
NO. 1
B B 2
DC PRI 3
BUS ESSS JTSN
OUTBD 4
28 VDC
5 TO
CB151 SHEET
2
7.5
1
D C 6 5
AMP
G D 7
8
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER 9
PANEL (SEE DETAIL A) 10
ESSS JTSN INBD
J231 P231 P913 J913
CB322
7.5 A F
2 AMP 1
B G
DC
ESNTL ESSS JTSN
BUS OUTBD
J246 P246 P219 J219
28 VDC
CB315
7.5 H d
2 AMP 1
(SEE
DETAIL B)
J230 P230
n e
UPPER CONSOLE
P163 J163 P248 J248 P913 J913
6
F L H
ESSS JTSN INBD 4 SG163-1
J249 P249
D
CB126 5
7.5 A E
2 AMP 1
NO. 1 B GND163-1
DC PRI
ESSS JTSN
BUS
OUTBD LEFT DRAG BEAM
28 VDC SWITCH (SEE NOTE 2)
CB101
7.5 D
2 AMP 1
G P164 J164 P247 J247 P219 J219
6
F D f
4 SG164-1
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER D
5
PANEL E
GND164-1
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 1) RIGHT DRAG BEAM
SWITCH (SEE NOTE 2)
NOTES
(SEE DETAIL C)
1. EH60A J246 P246
2. BOTH DRAG BEAM SWITCHES SHOWN
WITH WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS. h
3. WIRING TO ALTERNATE INBOARD
EJECTOR RACK BRU22A / A
CONNECTOR IS PROVISIONAL.
UPPER CONSOLE
4. MWO 50-56 EFFECTIVITY
5. HH60A HH60L
DETAIL B AB2199_3B
MWO 50-78 (SEE NOTE 1) SA
Figure 2. ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8).
Change 5 0164 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
LEFT OUTBOARD LEFT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD RIGHT INBOARD
FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
W4P2 C E F W4P2 C E F W4P2 C E F W4P2 C E F
W4P1 C D F W4P1 C D F W4P1 C D F W4P1 C D F
W3J1 W3J1 W3J1 W3J1
W3P1 C D F W3P1 C D F W3P1 C D F W3P1 C D F
W2J3 W2J2 W2J3 W2J2
W2J1 N P R K L M W2J1 N P R K L M
P861 P862
P856 40 42 41 37 39 38 31 33 32 34 36 35
LO TANK IDB H
LI TANK IDB H
RI TANK IDB H
RO TANK IDB H
LO TANK ID L
LI TANK ID L
LO TANK IDA H
RI TANK ID L
LI TANK IDA H
RI TANK IDA H
RO TANK ID L
RO TANK IDA H
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL P857 2 19 1 18
JET JET JET JET
IN IN OUT OUT
ID ID ID ID
(R) (L) (R) (L) P860 J346 P913 J913
43 M 15
41 L 16 TO
SHEET
7 K 17 6
EFFECTIVITY 5 J 18
MWO 50-78
AB2199_4
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8).
0164 00-35 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P1 J710
A
B J708
FIRING SG708-1
CABLE A
GND710-1
RIGHT OUTBOARD B SG708-2
RIGHT INBOARD
EJECTOR RACK EJECTOR RACK 19
BRU22/A BRU22/A SG708-1
P706 (SEE NOTE 3)
SG706-2
B 20
SG706-1
C 21
N SG706-3
A SG706-4
RIGHT INBOARD SG706-2
EJECTOR RACK
GND706-1
MAU40
9 22 TO
5 SHEET
8 23 7
3
TO 4
SHEET
1 OR 3 10
6
7
2
1
SGP645-k (SEE NOTE 5)
GND646-1
P645 p n q f k P646 c d g f h j e
J1 J2
24
25
26
27
28
CR6 CR7 CR5 CR8 29
CR1 CR3
CR2 CR4
A3
A3
A2
A2
X2
X2
B3
B3
A1
A1
B2
B2
4 5 6 1 2 3 6 5 4 3 2 1
X1
X1
B1
B1
PRI JETT ARMING EMER JETT ARMING
RELAY K1 JETT RELAY K4 EMER JETT ALL
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL AB2199_5A
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 8).
Change 5 0164 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
J677 P677
1 30
2
31
J679 P679
19 12 32
SG710-1
13
15
20 14
9 TO
21 8 SHEET
7
33
34
5
35
P661 V U W X R P S T J H Y Z N M K L
15 J661
TO
16
SHEET
17
GND645-1
2 OR 4
18
P645 g h c X i j P646 L J A C N R G E
J1 J2
24 36
25 37
26 38
27 39 TO
SHEET
28 40 7
29
41
42
A1
A2
A3
A1
A2
A3
A1
A2
A3
A1
A2
A3
A3
A2
A1
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
B1
B3
B1
B3
B2
B2
INBD STORES OUTBD STORES EMER JETT INBD STORES EMER JETT OUTBD PRI JETT INBD STORES
PRESENT RELAY K2 PRESENT RELAY K3 RELAY K6 (1-SECOND D.O.P.I.) STORES RELAY K5 RELAY K7 (1-SECOND D.O.P.I.)
AB2199_6
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL SA
Figure 2. ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8).
0164 00-37 Change 5
0164 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SG705-1
43
30
P680 J680
44
31 8
32 5
J678
6
TO P678 5 6 3 4 7 8
SHEET
6
13
33 12 45
34 14 46
15 J677 P677
4 47
TO
22 3
SHEET 6
5
23 5
7
AUDIO JUNCTION
TO SHEET 6 35 8
BOX ASSEMBLY
P660 S R A B P N L M F E C D
J657R J660
P657R F
48
P645 W V N R E G J L
J1
(SEE DETAILS
D AND E)
36
37
38
TO 39 49
SHEET
6
40 50
41 51
42
D C B
PANEL LIGHTS
AB2199_7A
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL SA
Figure 2. ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 8).
Change 5 0164 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0164 00
J705 P1
43 A
J707 SG705-2
B
SG709-2 SG707-1 LEFT INBOARD
44 A EJECTOR RACK FIRING
SG707-2 CABLE
B BRU22A / A
(SEE NOTE 3) GND705-1 LEFT OUTBOARD
GND707-1 EJECTOR RACK
BRU22A/A
J1 P645 UPPER AND
LOWER
V K CONSOLE
LIGHTS
SYSTEM
DETAIL D P709 J1
(SEE NOTE 5)
45 B
SG709-1
46 C
SG709-3
N
SG709-4
47 A
J1 P645 TB2A UPPER AND
J678 LOWER GND709-2
V E CONSOLE LEFT INBOARD
P678 1 2 LIGHTS GND709-1 EJECTOR RACK
SYSTEM MAU40
DETAIL E
(SEE NOTE 4)
P164 J164
P660 G H J K NC
E
J660 C
D
NO
F
SG164-1
S50 NC
MAJOR B
CHANGE C P247 J247
48 A
NO
C C
P645 A C WEIGHT ON GND164-1
J1 WHEELS RH
J210 P210 J217 P217
SG203-2
L U
TO AC
POWER J203 P203
SYSTEM
L
49
50 P163 J163
NC
E
51 C
D
4 NO
INBD BOTH OUTBD BOTH F
3 5
SG163-1
S49 NC
B
INBD R OUTBD R C
2 6 A
NO TO HYDRAULIC
C EMERGENCY
INBD L 7 OUTBD L SYSTEM
1 WEIGHT ON
OFF GND163-1
8 ALL WHEELS LH
DETAIL C AB2199_8B
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL SA
Figure 2. ESSS Stores Jettison System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 8).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0164 00-39 Change 5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 0840 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0849 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1466 00
Thermometer, 389-3L WP 1511 00
WP 1520 00
Personnel Required
WP 1521 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1522 00
References WP 1531 00
TM 1-1520-237-10 WP 1634 00
WP 0089 00 WP 1737 00
WP 0093 00 WP 1800 00
WP 0105 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0108 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0110 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WP 0114 00 No. 1 and No. 2 Engines Operational, (TM
WP 0837 00 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for component location
diagram and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) for schematic
diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The auxiliary cabin heater operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Using External or APU Power
• Using Main Generator Power
USING EXTERNAL OR APU POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AUX HTR BLOWER Mission Readiness
AUX HTR CONTROL Mission Readiness
0165 00-1
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
USING EXTERNAL OR APU POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
LIGHTS ADVSY Copilot’s
LIGHTS LWR CSL Copilot’s
STEP
2. Pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel).
STEP
3. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
4. Turn upper console INST LT PILOT FLT and CONSOLE LT LOWER control fully clockwise to BRT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AUX CABIN HEATER control panel (control panel) on lower console shall light to full brightness.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot upper and lower console lights (WP 0110 00).
STEP
5. Push in control panel HTR ON and HTR INOP lights.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Lights shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and consoles indicator lights dimming
(WP 0114 00).
STEP
6. With HTR ON and HTR INOP lights pushed in, place caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to
BRT/DIM and hold.
CONDITION/INDICATION
HTR ON and HTR INOP lights shall dim.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and consoles indicator lights dimming
(WP 0114 00) or caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00).
STEP
7. Release caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch and release HTR ON and HTR INOP lights.
STEP
8. Record ambient temperature of cabin area.
STEP
9. Set air temperature switch under left gunner’s window to a value greater than the temperature noted in Step 8
STEP
10. Place control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to ON.
0165 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
USING EXTERNAL OR APU POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Blower shall operate, heater shall not operate.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to BLOWER DOES NOT RUN WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT
ON, in this work package.
STEP
11. Place control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to RESET and hold.
CONDITION/INDICATION
HTR ON and HTR INOP indicator lights shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If both lights do not go on, replace control panel (WP 1511 00).
2. If HTR ON light does not go on, go to HTR ON LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH
AT RESET, in this work package.
3. If HTR INOP light does not go on, check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic
Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 6) , P274-K and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6)
, P273-C.
a. If continuity is present, replace control panel (WP 1511 00).
(1) If trouble remains, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
12. Release control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. HTR INOP light shall go off.
2. HTR ON light shall remain on.
3. Heater and blower shall operate.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If HTR INOP light does not go off, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00).
2. If HTR ON light does not remain on, go to HTR ON LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET
SWITCH AT RESET, in this work package.
3. If heater does not go on, go to HEATER DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON (AFTER
RESET), in this work package.
STEP
13. Record ambient temperature of cabin area.
STEP
14. Set air temperature switch to a value less than the ambient temperature of cabin.
0165 00-3
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
USING EXTERNAL OR APU POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Heater shall blow cool air (HTR ON light remains on).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, make sure Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram.
(Sheet 2 of 6) , P728 and P731 are connected to their proper connectors.
a. If connector are not properly connected, connect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram.
(Sheet 2 of 6) , P728 to J728 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) ,
P731 to J731.
b. If connectors are properly connected, replace adjustable air temperature switch (WP 1634 00).
c. If trouble remains, replace muffler (WP 1521 00).
STEP
15. Place control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to OFF.
STEP
16. Turn off electrical power.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Power shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
USING MAIN GENERATOR POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AC ESNTL BUS SPLY Pilot’s
AC ESNTL BUS WARN AC Essential Bus
APU CONTR INST Lower Console
AUX HTR BLOWER Mission Readiness
AUX HTR CONTROL Mission Readiness
BACKUP HYD CONTR Upper Console
BATT BUS CONTR Lower Console
BATT BUS SPLY Upper Console
CAUT/ADVSY PNL Upper Console
DC ESNTL BUS SPLY Pilot’s
0165 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
USING MAIN GENERATOR POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
ESNTL BUS AC & CONV WARN Lower Console
ESNTL BUS DC SPLY Lower Console
LIGHTS ADVSY Copilot’s
LIGHTS CAUT ADVSY Copilot’s
LIGHTS LWR CSL Copilot’s
NO. 1 CONVERTER Copilot’s
NO. 2 CONVERTER Pilot’s
NO. 1 GEN WARN Copilot’s
NO. 2 GEN WARN Pilot’s
STEP
2. Make sure upper console GENERATORS NO. 1, NO. 2, and APU switches are at OFF/RESET.
STEP
3. Start APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
4. With qualified personnel at the controls, start both engines and operate with main rotor turning at 100% (TM
1-1520-237-10).
STEP
5. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 1 and NO. 2 switches to ON.
STEP
6. Pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel).
STEP
7. Record ambient temperature of cabin area.
STEP
8. Set air temperature switch under left gunner’s window to a value greater than ambient temperature of cabin.
STEP
9. Place AUX CABIN HEATER control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to RESET, then ON, and then release.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Blower and heater shall operate.
2. HTR ON light on control panel shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to BLOWER DOES NOT RUN WITH OFF-ON-RESET
SWITCH AT ON, then HEATER DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON (AFTER
RESET)), in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to HTR ON LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WITH
OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT RESET, in this work package.
0165 00-5
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
USING MAIN GENERATOR POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
10. Push in BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel) and place upper console
BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Blower and heater shall go off (HTR INOP light shall go on).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, immediately pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker and go to
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN BACKUP HYDRAULIC PUMP IS RUNNING,
in this work package.
STEP
11. Pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker (upper console circuit breaker panel) and place upper console
BACKUP HYD PUMP switch to OFF.
STEP
12. Momentarily place control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to RESET.
STEP
13. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 1 switch to OFF/RESET.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Blower and heater shall go off (HTR INOP light shall go on).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN
GENERATORS NO. 1 SWITCH PLACED TO OFF/RESET, in this work package.
STEP
14. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 1 switch to ON.
STEP
15. Momentarily place control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to RESET.
STEP
16. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 2 switch to OFF/RESET.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Blower and heater shall go off (HTR INOP light shall go on).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN
GENERATORS NO. 2 SWITCH PLACED TO OFF/RESET, in this work package.
STEP
17. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 2 switch to ON.
STEP
18. Momentarily place control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to RESET.
STEP
19. Record ambient temperature of cabin area.
0165 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
USING MAIN GENERATOR POWER OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
20. Set air temperature switch to a value less than the ambient temperature of cabin.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Heater shall blow cool air (HTR ON light shall remain on).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, make sure Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram.
(Sheet 2 of 6) , P728 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P731are
connected to their proper connectors.
a. If connectors are not properly connected, connect Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram.
(Sheet 2 of 6) , P728 to Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , J728 and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P731 to Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin
Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , J731.
b. If connectors are properly connected, replace adjustable air temperature switch (WP 1634 00).
c. If trouble remains, replace muffler (WP 1521 00).
STEP
21. Place control panel OFF-ON-RESET switch to OFF.
STEP
22. Place upper console GENERATORS NO. 1, NO. 2, and APU switches to OFF/RESET.
STEP
23. Shut down engines and APU (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
24. Turn off electrical power.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Power shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
BLOWER DOES NOT RUN WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON
SYMPTOM
Blower does not run with OFF-ON-RESET switch at ON.
MALFUNCTION
Blower does not run with OFF-ON-RESET switch at ON.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Install an insulated jumper wire between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic
Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-E and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic
Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-F. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-A and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-D
0165 00-7
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BLOWER DOES NOT RUN WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON – Continued
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-B and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-D
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-C and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-D
a. If voltage is as specified, replace blower (WP 1522 00). Go to Step 15
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
1 of 6) , P727-D and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
4. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P722-D and
ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P722-E and
ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P722-F and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P722-A and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-A
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P722-B and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-B
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P722-C and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-C
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
6 of 6) , P723-R and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) ,
P723-S.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 15
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
6 of 6) , P723-R and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
8. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
6 of 6) , P723-S and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6)
, P727-F.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
0165 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
BLOWER DOES NOT RUN WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
9. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
1 of 6) , P727-E and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace blower (WP 1522 00). Go to Step 15
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
10. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , P724-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6) ,
P723-R.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
11. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , P724-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace AUX CABIN HEATER control panel (WP 1511 00). Go to
Step 15
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 12
12. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-G and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6) , P723-M and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P724-C (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
b. If trouble remains, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 15
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13
13. Check for 28 vdc between AUX HTR CONTROL circuit breaker Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin
Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 15
14. Check for 115 vac between AUX HTR BLOWER circuit breaker:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , Terminal A1
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , Terminal B1
and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , Terminal C1
and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 15
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 15
15. Procedure completed.
HTR ON LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT RESET
SYMPTOM
HTR ON light does not go on with OFF-ON-RESET switch at RESET.
MALFUNCTION
HTR ON light does not go on with OFF-ON-RESET switch at RESET.
0165 00-9
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HTR ON LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT RESET – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
3 of 6) , P724-H and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6) ,
P723-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-L and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) ,
P299-M.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
1 of 6) , J299-M and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace range extension provision control panel (WP 1466 00). Go
to Step 4
b. If trouble remains, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 4
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
HEATER DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON (AFTER RESET)
SYMPTOM
Heater does not go on with OFF-ON-RESET switch at ON (after reset).
MALFUNCTION
Heater does not go on with OFF-ON-RESET switch at ON (after reset).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P726-A and
ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P726-C and
ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P726-E and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace heater (WP 1520 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6) , P721-B and
ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6) , P721-D and
ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6) , P721-F and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
0165 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
HEATER DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON (AFTER RESET) – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 28
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P721-A and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P726-A
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P721-C and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P726-C
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P721-E and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P726-E
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
6 of 6) , P723-N and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) ,
P723-P.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
6 of 6) , P723-N and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9
6. Check for 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-B and
ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-C and
ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace adjustable air temperature switch (WP 1634 00). Go to
Step 30
b. If trouble remains, go to Step 7
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P728-A and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-D
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P728-B and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-E
a. If continuity is present, replace cabin temperature sensor (WP 1521 00). Go to Step 30
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
8. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , P725-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-B and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-F(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
0165 00-11
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HEATER DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON (AFTER RESET) – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin
Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P725-C and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) , P723-P (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
9. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
3 of 6) , J730-B and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11
10. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
3 of 6) , J730-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6) ,
P723-N.
a. If continuity is present, replace cycling duct sensor (WP 1531 00). Go to Step 30
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
11. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
3 of 6) , J730-B and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6) ,
P723-A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
12. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
3 of 6) , P723-B and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 6) ,
P723-K.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13
13. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
3 of 6) , P723-B and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 14
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 15
14. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
6 of 6) , P723-K and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 6) ,
P724-J.
a. If continuity is present, replace AUX CABIN HEATER control panel (WP 1511 00). Go to
Step 30
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
15. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , J729-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 17
16. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , J729-B and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace duct overheat sensor (WP 1531 00). Go to Step 30
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
17. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , P726-B and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 18
0165 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
HEATER DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON (AFTER RESET) – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 23
18. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , P726-D and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) ,
J729-A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 19
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
19. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , J726-B and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) ,
J726-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 20
b. If continuity is not present, replace heater (WP 1520 00). Go to Step 30
20. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , P725-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) ,
P725-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace adjustable air temperature switch (WP 1634 00). Go to
Step 30
b. If trouble remains, go to Step 21
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 22
21. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , J728-A and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-D
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , J728-B and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-E
a. If continuity is present, replace cabin temperature sensor (WP 1521 00). Go to Step 30
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
22. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
2 of 6) , P725-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-B and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , P727-F (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin
Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P725-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) , P726-B(WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
23. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
3 of 6) , P724-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 24
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 25
24. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
3 of 6) , P724-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6) ,
P726-B.
a. If continuity is present, replace AUX CABIN HEATER control panel (WP 1511 00). Go to
Step 30
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
0165 00-13
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HEATER DOES NOT GO ON WITH OFF-ON-RESET SWITCH AT ON (AFTER RESET) – Continued
25. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-G and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 26
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 27
26. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-H and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 6) ,
P724-C.
a. If continuity is present, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 30
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
27. Check for 28 vdc between AUX HTR CONTROL circuit breaker Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin
Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , Terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Auxiliary
Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , Terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Auxiliary
Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6) , P723-G (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 30
28. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) , CL20 Terminal
1 and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) , CL21 Terminal
1 and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) , CL22 Terminal
1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) , CL20, Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic
Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) , CL21, Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram.
(Sheet 4 of 6) , CL22, and P721 as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 29
29. Check for 115 vac between:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) , CL20 Terminal
2 and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) , CL21 Terminal
2 and ground
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) , CL22 Terminal
2 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace current limiters as required (WP 0849 00). Go to Step 30
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0105 00). Go to Step
30
30. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN BACKUP HYDRAULIC PUMP IS RUNNING
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary cabin heater continues to operate when backup hydraulic pump is running.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary cabin heater continues to operate when backup hydraulic pump is running.
0165 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN BACKUP HYDRAULIC PUMP IS RUNNING –
Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Push in BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker. Go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-E and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 5
b. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
3. Pull out BACKUP HYD CONTR circuit breaker. Go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-E and K19 NO. 3 HYD PWR PUMP RELAY Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6) , Terminal 1.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot hydraulics system (WP 0089 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN
GENERATORS NO. 1 SWITCH PLACED TO OFF/RESET
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary cabin heater continues to operate when GENERATORS NO. 1 switch placed to OFF/RESET.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary cabin heater continues to operate when GENERATORS NO. 1 switch placed to OFF/RESET.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-H and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-H and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) ,
P212-C.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0105 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN
GENERATORS NO. 2 SWITCH PLACED TO OFF/RESET
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary cabin heater continues to operate when GENERATORS NO. 2 switch placed to OFF/RESET.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary cabin heater continues to operate when GENERATORS NO. 2 switch placed to OFF/RESET.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-F and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace No. 3 relay panel (WP 0840 00). Go to Step 3
0165 00-15
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTINUES TO OPERATE WHEN GENERATORS NO. 2 SWITCH PLACED TO
OFF/RESET – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet
5 of 6) , P723-F and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6) ,
P204-C.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot AC electrical system (WP 0105 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
0165 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
MUFFER
DISTRIBUTION
CABIN TEMP ELBOW
SENSOR BLOWER
P728 / J728 P727 / J727
P731 / J731 P732 / J732
P733 / J733 DISTRIBUTION
DUCT
P298 / J298
P299 / J299
HEATER
P217 / J217 P726 / J726
NO. 2
JUNCTION OVERHEAT DUCT
BOX SENSOR
P204 P729 / J729
P246 / J246 CYCLING DUCT
SENSOR
TRANSITION P730 / J730
DUCT
A
NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
P721 / J721
P722 / J722
P723 / J723
B
E
P725 / J725
CONTROL
P903 / J903
HARNESS
G P249 / J249
P200 / J200 F
TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
J729 OVERHEAT DUCT SENSOR P721 / J721 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
STA 421, WL 250
P722 / J722 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
J730 CYCLING DUCT SENSOR
STA 421, WL 250 P723 / J723 NO. 3 RELAY PANEL
P200 / J200 COCKPIT CEILING P724 / J724 AUX CABIN HEATER
BL 13 LH, STA 246 CONTROL PANEL
P204 NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX P725 / J725 ADJUSTABLE AIR
TEMPERATURE SWITCH
P212 NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
P726 / J726 HEATER, STA 443.5, WL 260
P217 / J217 CABIN CEILING, BL 0, STA
287 P727 / J727 BLOWER, STA 443.5,
WL 260
P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING, BL 5 RH
P728 / J728 CABIN TEMPERATURE
P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT'S CIRCUIT SENSOR, STA 398, WL 254
BREAKER PANEL
BL 23 LH, STA 247 P731 / J731 BLOWER O / H SENSOR
STA 421
P298 / J298 STA 296, WL 265
P732 / J732 STA 421, WL 250
P299 / J299 STA 295, WL 265
P733 / J733 BL 24.71, STA 360, WL 265.30
P315 / J315 LIGHTED SWITCHES
P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
AA6092_1A
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
0165 00-17
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CONSOLE LT
LIGHTED
SWITCHES LOWER
OFF BRT OFF BRT
UPPER CONSOLE
AA6092_2
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
0165 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
C N N
D A
C C
R R
B B
U U
O O
P P
S S
2 2
I I
N N
C C
R R
B B
U U
O O
A D
1 1
P P
S S
I I
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX
AA6092_3
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
0165 00-19
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUX HTR
15
BLOWER
A
C
NO. 2 PRI BUS
50 AMP AUX CABIN HEATER
AC CURRENT LIMITERS
CL20
CL21
D
AUX HTR C
CL22
5
CONTROL
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER
AC CURRENT LIMITERS
MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
C D
F E
N O. 1
AC PR
I B US
N O. 1 65 70
DC PR
I B US
LIGHTS LIGHTS
LWR ADVSY
50 85
5 5
CABIN
TEMPERATURE
CSL
ADJUSTABLE AIR
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL TEMPERATURE SWITCH
AA6092_4A
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
0165 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
AUX CABIN HEATER
HTR HTR
ON INOP
RESET
ON
OFF
LOWER CENTER CONSOLE
AA6092_5
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
0165 00-21
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
LIGHTS
ADVSY
J249 P249
NO. 1 CB140
DC PRI 5 P
BUS 2 AMP 1
P315 J200 P200 P902 J902
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER C3
PANEL 28 VDC A j V J902 P902
SG902-5 C2
X
0-26 VDC C1
D c Z
OUTPUT K40 INDICATOR
LIGHT DIMMING
LEFT RELAY PANEL
LIGHTED
SWITCHES
J246 P246 P217 J217
J299 P299
0-115 VAC FROM
CONSOLE LT Z g J
LOWER CONTROL SG246-2 SG299-1
AUX HTR L
CONTROL
NO. 1 CB18A
UPPER CONSOLE GG7-2
PRI 5 A
BUS DC 2 AMP 1
M
28 VDC
GG7-2
AUX HTR
BLOWER
J298 P298
A CB1A
F 1
A2 A1
NO. 2 B
PRI G 2
BUS AC B2 B1
115 VAC C
15 H 3
C2 AMP C1
A
MISSION READINESS CIRCUIT GG7-2
BREAKER PANEL
TO
J727 P727 SHEET
6
A 4
SG727-1
D
B 5
C 6
E 7
P731 J731
SG727-2
F A
SG723-3
BLOWER
NOTE
RELAYS K102 AND K103 SHOWN WITH
GENERATORS OFF. AB1535_1A
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 1 of 6).
0165 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
J729
B 9 TO SHEET 5
A
J733 P733 OVERHEAT DUCT SENSOR
D 10
SGP902-1
P732 B
J732
TO
SHEET
3
SGP299-4
11
12
SGP299-3
13
SGP299-2 TO
14
SHEET
15 5
SGP299-1
J726 P726
A 16
C 17 TO
SHEET
6
E 18
J732 P732
TH3 TH2 TH1
B A
D
19 TO SHEET 3
HEATER SG723-4
20 TO SHEET 6
8 TO SHEET 6 P725 J725
C
Q1
B
P728 J728
A D
CABIN
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(THERMISTOR)
B E
MUFFLER
ADJUSTABLE AIR TEMPERATURE
SWITCH AB1535_2
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 2 of 6).
0165 00-23
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J730
A 21 TO SHEET 6
B 22 TO SHEET 5
CYCLING DUCT SENSOR
10
TO 13
SHEET 19
2
11
12
23 TO
SHEET
24 6
25 TO
SHEET
26 5
P724 E D K J C A B G H F
J724
OFF ON RESET
SWITCH (SHOWN IN
OFF POSITION)
PANEL
LIGHTING 6 5 4 3 2 3 2
3 2 1
1 1
12
10 11 HTR ON HTR INOP
9
7 8
(SEE DETAILS
A AND B)
AB1535_3
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER CONTROL PANEL SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 3 of 6).
0165 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
OFF-ON-RESET OFF-ON-RESET
SWITCH ON POSITION SWITCH RESET POSITION
6 5 4 6 5 4
3 2 1 3 2 1
10 11 12 10 11 12
7 8 9 7 8 9
DETAIL A DETAIL B
P204 J733 P733
C B 27
28 VDC
K2 NO. 2 CAUTION
GEN CNTOR
WARNING
NO. 2 JUNCTION BOX
K19 NO. 3 HYD X2 X1
PWR PUMP A 28
RELAY 28 VDC
FROM
HYDRAULIC TO
SYSTEM SHEET
P212 5
K1 NO. 1 GEN CNTOR
28 VDC
C C 29
CAUTION
WARNING
AUX CABIN HEATER
AC CURRENT LIMITERS
CL20
30
2 1
NO. 1 CL21
PRI AC 31
BUS 2 1
CL22
32
2 50 1
AMP
NO. 1 JUNCTION BOX AB1535_4
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 4 of 6).
0165 00-25
0165 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO 30
SHEET 31
4 32
TO SHEET 2 9
TO 26
SHEET 22
3 25
TO 29
SHEET 27
4 28
SG723-2
TO 15
SHEET
2 14
GND722-1
GND722-1
P723 T G E L F J H M A D B P721 F D B G
J723 J721
K100
BACKUP PUMP NO. 2 GEN
STATUS RELAY NO. 1 GEN X1 X2
ON RELAY STATUS RELAY
(SEE NOTE)
(SEE NOTE)
K101 K102 K103
X1 X2 X1 X2 X1 X2
A1
B1 A2 A1 A1
A2
B2 A3 A2
B3 A3 A3
A1 B1 B1
B2
A2 B1 B2
A3 B2 B3 B3
B3
NO. 3 RELAY PANEL AB1535_5
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 5 of 6).
0165 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0165 00
6
TO 5
SHEET
1 4
7
TO SHEET 2 20
TO 1
SHEET 2
1 3
18
TO 17
SHEET
2 16
8
TO 21
SHEET 23
3 24
GND722-1
P723 K C N P P721 A C E P722 G D E F P723 R S P722 A B C
J723 J721 J722 J723 J722
K126 K99 K104
X1 X2 X1 X2 X1 X2
11
12
13
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
B1 B2 B1 B2 B1 B2
C1 C2 C1 C2 C1 C2
NO. 3 RELAY PANEL AB1535_6
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram. (Sheet 6 of 6).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0165 00-27
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
CHAFF DISPENSER (M130) SYSTEM UH-60A UH-60L HH-60A HH-60L> . . <
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Test Set, Electronic Systems (test set), M91 WP 0452 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0837 00
Electronic Equipment Toolkit, TK-101/G WP 1542 00
Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge, (WP 2014 00, WP 1544 00
Figure 167 - Drag Beam Wedge) WP 1545 00
WP 1546 00
Personnel Required
WP 1547 00
Avionics Mechanic MOS 15N (1) WP 1737 00
References WP 1800 00
TM 11-1520-237-10 WP 2014 00
Avionics Maintenance Procedures Equipment Condition
TM 9-1095-206-12&P External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0108 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
CHAFF DISPENSER (M130) SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH-60A UH-60L
HH-60A HH-60L> . . <
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
• The flare and chaff dispenser payload modules must be removed from the dispensers
before doing any checks or maintenance on the dispenser system.
• Make sure RIPPLE FIRE switch guard is in the down position on dispenser control panel.
NOTE
• On test set, TS PWR ON lamp lights (clear) and remains on throughout the test sequence
until helicopter power to test set is disconnected or shut off.
• When the test set is installed on the dispenser assembly and 28 vdc helicopter power
has been applied, the sequencer switch inside the dispenser assembly resets, making an
audible sound as it rotates. There will be no such sound if the sequencer switch has been
previously reset or if switch is at 12 or 24.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated ( WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for component
location diagram, and UH-60L MOD HH-60A HH-60L> Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System
.
Schematic Diagram <, UH-60A W/OMOD> Figure 3 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) < for schematic diagram, and Figure 4 - Chaff Dispenser System
.
Test Setup for system test setup as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Pull out CHAFF DISP circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
0166 00-1
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CHAFF DISPENSER (M130) SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH-60A UH-60L
HH-60A HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
STEP
2. Loosen screws and remove payload module.
STEP
3. UH-60A 77-22714 - 77-22723 > Insert locally-made drag beam wedge (WP 2014 00) between left drag beam
.
switch plunger and plunger actuating bracket, to simulate weight-off-wheels. <
.
STEP
4. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
5. Turn chaff dispenser assembly C-F (chaff-flare) switch to C.
STEP
6. Connect test set to chaff dispenser breech assembly with captive mounting studs. Secure mounting studs
uniformly using hexagonal screwdriver provided in test set carrying case.
STEP
7. Make sure test set TEST SEQUENCE switch is at START/HOME.
STEP
8. Connect test set power cable NO. 1 between Figure 4 - Chaff Dispenser System Test Setup, J1on electronics
module and 28 VDC ACFT PWR receptacle on test set.
STEP
9. Remove safety pin from SAFETY PIN receptacle of electronics module.
STEP
10. Turn electronics module switches as follows:
CHAFF SALVO COUNT 1
BURST COUNT 6
SALVO INTERVAL 1
BURST INTERVAL 0.
1
STEP
11. Push in CHAFF DISP circuit breaker (copilot’s circuit breaker panel).
STEP
12. Turn dispenser control panel MAN-PGRM switch to MAN.
STEP
13. Turn dispenser control panel CHAFF counter knob until counter indicates 30.
STEP
14. Place dispenser control panel SAFE-ARM switch to ARM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ARM light shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to ARM LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.
0166 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
CHAFF DISPENSER (M130) SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH-60A UH-60L
HH-60A HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
STEP
15. Press to test all test set lamps.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set lamps shall go on when pressed and go off when released.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace any lamp that does not go on when pressed.
a. If none of the indicating lamps light, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
16. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE switch to TS RESET.
CONDITION/INDICATION
No visual indication shall occur.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
17. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE selector switch to SV SELF TEST.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set STRAY VOLTAGE lamp (red) shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
18. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE selector switch clockwise to TS RESET.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set STRAY VOLTAGE lamp (red) shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
19. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE selector switch to STRAY VOLTAGE.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set STRAY VOLTAGE lamp (red) shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to STRAY VOLTAGE LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.
STEP
NOTE
When test set MANUAL SYSTEM RESET switch is pressed and released, the sequencer
switch inside the dispenser assembly resets, making an audible sound as it rotates. There will
be no such sound if the sequencer switch has previously reset or if switch is at 12 or 24.
20. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE selector switch clockwise to SYS NOT RESET.
0166 00-3
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CHAFF DISPENSER (M130) SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH-60A UH-60L
HH-60A HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set SYS NOT RESET lamp (amber) shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, press and release test set MANUAL SYSTEM RESET switch, SYS
NOT RESET lamp shall go off.
2. If trouble remains, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
21. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE switch to DISP COMPL.
STEP
22. Press and release CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The CHAFF counter dispenser control panel shall count down by one.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CHAFF COUNTER DOES NOT COUNT DOWN, in this work pack-
age.
STEP
23. Place dispenser control panel MAN-PGRM switch to PGRM.
STEP
24. Momentarily press lower console CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The CHAFF counter shall count down from 29 to 23.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System
Schematic Diagram , P1-B and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , J673R-B.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
STEP
25. Repeat Step 24 until CHAFF counter reads 00.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. CHAFF counter shall read 00.
2. Test set DISPENSE COMPLETE lamp (green) shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
26. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE selector switch to SYS NOT RESET.
0166 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
CHAFF DISPENSER (M130) SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH-60A UH-60L
HH-60A HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
The test set SYS NOT RESET lamp (amber) shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
NOTE
When the test set MANUAL SYSTEM RESET switch is pressed and released, the sequencer
switch inside the dispenser assembly resets, making an audible sound as it rotates. There will
be no such sound if the sequencer switch has been previously reset or is in position 12 or 24.
27. Momentarily press test set MANUAL SYSTEM RESET switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set SYS NOT RESET lamp (amber) shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace chaff dispenser assembly (WP 1542 00).
STEP
28. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE switch to STRAY VOLT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
STRAY VOLTAGE lamp (red) on test set shall not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to STRAY VOLTAGE LIGHT GOES ON, in this work package.
STEP
NOTE
When the TEST SEQUENCE switch is turned to START/HOME, the DISPENSE COMPLETE
lamp goes off and the STRAY VOLTAGE lamp goes on momentarily when passing through TS
RESET.
29. Turn test set TEST SEQUENCE selector switch to START/HOME.
STEP
30. Install safety pin flag assembly in electronics module SAFETY PIN receptacle.
STEP
31. Turn off electrical power by pulling out CHAFF DISP circuit breaker (copilot’s circuit breaker panel).
STEP
32. Place dispenser control panel SAFE-ARM switch to SAFE.
STEP
33. Reset dispenser control panel CHAFF counter to 30.
STEP
34. Disconnect test set power cable NO. 1 from electronics module and test set.
0166 00-5
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CHAFF DISPENSER (M130) SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE UH-60A UH-60L
HH-60A HH-60L> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
. .
STEP
35. Place receptacle covers on electronics module and test set receptacles and secure.
STEP
36. Loosen captive mounting studs securing test set to chaff dispenser assembly.
STEP
37. Remove test set from chaff dispenser assembly and store in carrying case along with power cable NO. 1 and
hexagonal screwdriver.
STEP
38. UH-60A 77-22714 - 77-22723 > Remove locally-made drag beam wedge from left drag beam switch. <
. .
STEP
39. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
40. Install payload module and tighten screws.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Module shall be installed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ARM LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
ARM light does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
ARM light does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ MOD HH-60A HH-60L> <, go to Step 2
. .
b. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> . .
<, go to Step 10
c. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> <, go to Step 18
. .
d. UH-60A 77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> <, go to Step 28
. .
2. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Press ARM light.
. .
a. If ARM light goes on, go to Step 3
b. If ARM light does not go on, go to Step 5
3. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 -
. .
Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , J673R-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electronic module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 41
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
0166 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
ARM LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
4. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check continuity between Figure 2
. .
- Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P669R-F and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , J673R-F.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
5. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check ARM light lamp.
. .
a. If ARM light lamp is good, go to Step 6
b. If ARM light lamp is burnt out, replace lamp (WP 1545 00). Go to Step 41
6. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check fuse in dispenser control
. .
panel .
a. If fuse is good, go to Step 7
b. If fuse is blown, replace fuse (WP 1546 00). Go to Step 41
7. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 -
. .
Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P669R-H and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9
8. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check continuity between Figure 2 -
. .
Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P669R-R and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace chaff dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
9. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check for 28 vdc between CHAFF
. .
DISP circuit breaker Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , terminal 1
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System
Schematic Diagram , P669R-H (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 41
10. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> < . .
Press ARM light.
a. If ARM light goes on, go to Step 11
b. If ARM light does not go on, go to Step 13
11. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> . .
< Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram ,
J673R-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electronic module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 41
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 12
12. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> < . .
Check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-F
and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , J673R-F.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
13. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> < . .
Check ARM light lamp.
0166 00-7
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ARM LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
a. If ARM light lamp is good, go to Step 14
b. If ARM light lamp is burnt out, replace lamp (WP 1545 00). Go to Step 41
14. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> < . .
Check fuse in dispenser control panel.
a. If fuse is good, go to Step 15
b. If fuse is blown, replace fuse (WP 1546 00). Go to Step 41
15. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> < . .
Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-H
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 17
16. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> < . .
Check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-R
and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
17. UH-60A 78-22987 - SUBQ W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> . .
< Check for 28 vdc between CHAFF DISP circuit breaker Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System
Schematic Diagram , P1-H (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 41
18. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Press ARM light.
. .
a. If ARM light goes on, go to Step 19
b. If ARM light does not go on, go to Step 21
19. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-Pand ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electronic module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 41
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 20
20. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-F and Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-F.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
21. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check ARM light lamp.
. .
a. If ARM light lamp is good, go to Step 22
b. If ARM light lamp is burnt out, replace lamp (WP 1545 00). Go to Step 41
22. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check fuse in dispenser control panel.
. .
a. If fuse is good, go to Step 23
b. If fuse is blown, replace fuse (WP 1546 00). Go to Step 41
0166 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
ARM LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
23. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-H and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 24
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 25
24. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-R and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
25. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P656R-EE and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 26
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 27
26. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P656R-FF and Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-H.
a. If continuity is present, replace audio junction box assembly (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
27. UH-60A 77-22724 - 78-22986 W/O MOD> < Check for 28 vdc between CHAFF DISP circuit
. .
breaker Figure 3 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , terminal 1
and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P656R-EE (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 41
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 41
28. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Press ARM light.
. .
a. If ARM light goes on, go to Step 29
b. If ARM light does not go on, go to Step 31
29. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-P and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electronic module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 41
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 30
30. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-F and Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-F.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
31. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check ARM light lamp.
. .
a. If ARM light lamp is good, go to Step 32
b. If ARM light lamp is burnt out, replace lamp (WP 1545 00). Go to Step 41
32. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check fuse in dispenser control panel.
. .
0166 00-9
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ARM LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
a. If fuse is good, go to Step 33
b. If fuse is blown, replace fuse (WP 1546 00). Go to Step 41
33. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-H and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 34
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 35
34. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-V and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
35. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P656R-EE and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 36
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 40
36. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P656R-FF and Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-H.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 37
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
37. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J163-A and Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J163-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, check for proper adjustment on left drag beam switch (WP 0452
00).
b. If adjustment can not be done, replace left drag beam switch (WP 0452 00). Go to Step 41
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 38
38. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J163-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 39
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
39. UH-60A-77-22714 - 77-22723 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff
. .
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J163-B and Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , P656R-GG.
a. If continuity is present, replace audio junction box assembly (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures). Go to Step 41
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 41
40. Check for 28 vdc between CHAFF DISP circuit breaker Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P656R-EE (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 41
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 41
0166 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
ARM LIGHT DOES NOT GO ON – Continued
41. Procedure completed.
STRAY VOLTAGE LIGHT GOES ON
SYMPTOM
STRAY VOLTAGE light goes on.
MALFUNCTION
STRAY VOLTAGE light goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram ,
J673R-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P). Go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram ,
J673R-A and remaining pins of Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
, J673R.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
CHAFF COUNTER DOES NOT COUNT DOWN
SYMPTOM
Chaff counter does not count down.
MALFUNCTION
Chaff counter does not count down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check helicopter configuration.
a. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ MOD HH-60A HH-60L> <, go to Step 2
. .
b. UH-60L 89-26149 UH-60L 89-26154 W/O MOD UH-60L 89-26179 - 92-26407> <, go to Step 8
. .
2. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Press and hold CHAFF DISPENSE
. .
switch. Go to Step 3
3. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check continuity between Figure 2
. .
- Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P669R-C and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , P669R-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 6
4. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check continuity between Figure 2
. .
- Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P669R-A and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , J673R-A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
5. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check continuity between Figure 2
. .
- Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P669R-T and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , J673R-T.
0166 00-11
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CHAFF COUNTER DOES NOT COUNT DOWN – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 17
b. If trouble remains, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 17
c. If trouble still remains, replace dispenser assembly (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 17
d. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
6. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check continuity between Figure 2
. .
- Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P669R-D and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , CHAFF DISPENSE switch terminal 3.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
7. UH-60L 92-26408 - SUBQ AND MOD HH-60A HH-60L> < Check continuity between Figure 2
. .
- Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P669R-C and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , CHAFF DISPENSE switch terminal 4.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1547 00). Go to Step 17
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
8. UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407 W/O MOD> < Press and hold CHAFF
. .
DISPENSE switch. Go to Step 9
9. UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between
. .
Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-C and Figure 2 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 12
10. UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between
. .
Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-A and Figure 2 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , J673R-A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
11. UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407 W/O MOD> < Check continuity between
. .
Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-T and Figure 2 - Chaff
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , J673R-T.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 17
b. If trouble remains, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 17
c. If trouble still remains, replace dispenser assembly (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 17
d. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
12. Check helicopter configuration.
a. UH-60L 89-26149, 89-26154 UH-60L 89-26179-92-26407> <, go to Step 13
. .
b. W/O MOD> <, go to Step 15
. .
13. UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> < Check continuity between Figure
. .
2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-D and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , P20R-S.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
0166 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
CHAFF COUNTER DOES NOT COUNT DOWN – Continued
14. UH-60L 89-26149 - 89-26154 AND 89-26179 - 92-26407> < Check continuity between Figure
. .
2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram , P1-C and Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram , P20R-M.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1547 00). Go to Step 17
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
15. W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-D and CHAFF DISP switch Figure 3 - Chaff Dispenser System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , terminal 3.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 16
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
16. W/O MOD> < Check continuity between Figure 3 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic
. .
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P1-C and CHAFF DISP switch Figure 3 - Chaff Dispenser System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , terminal 4.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1547 00). Go to Step 17
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 17
17. Procedure completed.
STRAY VOLTAGE LIGHT GOES ON
SYMPTOM
STRAY VOLTAGE light goes on.
MALFUNCTION
STRAY VOLTAGE light goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram ,
J673R-B and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P). Go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram ,
J673R-B and remaining pins of Figure 2 - Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
, J673R.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
0166 00-13
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P3 / J673R
C
P20R / J20R
B
D
A
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
P672R / J672R
P669R / J1 P249 / J249
(SEE NOTE 1)
P1 / J1 P248 / J248
P669R / J2 (SEE NOTE 3)
(SEE NOTE 2)
P21R / J21R
LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
P163 / J163 (SEE NOTE 3)
LOWER
CONSOLE P914 / J914
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
P656R / J656R P671R / J671R
(SEE NOTE 3)
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P1 / J1 DISPENSER CONTROL
PANEL
(SEE NOTE 2)
P3 / J673R ELECTRONIC MODULE
P20R / J20R CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248
(SEE NOTE 4)
P21R / J21R CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248
P163 / J163 LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
(SEE NOTE 3)
P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248
(SEE NOTE 3)
NOTES
P249 / J249 BEHIND COPILOT'S
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL,
1. UH60L 92-26408 - SUBQ BL 23 LH
MOD HH60A HH60L P656R / J656R JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY
P669R / J1 DISPENSER CONTROL
2. UH60L 89-26149 PANEL
89-26154 (SEE NOTE 1)
AND 89-26179 -
P669R / J2 COCKPIT, BL 4 LH, STA 245
92-26407 W/O MOD (SEE NOTE 2)
3. W/O MOD P671R / J671R COCKPIT, BL 0, STA 235
P672R / J672R CABIN, BL 37 LH, STA 389
4. UH60A UH60L PRIOR TO
P914 / J914 COCKPIT, BL 24 LH,
92-26408 . STA 247
AA2619_1B
SA
Figure 1. Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0166 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
FLARE ARM CHAFF
0 0 0 0
DISP
CONT
ARM
R
I F MAN PGRM
P I CHAFF
P R DISPENSE
L E
E
SAFE
CHAFF DISPENSE
DISPENSER CONTROL PANEL SWITCH
A B
D C
NO. 1
DC P R
I BUS
CHAFF
DISP
E 7.5
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
CHAFF DISPENSER ASSEMBLY AA2619_2A
SA
Figure 1. Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0166 00-15
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SAFETY PIN AND
WARNING FLAG
ELECTRONICS MODULE
SELECT SWITCH
C (CHAFF)
F (FLARE)
DISPENSER ASSEMBLY
AA2619_3A
SA
Figure 1. Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0166 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
PAYLOAD MODULE
AA2619_4A
SA
Figure 1. Chaff Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0166 00-17
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
J1 P1 J2 P669R
H H
T T
A A
CHAFF DISP B B
28 VDC
P P
J249 P249
NO. 1 F F
CB110
DC PRI 7.5 Z
BUS V V
2 AMP 1
SG669R-1
R R
P20R J20R
GG13-2
C M
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
1 2
J21R
P21R P 3 4
D S
CHAFF DISPENSE
J1 P669R
CHAFF DISPENSE SWITCH
28 VDC PWR IN H
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
POWER GROUND V
SG669R-1
CHASSIS GROUND R
GG13-2 J671R P671R J672R P672R J673R P3
ARM LIGHT F C E F
CHAFF COUNT T G G T
CHAFF MANUAL A H H A
CHAFF PROGRAM B J J B
ARM P K K P
J
N
REMOTE CHAFF CONTROL C
R
GND673-1
1 2
3 4
CHAFF SWITCH INPUT D
CABLE
CHAFF DISPENSE
ASSEMBLY
(SEE
DETAIL A)
CHAFF DISPENSE SWITCH
DISPENSER
CONTROL PANEL
NOTE PAYLOAD MODULE DISPENSER ELECTRONICS
ASSEMBLY MODULE
UH60L 89-26149
89-26154
AND 89-26179 -
92-26407
AB1472B
SA
Figure 2. Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram UH-60L MOD HH-60A HH-60L> <. . .
0166 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
JUNCTION BOX ASSY
SAFE / ARM X2
INTERLOCK X1
RELAY K1
A1
A2
A3
J656R
P656R FF EE GG
(SEE DETAIL A)
CHAFF DISP
J249 P249 J21R P21R
NO. 1
CB110
DC PRI 7.5 Z P SGR10-6
BUS 2 AMP 1
28 VDC
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
J671R P671R
J1 P1 J2 P669R
D
SGR10-7
28 VDC PWR IN H H F
CHAFF COUNT T T G
CHAFF MANUAL A A H
CHAFF PROGRAM B B J
ARM P P K
ARM LIGHT F F C
POWER GROUND V V
CHASSIS GROUND R R SG669R-1
REMOTE CHAFF CONTROL C
GG13-2
CHAFF SWITCH INPUT D
(SEE DETAIL B)
DISPENSER CONTROL PANEL P20R J20R
M
NOTES
EFFECTIVITY
1. UH-60A 77-22714 - 77-22723
2. DRAG BEAM SWITCH SHOWN WITH UH-60A W/O MOD
AB1473_1A
WEIGHT - ON - WHEELS. SA
Figure 3. Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram UH-60A W/OMOD> < (Sheet 1 of 2). . .
0166 00-19
0166 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
J656R P656R J914 P914
GG M
J2 P669R
2 1 3
B A V
P163
J163 R
JUNCTION (SEE NOTE 2)
BOX ASSY J248 P248
N SG163-1 GG13-2
GND163-1
DETAIL A DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 1) (SEE NOTE 1)
J672R P672R J673R P3
D G
F V CABLE
G T ASSEMBLY
H A
J B
K P
E F
J ELECTRONICS DISPENSER PAYLOAD MODULE
N MODULE ASSEMBLY
R
GND673-1
1 2
3 4
CHAFF DISPENSE
CHAFF DISPENSE SWITCH
AB1473_2
SA
Figure 3. Chaff Dispenser System Schematic Diagram UH-60A W/OMOD> < (Sheet 2 of 2). . .
0166 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0166 00
TEST SETUP
P3 J673R
28V
ELECTRONICS
MODULE
J1
DISPENSER
RECEPTACLE
COVER
BREECH
ASSEMBLY
POWER CABLE NO. 1
(PART OF TEST SET)
XM91
TEST SET
+28 VDC
ACFT PWR
CAPTIVE
MOUNTING
STUD HEADS
RECEPTACLE
COVER
AA2623
SA
Figure 4. Chaff Dispenser System Test Setup.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0166 00-21
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
CHAFF/FLARE DISPENSER (XM130) SYSTEM EH-60A> . . <
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
Test Set, Electronics System, M92 TM 11-5865-200-12
WP 0108 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0837 00
Electronic Equipment Toolkit, TK-101/G WP 1542 00
Locally-Made Dispenser Test Cable WP 2014 00, WP 1544 00
Figure 175, Sheet 1 - Dispenser Test Cable (Sheet WP 1545 00
1 of 2) WP 1546 00
Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge WP 2014 00, Figure WP 1547 00
167 - Drag Beam Wedge WP 1548 00
Materials/Parts WP 1549 00
Isopropyl Alcohol, Technical, (WP 2012 00, Item 170) WP 1737 00
Machinery Towel, (WP 2012 00, Item 211) WP 1800 00
Personnel Required WP 2012 00
Avionics Mechanic MOS 15N (1) WP 2014 00
References Equipment Condition
TM 1-1520-237-10 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
TM 9-1095-206-12&P or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for component
location diagram, Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
for schematic diagram, and Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup for system test
setup as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The chaff/flare dispenser system operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Helicopter/Dispenser System Interface
• Flare Dispenser System
• Chaff Dispenser System
• Shutdown
0167 00-1
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HELICOPTER/DISPENSER SYSTEM INTERFACE OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
Injury to personnel can occur if maintenance or checks on dispenser system is done with flare
and chaff dispenser payload modules installed. Remove flare and chaff dispenser payload
modules.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Make sure that the CHAFF/FLARE DISP circuit breaker on the copilot’s circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
STEP
2. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
3. Remove safety pin from dispenser system electronics module.
STEP
4. Turn dispenser control panel ARM indicator DIM control fully counterclockwise.
STEP
5. Place dispenser control panel ARM-SAFE switch to ARM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ARM indicator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to ARM INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.
STEP
6. With dispenser control panel arm indicator pressed, turn dispenser control panel ARM indicator DIM control
fully clockwise, and then fully counterclockwise.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ARM indicator shall go from bright to dim and then bright again.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
0167 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
Injury to personnel can occur if maintenance or checks on dispenser system is done with flare
and chaff dispenser payload modules installed. Remove flare and chaff dispenser payload
modules.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Do Helicopter/Dispenser System Interface Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if
not already done.
STEP
2. Pull out CHAFF/FLARE DISP circuit breaker (copilot’s circuit breaker panel).
STEP
3. Pull out ALQ-156 and LIGHTS CAUT/ADVSY circuit breakers (copilot’s circuit breaker panel).
STEP
CAUTION
Make sure antennas are connected to the ALQ-156 receiver-transmitter before turning on
control indicator. Operation without antennas connected will damage transmitter.
4. Connect test set (M92) to chaff/flare dispenser system as follows (Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System
Test Setup):
• Connect Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, P1 of test cable (70600-45008-041) to
helicopter Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R.
• Connect Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J1 of test cable (70600-45008-041) to
Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, P3 of electronics module.
• Connect Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, P1 of test cable No. 2 (9325992) to
Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J1 of dispenser test adapter assembly (9326211).
• Connect Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, P2 of power cable No. 1 (9325989) to
Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J1 of test set.
• Connect Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, P1 of power cable No. 1 (9325989) to
Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J128-V on electronics module.
• Skip this step when doing chaff dispenser check. Insert flare simulator (9325117) mounting rod into
faceplate of dispenser test adapter assembly. Secure mounting rod with thumbscrew (fingertight).
• Connect dispenser test adapter assembly to breech assembly of dispenser. Using a 5/32-inch hexag-
onal wrench, handtighten both mounting studs evenly.
• Place dispenser assembly C-F selector switch to F for flare checks, or C for chaff checks.
• Skip this step when doing chaff dispenser checks. Connect Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System
Test Setup, P1 of test cable No. 1 (9325991) to Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J3
of test set.
0167 00-3
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Skip this step when doing chaff dispenser checks. Support flare simulator assembly and connect
Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, P7 of test cable No. 1 to Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare
Dispenser System Test Setup, J1 of flare simulator assembly.
• Connect red lead and black lead of multimeter to test jacks Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System
Test Setup, J8 and Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J9 of test set.
• Position electronic module CHAFF switches as follows:
• SALVO COUNT 4 (bursts)
• SALVO INTERVAL 2 (seconds)
• BURST COUNT 3 (firings)
• BURST INTERVAL 0.4 (seconds)
• If installed, remove safety pin from electronics module SAFETY PIN receptacle.
STEP
5. Place dispenser control panel switches as follows:
ARM-SAFE SAFE
RIPPLE FIRE Down
FLARE and CHAFF Counters 30
STEP
6. Push in CHAFF/FLARE DISP circuit breaker (copilot’s circuit breaker panel).
STEP
7. Make sure PUSH FOR STANDBY pushbutton on the ALQ-156 control indicator panel is at "out" position (not
depressed).
STEP
NOTE
Warmup time is approximately eight to ten minutes. It may be as long as 30 minutes or as little
as 15 seconds depending upon equipment and environmental temperature.
8. Set ALQ-156 control indicator POWER ON/OFF switch to ON position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
WRMUP STATUS lamp shall light.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot ALQ-156 system (TM 11-5865-200-12).
STEP
WARNING
When the ALQ-156 is on, high frequency electromagnetic radiation is present. High frequency
electromagnetic radiation can cause internal burns without causing any sensation of heat.
0167 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
When the WRMUP (warm-up) lamp goes out, press PUSH FOR STANDBY pushbutton to
disable transmitter.
9. When the WRMUP lamp goes out, the ALQ-156 system is on. Depress PUSH FOR STANDBY pushbutton
on control indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
STBY STATUS lamp shall light.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot ALQ-156 system (TM 11-5865-200-12).
STEP
10. Place dispenser control panel ARM-SAFE switch to ARM.
STEP
NOTE
With dispenser test adapter assembly installed and 28 vdc power applied, sequencer switch in
dispenser assembly may automatically reset. This results in an audible sound in the immediate
vicinity.
11. Momentarily press test set POWER ON indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
POWER ON indicator shall go on when pressed and go off when released.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
a. If trouble remains, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00).
STEP
12. Place test set UNIT POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
13. Place test set POWER ON switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
POWER ON indicator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
14. Position test set RANGE switch to 1 - 15 position and SEQUENCE switch to OFF.
STEP
15. Momentarily press test set STRAY VOLTAGE SELF TEST switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc while switch is pressed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check test setup cable connections (Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser
System Test Setup).
0167 00-5
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
16. Turn test set SEQUENCE switch clockwise, stopping for 5 seconds at each position to read multimeter, until
SEQUENCE switch is turned to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
At each switch position, multimeter shall indicate 0.25 vdc or less for 3 seconds or less.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace dispenser assembly (WP 1542 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00).
STEP
17. Place test set RANGE switch within 16 - 30 position.
STEP
18. Turn test set SEQUENCE switch clockwise, stopping for 5 seconds at each position to read multimeter, until
SEQUENCE switch is turned to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
At each switch position, multimeter shall indicate 0.25 vdc or less for 3 seconds or less.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace dispenser assembly (WP 1542 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00).
STEP
19. Place multimeter to lowest dc voltage range and repeat steps Step 12, Step 14, and Step 15
STEP
20. Place test set POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
CAUTION
To prevent damage to multimeter, do not press test set STRAY VOLTAGE SELF TEST switch
while doing resistance checks.
21. Set multimeter to read resistance on RX1000 ohms scale.
STEP
22. Place test set RANGE switch within 1 - 15 position.
STEP
23. Turn test set SEQUENCE switch clockwise, stopping at each position to read multimeter, until SEQUENCE
switch is turned to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall read between 800 and 900 ohms in each switch position except for first position, which shall
read between 250 and 400 ohms.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, press and release MANUAL SYSTEM RESET switch on dispenser test
adapter.
0167 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
24. Place test set RANGE switch within 16 - 30 position and repeat step Step 22
STEP
25. Place test set POWER switch to ON.
STEP
26. Press test set FIRING ORDER RESET pushbutton.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Firing order indicators 1 through 30 shall change from white to red.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repeat step Step 24
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
CAUTION
Step Step 25 may require operator to press FLARE SIMULATOR RESET pushbutton. Do not
press and hold pushbutton, or damage to test set may result.
27. Momentarily press test set FLARE SIMULATOR RESET pushbutton, if flare simulator assembly indicator
(amber) is not on.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Flare simulator assembly indicator (amber) shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
28. Press instrument panel FLARES pushbutton once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Dispenser control panel FLARE counter shall count down to 29.
2. Test set firing order No. 1 indicator changes from red to white.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, remove dispenser test adapter assembly from flare
dispenser and clean contacts of both units with machinery towel, WP 2012 00, Item 211 dampened with
isopropyl alcohol, WP 2012 00, Item 170. Reinstall test adapter assembly and repeat operational/trou-
bleshooting procedure from step Step 20
a. If trouble remains, go to FLARE COUNTER AND TEST SET DO NOT REGISTER SIMULATED FLARE
LAUNCH, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
a. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J998R-5 and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J669R-U (WP 1800 00).
0167 00-7
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
3. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
4. If dispenser control panel FLARE counter counts down to 27 and test set firing order indicators 1 through 3
change from red to white, replace flare dispenser (WP 1549 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace flare simulator and/or test set.
STEP
29. Press instrument panel FLARES pushbutton once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Dispenser control panel FLARE counter shall count down to 26.
2. Test set firing order No. 2, 3, and 4 indicators shall change from red to white.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, replace flare dispenser assembly (WP 1542 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00).
b. If trouble still remains, repair/replace wiring between flare dispenser and electronics module (WP 1800
00).
STEP
30. Raise dispenser control panel RIPPLE FIRE switch guard and place switch in up position until FLARE
counter reads 00.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. FLARE counter shall count down to 00.
2. Test set firing order indicators No. 5 through 30 shall change from red to white.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
2. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to FLARE COUNTER DOES NOT COUNT DOWN
WHEN RIPPLE FIRE SWITCH IS IN UP POSITION, in this work package.
STEP
NOTE
When MANUAL SYSTEM RESET switch on dispenser test adapter assembly is pressed,
dispenser assembly sequencer switch makes an audible sound as the switch turns.
31. Press and release dispenser test adapter assembly MANUAL SYSTEM RESET switch.
STEP
32. Press test set FIRING ORDER RESET pushbutton.
STEP
33. Set dispenser control panel FLARE counter to read 30.
STEP
34. Place dispenser control panel ARM-SAFE switch to SAFE.
0167 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Dispenser control panel ARM indicator shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
STEP
35. Raise dispenser control panel RIPPLE FIRE switch guard and place switch to up position until FLARE
counter reads 00.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Dispenser control panel ARM indicator shall go on.
2. Dispenser control panel FLARE counter shall count down to 00.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition 1. and/or 2. are not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
STEP
36. Place dispenser control panel RIPPLE FIRE switch guard to down position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Dispenser control panel ARM indicator shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
STEP
37. Set dispenser control panel FLARE counter to 30 and ARM-SAFE switch to ARM.
STEP
38. Press and release dispenser test adapter assembly MANUAL SYSTEM RESET switch.
STEP
39. Press test set FIRING ORDER RESET pushbutton.
STEP
40. Depress PUSH FOR STANDBY pushbutton on ALQ-156 control indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
STBY lamp shall go out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot ALQ-156 system (TM 11-5865-200-12).
STEP
41. Momentarily place ALQ-156 control indicator TEST FLARE switch to TEST (up) position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLARE counter on dispenser control panel shall read 29 and firing order indicator No. 1 on test set shall
change to WHITE.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00).
0167 00-9
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLARE DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
a. If trouble remains, check continuity between control indicator, dispenser control panel, and electronics
module.
(1) If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00).
(2) If continuity is present, troubleshoot ALQ-156 system (TM 11-5865-200-12).
STEP
42. Place ALQ-156 control indicator POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.
STEP
43. Place dispenser control panel ARM-SAFE switch to SAFE.
STEP
44. Disconnect Figure 3 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, P7 of test cable No. 1 from Figure 3 -
Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J1 at flare simulator assembly.
STEP
45. Remove dispenser test adapter assembly from flare dispenser assembly.
STEP
46. Remove flare simulator assembly from dispenser test adapter assembly.
STEP
47. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
CHAFF DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
Injury to personnel can occur if maintenance or checks on dispenser system is done with flare
and chaff dispenser payload modules installed. Remove flare and chaff dispenser payload
modules.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
1. Do Helicopter/Dispenser System Interface Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if
not already done.
0167 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
CHAFF DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Do steps 2 through 24 of Flare Dispenser System, in this work package. Skip all steps that apply to flare
dispenser system as noted.
STEP
3. Place dispenser control panel MAN-PGRM switch to MAN.
STEP
4. Place dispenser control panel ARM-SAFE switch to ARM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
ARM indicator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to ARM INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON, in this work package.
STEP
5. Press lower console CHAFF DISP pushbutton once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Dispenser control panel CHAFF counter shall count down to 29.
2. Test set firing order indicator No. 1 shall change from red to white.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to CHAFF COUNTER AND TEST SET DO NOT
REGISTER SIMULATED CHAFF LAUNCH, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00).
3. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
6. Place dispenser control panel MAN-PGRM switch to PGRM.
STEP
7. Press lower console CHAFF DISP pushbutton once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Dispenser control panel CHAFF counter shall count down to 17.
2. Test set firing order indicators shall change from red to white to read same count as dispenser con-
trol panel CHAFF counter.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and/or 2. are not as specified, go to CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAM MODE OF
OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE, in this work package.
STEP
8. Repeat Step 6 until all test set firing order indicators change from red to white.
STEP
9. Press and release dispenser test adapter assembly MANUAL SYSTEM RESET pushbutton.
0167 00-11
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CHAFF DISPENSER SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
10. Press test set FIRING ORDER RESET pushbutton.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All test set firing order indicators shall change from white to red.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot test set (TM 9-1095-206-12&P).
STEP
11. Place dispenser control panel ARM-SAFE switch to SAFE.
STEP
12. Remove dispenser test adapter assembly from chaff dispenser assembly.
STEP
13. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
2. Disconnect power cable No. 1 from electronics module.
STEP
3. Disconnect test cable (70600-45008-041) from electronics module Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , P3 and helicopter Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R.
STEP
4. Connect electronics module Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , P3
to helicopter Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R.
STEP
5. Insert safety-pin flag assembly into electronics module SAFETY PIN receptacle.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Safety-pin flag assembly shall be inserted into the electronics module SAFETY PIN receptacle.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0167 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ARM INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
ARM indicator does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
ARM indicator does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Press ARM indicator Press-To-Test lamp. Does indicator go on?
a. If indicator goes on, go to Step 2
b. If indicator does not go on, replace lamp (WP 1545 00). Go to Step 7
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 3
2. Pullout CHAFF/FLARE DISP circuit breaker and connect a jumper wire between Figure
2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-P and Figure
2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , P673R-F. Check
continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 2) , P669R-P and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 2) , P669R-F.
a. If continuity is present, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 7
b. If trouble remains, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 7
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
3. Check dispenser control panel fuse.
a. If fuse is good, go to Step 4
b. If fuse is not good, replace fuse (WP 1546 00). Go to Step 7
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , P669R-H and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , P656R-EE and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace junction box assembly (TM 11-1520-249-23). Go to Step
7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check for 28 vdc between CHAFF/FLARE DISP circuit breaker Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between circuit breaker Figure 2 -
Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , terminal 1 and Figure 2
- Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P656R-EE (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 7
7. Procedure completed.
0167 00-13
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLARE COUNTER AND TEST SET DO NOT REGISTER SIMULATED FLARE LAUNCH
SYMPTOM
FLARE counter and test set do not register simulated flare launch.
MALFUNCTION
FLARE counter and test set do not register simulated flare launch.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With FLARES pushbutton pressed, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , P999R-5 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace flare dispenser (WP 1549 00). Go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. With FLARES pushbutton pressed, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J998R-5 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , P998R-5 and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , P999R-5 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. With FLARES pushbutton pressed, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-M and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , P16R-B and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
5. With FLARES pushbutton pressed, check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J16R-B and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J16R-C.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P16R-C and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-M (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 6
6. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J16R-B
and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
FLARE switch terminal 4
• Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J16R-C
and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
FLARE switch terminal 3
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1548 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , P669R-M and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , P16R-B.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 8
0167 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
FLARE COUNTER AND TEST SET DO NOT REGISTER SIMULATED FLARE LAUNCH – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
FLARE COUNTER DOES NOT COUNT DOWN WHEN RIPPLE FIRE SWITCH IS IN UP POSITION
SYMPTOM
FLARE counter does not count down when RIPPLE FIRE switch is in up position.
MALFUNCTION
FLARE counter does not count down when RIPPLE FIRE switch is in up position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With RIPPLE FIRE switch in up position, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare
Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-S and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 3
b. If trouble remains, replace flares dispenser assembly (WP 1549 00). Go to Step 3
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , P669R-S and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-S.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
CHAFF COUNTER AND TEST SET DO NOT REGISTER SIMULATED CHAFF LAUNCH
SYMPTOM
Chaff counter and test set do not register simulated chaff launch.
MALFUNCTION
Chaff counter and test set do not register simulated chaff launch.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton pressed, check continuity between Figure 2 -
Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P669R-C and Figure 2
- Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P669R-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, replace CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton (WP 1547 00). Go to
Step 4
c. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring to CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton (WP 1800 00).
Go to Step 4
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , P669R-A and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , P669R-A and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser
System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-A (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. With CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton depressed, check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 -
Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J1-A of test cable 70600-45008 and ground.
0167 00-15
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CHAFF COUNTER AND TEST SET DO NOT REGISTER SIMULATED CHAFF LAUNCH – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 4
b. If trouble remains, replace chaff dispenser (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 4
c. If voltage is not as specified, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
CHAFF DISPENSER PROGRAM MODE OF OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
SYMPTOM
Chaff dispenser program mode of operation does not operate.
MALFUNCTION
Chaff dispenser program mode of operation does not operate.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton pressed, check for 28 vdc between Figure 3 -
Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup, J1-B of test cable 70600-45008 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace electronics module (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 3
b. If trouble remains, replace chaff dispenser (WP 1542 00). Go to Step 3
c. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , P669R-B and Figure 2 - Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 2 of 2) , J673R-B.
a. If continuity is present, replace dispenser control panel (WP 1544 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
0167 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
P999R / A1J1
P998R / J998R
P249 / J249
D
C
B E
P219 / J219
H
P669R / J1
P3 / J673R
P1 / A1J1
INSTRUMENT
PANEL
A P672R / J672R
P248 / J248
P16R / J16R
P21R / J21R
P671R / J671R
LOWER
CONSOLE
JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
P656R / J656R
TERMINAL BOARD / TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P1 / A1J1 DISPENSER ASSEMBLY P219 / J219 CABIN FLOOR, BL 25 RH,
STA 247
P2 / A2J2 ALQ-156 CONTROL
INDICATOR P246 / J246 (SEE NOTE) UPPER CONSOLE
P3 / J673R ELECTRONICS MODULE P248 / J248 CABIN, BL 40 LH, STA 248
P16R / J16R COCKPIT, BL 7.5 RH, STA P249 / J249 CABIN CEILING, BL 23 LH,
197 STA 247
P21R / J21R CABIN, BL 40 RH, STA 248 P656R / J656R AUDIO JUNCTION BOX
ASSEMBLY
P669R / J1 DISPENSER CONTROL
PANEL
P671R / J671R COCKPIT, BL 0, STA 235
P672R / J672R CABIN, BL 37 LH, STA 389
P998R / J998R LEFT TAIL CONE, STA 525
P999R / A1J1 FLARE DISPENSER
NOTE
EH60A 84-24017 - 84-24020 AA3422_1
SA
Figure 1. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0167 00-17
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLARE ARM CHAFF
0 0 0 0
DISP
CONT
ARM
R
MAN PGRM
B I
P
F
I
P R
L E
E
SAFE
FLARES
DISPENSER CONTROL PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL FLARE SWITCH
C CHAFF
DISPENSE
CHAFF DISPENSE SWITCH
NO. 1
DC P R
I BU S
LIGHTS
CAUT
1.5
D
ADVSY
CHAFF /
FLARE
7.5
DISP
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA3422_2
SA
Figure 1. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0167 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
FLARE DISPENSER
G F
SELECT SWITCH
C (CHAFF)
F (FLARE)
DISPENSER ASSEMBLY PAYLOAD MODULE
AA3422_3
SA
Figure 1. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0167 00-19
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HT
LIG
F
E
FOR
BE
E
CHAFF DISPENSER
SAFETY PIN AND
WARNING FLAG
E BEF
ORE FLIGHT
ELECTRONICS MODULE AA3422_4
SA
Figure 1. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0167 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
SCHEMATICS
AUDIO JUNCTION
BOX ASSEMBLY
LIGHTS
CAUT / ADVSY P2 A2J2
CB139
7.5 H CM 28 VDC INPUT
2 AMP 1
NO. 1
DC PRI CHAFF / A CM PULSE
BUS FLARE DISP J249 P249
B CM PULSE RTN
28 VDC CB110
7.5 Z
J656R
2 AMP 1
ALQ-156 CONTROL P656R FF EE
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT INDICATOR
BREAKER PANEL
J21R
P21R P
SG671R-2
J1 P669R
N
J
J671R P671R J672R P672R
D D
SG671R-1
28 VDC IN H F F
(SEE DETAIL A) ARM LIGHT F E E
CHAFF COUNT T G G
CHAFF MANUAL A H H
CHAFF PROGRAM B J J
ARM P K K
FLARE RIPPLE FIRE OUT S C C
FLARE COUNT IN U B B
FLARE SWITCH POWER M A A
POWER GROUND V
CHASSIS GROUND R SG669R-1
IN D
REMOTE CHAFF SWITCH SAP669R-2 P16 B C
OUT C SAP669R-1 GG13-2
J16
DISPENSER CONTROL PANEL
2 1 2 1
4 3 4 3
CHAFF DISP FLARES
NOTE
CHAFF DISPENSE FLARES DISPENSE
EH60A 84-24017 - 84-24020 PANEL SWITCH AB1523_1
SA
Figure 2. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0167 00-21
0167 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J1 P669R J671R P671R
F m
ARM LIGHT
SAJ914-3
DISPENSER
CONTROL
PANEL
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE)
J673R P3
N DISPENSER PAYLOAD
J ASSEMBLY MODULE
G P1 A1J1
V
9 GROUND
SG673R-1
F 11 DUD SIGNAL
8 ARMED (28 VDC)
T
6 FLARE COUNT
A
5 FLARE DISP
B CABLE CABLE
2 CHAFF COUNT
P
1 CHAFF DISP
S
SG673R-2
U
M
D ELECTRONICS CHAFF DISPENSER
H MODULE
R
DISPENSER PAYLOAD
ASSEMBLY MODULE
GND673-1
J998R P998R P999R A1J1
9 9 GROUND
1 1 CHAFF DISPENSER
11 11 DUD SIGNAL
5 5 FLARE DISP
8 8 ARMED (28 VDC)
FLARE DISPENSER
AB1523_2
SA
Figure 2. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
0167 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0167 00
TEST SETUP
HELICOPTER
CONNECTOR
J673R
DISPENSER P1
TEST CABLE
J1
P3
J1 P1
ELECTRONICS
MODULE
P1
POWER
A1J1 CABLE NO. 1
(9325989)
FLARE DISPENSER CHAFF DISPENSER
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
FLARE DISPENSER CHAFF DISPENSER
ELECTRICAL CHECKS ELECTRICAL CHECKS
MOUNTING
ROD
DISPENSER TEST FLARE SIMULATOR
ADAPTER ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
(SEE NOTE)
J1 J1
P1 P7
TEST TEST
CABLE NO. 2 CABLE NO. 1
P2 P1
MULTIMETER
TEST LEADS J2 J3
DC (+) J8 (+)
J1 P2
MULTIMETER M92 TEST SET
COM (-) J9 (-)
NOTE
FLARE SIMULATOR ASSEMBLY AND
TEST CABLE NO. 1 ARE NOT USED TO
TEST CHAFF DISPENSER.
AA3424
SA
Figure 3. Chaff/Flare Dispenser System Test Setup.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0167 00-23
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
AIR TRANSPORT HYDRAULIC CART
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 0108 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0837 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1429 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1430 00
Materials/Parts WP 1431 00
Hydraulic Fluid, Fire Resistant, WP 1434 00
(WP 2012 00, Item 144) WP 1435 00
WP 2012 00
Personnel Required
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) Equipment Condition
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) 28 vdc Electrical Power Available, ()
AIR TRANSPORT HYDRAULIC CART OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
CAUTION
Do not disturb factory set flow control valve settings. Adjustment could cause helicopter
damage.
NOTE
• If circuit breaker pops out during operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit in
hydraulic cart wiring is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See 70700-20437-041> Figure 1 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Location Diagram (Sheet 1
.
of 2) < and 70700-81650-041> Figure 2 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Location Diagram
. .
(Sheet 1 of 2) < for component location diagram, and 70700-20437-041> Figure 3 - Air
. .
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) < and 70700-81650-041>
. .
Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) < for schematic
.
diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Connect hydraulic hoses from reservoir can to cart.
STEP
2. Connect all three landing gear hose assemblies to quick-disconnects on cart.
STEP
3. Connect ground strap to a suitable ground.
STEP
4. Layout electrical cable and connect to suitable 28 vdc electrical source.
STEP
5. DO NOT TURN ELECTRICAL POWER ON AT THIS TIME.
0168 00-1
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AIR TRANSPORT HYDRAULIC CART OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
6. Make sure one reservoir can is filled with about 4 gallons of hydraulic fluid.
STEP
7. Open breather cap on top of can. If reservoir is not filled, fill with hydraulic fluid.
STEP
8. Crack open bleeder cap on top of the pump.
STEP
9. Bleed until air-free oil comes out.
STEP
10. Tighten bleeder cap and check for leaks.
STEP
11. Make sure MOTOR/PUMP POWER and CONTROL POWER circuit breakers on control box are pushed in.
STEP
NOTE
If red button on top of filter should pop up during pump operation, stop pump and replace filter
element before doing next step.
12. On control pendant, press face of START button, then release.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Pump shall start to operate when START button is pressed and continue to operate after button is
released.
2. POWER ON light on control panel and control pendant shall be on.
3. Allow pump to operate for about 2 minutes. Visually check for any leaks.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If motor does not operate, go to Cart Motor Does Not Operate When START Button Is Pressed, in this work
package.
2. If motor stops after START button is released, go to Cart Motor Does Not Continue To Operate After START
Button Is Released, in this work package.
3. If motor operates, but POWER ON light is not on, replace light (WP 1429 00).
STEP
13. On control box, push EMERGENCY STOP button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Motor shall stop operating and both POWER ON lights shall go out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace EMERGENCY STOP switch (WP 1430 00).
STEP
14. Disconnect return hose of reservoir can at SYSTEM RETURN quick-disconnect on cart frame.
0168 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
AIR TRANSPORT HYDRAULIC CART OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
15. On control pendant, press, then release START button.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Both POWER ON lights shall be on and the pump shall momentarily start to operate.
2. Then, the MOTOR STOP light shall go on, the POWER ON lights shall go off, and the pump shall
stop operating.
3. MOTOR STOP light shall go off once pressure has dropped.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace pressure switch (WP 1434 00).
STEP
16. Connect hose from reservoir can to cart.
STEP
17. On control pendant, press, then release START button, to turn on cart.
STEP
18. On control pendant, push and hold RIGHT switch to UP.
STEP
19. Check cart and right main landing gear hose for leaks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Sound of motor RPM decreasing shall be heard.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Hose Does Not Pressurize When RIGHT Switch Placed UP (Motor
RPM Did Not Decrease)), in this work package.
STEP
20. Release switch to center position.
STEP
21. On control pendant, push and hold TAIL switch to UP.
STEP
22. Check cart and tail landing gear hose for leaks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Hose shall pressurize as indicated by sound of motor RPM decreasing.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Hose Does Not Pressurize When TAIL Switch Is Placed UP (Motor
RPM Did Not Decrease), in this work package.
STEP
23. Release switch to center position.
STEP
24. On control pendant, push and hold LEFT switch to UP.
0168 00-3
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AIR TRANSPORT HYDRAULIC CART OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
25. Check cart and left main landing gear hose for leaks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Hose shall pressurize as indicated by sound of motor RPM decreasing.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Hose Does Not Pressurize When LEFT Switch Is Placed UP (Motor
RPM Did Not Decrease)), in this work package.
STEP
26. Release switch to center position.
STEP
27. Remove either quick-disconnect fitting from end of hose connected to RIGHT MAIN coupling on cart.
STEP
28. Route hose into reservoir can.
STEP
29. On control pendant, push and hold RIGHT switch to UP.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fluid shall be flowing into reservoir can.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
30. On control pendant, push and hold RIGHT switch to DOWN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Fluid shall stop flowing into reservoir can.
2. On cart 70700-81650-041, sound of motor RPM increasing shall be heard.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Fluid Does Not Stop Flowing When RIGHT Switch Is
Placed DOWN, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to Hose Does Not Pressurize When RIGHT Switch Is Placed
DOWN (Motor RPM Did Not Decrease), in this work package.
STEP
31. Release RIGHT switch to center position.
STEP
32. Remove hose from top of reservoir can.
STEP
33. Install quick-disconnect fitting into end of hose.
STEP
34. Remove either quick-disconnect fitting from end of hose coming from TAIL coupling on cart.
0168 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
AIR TRANSPORT HYDRAULIC CART OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
35. Route hose into reservoir can.
STEP
36. On control pendant, push and hold TAIL switch to UP.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fluid shall flow into reservoir can.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
37. On control pendant, push and hold TAIL switch to DOWN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Fluid shall stop flowing into reservoir can.
2. On cart 70700-81650-041, sound of motor RPM increasing shall be heard.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Fluid Does Not Stop Flowing When TAIL Switch Is Placed
DOWN, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to Hose Does Not Depressurize When TAIL Switch Is Placed
DOWN (Motor RPM Did Not Increase), in this work package.
STEP
38. Release TAIL switch to center position.
STEP
39. Remove hose from top of reservoir can.
STEP
40. Install quick-disconnect fitting into end of hose.
STEP
41. Remove either quick-disconnect fitting from end of hose coming from LEFT coupling on cart.
STEP
42. Route hose into reservoir can.
STEP
43. On control pendant, push and hold LEFT switch to UP.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fluid shall flow into reservoir can.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
44. On control pendant, push and hold LEFT switch to DOWN.
0168 00-5
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AIR TRANSPORT HYDRAULIC CART OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Fluid shall stop flowing into reservoir can.
2. On cart 70700-81650-041, sound of motor RPM increasing shall be heard.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Fluid Does Not Stop Flowing When Left Switch Is Placed
DOWN, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to Hose Does Not Depressurize When LEFT Switch Is Placed
DOWN (Motor RPM Did Not Increase), in this work package.
STEP
45. Release LEFT switch to center position.
STEP
46. Remove hose from top of reservoir can.
STEP
47. Install quick-disconnect fitting into end of hose.
STEP
48. On control pendant, press face of STOP switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Pump motor shall stop operating.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace STOP switch (WP 1429 00).
STEP
49. If necessary, disconnect electrical power and ground strap.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Electrical power and ground strap shall be disconnected.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
CART MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN START BUTTON IS PRESSED
SYMPTOM
Cart motor does not operate when START button is pressed.
MALFUNCTION
Cart motor does not operate when START button is pressed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With START button pressed, check for 28 vdc at Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminals of motor.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace pump and motor assembly (WP 1431 00). Go to Step 22
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
0168 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
CART MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN START BUTTON IS PRESSED – Continued
2. With START button pressed, check for 28 vdc between motor (Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) (+)) terminal and cart ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
3. Check continuity between motor (Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) (-)) terminal and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P1-B.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
4. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J1-B and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , TB1-2.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic
Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , TB1-1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J2-C. Go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
5. With START button pressed, check for 28 vdc between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic
Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J1-A and cart ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic
Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P1-A and motor (Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic
Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) (+)) terminal. Go to Step 22
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J2-B and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-B.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 20
7. With START button pressed, check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-B and Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 12
8. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-D and relay Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , K1-X1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 11
9. Check continuity between relay Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K1-X2 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , TB1-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
0168 00-7
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CART MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN START BUTTON IS PRESSED – Continued
10. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , TB1-1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J2-C.
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K1 (WP 1430 00). Go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
11. Check continuity between relay Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K1-A1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K1-X1.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic
Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-D and relay Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic
Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , K1-A1. Go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
12. Check continuity between START button Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 15
13. Check continuity between START button Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-B.
a. If continuity is present, replace start switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 14
14. Check continuity between START button Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and STOP button Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, replace wiring between STOP button Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-B. Go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
15. Check hydraulic cart configuration.
a. If hydraulic cart is 70700-81650-041, go to Step 16
b. If hydraulic cart is 70700-20437-041, go to Step 17
16. Check continuity between POWER ON Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and START button Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between POWER ON Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-D. Go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
17. Check continuity between START button Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and LEFT switch Figure 3 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 18
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
0168 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
CART MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE WHEN START BUTTON IS PRESSED – Continued
18. Check continuity between LEFT switch Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and TAIL switch Figure 3 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 19
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
19. Check continuity between RIGHT switch Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and TAIL switch Figure 3 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between RIGHT switch Figure 3 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and Figure 3
- Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-D. Go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
20. Check continuity between CONTROL POWER circuit breaker Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , terminal 2 and Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-B.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 21
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
21. Check continuity between CONTROL POWER circuit breaker Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J2-B.
a. If continuity is present, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 22
22. Procedure completed.
CART MOTOR DOES NOT CONTINUE TO OPERATE AFTER START BUTTON IS RELEASED
SYMPTOM
Cart motor does not continue to operate after START button is released.
MALFUNCTION
Cart motor does not continue to operate after START button is released.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between pressure switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal NC and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic
Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal C.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace pressure switch (WP 1434 00). Go to Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between pressure switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal NC and cart ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
3. Check continuity between pressure switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal C and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
0168 00-9
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CART MOTOR DOES NOT CONTINUE TO OPERATE AFTER START BUTTON IS RELEASED – Continued
4. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-C and relay Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , K1-A2.
a. If continuity is present, replace relay (WP 1430 00). Go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
5. Check continuity between pressure switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal NC and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic
Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
6. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-D and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-C and STOP switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1.
a. If continuity is present, replace STOP switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
8. Check continuity between EMERGENCY STOP switch and Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
9. Check continuity between EMERGENCY STOP switch NC and Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-C.
a. If continuity is present, replace EMERGENCY STOP switch (WP 1430 00). Go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
10. Procedure completed.
HOSE DOES NOT PRESSURIZE WHEN RIGHT SWITCH PLACED UP (MOTOR RPM DID NOT DECREASE)
SYMPTOM
Hose does not pressurize when RIGHT switch placed UP (motor rpm did not decrease).
MALFUNCTION
Hose does not pressurize when RIGHT switch placed UP (motor rpm did not decrease).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With cart motor operating, push right directional valve manual button on up side. Go to
Step 2
2. Hose shall pressurize and sound of motor RPM decreasing shall be heard.
a. If hose does pressurize and motor RPM decreases, go to Step 3
b. If hose does not pressurize and motor RPM does not decrease, replace directional control
valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to Step 8
3. Check if TAIL and LEFT switches pressurize their hoses.
0168 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
HOSE DOES NOT PRESSURIZE WHEN RIGHT SWITCH PLACED UP (MOTOR RPM DID NOT DECREASE) –
Continued
a. If they pressurize their hoses, go to Step 4
b. If they do not pressurize their hoses, repair/replace wiring between RIGHT switch Figure
4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and Figure
4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-D. Go to Step 8
4. With RIGHT switch placed UP, check for 28 vdc between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
5. With RIGHT switch placed UP, check for 28 vdc between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and cart ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
6. Check continuity between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 2 and cart ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and RIGHT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 3.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
HOSE DOES NOT PRESSURIZE WHEN TAIL SWITCH IS PLACED UP (MOTOR RPM DID NOT DECREASE)
SYMPTOM
Hose does not pressurize when TAIL switch is placed UP (motor rpm did not decrease).
MALFUNCTION
Hose does not pressurize when TAIL switch is placed UP (motor rpm did not decrease).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With cart motor operating, push tail wheel directional valve manual button on up side.
Go to Step 2
2. Hose shall pressurize and sound of motor RPM decreasing shall be heard.
a. If hose does pressurize and motor RPM decreases, go to Step 3
b. If hose does not pressurize and motor RPM does not decrease, replace directional control
valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to Step 10
3. With TAIL switch placed UP, check for 28 vdc between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 10
0168 00-11
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HOSE DOES NOT PRESSURIZE WHEN TAIL SWITCH IS PLACED UP (MOTOR RPM DID NOT DECREASE) –
Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. With TAIL switch placed UP, check for 28 vdc between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and cart ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
5. Check continuity between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 2 and cart ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
6. Check continuity between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and TAIL switch Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 3.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
7. Check hydraulic cart configuration.
a. If hydraulic cart is 70700-81650-041, go to Step 8
b. If hydraulic cart is 70700-20437-041, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
8. Check continuity between TAIL switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and RIGHT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 5.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
9. Check continuity between TAIL switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 5.
a. If continuity is present, replace TAIL switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
10. Procedure completed.
HOSE DOES NOT PRESSURIZE WHEN LEFT SWITCH IS PLACED UP (MOTOR RPM DID NOT DECREASE)
SYMPTOM
Hose does not pressurize when LEFT switch is placed UP (motor rpm did not decrease).
MALFUNCTION
Hose does not pressurize when LEFT switch is placed UP (motor rpm did not decrease).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With cart motor operating, push left directional valve manual button on up side. Go to
Step 2
2. Hose shall pressurize and sound of motor RPM decreasing shall be heard.
a. If hose does pressurize and motor RPM decreases, go to Step 3
b. If hose does not pressurize and motor RPM does not decrease, replace directional control
valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to Step 10
0168 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
HOSE DOES NOT PRESSURIZE WHEN LEFT SWITCH IS PLACED UP (MOTOR RPM DID NOT DECREASE) –
Continued
3. With LEFT switch placed UP, check for 28 vdc between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 10
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. With LEFT switch placed UP, check for 28 vdc between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and cart ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
5. Check continuity between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 2 and cart ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
6. Check continuity between UP solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and LEFT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 3.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
7. Check hydraulic cart configuration.
a. If hydraulic cart is 70700-81650-041, go to Step 8
b. If hydraulic cart is 70700-20437-041, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
8. Check continuity between LEFT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and TAIL switch Figure 4 - Air Transport
Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 5.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
9. Check continuity between LEFT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 2 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 5.
a. If continuity is present, replace LEFT switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 10
10. Procedure completed.
FLUID DOES NOT STOP FLOWING WHEN RIGHT SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN
SYMPTOM
Fluid does not stop flowing when RIGHT switch is placed DOWN.
MALFUNCTION
Fluid does not stop flowing when RIGHT switch is placed DOWN.
0168 00-13
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLUID DOES NOT STOP FLOWING WHEN RIGHT SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With cart motor operating, push right directional valve manual button on down side.
Go to Step 2
2. Fluid shall stop flowing into can.
a. If fluid stops flowing, go to Step 3
b. If fluid does not stop flowing, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go
to Step 12
3. With RIGHT switch placed DOWN, check for 28 vdc between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 -
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 -
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. With RIGHT switch placed DOWN, check for 28 vdc between DOWN solenoid Figure
4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and cart
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
5. Check continuity between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 2 and cart ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 12
6. Check continuity between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-J.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 12
7. Check hydraulic cart configuration.
a. If hydraulic cart is 70700-81650-041, go to Step 8
b. If hydraulic cart is 70700-20437-041, go to Step 10
8. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-J and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-N.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 12
9. Check continuity between RIGHT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-N.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 12
0168 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
FLUID DOES NOT STOP FLOWING WHEN RIGHT SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN – Continued
10. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-J and Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-K.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 12
11. Check continuity between RIGHT switch Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-K.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
HOSE DOES NOT PRESSURIZE WHEN RIGHT SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN (MOTOR RPM DID NOT DECREASE)
SYMPTOM
Hose does not pressurize when RIGHT switch is placed DOWN (motor rpm did not decrease).
MALFUNCTION
Hose does not pressurize when RIGHT switch is placed DOWN (motor rpm did not decrease).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With cart motor operating, push bleed valve manual button. Go to Step 2
2. Hose shall depressurize.
a. If hose does depressurize, go to Step 3
b. If hose does not depressurize, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00).
Go to Step 8
3. With RIGHT switch placed DOWN, check for 28 vdc between BLEED solenoid Figure 4 -
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 -
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. With RIGHT switch placed DOWN, check for 28 vdc between BLEED solenoid Figure
4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and cart
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between BLEED solenoid Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 2 and cart ground.
Go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
5. Check continuity between BLEED solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-R.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 8
6. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , TB2-2 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-L.
0168 00-15
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HOSE DOES NOT PRESSURIZE WHEN RIGHT SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN (MOTOR RPM DID NOT DECREASE)
– Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between RIGHT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 6 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-L.
a. If continuity is present, replace RIGHT switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
FLUID DOES NOT STOP FLOWING WHEN TAIL SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN
SYMPTOM
Fluid does not stop flowing when TAIL switch is placed DOWN.
MALFUNCTION
Fluid does not stop flowing when TAIL switch is placed DOWN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With cart motor operating, push right directional valve manual button on down side.
Go to Step 2
2. Fluid shall stop flowing into can.
a. If fluid stops flowing, go to Step 3
b. If fluid does not stop flowing, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go
to Step 13
3. With TAIL switch placed DOWN, check for 28 vdc between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 -
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 -
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 13
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. With TAIL switch placed DOWN, check for 28 vdc between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 - Air
Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and cart ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
5. Check continuity between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 2 and cart ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
6. Check hydraulic cart configuration.
a. If hydraulic cart is 70700-81650-041, go to Step 7
b. If hydraulic cart is 70700-20437-041, go to Step 10
7. Check continuity between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-E.
0168 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
FLUID DOES NOT STOP FLOWING WHEN TAIL SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
8. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-E and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
9. Check continuity between TAIL switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-E.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
10. Check continuity between DOWN solenoid Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-M.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
11. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-M and Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-G.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
12. Check continuity between TAIL switch Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-G.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
13. Procedure completed.
HOSE DOES NOT DEPRESSURIZE WHEN TAIL SWITCH
IS PLACED DOWN (MOTOR RPM DID NOT INCREASE)
SYMPTOM
Hose does not depressurize when TAIL switch is placed DOWN (motor rpm did not increase).
MALFUNCTION
Hose does not depressurize when TAIL switch is placed DOWN (motor rpm did not increase).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , TB2-3 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-G.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 3
0168 00-17
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HOSE DOES NOT DEPRESSURIZE WHEN TAIL SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN (MOTOR RPM DID NOT IN-
CREASE) – Continued
2. Check continuity between TAIL switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 6 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-G.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
FLUID DOES NOT STOP FLOWING WHEN LEFT SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN
SYMPTOM
Fluid does not stop flowing when left switch is placed DOWN.
MALFUNCTION
Fluid does not stop flowing when left switch is placed DOWN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With cart motor operating, push tail wheel directional valve manual button on down
side. Go to Step 2
2. Fluid shall stop flowing into can.
a. If fluid stops flowing, go to Step 3
b. If fluid does not stop flowing, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go
to Step 13
3. With LEFT switch placed DOWN, check for 28 vdc between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 -
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 -
Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 13
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. With LEFT switch placed DOWN, check for 28 vdc between DOWN solenoid Figure 4
- Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and cart
ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
5. Check continuity between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 2 and cart ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace directional control valve assembly (WP 1435 00). Go to
Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
6. Check hydraulic cart configuration.
a. If hydraulic cart is 70700-81650-041, go to Step 7
b. If hydraulic cart is 70700-20437-041, go to Step 10
7. Check continuity between DOWN solenoid Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-N.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
0168 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
FLUID DOES NOT STOP FLOWING WHEN LEFT SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
8. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-N and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-J.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
9. Check continuity between LEFT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-J.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
10. Check continuity between DOWN solenoid Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-K.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
11. Check continuity between Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J3-K and Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
12. Check continuity between LEFT switch Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 1 and Figure 3 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P3-E.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 13
13. Procedure completed.
HOSE DOES NOT DEPRESSURIZE WHEN LEFT SWITCH IS
PLACED DOWN (MOTOR RPM DID NOT INCREASE)
SYMPTOM
Hose does not depressurize when LEFT switch is placed DOWN (motor rpm did not increase).
MALFUNCTION
Hose does not depressurize when LEFT switch is placed DOWN (motor rpm did not increase).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , TB2-4 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 4) , J4-F.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between LEFT switch Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , terminal 6 and Figure 4 - Air Transport Hydraulic Cart
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P4-F.
a. If continuity is present, replace switch (WP 1429 00). Go to Step 3
0168 00-19
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HOSE DOES NOT DEPRESSURIZE WHEN LEFT SWITCH IS PLACED DOWN (MOTOR RPM DID NOT IN-
CREASE) – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
PRESSURE
SWITCH NEEDLE VALVE
(RIGHT MAIN)
RESERVOIR
CAN
FLOW CONTROL
VALVE NEEDLE VALVE
(RIGHT MAIN) (TAIL)
NEEDLE VALVE
(LEFT MAIN)
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL
VALVE
ASSEMBLY
FILTER
ASSEMBLY
FLOW REGULATOR
PUMP AND (TAIL)
MOTOR
ASSEMBLY
FLOW REGULATOR
(LEFT MAIN)
QUICK-
DISCONNECT
QUICK-
DISCONNECT
EFFECTIVITY
70700-20437-041. AA8704_1
SA
Figure 1. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Location Diagram 70700-20437-041> (Sheet 1 of 2).
.
0168 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
LANDING GEAR CONTROL
LEFT TAIL RIGHT
START
UP
POWER ON
STOP DOWN
CONNECTOR
P4
CONTROL PENDANT
EMERGENCY STOP
SWITCH
CONT
POWEROL
R GROUND
5
POWE MOTO STRAP
R R
ON
POWE/ PUMP
MOTO R
STOP R 50 CONNECTOR
J4
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
J2 J3
CONTROL BOX
AA8704_2
SA
Figure 1. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Location Diagram 70700-20437-041> (Sheet 2 of 2). .
0168 00-21
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RESERVOIR
CAN
PRESSURE
SWITCH
FLOW CONTROL
VALVE
(RIGHT MAIN)
NEEDLE VALVE
(TAIL)
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL
VALVE FILTER
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
FLOW
REGULATOR
(TAIL)
FLOW
REGULATOR
(LEFT MAIN)
PUMP AND QUICK-
MOTOR DISCONNECT
ASSEMBLY
QUICK-
DISCONNECT
EFFECTIVITY
70700-81650-041. AA8707_1
SA
Figure 2. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Location Diagram 70700-81650-041> (Sheet 1 of 2).
.
0168 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
LANDING GEAR CONTROL
LEFT TAIL RIGHT
START UP
POWER ON
STOP DOWN
CONNECTOR
P4
CONTROL PENDANT
EMERGENCY STOP
SWITCH
GROUND
CO NT
STRAP
POWEROL
R
5 P O WE MOTO
R
R ON POWE/ PUMP
MOTO R
R STO
P 70
CONNECTOR
J4
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
J2 J3
CONTROL BOX
AA8707_2
SA
Figure 2. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Location Diagram 70700-81650-041> (Sheet 2 of 2). .
0168 00-23
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
MOTOR / PUMP
POWER
P2 J2 J1 P1
CB1 B2 B1
+ A B 1A8 50 2A8 3A8 A BLACK
1 2
AMP A1
A2 5A20
7A20
CONTROL 5C20
POWER
X2 X1 B WHITE
CB2 9E20N
1B20 5 5B20
1 2 K1
AMP
POWER
ON
TB1
- B C 9A8N 1 2 1
9D20N J3 P3
4 3
28 VDC 6A20 A 6A20
ADAPTER
H
MOTOR
GROUND 9J8N 9C20N STOP N
STRAP P
2 9B8N R
7A20 C 7A20
8B20 B 8A20
EMERGENCY
STOP
NC NC
10A20 D 10A20
S1 TO
9G20N G 6A20N 1 SHEET
3
M GRN6 2 TO
SHEET
L GRN7 3 4
K GRN2 4
E GRN3 5 TO
EFFECTIVITY SHEET
J GRN10 6 3
F GRN11 7
70700-20437-041.
12A20
16A20
15A20
14A20
13A20
11A20
J4 P4
LEGEND
J PURPLE
ELECTRICAL K SLATE
MECHANICAL F BLUE
E YELLOW
HYDRAULIC H ORANGE
(PRESSURE)
G BROWN
HYDRAULIC 8A20 C RED
(RETURN) 5A20 D GREEN
4A20 B BLACK
PRESSURE WHEN 9F20N A WHITE
JACKING STRUTS,
RETURN WHEN
KNEELING
HYDRAULIC CART CONTROL BOX AB1538_1
SA
Figure 3. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram 70700-20437-041> (Sheet 1 of 4). .
0168 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
VENT
+ RESERVOIR
IN
OUT
RESERVOIR
- PUMP CAN
MOTOR IN OUT
A TO
PUMP AND MOTOR ASSEMBLY SHEET
FILTER
B 3
ASSEMBLY
NO
C
NC
NO
C
NC
PRESSURE
SWITCH
POWER
RIGHT TAIL LEFT ON
S1 S2 S3
1 2
DOWN UP 6-20
4-20 START
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2
1-20 2-20 3-20
5-20
1 2
STOP
S4
CONTROL PENDANT AB1538_2
SA
Figure 3. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram 70700-20437-041> (Sheet 2 of 4). .
0168 00-25
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
5
TO 4
SHEET
1 7
6
GRN10
GRN11
GRN2
GRN3
IN
P
TO A
SHEET
2 B
R
OUT
MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL
DOWN BUTTON BUTTON UP DOWN BUTTON BUTTON UP
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
RIGHT LEFT
MAIN MAIN
LANDING LANDING
GEAR GEAR
C1 C2 C1 C2
DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL
GRN12N
GRN9N
GRN1N
GRN4N
VALVE
ASSEMBLY
NEEDLE NEEDLE
VALVE VALVE
FLOW FLOW
CONTROL CONTROL
VALVE VALVE
QUICK- QUICK-
DISCONNECT DISCONNECT
TO
SHEET 1 6A20N
1
AB1538_3
SA
Figure 3. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram 70700-20437-041> (Sheet 3 of 4). .
0168 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
TO 3
SHEET
1 2
GRN7
GRN6
MANUAL MANUAL
DOWN BUTTON BUTTON UP
1 1
2 2
TAIL
WHEEL
C1 C2
GRN5N
GRN8N
NEEDLE
VALVE
FLOW
CONTROL
VALVE
QUICK-
DISCONNECT
AB1538_4
SA
Figure 3. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram 70700-20437-041> (Sheet 4 of 4).
.
0168 00-27
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MOTOR / PUMP
POWER
P2 J2
CB2 B2 B1 J1P1
+ A B 1A8 70 2A8 3A8
1 AMP 2 A1 A BLACK
A2 5A20
7A20
CONTROL 5C20
POWER
X2 X1
CB1 9E20N
1B20 5 2 5B20 B WHITE
1 AMP K1
POWER
TB1 ON
- B C 9A8N 1 2 1
9D20N J3 P3
28 VDC 4 3
ADAPTER 6A20 A 6A18
MOTOR
GROUND 9J8N 9C20N STOP H
STRAP L
2 9B8N
7A20 C 7A18
8B20 B 8A18
EMERGENCY
STOP
NC NC
10A20 D 10A18
S1 TO
9G20N G 9G20N1 SHEET
R 2 4 TO
P 3 SHEET
N 4 3
M 5
E 6 TO
SHEET
F 7 4
J 8
18A20
19A20
16A20
13A20
12A20
11A20
EFFECTIVITY
70700-81650-041. 2 J4 P4
N SLATE
1 23A20
M GREEN
LEGEND 2 20A20 L PURPLE
ELECTRICAL E BROWN
3 21A20
H ORANGE
MECHANICAL 4 22A20 G WHT / BLK
HYDRAULIC J WHT / RED
(PRESSURE) K BLUE
F YELLOW
HYDRAULIC 8A20 C RED
(RETURN)
5A20 D WHT / GRN
PRESSURE WHEN 4A20 B BLACK
JACKING STRUTS, 9F20N A WHITE
RETURN WHEN
KNEELING AB1539_
HYDRAULIC CART CONTROL BOX SA
Figure 4. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram 70700-81650-041> (Sheet 1 of 4).
.
0168 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
VENT
+ RESERVOIR IN
OUT
RESERVOIR
- PUMP CAN
MOTOR IN OUT
A TO
PUMP AND MOTOR ASSEMBLY SHEET
FILTER B 3
ASSEMBLY
NO
C
NC
NO
C
NC
PRESSURE
SWITCH
RIGHT TAIL LEFT
DOWN S1 DOWN S2 DOWN S3
UP UP UP
S4
1 2 3 6 5 4 1 2 3 6 5 4 1 2 3 6 54
7-20 1-20 8-20 2-20 9-20 POWER
ON
1 2
6-20
START
4-20
1 2
STOP 5-20
1 2
3-20
CONTROL PENDANT AB1539_
SA
Figure 4. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram 70700-81650-041> (Sheet 2 of 4). .
0168 00-29
0168 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO 3
SHEET 4
1 2
IN
P
TO A
SHEET
2 B
MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL
BUTTON DOWN BUTTON BUTTON UP
1 1 1
2 2 2
BLEED LEFT
VALVE MAIN
LANDING
GEAR
R
OUT
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY
FLOW
CONTROL
VALVE
QUICK-
DISCONNECT
AB1539_
SA
Figure 4. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram 70700-81650-041> (Sheet 3 of 4).
.
0168 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0168 00
7
TO 8
SHEET 5
1 6
1
MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL
DOWN BUTTON BUTTON UP DOWN BUTTON BUTTON UP
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
TAIL RIGHT
WHEEL MAIN
LANDING
GEAR
FLOW FLOW
CONTROL CONTROL
VALVE VALVE
QUICK- QUICK-
DISCONNECT DISCONNECT
AB1539_
SA
Figure 4. Air Transport Hydraulic Cart Schematic Diagram 70700-81650-041> (Sheet 4 of 4).
.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0168 00-31
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0169 00
AVIATION INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
AUXILIARY CABIN HEATER (AVIM)
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A (2 required) TM 55-1500-323-24
Tools and Special Tools TM 55-1500-344-23
WP 1633 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06
WP 1634 00
Locally-Made Jumper Plug, (WP 2014 00, Figure 158
WP 2014 00
- Auxiliary Cabin Heater Jumper Plug)
Personnel Required
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) for component location
diagram and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram for schematic diagram as an
aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The auxiliary cabin heater operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Visual Inspection
• Ohms
VISUAL INSPECTION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Inspect auxiliary cabin heater for broken or burnt wires, bent or broken connector pins, corroded or damaged
electrical connections, security of components, and general condition.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Wires shall not be broken or burnt.
2. Connector pins shall not be broken or bent.
3. Electrical terminals shall not be corroded or damaged.
4. Components shall be secured and in good condition.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, repair/replace wiring.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, repair/replace connector (TM 55-1500-323-24).
3. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, repair/replace terminals (TM 55-1500-323-24 and TM
55-1500-344-23).
4. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, repair/replace components (TM 55-1500-344-23).
0169 00-1
0169 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OHMS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Connect multimeter between the following and record readings:
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram, J726-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram, J726-C
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram, J726-A and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram, J726-E
• Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram, J726-E and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram, J726-C
CONDITION/INDICATION
All three readings shall be approximately the same.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between the heater elements and Figure 2 -
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram, J726.
a. If continuity is present, replace heater element as required (WP 1633 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required.
STEP
2. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram, J726-B and Figure 2 -
Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram, J726-D.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate continuity.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity between thermostat and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin
Heater Schematic Diagram, J726-B and Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram, J726-D.
a. If continuity is present, replace thermostat (WP 1634 00).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required.
STEP
NOTE
The following steps must be accomplished with air inlet temperature between 60°F (15.6°C)
and 95°F (35°C).
3. Connect locally-made WP 2014 00, Figure 158 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Jumper Plug, Jumper plug (WP
2014 00, Figure 158 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Jumper Plug) to Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic
Diagram, J726.
STEP
NOTE
Multimeter probes must be held in place for 10 to 20 seconds to obtain an accurate reading.
4. Connect multimeter to jumper plug as follows:
0169 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0169 00
OHMS OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
FROM TO
Black test jack Red test jack
Black test jack Housing ground stud
Red test jack Housing ground stud
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate at least 10 megohms.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, check continuity and inspect wiring between heater elements and
Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram, J726.
a. If continuity is present, and wiring inspection is good, replace Figure 2 - Auxiliary Cabin Heater
Schematic Diagram, J726.
b. If continuity is not present, or wiring does not pass inspection, repair/replace wiring as required.
A
AA6094_1
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0169 00-3
0169 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
THERMOSTAT HEATER
ASSEMBLY ELEMENT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 GROUND
STUD
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
HEATER
ELEMENT
HEATER ASSEMBLY
AA6094_2
SA
Figure 1. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
0169 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0169 00
SCHEMATICS
J726
TH3 TH2 TH1
B
HEATER
AB1536
SA
Figure 2. Auxiliary Cabin Heater Schematic Diagram.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0169 00-5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
AVIATION INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM)
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
Tools and Special Tools WP 1626 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1627 00
References Equipment Condition
WP 1479 00 Between 27 and 28 vdc, Bench Power Available ()
WP 1624 00 MWO 50-56 > 115 vac, 400 Hz Bench Power Available
.
WP 1625 00 < ()
.
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
See Figure 1 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Components Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) for
component location diagram and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Remove cover from stores jettison control panel (control panel) and inspect for broken or burnt wires, security
of components, and general condition.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Wires shall not be broken or burnt, and components shall be secure and in good condition.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace as required.
STEP
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-X
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-c
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-j and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-i
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-g and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-h
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-n and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-p
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-f and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-q
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-J and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-L
0170 00-1
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-G and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-E
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-A and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-C
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-f and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-g
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-j and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-h
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-R and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-N
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-J and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-L
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-A and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-C
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-N and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-R
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-E and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-G
CONDITION/INDICATION
Continuity shall be present.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, repair/replace wiring as required.
STEP
NOTE
There are two different stores jettison control panels. One uses 28 vdc and the other uses 115
vac, 400 Hz.
3. Connect 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-V
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-W.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Information plate legend shall light evenly.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If information plate lights, but not evenly, replace malfunctioning information plate lamp (WP 1479 00).
a. If trouble remains, replace information plate (WP 1479 00).
2. If no information plate lamps go on, check continuity between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-V and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J3-(center contact), and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
1 of 2) , J1-W and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J3-(ground
contact).
a. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring.
b. If continuity is present, replace information plate (WP 1479 00).
STEP
4. Disconnect 28 vdc from control panel.
0170 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
5. Make sure control panel JETT and EMER JETT ALL switches are down.
STEP
6. Turn control panel rotary switch to INBD BOTH.
STEP
7. Connect 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-n
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-k, and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-n and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-X.
STEP
8. With JETT switch held up, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-A and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J1-c. Release switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Multimeter Does Not Indicate 28 Vdc Between J1-A And J1-c, in
this work package.
STEP
9. Disconnect jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J1-k.
STEP
10. With JETT switch held up, check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-A and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J1-c. Release switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K1 (WP 1626 00).
STEP
11. Connect jumper wire between 28 vdc supply ground and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-k.
STEP
12. Check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-A
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace JETT switch S1 (WP 1625 00).
STEP
13. Turn rotary switch to OUTBD ALL.
0170 00-3
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
14. With JETT switch held up, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-L and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J1-c. Release switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc in about 1 second after JETT switch is placed up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If multimeter indicates 28 vdc, but time delay is not as specified, replace relay K7 (WP 1626 00).
2. If multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc, go to Multimeter Does Not Indicate 28 Vdc Between J1-L And J1-c , in
this work package.
STEP
15. Disconnect jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J1-X.
STEP
16. With JETT switch held up, check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-L and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J1-K. Release switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K7 (WP 1626 00).
STEP
17. Connect jumper wire between 28 vdc supply ground and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-X.
STEP
18. With JETT switch held up, check for indicated voltage between the following points and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c while turning rotary switch as indicated.
Release switch after taking measurement.
Figure 2 -
Stores Jettison Figure 2 - Stores
Control Panel MULTIMETER INDICATION Jettison Control
Schematic AT Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
ROTARY SWITCH POSITION 1 of 2) , J1-A Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-L 1 of 2) , J1-G
OFF 0 VDC 0 VDC
INBD L 28 VDC 0 VDC
INBD R 0 VDC 28 VDC
INBD BOTH 28 VDC 28 VDC
OUTBD BOTH 0 VDC 0 VDC
OUTBD R 0 VDC 0 VDC
OUTBD L 0 VDC 0 VDC
0170 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Figure 2 -
Stores Jettison Figure 2 - Stores
Control Panel MULTIMETER INDICATION Jettison Control
Schematic AT Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
ROTARY SWITCH POSITION 1 of 2) , J1-A Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-L 1 of 2) , J1-G
ALL 28 VDC 28 VDC 0 VDC
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate corresponding dc voltage.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified at Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-A and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-L,
replace rotary switch S3 (WP 1624 00).
a. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring.
2. If Indication/Condition is not as specified at Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-G, replace diode CR2 (WP 1627 00).
STEP
19. Turn rotary switch to INBD L.
STEP
20. Connect jumper wire between 28 vdc supply ground and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-h.
STEP
21. With JETT switch held up, check for indicated voltage between the following points. Release switch after
taking measurement.
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-C and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-J and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-C and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c,
repair/replace wiring between terminals A2 and A3 of relay K2.
2. If multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-J and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c,
measure dc voltage between terminals X1 and X2 of relay K2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace relay K2 (WP 1626 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring as required.
STEP
22. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-h.
0170 00-5
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
23. With JETT switch held up, check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-J and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J1-c. Release switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K2 (WP 1626 00).
STEP
24. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-n
and connect it to Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-f.
STEP
25. Turn rotary switch to OUTBD ALL.
STEP
26. With JETT switch held up, check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-N and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J1-c. Release switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Multimeter Does Not Indicate 28 Vdc Between J1-N And J1-c,
in this work package.
STEP
27. Disconnect jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J1-k.
STEP
28. With JETT switch held up, check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-N and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J1-c. Release switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K1 (WP 1626 00).
STEP
29. Connect jumper wire between 28 vdc supply ground and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-k.
STEP
30. Check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-Nand
Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c.
0170 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace JETT switch S1 (WP 1625 00).
STEP
31. With JETT switch held up, check indicated voltage between the following points and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison
Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c while operating rotary switch as indicated. Release
switch after taking measurement.
Figure 2 -
Stores Jettison Figure 2 - Stores
Control Panel MULTIMETER INDICATION Jettison Control
Schematic AT Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet
ROTARY SWITCH POSITION 1 of 2) , J1-N Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-G 1 of 2) , J1-A
OFF 0 VDC 0 VDC
INBD L 0 VDC 0 VDC
INBD R 0 VDC 0 VDC
INBD BOTH 0 VDC 0 VDC 0 VDC
OUTBD BOTH 28 VDC 28 VDC
OUTBD R 28 VDC 0 VDC
OUTBD L 0 VDC 28 VDC
OUTBD ALL 28 VDC 28 VDC
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate corresponding dc voltage.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified for Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-N and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-G,
replace rotary switch S3 (WP 1624 00).
a. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring.
2. If Indication/Condition is not as specified for Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-A, replace diode CR1 (WP 1627 00).
STEP
32. Turn rotary switch to OUTBD L.
STEP
33. Connect jumper wire between 28 vdc supply ground and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-j.
STEP
34. With JETT switch held up, check for 28 vdc between the following points. Release switch after taking
measurement.
0170 00-7
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-E and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-R and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-E and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c,
repair/replace wiring between terminals A2 and A3 of relay K3.
2. If multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-R and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c,
check for 28 vdc between terminals X1 and X2 of relay K3.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace relay K3 (WP 1626 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring.
STEP
35. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-j.
STEP
36. With JETT switch held up, check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-R and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J1-c. Release switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K3 (WP 1626 00).
STEP
37. Disconnect all jumper wires from control panel.
STEP
38. Install an insulated jumper wire between J2-dand J2-e.
STEP
39. Connect 28 vdc positive lead to Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J2-f and negative lead to Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-c.
STEP
40. Place EMER JETT ALL switch up and measure dc voltage between the following points:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-J and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-A and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-G and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
CONDITION/INDICATION
0170 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
1. Multimeter shall indicate 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-J and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of
2) , J2-A and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-din
about 1 second after EMER JETT ALL switch is placed up.
2. Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-G and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of
2) , J2-d.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If multimeter indicates 28 vdc between either Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-J and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-A and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d, but time delay is not as specified, replace
relay K6 (WP 1626 00).
2. If multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-J and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-A and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d, go to Multimeter Does Not Indicate 28 Vdc
Between J2-J And J2-dAnd/Or Between J2-A And J2-d, in this work package.
3. If multimeter does not indicate 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-G and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d,
replace diode CR4 (WP 1627 00).
STEP
41. Place EMER JETT ALL switch down and check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-J and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace EMER JETT ALL switch (WP 1625 00).
STEP
42. Disconnect 28 vdc from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-c and
Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-f.
STEP
43. Disconnect jumper wire from J2-dand J2-e.
STEP
44. Place EMER JETT ALL switch in the up position and check for 0 vdc between the following points:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-J and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-A and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
0170 00-9
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K6 (WP 1626 00).
STEP
45. Remove jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J2-fand connect 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)
, J2-h and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-c, and between
Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-h and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-e.
STEP
46. Measure dc voltage between the following points:
FROM TO MULTIMETER INDICATION
Figure 2
- Stores Figure 2 -
Jettison Stores Jettison
Control Panel Control Panel
Schematic Schematic
Diagram Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) (Sheet 1 of
, J2-N 2) , J2-d 28 VDC
Figure 2
- Stores Figure 2 -
Jettison Stores Jettison
Control Panel Control Panel
Schematic Schematic
Diagram Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) (Sheet 1 of
, J2-E 2) , J2-d 28 VDC
Figure 2
- Stores Figure 2 -
Jettison Stores Jettison
Control Panel Control Panel
Schematic Schematic
Diagram Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) (Sheet 1 of
, J2-A 2) , J2-d 0 VDC
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate corresponding dc voltage.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-N and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
and/or Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-Eand Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d, go to Multimeter Does Not Indicate 28 Vdc
Between J2-N And J2-dAnd/Or Between J2-E And J2-d, in this work package.
0170 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
STORES JETTISON CONTROL PANEL (AVIM) OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERA-
TIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
2. If multimeter does not indicate 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-A and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d,
replace diode CR3 (WP 1627 00).
STEP
47. Place EMER JETT ALL switch down and check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-N and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace EMER JETT ALL switch (WP 1625 00).
STEP
48. Disconnect jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J2-c.
STEP
49. Place EMER JETT ALL switch up and measure dc voltage between the following points:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-N and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-E and Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K5 (WP 1626 00).
STEP
50. Disconnect jumper wire from Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J2-e and connect it to Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-c.
STEP
51. Check for 0 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-Nand
Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Multimeter shall indicate 0 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace relay K4 (WP 1626 00).
STEP
52. Disconnect all jumper wires from control panel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All jumper wires shall be disconnected from control panel.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0170 00-11
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J1-A AND J1-C
SYMPTOM
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J1-A and J1-c.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J1-A and J1-c.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between JETT switch Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
2. With JETT switch held in up position, check for 28 vdc between switch Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 2 and Figure 2 -
Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 1625 00). Go to Step 9
3. Check continuity between JETT switch Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 2 and INBD/OUTBD switch Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , Terminal A4.
a. If continuity is present, replace INBD/OUTBD switch S3 (WP 1625 00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 9
4. Check for 28 vdc between relay Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-B1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-X1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-B2 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , JETT switch terminal 1.
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K1 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 9
7. Check diode CR1.
a. If diode is good, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 9
b. If diode is not good, replace diode CR1 (WP 1627 00). Go to Step 9
8. Check diode CR6.
a. If diode is good, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 9
b. If diode is not good, replace diode CR6 (WP 1627 00). Go to Step 9
0170 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J1-A AND J1-C – Continued
9. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J1-L AND J1-C
SYMPTOM
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J1-L and J1-c.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J1-L and J1-c.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , S3-A4
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K7-X1
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , S3-B8
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K7-A2
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-X
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K7-X2
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between INBD/OUTBD switch terminals Figure 2 - Stores Jettison
Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , B8 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison
Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , BC.
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K7 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, replace rotary switch S3 (WP 1624 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J1-N AND J1-C
SYMPTOM
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J1-N and J1-c.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J1-N and J1-c.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between JETT switch Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 4 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
2. With JETT switch held in up position, check for 28 vdc between switch Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 5 and Figure 2 -
Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J1-c .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace switch (WP 1625 00). Go to Step 9
0170 00-13
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J1-N AND J1-C – Continued
3. Check continuity between JETT switch Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 5 and INBD/OUTBD switch Figure 2 - Stores
Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , Terminal D8.
a. If continuity is present, replace INBD/OUTBD switch S3 (WP 1625 00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 9
4. Check for 28 vdc between relay Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-A1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
5. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-X1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
6. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K1-A2 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , JETT switch terminal 4.
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K1 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 9
7. Check diode CR2.
a. If diode is good, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 9
b. If diode is not good, replace diode CR2 (WP 1627 00). Go to Step 9.
8. Check diode CR7.
a. If diode is good, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 9
b. If diode is not good, replace diode CR7 (WP 1627 00). Go to Step 9
9. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J2-J AND J2-D AND/OR BETWEEN J2-A AND J2-D
SYMPTOM
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J2-J and J2-d and/or between J2-A and J2-d.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J2-J and J2-d and/or between J2-A and J2-d.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-J
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J2-d
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-A
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J2-d
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
0170 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J2-J AND J2-D AND/OR BETWEEN J2-A AND J2-D –
Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , K6-A1
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K6-B1
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , K6-A1
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K6-X1
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K6 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
3. Check for 28 vdc between EMER JETT ALL switch Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 3 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison
Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
4. With EMER JETT ALL switch in up position, check for 28 vdc between switch Figure 2 -
Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 2 and Figure
2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace EMER JETT ALL switch S2 (WP 1625 00). Go to
Step 11
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , S2-2
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
K6-X1
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , K6-A1
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
K6-X1
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-c
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
K6-X2
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K6 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-B1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-X1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8
0170 00-15
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J2-J AND J2-D AND/OR BETWEEN J2-A AND J2-D –
Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9
8. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-B2 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) INBD/OUTBD switch terminal 3.
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K4 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
9. Check diode CR3.
a. If diode is good, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
b. If diode is not good, replace diode CR3 (WP 1627 00). Go to Step 11
10. Check diode CR5.
a. If diode is good, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
b. If diode is not good, replace diode CR5 (WP 1627 00). Go to Step 11
11. Procedure completed.
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J2-N AND J2-DAND/OR BETWEEN J2-E AND J2-D
SYMPTOM
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J2-N and J2-d and/or between J2-E and J2-d.
MALFUNCTION
Multimeter does not indicate 28 vdc between J2-N and J2-d and/or between J2-E and J2-d.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-N
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J2-d
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-E
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) ,
J2-d
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , K5-A1
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K5-B1
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , K5-A1
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K5-X1
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K5 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
3. Check for 28 vdc between EMER JETT ALL switch Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control
Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 6 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison
Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d .
0170 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
MULTIMETER DOES NOT INDICATE 28 VDC BETWEEN J2-N AND J2-DAND/OR BETWEEN J2-E AND J2-D –
Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
4. With EMER JETT ALL switch in up position, check for 28 vdc between switch Figure 2 -
Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , Terminal 5 and Figure
2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , J2-d .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace EMER JETT ALL switch S2 (WP 1625 00). Go to
Step 11
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) , S2-5
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K5-X1
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , K5-A1
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K5-X1
• Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) , J2- c
and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) ,
K5-X2
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K5 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
6. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-A1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
7. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-X1 and Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-X2.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9
8. Check continuity between Figure 2 - Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 2) , K4-A2 and INBD/OUTBD switch terminal 6.
a. If continuity is present, replace relay K4 (WP 1626 00). Go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
9. Check diode CR4.
a. If diode is good, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
b. If diode is not good, replace diode CR4 (WP 1627 00). Go to Step 11
10. Check diode CR8.
a. If diode is good, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 11
b. If diode is not good, replace diode CR8 (WP 1627 00). Go to Step 11
11. Procedure completed.
0170 00-17
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
B J2
A
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J1
BOX ASSEMBLY
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
J3
A B
EMER JETT STORES JETTISON
ALL
JETT
INBD OUTBD
BOTH BOTH
K6
R R
L L
K7
OFF ALL
K3
+
K2
K5
K1
K4
FRONT PANEL
RELAY BRACKET ASSEMBLY
C AA3450_1
SA
Figure 1. Stores Jettison Control Panel Components Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0170 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
CR1 CR3 CR5 CR7
C D
CR2 CR4 CR6 CR8
AA3450_2
SA
Figure 1. Stores Jettison Control Panel Components Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
0170 00-19
0170 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
3
B3 2
B2 13(9)
J1 9(7) 1
E11CR6E12 E1 B1 6 JETT
n 1(1) JMPR 12 3(2) 10(7)
p A3 5 14(90)
2(1) A2
11(8) 4
E13CR7E14 E3 A1 S1
f 4(3) JMPR 13 6(4) 12(8)
q 5(3) CR1 CR2
JMPR 14 7(5) X1 B3
k E2 E4 X2 B2
8(5)
K1 B1 JMPR 10
C 17(92) A2
A3
J 19(93) 18(92)
A1
X1
h X2
15(91)
g 16(91) K2
20(93)
A 21(92)
L 22(93)
G 23(94)
E 25(94)
R 26(95) B3
j 29(96) B2
i 30(96) B1 JMPR 11
N 28(95)
V 31(97) A3 A2
24(94)
A1
W 32(0) J3
c X1
33(0)
X2
X 34(0)
B3 K3
J2 B2
E9 CR5E10 E5 27(95)
f B1
37(98) 39(901)
g A3 1
38(90) A2 2
E15CR8E16 E7 48(912)
j A1 3
40(902) JMPR 17 42(903) 45(906) EMER JETT
h 4 ALL
41(902) CR3 CR4 5
X1 47(908)
JMPR 18 43(904)
e E6 E8 X2 6
44(905) 46(907)
K4 S2
G 51(914)
E 52(914)
N 49(913)
R 50(913)
c 58(0)
d 59(0)
J 54(916)
L 55(916)
C 56(917)
A 57(917)
AB1533_
SA
Figure 2. Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0170 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0170 00
13(9)
JMPR 2
4 5
3 6
14(90) A
C
7
2 36(90)
1 8 B3
JMPR 3 B2
35(915)
JMPR 5 4 5 JMPR 4 B1
3 6 A3
B A2
18(92) C
A1
2 7 JMPR 15 X1
1 8 X2
61(0)
JMPR 7 K7
4 5 JMPR 6 (1-SECOND
20(93) D.O.P.I.)
21(92) 3 C 6
22(93) C
23(94) 2 7 JMPR 1
1 8
JMPR 9
INBD OUTBD
4
24(94) BOTH 5 BOTH
R 3
D B3
C6
L R B2
2 7 L B1
18 A3
27(95) OFF ALL
JMPR 19 A2
28(95) JMPR 8
S3 A1
JMPR 20 X1
48(912)
53(0) X2
B3 K6
B2 (1-SECOND
47(908) D.O.P.I.)
B1
A3
51(914) A2 JMPR 21
52(914) A1
49(913) JMPR 22
X1 X2
50(913) K5
60(0)
54(916)
55(916)
56(917)
57(917)
AB1533_
SA
Figure 2. Stores Jettison Control Panel Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0170 00-21
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM HH-60A HH-60L> < . .
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Compressor Unit WP 1456 00
Locally-Made Fuel Quantity Simulator Test Set, WP 1457 00
(WP 2014 00, Figure 152, Sheet 1 - Fuel Quantity WP 1458 00
Simulator, Test Set (Sheet 1 of 2) ) WP 1460 00
Locally-Made Gate Valve Test Harness, (WP 2014 WP 1463 00
00, Figure 156 - ESSS Gate Valve Test Harness) WP 1465 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 1466 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1468 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1469 00
Container, Suitable WP 1471 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1472 00
Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge, (WP 2014 00, WP 1473 00
Figure 167 - Drag Beam Wedge) WP 1475 00
Locally-Made External Stores Support System WP 1483 00
(ESSS) Pneumatic Adapter, (WP 2014 00, Figure WP 1487 00
151 - Pneumatic Adapter (ESSS)) WP 1493 00
Stopwatch WP 1494 00
Torque Wrench, GG-W-686 WP 1662 00
WP 1664 00
Personnel Required
WP 1673 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1737 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1800 00
References WP 2014 00
TM 1-1520-237-10 Equipment Condition
WP 0089 00 All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
WP 0104 00 Racks, (WP 1460 00)
WP 0108 00 All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
WP 0128 00 Racks, (WP 1463 00)
WP 0129 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0135 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WP 0810 00 External Range Extension Tanks (Inboard or
WP 0837 00 Outboard) EMPTY, (WP 1673 00)
WP 0838 00 Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of Fuel
WP 0974 00 in Each Tank, (WP 1662 00)
WP 0985 00 or Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of
WP 1451 00 Fuel in Each Tank, (WP 1664 00)
WP 1453 00 Rear Fairings on All Vertical Stores (Pylons)
WP 1455 00 Removed, (WP 1465 00)
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION
This troubleshooting procedure is designed to be used when the horizontal (Wings) and/or vertical (Pylons) stores
are initially installed or replaced. When only tanks are removed, refer to WP 1483 00.
0171 00-1
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• Special Icons used in this operational/troubleshooting procedure:
CU> < Steps that are to be done if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be done if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be done if outboard tanks are installed.
•
. .
As an alternate to using the compressor unit pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The operational/troubleshooting procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System
with any tank configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Opera-
tor’s Manual (TM 1-1520-237-10).
• See Figure 1 - ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for
component location diagram and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 6) for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. CU > Unfasten fasteners on left inboard stores support rear fairing and hinge fairing open to gain access to
.
bleed-air quick-disconnect (QD). < .
STEP
2. CU > Disconnect hose from outboard side of bleed-air QD. <
. .
STEP
3. CU > Using locally-made pneumatic adapter (WP 2014 00), tee air compressor into helicopter bleed-air QD
.
and ESSS bleed-air hose. < .
STEP
4. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
5. Pull out the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN INBD Copilot’s
BACKUP PUMP PWR Copilot’s
UTIL RECP CABIN Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
ESSS JTSN INBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
EXT FUEL RH Mission Readiness
EXT FUEL LH Mission Readiness
AUX FUEL QTY Mission Readiness
NO. 2 XFER CONTROL Mission Readiness
0171 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
CAUTION
Prior to activating fuel gate valves that have been out of service for more than 30 days, it is
recommended to open and close fuel gate valves a few times by hand prior to applying electrical
power to reduce the possibility of damage to auxiliary fuel management panel and circuitry.
6. Disconnect Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 6) , P360 from
auxiliary fuel management control panel.
STEP
7. Connect P1 of locally-made ESSS gate shutoff valve test harness to UTIL RCPT +28V receptacle J258 in
cabin ceiling.
STEP
8. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
9. Push in UTIL RECP CABIN circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
STEP
10. Connect locally-made test harness (WP 2014 00) pin E to Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 6) , P360-B.
STEP
11. Connect pins A and D of locally-made test harness to the following pairs of pins on Figure 2 - ESSS Range
Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 6) , P360, and alternately place locally-made test harness
switch to OPEN and CLOSE:
TEST HARNESS PIN P360- VALVE OPERATION
A F LEFT OUTBD - OPEN
D E LEFT OUTBD - CLOSED
A Y LEFT INBD - OPEN
D Z LEFT INBD - CLOSED
A g RIGHT OUTBD - OPEN
D P RIGHT OUTBD - CLOSED
A j RIGHT INBD - OPEN
D i RIGHT INBD - CLOSED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Gate valves shall open and close as indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, connect locally-made test harness pins A, D, and E to pins A, D, and
E of malfunctioning gate valve. Alternately place locally-made test harness switch to OPEN and CLOSED.
a. If gate valve operates normally, repair/replace wiring between Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 6) , P360 and gate valve’s electrical connector (WP 1800 00).
b. If gate valve does not operate normally, replace gate valve (WP 1458 00).
0171 00-3
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
12. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
13. Connect P360 to auxiliary fuel management control panel.
STEP
14. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
15. Turn pilot’s or copilot’s multifunction display (MFD) switch ON and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD
legends for 10 seconds, then only the active caution and advisory legends will be displayed).
STEP
16. Turn upper console INST LT - PILOT FLT control at least one quarter turn clockwise.
STEP
17. Turn upper console CONSOLE LT - LOWER control to BRT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Information plate lighting on control panels and upper console shall go on at full brightness.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot upper and lower console lights (WP 0128 00).
STEP
18. Push in the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AUX FUEL QTY Mission Readiness
NO. 2 XFER CONTROL Mission Readiness
STEP
19. Momentarily place INDICATOR LTS BRT/DIM - TEST switch to TEST.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AUX FUEL QTY POUNDS digital display on auxiliary fuel management control panel shall dim.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and console indicator lights dimming (WP
0129 00).
STEP
20. Adjust auxiliary fuel management control panel QTY BRIGHTNESS control from DECR to INCR, then back
to DECR.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AUX FUEL QTY POUNDS digital display shall go on to full brightness, then back to dim.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
21. Adjust upper console CONSOLE LT - LOWER and INST LT - PILOT FLT controls to OFF.
0171 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
22. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel switches as indicated:
SWITCH POSITION
PRESS OUTB OFF
PRESS INBD OFF
TANKS OUTBD
MODE OFF
MANUAL XFR RIGHT OFF
MANUAL XFR LEFT OFF
AUX FUEL QTY TOTAL
STEP
23. Press and hold auxiliary fuel management control panel TEST pushbutton.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All auxiliary fuel management control panel indicators shall go on and digital display shall indicate 8888.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WHEN AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
TEST PUSHBUTTON IS PRESSED, ALL INDICATORS ARE NOT ON AND/OR DIGITAL DISPLAY DOES NOT
INDICATE 8888, in this work package.
STEP
24. Release TEST pushbutton.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Digital display shall cycle the indication 8 from left to right 3 times.
2. Digital display shall indicate the word GOOD for about 5 seconds.
3. Digital display shall indicate either 4, 5, or 8 (preset fuel type) in left-most position for about 3 sec-
onds.
4. Digital display may indicate some value of auxiliary fuel remaining (unknown at this time).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. and/or 3. are not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel
(WP 1466 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, but display E01, E04, E05, or E06, replace control panel (WP
1466 00).
3. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, but displays E02, go to DURING SELF-TEST, AUXILIARY FUEL
MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E02 INSTEAD OF GOOD, in this work
package.
4. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, but displays E03, go to DURING SELF-TEST, AUXILIARY FUEL
MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E03 INSTEAD OF GOOD, in this work
package.
0171 00-5
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
Disregard any EXTERNAL indicator displayed at this time.
25. Press and hold auxiliary fuel management control panel STATUS pushbutton.
CONDITION/INDICATION
EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY, EXTERNAL RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY, EXTERNAL LEFT INBD EMPTY,
and EXTERNAL LEFT OUTBD EMPTY indicators shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
26. Release STATUS pushbutton.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All auxiliary fuel management control panel indicators and MFD AUX FUEL legend shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and/or EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicators are on, replace auxiliary
fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
2. If EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY, EXTERNAL RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY, EXTERNAL LEFT INBD EMPTY
or EXTERNAL LEFT OUTBD EMPTY indicator is on (tank installed in that position), go to AUXILIARY FUEL
MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EMPTY INDICATOR IS ON WITH ADEQUATE FUEL IN FUEL TANK,
in this work package.
3. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WHEN AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL STATUS PUSHBUTTON IS PRESSED AND RELEASED, INDICATORS AND/OR PILOT’S/COPIL-
OT’S MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND ARE NOT OFF, in this work package.
STEP
27. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
28. OUTBD > Fill each outboard tank, if installed with 160 - 190 pounds of fuel. <
. .
STEP
29. INBD > Fill each inboard tank, if installed with 160 - 190 pounds of fuel. <
. .
STEP
30. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
31. CU > Apply air source, regulated to 25 - 45 psi to helicopter’s external tanks. <
. .
STEP
32. Record central display unit (CDU) TOTAL FUEL indication.
STEP
33. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel PRESS OUTBD switch to ON. <
. .
0171 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
34. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel PRESS INBD switch to ON. <
. .
STEP
35. Record time.
STEP
36. Inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses and fittings for signs of leaking or damage (WP 0974 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
There shall be no signs of leakage or damage.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace hoses and fittings as necessary (WP 0985 00).
STEP
NOTE
• While doing the following procedure, inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses and fittings as
specified in Step 37
• The K FACTOR called out in the following steps is a calibration adjustment used for
calibrating the fuel system and is stamped on the fuel flow transmitter. Record this value.
• Disregard digit to the right of decimal for K FACTOR entry.
37. Record K FACTOR.
STEP
38. Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to CAL.
STEP
39. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR, then to DECR.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall increase and then decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WITH AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL AUX
FUEL QTY SWITCH TO CAL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATION CANNOT BE CHANGED, in this work package.
STEP
40. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to enter K FACTOR on
digital display.
STEP
41. Using locally-made drag beam wedge push plunger down on left drag beam switch.
STEP
42. Momentarily place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR, then to DECR.
0171 00-7
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATION CHANGES WITH DRAG BEAM
SWITCH IN IN-FLIGHT POSITION, in this work package.
STEP
43. Remove locally-made drag beam wedge.
STEP
44. Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD.
STEP
45. OUTBD > Disconnect P2/J849 and P2/J850. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate cccc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
46. Connect P2/J849 and P2/J850 if outboard tanks are installed, or install insulated jumper wire between J1-1
and J1-2.
STEP
47. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to set digital display
indication to 1000.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate 1000 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
2. If trouble remains, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00).
STEP
48. Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD.
STEP
49. INBD > Disconnect P2/J835 and P2/J836. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate cccc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
50. Connect P2/J835 and P2/J836 if inboard tanks are installed, or install insulated jumper wire between inboard
J1-1 and J1-2.
0171 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
51. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to set digital display
indication to 1000 pounds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate 1000 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
52. Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to TOTAL.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display shall indicate 2000 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
53. OUTBD > Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD. <
. .
STEP
54. OUTBD > Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to MANUAL. <
. .
STEP
55. OUTBD > Check CDU TOTAL FUEL indication. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
CDU TOTAL FUEL indication shall be the same as recorded in Step 32
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION INCREASES WHEN FUEL
TRANSFER IS NOT ACTUATED, in this work package.
STEP
56. Turn pilot’s or copilot’s MFD switch ON and press T6 switch (illuminates all MFD legends for 10 seconds;
then only the active caution and advisory legends will be displayed).
STEP
57. OUTBD > Before continuing, make sure that at least 5 minutes have elapsed from time recorded in Step 35 <
. .
STEP
NOTE
Disregard MFD AUX FUEL legend if it goes on momentarily.
58. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - RIGHT switch to ON until CDU
.
TOTAL FUEL indication increases by 20 pounds. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1-1/2 minutes.
0171 00-9
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator shall momentarily
go on, then go off.
3. Remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL indicators shall remain off.
4. Auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL
INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO
TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK, in this work package.
STEP
59. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - RIGHT switch to OFF. <
. .
STEP
NOTE
Disregard MFD AUX FUEL legend if it goes on momentarily.
60. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT switch to ON until CDU
.
TOTAL FUEL indication increases by 20 pounds. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1-1/2 minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator shall momentarily
go on, then go off.
3. Remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL indicators shall remain off.
4. Auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL
INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO
TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK, in this work package.
STEP
61. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT switch to OFF. <
. .
STEP
62. INBD > Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD. <
. .
STEP
63. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel TANKS switch to INBD. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
0171 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
Disregard MFD AUX FUEL legend if it goes on momentarily.
64. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - RIGHT switch to ON until CDU
.
TOTAL FUEL indication increases by 20 pounds. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1-1/2 minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator shall momentarily
go on, then go off.
3. Remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL indicators shall remain off.
4. Auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase, and/or Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WITH
MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK, in this
work package.
STEP
65. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - RIGHT switch to OFF. <
. .
STEP
NOTE
Disregard MFD AUX FUEL legend if it goes on momentarily.
66. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT switch to ON until CDU TOTAL
.
FUEL indication increases by 20 pounds. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1-1/2 minutes.
2. Control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator shall momentarily go on, then go off.
3. Remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL indicators shall remain off.
4. Auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL
INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO
TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK, in this work package.
STEP
67. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT switch to OFF. <
. .
0171 00-11
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
68. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel TANKS and AUX FUEL QTY switches to OUTBD.
. .
<
STEP
69. OUTBD > Record CDU TOTAL FUEL indication. <
. .
STEP
70. OUTBD > Record auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication. <
. .
STEP
71. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to ON.
.
. <
STEP
72. OUTBD > When CDU TOTAL FUEL indication is 100 pounds more than value recorded in Step 70, place
.
auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to OFF. < .
STEP
73. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to OFF.
.
. <
STEP
74. OUTBD > Record auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication. <
. .
STEP
75. OUTBD > Subtract recorded indication of Step 74 from recorded indication of Step 70 <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
The difference shall be between 90 and 110 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR GAGING ACCURACY IS NOT
AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
STEP
76. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
77. Connect locally-made fuel quantity simulator test set (simulator) power cord to UTIL RCPT +28V (J258) in
cabin ceiling.
STEP
78. Disconnect P905 from J905.
STEP
79. Connect simulator J905 to helicopter P905.
STEP
80. Turn simulator TANK 1 and TANK 2 controls fully counterclockwise.
STEP
81. Connect No. 1 digital multimeter to simulator TANK 1 OUTPUT.
0171 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
82. Connect No. 2 digital multimeter to simulator TANK 2 OUTPUT.
STEP
83. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
84. Turn simulator Tank 1 control to obtain 6.0 vdc indication on No. 1 multimeter.
STEP
85. Turn simulator Tank 2 control to obtain 6.0 vdc indication on No. 2 multimeter.
STEP
86. Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD.
STEP
87. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR to obtain display of 6000 pounds.
STEP
88. Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD.
STEP
89. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to INCR to obtain display of 1500 pounds.
STEP
90. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to AUTO.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 91 through 94 completely before continuing.
• Do steps 91 through 94 as quickly as possible.
91. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control counter-clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital
display indication begins to decrease.
STEP
92. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
93. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display
indication stops changing.
STEP
94. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
0171 00-13
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
1. Recorded indication of Step 92 shall be between 4.65 and 4.85 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 94 shall be between 4.90 and 5.10 vdc.
3. EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator on auxiliary fuel management control panel shall remain
off during fuel transfer.
4. EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator on auxiliary fuel management control panel shall remain off
during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and/or 2. are not as specified, go to AUTO MODE FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE
NOT AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work pack-
age.
3. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
STEP
95. Turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise to obtain 6.0 vdc indication on No. 1 multimeter.
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 96 through 99 completely before continuing.
• Do steps 96 through 99 as quickly as possible.
96. Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control counter-clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital
display indication begins to decrease.
STEP
97. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
98. Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display
indication stops changing.
STEP
99. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 97 shall be between 4.65 and 4.85 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 99 shall be between 4.90 and 5.10 vdc.
3. EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator on auxiliary fuel management control panel shall remain
off during fuel transfer.
4. EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator on auxiliary fuel management control panel shall remain off
during fuel transfer.
0171 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and/or 2. are not as specified, go to AUTO MODE FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE
NOT AS SPECIFIED, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work pack-
age.
3. If Indication/Condition 4. is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER, in this work package.
STEP
100. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 6.0 vdc indication on No. 2 multimeter.
STEP
101. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to AUTO.
STEP
102. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to obtain digital display
indication of 1000 pounds.
STEP
103. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to AUTO.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 104 through 107 completely before continuing.
• Do steps 104 through 107 as quickly as possible.
104.Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control counter-clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital
display indication begins to decrease.
STEP
105. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
106. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display
indication stops changing.
STEP
107. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 105 shall be between 3.65 and 3.85 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 107 shall be between 4.90 and 5.10 vdc.
0171 00-15
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
108. Turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 109 through 112 completely before continuing.
• Do steps 109 through 112 as quickly as possible.
109.Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control counter-clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital
display indication begins to decrease.
STEP
110. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
111. Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display
indication stops changing.
STEP
112. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 110 shall be between 3.65 and 3.85 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 112 shall be between 4.90 and 5.10 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
113. Turn simulator TANK 2 control clockwise to obtain 6.0 vdc indication on No. 2 multimeter.
STEP
114. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
115. Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to INBD.
STEP
116. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel INCR-DECR switch to either position to obtain digital display
indication of 2000 pounds.
STEP
117. Turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to OUTBD.
STEP
118. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to AUTO.
0171 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Digital display indication shall not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 119 through 122 completely before continuing.
• Do steps 119 through 122 as quickly as possible.
119. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control counter-clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital
display indication begins to decrease.
STEP
120. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
121. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display
indication stops changing.
STEP
122. Record No. 1 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 120 shall be between 2.90 and 3.10 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 122 shall be between 4.90 and 5.10 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
123. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control to obtain 6.0 vdc indication on No. 1 multimeter.
STEP
NOTE
• Read steps 124 through 127 completely before continuing.
• Do steps 124 through 127 as quickly as possible.
124.Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control counter-clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital
display indication begins to decrease.
STEP
125. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
126. Slowly turn simulator TANK 2 control clockwise until auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display
indication stops changing.
0171 00-17
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
127. Record No. 2 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Recorded indication of Step 125 shall be between 2.90 and 3.10 vdc.
2. Recorded indication of Step 127 shall be between 4.90 and 5.10 vdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
128. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 2.70 vdc indication on No. 2 multimeter.
STEP
129. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
130. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel TANKS switch to INBD. <
. .
STEP
131. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to AUTO until EXTERNAL - RIGHT
.
INBD EMPTY and EXTERNAL - LEFT INBD EMPTY indicators go on. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. EXTERNAL - RIGHT INBD EMPTY and EXTERNAL - LEFT INBD EMPTY indicators shall go on.
2. MFD AUX FUEL legend shall go immediately after either INBD EMPTY indicator goes on.
3. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT INBD EMPTY and EXTERNAL -
LEFT INBD EMPTY indicators shall go on immediately after the corresponding INBD EMPTY in-
dicator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY AND/OR EXTERNAL LEFT INBD EMPTY INDICATORS DO NOT GO
ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Conditions 2. and/or 3. is not as specified, go to MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND AND/OR AUXILIARY
FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW AND EXTERNAL LEFT NO
FLOW INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON, in this work package.
STEP
132. INBD > Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 6.00 vdc indication on No. 2 multimeter. <
. .
STEP
133. INBD > Turn simulator TANK 1 control to obtain 6.00 vdc indication on No. 1 multimeter. <
. .
STEP
134. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to MANUAL. <
. .
STEP
135. INBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and RIGHT switches to ON. <
. .
0171 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and EXTERNAL - LEFT
NO FLOW indicators shall go off, then go on within 5 minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication shall not change when EXTER-
NAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and EXTERNAL - LEFT NO FLOW indicators are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace corresponding fuel tank (WP 1483 00).
STEP
136. INBD > Momentarily press auxiliary fuel management control panel STATUS pushbutton. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL - INBD EMPTY and EXTERNAL - OUTBD
EMPTY indicators shall go off.
2. MFD AUX FUEL legend shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL INBD EMPTY AND/OR EXTERNAL OUTBD EMPTY INDICATORS ARE NOT OFF, in this work
package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to WHEN AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL STATUS PUSHBUTTON IS PRESSED AND RELEASED, INDICATORS AND/OR PILOT’S/COPIL-
OT’S MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND ARE NOT OFF, in this work package.
STEP
137. INBD > Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 2.70 vdc indication on No. 2 multimeter. <
. .
STEP
138. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to OFF. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. EXTERNAL - RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY and EXTERNAL - LEFT OUTBD EMPTY indicators shall go
on.
2. MFD AUX FUEL legend shall go on immediately after either EXTERNAL - RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY
or EXTERNAL - LEFT OUTBD EMPTY indicator goes on.
3. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT OUTBD EMPTY and EXTERNAL -
LEFT OUTBD EMPTY indicators shall go on immediately after corresponding tank OUTBD EMPTY
indicator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to WHEN AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL STATUS PUSHBUTTON IS PRESSED AND RELEASED, INDICATORS AND/OR PILOT’S/COPIL-
OT’S MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND ARE NOT OFF, in this work package.
0171 00-19
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
2. If Indication/Conditions 2. and/or 3. are not as specified, go to MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND AND/OR
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW AND EXTERNAL
LEFT NO FLOW INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON, in this work package.
STEP
139. OUTBD > Press auxiliary fuel management control panel STATUS pushbutton. <
. .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL - INBD EMPTY and EXTERNAL - OUTBD
EMPTY indicators shall go off.
2. MFD AUX FUEL legend shall go off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL INBD EMPTY AND/OR EXTERNAL OUTBD EMPTY INDICATORS ARE NOT OFF, in this work
package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to WHEN AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL STATUS PUSHBUTTON IS PRESSED AND RELEASED, INDICATORS AND/OR PILOT’S/COPIL-
OT’S MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND ARE NOT OFF, in this work package.
STEP
140. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch to MANUAL. <
. .
STEP
141. OUTBD > Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR - LEFT and MANUAL XFR - RIGHT
.
switches to ON. < .
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and EXTERNAL - LEFT
NO FLOW indicators shall go off, then come back on within 5 minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication shall not change when the EX-
TERNAL - RIGHT NO FLOW and EXTERNAL - LEFT NO FLOW indicators are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace corresponding external fuel tank (WP 1483 00).
STEP
142. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE, MANUAL XFR - LEFT and MANUAL XFR - RIGHT,
PRESS - INBD, and PRESS OUTBD switches to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All four ESSS bleed-air regulator valves shall be venting air.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, disconnect connector from bleed-air regulator.
a. If bleed-air valve vents air, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
b. If bleed-air valve does not vent air, clean valve, then do CU > Step 31 <, OUTBD > Step 33 <, INBD >
. . . . .
Step 34 <, and Step 142
.
0171 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
c. If trouble remains, replace bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00).
STEP
143. Pull out NO. 2 XFER CONTROL circuit breaker on mission readiness circuit breaker panel.
STEP
144. Remove overflow sensor from vent tube elbow in rear of main fuel tanks (WP 1475 00).
STEP
145. Disconnect P376 from J376.
STEP
146. Push in NO. 2 XFER CONTROL circuit breaker.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel VENT SENSOR FAIL indicator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
147. Pull out NO. 2 XFER CONTROL circuit breaker.
STEP
148. Connect P376 to J376.
STEP
149. Immerse thermistor portion of overflow sensor in container of fuel.
STEP
150. Push in NO. 2 XFER CONTROL circuit breaker.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel VENT SENSOR OVFL indicator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to VENT SENSOR OVFL INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON, in this
work package.
STEP
151. Install overflow sensor (WP 1475 00).
STEP
152. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
153. CU > Turn off air source. <
. .
STEP
154. Allow bleed-air regulator valves to vent air to ambient pressure.
STEP
155. CU > Disconnect air compressor, hoses, and locally-made pneumatic adapter. <
. .
STEP
156. CU > Connect pneumatic hose to outboard side of helicopter bleed-air QD. <
. .
0171 00-21
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
157. CU > TORQUE NUTS TO 135 - 150 INCH-POUNDS. <
. .
STEP
158. Disconnect test equipment.
STEP
159. Connect helicopter electrical connectors.
STEP
160. Install explosive cartridges.
STEP
161. Fasten helicopter fairings (QD).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Helicopter fairings shall be fastened.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WHEN AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL TEST PUSHBUTTON IS PRESSED, A-
LL INDICATORS ARE NOT ON AND/OR DIGITAL DISPLAY DOES NOT INDICATE 8888
SYMPTOM
When auxiliary fuel management control panel TEST pushbutton is pressed,
all indicators are not on and/or digital display does not indicate 8888.
MALFUNCTION
When auxiliary fuel management control panel TEST pushbutton is pressed,
all indicators are not on and/or digital display does not indicate 8888.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does digital display indicate 8888?
a. If 8888 is displayed, replace applicable auxiliary fuel management control panel indicator
lamp (WP 1469 00). Go to Step 6
b. If trouble remains, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 6
c. If 8888 is not displayed, go to Step 2
2. Do some indicators go on?
a. If indicators go on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display seg-
ment (WP 1468 00). Go to Step 6
b. If trouble remains, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 6
c. If indicators do not go on, go to Step 3
3. Check for 28 vdc between P360-W and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
0171 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
WHEN AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL TEST PUSHBUTTON IS PRESSED, ALL IN-
DICATORS ARE NOT ON AND/OR DIGITAL DISPLAY DOES NOT INDICATE 8888 – Continued
4. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 XFER CONTROL circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 6
5. Check for 28 vdc between J346-35 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 6
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J346-35 and circuit breaker
terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
DURING SELF-TEST, AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E02 INSTEAD OF GOOD
SYMPTOM
During self-test, auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indicates E02 instead of GOOD.
MALFUNCTION
During self-test, auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indicates E02 instead of GOOD.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 115 vac between P360-f and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
2. Check continuity between:
• P361-S and J524-2
• P361-U and J524-1
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel temperature transducer (WP 1455 00). Go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between:
• P346-20 and J361-U
• P346-21 and J361-S
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step 6:
• J346-20 and J524-2
• J346-21 and J524-1
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 6
4. Check for 115 vac between AUX FUEL QTY circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 6
5. Check for 115 vac between J346-38 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 6
0171 00-23
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DURING SELF-TEST, AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E02
INSTEAD OF GOOD – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
DURING SELF-TEST, AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATES E03 INSTEAD OF GOOD
SYMPTOM
During self-test, auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indicates E03 instead of GOOD.
MALFUNCTION
During self-test, auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indicates E03 instead of GOOD.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between:
• P361-X and P523-A
• P361-Y and P523-B
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3
2. Check for 2000 ohms to 3000 ohms between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A and
B.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1455 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between:
• P361-X and P346-23
• P361-Y and P346-24
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring or components (WP 1800 00) then go to Step
4:
• P523-A and J346-23
• P533-B and J346-24
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EMPTY
INDICATOR IS ON WITH ADEQUATE FUEL IN FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EMPTY indicator is on with adequate fuel in fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EMPTY indicator is on with adequate fuel in fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for infinite resistance between these pins on applicable fuel tank connector:
• 3 and 5
• 3 and 4
0171 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EMPTY INDICATOR IS ON WITH ADEQUATE FUEL IN
FUEL TANK – Continued
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between these points:
• P1-3 (Left outboard) and pin F
• P1-4 (Left outboard) and pin B
• P1-5 (Left outboard) and pin B
• P1-3 (Left inboard) and pin F
• P1-4 (Left inboard) and pin B
• P1-5 (Left inboard) and pin B
• P1-3 (Right outboard) and pin F
• P1-4 (Right outboard) and pin B
• P1-5 (Right outboard) and pin B
• P1-3 (Right inboard) and pin F
• P1-4 (Right inboard) and pin B
• P1-5 (Right inboard) and pin B
a. If continuity is present, remove/replace low level sensor assembly (WP 1494 00). Go to
Step 4
b. If trouble remains, replace/send fuel tank to depot (WP 1483 00). Go to Step 4
c. If continuity is not present, replace electrical interface cable (WP 1487 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check continuity between:
• J1-3 (Left outboard) and J833-8
• J1-4 (Left outboard) and J833-9
• J1-5 (Left outboard) and J833-10
• J1-3 (Left inboard) and J833-3
• J1-4 (Left inboard) and J833-4
• J1-5 (Left inboard) and J833-5
• J1-3 (Right outboard) and J834-8
• J1-4 (Right outboard) and J834-9
• J1-5 (Right outboard) and J834-10
• J1-3 (Right inboard) and J834-3
• J1-4 (Right inboard) and J834-4
• J1-5 (Right inboard) and J834-5
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to Step
4
b. If continuity is not present, replace front electrical harness (WP 1473 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
0171 00-25
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WHEN AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL STATUS PUSHBUTTON IS PRESSED AND RE-
LEASED, INDICATORS AND/OR PILOT’S/COPILOT’S MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND ARE NOT OFF
SYMPTOM
When auxiliary fuel management control panel STATUS pushbutton is pressed and
released, indicators and/or pilot’s/copilot’s MFD AUX FUEL legend are not off.
MALFUNCTION
When auxiliary fuel management control panel STATUS pushbutton is pressed and re-
leased, indicators and/or pilot’s/copilot’s MFD AUX FUEL legend are not off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Are all auxiliary fuel management control panel indicators off?
a. If all indicators are off, go to Step 2
b. If all indicators are not off, repair/replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 5
2. Check for 28 vdc between:
• P1019R-37 and ground
• P1020R-37 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace copilot’s or pilot’s MFD (WP 0810 00). Go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. With P346 and P360 disconnected, check continuity between P360-X and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to Step
5
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4
4. With P346, P1019R, and P1020R disconnected, check continuity between J346-10 and
ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
WITH AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL AUX FUEL QTY
SWITCH TO CAL DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATION CANNOT BE CHANGED
SYMPTOM
With auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY
switch to CALdigital display indication cannot be changed.
MALFUNCTION
With auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY
switch to CAL digital display indication cannot be changed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between P360-r and P360-n .
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between:
0171 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
WITH AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL AUX FUEL QTY SWITCH TO CAL DIGITAL DISPLAY
INDICATION CANNOT BE CHANGED – Continued
• P360-r and P902-C
• P360-n and P902-D
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between:
• P360-r and P346-3
• P360-n and P346-2
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring, as required, between (WP 1800 00), then go
to Step 4
• J346-2 and P902-D
• J346-3 and P902-C
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
DIGITAL DISPLAY INDICATION CHANGES WITH DRAG BEAM SWITCH IN IN-FLIGHT POSITION
SYMPTOM
Digital display indication changes with drag beam switch in in-flight position.
MALFUNCTION
Digital display indication changes with drag beam switch in in-flight position.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Remove locally-made drag beam wedge from left drag beam switch. Go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between P360-r and P360-n .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 5
3. Check continuity between:
• J346-2 and P902-D
• J346-3 and P902-C
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between:
• P346-2 and P360-n
• P346-3 and P360-r
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to Step
5
b. If continuity is not present, troubleshoot hydraulic systems (WP 0089 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
0171 00-27
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION INCREASES WHEN FUEL TRANSFER IS NOT ACTUATED
SYMPTOM
CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increases when fuel transfer is not actuated.
MALFUNCTION
CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increases when fuel transfer is not actuated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is the manual lever of all four shutoff gate valves in the fully closed position?
a. If manual levers are in the fully closed position, replace auxiliary fuel management control
panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 12
b. If manual levers are not in the fully closed position, go to Step 2
2. For any valve not in fully closed position, check for 28 vdc between
• P840-D and P840-E (left outboard)
• P809-D and P809-E (left inboard)
• P838-D and P838-E (right outboard)
• P810-D and P810-E (right inboard)
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
3. Check for 0 vdc between:
• P840-A and P840-E (left outboard)
• P809-A and P809-E (left inboard)
• P838-A and P838-E (right outboard)
• P810-A and P810-E (right inboard)
a. If voltage is as specified, replace shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 12
4. For left outboard valve, check continuity between:
• P840-A and P360-F
• P840-D and P360-E
• P840-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 5
5. Check continuity between:
• P805-8 and P360-E
• P805-9 and P360-F
• P805-10 and P364-34
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system rear electrical harness (WP 1472 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 12
6. For left inboard valve, check continuity between:
• P809-A and P360-Y
0171 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION INCREASES WHEN FUEL TRANSFER IS NOT ACTUATED – Continued
•P809-D and P360-Z
•P809-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 7
7. Check continuity between:
• P805-3 and P360-Y
• P805-4 and P360-Z
• P805-5 and P346-34
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system rear electrical harness (WP 1472 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 12
8. For right inboard valve, check continuity between:
• P810-A and P360-j
• P810-D and P360-i
• P810-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 9
9. Check continuity between:
• P804-3 and P360-j
• P804-4 and P360-i
• P804-5 and P346-9
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system rear electrical harness (WP 1472 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 12
10. For right outboard valve, check continuity between:
• P838-A and P360-j
• P838-D and P360-i
• P838-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 11
11. Check continuity between:
• P804-8 and P360-g
• P804-9 and P360-P
• P804-10 and P346-9
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system rear electrical harness (WP 1472 00). Go to
Step 12
0171 00-29
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION INCREASES WHEN FUEL TRANSFER IS NOT ACTUATED – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT
IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/C-
ondition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from right outboard fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/Con-
dition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from right outboard fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does increase, go to Step 2
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase, go to Step 6
2. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication does decrease, go to
Step 3
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication does not decrease, go
to Step 5
3. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator
momentarily go on, then off?
a. If indicator momentarily goes on, then off, go to Step 4
b. If indicator remains on, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER,
in this work package.
4. Do the remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL indicators
remain off?
a. If the remaining indicators remain off, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL
TRANSFER, in this work package.
b. If the remaining indicators do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control
panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 16
5. With auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch at ON, check
for more than 20 mvac between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 16
6. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 7
b. If indication does not decreases, go to Step 8
7. Does EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator go on?
0171 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK – Con-
tinued
a. If indicator is on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 16
b. If indicator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 16
8. Is manual lever of right outboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 9
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 12
9. Check for 28 vdc between P837-A and P837-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00).
Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
10. Check continuity between:
• P837-A and P360-R
• P837-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 16
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 11
11. Check continuity between:
• P804-6 and P364-4
• P804-7 and P360-R
a. If continuity is present, replace rear electrical harness (WP 1472 00). Go to Step 16
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 16
12. Is right outboard bleed air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 13
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel
(WP 1466 00). Go to Step 16
13. Check for 28 vdc between P360-V and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14
14. Check for 28 vdc between EXT FUEL RH circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 15
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 16
15. Check for 28 vdc between J346-33 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J346-33 and EXT FUEL RH
circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 16
16. Procedure completed.
0171 00-31
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT
IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/C-
ondition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from left outboard fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/Con-
dition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from left outboard fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does increase, go to Step 2
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase, go to Step 6
2. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication does decrease, go to
Step 3
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication does not decrease, go
to Step 5
3. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator
momentarily go on, then off?
a. If indicator momentarily goes on, then off, go to Step 4
b. If indicator remains on, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER,
in this work package.
4. Do the remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL indicators
remain off?
a. If the remaining indicators remain off, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL
TRANSFER, in this work package.
b. If the remaining indicators do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control
panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 16
5. With auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch at ON, check
for more than 20 mvac between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 16
6. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 7
b. If indication does not decreases, go to Step 8
7. Does EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 16
b. If indicator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 16
8. Is manual lever of left outboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 9
0171 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL TANK – Con-
tinued
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 12
9. Check for 28 vdc between P839-A and P839-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00).
Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
10. Check continuity between:
• P839-A and P360-G
• P839-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 16
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 11
11. Check continuity between:
• P805-6 and P346-11
• P805-7 and P360-G
a. If continuity is present, replace rear electrical harness (WP 1472 00). Go to Step 16
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 16
12. Is left outboard bleed air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 13
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel
(WP 1466 00). Go to Step 16
13. Check for 28 vdc between P360-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14
14. Check for 28 vdc between EXT FUEL LH circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 15
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 16
15. Check for 28 vdc between J346-45 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 16
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J346-33 and EXT FUEL RH
circuit breaker terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 16
16. Procedure completed.
0171 00-33
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT
IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/C-
ondition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from right inboard fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/Con-
dition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from right inboard fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does increase, go to Step 2
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase, go to Step 6
2. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication does decrease, go to
Step 3
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication does not decrease, go
to Step 5
3. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator
momentarily go on, then off?
a. If indicator momentarily goes on, then off, go to Step 4
b. If indicator remains on, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER,
in this work package.
4. Do the remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL indicators
remain off?
a. If the remaining indicators remain off, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL
TRANSFER, in this work package.
b. If the remaining indicators do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control
panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 12
5. With auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch at ON, check
for more than 20 mvac between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 12
6. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 7
b. If indication does not decreases, go to Step 8
7. Does EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If indicator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 12
8. Is manual lever of right outboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 9
0171 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK – Contin-
ued
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 12
9. Check for 28 vdc between P811-A and P811-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00).
Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
10. Check continuity between:
• P811-A and P360-s
• P811-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 11
11. Check continuity between:
• P804-1 and P346-4
• P804-2 and P360-s
a. If continuity is present, replace rear electrical harness (WP 1472 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT
IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK
SYMPTOM
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication-
/Condition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from left inboard fuel tank.
MALFUNCTION
With MANUAL mode selected, CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase and/or Indication/Con-
dition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel from left inboard fuel tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL indication increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does increase, go to Step 2
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL indication does not increase, go to Step 6
2. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication does decrease, go to
Step 3
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication does not decrease, go
to Step 5
3. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator
momentarily go on, then off?
a. If indicator momentarily goes on, then off, go to Step 4
0171 00-35
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK – Contin-
ued
b. If indicator remains on, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER,
in this work package.
4. Do the remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL indicators
remain off?
a. If the remaining indicators remain off, go to AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL
TRANSFER, in this work package.
b. If the remaining indicators do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control
panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 12
5. With auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch at ON, check
for more than 20 mvac between fuel flow transmitter connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 12
6. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication decrease?
a. If indication decreases, go to Step 7
b. If indication does not decreases, go to Step 8
7. Does EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If indicator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 12
8. Is manual lever of left outboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 9
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 12
9. Check for 28 vdc between P808-A and P808-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00).
Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10
10. Check continuity between:
• P808-A and P360-m
• P808-B and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 11
11. Check continuity between:
• P805-1 and ground
• P805-2 and P360-m
a. If continuity is present, replace rear electrical harness (WP 1472 00). Go to Step 12
0171 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
WITH MANUAL MODE SELECTED, CDU TOTAL FUEL INDICATION DOES NOT INCREASE AND/OR RESULT IS
NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL FROM LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK – Contin-
ued
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
FUEL TRANSFER TIME AND/OR GAGING ACCURACY IS NOT AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
Fuel transfer time and/or gaging accuracy is not as specified.
MALFUNCTION
Fuel transfer time and/or gaging accuracy is not as specified.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT and/or MANUAL XFR
RIGHT switch at ON, inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses on fittings for signs of leakage
or damage.
a. If leakage or damage is present, replace damaged or leaking hoses and/or fittings as
necessary (WP 1451 00 or WP 1453 00). Go to Step 6
b. If leakage or damage is not present, go to Step 2
2. Pull and turn auxiliary fuel management control panel AUX FUEL QTY switch to CAL.
Go to Step 3
3. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel digital display indication equal K FAC-
TOR value on fuel flow transmitter?
a. If indication is equal to K FACTOR, go to Step 4
b. If indication is not equal to K FACTOR, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel
(WP 1466 00). Go to Step 6
4. With auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT and/or MANUAL
XFR RIGHT switch at ON, check for more than 20 mvac between fuel flow transmitter
connector pins A and B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go to Step 6
b. If trouble remains, go to Step 5
c. If voltage is not as specified, replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 5
5. Do operational/troubleshooting procedure of fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00).
a. If fuel quantity system is good, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 6
b. If fuel quantity system is not good, adjust/troubleshoot system as required (WP 0135 00).
Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
AUTO MODE FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE NOT AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
Auto mode fuel transfer limits are not as specified.
MALFUNCTION
Auto mode fuel transfer limits are not as specified.
0171 00-37
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUTO MODE FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Did digital display indication increase or decrease?
a. If indication changes, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go
to Step 3
b. If indication does not change, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between:
• P905-K (tank 1) and J346-30
• P905-L (tank 1) and J346-31
• P905-V (tank 2) and J346-27
• P905-U (tank 2) and J346-28
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to Step
3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT
NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator remains on during fuel transfer.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT
NO FLOW indicator remains on during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect J520 from right external fuel flow sensor. Go to Step 2
2. Connect insulated jumper wire between J520-1 and J520-2. Go to Step 3
3. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch to ON. Go
to Step 4
4. Does EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW indicator go on momentarily?
a. If indicator goes on momentarily, replace right external fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00). Go
to Step 8
b. If indicator does no go on momentarily, go to Step 5
5. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR RIGHT switch to OFF. Go
to Step 6
6. Check continuity between:
• J520-1 and P360-e
• J520-2 and P360-d
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 7
7. Check continuity between:
• J520-1 and P346-16
0171 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON
DURING FUEL TRANSFER – Continued
• J520-2 and P346-17
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to Step
8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL LEFT
NO FLOW INDICATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator remains on during fuel transfer.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL LEFT
NO FLOW indicator remains on during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect J521 from right external fuel flow sensor. Go to Step 2
2. Connect insulated jumper wire between J521-1 and J521-2. Go to Step 3
3. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT switch to ON. Go to
Step 4
4. Does EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicator go on momentarily?
a. If indicator goes on momentarily, replace right external fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00). Go
to Step 8
b. If indicator does no go on momentarily, go to Step 5
5. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MANUAL XFR LEFT switch to OFF. Go
to Step 6
6. Check continuity between:
• J521-1 and P360-q
• J521-2 and P360-d
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 7
7. Check continuity between:
• J521-1 and P346-14
• J521-2 and P346-15
a. If continuity is present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to Step
8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
0171 00-39
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY AND/OR EXTER-
NAL LEFT INBD EMPTY INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY and/or
EXTERNAL LEFT INBD EMPTY indicators do not go on with inadequate fuel in tank.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT INBD EMPTY and/or EXTER-
NAL LEFT INBD EMPTY indicators do not go on with inadequate fuel in tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect J1 from applicable inboard fuel tank. Go to Step 2
2. Does applicable EXTERNAL INBD EMPTY indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, remove/replace low level sensor assembly (WP 1494 00). Go to Step 3
b. If indicator is not on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00). Go
to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND AND/OR AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTER-
NAL RIGHT NO FLOW AND EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
MFD AUX FUEL legend and/or auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and EX-
TERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicators do not go on immediately after corresponding tank empty indicator goes on.
MALFUNCTION
MFD AUX FUEL legend and/or auxiliary fuel management control panel
EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW indicators do
not go on immediately after corresponding tank empty indicator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL RIGHT NO FLOW and EXTER-
NAL LEFT NO FLOW indicators go on?
a. If indicators are on, go to Step 2
b. If indicators are not on, go to Step 5
2. Press MFD T6 switch, does AUX FUEL legend go on, for approximately 10 seconds
then off?
a. If legend goes on, than off, go to Step 3
b. If legend does not go on, then off, troubleshoot MFD/caution/advisory warning system
(WP 0104 00). Go to Step 9
3. Check for 28 vdc between:
• P1019R-37 and ground
• P1020R-37 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace copilot’s or pilot’s MFD (WP 0810 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between P346-10 and P360-X.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J346-10 and P1019R-37 or
P1020R-37 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
0171 00-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
MFD AUX FUEL LEGEND AND/OR AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL RIGHT NO
FLOW AND EXTERNAL LEFT NO FLOW INDICATORS DO NOT GO ON – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 9
5. Disconnect connector, J521 (left) or J520 (right), from external fuel flow sensor. Go to
Step 6
6. With auxiliary fuel management control panel MODE switch at AUTO, is correct corre-
sponding no flow indicator on?
a. If indicator is on, replace external fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00). Go to Step 9
b. If indicator is not on, go to Step 7
7. Check for infinite resistance between:
• P360-q (left) and J360-d
• P360-e (right) and J360-d
a. If resistance is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 9
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check for infinite resistance between:
• P346-14 (left) and J346-15
• P346-16 (right) and J346-17
a. If resistance is as specified, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 9
b. If resistance is not as specified, troubleshoot wiring for short circuit. Repair/replace wiring
as required (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
9. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EXTERNAL INBD
EMPTY AND/OR EXTERNAL OUTBD EMPTY INDICATORS ARE NOT OFF
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL INBD EMPTY
and/or EXTERNAL OUTBD EMPTY indicators are not off.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EXTERNAL INBD EMPTY
and/or EXTERNAL OUTBD EMPTY indicators are not off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect J1 from applicable outboard fuel tank. Go to Step 2
2. Does applicable indicator go on?
a. If indicator is on, remove/replace low level sensor assembly (WP 1493 00). Go to Step 3
b. If indicator does not go on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
0171 00-41
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
VENT SENSOR OVFL INDICATOR DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
VENT SENSOR OVFL indicator does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
VENT SENSOR OVFL indicator does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check connector J376 is connected to P376 on vent sensor.
a. If connector J376 and P376 are connected, go to Step 2
b. If connector J376 is not connected to connector P376, connect J376 to P376. Go to Step 5
2. Check overflow sensor resistance as follows:
• P361-W and P361-Z (650-1500 ohms)
• P361-V and P361-Z (360-440 ohms)
a. If resistance is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 5
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3
3. Check overflow sensor resistance as follows:
• P376-C and P376-A (650-1500 ohms)
• P376-C and P376-B (360-440 ohms)
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace vent sensor (WP 1475 00). Go to Step 5
4. Check continuity between:
• P346-46 and P361-V
• P346-47 and P361-W
• P346-48 and P361-Z
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) between, then go to Step 5:
• J346-46 and J376-B
• J346-47 and J376-A
• J346-48 and J376-C
b. If continuity is not present, replace fuel system main wiring harness (WP 1471 00). Go to
Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
0171 00-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
D
C
F
H
G A
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P2 / J836 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL TANK
TERMINAL BOARD / CONNECTOR
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / P2 / J849 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT TANK CONNECTOR
J520 RIGHT EXT FUEL FLOW P2 / J850 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
SENSOR TANK CONNECTOR
J521 LEFT EXT FUEL FLOW P113 / J113 COCKPIT
SENSOR BL 6 LH, STA 197
J524 FUEL TEMPERATURE P114 / J114 COCKPIT
TRANSDUCER BL 8 RH, STA 200
P1 / J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL P137 NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
TANK CONNECTOR CONVERTER
P1 / J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK P138 NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA
CONNECTOR CONVERTER
P1 / J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL P217 / J217 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK
TANK CONNECTOR BL 0, STA 284
P1 / J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING
TANK CONNECTOR BL 5 RH, STA 247
P2 / J835 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK P334 / J334 CABIN CEILING
CONNECTOR BL 16.5 LH, STA 390
AB0190_1A
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
0171 00-43
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL QUANTITY
RIGHT INBOARD SIGNAL
RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF CONDITIONER
FUEL SHUTOFF GATE VALVE P905 P376 / J376
RIGHT INBOARD P810 P2 / J836
GATE VALVE
P838 BLEED-AIR P1 / J1
REGULATOR VALVE P1 / J1
P811 FUEL OVERFLOW
RIGHT OUTBOARD SENSOR
BLEED-AIR
REGULATOR VALVE P2 / J850
P837
P804 / J804 P347 / J347
P334 / J334
P246 / J246
P217 / J217 FUEL FLOW
TRANSMITTER
P523
P913 / J913 P1 / J1 P346 / J346
P114 / J114 LEFT INBOARD
P1 / J1 FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE
P2 /J835
P809
P2 / J849
NO. 1 SIGNAL LEFT OUTBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF LEFT INBOARD
DATA CONVERTER
GATE VALVE BLEED-AIR
P138 P805 / J805
P113 / J113 P840 REGULATOR VALVE
P808
STORES JETTISON LEFT OUTBOARD
NO. 2 SIGNAL LEFT RELAY PANEL BLEED-AIR
CONTROL PANEL
DATA CONVERTER P902 / J902 REGULATOR VALVE
P645 / J1
P137 P839
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
TERMINAL BOARD /
P346 / J346 CABIN CEILING DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
BL 20 LH, STA 304 RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P347 / J347 TRANSITION SECTION P810 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
BL 10 LH, STA 425 SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P360 / J360 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- P811 RIGHT INBOARD BLEED-AIR
MENT CONTROL PANEL REGULATOR VALVE
P361 / J361 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- P837 RIGHT OUTBOARD BLEED-
MENT CONTROL PANEL AIR REGULATOR VALVE
P376 / J376 AFT TRANSITION P838 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
BL 18.25 LH, STA 443.5 SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P523 FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER P839 LEFT OUTBOARD BLEED-
AIR REGULATOR VALVE
P645 / J1 STORES JETTISON
CONTROL PANEL P840 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P804 / J804 HORIZONTAL STORES
SUPPORT P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
BL 59 RH, STA 295
P905 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
P805 / J805 HORIZONTAL STORES CONDITIONER
SUPPORT
P913 / J913 COCKPIT
BL 59 LH, STA 295
BL 24 RH, STA 247
P808 LEFT INBOARD BLEED-AIR P1019R / J1019R MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
REGULATOR VALVE (MFD)
P809 LEFT INBOARD FUEL SHUT- P1020R / J1020R MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
OFF GATE VALVE (MFD) AB0190_2A
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
0171 00-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
N
I D
COMM NAV G
H
A
Y
T
AUX FUEL
O O
F
F
N FLT ATT HCV FP FLIR C/A BRT
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY'S
CAUTION/ADVISORY GRID
A
NO. 1
AC PR
I BUS
NO. 1
UTIL BACKUP ESSS JTSN DC PR
RECP PUMP INBD OUTBD I BUS
7.5 .5 7.5 7.5
CABIN PWR
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AB0190_3A
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
0171 00-45
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TEMPERATURE
TRANSDUCER P347
AUX FUEL QTY
A
C
J521
J520
J524
D
EXT FUEL NO. 2 XFER C
5 5
RH CONTROL
EXT FUEL
5
D
C
LH
RIGHT EXT FUEL LEFT EXT FUEL
FLOW SENSOR FLOW SENSOR
MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
FLOW SENSOR PANEL
C D
E
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
DC ESNTL BUS
FUEL XFR ESSS
JTSN
PRESS MANUAL XFR
OUTBD INBD TANKS MODE RIGHT LEFT 7.5
ON ON INBD AUTO ON ON
O
F OUTBD
F
OUTBD MANUAL OFF OFF
QTY ESSS
BRIGHTNESS
EXTERNAL
JTSN
RIGHT LEFT
TEST STATUS 7.5
NO NO
DECR INCR FLOW FLOW
INBD
AUX FUEL QTY F
POUNDS
INCR
INBD INBD
9990
DECR
VENT
SENSOR EMPTY EMPTY
UPPER CONSOLE
FAIL CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
OUTBD INBD
OVFL
CAL OUTBD OUTBD
TOTAL DEGRADED
EMPTY EMPTY
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
CONTROL PANEL
AB0190_4A
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
0171 00-46
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
INDICATOR
LTS
BRT / DIM
TEST
INSTRUMENT PANEL
CONSOLE LT
LOWER
OFF BRT
INST LT
PILOT FLT
OFF BRT
UPPER CONSOLE AB0190_5
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
0171 00-47
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 6).
0171 00-48
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
3
4
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 6).
0171 00-49
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 6).
0171 00-50
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
LEFT INBOARD FUEL
LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF GATEOVERFLOW
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE VALVE SENSOR
LEFT LEFT
INBOARD OUTBOARD OPENING
COIL
CLOSING
COIL SAME AS LEFT
BLEED-AIR BLEED-AIR OUTBOARD FUEL
REGULATORREGULATOR SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE VALVE
P376 B C A
LIMIT LIMIT
SWITCH SWITCH P809 D E A J376
P808 B A P839 B A
P334 N R P
P840 A E D J334
J805 J346
P805 1 2 6 7 9 10 8 4 5 3 P346 464847
SPG805-2
SGP805-1
P346J346
34
11
GND346-2
LEFT OUTBOARD PRESSURE
LEFT INBOARD PRESSURE
P360 m G F E Z Y P361 V Z W
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD
CLOSE VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
J360 J361
OUT
OVERFLOWRTN
HI
CONTROL OUTPUT
CONTROL OUTPUT
SENSOR
FUEL
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
AB2103_
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 6).
0171 00-51
0171 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT INBOARDRIGHT OUTBOARD
INBOARD OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF FUEL SHUTOFF
BLEED-AIR BLEED-AIR GATE VALVE GATE VALVE
REGULATORREGULATOR
VALVE VALVE SAME AS LEFT SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE
P811 B A P837 B A
P810 D E A P838 D E A
J804
P804 1 2 6 7 4 5 3 8 10 9
P346J346
9
4
GND346-1
RIGHT OUTBOARD PRESSURE
RIGHT INBOARD PRESSURE
P360 s R i j g P
RIGHT OUTBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD
CLOSE VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
RIGHT INBOARD
RIGHT INBOARD
OPEN VOLTAGE
J360
OPEN VOLTAGE
CONTROL OUTPUT
CONTROL OUTPUT
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
AB2103_
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 6).
0171 00-52
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0171 00
LEFT OUTBOARD LEFT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD RIGHT INBOARD
FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK
D E F B A D E F B A D E F B A D E F B A
P1 1 2 3 4 5 P1 1 2 3 4 5 P1 1 2 3 4 5 P1 1 2 3 4 5
J1 J1 J1 J1
P2 1 2 3 4 5 P2 1 2 3 4 5 P2 1 2 3 4 5 P2 1 2 3 4 5
J849 J835 J850 J836
J833 J834
P833 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 P834 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5
11
TO 12
SHEET
2 13
14
P346 44 P346 6 P346 42 P346 32
J346 J346 J346 J346
GND346-3 GND346-3 GND346-4 GND346-4
TO SHEET15
2
P361 G F E J D C B K L M N P R
POWER GROUND
J361
LEFT OUTBOARDOUT
LEFT INBOARD OUT
EMPTY SENSOR OUT
RIGHT INBOARDOUT
RTN
RTN
RTN
RTN
RIGHT OUTBOARD
HI
HI
HI
HI
EMPTY SENSOR
EMPTY SENSOR
EMPTY SENSOR
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
AB2103_
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 6).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0171 00-53
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM MWO 50-78> < . .
This WP supersedes WP 0172 00, dated 25 September 2009.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Compressor Unit, MIL-C-13874
WP 1446 00
Locally-Made Fuel Quantity Simulator Test Set,
WP 1449 00
(WP 2014 00, Figure 152, Sheet 1 - Fuel Quantity
WP 1450 00
Simulator, Test Set (Sheet 1 of 2) )
WP 1455 00
Locally-Made Gate Valve Test Harness, (WP 2014
WP 1456 00
00, Figure 156 - ESSS Gate Valve Test Harness)
WP 1457 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A (2 required)
WP 1458 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1460 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 WP 1463 00
Container, Suitable WP 1465 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 WP 1466 00
Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge, (WP 2014 00, WP 1475 00
Figure 167 - Drag Beam Wedge) WP 1483 00
Locally-Made External Stores Support System WP 1574 00
(ESSS) Pneumatic Adapter, (WP 2014 00, Figure WP 1662 00
151 - Pneumatic Adapter (ESSS)) WP 1664 00
Stopwatch WP 1673 00
Torque Wrench, GG-W-686 WP 1737 00
Personnel Required WP 1800 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 2014 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) Equipment Condition
References All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
Avionics Maintenance Procedures Racks, (WP 1460 00)
TM 1-1520-237-10 or All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
WP 0093 00 Racks, (WP 1463 00)
WP 0108 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0109 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
WP 0114 00 External Range Extension Tanks (Inboard or
WP 0135 00 Outboard) EMPTY, (WP 1673 00)
WP 0163 00 Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of Fuel
WP 0164 00 in Each Tank, (WP 1662 00)
WP 0452 00 or Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of
WP 0837 00 Fuel in Each Tank, (WP 1664 00)
WP 0838 00 Rear Fairings on All Vertical Stores (Pylons)
WP 0938 00 Removed, (WP 1465 00)
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is designed to be utilized when the horizontal (Wings) and/or Vertical
(Pylons) stores are initially installed or replaced. When only tanks are removed, refer to WP 0163 00.
0172 00-1 Change 5 – 28 FEBRUARY 2014
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < . .
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• Special icons used in this operational/troubleshooting procedure:
CU> < Steps that are to be performed if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be performed if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be performed if outboard tanks are installed.
•
. .
As an alternate to using the compressor unit to pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The operational/troubleshooting procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System
with any tank configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Opera-
tor’s Manual TM 1-1520-237-10).
• See Figure 1 - ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for
component location diagram and Figure 2 - ESSS Range Extension System Schematic
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8) for schematic diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. CU > Unfasten fasteners on left inboard stores support rear fairing and hinge fairing open to gain access to
.
bleed-air quick-disconnect (QD). < .
STEP
2. CU > Disconnect hose from outboard side of bleed-air QD. <
. .
STEP
3. CU > Using locally-made pneumatic adapter (WP 2014 00), tee air compressor into helicopter bleed-air QD
.
and ESSS bleed-air hose. < .
STEP
4. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
5. Pull out the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
UH-60A UH-60L> < . .
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN INBD Copilot’s
BACKUP PUMP PWR Copilot’s
UTIL RECP CABIN Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
ESSS JTSN INBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
EXT FUEL RH Mission Readiness
EXT FUEL LH Mission Readiness
NO. 2 XFER CONTROL Mission Readiness
Change 5 0172 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
EH-60A> <
. .
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Copilot’s
ESSS JTSN INBD Copilot’s
UTIL RECP CABIN Copilot’s
EXT FUEL LH Copilot’s
EXT FUEL RH Pilot’s
AUX FUEL CONTR Pilot’s
AUX FUEL QTY Pilot’s
ESSS JTSN OUTBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
ESSS JTSN INBD Upper Console (copilot’s side)
STEP
6. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
7. Adjust upper console INST LT NON FLT control to BRT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Integrally illuminated panel lighting on front of auxiliary fuel management control panel shall go on at full
brightness.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel lights (WP 0109 00).
STEP
8. Push in the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
NO. 2 EXT FUEL RH Mission Readiness
NO. 2 XFER CONTROL Mission Readiness
AUX FUEL QTY Pilot’s
LIGHTS ADVSY Copilot’s
STEP
9. Adjust upper console INST LT NON FLT control to BRT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All lit fuel quantity displays and all lit annunciators on front of auxiliary fuel management control panel shall
go on at full brightness.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel lights (WP 0109 00).
2. "blank display" - Run 1-BIT to confirm presence of 28 vdc, then check for open between P856 and W4P2.
0172 00-3 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
10. Momentarily place caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to BRT/DIM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All lit fuel quantity displays and all lit annunciators on front of auxiliary fuel management control panel shall
dim.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot instrument panel and console indicator lights dimming (WP
0114 00) or caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 00).
STEP
11. Push in the following circuit breakers:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
UH-60A UH-60L> < . .
EXT FUEL RH Mission Readiness
NO. 2 XFER CONTROL Mission Readiness
EXT FUEL LH Mission Readiness
EH-60A> < . .
EXT FUEL LH Copilot’s
EXT FUEL RH Pilot’s
AUX FUEL CONTR Pilot’s
STEP
12. Auxiliary fuel management control panel TEST/RESET button - press and release.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. All auxiliary fuel management control panel annunciators and fuel quantity displays illuminate for three
seconds - all 35 pixels of each of the four fuel quantity 5 x 7 array displays illuminate momentarily.
2. Following the lamp test BIT, none of the error codes shown in Table 1 - Error Codes, in this work package
are displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If some of the pixels or annunciators in Indication/Condition 1. fail to light, replace auxiliary fuel management
control panel (WP 1466 00).
2. If none of the pixels or annunciators in Indication/Condition 1. light, go to With Weight-On-Wheels Auxiliary
Fuel Management Control Panel Self-test Does Not Run, in this work package if no fault is found, replace
auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
3. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to Pressing Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel
TEST/RESET Pushbutton Results In Error Codes, in this work package.
Table 1. Error Codes.
CODE MEANING
E01 Internal, Panel CPU test fail
Change 5 0172 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
Table 1. Error Codes. – Continued
CODE MEANING
E02 Internal, Panel memory test fail
E03 Internal, Panel display test fail
E04 Internal, Tank gaging fail
E05 External, Probe test fail, open
E06 External, Probe test fail, short
E07 External, Attitude sensor fail
STEP
13. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
14. Fill each outboard tank, if installed to 190 pounds of fuel.
STEP
15. Fill each inboard tank, if installed to 250 pounds of fuel.
STEP
16. Check that EMPTY annunciators on the auxiliary fuel management control panel do not light for the fueled
tanks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Annunciators shall not light for fueled tanks.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not specified, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel EMPTY Annunciator Is
On For A Tank With Adequate Fuel, in this work package.
STEP
CAUTION
Prior to activating fuel gate valves that have been out of service for more than 30 days, it is
recommended to open and close fuel gate valves a few times by hand prior to applying electrical
power to reduce the possibility of damage to auxiliary fuel management control panel and
circuitry.
17. Disconnect P857 from auxiliary fuel management control panel.
STEP
18. Connect P1 of locally-made ESSS gate valve test harness to UTIL RCPT +28V receptacle J258 in cabin
ceiling.
STEP
19. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
20. Push in UTIL RECP CABIN circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
0172 00-5 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
21. Connect locally-made test harness pin E to P857-33.
STEP
22. Connect pins A and D of locally-made test harness to the following pairs of pins on P857, and alternately
place locally-made test harness switch to OPEN and CLOSE.
TEST HARNESS PIN P857- VALVE OPERATION
A 3 LEFT OUTBD - OPEN
D 5 LEFT OUTBD -
CLOSED
A 8 LEFT INBD - OPEN
D 7 LEFT INBD - CLOSED
A 14 RIGHT OUTBD -
OPEN
D 13 RIGHT OUTBD -
CLOSED
A 6 RIGHT INBD - OPEN
D 4 RIGHT INBD -
CLOSED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Gate valves shall open and close as indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, connect locally-made test harness pins A, D, and E to pins A, D,
and E of malfunctioning gate valve.
STEP
23. Alternately place locally-made test harness switch to OPEN and CLOSED.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Gate valves shall open and close as indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If gate valve operates normally, repair/replace wiring, as required, between P857 and gate valve’s electrical
connector (WP 1800 00).
2. If gate valve does not operate normally, replace gate valve (WP 1458 00).
STEP
24. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
25. Disconnect locally-made test harness pin E from P857-33.
STEP
26. Connect P857 to auxiliary fuel management control panel.
Change 5 0172 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
27. Disconnect P1 of locally-made ESSS gate valve test harness from UTIL RCPT +28V receptacle J258 in
cabin ceiling.
STEP
28. Pull out UTIL RECP CABIN circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
STEP
29. Set XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
30. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
31. Apply air source, regulated to 25 - 45 psi to helicopter’s bleed air manifold.
STEP
32. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel PRESS switch to ALL (or to tank set installed), allow tanks to
pressurize.
STEP
33. Set XFER FROM to INBD or OUTBD, as installed.
STEP
34. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel and CDU fuel quantity displays.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel quantities do not change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, turn off air, go to CDU TOTAL FUEL Display Increases When XFER
MODE Switch Is Set OFF, in this work package.
STEP
35. Record CDU TOTAL FUEL quantity and auxiliary fuel management control panel fuel quantities (should be
650 pounds in each main tank; 190 pounds in each OUTBD tank; and 250 pounds in each INBD tank).
STEP
36. Inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses and fittings for signs of leaking or damage (WP 1449 00 or WP 1450 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
There shall be no signs of leakage or damage.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace hoses and fittings as necessary (WP 1449 00 or WP 1450 00).
0172 00-7 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
NOTE
• Continue inspecting ESSS components throughout this procedure. If Indication/Condition
is not as specified in Step 36, halt the procedure, correct the problem, then continue with
the procedure.
• Disregard caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule if it goes on momentarily.
37. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
38. Turn on electrical power, if off.
STEP
39. Apply compressed air, if off.
STEP
40. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel as follows:
• PRESS - OUTBD
• MAN XFER - RIGHT
• XFER FROM - OUTBD
• XFER MODE - MAN
STEP
41. Allow CDU TOTAL FUEL indication to increase by 20 pounds.
STEP
42. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
43. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel R OUTBD fuel quantity display and CDU TOTAL FUEL
indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase CDU TOTAL FUEL indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2
minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel R OUTBD fuel quantity display decrease equals CDU TOTAL
FUEL quantity increase. Remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel annunciators unchanged.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to R OUTBD To Main, XFER MODE Switch To MAN, CDU TOTAL
FUEL Display Does Not Increase Or The Result Is Not As Specified, in this work package.
STEP
44. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to LEFT.
STEP
45. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to MAN.
STEP
46. Allow CDU TOTAL FUEL indication to increase by 20 pounds.
Change 5 0172 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
47. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
48. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel L OUTBD fuel quantity display and CDU TOTAL FUEL
indicators.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase CDU TOTAL FUEL indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2
minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel L OUTBD fuel quantity display decrease equals CDU TOTAL
FUEL increase. Remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel annunciators unchanged.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to L OUTBD To Main, XFER MODE Switch To MAN, CDU TOTAL
FUEL Display Does Not Increase Or The Result Is Not As Specified When Attempting To Transfer Fuel, in this
work package.
STEP
49. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel PRESS switch to INBD, allow pressurization.
STEP
50. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER FROM switch to INBD.
STEP
51. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to MAN.
STEP
52. Allow CDU TOTAL FUEL indication to increase by 20 pounds.
STEP
53. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
54. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel L INBD fuel quantity display and CDU TOTAL FUEL indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase CDU TOTAL FUEL indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2
minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel L INBD fuel quantity display decrease equals CDU TOTAL
FUEL increase. Remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel annunciators unchanged.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to L INBD To Main, XFER MODE Switch To MAN, CDU TOTAL
FUEL Display Does Not Increase Or The Result Is Not As Specified, in this work package.
STEP
55. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to RIGHT.
STEP
56. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to MAN.
STEP
57. Allow CDU TOTAL FUEL indication to increase by 20 pounds.
0172 00-9 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
58. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
59. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD fuel quantity display and CDU TOTAL FUEL indica-
tor.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase CDU TOTAL FUEL indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2
minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD fuel quantity display decrease equals CDU TOTAL
FUEL increase. Remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel annunciators unchanged.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to R INBD To Main, XFER MODE Switch To MAN, CDU TOTAL
FUEL Display Does Not Increase Or Result Is Not As Specified, in this work package.
STEP
60. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to BOTH.
STEP
61. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to MAN.
STEP
62. Allow CDU TOTAL FUEL indication to increase by 20 pounds.
STEP
63. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
64. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R INBD fuel quantity displays and CDU TOTAL FUEL
indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase CDU TOTAL FUEL indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2
minutes.
2. The sum of auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R INBD fuel quantity displays decrease
equal CDU TOTAL FUEL increase. Auxiliary fuel management control panel OUTBD annunciators
unchanged.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to L INBD To Main, XFER MODE Switch To MAN, CDU TOTAL
FUEL Display Does Not Increase Or The Result Is Not As Specified and R INBD To Main, XFER MODE Switch
To MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL Display Does Not Increase Or Result Is Not As Specified, in this work package.
STEP
65. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel PRESS switch to OUTBD.
STEP
66. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to BOTH.
STEP
67. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to MAN.
Change 5 0172 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
68. Allow CDU TOTAL FUEL indication to increase by 20 pounds.
STEP
69. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
70. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R OUTBD fuel quantity displays and CDU TOTAL
FUEL indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase CDU TOTAL FUEL indication by 20 pounds shall be less than 1 1/2
minutes.
2. The sum of auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R OUTBD fuel quantity displays decrease
equal CDU TOTAL FUEL increase. Auxiliary fuel management control panel OUTBD annunciators
unchanged.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, go to R OUTBD To Main, XFER MODE Switch To MAN, CDU TOTAL
FUEL Display Does Not Increase Or The Result Is Not As Specified and L OUTBD To Main, XFER MODE Switch
To MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL Display Does Not Increase Or The Result Is Not As Specified When Attempting To
Transfer Fuel, in this work package.
STEP
71. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to AUTO until CDU TOTAL FUEL indication
increases by 40 pounds, then, set XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
72. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R INBD or OUTBD displays and CDU TOTAL FUEL
indicator.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Elapsed time required to increase CDU TOTAL FUEL indication by 40 pounds shall be less than 3
minutes.
2. Quantity in auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R INBD or OUTBD displays shall decrease,
CDU TOTAL FUEL quantity shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Conditions are not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
STEP
73. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel PRESS switch to OFF.
STEP
74. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
75. Connect locally-made fuel quantity test simulator power cord to UTIL RCPT +28V (J258) in cabin ceiling.
STEP
76. Disconnect helicopter electrical connector P905 from J905.
0172 00-11 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
77. Connect simulator J905 to helicopter electrical connector P905.
STEP
78. Turn simulator TANK 2 and TANK 2 controls fully counterclockwise.
STEP
79. Set multimeters to read volts 0-10 vdc range, then connect multimeters to simulator TANK 1 and 2 meter
HI/LO jacks.
STEP
80. Turn on electrical power and push in UTIL RECP CABIN circuit breaker on copilot’s circuit breaker panel.
STEP
81. Simulate full main tanks by adjusting simulator TANK 1 and TANK 2 controls to obtain 6.0 vdc indication on
both multimeters.
STEP
82. Turn on compressed air supply, allow tanks to pressurize.
STEP
83. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER FROM switch to INBD.
STEP
84. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel PRESS switch to ALL.
STEP
85. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to AUTO.
CONDITION/INDICATION
No fuel transfer, auxiliary fuel management control panel fuel quantity displays shall not decrease and CDU
TOTAL FUEL indicator shall not increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to XFER MODE Switch At AUTO, Fuel Transfer Limits Are Not As
Specified, in this work package.
Change 5 0172 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
NOTE
The following procedures cause fuel to flow from auxiliary tanks to main tanks when auxiliary
tanks are pressurized. Read steps 86 through 88. first, then perform steps as quickly as
possible. Conditions that stop AUTO mode fuel transfer:
Main tanks 1 and 2 total quantity greater than 2300 pounds.
Either tank empty of an inboard or outboard pair.
Fuel overflowing from a vent detected.
XFER MODE switch at OFF.
Any BIT error except attitude sensor.
Tanks not installed or detected.
86. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control counterclockwise until the fuel quantity of any auxiliary fuel manage-
ment control panel display begins to decrease. Record voltage reading.
STEP
87. Slowly turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise until all auxiliary fuel management control panel displays
stop changing. Record voltage reading.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Reading recorded in Step 85 shall be 5.5 vdc or less.
2. Reading recorded in Step 86 shall be greater than 5.5 vdc.
3. Auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R NO FLOW annuciator shall remain off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Conditions 1. and 2. are not as specified, go to XFER MODE Switch At AUTO, Fuel Transfer
Limits Are Not As Specified, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 3. is not as specified, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R NO FLOW
Annunciator Remains On During Fuel Transfer and Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel L NO FLOW
Annunciator Remains On During Fuel Transfer, in this work package.
STEP
88. Turn simulator TANK 1 control clockwise to obtain 6.0 vdc indication on No. 1 multimeter.
STEP
NOTE
Repeat steps 86 through 88 for tank 2 using TANK 2 control and multimeter.
89. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
90. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 0.7 vdc on No. 2 multimeter.
0172 00-13 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
91. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER FROM switch to INBD.
STEP
92. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to AUTO until L or R INBD EMPTY
annunciator goes on.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. L or R INBD EMPTY annunciator shall go on.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel L and/or R NO FLOW, and caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL
capsule shall go on immediately after either L or R INBD EMPTY annunciator goes on.
3. Auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R NO FLOW annunciators shall go on immediately after
either L or R INBD EMPTY annunciator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R INBD EMPTY
And/Or L INBD EMPTY Annunciators Do Not Go On With Inadequate Fuel In The Tank, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. and/or 3. is not as specified, go to Caution/Advisory Panel AUX FUEL Capsule
And/Or Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R NO FLOW And L NO FLOW Annunciators Do Not Go
On, in this work package.
STEP
93. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
94. Turn simulator TANK 1 control to obtain 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
95. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to MAN.
STEP
96. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to BOTH.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R NO FLOW annunciators shall go off, then on within 5
minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R fuel quantity displays shall not change when R NO
FLOW annunciator is on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace corresponding fuel tank (WP 1483 00).
STEP
97. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
98. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to obtain 2.7 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
STEP
99. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER FROM switch to OUTBD.
Change 5 0172 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
100. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to AUTO until L and R OUTBD EMPTY
annunciators go on.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. L and R OUTBD EMPTY annunciators shall go on.
2. Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule shall go on immediately after any EMPTY annunciator goes
on.
3. Auxiliary fuel management control panel R and L NO FLOW annunciators shall go on immediately after
corresponding OUTBD EMPTY annunciator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R OUTBD
EMPTY And/Or L OUTBD EMPTY Annunciators Do Not Go On With Inadequate Fuel In Tank, in this work
package.
2. If Indication/Condition 2. and/or 3. is not as specified, go to Caution/Advisory Panel AUX FUEL Capsule
And/Or Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R NO FLOW And L NO FLOW Annunciators Do Not Go
On, in this work package.
STEP
101. Set auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF, and PRESS switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All four ESSS bleed-air regulator valves shall be venting air.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace bleed-air regulator valve as required (WP 1457 00).
STEP
NOTE
Fill container with clean water in preparation for testing the fuel vent overflow sensor in steps
102 through 109
102.Pull out NO. 2 EXT FUEL RH and NO. 2 XFER CONTROL circuit breakers on mission readiness circuit
breaker panel. Pull out AUX FUEL CONTR circuit breaker on pilot’s circuit breaker panel.
STEP
103. Remove overflow sensor from vent tube elbow in rear of main fuel tank (WP 1475 00).
STEP
104. Disconnect electrical connector P376 from J376.
STEP
105. Push in either circuit breaker pulled out in Step 102
CONDITION/INDICATION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel VENT FAIL annunciator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel VENT FAIL Or VENT
OVFL Annunciator Does Not Go On, in this work package.
0172 00-15 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
STEP
106. Pull out circuit breakers pushed in Step 105
STEP
107. Connect electrical connector P376 to J376.
STEP
108. Immerse thermistor portion of overflow sensor in container of fuel.
STEP
109. Push in circuit breaker pulled out in Step 106
CONDITION/INDICATION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel VENT OVFL annunciator shall go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel VENT FAIL Or VENT
OVFL Annunciator Does Not Go On, in this work package.
STEP
110. Install overflow sensor (WP 1475 00).
STEP
111. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
112. CU> Turn off compressed air source. <
. .
STEP
113. Allow bleed-air regulator valves to vent air to ambient pressure.
STEP
114. CU> Disconnect air compressor, hoses, and locally-made pneumatic adapter. <
. .
STEP
115. CU> Connect pneumatic hose to outboard side of helicopter bleed-air QD. <
. .
STEP
116. CU> TORQUE NUTS TO 135 -150 INCH-POUNDS. <
. .
STEP
117. Disconnect test equipment.
STEP
118. Connect helicopter electrical connectors.
STEP
119. For check of auxiliary fuel management control panel jettison ID A and B outputs, refer to WP 0164 00.
STEP
120. Install explosive cartridges (WP 1463 00).
STEP
121. Fasten helicopter fairings (WP 1446 00).
Change 5 0172 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROU-
BLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MWO 50-78> < OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
. .
UED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Helicopter fairings shall be fastened.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WITH WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL SELF-TEST DOES NOT RUN
SYMPTOM
With weight-on-wheels auxiliary fuel management control panel self-test does not run.
MALFUNCTION
With weight-on-wheels auxiliary fuel management control panel self-test does not run.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect P856 from rear of auxiliary fuel management control panel. Check continu-
ity between P856-11 and P856-12.
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between:
• P856-11 and P902-C
• P856-12 and P902-D
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
3. Check continuity between:
• P242-L and J163-C
• J163 and ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5.
4. Check continuity between P163-A and P163-C.
a. If continuity is present, replace left relay panel (WP 0838 00). Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, replace left drag beam switch (WP 0452 00). Go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
PRESSING AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL
TEST/RESET PUSHBUTTON RESULTS IN ERROR CODES
SYMPTOM
Pressing auxiliary fuel management control panel TEST/RESET pushbutton results in error codes.
MALFUNCTION
Pressing auxiliary fuel management control panel TEST/RESET pushbutton results in error codes.
0172 00-17 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PRESSING AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL TEST/RESET PUSHBUTTON RESULTS IN ER-
ROR CODES – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does I-BIT result in error codes?
a. If error codes are present, go to Step 2.
b. If error codes are not present, go to Step 4.
2. Check error codes.
a. If error codes E01, E02, E03, E04, or ---- are present, replace auxiliary fuel management
control panel (WP 1466 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If error codes E05, E06, or FP, go to Step 3.
c. If error codes E07, go to Step 4.
3. Check continuity between P856 and W4P2 for each external fuel tank.
a. If continuity is present, replace tank probe (WP 1574 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring or wiring harness (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 6.
4. Check operation of copilot’s gyro (Avionics Maintenance Procedures3).
a. If gyro is operating properly, go to Step 5.
b. If gyro is not operating properly, troubleshoot gyro (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
Go to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between:
• P856-25 and P867-R
• P856-26 and P867-H
• P856-27 and P867-B
• P856-28 and P867-T
• P856-29 and P867-P
• P856-30 and P867-J
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EMPTY
ANNUNCIATOR IS ON FOR A TANK WITH ADEQUATE FUEL
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EMPTY annunciator is on for a tank with adequate fuel.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel EMPTY annunciator is on for a tank with adequate fuel.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. For the tank with the EMPTY indication measure resistance between:
• W4P2-C and W4P2-F
• W4P2-E and W4P2-F
Change 5 0172 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL EMPTY ANNUNCIATOR IS ON FOR A TANK WITH ADE-
QUATE FUEL – Continued
a. If resistance is less than 300 ohms or greater than 500 ohms, replace tank probe (WP
1574 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is greater than 300 ohms but less than 500 ohms, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between:
• P856-31 and W4P2-C (Right Outboard)
• P856-32 and W4P2-F (Right Outboard)
• P856-33 and W4P2-E (Right Outboard)
• P856-34 and W4P2-C (Right Inboard)
• P856-35 and W4P2-F (Right Inboard)
• P856-36 and W4P2-E (Right Inboard)
• P856-40 and W4P2-C (Left Outboard)
• P856-41 and W4P2-F (Left Outboard)
• P856-42 and W4P2-E (Left Outboard)
• P856-37 and W4P2-C (Left Inboard)
• P856-38 and W4P2-F (Left Inboard)
• P856-39 and W4P2-E (Left Inboard)
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace fuel flow transmitter (WP 1456 00). Go to Step 4.
3. Check continuity between:
• P361-X and P346-23
• P361-Y and P346-24
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step 4:
• J346-23 and P523-A
• J346-24 and P523-B
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring or wiring harness (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY INCREASES WHEN XFER MODE SWITCH IS SET OFF
SYMPTOM
CDU TOTAL FUEL display increases when XFER MODE switch is set OFF.
MALFUNCTION
CDU TOTAL FUEL display increases when XFER MODE switch is set OFF.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do any auxiliary fuel management control panel fuel quantity displays decrease when
CDU TOTAL FUEL display increases?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel fuel quantity displays decrease, go to Step 2.
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel fuel quantity displays do not decrease, trou-
bleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go to Step 6.
2. Check manual lever of applicable shutoff gate valve in closed position.
0172 00-19 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY INCREASES WHEN XFER MODE SWITCH IS SET OFF – Continued
a. If manual lever is in closed position, replace shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step
6.
b. If manual lever is not in closed position, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc at valve with manual lever not at closed position:
• P840-D and P840-E Left Outboard
• P809-D and P809-E Left inboard
• P838-D and P838-E Right Outboard
• P810-D and P810-E Right inboard
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
4. Check for 0 vdc between:
• P840-A and P840-E Left Outboard
• P809-A and P809-E Left inboard
• P838-A and P838-E Right Outboard
• P810-A and P810-E Right inboard
a. If voltage is as specified, replace shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between:
• P809-A and P857-8
• P809-D and P857-7
• P809-E and ground
• P810-A and P857-6
• P810-D and P857-4
• P810-E and ground
• P838-A and P857-14
• P838-D and P857-13
• P838-E and ground
• P840-A and P857-3
• P840-D and P857-5
• P840-E and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6.
6. Procedure completed.
R OUTBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL
DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR THE RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
R OUTBD to main, XFER MODE switch to MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL display
does not increase or the Indication/Condition is not as specified.
MALFUNCTION
R OUTBD to main, XFER MODE switch to MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL display
does not increase or the Indication/Condition is not as specified.
Change 5 0172 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
R OUTBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR THE
RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL display increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL display does increase, go to Step 2.
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL display does not increase, go to Step 8.
2. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R OUTBD display decrease?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel R OUTBD display decreases, go to Step 3.
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel R OUTBD display does not decrease, go to
Step 10.
3. EMEP> < Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator and
. .
the caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule momentarily go on, then off.
a. If AUX FUEL capsule went on then off, go to Step 4.
b. If AUX FUEL capsule did not go on then off, go to Step 7.
4. EMEP> < Do the remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel lights remain off?
. .
a. If remaining lights remain off, go to Step 5.
b. If remaining lights do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 21.
5. Does the transfer of 20 pounds of fuel exceed 1.5 minutes?
a. If the transfer exceeds 1.5 minutes, go to Step 6.
b. If the transfer is 1.5 minutes or less, go to Step 21.
6. Do any releated fuel or pneumatic hoses leak?
a. If a leak is found, replace hose and connector as required (WP 1449 00 or WP 1450 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If no leaks are found, go to Step 10.
7. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator remain on?
a. If annunciator remains on, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R NO FLOW
Annunciator Remains On During Fuel Transfer, in this work package.
b. If annunciator is not on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
8. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R OUTBD decrease?
a. If R OUTBD decreases, go to Step 9.
b. If R OUTBD decreases, go to Step 10.
9. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator go on?
a. If R NO FLOW annunciator goes on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 21.
b. If R NO FLOW annunciator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go
to Step 21.
10. Is manual lever of right outboard fuel shutoff valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 11.
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 16.
11. Is right outboard bleed-air regulator valve continuously venting air?
0172 00-21 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
R OUTBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR THE
RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 12.
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, replace right bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457
00). Go to Step 21.
12. Check for 28 vdc between P837-A and P837-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go to Step
21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
13. Check for 28 vdc between:
• J346-33 and ground
• J346-35 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
14. Check for 28 vdc between:
• CB14A-1 and ground
• CB13A-1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between, then go to Step 21.
• J346-33 and CB14A-1
• J346-35 and CB13A-1
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as necessary. Go to Step 21.
15. Check continuity between:
• P837-A and P857-9
• P837-B and ground
• P860-33 and P857-17
• P860-35 and P857-16
• P857-32 and ground
• P857-33 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
16. Check 28 vdc between P838-A and P838-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 17.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
17. Check 0 vdc between P838-D and P838-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard fuel shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go
to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
18. Check 28 vdc between:
• J346-33 and ground
• J346-35 and ground
Change 5 0172 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
R OUTBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR THE
RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 20.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 19.
19. Check 28 vdc between:
• CB14A-1 and ground
• CB13A-1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between then go to Step 21.
• CB14A-1 and J346-33
• CB13A-1 and J346-35
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as necessary (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 21.
20. Check continuity between:
• P838-A and P857-14
• P838-D and P857-13
• P838-E and ground
• P857-32 and ground
• P857-33 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
21. Procedure completed.
L OUTBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCRE-
ASE OR THE RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL
SYMPTOM
L OUTBD to main, XFER MODE switch to MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL display does not
increase or the Indication/Condition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel.
MALFUNCTION
L OUTBD to main, XFER MODE switch to MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL display does not increase
or the Indication/Condition is not as specified when attempting to transfer fuel.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL display increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL display does increase, go to Step 2.
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL display does not increase, go to Step 8.
2. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD display decrease?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel L OUTBD display decreases, go to Step 3.
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel L OUTBD display does not decrease, go to
Step 10.
3. EMEP> < Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L NO FLOW annunciator and
. .
the caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule momentarily go on, then off.
a. If AUX FUEL capsule went on then off, go to Step 4.
0172 00-23 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
L OUTBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE
OR THE RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL – Continued
b. If AUX FUEL capsule did not go on then off, go to Step 7.
4. EMEP> < Do the remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel lights remain off?
. .
a. If remaining lights remain off, go to Step 5.
b. If remaining lights do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 21.
5. Does the transfer of 20 pounds of fuel exceed 1.5 minutes?
a. If the transfer exceeds 1.5 minutes, go to Step 6.
b. If the transfer is 1.5 minutes or less, go to Step 21.
6. Do any releated fuel or pneumatic hoses leak?
a. If a leak is found, replace hose and connector as required (WP 1449 00 or WP 1450 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If no leaks are found, go to Step 10.
7. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L NO FLOW annunciator remain on?
a. If annunciator remains on, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R NO FLOW
Annunciator Remains On During Fuel Transfer, in this work package.
b. If annunciator is not on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
8. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L OUTBD decrease?
a. If L OUTBD decreases, go to Step 9.
b. If L OUTBD decreases, go to Step 10.
9. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L NO FLOW annunciator go on?
a. If L NO FLOW annunciator goes on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 21.
b. If L NO FLOW annunciator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go
to Step 21.
10. Is manual lever of left inboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 11.
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 16.
11. Is left outboard bleed-air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 12.
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, replace right bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457
00). Go to Step 21.
12. Check for 28 vdc between P839-A and P839-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go to Step
21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
13. Check for 28 vdc between:
• J346-33 and ground
• J346-35 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 15.
Change 5 0172 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
L OUTBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE
OR THE RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
14. Check for 28 vdc between:
• CB14A-1 and ground
• CB13A-1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between, then go to Step 21.
• J346-33 and CB14A-1
• J346-35 and CB13A-1
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as necessary (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 21.
15. Check continuity between:
• P839-A and P857-10
• P839-B and ground
• P860-33 and P857-17
• P860-35 and P857-16
• P857-32 and ground
• P857-33 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
16. Check 28 vdc between P840-A and P840-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 17.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
17. Check 0 vdc between P840-D and P840-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard fuel shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go
to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
18. Check 28 vdc between:
• J346-33 and ground
• J346-35 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 20.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 19.
19. Check 28 vdc between:
• CB14A-1 and ground
• CB13A-1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between then go to Step 21.
• CB14A-1 and J346-33
• CB13A-1 and J346-35
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as necessary (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 21.
0172 00-25 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
L OUTBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE
OR THE RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED WHEN ATTEMPTING TO TRANSFER FUEL – Continued
20. Check continuity between:
• P840-A and P857-3
• P840-D and P857-5
• P840-E and ground
• P857-32 and ground
• P857-33 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
21. Procedure completed.
L INBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY
DOES NOT INCREASE OR THE RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
L INBD to main, XFER MODE switch to MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL display
does not increase or the Indication/Condition is not as specified.
MALFUNCTION
L INBD to main, XFER MODE switch to MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL
display does not increase or the Indication/Condition is not as specified.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL display increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL display does increase, go to Step 2.
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL display does not increase, go to Step 8.
2. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L INBD display decrease?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel L INBD display decreases, go to Step 3.
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel L INBD display does not decrease, go to Step
10.
3. EMEP> < Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L NO FLOW annunciator and
. .
the caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule momentarily go on, then off.
a. If AUX FUEL capsule went on then off, go to Step 4.
b. If AUX FUEL capsule did not go on then off, go to Step 7.
4. EMEP> < Do the remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel lights remain off?
. .
a. If remaining lights remain off, go to Step 5.
b. If remaining lights do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 21.
5. Does the transfer of 20 pounds of fuel exceed 1.5 minutes?
a. If the transfer exceeds 1.5 minutes, go to Step 6.
b. If the transfer is 1.5 minutes or less, go to Step 21.
6. Do any releated fuel or pneumatic hoses leak?
a. If a leak is found, replace hose and connector as required (WP 1449 00 or WP 1450 00).
Go to Step 21.
Change 5 0172 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
L INBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR THE
RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
b. If no leaks are found, go to Step 10.
7. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L NO FLOW annunciator remain on?
a. If annunciator remains on, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R NO FLOW
Annunciator Remains On During Fuel Transfer, in this work package.
b. If annunciator is not on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
8. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L INBD decrease?
a. If L INBD decreases, go to Step 9.
b. If L INBD decreases, go to Step 10.
9. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel L NO FLOW annunciator go on?
a. If L NO FLOW annunciator goes on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 21.
b. If L NO FLOW annunciator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go
to Step 21.
10. Is manual lever of left inboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 11.
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 16.
11. Is left inboard bleed-air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 12.
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, replace right bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457
00). Go to Step 21.
12. Check for 28 vdc between P808-A and P808-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go to Step
21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
13. Check for 28 vdc between:
• J346-33 and ground
• J346-35 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
14. Check for 28 vdc between:
• CB14A-1 and ground
• CB13A-1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between, then go to Step 21.
• J346-33 and CB14A-1
• J346-35 and CB13A-1
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as necessary (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 21.
15. Check continuity between:
0172 00-27 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
L INBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR THE
RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
• P808-A and P857-11
• P808-B and ground
• P860-33 and P857-17
• P860-35 and P857-16
• P857-32 and ground
• P857-33 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
16. Check 28 vdc between P809-A and P809-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 17.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
17. Check 0 vdc between P809-D and P809-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard fuel shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go
to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
18. Check 28 vdc between:
• J346-33 and ground
• J346-35 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 20.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 19.
19. Check 28 vdc between:
• CB14A-1 and ground
• CB13A-1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between then go to Step 21.
• CB14A-1 and J346-33
• CB13A-1 and J346-35
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as necessary (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 21.
20. Check continuity between:
• P809-A and P857-8
• P809-D and P857-7
• P809-E and ground
• P857-32 and ground
• P857-33 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
21. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0172 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
R INBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL
DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR RESULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
R INBD to main, XFER MODE switch to MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL
display does not increase or Indication/Condition is not as specified.
MALFUNCTION
R INBD to main, XFER MODE switch to MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL
display does not increase or Indication/Condition is not as specified.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does CDU TOTAL FUEL display increase?
a. If CDU TOTAL FUEL display does increase, go to Step 2.
b. If CDU TOTAL FUEL display does not increase, go to Step 8.
2. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD display decrease?
a. If auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD display decreases, go to Step 3.
b. If auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD display does not decrease, go to Step
10.
3. EMEP> < Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator and
. .
the caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule momentarily go on, then off.
a. If AUX FUEL capsule went on then off, go to Step 4.
b. If AUX FUEL capsule did not go on then off, go to Step 7.
4. EMEP> < Do the remaining auxiliary fuel management control panel lights remain off?
. .
a. If remaining lights remain off, go to Step 5.
b. If remaining lights do not remain off, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 21.
5. Does the transfer of 20 pounds of fuel exceed 1.5 minutes?
a. If the transfer exceeds 1.5 minutes, go to Step 6.
b. If the transfer is 1.5 minutes or less, go to Step 21.
6. Do any releated fuel or pneumatic hoses leak?
a. If a leak is found, replace hose and connector as required (WP 1449 00 or WP 1450 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If no leaks are found, go to Step 10.
7. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator remain on?
a. If annunciator remains on, go to Auxiliary Fuel Management Control Panel R NO FLOW
Annunciator Remains On During Fuel Transfer, in this work package.
b. If annunciator is not on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
8. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD decrease?
a. If R INBD decreases, go to Step 9.
b. If R INBD decreases, go to Step 10.
9. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator go on?
a. If R NO FLOW annunciator goes on, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 21.
0172 00-29 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
R INBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR RE-
SULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
b. If R NO FLOW annunciator is not on, troubleshoot fuel quantity system (WP 0135 00). Go
to Step 21.
10. Is manual lever of left inboard fuel shutoff gate valve in full OPEN position?
a. If manual lever is in full OPEN position, go to Step 11.
b. If manual lever is not in full OPEN position, go to Step 16.
11. Is right inboard bleed-air regulator valve continuously venting air?
a. If valve is continuously venting air, go to Step 12.
b. If valve is not continuously venting air, replace right bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457
00). Go to Step 21.
12. Check for 28 vdc between P811-A and P811-B.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right bleed-air regulator valve (WP 1457 00). Go to Step
21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 13.
13. Check for 28 vdc between:
• J346-33 and ground
• J346-35 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
14. Check for 28 vdc between:
• CB14A-1 and ground
• CB13A-1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between, then go to Step 21.
• J346-33 and CB14A-1
• J346-35 and CB13A-1
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as necessary (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 21.
15. Check continuity between:
• P811-A and P857-12
• P811-B and ground
• P860-33 and P857-17
• P860-35 and P857-16
• P857-32 and ground
• P857-33 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
16. Check 28 vdc between P809-A and P809-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 17.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
Change 5 0172 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
R INBD TO MAIN, XFER MODE SWITCH TO MAN, CDU TOTAL FUEL DISPLAY DOES NOT INCREASE OR RE-
SULT IS NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
17. Check 0 vdc between P809-D and P809-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace right outboard fuel shutoff gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go
to Step 21.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 18.
18. Check 28 vdc between:
• J346-33 and ground
• J346-35 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 20.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 19.
19. Check 28 vdc between:
• CB14A-1 and ground
• CB13A-1 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between then go to Step 21.
• CB14A-1 and J346-33
• CB13A-1 and J346-35
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker as necessary (WP 0837 00). Go to
Step 21.
20. Check continuity between:
• P810-A and P857-6
• P810-D and P857-4
• P810-E and ground
• P857-32 and ground
• P857-33 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 21.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 21.
21. Procedure completed.
XFER MODE SWITCH AT AUTO, FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE NOT AS SPECIFIED
SYMPTOM
XFER MODE switch at AUTO, fuel transfer limits are not as specified.
MALFUNCTION
XFER MODE switch at AUTO, fuel transfer limits are not as specified.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With either TANK 1 or TANK 2 indicating 1100 pounds or less (or either TANK 1 or TANK
2 simulated input is less than or equal 5.5 volts), and the CDU TOTAL FUEL display
showing less than 2300 pounds (or the sum of TANK 1 and TANK 2 simulated inputs is
greater than 11.5 volts), does fuel transfer begin?
a. If fuel transfer begins, go to Step 3.
b. If fuel transfer does not begin, go to Step 2.
0172 00-31 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
XFER MODE SWITCH AT AUTO, FUEL TRANSFER LIMITS ARE NOT AS SPECIFIED – Continued
2. Check continuity between:
• P856-6 and P905-L (tank 1)
• P856-7 and P905-K (tank 1)
• P856-13 and P905-U (tank 2)
• P856-14 and P905-V (tank 2)
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4.
3. Does fuel transfer stop when CDU TOTAL FUEL display has increased to 2300 pounds
(or TANK 1 and TANK 2 simulated inputs are greater than 11.5 volts).
a. If fuel transfer stops, go to Step 4.
b. If fuel transfer does not stop, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL R NO FLOW
ANNUNCIATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator remains on during fuel transfer.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator remains on during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect J520 from right auxiliary fuel flow sensor. Go to Step 2.
2. Connect insulated jumper wire between J520-1 and J520-2. Go to Step 3.
3. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to RIGHT. Go to Step
4.
4. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator go on momen-
tarily?
a. If annunciator goes on momentarily, replace right auxiliary fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00).
Go to Step 8.
b. If annunciator does not go on momentarily, go to Step 5.
5. Disconnect P856 from auxiliary fuel management control panel. Go to Step 6.
6. Leave jumper connected to J520. Go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between P856-10 and P856-15.
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0172 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL L NO FLOW
ANNUNCIATOR REMAINS ON DURING FUEL TRANSFER
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel L NO FLOW annunciator remains on during fuel transfer.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel L NO FLOW annunciator remains on during fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect J521 from right auxiliary fuel flow sensor. Go to Step 2.
2. Connect insulated jumper wire between J521-1 and J521-2. Go to Step 3.
3. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to RIGHT. Go to Step
4.
4. Does auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW annunciator go on momen-
tarily?
a. If annunciator goes on momentarily, replace left auxiliary fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00).
Go to Step 8.
b. If annunciator does not go on momentarily, go to Step 5.
5. Disconnect P856 from auxiliary fuel management control panel. Go to Step 6.
6. Leave jumper connected to J521. Go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between P856-8 and P856-9.
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL R INBD EMPTY AND/OR L INBD
EMPTY ANNUNCIATORS DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN THE TANK
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD EMPTY and/or L INBD
EMPTY annunciators do not go on with inadequate fuel in the tank.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel R INBD EMPTY and/or L INBD
EMPTY annunciators do not go on with inadequate fuel in the tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect W4P2 from applicable inboard fuel tank. Go to Step 2.
2. Does L INBD EMPTY or R INBD EMPTY annunciator go on?
a. If annunciator goes on, replace tank probe (WP 1574 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If annunciator is on, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• P856-34 and W4P2-C (right)
• P856-35 and W4P2-F (right)
• P856-36 and W4P2-E (right)
• P856-37 and W4P2-C (right)
• P856-38 and W4P2-F (right)
• P856-39 and W4P2-E (right)
0172 00-33 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL R INBD EMPTY AND/OR L INBD EMPTY ANNUNCIATORS
DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN THE TANK – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL CAPSULE AND/OR AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
CONTROL PANEL R NO FLOW AND L NO FLOW ANNUNCIATORS DO NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule and/or auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW and L
NO FLOW annunciators do not go on immediately after corresponding tank EMPTY annunciator goes on.
MALFUNCTION
Caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule and/or auxiliary fuel management
control panel R NO FLOW and L NO FLOW annunciators do not go on
immediately after corresponding tank EMPTY annunciator goes on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Do auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW and L NO FLOW annunciator
go on?
a. If annunciators are on, go to Step 2.
b. If annunciators are not on, go to Step 9.
2. Momentarily place caution/advisory panel BRT/DIM-TEST switch to TEST. Go to Step 3.
3. Does caution/advisory panel AUX FUEL capsule go on then off.
a. If capsule goes on then off, go to Step 4.
b. If capsule does not go on then off, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP
0093 00). Go to Step 13.
4. Check helicopter configuration.
a. EMEP> <, go to Step 5.
. .
b. W/O EMEP> <, go to Step 7.
. .
5. Remove and check pin filtered adapter P117 (WP 0938 00).
a. If pin filtered adapter is good, go to Step 6.
b. If pin filtered adapter is not good, replace pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 13.
6. Install pin filtered adapter (WP 0938 00). Go to Step 7.
7. Check for 28 vdc between P117-41 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory system (WP 0093 00). Go to Step
13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between P117-41 and P856-24.
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
Change 5 0172 00-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL AUX FUEL CAPSULE AND/OR AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL
PANEL R NO FLOW AND L NO FLOW ANNUNCIATORS DO NOT GO ON – Continued
9. Disconnect connector J521 (left) or J520 (right) from auxiliary fuel flow sensor. Go to
Step 10.
10. With auxiliary fuel management control panel switch at AUTO, is correct NO FLOW
annunciator on?
a. If annunciator is on, replace auxiliary fuel flow sensor (WP 1455 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If annunciator is not on, go to Step 11.
11. Check for infinite resistance between:
• P856-8 and P856-9 (left)
• P856-10 and P856-15 (right)
a. If resistance is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 13.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 12.
12. Check for infinite resistance between:
• J346-14 and J346-9 (left)
• J346-16 and J346-17 (right)
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13.
13. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL R OUTBD EMPTY AND/OR L OUTBD
EMPTY ANNUNCIATORS DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel R OUTBD EMPTY and/or L
OUTBD EMPTY annunciators do not go on with inadequate fuel in tank.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel R OUTBD EMPTY and/or L OUTBD
EMPTY annunciators do not go on with inadequate fuel in tank.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Disconnect W4P2 from outboard fuel tank. Go to Step 2.
2. Does L OUTBD EMPTY or R OUTBD EMPTY annunciator go on?
a. If annunciator goes on, replace tank probe (WP 1574 00). Go to Step 4.
b. If annunciator is on, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• P856-31 and W4P2-C (right)
• P856-32 and W4P2-F (right)
• P856-33 and W4P2-E (right)
• P856-40 and W4P2-C (right)
• P856-41 and W4P2-F (right)
• P856-42 and W4P2-E (right)
0172 00-35 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL R OUTBD EMPTY AND/OR L OUTBD EMPTY ANNUNCIA-
TORS DO NOT GO ON WITH INADEQUATE FUEL IN TANK – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466 00).
Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring. Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL VENT FAIL
OR VENT OVFL ANNUNCIATOR DOES NOT GO ON
SYMPTOM
Auxiliary fuel management control panel VENT FAIL or VENT OVFL annunciator does not go on.
MALFUNCTION
Auxiliary fuel management control panel VENT FAIL or VENT OVFL annunciator does not go on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check that helicopter connector J376 is connected to vent sensor P376.
a. If J376 is connected to P376, go to Step 2.
b. If J376 is not connected to P376, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP
1466 00). Go to Step 4.
2. Check for 360-440 ohms between P856-22 and P856-23.
a. If resistance is as specified, replace auxiliary fuel management control panel (WP 1466
00). Go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check overflow sensor resistance as follows:
• P376-C and P376-A 360-440 ohms
• P376-C and P376-B 360-440 ohms
a. If resistance is as specified, repair/replace wiring between (WP 1800 00), then go to Step
4:
• J376-B and P856-22
• J376-C and P856-23
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace vent overflow sensor (WP 1475 00). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0172 00-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
D E
C
A
B
NO. 2 SIGNAL
DATA
CONVERTER
P1348R
(SEE NOTE 3)
NO. 1 SIGNAL
DATA
CONVERTER
P1327R
(SEE NOTE 3) MAJOR
CHANGE
RIGHT HAND F
JUNCTION BOX
P137/J1
(SEE NOTE 3)
G
LEFT HAND
JUNCTION BOX H
P137/J1
(SEE NOTE 3)
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / TERMINAL BOARD /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
J299 CABIN CEILING, BL 10 LH,
(SEE NOTE 1) STA 302 P217 / J217 MAIN ROTOR PYLON DECK,
BL 0, STA 284
J520 RIGHT EXT FUEL FLOW
SENSOR P236 / J236 BEHIND PILOT'S CIRCUIT
(SEE NOTE 2) BREAKER PANEL, BL 23 RH
J521 LEFT EXT FUEL FLOW
SENSOR P237 / J237 BEHIND COPILOT'S
(SEE NOTE 2) CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL,
J522 INT AUX FUEL FLOW BL 25 LH, STA 247
SENSOR
P246 / J246 CABIN CEILING, BL 5 RH,
J524 FUEL TEMPERATURE STA 247
TRANSDUCER
P334 / J334 CABIN CEILING, BL 16.5 LH,
P113 / J113 COCKPIT, BL 6 LH, STA 197
STA 390
P114 / J114 COCKPIT, BL 8 RH, STA 200
P347 / J347 TRANSITION SECTION,
P117 CAUTION / ADVISORY BL 10 LH, STA 425
PANEL
P376 / J376 AFT TRANSITION,
P137 NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA BL 18.25 LH, STA 443.5
CONVERTER
P523 FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER
P137 RIGHT HAND JUNCTION BOX
P645 / J1 STORES JETTISON
(SEE NOTE 3)
CONTROL PANEL
P138 NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER P808 LEFT INBOARD BLEED-AIR
REGULATOR VALVE
P138 LEFT HAND JUNCTION BOX
(SEE NOTE 3) P809 LEFT INBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P163 / J163 LEFT DRAG BEAM SWITCH
P810 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
NOTES SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P811 RIGHT INBOARD BLEED-
1. UH-60A UH-60L AIR REGULATOR VALVE
2. EH-60A P837 RIGHT OUTBOARD BLEED-
AIR REGULATOR VALVE AB0944_1A
3. IVHMS SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
0172 00-37 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INBOARD RIGHT INBOARD FUEL QUANTITY
BLEED-AIR FUEL SHUTOFF SIGNAL FUEL OVERFLOW
REGULATOR VALVE GATE VALVE W4P1 CONDITIONER SENSOR
P811 P810 P905
W3P1
RIGHT OUTBOARD P376 / J376
FUEL SHUTOFF W3P1 W4P1
GATE VALVE
P838
RIGHT OUTBOARD
BLEED-AIR
REGULATOR VALVE
P837
P347 / J347
P858 / J804
P862 / W2J2 P334 / J334
P236 / J236
(SEE NOTE 2) P246 / J246
FUEL FLOW
P237 / J237 P217 / J217
TRANSMITTER
(SEE NOTE 2) P860 / J346 P523
LEFT INBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF
W4P1 GATE VALVE
P913 / J913 P2 / J835 P809
W4P1
P114 / J114
W3P1 LEFT INBOARD
P117
NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA BLEED-AIR
CONVERTER REGULATOR VALVE
P138 P808
LEFT OUTBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE
P113 / LEFT DRAG BEAM J299 P840
P859 / J805 LEFT OUTBOARD
J113 SWITCH (SEE NOTE 1) BLEED-AIR
COPILOT'S GYRO P163 / J163 REGULATOR VALVE
P861 / W2J2
P867 / J1 P839
STORES JETTISON LEFT RELAY PANEL
NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA CONTROL PANEL P902 / J902
P645 / J1 TERMINAL BOARD /
CONVERTER
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
P137 CONNECTION POINT
RECEPTACLE
TERMINAL BOARD / P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT P905 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
P838 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE P913 / J913 COCKPIT, BL 24 RH, STA 247
P839 LEFT OUTBOARD BLEED- P1327R NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER
AIR REGULATOR VALVE (SEE NOTE 3)
P840 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL P1348R NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE (SEE NOTE 3)
P856 / J1 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- W3P1 / W2J2 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK
MENT CONTROL PANEL CONNECTOR
P857 / J2 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- W3P1 / W2J2 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
MENT CONTROL PANEL TANK CONNECTOR
P858 / J804 HORIZONTAL STORES W3P1 / W2J3 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
SUPPORT, BL 59 RH, TANK CONNECTOR
STA 295 W3P1 / W2J3 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
P859 / J805 HORIZONTAL STORES TANK CONNECTOR
SUPPORT, BL 59 LH, W4P1 / J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
STA 295 TANK CONNECTOR
P860 / J346 CABIN CEILING, BL 20 LH, W4P1 / J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL
STA 304 TANK CONNECTOR
P861 / W2J2 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING, W4P1 / J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
BL 50 LH, STA 295 TANK CONNECTOR
P862 / W2J2 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING, W4P1 / J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
BL 59 LH, STA 295 TANK CONNECTOR
P867 / J1 COPILOT'S GYRO IN NOSE
SECTION AB0944_2A
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
Change 5 0172 00-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
AUX FUEL
CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
I B US
AC PR
N O. 2
N B US
D C MO
UTIL
RECEPT
7.5
CABIN
EXT AUX
FUEL FUEL
5 5
RH CONTR
AUX FUEL
QTY
(SEE NOTE 2)
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL AA3446_3
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
0172 00-39 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
N O. 1
AC PR
I B US
N O. 1
UTIL BACKUP ESSS JTSN DC PR
RECP PUMP INBD OUTBD I B US
7.5 .5 7.5 7.5
CABIN PWR
NO. 1
AC
INST
(SEE NOTE 1)
N O. 1
AC PR
I B US
NO. 1
EXT BACKUP DC PR
FUEL PUMP I B US
5 .5
LH PWR
ESSS
JTSN
7.5
INBD
NO. 1 ESSS
AC JTSN
5 7.5
INST OUTBD
(SEE NOTE 2)
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AA3446_4
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
Change 5 0172 00-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
TEMPERATURE
TRANSDUCER P347
A
C
ICE-DET
J521
J524
J520
D D
EXT FUEL NO. 2 XFER C
5 5
RH CONTROL
EXT FUEL
5 D
C
LH
RIGHT EXT FUEL LEFT EXT FUEL
MISSION READINESS FLOW SENSOR FLOW SENSOR
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
(SEE NOTE 1) FLOW SENSOR PANEL
NOSE
SECTION
FLOOR H
COPILOT'S GYRO
G F
AUX FUEL QTY LBS DC ESNTL BUS
ESSS
TEST /
RESET
NO VENT VENT NO JTSN
FLOW FAIL OVFL FLOW
IMBAL 7.5
OUTBD
BACKUP ESSS
HYD JTSN
OUTBD INBD INBD OUTBD
EMPTY L EMPTY EMPTY R EMPTY 5 7.5
CONTR INBD
XFER MODE MAN XFER XFER FROM PRESS
AUTO LEFT INBD ALL
B OUTBD
O O UPPER CONSOLE
F T CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
INBD
F H
MAN RIGHT OUTBD OFF
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
CONTROL PANEL AB0944_5
SA
Figure 1. ESSS Range Extension System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
0172 00-41 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
EXT FUEL RH
J346 P860
2 1 CB14A
28 VDC 5 33 1
AMP
NO. 2 35 2
SG346-1
PRI DC NO. 2 XFER
BUS CONTROL
J299 TO
2 1 CB13A SHEET
5 B
AMP 7
28 VDC EXT FUEL LH
J346 P860
NO. 1 2 1 CB20A
PRI DC 5 45 3
BUS AMP
P905
MISSION READINESS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL V NO. 2 TANK FUEL
(SEE DETAIL A)
U QUANTITY OUT
P
(SEE NOTE 4) FUEL QUANTITY
SIGNAL CONVERTER
9 10 (SEE NOTE 5)
P1348R P P1329R J3 P137 P217 J217
SG905-1
FUEL QUANTITY (+) G G G n 4
TANK NO. 2 (-) H H H p 5
SG905-2
P1328R J2 J1
SHIELD GROUND w P
RIGHT HAND
JUNCTION BOX
NO. 2 SIGNAL (SEE NOTE 4)
DATA CONVERTER
LEFT HAND
JUNCTION BOX
P1327R (SEE NOTE 4) P114 J114
SHIELD GROUND w P P1325R J2 J1 P138 V P P
(SEE NOTE 5) SG905-3
FUEL QUANTITY (+) G G G T k 6
TANK NO. 1 (-) H H H U m 7
J3 SG905-4
11 12 P1326R
NO. 1 SIGNAL
DATA CONVERTER (SEE NOTE 4)
P905
NO. 1 TANK FUEL K
QUANTITY OUT L
P
FUEL QUANTITY
SIGNAL CONVERTER
NOTES
1. UH-60A UH-60L
2. EH-60A
3. W / O EMEP PIN FILTERED
ADAPTER (PFA) IS NOT INSTALLED.
4. IVHMS
5. P137 AND P138 ARE CONNECTED
AB1692_1A
TO SDC IF IVHMS IS NOT INSTALLED. SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 8).
Change 5 0172 00-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
CAUTION/
LEFT RELAY PANEL ADVISORY PANEL
GROUND
DIMMIMG SENSE
RELAY RELAY
K43 K46
SHOWN WITH
WEIGHTON
WHEELS
AUX FUEL
F1
D1
F3
F2
D2
D3
J902 PFA
(SEE NOTE 3)
P902 SC D P117 41
J299
(SEE NOTE 1) J299
F (SEE J113
SG9024 K
NOTE 1)
E P113 B L
J346 P860
J346
P860 13 32 10
P P P
SG2994
29
4 28
5 27
SG2995
37 8
GND3467
P P P TO
SG2992 SHEET
6 31 7
7 30
SG2993
36 9
J299
G
(SEE
H
NOTE 1) P
T
P419R B
P856 16 11 12 76 14 13 24
J419R
NOSE
J1
COMPARTMENT
HI
HI
LO
LO
DIM INPUT
P113 P388
SG3881
AUX FUEL CAPSULE
KA
WEIGHTONWHEELS INPUT
E NONFLIGHT
WEIGHTONWHEELS RETURN
INSTRUMENT
NO. 1 TANK SIGNAL
NO. 2 TANK SIGNAL
D
FUEL QUANTITY
FUEL QUANTITY
LIGHTS 5V / 115V
SG2802
J280 P280 TRANSFORMER
B
CONSOLE
L C
LIGHTING
P138
UPPER CONSOLE
GG
(SEE DETAIL B) AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL
AB1692_2B
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 8).
0172 00-43 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT EXT FUEL RIGHT EXT FUEL FUEL OVERFLOW
FLOW SENSOR FLOW SENSOR COPILOT GYRO SENSOR
F F
U U
E E
L L
BC
P867 R HP BT J J376
2 1 2 1
J521 J520
P
J868
SP1
R
P347 21 43 H
SP2
J347 P
SP3
B
SP4
T
SP5
SP6
J
P334 BA FE P334 NR
J334 J334
J346 J346
P860 15 14 17 16 P860 46 48
P856 98 10 15 25 16 29 27 28 30 22 23
J1
H
L
H
L
HI
RTN
SYNC_Z
SYNC_X
SYNC_Y
115 VAC
115 VAC_RTN
PITCH_FAIL_DISC
L FUEL FLOW
R FUEL FLOW
L FUEL FLOW
R FUEL FLOW
FUEL OVERFLOW
SENSOR
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB1692_3C
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 8).
Change 5 0172 00-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
LEFT OUTBOARD LEFT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD RIGHT INBOARD
FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK
LEVEL SIG LO Z
LEVEL SIG LO Z
LEVEL SIG LO Z
LEVEL SIG LO Z
LEVEL SIG HI Z
LEVEL SIG HI Z
LEVEL SIG HI Z
LEVEL SIG HI Z
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
SHIELD
SHIELD
SHIELD
SHIELD
W4P2 A B D C E F W4P2 A B D C E F W4P2 A B D C E F W4P2 A B D C E F
W4P1 A B E C D F W4P1 A B E C D F W4P1 A B E C D F W4P1 A B E C D F
W3J1 W3J1 W3J1 W3J1
W3P1 A B E C D F W3P1 A B E C D F W3P1 A B E C D F W3P1 A B E C D F
W3J3 W2J2 W2J3 W2J2
W2J1 W2J1
P861 C E J N P R B D H K L M P862 C E J N P R B D H K L M
P856 4 21 50 40 42 41 3 20 49 37 39 38 1 18 47 31 33 32 2 19 48 34 36 35
J1
LI TANK IDB H
RI TANK IDB H
LO TANK IDB H
RO TANK IDB H
LO TANK HI SHIELD
LI TANK HI SHIELD
RO TANK HI SHIELD
LI TANK IDA H
RI TANK HI Z SHIELD
RI TANK IDA H
LO TANK IDA H
RO TANK IDA H
RO TANK LO Z
RO TANK HI Z
LI TANK HI Z
LO TANK HI Z
RI TANK HI Z
RI TANK LO Z
LO TANK ID L
LI TANK ID L
RO TANK ID L
RI TANK ID L
LO TANK LO Z
LI TANK LO Z
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB1692_4B
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 8).
0172 00-45 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT INBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD SHUTOFF GATE
FUEL SHUTOFF GATE VALVE VALVE
CLOSING OPENING
COIL COIL
SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE
LIMIT LIMIT
SWITCH SWITCH
P809 D E A
P840 D E A
J805
P859 1 2 61 8 0 9 4 5 3
P860 J346
P2
34
E 11
8
D
44
GND3462
GND3464
P857 10 11 5 3 33 32 7 8
J2
2
OPEN VOLTAGE
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD
CLOSE VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
LEFT INBOARD
XFER CONTROL
28 VDC RTN NO.
OPEN VOLTAGE
LEFT INBOARD
28 VDC RTN EXT FUEL RH
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB1692_5B
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 8).
Change 5 0172 00-46
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
RIGHT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD
SHUTOFF GATE SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE
SAME AS LEFT SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE
P810 D E A P838 D E A
J804
P858 1 2 6 4 5 3 9 10 8
SG8582
P860 J346
P2
9
A 4
B 8
44
C
GND3461
GND3463
P857 8 12 33 32 4 6 13 14
J2
2
RIGHT INBOARD
OPEN VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
RIGHT OUTBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD
XFER CONTROL
RIGHT INBOARD
28 VDC RTN NO.
CLOSE VOLTAGE
28 VDC EXT FUEL RH
OPEN VOLTAGE
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB1692_6A
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6 of 8).
0172 00-47 Change 5
0172 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STORES JETTISON FUEL TEMP UPPER LEFT RELAY
CONTROL PANEL TRANSDUCER CONSOLE PANEL
1
2
TO
SHEET
1
3 j i h g c
P645 P200 P902 Z
P
SG902-8
3 2 1
J913 J524
P913 M L K J
P
J346
P860 43 41 7 5
P347 7 8 9
J347
8
P334 G H J
J334
TO
SHEET
2
P
J346
9 P860 8 1 22 20 21 26 49 50
P P
P P
P857 36 37 15 16 17 18 1 19 2 33 28 44 45 34 35
J2
LEFT
LEFT
RIGHT
RIGHT
(NOT USED)
(NOT USED)
(NOT USED)
0-28 VDC OM H
PANEL LIGHTING LO
5V PANEL LIGHTING HI
0-28 VDC OM RETURN
28 VDC TRANSFER PWR
28 VDC RIGHT EXTERNAL
POWER GROUND
PRESENT INPUT
INBOARD TANK
OUTBOARD TANK
PRESENT INPUT
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB1692_7
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7 of 8).
Change 5 0172 00-48
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 00
EXT FUEL RH
J236 P236 P217 J217 J346 P860
2 1 CB239
28 VDC 5 V W 33
AMP
NO. 2
DC PRI
BUS AUX FUEL CONTR
2 1 CB240
5 k V 35
AMP
115 VAC AUX FUEL QTY
NO. 2 2 1 CB222
AC PRI 2 n X 38
BUS AMP
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
28 VDC EXT FUEL LH
J237 P237 J346 P860
NO. 1 2 1 CB157
DC PRI 5 X 45
BUS AMP
COPILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
DETAIL A
(SEE NOTE 2)
J246 P246
CONSOLE LIGHTING q
UPPER CONSOLE
DETAIL B
(SEE NOTE 2)
AB1692_8
SA
Figure 2. ESSS Range Extension System Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8 of 8).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0172 00-49 Change 5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
VIBRATION ANALYSIS AND CONTROL SYSTEM
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS) UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> .
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter AN/PSM-45,
Personnel Required WP 0172 04
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 0172 05
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 0172 06
WP 1589 01
References
WP 1737 00
TM 1-1520-237-23
WP 0108 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0172 02 External Electrical Power Available (WP 1737 00) or
WP 0172 03 APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
IVHMS OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
NOTE
• The operational checkout out of IVHMS is accomplished by an Initiated Built In Test (IBIT)
and a Sensor RAP Test.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedures, a short is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - UH-60 A/L Rap Groups for accelerometer locations, Figure 2 - Connector
Locations (Sheet 1 of 3) for connector locations, Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) for system component location,
and Figure 4 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 25)
for schematic diagrams.
• The IBIT shows the technician the state of each IVHMS component. It can aid greatly in
troubleshooting system malfunctions within IVHMS. The main components are:
• IVHMU PS - IVHMU Power Supply.
• PPUM - Primary Processing Unit Circuit card (Main CPU) within IVHMU which
coordinates functionality, collects and processes input signals.
• PPUS - Primary Processing Unit Circuit card (Secondary CPU) within IVHMU which
supplies additional signal input/output capability and processing.
• VPU - Vibration Processing Unit. Card within IVHMU that does Vibration Signal
processing and computations related to Mechanical Diagnostics, RTB functions,
and 120 Hour Vibration Check related vibration functions.
• RDC - Remote Data Concentrator. Located above Quad Bay Antenna, this compo-
nent takes aircraft analog signals and digitizes prior to sending to IVHMU.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pushed in:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
CDU Auxiliary
CVFDR Auxiliary
IVHMU / RDC Auxiliary
0172 01-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
3. Turn on CDU
CONDITION/INDICATION
CDU turns on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
4. Date Verification/ Change (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
5. Time Verification/ Change (TM 1-1520-237-10).
STEP
6. Aircraft Configuration (TM 1-1520-237-10).
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Correct date is displayed.
2. Correct time is displayed.
3. Correct tail number displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition a., b., or c., is not displayed, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
7. Select PREVIOUS button twice.
STEP
8. Select MAIN on CDU screen.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Main Menu screen will be displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
9. Select Built In Test on the CDU using UP and DOWN buttons on CDU. Press ENTER.
CONDITION/INDICATION
BUILT IN TEST screen will be displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
10. Select the IBIT STATUS screen.
Change 5 0172 01-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Initiate BIT screen will be displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
11. Press INIT button, this screen will remain in view for 2.5 minutes until BIT completes.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Message screen appears.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
12. Upon completion of IBIT, the IBIT Status screen will display results of IBIT.
NOTE
The status of IVHMS major components and RDC are shown on first two IBIT Status screens.
The DETAILS button found on second display, allows operator to view lower level sensors in the
system. The PREV button will return to BUILT IN TEST menu. There are four status messages
used for IBIT, they are:
• PASS - Component OK
• FAIL - Component Inoperative
• ----- (dashed line) - Invalid Data
• ? - BIT has not been initiated
a. If IVHMU PS displays FAIL replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Repeat IBIT. If IVHMU PS still displays FAIL
troubleshoot using WP 0172 05.
b. If PPUM displays FAIL replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Repeat IBIT. If PPUM still displays FAIL trou-
bleshoot using WP 0172 05.
c. If PPUS displays FAIL replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Repeat IBIT. If PPUS still displays FAIL trou-
bleshoot using WP 0172 05.
d. If VPU displays FAIL replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Repeat IBIT. If VPU still displays FAIL troubleshoot
using WP 0172 05.
e. If RDC displays FAIL replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Repeat IBIT. If RDC still displays FAIL troubleshoot
using WP 0172 02.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Sensor BIT status details will be displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
13. Verify that four major components listed on Page 1 of IBIT STATUS screen indicate PASS.
a. If four major components indicate FAIL troubleshoot each component using Avionics Maintenance
Procedures.
b. If components indicate PASS continue to next step.
0172 01-3 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
14. Press FWD button to access Page 2 of IBIT STATUS screen.
CONDITION/INDICATION
RDC, ROTABS, and Drivetrain sensors indicate PASS.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
The following steps are only necessary if ROTAB or Drive train Sensor FAIL was noted in IBIT
procedures.
1. If RDC displays FAIL repeat IBIT. If RDC still displays FAIL troubleshoot using (WP 0172 02).
2. If ROTABS displays FAIL repeat IBIT. If ROTABS still displays FAIL troubleshoot using (WP 0172 06).
3. If Drivetrain displays FAIL repeat IBIT. If Drivetrain still displays FAIL troubleshoot using (WP 0172 04).
STEP
15. Press DETAILS button to access Sensors BIT Status screen which has six pages that list ROTABS and Drive
train Sensors.
CONDITION/INDICATION
IBIT status screen is displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
16. Use FWD and BACK buttons to view all sensor groups page 1 thru 6.
STEP
17. When finished press PREV to return to BUILT IN TEST screen.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Returns to BUILT IN TEST screen.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If indication/Condition is not as specified, troubleshoot CDU (WP 0172 02).
STEP
18. From BUILT IN TEST screen, select Sensor Rap Test.
STEP
19. Select desired test group and press ENTER.
STEP
20. Upon pressing START, the test will begin, and maintainer will have 15 seconds to rap accelerometer being
tested.
Change 5 0172 01-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
CAUTION
Rapping any accelerometer too hard could result in damage to accelerometer.
NOTE
• The rap should be done utilizing a nonmetallic object. A small number of raps are recom-
mended, 5 - 10 being ideal, and strength of rap should only be sufficient to perform test.
Rapping too lightly may not give accurate test results, so this test may need to be repeated
until proper rap strength is determined.
• Occasionally when rapping an accelerometer on a gear box, the second accelerometer
on that gear box will display raps as well due to raps harmonics felt within gear box.
Lessening strength of rap should eliminate echo that is displayed.
• If any accelerometers indicate a FAIL troubleshoot accelerometers. Refer to Table 1 - RAP
Test Accelerometer Groups. and Table 2 - Error/Malfunction and see Figure 1 - UH-60 A/L
Rap Groups, Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 16) , and Figure 4 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 25) for references.
1. A SENSOR RAP TEST instruction screen will appear. If you have selected proper group, press START, if
not, press SLCT GRP to return to SELECT RAP TEST GROUP screen.
NOTE
• Test window will display result within 15 seconds after rapping is complete. The number
of raps applied should closely match number displayed on rap test results screen. Some
variation may occur due to echoing and slightly missed raps. If no raps are displayed, or
incorrectly displayed on another accelerometer, repeat test to verify, and troubleshoot
using (WP 0172 02, WP 0172 03, WP 0172 04, WP 0172 05, and WP 0172 06) as
necessary. See Table 1 - RAP Test Accelerometer Groups.. (Figure 1 - UH-60 A/L Rap
Groups).
• Repeat rap test on accelerometer groups listed in Table 1 - RAP Test Accelerometer
Groups..
2. Rap Groups are shown in Figure 1 - UH-60 A/L Rap Groups.
0172 01-5 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
B
E 25
16 11
C
12 21
20
14
24
15 22
13 17
19 8
6
10/23 18
ACCELEROMETERS
5 7 1 PilotVert 12 RMod Housing
2 CopilotVert 13 LMod OP Flg
CopilotLat 14 RM OP Flg
1 3 TriaxVert 15 LMod IP Flg
3 TriaxLong 16 RMod IP Flg
TriaxLat 17 IGB Output
4 NoseAbsVert 18 IGB Intput
5 FwdAbsVert 19 L Assy Gb
6 ViscBrg1 20 R Assy Gb
7 ViscBrg2 21 TGB Output
8 ViscBrg3 22 TGB Intput
9 ViscBrg4 23 OC Axial
10 OC Vertical 24 LMod Housing
2 11 SP Vertical 25 Tail Take Off
4
INDEX / TACH
A Tall Rotor Index
B Main Rotor Index
C NR Sensor
D L Eng Shaft Bal Tach (When Installed)
E R Eng Shaft Bal Tach (When Installed)
LH Cabin Disconnect
IM3588
Figure 1. UH-60 A/L Rap Groups.
Table 1. RAP Test Accelerometer Groups..
Accelerometer Group Rap Test Name Maintenance Name
MR1-MR6 PilotVert Pilot Right Uniaxial ROTAB
CopilotVert Copilot Left Biaxial ROTAB
Change 5 0172 01-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 1. RAP Test Accelerometer Groups.. – Continued
Accelerometer Group Rap Test Name Maintenance Name
CopilotLat Copilot Left Biaxial ROTAB
TriaxVert AFT Cabin Triaxial ROTAB
TriaxLong AFT Cabin Triaxial ROTAB
TriaxLat AFT Cabin Triaxial ROTAB
TR1-TR2 NoseAbsVert Cockpit Heel Uniaxial ROTAB
FwdAbsVert FWD Cabin Uniaxial ROTAB
DT1-DT6 ViscBrg1 Viscous Bearing 1
ViscBrg2 Viscous Bearing 2
ViscBrg3 Viscous Bearing 3
ViscBrg4 Viscous Bearing 4
OC Verical Oil Cooler Vertical
SP Vertical Swashplate Vertical
DT9-DT13 RMod Housing Right Main Module Housing
LMod OP Flg Left Input Module Output Accelerom-
eter
RMod OP Flg Right Input Module Output
Accelerometer
LMod IP Flg Left Input Module Input Accelerome-
ter
RMod IP Flg Right Input Module Input Accelerom-
eter
DT15-DT21 IGB Output Intermediate Gear box Output
Accelerometer
IGB Input Intermediate Gear box Input
Accelerometer
L Assy Gb Left Accessory Gear box
R Assy Gb Right Accessory Gear box
TGB Output Tail Rotor Gear box Output
TGB Input Tail Rotor Gear box Input
OC Axial Oil Cooler Axial Accelerometer
DT22-DT24 LMod Housing Left Main Module Housing
0172 01-7 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 1. RAP Test Accelerometer Groups.. – Continued
Accelerometer Group Rap Test Name Maintenance Name
TTO Radial Tail Take-Off Radial Accelerometer
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Table 2. Error/Malfunction.
Error/Malfunction Troubleshooting Work Package
CDU WP 0172 02
DTU WP 0172 02
Main Rotor Speed (Nr) IVHMS Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Power Turbine Speed 1 (Np) IVHMS Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Power Turbine Speed 2 (Np) IVHMS Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Gas Generator Speed 1 (Ng) IVHMS Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Gas Generator Speed 2 (Ng) IVHMS Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
RDC Does not Operate WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for APU Generator On WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Engine 1 ANTI-ICE WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Engine 2 ANTI-ICE WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Cargo Hook Armed WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Cargo Hook Open WP 0172 02
Pedal Position Potentiometer Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#1 Engine TGT Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#2 Engine TGT Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#1 Engine Torque Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#2 Engine Torque Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#1 Engine Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#2 Engine Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#1 Engine Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#2 Engine Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#1 Fuel Quantity Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
#2 Fuel Quantity Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Main Module Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Main Module Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for APU Oil Temperature WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Main Module Oil Temperature WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Hydraulic Stage 1 Switch WP 0172 02
Change 5 0172 01-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 2. Error/Malfunction. – Continued
Error/Malfunction Troubleshooting Work Package
No IVHMS Indication for Hydraulic Stage 2 Switch WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Intermediate Gearbox Oil Temperature WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Tail Gearbox Oil Temperature WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for APU Fail WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Hydraulic Pump 1 Switch WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Hydraulic Pump 2 Switch WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Ice Detection WP 0172 02
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for #1 Engine when a Chip Exists WP 0172 02
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for #2 Engine when a Chip Exists WP 0172 02
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for RH Input Module when a Chip Exists WP 0172 02
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for LH Input Module when a Chip Exists WP 0172 02
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for RH Accessory Module when a Chip WP 0172 02
Exists
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for LH Accessory Module when a Chip WP 0172 02
Exists
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for Intermediate Gearbox when a Chip WP 0172 02
Exists
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for Main Module when a Chip Exists WP 0172 02
IVHMS does not Indicate Chip for Tail Gearbox when a Chip Exists WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Weight on Wheels LH WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Weight on Wheels RH WP 0172 02
OAT Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Doppler SDC Nav Signal Incorrect Pitch Attitude WP 0172 02
Doppler SDC Nav Signal Incorrect Roll Attitude WP 0172 02
Doppler SDC Nav Signal Incorrect Heading WP 0172 02
Doppler GPS Position Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Pitch Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Roll Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Yaw Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Collective Stick Position Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Airspeed Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Baro Alt Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Altitude Rate Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
Radar Altitude Signal Incorrect WP 0172 02
0172 01-9 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 2. Error/Malfunction. – Continued
Error/Malfunction Troubleshooting Work Package
No IVHMS Indication for Pilot’s ICS Transmit Switch WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Indication for Copilot’s ICS Transmit Switch WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Recording of Pilot’s Transmitted Audio WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Recording of Copilot’s Transmitted Audio WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Intercom Audio Output from LH Disconnect WP 0172 02
Pilot’s Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP WP 0172 02
Copilot’s Biaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP WP 0172 02
No IVHMS Ethernet Connectivity Through LH Disconnect WP 0172 02
Intermediate Gear box Input Accelerometer (V22) INOP WP 0172 03
Intermediate Gear box Output Accelerometer (V07) INOP WP 0172 03
Tail Rotor Gear box Input Accelerometer (V24) INOP WP 0172 03
Tail Rotor Gear box Output Accelerometer (V23) INOP WP 0172 03
Tail Rotor Magnetic RPM Sensor INOP WP 0172 03
Main Rotor Optical Tracker WP 0172 04
No Engine Indexing WP 0172 04
Left Input Module Output Accelerometer (V04) INOP WP 0172 04
Left Main Module Housing Accelerometer (V01) INOP WP 0172 04
Right Input Module Output Accelerometer (V03) INOP WP 0172 04
Right Main Module Housing Accelerometer (V02) INOP WP 0172 04
Tail Take Off Radial Accelerometer (V06) INOP WP 0172 04
Left Accessory Gear box Accelerometer (V08) INOP WP 0172 04
Right Accessory Gear box Accelerometer (V09) INOP WP 0172 04
Left Input Module Input Accelerometer (V05) INOP WP 0172 04
Right Input Module Input Accelerometer (V14) INOP WP 0172 04
Swashplate Vertical Accelerometer (V13) INOP WP 0172 04
Main Rotor Magnetic RPM Sensor INOP WP 0172 04
Oil Cooler Vertical Accelerometer (V10) INOP WP 0172 04
Oil Cooler Axial Accelerometer (V11) INOP WP 0172 04
IVHMU WP 0172 05
Viscous Bearing #1 Accelerometer (V15) INOP WP 0172 05
Viscous Bearing #2 Accelerometer (V16) INOP WP 0172 05
Viscous Bearing #3 Accelerometer (V17) INOP WP 0172 05
Viscous Bearing #4 Accelerometer (V18) INOP WP 0172 05
Change 5 0172 01-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 2. Error/Malfunction. – Continued
Error/Malfunction Troubleshooting Work Package
Irregular Accelerometer INOP (Optional Field Installation Accelerome- WP 0172 06
ter)
Digital Airframe (4G) Accelerometer Signal Incorrect WP 0172 06
Cockpit Heel Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP WP 0172 06
Forward Cabin Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP WP 0172 06
AFT Cabin Triaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP WP 0172 06
NOTE
For errors requiring troubleshooting with WP 0172 02, Table 3 - IVHMS
CDU Signals Record Sheet and Table 4 - Fault Tolerances will be used.
Table 3. IVHMS CDU Signals Record Sheet.
Condition: External/APU Power Only
RDC Analog RDC Discrete
Signal Acft Ind OBS Ind Units Code Signal Valu-
e
Altitude Rate FT/MIN 0 APU Fail N/A
Baro Corrected Alt FT 0 APU GEN ON
Collective (Note 3) % 0 APU Oil Temp N/A
Eng 1 Oil Press V V 0 APU On N/A
Eng 1 Oil Temp V deg CV 0 Chip 1 Engine N/A
Eng 1 Oil Press Exc V V 0 Chip 2 Engine N/A
Eng 2 Oil Press V V 0 Chip Access MDL LH N/A
Eng 2 Oil Temp V deg CV 0 Chip Access MDL RH N/A
Eng 2 Press Exc V 0 Chip Input MDL LH N/A
Heading Raw DEG 0 Chip Input MDL RH N/A
IAS KTS 0 Chip Int XMSN N/A
OAT V deg CV 0 Chip Main MDL N/A
Pedal Pos Excit V V 0 Chip Tail XMSN N/A
Pedal Pos V V 0 COPILOTS ICS TXMT
Pitch Attitude DEG 0 Engine 1 Anti Ice N/A
Pitch Rate DEG/S 0 Eng 1 Fire Detect Active N/A
Radar Altitude (Note 4) FT L0021 or ENG 1 INLET ANTI ICE
0000
Roll Attitude DEG 0 ENG 1 OUT MSTR WARN
Roll Rate DEG/S 0 Engine 2 Anti Ice N/A
0172 01-11 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 3. IVHMS CDU Signals Record Sheet. – Continued
Tank 1 Fuel QTY (Note 4) LB 0 ENG 2 FIRE DETECT
ACTIVE
Tank 2 Fuel QTY (Note 4) LB 0 ENG 2 INLET ANTI ICE
TGT 1 Deg C L0021 ENG 2 OUT MSTR WARN
TGT 2 Deg C L0021 Fuel 1 Filter Bypass N/A
Torque 1 % L0021 Fuel 1 Press N/A
Torque 2 % L0021 Fuel 2 Filter Bypass N/A
XMSN Oil Press Exc V 0 Fuel 2 Press N/A
XMSN Oil Press V V 0 Hook Armed N/A
XMSN Oil Temp V V 0 Hook Open N/A
Yaw Rate DEG/S 0 Hydr. Pump 1 N/A
Derived Analog Hydr. Pump 2 N/A
Signal Acft Ind OBS Ind Units Code Ice Detected N/A
Eng 1 Oil P PSI 0 IGB Oil Temp Dis N/A
Eng 1 Oil Temp Deg C 0 Main XMSN Oil Temp N/A
Eng 2 Oil P PSI 0 MASTER CAUTION
Eng 2 Oil Temp Deg C 0 PILOTS ICS TXMT
Heading (Note 6) Deg 0 Stage 1 Switch N/A
KCAS KTS 0 Stage 2 Switch N/A
MGB Oil Temp Deg C 0 TGB Oil Temp Dis N/A
NG 1 % 0 WOW Left (See Note 5)
NG 2 % 0 WOW Right (See Note 5)
NP 1 % 0 VPU Reset Discrete
NP 2 % 0 VPU Busy Discrete
NR % 0 VPU READY FOR ACQ
OAT (Note 6) Deg C 0
Pedal Position % 0
ROC Ft/Min 0
MGB Oil Press PSI 0
Change 5 0172 01-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 3. IVHMS CDU Signals Record Sheet. – Continued
NOTES
1. Unshaded Signals should ALL be checked for validity code of 0000, except as stated in notes below.
2. Shaded Signals will be validated during the Engines Running/MTF in Table 4 - Fault Tolerances.
3. OBS Collective Signal should change through full range of motion, but must be less than 10% when collective is
in FULL DOWN position.
4. Compare RDC Analog values with cockpit indications as follows: Radar Altimeter may indicate L0021 on the
ground, pressing TEST button on Rad Alt will give a 0000 code and proper altitude readout on OBS. Tank 1 and
2 Qty should correspond to CDU indications.
5. RH WOW will NOT operate correctly without an ESSS Emergency Jettison Panel installed and connected.
Depress to Test each WOW switch on the ground to ensure proper changing of discrete from 1 to 0.
6. Compare OBS Heading to cockpit HSI and OBS OAT to FAT gauge (Should be within 2-3 degrees).
Table 4. Fault Tolerances.
– Tolerances are for comparison between aircraft indicating system and data from the IVHMS CDU.–
Initial Tolerances will be used until a later message is released reducing the tolerances to their Final
levels.
Fault Initial Tolerance (+/-) Final Tolerance
Main Rotor Speed (Nr) IVHMS Signal 1.7% 0.2%
Incorrect
Power Turbine Speed 1 (Np) IVHMS Signal 1.0% 1.0%
Incorrect
Power Turbine Speed 2 (Np) IVHMS Signal 1.0% 1.0%
Incorrect
Gas Generator Speed 1 (Ng) IVHMS Signal 4.4% 0.5%
Incorrect
Gas Generator Speed 2 (Ng) IVHMS Signal 4.4% 0.5%
Incorrect
Pedal Position Potentiometer Signal 1.0% (see Note 1) 1.0% (see Note 1)
Incorrect
#1 Engine TGT Signal Incorrect 7.3°C 1.0°C
#2 Engine TGT Signal Incorrect 7.3°C 1.0°C
#1 Engine Torque Signal Incorrect 5.6% 1.0%
#2 Engine Torque Signal Incorrect 5.6% 1.0%
#1 Engine Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect 13.0°C 5.0°C
#2 Engine Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect 13.0°C 5.0°C
#1 Engine Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect 10.0 PSI 5.0 PSI
#2 Engine Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect 10.0 PSI 5.0 PSI
#1 Fuel Quantity Signal Incorrect 10.0 pounds 10.0 pounds
#2 Fuel Quantity Signal Incorrect 10.0 pounds 10.0 pounds
Main Module Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect 10.0 PSI 5.0 PSI
0172 01-13 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 4. Fault Tolerances. – Continued
Main Module Oil Temperature Signal 13.0°C 5.0°C
Incorrect
OAT Signal Incorrect 2.0°C (see Note 2) 2.0°C (see Note 2)
Doppler SDC Nav Signal Incorrect Pitch 1° 0.1°
Attitude
Doppler SDC Nav Signal Incorrect Roll 1° 0.1°
Attitude
Doppler SDC Nav Signal Incorrect Heading 2° 0.1°
Doppler GPS Position Signal Incorrect 10 meters or 0.01 minutes 10 meters or 0.01 minutes
Pitch Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect 0.1°/sec 0.1°/sec
Roll Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect 0.1°/sec 0.1°/sec
Yaw Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect 0.1°/sec 0.1°/sec
Collective Stick Position Signal Incorrect (see Note 3) (see Note 3)
Airspeed Signal Incorrect 7 knots 5 knots
Baro Alt Signal Incorrect 70 feet 70 feet
Altitude Rate Signal Incorrect 250 fpm 250 fpm
Radar Altitude Signal Incorrect (see Note 4) (see Note 4)
NOTES
1. This is an IVHMS installed unit with no corresponding aircraft system. An out of adjustment installa-
tion may be at fault. Check adjustment of potentiometer in WP 1589 10 before replacing.
2. Based on comparison with and tolerance of FAT gages.
3. An out of adjustment installation may be at fault. Check adjustment of potentiometer in
..\..\..\Avionics\FILES\chap5\wp0416.xml through ..\..\..\Avionics\FILES\chap5\wp0423.xml before
replacing, Collective signal shall be less than 10% at full down.
4. 10 feet at ground level increasing linearly to 50 feet at 1,000 feet AGL.
Table 5. Connector Locations.
Terminal Location/Connection Terminal Location/Connection Point
Board/Disconnect Point Board/Disconnect
Plug/Receptacle Plug/Receptacle
J130R / P1352R PILOT SEAT P5327R / J5327R VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL,
STA 470
J131R / P1353R COPILOT SEAT P5328R / J5328R VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL,
STA 410
J1350R / P1350 OPTICAL TRACKER P5329R / J6 IVHMU
J1351R IRREGULAR ACCEL P5329R / J6 IVHMU
J1352R / P700R PILOT SEAT P5330R / J4 IVHMU
J1353R / P700R COPILOT SEAT P5331R / J3 IVHMU
Change 5 0172 01-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 5. Connector Locations. – Continued
Terminal Location/Connection Terminal Location/Connection Point
Board/Disconnect Point Board/Disconnect
Plug/Receptacle Plug/Receptacle
J2330R LEFT TACH ENG. P5333R / J5 IVHMU
#1 SHAFT OPTICAL
INDEX
J2331R RIGHT TACH ENG. J5334R LH CABIN DISCONNECT
#2 SHAFT OPTICAL /AUDIO
INDEX
J2333R LH CABIN P645 / J645 ESSS JETTISON PANEL
DISCONNECT
BRACKET /
ETHERNET
P13R / J13R PILOT SEAT WELL P696R / J1 DOPPLER SDC NAV
P15R / J15R COPILOT SEAT WELL P6325R TAIL ROTOR MAG RPM
SENSOR, STA 725.
P110 / J110 COCKPIT BL 7.5 RH, P6326R / J6326R TAIL ROTOR GEAR BOX
STA 197 INPUT ACCEL, STA 728.8
P117 / J1 CAUTION ADVISORY P6327R / J6327R TAIL ROTOR GEAR BOX
PANEL OUTPUT ACCEL, STA 738.5
P118 / J2 CAUTION ADVISORY P6330R / J6330R AFT TAIL CONE DISCONNECT
PANEL
P122 / J122 OAT SENSOR P8325R /J8325R TAIL TAKEOFF RADIAL
ACCEL, STA 356
P130 / J1 PILOT MASTER P8326R / J8326R SWASHPLATE VERTICAL
WARNING PANEL ACCEL, STA 348.
P1325R / J2 LH JUNCTION BOX P8327R / J8327R RIGHT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT ACCEL, STA 331
P1326R / J3 LH JUNCTION BOX P8328R / J8328R RIGHT MAIN MODULE
HOUSING ACCEL, STA 354
P1327R / J1 #1 SDC P8329R / J8329R RIGHT INPUT MODULE INPUT
ACCEL, STA 331
P1328R / J2 RH JUNCTION BOX P8330R/ J8330R RIGHT ACCESSORY GEAR
BOX ACCEL, STA 312
P1329R / J3 RH JUNCTION BOX P8331R /J8331R OIL COOLER AXIAL ACCEL,
STA 340
P1330R / J1 RDC P8333R MAIN ROTOR MAGNETIC RPM
SENSOR
P1331R / J3 RDC P8332R / J8332R OIL COOLER VERTICAL
ACCEL, STA 385.5
0172 01-15 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 5. Connector Locations. – Continued
Terminal Location/Connection Terminal Location/Connection Point
Board/Disconnect Point Board/Disconnect
Plug/Receptacle Plug/Receptacle
P1332R / J4 RDC P8336R / J8336R LEFT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT ACCEL, STA 328
P1343R / J1 COPILOT BIAXIAL P8337R / J8337R LEFT MAIN MODULE
ACCEL HOUSING ACCEL, STA 340
P1344R / J1 DATA TRANSFER UNIT P8338R / J8338R LEFT INPUT MODULE INPUT
ACCEL, STA 331.0
P1345R / J1 CDU P8339R / J8339R LEFT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX
ACCEL,
P1346R / J1 CABIN HEEL UNIAXIAL P8340R / J8340R CABIN TOP DISCONNECT STA
423, WL 260, RBL 15
P1347R / J1 PILOT UNIAXIAL
ACCEL
P1348R / J1 #2 SDC
P1349R / J1349R PEDAL
POTENTIOMETER
P137 / J1 RH JUNCTION BOX
P138 / J1 LH JUNCTION BOX
P2006R #1 THERMOCOUPLE
AMP
P2007R #2 THERMOCOUPLE
AMP
P2327R / J1 FWD CABIN ACCEL
P2328R / J1 AFT CABIN TRIAXIAL
ACCEL
P242 / J242 LH RELAY PANEL
P283 / J1 #1 ENG FIRE DET AMP
P284 / J1 #2 ENG FIRE DET AMP
P297 / J297 DIGITAL AIRFRAME
ACCEL
P318RB / J1B CIS PROCESSOR
P421R / J139 AFCS COMPUTER
P422R / J121 AFCS COMPUTER
P5325R / J5325R VISCOUS BEARING #4
ACCEL, STA 591.5
Change 5 0172 01-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
Table 5. Connector Locations. – Continued
Terminal Location/Connection Terminal Location/Connection Point
Board/Disconnect Point Board/Disconnect
Plug/Receptacle Plug/Receptacle
P5326R / J5326R VISCOUS BEARING #3
ACCEL, STA 530.3
0172 01-17 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
P2330R/J2330R
J2333R
P1347R/J1347R
P1342/J1342R
P1344R/J1
P1346R
P137
P422R/J139
J1350R P421R/J121
P1348R
P1345R/J1345R
P138
P1327R
P1330R
P1331R
P1332R
IM3589
Figure 2. Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3).
Change 5 0172 01-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
P8328R/J8328R
P8340R/J8340R
P8338R/J8338R P8336R/J8336R
P8330R/J8330R
P8327R/J8327R
P8325R/J8325R
P8326R/J8326R
P8337R/J8337R
P8329R/J8329R
P8339R/J8339R
P8333R/J8333R
J1351R
J2333R
J5334R
P2327R/J2327R
P6325R/J6325R
P6326R/J6326R
P6327R/J6327R
P5325R/J5325R
P5326R/J5326R
P8331R/J8331R
P8332R/J8332R
P6330R/J6330R
P5327R/J5328R
P5328R/J5328R
P5330R/J4
P5329R/J6
P5333R/J5
P5331R/J3
IM2306
Figure 2. Connector Locations (Sheet 2 of 3).
0172 01-19 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
P2328R/J2328R
J1351R/P1351R
J2333R/P2333R
IM3590
Figure 2. Connector Locations (Sheet 3 of 3).
Change 5 0172 01-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
AJ
AH
AC
AA AB
N A
P
M
B
K C
J
D
H
E
G F
IM3591
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16).
0172 01-21 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMU
BL
0.0
WL 261
AFT CABIN TRIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
STA 379
IM3592
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16).
Change 5 0172 01-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
LBL 22
STA 379
DIGITAL AIRFRAME
C ACCELEROMETER
LBL 28
RBL
0.6
FWD CABIN
ACCELEROMETER
STA 308
WL 261.7
IM3593
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16).
0172 01-23 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STA 247
WL 250
COPILOT BIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
REMOTE DATA
CONCENTRATOR
(RDC)
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16).
Change 5 0172 01-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
LEFT JUNCTION
RIGHT JUNCTION
BOX (#1)
BOX (#2)
PILOT HEEL
UNAXIAL ROTAB
ACCELEROMETER
WL
H
250
STA
247
IM3595
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16).
0172 01-25 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3600
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16).
Change 5 0172 01-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
BRT
OFF
BFG
CARD: 2% 13:49:24 1) ON/OFF BRIGHTNESS KNOB
2) SYSTEM TIME
UH-60L
INTEGRATED VEHICLE
INTEGRHEALTH MANAGEMENT
3) CARD USAGE
L SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4) DTU STATUS
DOWNLOADING DATA 5) SELECTOR BUTTON LABELS
EVT CAP ADMIN
EMAIN HIT
6) SELECTOR BUTTONS
DTU
DTMU
M
ARC 220 EXTENDED
CONSOLE
IM3596
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16).
0172 01-27 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
PILOT UNIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
AUXILIARY CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
IM3597
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 16).
Change 5 0172 01-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
FUSE/POWER
LOCATION
FOR IVHMS
T
U
V
Z
X
W
IM3598
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16).
0172 01-29 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS OPTICAL
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3699
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 10 of 16).
Change 5 0172 01-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
MAIN MODULE
TAIL TAKE-OFF RADIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V06)
IM3608
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16).
0172 01-31 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT MAIN MODULE
HOUSING
LEFT MAIN MODULE ACCELEROMETER
HOUSING (V02)
ACCELEROMETER
(V01)
lEFT INPUT MODULE
INPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V05)
IM3609
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16).
Change 5 0172 01-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
LEFT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V04)
RIGHT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V03)
IM3601
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16).
0172 01-33 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AB
OIL COOLER VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V10)
OIL COOLER AXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V11)
AD
AC
AE
AF
AG
IM3602
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 14 of 16).
Change 5 0172 01-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
AD AE
#1 VISCOUS BEARING #2 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V18) (V16)
AF AG
#3 VISCOUS BEARING #4 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V17) (V15)
IM3614
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16).
0172 01-35 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V07)
INTERMEDIATE
GEARBOX
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX INTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V22)
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V23)
AJ
TAIL ROTOR
MAGNETIC RPM
SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX INPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V24)
IM3603
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System location Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16).
Change 5 0172 01-36
AFT TAILCONE DISCONNECT BRACKET
P5330R
IVHMU
J4
J6330R
P5325R
P6330R
EMI
EMI
EMI
P
P
P
P
TAIL ROTOR MAG. RPM SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR INDEX HI
1 2
Figure 4.
AB
TAIL ROTOR INDEX HI
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
TAIL ROTOR INDEX LO
93 104
TAIL ROTOR INDEX LO
EMI
P
EMI
P
P5326R J5326R
P
P
P
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL TAIL GEARBOX
4 5
INPUT ACCEL HI
3 4
38 39
TAIL GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL HI TAIL GEARBOX
TAIL GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL LO INPUT ACCEL LO
V24
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX
V23
EMI
OUTPUT ACCEL TAIL GEARBOX
EMI
P
P5327R J5327R P
P
P
P
OUTPUT ACCEL HI
TAIL GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL HI
4 5
5 6
TAIL GEARBOX
36 37
TAIL GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL LO OUTPUT ACCEL LO
INTERMEDIATE GB OUTPUT ACCEL
P
P
V07
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL HI IGB OUTPUT ACCEL HI
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL LO 7 8 IGB OUTPUT ACCEL LO
29 30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
P
P
P
INTERMEDIATE GB INPUT ACCEL
V22
0172 01-37
IGB INPUT ACCEL HI
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL HI IGB INPUT ACCEL LO
9 10
31 32
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL LO
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL
EMI
P
EMI
P5325R
P
J5325R
V18
P
P
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL HI 4 5
VISCOUS BEARING
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL LO
7 14
4 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU VISCOUS BEARING
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL
EMI
J5326R
P
P5326R
P
EMI
V17
4 ACCEL LO
P
NOTES
P
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4 5
5 6
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL LO 3 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL VISCOUS BEARING
EMI
P
P
P5327R J5327R
EMI
V16
3 ACCEL LO
P
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
4 5
3 4
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL LO 2 ACCEL HI
VISCOUS BEARING
EMI
1. WO ESS - Jumper Plug
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL J5328R
P
P5328R
EMI
V15
2 ACCEL LO
P
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
4 5
1 2
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL LO 1 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU VISCOUS BEARING
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 25).
1 ACCEL LO
IM2307
0172 01
Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
P5333R J5
J5
L- MODEL ID CONFIGURATION
P5333R J5
J5
A- MODEL ID CONFIGURATION
IM3617
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 25).
Change 5 0172 01-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IVHMU
ENG# 2 OPTICAL INDEXER SHAFT LO
ENG# 2 OPTICAL INDEXER SHAFT HI
ENG# 1 OPTICAL INDEXER LO
ENG# 1 OPTICAL INDEXER HI
+12VDC TRACKER RTN 1
+12VDC TRACKER 1
J4
117 118 95 94 97 96
P5330R
JMPRP5330R-118-22
JMPRP5330R-117-22
SGP5330R-2
SGP5330R-3
T T
EMI
T T
J8340R
35 37 36 38 39 40
CABIN TOP DISCONNECT
IM3618
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 3 of 25).
0172 01-39 Change 5
J4
0172 01
Change 5
P5330R
IVHMU
P2328R
J1
Q
AFT CABIN ACCEL
EMI
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS HI RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS HI RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS HI SGP5330R-1 RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS LO
B A C D
RTB TRIAX X/Y/Z
Figure 4.
RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS LO
AXIS LO
73 75 71 72 76 74
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS LO
P
P
EMI
P2327R
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS HI RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS HI
A B
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS LO
79 80
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS LO
J1
CABIN ACCEL LH CABIN
DISCONNECT BRACKET
P
P
EMI
P1351R
J1351R
IRREGULAR ACCEL HI
A B
A B
A B
50 51
IRREGULAR ACCEL LO
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IRREGULAR ACCEL
0172 01-40
CO-PILOT BIAXIAL
J1
T
T
EMI
ACCEL
CO-PILOT Y-AXIS HI
CO-PILOT Z-AXIS HI
SGP5330R-4 CO-PILOT Z-AXIS HI
P1343R A B C
CO-PILOT X/Y-AXIS LO CO-PILOT Y-AXIS LO
67 69 68 81
CO-PILOT Z-AXIS LO
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P1347R
P
P
EMI
PILOT Z-AXIS HI PILOT Z-AXIS HI
A B
65 66
PILOT Z-AXIS LO PILOT Z-AXIS LO
PILOT UNIAXIAL
J1
ACCEL
P
P
EMI
P1346R
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS HI COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS HI
A B
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 4 of 25).
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS LO
77 78
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS LO
J1
COCKPIT HEEL ACCEL
IM3619
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
CABIN TOP DISCONNECT
35 37 36 38 39 40
P8340R
T T
EMI
EMI
T
T J2331R
J2330R 5 6 4
5 6 4
P2330R P2331R
5 6 4
5 6 4
CABIN
CABIN
T T
EMI EMI
EMI
EMI
T T
1 2 3 1 2 3
+ 12 VDC TRACKER RETURN
ENG #1 OPTICAL INDEXER HI
+ 12 VDC TRACKER RETURN
ENG #1 OPTICAL INDEXER HI
+ 12 VDC TRACKER 1
+ 12 VDC TRACKER 1
LEFT TACH LEFT TACH
ENG. 1 SHAFT ENG. 2 SHAFT
OPTICAL INDEX SENSOR OPTICAL INDEX SENSOR
IM3620
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 5 of 25).
0172 01-41 Change 5
J4
P5330R
OPTICAL
J1
EMI
IVHMU
EMI
EMI
EMI
Q
Q
Q
Q
J1350R
P1342R
P1350R
0172 01
TRACKER
TRACKER HI (1) 119 TRACKER HI (1)
Change 5
TRACKER LIT + (1) 114 TRACKER LIT (1)+
POWER RETURN 120 TRACKER LO (1)
6 5 4 3
6 5 4 3
SGP5329R-2
D C B A
P
+12VDC TRACKER(1) SGP5329R-1
P5329R
J6
Figure 4.
EMI
17 +12V RTN
16 +12V PWR
DATA TRANSFER UNIT
P1344R
EMI
J1 12
+28VDC DTU 14 +28VDC DTU
EMI
P
P
J3
P5331R
DTU RS-422 (RX +) HI 115 DTU RS-422 (TX +) HI
8 18
DTU RS-422 (RX -) LO 116 DTU RS-422 (TX -) LO
P
P
DTU RS-422 (TX +) HI 98 DTU RS-422 (RX +) HI
10 9
DTU RS-422 (TX -) LO 99 DTU RS-422 (RX -) LO
P
P
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
DTU CTS+ HI 100 DTU RTS+ HI
14 21
DTU CTS- LO 101 DTU RTS- LO
P
P
DTU RTS+ HI 102 DTU CTS+ HI
20 11
DTU RTS- LO 103 DTU CTS- LO
DTU MODE CTL
JMPRP1344R-0415-22
MODE 1-2 SELECT
4
TB2701
0172 01-42
DTU GROUND
F
JMPRP1344R-0113-22
4 15 13 1
P
P
DTU SAFETY GROUND
5
78 GPS AUX DATA IN HI
F
79 GPS AUX DATA IN LO
ASN128-101A22N 6
J3
RDC K
F
EMI
P1331R
P
P
GD2701-1
AR429TX1+ 76 AR429RX1+
98 99
AR429TX1- 77 AR429RX1-
P
P
AR429RX1+ 65 AR429TX1+
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
94 95
AR429RX1- 66 AR429TX1-
COCKPIT DISPLAY UNIT
EMI
P
P
P1345R
CDU RS-422 (TX +) HI 111 CDU RS-422 (RX +) HI
J1 G H
CDU RS-422 (TX -) LO 112 CDU RS-422 (RX -) LO
P
P
CDU RS-422 (RX +) HI 125 CDU RS-422 (TX +) HI
F E
CDU RS-422 (RX -) LO 126 CDU RS-422 (TX -) LO
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 6 of 25).
CDU POWER
CDU PWR RETURN
CDU SAFETY GND 1
L AM N
CDU SAFETY GND 2 AUX CB PANEL
CDU
NO. 2 PRI
IM3621
GND 2A DC BUS
P1345R-2 CB631
GND
P1345R-1
J4
EMI
EMI
J8340R
P5330R
P
P
IVHMU
1
OIL COOLER AXIAL FAN ACCEL HI
2
40 41
OIL COOLER AXIAL FAN ACCEL LO
P
P
OIL COOLER VERTICAL ACCEL HI
8 9
3 4
OIL COOLER VERTICAL ACCEL LO
Figure 4.
P
P
CABIN TOP DISCONNECT
5
TAIL TAKEOFF RADIAL ACCEL HI
6
46 57
TAIL TAKEOFF RADIAL ACCEL LO
P
P
7
SWASHPLATE VERTICAL ACCEL HI
8
10 11
SWASHPLATE VERTICAL ACCEL LO
P
P
RIGHT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCEL HI
9 10
17 18
RIGHT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCEL LO
P
P
RIGHT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCEL HI
11 12
21 22
RIGHT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCEL LO
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
P
P
RIGHT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCEL HI
13 14
25 26
RIGHT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCEL LO
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
0172 01-43
P
P
RIGHT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX ACCEL HI
15 16
35 47
RIGHT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX ACCEL LO
P
P
LEFT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCEL HI
17 18
42 43
LEFT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCEL LO
P
P
LEFT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCEL HI
19 20
19 20
LEFT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCEL LO
P
P
LEFT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCEL HI
23 24
21 22
LEFT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCEL LO
P
P
LEFT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX ACCEL HI
23 24
33 34
LEFT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX ACCEL LO
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 7 of 25).
P
P
MAIN ROTOR INDEX LO
92 91
31 32
IM3622
0172 01
Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
CABIN TOP DISCONNECT
P8340R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 31 32
P P P P P P P P P P P P P
EMI
EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI
J8331R
J8332R
J8325R
J8326R
J8328R
J8327R
J8329R
J8330R
J8337R
J8336R
J8338R
J8339R
P P P P P P P P P P P P
4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5
P8331R
P8332R
P8325R
P8326R
P8328R
P8327R
P8329R
P8330R
P8337R
P8336R
P8338R
P8339R
P P P P P P P P P P P P
EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI
EMI
P
P8333R
A B
P P P P P P
HI LO
V11 HI LO V06 HI LO V02 HI LO V14 HI LO V01 HI LO V05 HI LO
OIL COOLER TAIL TAKEOFF RIGHT MAIN RIGHT INPUT LEFT MAIN LEFT INPUT
AXIAL ACCEL ACCEL MODULE MODULE INPUT MODULE MODULE INPUT MAIN ROTOR
HOUSING ACCEL ACCEL HOUSING ACCEL MAGNETIC
P P P P ACCEL P P RPM SENSOR
V10 HI LO V13 HI LO V03 HI LO V09 HI LO V04 HI LO V08 HI LO
OIL COOLER SWASHPLATE RIGHT INPUT RIGHT ACCESSORY LEFT INPUT LEFT ACCESSORY
VERTICAL ACCEL VERTICAL ACCEL MODULE OUTPUT GEARBOX ACCEL MODULE OUTPUT GEARBOX ACCEL
ACCEL ACCEL
IM3623
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 8 of 25).
Change 5 0172 01-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IVHMU
GAS GENERATOR SPEED 2 LO
GAS GENERATOR SPEED 2 HI
GAS GENERATOR
GAS GENERATOR
POWER TURBINE
POWER TURBINE
POWER TURBINE
POWER TURBINE
MAIN ROTOR
MAIN ROTOR
SPEED 1 LO
SPEED 1 LO
SPEED 2 LO
SPEED 2 LO
SPEED 1 HI
SPEED 1 HI
SPEED LO
SPEED HI
J4 J4
P5330R 105 106 98 99 107 108 101 100 P5330R 109 110
P P P P P
EMI EMI
EMI
P P P P EMI
P1326R P
P1329R
1 2 3 4 5 6 16 17 14 15
J3 J3
L.H. JUNCTION BOX (J BOX 1) R.H. JUNCTION BOX
(SHEET 16) (J BOX 2)
(SHEET 18)
IM3624
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 25).
0172 01-45 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
RDC
ENG. 1 OIL PRESSURE
ENG. 1 OIL PRESSURE
TANK 1 FUEL QTY LO
TANK 1 FUEL QTY HI
ENG. 1 OIL TEMP LO
ENG. 1 OIL TEMP HI
NO. 1 ENG. OIL
PRESSURE LO
TORQUE 1 LO
TORQUE 1 HI
EXCITE LO
EXCITE HI
TGT 2 LO
TGT 1 LO
TGT 1 HI
TGT 2 HI
J1 J1
P1330R 71 72 73 74 P1330R 75 76 120 127 23 24 38 36 37 39
P P P P P T
EMI
SGP1330R-1
EMI
E9009A22BL
E9008A22VT
E9010A22VT
E9011A22BL
SGP2006R-5
SGP2007R-5
SGP2006R-4
SGP2007R-4
EMI
P P P T
P2006R P2007R 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 P1326R
4 5 4 5 J3
LH. JUNCTION BOX (J BOX 1)
(SHEET 16)
TGT 1 LO
TGT 1 HI
TGT 2 LO
TGT 2 HI
NO 1 THERMOCOUPLE NO 2 THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER
IM3625
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 25).
Change 5 0172 01-46
RDC
P1330R
J1
Figure 4.
P315R
J1B
EMI
SGP318RB-3
K
INDICATED AIRSPEED HI 33
44 INDICATED AIRSPEED HI
INDICATED AIRSPEED LO
SGP318RB-4
G
35
BARO ALTITUDE HI BARO ALTITUDE HI
BARO ALTITUDE LO
46
SGP318RB-5
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
F
ALTITUDE RATE HI ALTITUDE RATE HI
55
0172 01-47
INDICATED AIRSPEED LO
SGP318RB-2
H
ALTITUDE RATE LO ALTITUDE RATE LO
66
BARO ALTITUDE LO
SGP318RB-7
2
57
RADAR ALTITUDE HI RADAR ALTITUDE HI
SGP318RB-8
11
68
RADAR ALTITUDE LO RADAR ALTITUDE LO
COPILOT'S RADAR
IM2309
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 25).
P674R
0172 01
Change 5
J3
P1331R
0172 01
EMI
RDC
Change 5
20 21
EMI
Figure 4.
J1349R
P1349R
J1
EMI
P1330R
P
P
PEDAL
SGJ1349R-1
YELLOW PEDAL POSITION EXCITE LO
1 2
RED PEDAL POSITION HI
P
PEDAL POSITION LO
GREEN
62 59 60 61
BLACK PEDAL POSITION EXCITE HI
ORANGE SGJ1349R-2
POTENTIOMETER
WHITE
BLUE
34 56 7 8
PEDAL POSITION HI
PEDAL POSITION LO
P122
P
J122
OAT LO
A
OAT HI H6405A20
SGP122-2
124 117
OAT HI
B
OAT LO H6406A20
SGP122-3
J3
P1329R
EMI
EMI
P
P
MAIN XMSN OIL PRESSURE HI
1 2
MAIN XMSN OIL PRESSURE EXCITATION HI
50 48
0172 01-48
(J BOX 2)
P
(SHEET 18)
NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMP HI
34
NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMP LO
119 126
R.H. JUNCTION BOX
P
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP HI
56
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP LO
118 125
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P
NO. 2 ENGINE TORQUE HI
78
77 78
NO. 2 ENGINE TORQUE LO
P
P
TANK 2 FUEL QTY HI
9 10
TANK 2 FUEL QTY LO
21 22
T
NO. 2 ENG. OIL PRESSURE EXCITATION HI
SGP1330R-8
NO. 2 ENG. OIL PRESSURE EXCITATION LO
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 25).
NO. 2 ENG. OIL PRESSURE HI
11 12 13 TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE LO
NO. 2 ENG. OIL PRESSURE LO
40 41 42 51 43 49
MAIN XMSN OIL PRESSURE EXCITATION LO
IM3626
J1
RDC
P1330R
J121
P422R
EMI
P
SGP422R-1
R
ROLL RATE GYRO HI ROLL RATE GYRO HI
SGP422R-2
V
79 80
ROLL RATE GYRO LO ROLL RATE GYRO LO
Figure 4.
SGP422R-3
H
PITCH RATE GYRO HI PITCH RATE GYRO HI
SGP1330R-7
82 83
PITCH RATE GYRO LO
ADVANCED FKIGHT CONTROL COMPUTER
87
CLTV STICK POSN 1 LO
SGP422R-4
86
W
CLTV STICK POSN 1 HI CLTV STICK POSN 1 HI
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
0172 01-49
SGP422R-5
Y
YAW RATE GYRO HI YAW RATE GYRO HI
SGP422R-6
B
84 85
YAW RATE GYRO LO YAW RATE GYRO LO
AFCS
J139
P421R
SGP421R-1
G
SIGNAL COM RTN
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 13 of 25).
PITCH RATE GYRO LO
CLTV STICK POSN 1 LO
0172 01
Change 5
IM3627
0172 01
Change 5
J1
RDC
Figure 4.
J1
P696R
P1330R
EMI
DOPPLER SDC NAV
PITCH ALTITUDE A+ SGP696R-1
PITCH ALTITUDE A+
PITCH ALTITUDE A-/B+ SGP696R-2 SGP1330R-2 PITCH ALTITUDE A-
PITCH ALTITUDE B- SGP696R-3 PITCH ALTITUDE B-
J H G
8 1 3 2
PITCH ALTITUDE B+
T
SGP696R-4 ROLL ALTITUDE A+
ROLL ALTITUDE A+ SGP1330R-5
SGP696R-5 ROLL ALTITUDE A-
ROLL ALTITUDE A-/B+
SGP696R-6
F E D
ROLL ALTITUDE B- ROLL ALTITUDE B-
ROLL ALTITUDE B+
9 10 12 11
T
SGP696R-7
HEADING A+ HEADING A+
SGP1330R-6
0172 01-50
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
SGP696R-8 HEADING A-
HEADING A-/B+
SGP696R-9
C B A
HEADING B- HEADING B-
HEADING B+
15 16 18 17
J110/P110
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SGP110-1 SGP1330R-3
T
PITCH ALTITUDE C+ MM PITCH ALTITUDE C+
KK SGP1330R-4
PITCH ALTITUDE C-
ROLL ALTITUDEC+
HEADING C+
GNDP1330R-1 ROLL ALTITUDEC-
STA192/WL232/RBL9.5 HEADING C-
4 5 13 19 14 20
ROLL ALTITUDE C+ /
HEADING C+ /
ASN128-11B22
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 14 of 25).
IM3628
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
COPILOTS
(L/H)
VIDS SDC
J1
P1327R AA DD CC FF GG EE HH W P BB N U M X N
EMI
CONTINUOUS SHIELD
EMI
P1325R AA DD CC FF GG EE HH W P BB N U M X N
J2
LH
JUNCTION
BOX
(J BOX 1)
J1
P138 AA DD CC FF GG EE HH W P BB N U M X N
IM3629
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 25).
0172 01-51 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
COPILOTS
VIDS SDC
(L/H)
OIL TEMP 1
TORQUE 2
TORQUE 1
ENG OIL 1
FQTY 1
PRESS
TGT 1
NG 1
NP 2
NP 1
NR
J1
P1347R A B C D C D E F G H G H E F A B Z Y K I J
P P P P P P P P P T
EMI
EMI
P P P P P P P P P T
P1325R A B C D C D E F G H G H E F A B Z Y K I J
J2
J3 P1326R
1 1
2 2
Y X W T S R Y X W T S R X W T S R
JB1-02
JB1-03
3 3
JB1-01
N M L K J H N M L K J H M L K J H 4 4 (SHEET 9)
5 5
F E D C B A F E D C B A E D C B A 6 6
16 16
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 17 17
L.H. JUNCTION BOX
1 16 17 13 14 15
7 7
8 8
(J BOX 1)
9 9
10 10
11 11 (SHEET 10)
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
J1
P138 A B C D C D E F G H G H E F A B Z Y K I J
IM3630
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 25).
Change 5 0172 01-52
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
PILOLTS
VIDS SDC
(R/H)
J1
P1348R N X M N P U W AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH
EMI
CONTINUOUS SHIELD
EMI
N X M N P U W AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH
P1328R
J2
R/H JUNCTION BOX
J1
P137 N X M N P U W AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH
IM3631
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 17 of 25).
0172 01-53 Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
PILOTS
MAIN TRANSMISSION
VIDS SDC
OIL TEMPERATURE 2
(R/H)
OIL PRESSURE 2
TEMPERATURE
MAIN TRANS
PRESSURE
TORQUE 2
TORQUE 1
FQTY 2
TGT 2
NG 1
NG 2
NP 2
NR
J1
P1348R T W G H J K A B G H I J K E F C D Y Z A B FE CD
P P P P P T P P P P P P
EMI
EMI
P P P P P T P P P P P P
P1328R T W G H J K A B G H I J K E F C D Y Z A B FE CD
J2
J3 P1329R
15 15
(SHEET 9)
14 14
Y X W T S R Z Y X W T S R S R
JB2-01
JB2-03
JB2-02
N M L K J H P N M L K J H J H 13 13
12 12
F E D C B A G F E D C B A B A
R.H. JUNCTION BOX
11 11
10 10
(SHEET 12)
9 9
8 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
J1
P137 T W G H J K A B G H I J K E F C D Y Z A B FE CD
IM3632
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 18 of 25).
Change 5 0172 01-54
AUX CB PANEL
CVFDR
IVHMU
Figure 4.
NO. 2 PRI
DC BUS 1A
CB 629
J4
P1332R
J6
H
EMI
AUX CB PANEL
IVHMU/RDC +28 VDC CVFDR
+28 VDC
NO. 2 PRI +28 VDC
DC BUS 7.5A
IVHMU SAFETY GROUND RTN
CB 630 IVHMU ANALOG GROUND RTN
+28 VDC RTN
P5329R 6 3 2 4 522 7
+28 VDC CVFDR RTN
CGND5329-1
CGND5329-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
0172 01-55
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
J4
P1332R
AUX CB PANEL
IVHMU/RDC
H
NO. 2 PRI +28 VDC INPUT POWER
DC BUS 7.5A +28 VDC POWER RETURN
CB 630
F G
SAFETY GROUND
CGNDP1332R-1 CGNDP1332R-2
IM3633
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 19 of 25).
0172 01
Change 5
0172 01
Change 5
RDC
Figure 4.
P1331R
P130
J3
PILOT'S MASTER
EMI
WARNING PANEL TO AIRCRAFT
SGP130-6
6
72
MASTER CAUTION MASTER CAUTION
TO AIRCRAFT
SGP130-3
3
NO 1 ENG OUT
74
NO 1 ENG OUT
TO AIRCRAFT
SGP130-10
10
NO 2 ENG OUT
73
NO 2 ENG OUT
PILOT'S MASTER WARNING PANEL INTERFACE
TO UPPER CONSOLE W3081B24
P283
NO 1 ENG FIRE DETECTOR
0172 01-56
CONTROL AMPLIFIER SGP283-1 NO 1 ENG FIRE
11
77
NO 1 ENG FIRE DETECT ACTIVE
DETECT ACTIVE
TO NO 1 ENG DECK W3081D24
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
FIRE DETECTOR
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P284
NO 2 ENG FIRE DETECTOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER SGP284-1 NO 2 ENG FIRE
11
75
NO 2 ENG FIRE DETECT ACTIVE
DETECT ACTIVE
TO NO 2 ENG DECK W3080C24
FIRE DETECTOR
IM3634
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 20 of 25).
RDC
EMI
P1331R
J3
Figure 4.
P117
50899-0201
#1 FUEL PRESS
50
SGP1331R-9
#1 FUEL PRESS
2
#2 FUEL PRESS
49
SGP1331R-10
#2 FUEL PRESS
50
#1 FUEL FILTER BYPASS
46
SGP1331R-11
6
#1 FUEL FILTER BYPASS
CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL
#2 FUEL FILTER BYPASS
44
SGP1331R-12
#2 FUEL FILTER BYPASS
54
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
1C6533-61B24
0172 01-57
TO PILOTS CYCLIC
P13R
J13R
SGP13R-1
A
70
PILOT INTERCOM TRANSMIT
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
JUMPER13R-2-24 1C6533-61A24
S
TO AUDIO J-BOX ASSY
2C6533-61B24
TO COPILOTS CYCLIC
P15R
J15R
SGP15R-3
M
COPILOT INTERCOM TRANSMIT
71
JUMPER15R-2-24
2C6533-61A24
J
TO AUDIO J-BOX ASSY
IM3635
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 21 of 25).
0172 01
Change 5
0172 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IVHMU
422-RX2/485-0
422-RX2/485-0
+28 VDC RTN
+28 VDC
J3 J6
P5331R P5329R
107 108 10 11
P P
EMI EMI
P P
NC
J297
1 2 4 6 3
P297
RS-485 HI 6
+28 VDC 9
AUX 7
RS-485 LO 5
+28 VDC RTN 8
DIGITAL AIRFRAME
ACCELEROMETER
IM3636
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 22 of 25).
Change 5 0172 01-58
RDC
J3
P1331R
CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL
P117
EMI
J117
42
APU OIL TEMP
58
APU OIL TEMP V282A24
SGP117-1
41
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP
10
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP W4402D24
Figure 4.
SGP117-2
40
HYDRAULIC STAGE 1 SWITCH
8
STAGE 1 SWITCH C4140F22
SGP117-3
39
HYDRAULIC STAGE 2 SWITCH
56
STAGE 2 SWITCH C4139G22
SGP117-4
38
INT. TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP
26
INT. TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP W4404D24
SGP117-5 37
TAIL TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP
42
TAIL TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP W4403D24
SGP117-6
36
APU FAIL
46
APU FAIL V281A24
SGP117-20
43
CHIP 2 ENGINE
53
CHIP 2 ENGINE M471D24
SGP117-8
60
CHIP 1 ENGINE
5
CHIP 1 ENGINE
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
M470D24
SGP117-9
59
CHIP INPUT MDL R/H
61
CHIP INPUT MDL R/H M463D24 OR M463E24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
SGP117-10
0172 01-59
58
CHIP ACCESSORY MDL R/H
62
CHIP ACCESS MDL R/H M463D24 OR M463E24
SGP117-11
47
CHIP INPUT MDL L/H
13
CHIP INPUT MDL L/H M464D24 OR M464E24
SGP117-12
56
CHIP ACCESS MDL L/H
14
CHIP ACCESSORY MDL L/H M466D24 OR M466E24
SGP117-13
54
CHIP INT. TRANSMISSION
29
CHIP INT. TRANSMISSION M468D24
SGP117-14
42
CHIP MAIN MDL
30
CHIP MAIN MDL M462D24 OR M462E24
SGP117-15
52
CHIP TAIL TRANSMISSION
45
CHIP TAIL TRANSMISSION M467D24
SGP117-16
47
ICE DETECTED
63
ICE DETECTED H6396A22
SGP117-17
35
HYDRAULIC PUMP 1 SWITCH
24
HYDRAULIC PUMP 1 SWITCH W3386C22
SGP117-18
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 23 of 25).
51
HYDRAULIC PUMP 2 SWITCH
40
HYDRAULIC PUMP 2 SWITCH W3385C22
SGP117-19
IM3637
0172 01
Change 5
RDC
J3
0172 01
P1331R
J118
Change 5
EMI
P118
ENGINE 1 ANTI-ICE
65
A
ENGINE 1 ANTI-ICE H710A24
SGP118-3
APU ON
B
APU ON V280A24
SGP118-2 ENGINE 2 ANTI-ICE
63 64
P
ENGINE 2 ANTI-ICE H708A24
Figure 4.
SGP118-1
HOOK ARMED
67
M
HOOK ARMED M352A20
SGP118-5
CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL
HOOK OPEN
68
G
CARGO HOOK OPEN M366A20
SGP118-4
APU GEN ON
62
E
APU GEN ON X53F24
SGP118-6
ENGINE 1 ENGINE 1 INLET ANTI-ICE ON
D
INLET ANTI-ICE ON H711A24
SGP118-7
ENGINE 2 INLET ANTI-ICE ON
61 78
J
ENGINE 2 H709A24
INLET ANTI-ICE ON SGP118-8
P242
J242
PANEL
L
WOW W3395820
EMI
SGP242-1 50899-0101
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MAMAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
L/H/ RELAY
L/H WEIGHT ON WHEELS
69 48
R/H WEIGHT ON WHEELS
P645
ESSS
K
WOW W6604C20
STORES
SYSTEM
SGP645-K
0172 01-60
50899-0101
JETTISON
J645
SGP1331R-4
RDC ID BIT 7 (PARITY)
EMI
RDC ID BIT 2
JMPRP1331R-3134-22
SGP1331R-1
GROUND
RDC ID BIT 1
JMPRP1331R-3428-22 SGP1331R-2
RDC ID BIT 4
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SGP1331R-3
(SEE NOTE 1)
JMPRP1331R-2630-22 RDC ID BIT 5
RDC ID BIT 6
31 26 34 25 28 29 30
P
EMI
5V EXC 1+
5V RTN 1
20 21
J1
P1330R
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 24 of 25).
EMI
P
6061
IM2308
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 01
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MAMAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IVHMS
COPILOT AUDIO -
COPILOT AUDIO +
ETHERNET RX1-
ETHERNET RX1+
ETHERNET TX1-
ETHERNET TX1+
PILOT AUDIO -
AUDIO OUT LO
PILOT AUDIO +
AUDIO OUT HI
SHIELD
J5
SHLD
25D
25C
25B
25A
P5333R 51 52 53 54 59 60
50908-0101
50909-0101
51188-0101
P P P
EMI
P700R P700R
D
D
E
E
C
C
B
B
A
A
J1352R J1353R
SGJ1352R-2
SGJ1353R-2
SGJ1352R-1
SGJ1353R-1
P
P
Q Q J5334R
2 4
SHLD
J2333R A1A4A3A2
Q Q
P1352R P1353R
E C D B A E C D B A
J130R J131R
GND 130-1
GND 131-1
1C6533-38A22
1C6533-42A22
2C6533-38A22
2C6533-42A22
1C6533-3A22
1C6533-1A22
2C6533-3A22
2C6533-1A22
IM3638
Figure 4. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 25 of 25).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0172 01-61 Change 5
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
VIBRATION ANALYSIS AND CONTROL SYSTEM
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS) COCKPIT/NOSE UH-60A UH-60L
IVHMS> .
INITIAL SETUP: References (cont.)
Test Equipment WP 0108 00
Multimeter AN/PSM-45, WP 0135 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 0136 00
WP 0145 00
Tool Kit, Elec. Equip. TK-101/G,
WP 0149 00
Personnel Required WP 0152 00
Avionic Mechanic MOS 15N (2) WP 0159 00
Assistant (1) WP 0160 00
References WP 1243 00
TM 1-1500-323-24 WP 1589 01
TM 1-1520-237-10 WP 1589 03
WP 0076 01 WP 1589 04
WP 0077 01 WP 1589 05
WP 0080 00 WP 1589 06
WP 0081 00 WP 1589 08
WP 0088 00 WP 1589 10
WP 0088 01 WP 1589 13
WP 0089 00 WP 1589 16
WP 0092 01 WP 1737 00
WP 0093 01 WP 2008 01
WP 0096 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0105 00 External Electrical power Available, WP 1737 00 or
WP 0106 00 APU Operational. (TM 1-1520-237-10)
NOTE
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Component Location Diagrams are shown
in Figure 1 - Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3) and Figure 2 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) and the Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic Diagram is shown in Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 17) .
IVHMS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
The procedures are as follows:
• CDU Does Not Operate
• CDU Does Not Display Correct Data
• DTU Does Not Operate
• DTU Does Not Communicate With IVHMU
• Main Rotor Speed (NR) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
• Power Turbine Speed 1 (NP) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
• Power Turbine Speed 2 (NP) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
• Gas Generator Speed 1 (NG) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
• Gas Generator Speed 2 (NG) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
0172 02-1
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – CONTINUED
• RDC Does Not Operate
• No IVHMS Indication For APU Generator ON
• No IVHMS Indication For Engine 1 Anti-Ice
• No IVHMS Indication For Engine 2 Anti-Ice
• No IVHMS Indication For Cargo Hook Armed
• No IVHMS Indication For Cargo Hook Open
• Pedal Position Potentiometer Signal Incorrect
• #1 Engine TGT Signal Incorrect
• #2 Engine TGT Signal Incorrect
• #1 Engine Torque Signal Incorrect
• #2 Engine Torque Signal Incorrect
• #1 Engine Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect
• #2 Engine Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect
• #1 Engine Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect
• #2 Engine Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect
• #1 Fuel Quantity Signal Incorrect
• #2 Fuel Quantity Signal Incorrect
• Main Module Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect
• Main Module Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect
• No IVHMS Indication For APU Oil Temperature
• No IVHMS Indication For Main Module Oil Temperature
• No IVHMS Indication For Hydraulic Stage 1 Switch
• No IVHMS Indication For Hydraulic Stage 2 Switch
• No IVHMS Indication For Intermediate Gearbox Oil Temperature
• No IVHMS Indication For Tail Gearbox Oil Temperature
• No IVHMS Indication For Apu Fail
• No IVHMS Indication For Hydraulic Pump 1 Switch
• No IVHMS Indication For Hydraulic Pump 2 Switch
• No IVHMS Indication For Ice Detection
• IVHMS Does Not Indicate Chip For #1 Engine When A Chip Exists
• IVHMS Does Not Indicate Chip For #2 Engine When A Chip Exists
• IVHMS Does Not Indicate Chip For RH Input Module When A Chip Exists
• IVHMS Does Not Indicate Chip For LH Input Module When A Chip Exists
• IVHMS Does Not Indicate Chip For RH Accessory Module When A Chip Exists
• IVHMS Does Not Indicate Chip For LH Accessory Module When A Chip Exists
• IVHMS Does Not Indicate Chip For Main Module When A Chip Exists
• IVHMS DOES Not Indicate Chip For Tail Gearbox When A Chip Exists
• No IVHMS Indication For Weight On Wheels Lh
• No IVHMS Indication For Weight On Wheels RH
• OAT Signal Incorrect
• Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Pitch Attitude
• Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Roll Attitude
• Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Heading Symptom
• Doppler GPS Position Signal Incorrect
• Pitch Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
• Roll Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
• Yaw Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
• Collective Stick Position Signal Incorrect
• Airspeed Signal Incorrect
• BARO ALT Signal Incorrect
• Altitude Rate Signal Incorrect
0172 02-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
IVHMS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES – CONTINUED
• Radar Altitude Signal Incorrect
• Pilot’s Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
• Copilot’s Biaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
Setup
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during troubleshooting procedure, a short circuit is indicated
(WP 0108 00).
• Make sure that all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted as being pulled for
maintenance or safety.
• Wait three minutes after helicopter electrical power is applied before proceeding.
Turn on helicopter power.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
CDU DOES NOT OPERATE
SYMPTOM
CDU does not operate
MALFUNCTION
CDU does not operate
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Turn On/Off brightness knob fully clockwise on CDU.
a. If trouble still exists, go to Step 2.
b. If trouble does not exist, go to Step 5.
2. Check for 28 vdc at P1345R pin L (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for 28 vdc at CB 631.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01) go to
Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00), go to Step
5.
4. Check for continuity between P1345R pin A, M, and N and gnd (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace CDU (WP 1589 03). Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
0172 02-3
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CDU DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECT DATA
SYMPTOM
CDU does not display correct data.
MALFUNCTION
CDU does not display correct data.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P1345R pin G and P5330R pin 111, P1345R pin H and
P5330R pin 112, P1345R pin F and P5330R pin 125, and P1345R pin E and P5330R pin
126 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 17)
).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace CDU (WP 1589 03).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01) go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
DTU DOES NOT OPERATE
SYMPTOM
DTU does not operate
MALFUNCTION
DTU does not operate
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc at P1344R pin 12 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check for continuity between P1344R pin 12 and P1529R pin 14 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01), then go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/ replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 6.
3. Check for continuity between P1344R pin 1 and P1344R pin 13, and P1344R pin 4 and
P1344R pin 15 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 2 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 6.
4. Check for proper installation of DTU (WP 1589 04).
a. If secured, go to Step 5.
b. If DTU does not secure, replace DTU (WP 1589 04), then go to Step 6.
5. Replace DTU (WP 1589 04).
6. Procedure completed.
0172 02-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
DTU DOES NOT COMMUNICATE WITH IVHMU
SYMPTOM
DTU does not communicate with IVHMU.
MALFUNCTION
DTU does not communicate with IVHMU.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P1344R pin 8 and P5331R pin 115, P1344R pin 18 and
P5331R pin 116, P1344R pin 10 and P5331R pin 98, P1344R pin 9 and P5331R pin 99,
P1344R pin 14 and P5331R pin 100, P1344R pin 21 and P5331R pin 101, P1344R pin
20 and P5331R pin 102, P1344R pin 11 and P5331R pin 103, P1344R pin 4 and P1344R
pin 15, P1334R pin 12 and P5329R pin 14, P1344R pin 13 and P1344R pin 1 (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 2008 01), then go to Step 4.
2. Download using another DTMU.
a. If download works, go to Step 4.
b. If download does not work, go to Step 3.
3. Replace DTU (WP 1589 04).
a. If DTU communicates with IVHMU, go to Step 4.
b. If DTU fails to communicate with IVHMU, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01) then go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
MAIN ROTOR SPEED (NR) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Main Rotor Speed (Nr) IVHMS Signal Incorrect.
MALFUNCTION
Main Rotor Speed (Nr) IVHMS Signal Incorrect.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for Main Rotor Speed display correct reading?
a. If correct reading is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If incorrect reading is displayed, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P1327R and P138 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P1348R and P137 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC. Does trouble remain?
a. If trouble still remains, Troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for Main Rotor Speed (WP
0092 01 and WP 0096 00), then go to Step 7.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4.
3. Check for continuity between P1326R pin 1 and P5330R pin 105, and P1326R pin 2 and
P5330R pin 106 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 3 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
0172 02-5
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN ROTOR SPEED (NR) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 7.
4. Check for continuity between P1325R pin A and P1327R pin A, and P1325R pin B and
P1327R pin B (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 7.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 1 and J1 pin A, J3 pin 1 and J2 pin A, J3 pin 2 and J1
pin B, and J3 pin 2 and J2 pin B on junction box #1 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01), then go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
6. Check for continuity between J1 pin A and J2 pin A, and J1 pin B and J2 pin B on junction
box #1 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01).Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure complete.
POWER TURBINE SPEED 1 (NP) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Power Turbine Speed 1 (Np) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Power Turbine Speed 1 (Np) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for Power Turbine Speed 1 display correct reading?
a. If correct reading is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If incorrect reading is not displayed, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P1327R and P138 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P1348R and P137 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC. Does trouble remain?
a. If trouble still remains, Troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for Power Turbine Speed
(WP 0076 01), then go to Step 6.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4.
3. Check for continuity between P1326R pin 3 and P5330R pin 98, and P1326R pin 4 and
P5330R pin 99 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 3 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 6.
0172 02-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
POWER TURBINE SPEED 1 (NP) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
4. Check for continuity between P1325R pin C and P1327R pin C, and P1325R pin D and
P1327R pin D (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 7.
5. Check for continuity between J1 pin C and J2 pin C, and J1 pin D and J2 pin D, and J3 pin
3 and J1 pin C, J3 pin 3 and J2 pin C, J3 pin 4 and J1 pin D, and J3 pin 4 and J2 pin D on
Junction Box #1 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
6. Check for continuity between J1 pin C and J2 pin C, and J1 pin D and J2 pin D on junction
box #1 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
POWER TURBINE SPEED 2 (NP) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Power Turbine Speed 2 (Np) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Power Turbine Speed 2 (Np) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for Power Turbine Speed 2 display correct reading?
a. If correct reading is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If incorrect reading is not displayed, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P1327R and P138 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P1348R and P137 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC. Does trouble remain?
a. If trouble still remains, Troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for Power Turbine Speed 2
(WP 0077 01), then go to Step 7.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4.
3. Check for continuity between P1326R pin 16 and P5330R pin 101, and P1326R pin 17 and
P5330R pin 100 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 3 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 7.
0172 02-7
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
POWER TURBINE SPEED 2 (NP) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
4. Check for continuity between P1325R pin Z and P1327R pin Z, and P1325R pin Y and
P1327R pin Y (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 7.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 16 and J1 pin Z, J3 pin 16 and J2 pin Z, J3 pin 17
and J1 pin Y, and J3 pin 17 and J2 pin Y on junction box #1 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
6. Check for continuity between J1 pin Z and J2 pin Z, and J1 pin Y and J2 pin Y on junction
box #1 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
GAS GENERATOR SPEED 1 (NG) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Gas Generator Speed 1 (Ng) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Gas Generator Speed 1 (Ng) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for Gas Generator Speed 1 display correct reading?
a. If correct reading is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If incorrect reading is not displayed, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P1327R and P138 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P1348R and P137 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC. Does trouble remain?
a. If trouble still remains, Troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for Gas Generator Speed 1
(NG) IVHMS Signal Incorrect (WP 0076 01), then go to Step 7.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4.
3. Check for continuity between P1326R pin 5 and P5330R pin 107, and P1326R pin 6 and
P5330R pin 108 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 3 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 7.
4. Check for continuity between P1325R pin C and P1327R pin C, and P1325R pin D and
P1327R pin D (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 10 of 17) ).
0172 02-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
GAS GENERATOR SPEED 1 (NG) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 7.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 5 and J1 pin C, J3 pin 5 and J2 pin C, J3 pin 6 and J1
pin D, and J3 pin 6 and J2 pin D on junction box #1 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
6. Check for continuity between J1 pin C and J2 pin C, and J1 pin D and J2 pin D on junction
box #1 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedures completed.
GAS GENERATOR SPEED 2 (NG) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Gas Generator Speed 2 (Ng) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Gas Generator Speed 2 (Ng) IVHMS Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for Gas Generator Speed 2 display correct reading?
a. If correct reading is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If incorrect reading is not displayed, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P1327R and P138 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P1348R and P137 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC. Does trouble remain?
a. If trouble still remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for Gas Generator Speed 2
(NG) IVHMS Signal Incorrect (WP 0077 01), then go to Step 7.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5.
3. Check for continuity between P1329R pin 14 and P5330R pin 109, and P1329R pin 15
and P5330R pin 110.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24), then go to Step 7.
4. Check for continuity between J3 pin 14 and J1 pin C, J3 pin 14 and J2 pin C, J3 pin 15
and J1 pin D, and J3 pin 15 and J2 pin D on junction box #2 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace junction box No. 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
5. Check for continuity between P1328R pin C and P1348R pin C, and P1328R pin D and
P1328R pin D.
0172 02-9
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
GAS GENERATOR SPEED 2 (NG) IVHMS SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 7.
6. Check for continuity between J1 pin C and J2 pin C, and J1 pin D and J2 pin D on junction
box #2 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace junction box No. 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
RDC DOES NOT OPERATE
SYMPTOM
RDC does not operate
MALFUNCTION
RDC does not operate
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc at P1332R pin H.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check for 28 vdc at CB630.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01), then
go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00), then go to
Step 5.
3. Check for continuity between P1332R pin F and airframe ground, and P1332R pin G and
airframe ground (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 13 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5.
4. Check continuity between P1331R pin 25, and P1331R, pin 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 34 (Figure 3
- Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace jumpers as required (TM 1-1500-323-24 and
WP 2008 01), then go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR APU GENERATOR ON
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for APU Generator On
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for APU Generator On
0172 02-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR APU GENERATOR ON – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is APU GEN segment illuminated on Caution/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2.
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3.
2. Check for continuity between P118 pin E of the Caution/Advisory Panel and P1331R
pin 62 of the RDC (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
3. Check for 28 vdc at P118 pin E (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System
Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot the APU generator circuit (WP 0105 00), then
go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR ENGINE 1 ANTI-ICE
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Engine 1 Anti-Ice
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Engine 1 Anti-Ice
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is ENGINE #1 ANTI-ICE segment illuminated on Caution/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2.
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3.
2. Check for continuity between P118 pin A and P1331R pin 65 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
3. Check for 28 vdc at P118 pin A (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System
Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot #1 Engine Anti-Ice circuit (WP 0081 00). Go to
Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0172 02-11
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR ENGINE 2 ANTI-ICE
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Engine 2 Anti-Ice
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Engine 2 Anti-Ice
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is ENGINE 2 ANTI-ICE segment illuminated on Caution/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2.
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3.
2. Check for continuity between P118 pin P and P1331R pin 64 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
3. Check for 28 vdc at P118 pin P (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System
Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot #2 Engine Anti-Ice circuit (WP 0081 00). Go to
Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR CARGO HOOK ARMED
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Cargo Hook Armed
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Cargo Hook Armed
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CARGO HOOK ARMED segment illuminated on Caution/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2.
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3.
2. Check for continuity between P118 pin M and P1331R pin 67 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
3. Check for 28 vdc at P118 pin M (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System
Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Cargo Hook circuit (WP 1589 16). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0172 02-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR CARGO HOOK OPEN
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Cargo Hook Open
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Cargo Hook Open
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CARGO HOOK OPEN segment illuminated on Caution/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2.
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3.
2. Check for continuity between P118 pin G and P1331R pin 68 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
3. Check for 28 vdc at P118 pin G.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Cargo Hook circuit (WP 1589 16). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
PEDAL POSITION POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Pedal Position Potentiometer signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Pedal Position Potentiometer signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J1349R pin 1 and P1330R pin 62, J1349R pin 1 and P1330R
pin 60, J1349R pin 1 and P1331R pin 21, J1349R pin 2 and P1330R pin 59, J1349R pin 3
and P1330R pin 61, J1349R pin 3 and P1331R pin 20 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
2. Check for 5K ohms resistance at P1330R pin 61 to P1330R pin 62, and P1331R pin 20
to P1331R pin 21 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace Pedal Potentiometer (WP 1589 10). Go to Step 4.
3. Check for 5 vdc excitation voltage at J1349R pin 3 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Pedal Potentiometer (WP 1589 10). Go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0172 02-13
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 ENGINE TGT SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#1 Engine TGT signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#1 Engine TGT signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #1 Engine TGT display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 2.
b. If reading is incorrect, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #1 Engine TGT (WP 0076
01), then go to Step 5.
2. Check for continuity between P2006R pin 4 and P1330R pin 71, and P2006R pin 5 and
P1330R pin 72 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5.
3. Replace TGT Amplifier (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
a. If trouble still remains, go to Step 4.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5.
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 5.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
#2 ENGINE TGT SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#2 Engine TGT signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#2 Engine TGT signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #2 Engine TGT display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 2.
b. If reading is incorrect, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #2 Engine TGT (WP 0077
01). Go to Step 5.
2. Check for continuity between P2007R pin 4 and P1330R pin 73, and P2007R pin 5 and
P1330R pin 74 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5.
3. Replace TGT Amplifier (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
a. If trouble remains, go to Step 4.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5.
0172 02-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
#2 ENGINE TGT SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 5.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
#1 ENGINE TORQUE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#1 Engine Torque signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#1 Engine Torque signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #1 Engine Torque display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3.
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #1 Engine Torque (WP 0076
01). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Check for continuity between P1326R pin 7 and P1330R pin 75, and P1326R pin 8 and
P1330R pin 76 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
4. Check for continuity between P1325R pin E and P1327R pin E, and P1325R pin F and
P1327R pin F (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
5. Check for continuity at #1 junction box between J3 pin 7 and J1 pin E, J3 pin 7 and J2
pin E, J3 pin 8 and J1 pin F, and J3 pin 8 and J2 pin F (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for continuity at #1 junction box between J2 pin E and J1 pin E, and J2 pin F and
J1 pin F (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
0172 02-15
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 ENGINE TORQUE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
#2 ENGINE TORQUE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#2 Engine Torque signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#2 Engine Torque signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #2 Engine Torque display reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3.
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #2 Engine Torque (WP 0077
01), then go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Check for continuity between P1329R pin 7 and P1330R pin 77, and P1329R pin 8 and
P1330R pin 78 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
4. Check for continuity between P1328R pin A and P1348R pin A, and P1328R pin B and
P1348R pin B (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
5. Check for continuity at #2 junction box between J3 pin 7 and J1 pin A, J3 pin 7 and J2 pin
A, J3 pin 8 and J1 pin B, and J3 pin 8 and J2 pin B (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for continuity at #2 junction box between J2 pin A and J1 pin A, and J2 pin B and
J1 pin B (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
0172 02-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
#2 ENGINE TORQUE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
#1 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#1 Engine Oil Temperature signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#1 Engine Oil Temperature signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #1 Engine Oil Temperature display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3.
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #1 Engine Oil Temperature
(WP 0092 01 and WP 0096 00). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Check for continuity between P1326R pin 9 and P1330R pin 120, and P1326R pin 10 and
P1330R pin 127.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
4. Check for continuity between P1325R pin G and P1327R pin G, and P1325R pin H and
P1327R pin H (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 9 and J1 pin G, J3 pin 9 and J2 pin G, J3 pin 10 and
J1 pin H, and J3 pin 10 and J2 pin H (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for continuity between J2 pin G and J1 pin G, and J2 pin H and J1 pin H (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
0172 02-17
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
#2 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#2 Engine Oil temperature signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#2 Engine Oil temperature signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #2 Engine oil temperature display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3.
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #2 Engine oil temperature
(WP 0092 01 and WP 0096 00), then go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Check for continuity between P1329R pin 3 and P1330R pin 119, and P1329R pin 4 and
P1330R pin 126 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
4. Check for continuity between P1328R pin G and P1348R pin G, and P1328R pin H and
P1348R pin H (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 3 and J1 pin G, J3 pin 3 and J2 pin G, J3 pin 4 and
J1 pin H, and J3 pin 4 and J2 pin H (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for continuity between J2 pin G and J1 pin G, and J2 pin H and J1 pin H (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
0172 02-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
#2 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
#1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#1 Engine Oil Pressure signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#1 Engine Oil Pressure signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #1 Engine Oil Pressure display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3.
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #1 Engine Oil Pressure (WP
0092 01 and WP 0096 00), then go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Check for continuity between P1326R pin 13 and P1330R pin 38, P1326R pin 14 and
P1330R pin 36, P1326R pin 15 and P1330R pin 37, and P1326R pin 15 and P1330R pin 39
(Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 4 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
4. Check for continuity between P1325R pin K and P1327R pin K, P1325R pin I and
P1327R pin I, and P1325R pin J and P1327R pin J (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 13 and J1 pin K, J3 pin 13 and J2 pin K, J3 pin 14 and
J1 pin I, J3 pin 14 and J2 pin I, J3 pin 15 and J1 pin J, and J3 pin 15 and J2 pin J (Figure 3
- Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for continuity between J2 pin K and J1 pin K, J2 pin I and J1 pin I, and J2 pin J and
J1 pin J (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
0172 02-19
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
#2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#2 Engine Oil Pressure signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#2 Engine Oil Pressure signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #2 Engine Oil Pressure display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3.
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #2 Engine Oil Pressure (WP
0092 01 and WP 0096 00), then go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Check for continuity between P1329R pin 11 and P1330R pin 40, P1329R pin 12 and
P1330R pin 41, P1329R pin 12 and P1330R pin 51, P1329R pin 12 and P1330R pin 43,
P1329R pin 12 and P1330R pin 49, and P1326R pin 13 and P1330R pin 42 (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
4. Check for continuity between P1328R pin K and P1348R pin K, P1328R pin I and
P1348R pin I, and P1328R pin J and P1348R pin J (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 11 and J1 pin I, J3 pin 11 and J2 pin I, J3 pin 12 and
J1 pin J, J3 pin 12 and J2 pin J, J3 pin 13 and J1 pin K, and J3 pin 13 and J2 pin K (Figure
3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for continuity between J2 pin K and J1 pin K, J2 pin I and J1 pin I, and J2 pin J and
J1 pin J (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12
of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go toStep 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
0172 02-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
#2 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
#1 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#1 Fuel Quantity signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#1 Fuel Quantity signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #1 Fuel Quantity display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3.
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #1 Fuel Quantity (WP 0135 00
or WP 0136 00), then go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Check for continuity between P1326R pin 11 and P1330R pin 23, and P1326R pin 12 and
P1330R pin 24 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
4. Check for continuity between P1325R pin G and P1327R pin G, and P1325R pin H and
P1327R pin H (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 11 and J1 pin G, J3 pin 11 and J2 pin G, J3 pin 12 and
J1 pin H, and J3 pin 12 and J2 pin H (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 1 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for continuity between J2 pin G and J1 pin G, and J2 pin H and J1 pin H (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 1 (WP 1589 08). go to Step 8.
0172 02-21
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
#2 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
#2 Fuel Quantity signal incorrect
MALFUNCTION
#2 Fuel Quantity signal incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for #2 Fuel Quantity display correct reading?
a. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 3.
b. If reading is correct, go to Step 2.
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for #2 Fuel Quantity (WP 0135 00
or WP 0136 00), then go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Check for continuity between P1329R pin 9 and P1330R pin 21, and P1329R pin 10 and
P1330R pin 22 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
4. Check for continuity between P1328R pin G and P1348R pin G, and P1328R pin H and
P1348R pin H (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 12 of 17) ) .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8.
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin 9 and J1 pin G, J3 pin 9 and J2 pin G, J3 pin 10 and
J1 pin H, and J3 pin 10 and J2 pin H (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
6. Check for continuity between J2 pin G and J1 pin G, and J2 pin H and J1 pin H (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). Go to Step 8.
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
0172 02-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
#2 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 8.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
MAIN MODULE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Main Module Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Main Module Oil Pressure Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for Main Module Oil Pressure display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for Main Module Oil Pressure
(WP 0088 01), then go to Step 8
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3
3. Check for continuity between P1329R pin 1 and P1330R pin 50, and P1329R pin 2 and
P1330R pin 48 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8
4. Check for continuity between P1328R pin T and P1348R pin T, and P1328R pin W and
P1348R pin W (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8
5. Check for continuity between J3 pin1 and J1 pin T, J3 pin 1 and J2 pin T, J3 pin 2 and
J1 pin W, and J3 pin 2 and J2 pin W (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). go to Step 8
6. Check for continuity between J2 pin T and J1 pin T, and J2 pin W and J1 pin W (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). go to Step 8
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
0172 02-23
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN MODULE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 8
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
MAIN MODULE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Main Module Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Main Module Oil Temperature Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Does aircraft indicator for Main Module Oil Temperature display correct reading?
a. If reading is correct, go to Step 3
b. If reading is incorrect, go to Step 2
2. Disconnect electrical connector P138 and P1327R (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17) ) and connect electrical connector P138
to J1 of #1 SDC. Disconnect electrical connector P137 and P1348R (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17) ) and connect electrical
connector P137 to J1 of #2 SDC.
a. If trouble remains, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for Main Module Oil Temperature
(WP 0088 01), then go to Step 8
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3
3. Check for continuity between P1329R pin 5 and P1330R pin 118, and P1329R pin 6 and
P1330R pin 125 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8
4. Check for continuity between P1328R pin J and P1348R pin J, and P1328R pin K and
P1348R pin K (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 8
5. Check for continuity between P1329R pin1 and P1330R pin 50, P1329R pin 2 and P1330R
pin 48, P1329R pin 5 and P1330R pin 118, and P1329R pin 6 and P1330R pin 125 (Figure
3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). go to Step 8
6. Check for continuity between J2 pin J and J1 pin J, and J2 pin K and J1 pin K (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, replace Junction Box 2 (WP 1589 08). go to Step 8
7. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
0172 02-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
MAIN MODULE OIL TEMPERATURE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 8
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR APU OIL TEMPERATURE
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for APU Oil Temperature
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for APU Oil Temperature
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is APU OILTEMP HI segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 58 and P1331R pin 42.
a. continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 58 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot APU Generator warning light circuit (WP 0159
00 or WP 0160 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR MAIN MODULE OIL TEMPERATURE
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Main Module Oil Temperature
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Main Module Oil Temperature
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is MAIN XMSN OILTEMP segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 10 and P1331R pin 41 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 10 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
0172 02-25
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR MAIN MODULE OIL TEMPERATURE – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Main Module Oil Temperature warning light
circuit (WP 0088 01), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR HYDRAULIC STAGE 1 SWITCH
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Hydraulic Stage 1 Switch
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Hydraulic Stage 1 Switch
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is #1 PRI SERV PRESS segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 8 and P1331R pin 40 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 8.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Hydraulic Stage 1 switch warning light circuit
(WP 0089 00), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR HYDRAULIC STAGE 2 SWITCH
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Hydraulic Stage 2 Switch
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Hydraulic Stage 2 Switch
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is #2 PRI SERV PRESS segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 56 and P1331R pin 39 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 56 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
0172 02-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR HYDRAULIC STAGE 2 SWITCH – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Hydraulic Stage 2 switch warning light circuit
(WP 0089 00), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX OIL TEMPERATURE
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Intermediate Gearbox Oil Temperature
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Intermediate Gearbox Oil Temperature
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is INT XMSN OIL TEMP segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 26 and P1331R pin 38 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 26 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Intermediate Gearbox Oil Temperature warning
light circuit (WP 0088 01). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR TAIL GEARBOX OIL TEMPERATURE
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Tail Gearbox Oil Temperature
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Tail Gearbox Oil Temperature
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is TAIL XMSN OIL TEMP segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 42 and P1331R pin 37 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 42 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
0172 02-27
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR TAIL GEARBOX OIL TEMPERATURE – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Tail Gearbox Oil Temperature warning light
circuit (WP 0088 01), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR APU FAIL
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for APU Fail
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for APU Fail
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is APU FAIL segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 46 and P1331R pin 36 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 46 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot APU Fail warning light circuit (WP 0159 00 or
WP 0160 00), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR HYDRAULIC PUMP 1 SWITCH
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Hydraulic Pump 1 Switch
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Hydraulic Pump 1 Switch
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is #1 HYD PUMP segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 24 and P1331R pin 35 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
0172 02-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR HYDRAULIC PUMP 1 SWITCH – Continued
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 24 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Hydraulic Pump 2 switch warning light circuit
(WP 0089 00), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR HYDRAULIC PUMP 2 SWITCH
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Hydraulic Pump 2 Switch
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Hydraulic Pump 2 Switch
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is #1 HYD PUMP segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 40 and P1331R pin 51 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 40 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Hydraulic Pump 2 switch warning light circuit
(WP 0089 00), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR ICE DETECTION
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS indication for Ice Detection
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS indication for Ice Detection
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is ICE DETECTED segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 63 and P1331R pin 47 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
0172 02-29
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR ICE DETECTION – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 63 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Ice Detected warning light circuit (WP 0149 00),
then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR #1 ENGINE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for #1 Engine when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for #1 Engine when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP #1 ENGINE segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 5 and P1331R pin 60 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 5 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System
Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot #1 ENGINE CHIP warning light circuit (WP 0080
00), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR #2 ENGINE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for #2 Engine when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for #2 Engine when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP #1 ENGINE segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 53 and P1331R pin 43 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
0172 02-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR #2 ENGINE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS – Continued
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 53 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot #2 ENGINE CHIP warning light circuit (WP 0080
00), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR RH INPUT MODULE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for RH Input Module when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for RH Input Module when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP INPUT MDL-RH segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 61 and P1331R pin 59 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 61 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot RH Input Module CHIP warning light circuit (WP
0088 00), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR LH INPUT MODULE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for LH Input Module when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for LH Input Module when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP INPUT MDL-LH segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
0172 02-31
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR LH INPUT MODULE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS – Continued
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 13 and P1331R pin 57 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 13 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot LH Input Module CHIP warning light circuit (WP
0088 01), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR RH ACCESSORY MODULE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for RH Accessory Module when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for RH Accessory Module when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP ACCESS MDL-RH segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 62 and P1331R pin 58 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 62 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot RH Accessory Module CHIP warning light circuit
(WP 0088 01), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR LH ACCESSORY MODULE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for LH Accessory Module when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for LH Accessory Module when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP ACCESS MDL-LH segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
0172 02-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR LH ACCESSORY MODULE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS – Continued
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 14 and P1331R pin 56 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 14 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot LH Accessory Module CHIP warning light circuit
(WP 0088 01), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for Intermediate Gearbox when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for Intermediate Gearbox when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP INT XMSN segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 29 and P1331R pin 54 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 29 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Intermediate Gearbox CHIP warning light circuit
(WP 0088 01), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR MAIN MODULE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for Main Module when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for Main Module when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP MAIN MDL SUMP segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
0172 02-33
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR MAIN MODULE WHEN A CHIP EXISTS – Continued
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 30 and P1331R pin 53 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 30 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Intermediate Gearbox CHIP warning light circuit
(WP 0088 01), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
IVHMS DOES NOT INDICATE CHIP FOR TAIL GEARBOX WHEN A CHIP EXISTS
SYMPTOM
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for Tail Gearbox when a Chip exists
MALFUNCTION
IVHMS does not indicate Chip for Tail Gearbox when a Chip exists
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is CHIP TAIL XMSN segment illuminated on Cautionary/Advisory Panel?
a. If illuminated, go to Step 2
b. If not illuminated, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P117 pin 45 and P1331R pin 52 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for 28 vdc at P117 pin 45 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot caution/ advisory warning system (WP 0093 01),
then go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Tail Gearbox CHIP warning light circuit (TM
1-1520-237-23), then go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR WEIGHT ON WHEELS LH
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS Indication for Weight on Wheels LH
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS Indication for Weight on Wheels LH
0172 02-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR WEIGHT ON WHEELS LH – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Are other aircraft systems requiring Weight on Wheels functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between P242 pin L and P1331R pin 69 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. With Weight on Wheels, check for 28 vdc at J242 pin L (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Weight on Wheels circuit (WP 0105 00), then
go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR WEIGHT ON WHEELS RH
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS Indication for Weight on Wheels RH
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS Indication for Weight on Wheels RH
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Are other aircraft systems requiring Weight on Wheels functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, go to Step 4
2. Ensure ESSS Stores Jettison Panel or Jumper Plug is installed.
a. If installed, go to Step 3
b. If not installed, install Panel or Jumper Plug, then go to Step 5
3. Check for continuity between P645 pin K and P1331R pin 48 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace RDC (WP 1589 13). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
4. With Weight on Wheels, check for 28 vdc at P645 pin N (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot Weight on Wheels circuit (WP 0105 00), then
go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
0172 02-35
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OAT SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
OAT Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
OAT Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 10 vdc at P122 pin B and airframe ground (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is incorrect, troubleshoot aircraft indicating circuit for OAT (WP 0145 00), then
go to Step 5
2. Check for continuity between P122 pin A and P1330R pin 124, and P122 pin B and
P1330R pin 117 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 6 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Check for resistance between J122 pins A and B (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 6 of 17) ) IAW Table Outside Air Temperature/Re-
sistance Chart (WP 0152 00).
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace OAT (WP 1243 00), then go to Step 5
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4
5. Procedure completed.
DOPPLER SDC NAV SIGNAL INCORRECT PITCH ATTITUDE
SYMPTOM
Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Pitch Attitude
MALFUNCTION
Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Pitch Attitude
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft Doppler SDC Nav system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft Doppler SDC Nav system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 5
2. Check for continuity between P696R pin J and P1330R pin 8, P696R pin H and P1330R
pin 1, P696R pin H and P1330R pin 2, and P696R pin G and P1330R pin 3 (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 8 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
0172 02-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
DOPPLER SDC NAV SIGNAL INCORRECT PITCH ATTITUDE – Continued
3. Check continuity between P696R pin T and P1330R pin 4, and Ground and P1330R pin 5
(Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 8 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 5
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
DOPPLER SDC NAV SIGNAL INCORRECT ROLL ATTITUDE
SYMPTOM
Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Roll Attitude
MALFUNCTION
Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Roll Attitude
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft Doppler SDC Nav system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft Doppler SDC Nav system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 5
2. Check for continuity between P696R pin F and P1330R pin 9, P696R pin E and P1330R
pin 10, P696R pin E and P1330R pin 11, and P696R pin D and P1330R pin 12 (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 8 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
3. Check continuity between P696R pin T and P1330R pin 13, and Ground and P1330R pin
14 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 8 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 5
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
DOPPLER SDC NAV SIGNAL INCORRECT HEADING SYMPTOM
SYMPTOM
Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Heading
MALFUNCTION
Doppler SDC NAV Signal Incorrect Heading
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
0172 02-37
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DOPPLER SDC NAV SIGNAL INCORRECT HEADING SYMPTOM – Continued
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft Doppler SDC Nav system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 5
2. Check for continuity between P696R pin C and P1330R pin 15, P696R pin B and P1330R
pin 16, P696R pin B and P1330R pin 17, and P696R pin A and P1330R pin 18 (Figure 3 -
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 8 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
3. Check continuity between P696R pin T and P1330R pin 13, and Ground and P1330R pin
20 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 8 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 5
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
DOPPLER GPS POSITION SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Doppler GPS Position Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Doppler GPS Position Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft Doppler GPS Nav system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft Doppler SDC Nav system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 3
2. Check for continuity between TB2701 pin 4F and P5331R pin 78, TB2701 pin 5F and
P5331R pin 79, and TB2701 pin 6K-6F and Ground (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01), then go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
PITCH RATE GYRO SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Pitch Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Pitch Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft pitch rate gyro system functioning properly?
0172 02-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
PITCH RATE GYRO SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft pitch rate gyro system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 4
2. Check for continuity between P422R pin H and P1330R pin 82, and P421R pin G and
P1330R pin 83 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 7 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
ROLL RATE GYRO SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Roll Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Roll Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft roll rate gyro system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft roll rate gyro system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 4
2. Check for continuity between P422R pin R and P1330R pin 79, and P422R pin V and
P1330R pin 80 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 7 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
YAW RATE GYRO SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Yaw Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Yaw Rate Gyro Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft yaw rate gyro system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
0172 02-39
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
YAW RATE GYRO SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft yaw rate gyro system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 4
2. Check for continuity between P422R pin Y and P1330R pin 84, and P422R pin B and
P1330R pin 85 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 7 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
COLLECTIVE STICK POSITION SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Collective Stick Position Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Collective Stick Position Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft collective stick position system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft collective stick position system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 4
2. Check for continuity between P422R pin W and P1330R pin 86, and P421R pin G and
P1330R pin 87 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 7 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
AIRSPEED SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Airspeed Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Airspeed Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft indicated airspeed system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
0172 02-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
AIRSPEED SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft Airspeed Sensor, Automatic Flight Control
Sets Stabilator Units (Avionics Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 5
2. Check for continuity between P315R pin K and P1330R pin 33, and P315R pin H and
P1330R pin 44 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
3. Replace Air Data Transducer (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
a. If trouble remains, go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 5
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
BARO ALT SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Baro Alt Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Baro Alt Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft Baro Alt system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft Baro Alt system (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures), then go to Step 5
2. Check for continuity between P315R pin G and P1330R pin 35, and P315R pin H and
P1330R pin 46 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Replace Air Data Transducer (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
a. If trouble remains, go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 5
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
0172 02-41
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ALTITUDE RATE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Altitude Rate Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Altitude Rate Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft Altitude Rate system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft Altitude Rate system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 5
2. Check for continuity between P315R pin F and P1330R pin 55, and P315R pin H and
P1330R pin 66 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 5
3. Replace Air Data Transducer (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
a. If trouble remains, go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
4. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 5
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
RADAR ALTITUDE SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Radar Altitude Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Radar Altitude Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is aircraft Radar Altitude system functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot aircraft Radar Altitude system (Avionics
Maintenance Procedures), then go to Step 4
2. Check for continuity between P674R pin 2 and P1330R pin 57, and P674R pin 11 and
P1330R pin 68 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4
3. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). go to Step 4
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4
0172 02-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
RADAR ALTITUDE SIGNAL INCORRECT – Continued
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR PILOT’S ICS TRANSMIT SWITCH
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS Indication for Pilot’s ICS Transmit Switch
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS Indication for Pilot’s ICS Transmit Switch
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is Pilot’s ICS switch functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2.
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot Intercommunication Set (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures), then go to Step 4.
2. Check for continuity between P13R Pin A and P1331R pin 70 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 14 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
3. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 4.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INDICATION FOR COPILOT’S ICS TRANSMIT SWITCH
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS Indication for Copilot’s ICS Transmit Switch
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS Indication for Copilot’s ICS Transmit Switch
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is Copilot’s ICS switch functioning properly?
a. If functioning properly, go to Step 2.
b. If not functioning properly, troubleshoot Intercommunication Set (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures), then go to Step 4.
2. Check for continuity between P15R pin M and P1331R pin 71 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 14 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1520-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
3. Replace RDC (WP 1589 13).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 4.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0172 02-43
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO IVHMS RECORDING OF PILOT’S TRANSMITTED AUDIO
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS Recording of Pilot’s Transmitted Audio
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS Recording of Pilot’s Transmitted Audio
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is Pilot’s audio heard in pilot’s headset?
a. If audio is heard, go to Step 2.
b. If audio is not heard, troubleshoot Intercommunication Set (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures), then go to Step 3.
2. Check for continuity between P1352R pin C and P5333R pin 51, and P1352R pin D and
P5333R pin 52 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 17 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS RECORDING OF COPILOT’S TRANSMITTED AUDIO
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS Recording of Copilot’s Transmitted Audio
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS Recording of Copilot’s Transmitted Audio
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is Copilot’s audio heard in copilot’s headset?
a. If audio is heard, go to Step 2.
b. If audio is not heard, troubleshoot Intercommunication Set (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures), then go to Step 3.
2. Check for continuity between P1353R pin C and P5333R pin 53, and P1353R pin D and
P5333R pin 54 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 17 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
NO IVHMS INTERCOM AUDIO OUTPUT FROM LH DISCONNECT
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS Intercom Audio Output from LH Disconnect
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS Intercom Audio Output from LH Disconnect
0172 02-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
NO IVHMS INTERCOM AUDIO OUTPUT FROM LH DISCONNECT – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P5334R pin 2 and P5333R pin 59, and P5334R pin 4 and
P5333R pin 60 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 17 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
PILOT’S UNIAXIAL ROTAB ACCELEROMETER INOP
SYMPTOM
Pilot’s Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
MALFUNCTION
Pilot’s Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P1347R pin A and P5330R pin 65, and P1347R pin B and
P5330R pin 66 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (WP 1589 05).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01), then go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
COPILOT’S BIAXIAL ROTAB ACCELEROMETER INOP
SYMPTOM
Copilot’s Biaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
MALFUNCTION
Copilot’s Biaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P1343R pin A and P5330R pin 67, and P1343R pin B and
P5330R pin 69, and P1343R pin C and P5330R pin 68 and 81 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (WP 1589 06).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01), then go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
0172 02-45
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO IVHMS ETHERNET CONNECTIVITY THROUGH LH DISCONNECT
SYMPTOM
No IVHMS Ethernet Connectivity Through LH Disconnect
MALFUNCTION
No IVHMS Ethernet Connectivity Through LH Disconnect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J2333R pin A1 and P5333R pin 25A, and J2333R pin A2
and P5333R pin 25B, J2333R pin A3 and P5333R pin 25C, J2333R pin A4 and P5333R pin
25D (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 17 of
17) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 2.
2. Check for continuity between each J2333R pin and shield, and each P5333R pin and
shield (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 17 of
17) ).
a. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is present, repair/replace shielding (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
3. If trouble remains, Replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 4. If trouble is gone, go to
Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0172 02-46
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
P2330R/J2330R
J2333R
P1347R/J1347R
P1342/J1342R
P1344R/J1
P1346R
P137
P422R/J139
J1350R P421R/J121
P1348R
P1345R/J1345R
P138
P1327R
P1330R
P1331R
P1332R
IM3589
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3).
0172 02-47
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P8328R/J8328R
P8340R/J8340R
P8338R/J8338R P8336R/J8336R
P8330R/J8330R
P8327R/J8327R
P8325R/J8325R
P8326R/J8326R
P8337R/J8337R
P8329R/J8329R
P8339R/J8339R
P8333R/J8333R
J1351R
J2333R
J5334R
P2327R/J2327R
P6325R/J6325R
P6326R/J6326R
P6327R/J6327R
P5325R/J5325R
P5326R/J5326R
P8331R/J8331R
P8332R/J8332R
P6330R/J6330R
P5327R/J5328R
P5328R/J5328R
P5330R/J4
P5329R/J6
P5333R/J5
P5331R/J3
IM2306
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 2 of 3).
0172 02-48
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
P2328R/J2328R
J1351R/P1351R
J2333R/P2333R
IM3590
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 3 of 3).
0172 02-49
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AJ
AH
AC
AA AB
N A
P
M
B
K C
J
D
H
E
G F
IM3591
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16).
0172 02-50
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
IVHMU
BL
0.0
WL 261
AFT CABIN TRIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
STA 379
IM3592
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16).
0172 02-51
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LBL 22
STA 379
DIGITAL AIRFRAME
C ACCELEROMETER
LBL 28
RBL
0.6
FWD CABIN
ACCELEROMETER
STA 308
WL 261.7
IM3593
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16).
0172 02-52
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
STA 247
WL 250
COPILOT BIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
REMOTE DATA
CONCENTRATOR
(RDC)
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16).
0172 02-53
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT JUNCTION
RIGHT JUNCTION
BOX (#1)
BOX (#2)
PILOT HEEL
UNAXIAL ROTAB
ACCELEROMETER
WL
H
250
STA
247
IM3595
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16).
0172 02-54
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
IVHMS
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3600
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16).
0172 02-55
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BRT
OFF
BFG
CARD: 2% 13:49:24 1) ON/OFF BRIGHTNESS KNOB
2) SYSTEM TIME
UH-60L
INTEGRATED VEHICLE
INTEGRHEALTH MANAGEMENT
3) CARD USAGE
L SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4) DTU STATUS
DOWNLOADING DATA 5) SELECTOR BUTTON LABELS
EVT CAP ADMIN
EMAIN HIT
6) SELECTOR BUTTONS
DTU
DTMU
M
ARC 220 EXTENDED
CONSOLE
IM3596
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16).
0172 02-56
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
PILOT UNIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
AUXILIARY CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
IM3597
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 16).
0172 02-57
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUSE/POWER
LOCATION
FOR IVHMS
T
U
V
Z
X
W
IM3598
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16).
0172 02-58
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
IVHMS OPTICAL
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3699
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 10 of 16).
0172 02-59
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN MODULE
TAIL TAKE-OFF RADIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V06)
IM3608
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16).
0172 02-60
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
RIGHT MAIN MODULE
HOUSING
LEFT MAIN MODULE ACCELEROMETER
HOUSING (V02)
ACCELEROMETER
(V01)
lEFT INPUT MODULE
INPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V05)
IM3609
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16).
0172 02-61
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V04)
RIGHT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V03)
IM3601
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16).
0172 02-62
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
AB
OIL COOLER VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V10)
OIL COOLER AXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V11)
AD
AC
AE
AF
AG
IM3602
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 14 of 16).
0172 02-63
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AD AE
#1 VISCOUS BEARING #2 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V18) (V16)
AF AG
#3 VISCOUS BEARING #4 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V17) (V15)
IM3614
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16).
0172 02-64
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V07)
INTERMEDIATE
GEARBOX
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX INTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V22)
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V23)
AJ
TAIL ROTOR
MAGNETIC RPM
SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX INPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V24)
IM3603
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16).
0172 02-65
J4
0172 02
P5330R
IVHMU
P2328R
J1
Q
AFT CABIN ACCEL
EMI
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS HI RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS HI RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS HI SGP5330R-1 RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS LO
B A C D
RTB TRIAX X/Y/Z
Figure 3.
RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS LO
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
AXIS LO
73 75 71 72 76 74
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS LO
P
P
EMI
P2327R
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS HI RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS HI
A B
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS LO
79 80
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS LO
J1
CABIN ACCEL LH CABIN
DISCONNECT BRACKET
P
P
EMI
P1351R
J1351R
IRREGULAR ACCEL HI
A B
A B
A B
50 51
IRREGULAR ACCEL LO
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IRREGULAR ACCEL
0172 02-66
CO-PILOT BIAXIAL
J1
T
T
EMI
ACCEL
CO-PILOT Y-AXIS HI
CO-PILOT Z-AXIS HI
SGP5330R-4 CO-PILOT Z-AXIS HI
P1343R A B C
CO-PILOT X/Y-AXIS LO CO-PILOT Y-AXIS LO
67 69 68 81
CO-PILOT Z-AXIS LO
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P1347R
P
P
EMI
PILOT Z-AXIS HI PILOT Z-AXIS HI
A B
65 66
PILOT Z-AXIS LO PILOT Z-AXIS LO
PILOT UNIAXIAL
J1
ACCEL
P
P
EMI
P1346R
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS HI COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS HI
A B
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 17).
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS LO
77 78
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS LO
J1
COCKPIT HEEL ACCEL
IM3619
J4
P5330R
OPTICAL
J1
EMI
IVHMU
EMI
EMI
EMI
Q
Q
Q
Q
J1350R
P1342R
P1350R
TRACKER
TRACKER HI (1) 119 TRACKER HI (1)
TRACKER LIT + (1) 114 TRACKER LIT (1)+
POWER RETURN 120 TRACKER LO (1)
6 5 4 3
6 5 4 3
SGP5329R-2
D C B A
P
+12VDC TRACKER(1) SGP5329R-1
P5329R
J6
Figure 3.
EMI
17 +12V RTN
16 +12V PWR
DATA TRANSFER UNIT
P1344R
EMI
J1 12
+28VDC DTU 14 +28VDC DTU
EMI
P
P
J3
P5331R
DTU RS-422 (RX +) HI 115 DTU RS-422 (TX +) HI
8 18
DTU RS-422 (RX -) LO 116 DTU RS-422 (TX -) LO
P
P
DTU RS-422 (TX +) HI 98 DTU RS-422 (RX +) HI
10 9
DTU RS-422 (TX -) LO 99 DTU RS-422 (RX -) LO
P
P
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
DTU CTS+ HI 100 DTU RTS+ HI
14 21
DTU CTS- LO 101 DTU RTS- LO
P
P
DTU RTS+ HI 102 DTU CTS+ HI
20 11
DTU RTS- LO 103 DTU CTS- LO
DTU MODE CTL
JMPRP1344R-0415-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
MODE 1-2 SELECT
4
TB2701
0172 02-67
DTU GROUND
F
JMPRP1344R-0113-22
4 15 13 1
P
P
DTU SAFETY GROUND
5
78 GPS AUX DATA IN HI
F
79 GPS AUX DATA IN LO
6
ASN128-101A22N
J3
K
RDC
F
EMI
P1331R
P
P
GD2701-1
AR429TX1+ 76 AR429RX1+
98 99
AR429TX1- 77 AR429RX1-
P
P
AR429RX1+ 65 AR429TX1+
94 95
AR429RX1- 66 AR429TX1-
COCKPIT DISPLAY UNIT
EMI
P
P
CDU RS-422 (TX +) HI P1345R 111 CDU RS-422 (RX +) HI
CDU RS-422 (TX -) LO J1 G H 112 CDU RS-422 (RX -) LO
P
P
CDU RS-422 (RX +) HI 125 CDU RS-422 (TX +) HI
F E
CDU RS-422 (RX -) LO 126 CDU RS-422 (TX -) LO
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 17).
CDU POWER
CDU PWR RETURN
CDU SAFETY GND 1
L AM N
CDU SAFETY GND 2 AUX CB PANEL
CDU
NO. 2 PRI
IM3621
GND 2A DC BUS
P1345R-2 CB631
GND
P1345R-1
0172 02
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IVHMU
GAS GENERATOR SPEED 2 LO
GAS GENERATOR SPEED 2 HI
GAS GENERATOR
GAS GENERATOR
POWER TURBINE
POWER TURBINE
POWER TURBINE
POWER TURBINE
MAIN ROTOR
MAIN ROTOR
SPEED 1 LO
SPEED 1 LO
SPEED 2 LO
SPEED 2 LO
SPEED 1 HI
SPEED 1 HI
SPEED LO
SPEED HI
J4 J4
P5330R 105 106 98 99 107 108 101 100 P5330R 109 110
P P P P P
EMI EMI
EMI
P P P P EMI
P1326R P
P1329R
1 2 3 4 5 6 16 17 14 15
J3 J3
L.H. JUNCTION BOX (J BOX 1) R.H. JUNCTION BOX
(SHEET 16) (J BOX 2)
(SHEET 18)
IM3624
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 3 of 17).
0172 02-68
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
RDC
ENG. 1 OIL PRESSURE
ENG. 1 OIL PRESSURE
TANK 1 FUEL QTY LO
TANK 1 FUEL QTY HI
ENG. 1 OIL TEMP LO
ENG. 1 OIL TEMP HI
NO. 1 ENG. OIL
PRESSURE LO
TORQUE 1 LO
TORQUE 1 HI
EXCITE LO
EXCITE HI
TGT 2 LO
TGT 1 LO
TGT 1 HI
TGT 2 HI
J1 J1
P1330R 71 72 73 74 P1330R 75 76 120 127 23 24 38 36 37 39
P P P P P T
EMI
SGP1330R-1
EMI
E9009A22BL
E9008A22VT
E9010A22VT
E9011A22BL
SGP2006R-5
SGP2007R-5
SGP2006R-4
SGP2007R-4
EMI
P P P T
P2006R P2007R 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 P1326R
4 5 4 5 J3
LH. JUNCTION BOX (J BOX 1)
(SHEET 16)
TGT 1 LO
TGT 1 HI
TGT 2 LO
TGT 2 HI
NO 1 THERMOCOUPLE NO 2 THERMOCOUPLE
AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER
IM3625
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 4 of 17).
0172 02-69
0172 02
RDC
P1330R
J1
P315R
Figure 3.
J1B
EMI
SGP318RB-3
K
33
INDICATED AIRSPEED HI INDICATED AIRSPEED HI
44
INDICATED AIRSPEED LO
SGP318RB-4
G
35
BARO ALTITUDE HI BARO ALTITUDE HI
BARO ALTITUDE LO
46
SGP318RB-5
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
F
ALTITUDE RATE HI ALTITUDE RATE HI
55
0172 02-70
INDICATED AIRSPEED LO
SGP318RB-2
H
ALTITUDE RATE LO ALTITUDE RATE LO
66
BARO ALTITUDE LO
SGP318RB-7
2
57
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RADAR ALTITUDE HI RADAR ALTITUDE HI
SGP318RB-8
11
68
RADAR ALTITUDE LO RADAR ALTITUDE LO
COPILOT'S RADAR
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 5 of 17).
IM2309
P674R
J3
P1331R
EMI
RDC
P
20 21
EMI
J1349R
P1349R
Figure 3.
J1
EMI
P1330R
P
P
PEDAL
SGJ1349R-1
YELLOW PEDAL POSITION EXCITE LO
1 2
RED PEDAL POSITION HI
P
PEDAL POSITION LO
GREEN
62 59 60 61
BLACK PEDAL POSITION EXCITE HI
ORANGE SGJ1349R-2
POTENTIOMETER
WHITE
BLUE
34 56 7 8
PEDAL POSITION HI
PEDAL POSITION LO
P122
P
J122
OAT LO
A
OAT HI H6405A20
SGP122-2
124 117
OAT HI
B
OAT LO H6406A20
SGP122-3
J3
P1329R
EMI
EMI
P
P
MAIN XMSN OIL PRESSURE HI
1 2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
MAIN XMSN OIL PRESSURE EXCITATION HI
50 48
0172 02-71
(J BOX 2)
P
(SHEET 18)
NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMP HI
34
NO. 2 ENGINE OIL TEMP LO
119 126
R.H. JUNCTION BOX
P
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP HI
56
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP LO
118 125
P
NO. 2 ENGINE TORQUE HI
78
77 78
NO. 2 ENGINE TORQUE LO
P
P
TANK 2 FUEL QTY HI
9 10
TANK 2 FUEL QTY LO
21 22
NO. 2 ENG. OIL PRESSURE EXCITATION HI
SGP1330R-8
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 6 of 17).
NO. 2 ENG. OIL PRESSURE EXCITATION LO
NO. 2 ENG. OIL PRESSURE HI
11 12 13
TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE LO
NO. 2 ENG. OIL PRESSURE LO
40 41 42 51 43 49
MAIN XMSN OIL PRESSURE EXCITATION LO
IM3626
0172 02
J1
RDC
P1330R
0172 02
J121
P422R
EMI
P
SGP422R-1
R
ROLL RATE GYRO HI ROLL RATE GYRO HI
SGP422R-2
V
79 80
ROLL RATE GYRO LO ROLL RATE GYRO LO
Figure 3.
SGP422R-3
H
PITCH RATE GYRO HI PITCH RATE GYRO HI
SGP1330R-7
82 83 PITCH RATE GYRO LO
ADVANCED FKIGHT CONTROL COMPUTER
87
CLTV STICK POSN 1 LO
SGP422R-4
86
W
CLTV STICK POSN 1 HI CLTV STICK POSN 1 HI
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
0172 02-72
SGP422R-5
Y
YAW RATE GYRO HI YAW RATE GYRO HI
SGP422R-6
B
84 85
YAW RATE GYRO LO YAW RATE GYRO LO
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AFCS
J139
P421R
SGP421R-1
G
SIGNAL COM RTN
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 7 of 17).
PITCH RATE GYRO LO
CLTV STICK POSN 1 LO
IM3627
J1
RDC
Figure 3.
J1
P696R
P1330R
EMI
DOPPLER SDC NAV
PITCH ALTITUDE A+ SGP696R-1
PITCH ALTITUDE A+
PITCH ALTITUDE A-/B+ SGP696R-2 SGP1330R-2 PITCH ALTITUDE A-
PITCH ALTITUDE B- SGP696R-3 PITCH ALTITUDE B-
J H G
8 1 3 2
PITCH ALTITUDE B+
T
SGP696R-4 ROLL ALTITUDE A+
ROLL ALTITUDE A+ SGP1330R-5
SGP696R-5 ROLL ALTITUDE A-
ROLL ALTITUDE A-/B+
SGP696R-6
F E D
ROLL ALTITUDE B- ROLL ALTITUDE B-
ROLL ALTITUDE B+
9 10 12 11
SGP696R-7
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
HEADING A+ HEADING A+
SGP1330R-6
0172 02-73
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
SGP696R-8 HEADING A-
HEADING A-/B+
SGP696R-9
C B A
HEADING B- HEADING B-
HEADING B+
15 16 18 17
J110/P110 SGP110-1 SGP1330R-3
T
PITCH ALTITUDE C+ MM PITCH ALTITUDE C+
KK SGP1330R-4
PITCH ALTITUDE C-
ROLL ALTITUDEC+
HEADING C+
GNDP1330R-1 ROLL ALTITUDEC-
STA192/WL232/RBL9.5 HEADING C-
4 5 13 19 14 20
ROLL ALTITUDE C+ /
HEADING C+ /
ASN128-11B22
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 8 of 17).
IM3628
0172 02
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
COPILOTS
(L/H)
VIDS SDC
J1
P1327R AA DD CC FF GG EE HH W P BB N U M X N
EMI
CONTINUOUS SHIELD
EMI
P1325R AA DD CC FF GG EE HH W P BB N U M X N
J2
LH
JUNCTION
BOX
(J BOX 1)
J1
P138 AA DD CC FF GG EE HH W P BB N U M X N
IM3629
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 9 of 17).
0172 02-74
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
COPILOTS
VIDS SDC
(L/H)
OIL TEMP 1
TORQUE 2
TORQUE 1
ENG OIL 1
FQTY 1
PRESS
TGT 1
NG 1
NP 2
NP 1
NR
J1
P1347R A B C D C D E F G H G H E F A B Z Y K I J
P P P P P P P P P T
EMI
EMI
P P P P P P P P P T
P1325R A B C D C D E F G H G H E F A B Z Y K I J
J2
J3 P1326R
1 1
2 2
Y X W T S R Y X W T S R X W T S R
JB1-02
JB1-03 3 3
JB1-01
N M L K J H N M L K J H M L K J H 4 4 (SHEET 9)
5 5
F E D C B A F E D C B A E D C B A 6 6
16 16
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 17 17
L.H. JUNCTION BOX
1 16 17 13 14 15
7 7
8 8
(J BOX 1)
9 9
10 10
11 11 (SHEET 10)
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
J1
P138 A B C D C D E F G H G H E F A B Z Y K I J
IM3630
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 10 of 17).
0172 02-75
0172 02 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
PILOLTS
VIDS SDC
(R/H)
J1
P1348R N X M N P U W AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH
EMI
CONTINUOUS SHIELD
EMI
N X M N P U W AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH
P1328R
J2
R/H JUNCTION BOX
J1
P137 N X M N P U W AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH
IM3631
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 11 of 17).
0172 02-76
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 02
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
PILOTS
MAIN TRANSMISSION
VIDS SDC
OIL TEMPERATURE 2
(R/H)
OIL PRESSURE 2
TEMPERATURE
MAIN TRANS
PRESSURE
TORQUE 2
TORQUE 1
FQTY 2
TGT 2
NG 1
NG 2
NP 2
NR
J1
P1348R T W G H J K A B G H I J K E F C D Y Z A B FE CD
P P P P P T P P P P P P
EMI
EMI
P P P P P T P P P P P P
P1328R T W G H J K A B G H I J K E F C D Y Z A B FE CD
J2
J3 P1329R
15 15
(SHEET 9)
14 14
Y X W T S R Z Y X W T S R S R
JB2-01
JB2-03
JB2-02
N M L K J H P N M L K J H J H 13 13
12 12
F E D C B A G F E D C B A B A
R.H. JUNCTION BOX
11 11
10 10
(SHEET 12)
9 9
8 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
J1
P137 T W G H J K A B G H I J K E F C D Y Z A B FE CD
IM3632
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 12 of 17).
0172 02-77
0172 02
AUX CB PANEL
CVFDR
IVHMU
Figure 3.
NO. 2 PRI
DC BUS 1A
CB 629
J4
P1332R
J6
H
EMI
AUX CB PANEL
IVHMU/RDC +28 VDC CVFDR
+28 VDC
NO. 2 PRI +28 VDC
DC BUS 7.5A
IVHMU SAFETY GROUND RTN
CB 630 IVHMU ANALOG GROUND RTN
+28 VDC RTN
P5329R 6 3 2 4 522 7
+28 VDC CVFDR RTN
CGND5329-1
CGND5329-2
0172 02-78
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
J4
P1332R
AUX CB PANEL
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMU/RDC
H
NO. 2 PRI +28 VDC INPUT POWER
DC BUS 7.5A +28 VDC POWER RETURN
CB 630
F G
SAFETY GROUND
CGNDP1332R-1 CGNDP1332R-2
IM3633
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 13 of 17).
RDC
EMI
P1331R
J3
Figure 3.
P117
50899-0201
#1 FUEL PRESS
50
SGP1331R-9
#1 FUEL PRESS
2
#2 FUEL PRESS
49
SGP1331R-10
#2 FUEL PRESS
50
#1 FUEL FILTER BYPASS
46
SGP1331R-11
6
#1 FUEL FILTER BYPASS
CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL
#2 FUEL FILTER BYPASS
44
SGP1331R-12
#2 FUEL FILTER BYPASS
54
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
1C6533-61B24
0172 02-79
TO PILOTS CYCLIC
P13R
J13R
SGP13R-1
A
70
PILOT INTERCOM TRANSMIT
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
JUMPER13R-2-24 1C6533-61A24
S
TO AUDIO J-BOX ASSY
2C6533-61B24
TO COPILOTS CYCLIC
P15R
J15R
SGP15R-3
M
COPILOT INTERCOM TRANSMIT
71
JUMPER15R-2-24
2C6533-61A24
J
TO AUDIO J-BOX ASSY
IM3635
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 14 of 17).
0172 02
0172 02
RDC
J3
P1331R
CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL
P117
EMI
J117
42
APU OIL TEMP
58
APU OIL TEMP V282A24
SGP117-1
41
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP
10
MAIN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP W4402D24
Figure 3.
SGP117-2
40
HYDRAULIC STAGE 1 SWITCH
8
STAGE 1 SWITCH C4140F22
SGP117-3
39
HYDRAULIC STAGE 2 SWITCH
56
STAGE 2 SWITCH C4139G22
SGP117-4
38
INT. TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP
26
INT. TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP W4404D24
SGP117-5
37
TAIL TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP
42
TAIL TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP W4403D24
SGP117-6
36
APU FAIL
46
APU FAIL V281A24
SGP117-20
43
CHIP 2 ENGINE
53
CHIP 2 ENGINE M471D24
SGP117-8
60
CHIP 1 ENGINE
5
CHIP 1 ENGINE
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
M470D24
SGP117-9
59
CHIP INPUT MDL R/H
61
CHIP INPUT MDL R/H M463D24 OR M463E24
SGP117-10
0172 02-80
58
CHIP ACCESSORY MDL R/H
62
CHIP ACCESS MDL R/H M463D24 OR M463E24
SGP117-11
47
CHIP INPUT MDL L/H
13
CHIP INPUT MDL L/H M464D24 OR M464E24
SGP117-12
56
CHIP ACCESS MDL L/H
14
CHIP ACCESSORY MDL L/H M466D24 OR M466E24
SGP117-13
54
CHIP INT. TRANSMISSION
29
CHIP INT. TRANSMISSION M468D24
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SGP117-14
42
CHIP MAIN MDL
30
CHIP MAIN MDL M462D24 OR M462E24
SGP117-15
52
CHIP TAIL TRANSMISSION
45
CHIP TAIL TRANSMISSION M467D24
SGP117-16
47
ICE DETECTED
63
ICE DETECTED H6396A22
SGP117-17
35
HYDRAULIC PUMP 1 SWITCH
24
HYDRAULIC PUMP 1 SWITCH W3386C22
SGP117-18
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 15 of 17).
51
HYDRAULIC PUMP 2 SWITCH
40
HYDRAULIC PUMP 2 SWITCH W3385C22
SGP117-19
IM3637
RDC
J3
P1331R
J118
EMI
P118
ENGINE 1 ANTI-ICE
65
A
ENGINE 1 ANTI-ICE H710A24
SGP118-3
APU ON
B
APU ON V280A24
SGP118-2 ENGINE 2 ANTI-ICE
63 64
P
ENGINE 2 ANTI-ICE H708A24
Figure 3.
SGP118-1
HOOK ARMED
67
M
HOOK ARMED M352A20
SGP118-5
CAUTION ADVISORY PANEL
HOOK OPEN
68
G
CARGO HOOK OPEN M366A20
SGP118-4
APU GEN ON
62
E
APU GEN ON X53F24
SGP118-6
ENGINE 1 ENGINE 1 INLET ANTI-ICE ON
D
INLET ANTI-ICE ON H711A24
SGP118-7
ENGINE 2 INLET ANTI-ICE ON
61 78
J
ENGINE 2 H709A24
INLET ANTI-ICE ON SGP118-8
P242
J242
PANEL
L
WOW W3395820
EMI
SGP242-1 50899-0101
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MAMAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
L/H/ RELAY
L/H WEIGHT ON WHEELS
69 48
R/H WEIGHT ON WHEELS
P645
ESSS
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
K
WOW W6604C20
STORES
SYSTEM
SGP645-K
0172 02-81
50899-0101
JETTISON
J645
SGP1331R-4
RDC ID BIT 7 (PARITY)
EMI
RDC ID BIT 2
JMPRP1331R-3134-22
SGP1331R-1
GROUND
RDC ID BIT 1
JMPRP1331R-3428-22 SGP1331R-2
RDC ID BIT 4
SGP1331R-3
(SEE NOTE 1)
JMPRP1331R-2630-22 RDC ID BIT 5
RDC ID BIT 6
31 26 34 25 28 29 30
P
EMI
5V EXC 1+
5V RTN 1
20 21
J1
P1330R
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 16 of 17).
EMI
P
6061
IM2308
0172 02
IVHMS
P5333R
0172 02
J5
EMI
P
PILOT AUDIO +
51
PILOT AUDIO -
52
J130R
P1352R
P700R
J1352R
Figure 3.
Q
Q
GND 130-1 E 50908-0101
1C6533-38A22 C
SGJ1352R-1
1C6533-42A22 D
END OF WORK PACKAGE
SGJ1352R-2
1C6533-3A22 B
E C D B A
1C6533-1A22 A
50909-0101
P
COPILOT AUDIO +
53
COPILOT AUDIO -
54
J131R
P1353R
P700R
J1353R
Q
Q
GND 131-1 E
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MAMAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
2C6533-38A22 C
SGJ1353R-1
2C6533-42A22 D
0172 02-82
SGJ1353R-2
2C6533-3A22 B
E C D B A
2C6533-1A22 A
51188-0101
P
J5334R
2
AUDIO OUT HI
59
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
4
AUDIO OUT LO
60
J2333R
25A ETHERNET TX1+
25B ETHERNET TX1-
25C ETHERNET RX1+
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 17 of 17).
A1A4A3A2
25D ETHERNET RX1-
SHLD SHLD SHIELD
IM3638
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
VIBRATION ANALYSIS AND CONTROL SYSTEM
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS) TAIL PYLON UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> .
INITIAL SETUP: References (cont.)
Tools and Special Tools WP 1589 01
Multimeter AN/PSM-45A WP 1589 27
WP 1589 29
Personnel Required
WP 1589 30
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1589 31
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1737 00
References WP 2008 01
TM 1-1520-237-23 Equipment Condition
TM 1-1500-323-24 External Electrical power Available, WP 1737 00 or
WP 0172 01 APU Operational. (TM 1-1520-237-23)
NOTE
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Component Location Diagrams are shown
in Figure 1 - Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3) and Figure 2 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) and the Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic Diagram is shown in Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic.
IVHMS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For component locations and schematics refer to WP 0172 01.
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as fol-
lows:
• Intermediate Gearbox Input Accelerometer (V22) Inop
• Intermediate Gearbox Output Accelerometer (V07) Inop
• Tail Rotor Gearbox Input Accelerometer (V24) Inop
• Tail Rotor Gearbox Output Accelerometer (V23) Inop
• Tail Rotor Magnetic RPM Sensor Inop
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX INPUT ACCELEROMETER (V22) INOP
SYMPTOM
Intermediate Gearbox Input Accelerometer (V22) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Intermediate Gearbox Input Accelerometer (V22) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J6330R pin 9 and P5330R pin 31, and J6330R pin 10 and
P5330R pin 32 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
0172 03-1
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX INPUT ACCELEROMETER (V22) INOP – Continued
2. Replace Intermediate Gearbox Input Accelerometer (V22) (WP 1589 27).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCELEROMETER (V07) INOP
SYMPTOM
Intermediate Gearbox Output Accelerometer (V07) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Intermediate Gearbox Output Accelerometer (V07) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J6330R pin 7 and P5330R pin 29, and J6330R pin 8 and
P5330R pin 30 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01,
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Intermediate Gearbox Output Accelerometer (V07) (WP 1589 28).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX INPUT ACCELEROMETER (V24) INOP
SYMPTOM
Tail Rotor Gearbox Input Accelerometer (V24) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Tail Rotor Gearbox Input Accelerometer (V24) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J6326R pin 4 and P5330R pin 38, and J6326R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 39 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V24) (WP 1589 29).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCELEROMETER (V23) INOP
SYMPTOM
Tail Rotor Gearbox Output Accelerometer (V23) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Tail Rotor Gearbox Output Accelerometer (V23) INOP
0172 03-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCELEROMETER (V23) INOP – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J6327R pin 4 and P5330R pin 36, and J6327R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 37 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V23) (WP 1589 30).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
TAIL ROTOR MAGNETIC RPM SENSOR INOP
SYMPTOM
Tail Rotor Magnetic RPM Sensor INOP
MALFUNCTION
Tail Rotor Magnetic RPM Sensor INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Inspect Sensor Adjustment (WP 1589 31).
a. If correct, go to Step 2.
b. If not, adjust, and then go to Step 4.
2. Check for continuity between P6325R pin A and P5330R pin 93, and P6325R pin B and
P5330R pin 104 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 4.
3. Replace Magnetic RPM Sensor (WP 1589 31).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 4.
b. If trouble is gone, procedure completed. Go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
0172 03-3
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P2330R/J2330R
J2333R
P1347R/J1347R
P1342/J1342R
P1344R/J1
P1346R
P137
P422R/J139
J1350R P421R/J121
P1348R
P1345R/J1345R
P138
P1327R
P1330R
P1331R
P1332R
IM3589
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3).
0172 03-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
P8328R/J8328R
P8340R/J8340R
P8338R/J8338R P8336R/J8336R
P8330R/J8330R
P8327R/J8327R
P8325R/J8325R
P8326R/J8326R
P8337R/J8337R
P8329R/J8329R
P8339R/J8339R
P8333R/J8333R
J1351R
J2333R
J5334R
P2327R/J2327R
P6325R/J6325R
P6326R/J6326R
P6327R/J6327R
P5325R/J5325R
P5326R/J5326R
P8331R/J8331R
P8332R/J8332R
P6330R/J6330R
P5327R/J5328R
P5328R/J5328R
P5330R/J4
P5329R/J6
P5333R/J5
P5331R/J3
IM2306
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 2 of 3).
0172 03-5
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P2328R/J2328R
J1351R/P1351R
J2333R/P2333R
IM3590
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 3 of 3).
0172 03-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
AJ
AH
AC
AA AB
N A
P
M
B
K C
J
D
H
E
G F
IM3591
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16).
0172 03-7
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMU
BL
0.0
WL 261
AFT CABIN TRIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
STA 379
IM3592
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16).
0172 03-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
LBL 22
STA 379
DIGITAL AIRFRAME
C ACCELEROMETER
LBL 28
RBL
0.6
FWD CABIN
ACCELEROMETER
STA 308
WL 261.7
IM3593
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16).
0172 03-9
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STA 247
WL 250
COPILOT BIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
REMOTE DATA
CONCENTRATOR
(RDC)
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16).
0172 03-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
LEFT JUNCTION
RIGHT JUNCTION
BOX (#1)
BOX (#2)
PILOT HEEL
UNAXIAL ROTAB
ACCELEROMETER
WL
H
250
STA
247
IM3595
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16).
0172 03-11
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3600
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16).
0172 03-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
BRT
OFF
BFG
CARD: 2% 13:49:24 1) ON/OFF BRIGHTNESS KNOB
2) SYSTEM TIME
UH-60L
INTEGRATED VEHICLE
INTEGRHEALTH MANAGEMENT
3) CARD USAGE
L SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4) DTU STATUS
DOWNLOADING DATA 5) SELECTOR BUTTON LABELS
EVT CAP ADMIN
EMAIN HIT
6) SELECTOR BUTTONS
DTU
DTMU
M
ARC 220 EXTENDED
CONSOLE
IM3596
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16).
0172 03-13
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
PILOT UNIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
AUXILIARY CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
IM3597
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 16).
0172 03-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
FUSE/POWER
LOCATION
FOR IVHMS
T
U
V
Z
X
W
IM3598
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16).
0172 03-15
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS OPTICAL
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3699
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 10 of 16).
0172 03-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
MAIN MODULE
TAIL TAKE-OFF RADIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V06)
IM3608
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16).
0172 03-17
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT MAIN MODULE
HOUSING
LEFT MAIN MODULE ACCELEROMETER
HOUSING (V02)
ACCELEROMETER
(V01)
lEFT INPUT MODULE
INPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V05)
IM3609
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16).
0172 03-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
LEFT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V04)
RIGHT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V03)
IM3601
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16).
0172 03-19
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AB
OIL COOLER VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V10)
OIL COOLER AXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V11)
AD
AC
AE
AF
AG
IM3602
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 14 of 16).
0172 03-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 03
AD AE
#1 VISCOUS BEARING #2 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V18) (V16)
AF AG
#3 VISCOUS BEARING #4 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V17) (V15)
IM3614
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16).
0172 03-21
0172 03 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V07)
INTERMEDIATE
GEARBOX
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX INTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V22)
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V23)
AJ
TAIL ROTOR
MAGNETIC RPM
SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX INPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V24)
IM3603
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16).
0172 03-22
AFT TAILCONE DISCONNECT BRACKET
P5330R
IVHMU
J4
J6330R
P5325R
P6330R
EMI
EMI
EMI
P
P
P
P
TAIL ROTOR MAG. RPM SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR INDEX HI
1 2
AB
TAIL ROTOR INDEX HI
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
TAIL ROTOR INDEX LO
93 104
TAIL ROTOR INDEX LO
EMI
P
EMI
P
P5326R J5326R
P
P
P
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL TAIL GEARBOX
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Figure 3.
4 5
INPUT ACCEL HI
3 4
38 39
TAIL GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL HI TAIL GEARBOX
TAIL GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL LO INPUT ACCEL LO
V24
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX
V23
EMI
OUTPUT ACCEL TAIL GEARBOX
EMI
P
P5327R J5327R P
P
P
P
OUTPUT ACCEL HI
TAIL GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL HI
4 5
5 6
TAIL GEARBOX
36 37
TAIL GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL LO OUTPUT ACCEL LO
INTERMEDIATE GB OUTPUT ACCEL
P
P
V07
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL HI IGB OUTPUT ACCEL HI
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL LO 7 8 IGB OUTPUT ACCEL LO
29 30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
P
P
P
INTERMEDIATE GB INPUT ACCEL
V22
0172 03-23
IGB INPUT ACCEL HI
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL HI IGB INPUT ACCEL LO
9 10
31 32
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL LO
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL
EMI
P
EMI
P5325R
P
J5325R
V18
P
P
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL HI 4 5 VISCOUS BEARING
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL LO
7 14
4 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU VISCOUS BEARING
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL
EMI
J5326R
P
P5326R
P
EMI
V17
4 ACCEL LO
P
NOTES
P
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4 5
5 6
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL LO 3 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL VISCOUS BEARING
EMI
P
P
P5327R J5327R
EMI
V16
3 ACCEL LO
P
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
4 5
3 4
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL LO 2 ACCEL HI
VISCOUS BEARING
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic.
EMI
1. WO ESS - Jumper Plug
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL J5328R
P
P5328R
EMI
V15
2 ACCEL LO
P
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
4 5
1 2
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL LO 1 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU VISCOUS BEARING
1 ACCEL LO
IM2307
0172 03
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
VIBRATION ANALYSIS AND CONTROL SYSTEM
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS) MAIN MODULE UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS>
.
INITIAL SETUP: References (cont.)
Tools and Special Tools
WP 1589 01
Multimeter AN/PSM-45A WP 1589 02
Personnel Required WP 1589 14
WP 1589 15
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)
WP 1589 16
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)
WP 1589 17
References WP 1589 18
TM 1-1500-204-23 WP 1589 19
TM 1-1500-323-24 WP 1589 26
WP 0172 01 WP 2008 01
NOTE
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Component Location Diagrams are shown
in Figure 1 - Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3) and Figure 2 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) and the Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic Diagram is shown in Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 5) .
IVHMS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For component locations and schematics refer to WP 0172 01.
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as fol-
lows:
• Main Rotor Optical Tracker Does Not Operate
• No Engine Indexing
• Left Input Module Output Accelerometer (V04) Inop
• Left Main Module Housing Accelerometer (V01) Inop
• Right Input Module Output Accelerometer (V03) Inop
• Right Main Module Housing Accelerometer (V02) Inop
• Tail Take Off Radial Accelerometer (V06) Inop
• Left Accessory Gearbox Accelerometer (V08) Inop
• Right Accessory Gearbox Accelerometer (V09) Inop
• Left Input Module Input Accelerometer (V05) Inop
• Right Input Module Input Accelerometer (V14) Inop
• Swashplate Vertical Accelerometer (V13) Inop
• Main Rotor Magnetic RPM Sensor Inop
• Oil Cooler Vertical Accelerometer (V10) Inop
• Oil Cooler Axial Accelerometer (V11) Inop
0172 04-1
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
MAIN ROTOR OPTICAL TRACKER DOES NOT OPERATE
SYMPTOM
Main Rotor Optical Tracker does not operate
MALFUNCTION
Main Rotor Optical Tracker does not operate
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P1342R pin A and P5329R pin 16, P1342R pin B and
P5329R pin 17, P1342R pin B and P5330R pin 120, P1342R pin C and P5330R pin 114,
P1342R pin D and P5330R pin 119 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management
System Schematic (Sheet 3 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3.
2. Replace Optical Tracker (WP 1589 02).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01).
Go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
NO ENGINE INDEXING
SYMPTOM
No Engine Indexing
MALFUNCTION
No Engine Indexing
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Determine which engine is not indexing.
a. If engine is No. 1 Engine, go to Step 2.
b. If engine is No. 2 Engine, go to Step 3.
2. Check continuity at J2330R pin 4 to P5330R pin 94, J2330R pin 5 to P5330R pin 117,
J2330R pin 6 to P5330R pin 95, J2330R pin 6 to P5330R pin 97, J2330R pin 6 to P5330R
pin 118 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of
5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of
5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01), go
to Step 5.
3. Check continuity at J2331R pin 4 to P5330R pin 96, J2331R pin 5 to P5330R pin 117,
J2331R pin 6 to P5330R pin 95, J2331R pin 6 to P5330R pin 97, J2331R pin 6 to P5330R
pin 118 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of
5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of
5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01) go
to Step 5.
0172 04-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
NO ENGINE INDEXING – Continued
4. Replace Optical Tachometer (TM 1-1500-204-23)
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01) go to Step 5.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
LEFT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCELEROMETER (V04) INOP
SYMPTOM
Left Input Module Output Accelerometer (V04) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Left Input Module Output Accelerometer (V04) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8336R pin 4 and P5330R pin 19, and J8336R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 20 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01) go
to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V04) (WP 1589 16).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
LEFT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCELEROMETER (V01) INOP
SYMPTOM
Left Main Module Housing Accelerometer (V01) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Left Main Module Housing Accelerometer (V01) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8337R pin 4 and P5330R pin 42, and J8337R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 43 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01) go
to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V01) (WP 1589 20).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
0172 04-3
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCELEROMETER (V03) INOP
SYMPTOM
Right Input Module Output Accelerometer (V03) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Right Input Module Output Accelerometer (V03) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8327R pin 4 and P5330R pin 21, and J8327R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 22 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V03) (WP 1589 17).
a. If trouble persists, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
RIGHT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCELEROMETER (V02) INOP
SYMPTOM
Right Main Module Housing Accelerometer (V02) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Right Main Module Housing Accelerometer (V02) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8328R pin 4 and P5330R pin 17, and J8328R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 18 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V02) (WP 1589 21).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
TAIL TAKE OFF RADIAL ACCELEROMETER (V06) INOP
SYMPTOM
Tail Take Off Radial Accelerometer (V06) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Tail Take Off Radial Accelerometer (V06) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8325R pin 4 and P5330R pin 46, and J8325R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 57 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
0172 04-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
TAIL TAKE OFF RADIAL ACCELEROMETER (V06) INOP – Continued
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01) go
to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V06) (WP 1589 22).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
LEFT ACCESSORY GEARBOX ACCELEROMETER (V08) INOP
SYMPTOM
Left Accessory Gearbox Accelerometer (V08) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Left Accessory Gearbox Accelerometer (V08) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8339R pin 4 and P5330R pin 33, and J8339R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 34 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V08) (WP 1589 18).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
RIGHT ACCESSORY GEARBOX ACCELEROMETER (V09) INOP
SYMPTOM
Right Accessory Gearbox Accelerometer (V09) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Right Accessory Gearbox Accelerometer (V09) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8330R pin 4 and P5330R pin 35, and J8330R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 47 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V09) (WP 1589 19).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
0172 04-5
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT ACCESSORY GEARBOX ACCELEROMETER (V09) INOP – Continued
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
LEFT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCELEROMETER (V05) INOP
SYMPTOM
Left Input Module Input Accelerometer (V05) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Left Input Module Input Accelerometer (V05) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8338R pin 4 and P5330R pin 23, and J8338R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 24 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V05) (WP 1589 14).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
RIGHT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCELEROMETER (V14) INOP
SYMPTOM
Right Input Module Input Accelerometer (V14) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Right Input Module Input Accelerometer (V14) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8329R pin 4 and P5330R pin 25, and J8329R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 26.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (WP 1589 15).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
SWASHPLATE VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER (V13) INOP
SYMPTOM
Swashplate Vertical Accelerometer (V13) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Swashplate Vertical Accelerometer (V13) INOP
0172 04-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
SWASHPLATE VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER (V13) INOP – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8326R pin 4 and P5330R pin 10, and J8326R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 11 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V13) (WP 1589 23).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
MAIN ROTOR MAGNETIC RPM SENSOR INOP
SYMPTOM
Main Rotor Magnetic RPM Sensor INOP
MALFUNCTION
Main Rotor Magnetic RPM Sensor INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Inspect Sensor Adjustment (WP 1589 24).
a. If correct, go to Step 2.
b. If not, adjust, and then go to Step 4.
2. Check for continuity between P8333R pin A and P5330R pin 92, and P8333R pin B and
P5330R pin 91 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/ replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01) go
to Step 4.
3. Replace Magnetic RPM Sensor (WP 1589 24).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 4.
b. If trouble is gone, then go to Step 4.
4. Procedure completed.
OIL COOLER VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER (V10) INOP
SYMPTOM
Oil Cooler Vertical Accelerometer (V10) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Oil Cooler Vertical Accelerometer (V10) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8332R pin 4 and P5330R pin 8, and J8332R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 9 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
0172 04-7
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OIL COOLER VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER (V10) INOP – Continued
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V10) (WP 1589 25).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
OIL COOLER AXIAL ACCELEROMETER (V11) INOP
SYMPTOM
Oil Cooler Axial Accelerometer (V11) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Oil Cooler Axial Accelerometer (V11) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J8331R pin 4 and P5330R pin 40, and J8331R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 41 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 4 of 5) and Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 5 of 5) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace accelerometer (V11) (WP 1589 25).
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
0172 04-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
P2330R/J2330R
J2333R
P1347R/J1347R
P1342/J1342R
P1344R/J1
P1346R
P137
P422R/J139
J1350R P421R/J121
P1348R
P1345R/J1345R
P138
P1327R
P1330R
P1331R
P1332R
IM3589
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3).
0172 04-9
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P8328R/J8328R
P8340R/J8340R
P8338R/J8338R P8336R/J8336R
P8330R/J8330R
P8327R/J8327R
P8325R/J8325R
P8326R/J8326R
P8337R/J8337R
P8329R/J8329R
P8339R/J8339R
P8333R/J8333R
J1351R
J2333R
J5334R
P2327R/J2327R
P6325R/J6325R
P6326R/J6326R
P6327R/J6327R
P5325R/J5325R
P5326R/J5326R
P8331R/J8331R
P8332R/J8332R
P6330R/J6330R
P5327R/J5328R
P5328R/J5328R
P5330R/J4
P5329R/J6
P5333R/J5
P5331R/J3
IM2306
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 2 of 3).
0172 04-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
P2328R/J2328R
J1351R/P1351R
J2333R/P2333R
IM3590
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 3 of 3).
0172 04-11
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AJ
AH
AC
AA AB
N A
P
M
B
K C
J
D
H
E
G F
IM3591
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16).
0172 04-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
IVHMU
BL
0.0
WL 261
AFT CABIN TRIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
STA 379
IM3592
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16).
0172 04-13
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LBL 22
STA 379
DIGITAL AIRFRAME
C ACCELEROMETER
LBL 28
RBL
0.6
FWD CABIN
ACCELEROMETER
STA 308
WL 261.7
IM3593
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16).
0172 04-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
STA 247
WL 250
COPILOT BIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
REMOTE DATA
CONCENTRATOR
(RDC)
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16).
0172 04-15
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT JUNCTION
RIGHT JUNCTION
BOX (#1)
BOX (#2)
PILOT HEEL
UNAXIAL ROTAB
ACCELEROMETER
WL
H
250
STA
247
IM3595
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16).
0172 04-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
IVHMS
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3600
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16).
0172 04-17
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BRT
OFF
BFG
CARD: 2% 13:49:24 1) ON/OFF BRIGHTNESS KNOB
2) SYSTEM TIME
UH-60L
INTEGRATED VEHICLE
INTEGRHEALTH MANAGEMENT
3) CARD USAGE
L SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4) DTU STATUS
DOWNLOADING DATA 5) SELECTOR BUTTON LABELS
EVT CAP ADMIN
EMAIN HIT
6) SELECTOR BUTTONS
DTU
DTMU
M
ARC 220 EXTENDED
CONSOLE
IM3596
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16).
0172 04-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
PILOT UNIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
AUXILIARY CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
IM3597
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 16).
0172 04-19
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUSE/POWER
LOCATION
FOR IVHMS
T
U
V
Z
X
W
IM3598
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16).
0172 04-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
IVHMS OPTICAL
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3699
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 10 of 16).
0172 04-21
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN MODULE
TAIL TAKE-OFF RADIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V06)
IM3608
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16).
0172 04-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
RIGHT MAIN MODULE
HOUSING
LEFT MAIN MODULE ACCELEROMETER
HOUSING (V02)
ACCELEROMETER
(V01)
lEFT INPUT MODULE
INPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V05)
IM3609
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16).
0172 04-23
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V04)
RIGHT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V03)
IM3601
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16).
0172 04-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
AB
OIL COOLER VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V10)
OIL COOLER AXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V11)
AD
AC
AE
AF
AG
IM3602
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 14 of 16).
0172 04-25
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AD AE
#1 VISCOUS BEARING #2 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V18) (V16)
AF AG
#3 VISCOUS BEARING #4 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V17) (V15)
IM3614
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16).
0172 04-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V07)
INTERMEDIATE
GEARBOX
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX INTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V22)
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V23)
AJ
TAIL ROTOR
MAGNETIC RPM
SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX INPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V24)
IM3603
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16).
0172 04-27
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IVHMU
ENG# 2 OPTICAL INDEXER SHAFT LO
ENG# 2 OPTICAL INDEXER SHAFT HI
ENG# 1 OPTICAL INDEXER LO
ENG# 1 OPTICAL INDEXER HI
+12VDC TRACKER RTN 1
+12VDC TRACKER 1
J4
117 118 95 94 97 96
P5330R
JMPRP5330R-118-22
JMPRP5330R-117-22
SGP5330R-2
SGP5330R-3
T T
EMI
T T
J8340R
35 37 36 38 39 40
CABIN TOP DISCONNECT
IM3618
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 5).
0172 04-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 04
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
CABIN TOP DISCONNECT
35 37 36 38 39 40
P8340R
T T
EMI
EMI
T
T J2331R
J2330R 5 6 4
5 6 4
P2330R P2331R
5 6 4
5 6 4
CABIN
CABIN
T T
EMI EMI
EMI
EMI
T T
1 2 3 1 2 3
+ 12 VDC TRACKER RETURN
ENG #1 OPTICAL INDEXER HI
+ 12 VDC TRACKER RETURN
ENG #1 OPTICAL INDEXER HI
+ 12 VDC TRACKER 1
+ 12 VDC TRACKER 1
LEFT TACH LEFT TACH
ENG. 1 SHAFT ENG. 2 SHAFT
OPTICAL INDEX SENSOR OPTICAL INDEX SENSOR
IM3620
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 5).
0172 04-29
J4
P5330R
OPTICAL
J1
EMI
IVHMU
EMI
EMI
EMI
Q
Q
Q
Q
J1350R
P1342R
P1350R
0172 04
TRACKER
TRACKER HI (1) 119 TRACKER HI (1)
TRACKER LIT + (1) 114 TRACKER LIT (1)+
POWER RETURN 120 TRACKER LO (1)
6 5 4 3
6 5 4 3
SGP5329R-2
D C B A
P
+12VDC TRACKER(1) SGP5329R-1
P5329R
J6
EMI
Figure 3.
17 +12V RTN
16 +12V PWR
DATA TRANSFER UNIT
P1344R
EMI
J1 12
+28VDC DTU 14 +28VDC DTU
EMI
P
P
J3
P5331R
DTU RS-422 (RX +) HI 115 DTU RS-422 (TX +) HI
8 18
DTU RS-422 (RX -) LO 116 DTU RS-422 (TX -) LO
P
P
DTU RS-422 (TX +) HI 98 DTU RS-422 (RX +) HI
10 9
DTU RS-422 (TX -) LO 99 DTU RS-422 (RX -) LO
P
P
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
DTU CTS+ HI 100 DTU RTS+ HI
14 21
DTU CTS- LO 101 DTU RTS- LO
P
P
DTU RTS+ HI 102 DTU CTS+ HI
20 11
DTU RTS- LO 103 DTU CTS- LO
DTU MODE CTL
JMPRP1344R-0415-22
MODE 1-2 SELECT
4
TB2701
0172 04-30
DTU GROUND
F
JMPRP1344R-0113-22
4 15 13 1
P
P
DTU SAFETY GROUND
5
78 GPS AUX DATA IN HI
F
79 GPS AUX DATA IN LO
ASN128-101A22N 6
J3
RDC K
F
EMI
P1331R
P
P
GD2701-1
AR429TX1+ 76 AR429RX1+
98 99
AR429TX1- 77 AR429RX1-
P
P
AR429RX1+ 65 AR429TX1+
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
94 95
AR429RX1- 66 AR429TX1-
COCKPIT DISPLAY UNIT
EMI
P
P
P1345R
CDU RS-422 (TX +) HI 111 CDU RS-422 (RX +) HI
J1 G H
CDU RS-422 (TX -) LO 112 CDU RS-422 (RX -) LO
P
P
CDU RS-422 (RX +) HI 125 CDU RS-422 (TX +) HI
F E
CDU RS-422 (RX -) LO 126 CDU RS-422 (TX -) LO
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 3 of 5).
CDU POWER
CDU PWR RETURN
CDU SAFETY GND 1
L AM N
CDU SAFETY GND 2 AUX CB PANEL
CDU
NO. 2 PRI
IM3621
GND 2A DC BUS
P1345R-2 CB631
GND
P1345R-1
J4
EMI
EMI
J8340R
P5330R
P
P
IVHMU
1
OIL COOLER AXIAL FAN ACCEL HI
2
40 41
OIL COOLER AXIAL FAN ACCEL LO
P
P
OIL COOLER VERTICAL ACCEL HI
8 9
3 4
OIL COOLER VERTICAL ACCEL LO
Figure 3.
P
P
CABIN TOP DISCONNECT
5
TAIL TAKEOFF RADIAL ACCEL HI
6
46 57
TAIL TAKEOFF RADIAL ACCEL LO
P
P
7
SWASHPLATE VERTICAL ACCEL HI
8
10 11
SWASHPLATE VERTICAL ACCEL LO
P
P
RIGHT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCEL HI
9 10
17 18
RIGHT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCEL LO
P
P
RIGHT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCEL HI
11 12
21 22
RIGHT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCEL LO
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
P
P
RIGHT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCEL HI
13 14
25 26
RIGHT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCEL LO
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
0172 04-31
P
P
RIGHT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX ACCEL HI
15 16
35 47
RIGHT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX ACCEL LO
P
P
LEFT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCEL HI
17 18
42 43
LEFT MAIN MODULE HOUSING ACCEL LO
P
P
LEFT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCEL HI
19 20
19 20
LEFT INPUT MODULE OUTPUT ACCEL LO
P
P
LEFT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCEL HI
23 24
21 22
LEFT INPUT MODULE INPUT ACCEL LO
P
P
LEFT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX ACCEL HI
23 24
33 34
LEFT ACCESSORY GEAR BOX ACCEL LO
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 4 of 5).
P
P
MAIN ROTOR INDEX LO
92 91
31 32
IM3622
0172 04
0172 04 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
CABIN TOP DISCONNECT
P8340R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 31 32
P P P P P P P P P P P P P
EMI
EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI
J8331R
J8332R
J8325R
J8326R
J8328R
J8327R
J8329R
J8330R
J8337R
J8336R
J8338R
J8339R
P P P P P P P P P P P P
4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5
P8331R
P8332R
P8325R
P8326R
P8328R
P8327R
P8329R
P8330R
P8337R
P8336R
P8338R
P8339R
P P P P P P P P P P P P
EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI EMI
EMI
P
P8333R
A B
P P P P P P
HI LO
V11 HI LO V06 HI LO V02 HI LO V14 HI LO V01 HI LO V05 HI LO
OIL COOLER TAIL TAKEOFF RIGHT MAIN RIGHT INPUT LEFT MAIN LEFT INPUT
AXIAL ACCEL ACCEL MODULE MODULE INPUT MODULE MODULE INPUT MAIN ROTOR
HOUSING ACCEL ACCEL HOUSING ACCEL MAGNETIC
P P P P ACCEL P P RPM SENSOR
V10 HI LO V13 HI LO V03 HI LO V09 HI LO V04 HI LO V08 HI LO
OIL COOLER SWASHPLATE RIGHT INPUT RIGHT ACCESSORY LEFT INPUT LEFT ACCESSORY
VERTICAL ACCEL VERTICAL ACCEL MODULE OUTPUT GEARBOX ACCEL MODULE OUTPUT GEARBOX ACCEL
ACCEL ACCEL
IM3623
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 5 of 5).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0172 04-32
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
VIBRATION ANALYSIS AND CONTROL SYSTEM
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS) TAILCONE UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> .
INITIAL SETUP: References (cont.)
Tools and Special Tools
Multimeter AN/PSM-45A WP 0172 01
Personnel Required WP 1589 01
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1589 20
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1737 00
WP 2008 01
References
TM 1-1500-323-24 Equipment Condition
TM 1-1520-237-23 External Electrical power Available, WP 1737 00 or
WP 0106 00 APU Operational. (TM 1-1520-237-23)
NOTE
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Component Location Diagrams are shown
in Figure 1 - Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3) and Figure 2 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) and the Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic Diagram is shown in Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 3) .
IVHMS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For component locations and schematics refer to WP 0172 01.
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as fol-
lows:
• IVHMU does not operate
• Viscous Bearing #1 Accelerometer (V15) Inop
• Viscous Bearing #2 Accelerometer (V16) Inop
• Viscous Bearing #3 Accelerometer (V17) Inop
• Viscous Bearing #4 Accelerometer (V18) Inop
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
IVHMU DOES NOT OPERATE
SYMPTOM
IVHMU does not operate
MALFUNCTION
IVHMU does not operate
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc at P5329R pin 2 and P5329R pin 3 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 3 of 3) ).
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check for 28 vdc at CB630.
0172 05-1
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMU DOES NOT OPERATE – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01), go
to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00), go to Step
7.
3. Check for continuity between P5329R pin 4 and airframe ground, P5329R pin 5 and
airframe ground, P5329R pin 22 and airframe ground, P5329R pin 7 and airframe ground
(Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 3 of 3) ) .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01).
Go to Step 7.
4. Identify aircraft type.
a. UH-60A> If aircraft type is UH-60A, go to Step 5.
.
b. UH-60L> UH60A 77-22727, 77-22728, UH60A 78-22963 - SUBQ, EH60A UH60L UH60A 701D
.
ENG MOD AR/TDI> If aircraft type is UH-60L, go to Step 6.
.
5. UH-60A> Ensure that UH-60A type/model/series ID jumpers are in place by checking
.
continuity at P5333R pin 71 to P5333R pin 67, P5333R pin 71 to P5333R pin 68, P5333R
pin 71 to P5333R pin 69, P5333R pin 71 to P5333R pin 74 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 3) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace jumpers as required (TM 1-1500-323-24 and
WP 2008 01). Go to Step 7.
6. UH-60L> UH60A 77-22727, 77-22728, UH60A 78-22963 - SUBQ, EH60A UH60L UH60A 701D ENG
.
MOD AR/TDI> Ensure that UH-60L type/model/series ID jumpers are in place by checking
.
continuity at P5333R pin 71 to P5333R pin 67, P5333R pin 71 to P5333R pin 68, P5333R
pin 71 to P5333R pin 70, P5333R pin 71 to P5333R pin 74 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle
Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 3) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace jumpers as required (TM 1-1500-323-24 and
WP 2008 01). Go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCELEROMETER (V15) INOP
SYMPTOM
Viscous Bearing #1 Accelerometer (V15) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Viscous Bearing #1 Accelerometer (V15) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J5328R pin 4 and P5330R pin 1, and J5328R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 2 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 3) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Accelerometer (V15) (WP 1589 26)
0172 05-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCELEROMETER (V15) INOP – Continued
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01) go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCELEROMETER (V16) INOP
SYMPTOM
Viscous Bearing #2 Accelerometer (V16) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Viscous Bearing #2 Accelerometer (V16) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J5327R pin 4 and P5330R pin 3, and J5327R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 4 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 3) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Accelerometer (V16) (WP 1589 26)
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01) go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCELEROMETER (V17) INOP
SYMPTOM
Viscous Bearing #3 Accelerometer (V17) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Viscous Bearing #3 Accelerometer (V17) INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J5326R pin 4 and P5330R pin 5, and J5326R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 6 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 3) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Accelerometer (V17) (WP 1589 26)
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01) go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCELEROMETER (V18) INOP
SYMPTOM
Viscous Bearing #4 Accelerometer (V18) INOP
MALFUNCTION
Viscous Bearing #4 Accelerometer (V18) INOP
0172 05-3
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCELEROMETER (V18) INOP – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J5325R pin 4 and P5330R pin 7, and J5325R pin 5 and
P5330R pin 14 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 3) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Accelerometer (V18) (WP 1589 26)
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01) go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
0172 05-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
P2330R/J2330R
J2333R
P1347R/J1347R
P1342/J1342R
P1344R/J1
P1346R
P137
P422R/J139
J1350R P421R/J121
P1348R
P1345R/J1345R
P138
P1327R
P1330R
P1331R
P1332R
IM3589
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3).
0172 05-5
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P8328R/J8328R
P8340R/J8340R
P8338R/J8338R P8336R/J8336R
P8330R/J8330R
P8327R/J8327R
P8325R/J8325R
P8326R/J8326R
P8337R/J8337R
P8329R/J8329R
P8339R/J8339R
P8333R/J8333R
J1351R
J2333R
J5334R
P2327R/J2327R
P6325R/J6325R
P6326R/J6326R
P6327R/J6327R
P5325R/J5325R
P5326R/J5326R
P8331R/J8331R
P8332R/J8332R
P6330R/J6330R
P5327R/J5328R
P5328R/J5328R
P5330R/J4
P5329R/J6
P5333R/J5
P5331R/J3
IM2306
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 2 of 3).
0172 05-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
P2328R/J2328R
J1351R/P1351R
J2333R/P2333R
IM3590
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 3 of 3).
0172 05-7
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AJ
AH
AC
AA AB
N A
P
M
B
K C
J
D
H
E
G F
IM3591
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16).
0172 05-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
IVHMU
BL
0.0
WL 261
AFT CABIN TRIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
STA 379
IM3592
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16).
0172 05-9
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LBL 22
STA 379
DIGITAL AIRFRAME
C ACCELEROMETER
LBL 28
RBL
0.6
FWD CABIN
ACCELEROMETER
STA 308
WL 261.7
IM3593
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16).
0172 05-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
STA 247
WL 250
COPILOT BIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
REMOTE DATA
CONCENTRATOR
(RDC)
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16).
0172 05-11
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT JUNCTION
RIGHT JUNCTION
BOX (#1)
BOX (#2)
PILOT HEEL
UNAXIAL ROTAB
ACCELEROMETER
WL
H
250
STA
247
IM3595
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16).
0172 05-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
IVHMS
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3600
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16).
0172 05-13
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
BRT
OFF
BFG
CARD: 2% 13:49:24 1) ON/OFF BRIGHTNESS KNOB
2) SYSTEM TIME
UH-60L
INTEGRATED VEHICLE
INTEGRHEALTH MANAGEMENT
3) CARD USAGE
L SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4) DTU STATUS
DOWNLOADING DATA 5) SELECTOR BUTTON LABELS
EVT CAP ADMIN
EMAIN HIT
6) SELECTOR BUTTONS
DTU
DTMU
M
ARC 220 EXTENDED
CONSOLE
IM3596
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16).
0172 05-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
PILOT UNIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
AUXILIARY CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
IM3597
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 16).
0172 05-15
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUSE/POWER
LOCATION
FOR IVHMS
T
U
V
Z
X
W
IM3598
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16).
0172 05-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
IVHMS OPTICAL
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3699
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 10 of 16).
0172 05-17
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MAIN MODULE
TAIL TAKE-OFF RADIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V06)
IM3608
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16).
0172 05-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
RIGHT MAIN MODULE
HOUSING
LEFT MAIN MODULE ACCELEROMETER
HOUSING (V02)
ACCELEROMETER
(V01)
lEFT INPUT MODULE
INPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V05)
IM3609
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16).
0172 05-19
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V04)
RIGHT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V03)
IM3601
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16).
0172 05-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
AB
OIL COOLER VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V10)
OIL COOLER AXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V11)
AD
AC
AE
AF
AG
IM3602
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 14 of 16).
0172 05-21
0172 05 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AD AE
#1 VISCOUS BEARING #2 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V18) (V16)
AF AG
#3 VISCOUS BEARING #4 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V17) (V15)
IM3614
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16).
0172 05-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V07)
INTERMEDIATE
GEARBOX
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX INTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V22)
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V23)
AJ
TAIL ROTOR
MAGNETIC RPM
SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX INPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V24)
IM3603
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16).
0172 05-23
0172 05
AFT TAILCONE DISCONNECT BRACKET
P5330R
IVHMU
J4
J6330R
P5325R
P6330R
EMI
EMI
EMI
P
P
P
P
TAIL ROTOR MAG. RPM SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR INDEX HI
1 2
AB
TAIL ROTOR INDEX HI
Figure 3.
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
TAIL ROTOR INDEX LO
93 104
TAIL ROTOR INDEX LO
EMI
P
EMI
P
P5326R J5326R
P
P
P
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL TAIL GEARBOX
4 5
INPUT ACCEL HI
3 4
38 39
TAIL GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL HI TAIL GEARBOX
TAIL GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL LO INPUT ACCEL LO
V24
TAIL ROTOR GEARBOX
V23
EMI
OUTPUT ACCEL TAIL GEARBOX
EMI
P
P5327R
P
J5327R
P
P
P
OUTPUT ACCEL HI
TAIL GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL HI
4 5
5 6
TAIL GEARBOX
36 37
TAIL GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL LO OUTPUT ACCEL LO
INTERMEDIATE GB OUTPUT ACCEL
P
P
V07
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL HI IGB OUTPUT ACCEL HI
7 8
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX OUTPUT ACCEL LO IGB OUTPUT ACCEL LO
29 30
P
P
P
INTERMEDIATE GB INPUT ACCEL
V22
0172 05-24
IGB INPUT ACCEL HI
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL HI IGB INPUT ACCEL LO
9 10
31 32
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX INPUT ACCEL LO
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL
EMI
P
P5325R EMI
P
J5325R
V18
P
P
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
4 5
VISCOUS BEARING #4 ACCEL LO
7 14
4 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU VISCOUS BEARING
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL
EMI
J5326R
P
P5326R
P
EMI
V17
4 ACCEL LO
P
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NOTES
P
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4 5
5 6
VISCOUS BEARING #3 ACCEL LO 3 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL VISCOUS BEARING
EMI
P
P
P5327R J5327R
EMI
V16
3 ACCEL LO
P
P
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
4 5
3 4
VISCOUS BEARING #2 ACCEL LO 2 ACCEL HI
VISCOUS BEARING
EMI
1. WO ESS - Jumper Plug
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL J5328R
P
P
EMI
P5328R
P
V15
2 ACCEL LO
P
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL HI VISCOUS BEARING
4 5
1 2
VISCOUS BEARING #1 ACCEL LO 1 ACCEL HI
FEED-THRU VISCOUS BEARING
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 3).
1 ACCEL LO
IM2307
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 05
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
P5333R J5
J5
L- MODEL ID CONFIGURATION
P5333R J5
J5
A- MODEL ID CONFIGURATION
IM3617
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 3).
0172 05-25
0172 05
AUX CB PANEL
CVFDR
IVHMU
NO. 2 PRI
Figure 3.
DC BUS 1A
CB 629
END OF WORK PACKAGE
J4
P1332R
J6
H
EMI
AUX CB PANEL
IVHMU/RDC +28 VDC CVFDR
+28 VDC
NO. 2 PRI +28 VDC
DC BUS 7.5A
IVHMU SAFETY GROUND RTN
CB 630 IVHMU ANALOG GROUND RTN
+28 VDC RTN
P5329R 6 3 2 4 522 7
+28 VDC CVFDR RTN
CGND5329-1
CGND5329-2
0172 05-26
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
J4
P1332R
AUX CB PANEL
Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMU/RDC
H
NO. 2 PRI +28 VDC INPUT POWER
DC BUS 7.5A +28 VDC POWER RETURN
CB 630
F G
SAFETY GROUND
CGNDP1332R-1 CGNDP1332R-2
IM3633
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 3 of 3).
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
VIBRATION ANALYSIS AND CONTROL SYSTEM
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS) CABIN UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> .
INITIAL SETUP: References (cont.)
Tools and Special Tools WP 1589 01
Multimeter AN/PSM-45A WP 1589 09
Personnel Required WP 1589 11
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1589 12
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 2008 01
References Equipment Condition
TM 1-1500-323-24 External Electrical power Available, WP 1685 00 or
WP 0172 01 APU Operational. (TM 1-1520-237-23)
NOTE
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Component Location Diagrams are shown
in Figure 1 - Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3) and Figure 2 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16) and the Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic Diagram is shown in Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2) .
IVHMS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For component locations and schematics refer to WP 0172 01.
The Integrated Vehicle Health Management System operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as fol-
lows:
• Irregular Accelerometer Inop (Optional Field Installed Accelerometer)
• Digital Airframe (4g) Vertical Accelerometer Signal Incorrect
• Cockpit Heel Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer Inop
• Forward Absorber Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer Inop
• Aft Absorber Vibration Triaxial ROTAB Accelerometer Inop
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
IRREGULAR ACCELEROMETER INOP (OPTIONAL FIELD INSTALLED ACCELEROMETER)
SYMPTOM
Irregular Accelerometer INOP (Optional Field Installed Accelerometer)
MALFUNCTION
Irregular Accelerometer INOP (Optional Field Installed Accelerometer)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between J1351R pin A and P5330R pin 50, and J1351 pin B and
P5330R pin 51 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 2) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Accelerometer (TM 1-1500-204-23).
0172 06-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IRREGULAR ACCELEROMETER INOP (OPTIONAL FIELD INSTALLED ACCELEROMETER) – Continued
a. If trouble remains, replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedures completed.
DIGITAL AIRFRAME (4G) VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL INCORRECT
SYMPTOM
Digital Airframe (4G) Vertical Accelerometer Signal Incorrect
MALFUNCTION
Digital Airframe (4G) Vertical Accelerometer Signal Incorrect
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Ensure accelerometer is mounted correctly (WP 1589 09).
2. Check for 28 vdc at J297R pin 4.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
3. Check for continuity between J297 pin 1 and P5331R pin 107, J297 pin 2 and P5331R
pin 108, and J297R pin 6 and P5329R pin 11 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health
Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2) ).
a. If continuity is present, replace Accelerometer (WP 1589 09). Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 6.
4. Check for continuity between J297R pin 4 and P5329R pin 10 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 6.
5. Check for continuity between J297R pin 6 and P5329R pin 11 (Figure 3 - Integrated
Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2) ).
a. If continuity is present replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 6.
6. Procedure Completed.
COCKPIT HEEL UNIAXIAL ROTAB ACCELEROMETER INOP
SYMPTOM
Cockpit Heel Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
MALFUNCTION
Cockpit Heel Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P1346R pin A and P5330R pin 77, and P1346R pin B and
P5330R pin 78 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 2) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
Change 5 0172 06-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
COCKPIT HEEL UNIAXIAL ROTAB ACCELEROMETER INOP – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Accelerometer (WP 1589 07)
a. If trouble remains replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
FORWARD ABSORBER UNIAXIAL ROTAB ACCELEROMETER INOP
SYMPTOM
Forward Absorber Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
MALFUNCTION
Forward Absorber Uniaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P2327R pin A and P5330R pin 79, and P2327R pin B and
P5330R pin 80 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 2) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Accelerometer (WP 1589 11)
a. If trouble remains replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
AFT ABSORBER VIBRATION TRIAXIAL ROTAB ACCELEROMETER INOP
SYMPTOM
AFT Absorber Vibration Triaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
MALFUNCTION
AFT Absorber Vibration Triaxial ROTAB Accelerometer INOP
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for continuity between P2328R pin A and P5330R pin 75, and P2328R pin B and
P5330R pin 73, and P2328R pin C and P5330R pin 71, and P2328R pin D and P5330R
pin 72, 74, and 76 (Figure 3 - Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic
(Sheet 1 of 2) ).
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (TM 1-1500-323-24 and WP 2008 01),
then go to Step 3.
2. Replace Accelerometer (WP 1589 12)
a. If trouble remains replace IVHMU (WP 1589 01). Go to Step 3.
b. If trouble is gone, go to Step 3.
3. Procedure completed.
0172 06-3 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P2330R/J2330R
J2333R
P1347R/J1347R
P1342/J1342R
P1344R/J1
P1346R
P137
P422R/J139
J1350R P421R/J121
P1348R
P1345R/J1345R
P138
P1327R
P1330R
P1331R
P1332R
IM3589
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 1 of 3).
Change 5 0172 06-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
P8328R/J8328R
P8340R/J8340R
P8338R/J8338R P8336R/J8336R
P8330R/J8330R
P8327R/J8327R
P8325R/J8325R
P8326R/J8326R
P8337R/J8337R
P8329R/J8329R
P8339R/J8339R
P8333R/J8333R
J1351R
J2333R
J5334R
P2327R/J2327R
P6325R/J6325R
P6326R/J6326R
P6327R/J6327R
P5325R/J5325R
P5326R/J5326R
P8331R/J8331R
P8332R/J8332R
P6330R/J6330R
P5327R/J5328R
P5328R/J5328R
P5330R/J4
P5329R/J6
P5333R/J5
P5331R/J3
IM2306
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 2 of 3).
0172 06-5 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P2328R/J2328R
J1351R/P1351R
J2333R/P2333R
IM3590
Figure 1. Connector Locations (Sheet 3 of 3).
Change 5 0172 06-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
AJ
AH
AC
AA AB
N A
P
M
B
K C
J
D
H
E
G F
IM3591
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 16).
0172 06-7 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMU
BL
0.0
WL 261
AFT CABIN TRIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
STA 379
IM3592
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 16).
Change 5 0172 06-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
LBL 22
STA 379
DIGITAL AIRFRAME
C ACCELEROMETER
LBL 28
RBL
0.6
FWD CABIN
ACCELEROMETER
STA 308
WL 261.7
IM3593
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 16).
0172 06-9 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STA 247
WL 250
COPILOT BIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
REMOTE DATA
CONCENTRATOR
(RDC)
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 16).
Change 5 0172 06-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
LEFT JUNCTION
RIGHT JUNCTION
BOX (#1)
BOX (#2)
PILOT HEEL
UNAXIAL ROTAB
ACCELEROMETER
WL
H
250
STA
247
IM3595
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 5 of 16).
0172 06-11 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3600
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 16).
Change 5 0172 06-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
BRT
OFF
BFG
CARD: 2% 13:49:24 1) ON/OFF BRIGHTNESS KNOB
2) SYSTEM TIME
UH-60L
INTEGRATED VEHICLE
INTEGRHEALTH MANAGEMENT
3) CARD USAGE
L SYSTEM (IVHMS)
4) DTU STATUS
DOWNLOADING DATA 5) SELECTOR BUTTON LABELS
EVT CAP ADMIN
EMAIN HIT
6) SELECTOR BUTTONS
DTU
DTMU
M
ARC 220 EXTENDED
CONSOLE
IM3596
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 7 of 16).
0172 06-13 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
PILOT UNIAXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
AUXILIARY CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
IM3597
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 8 of 16).
Change 5 0172 06-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
FUSE/POWER
LOCATION
FOR IVHMS
T
U
V
Z
X
W
IM3598
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 9 of 16).
0172 06-15 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
IVHMS OPTICAL
TRACKER
COCKPIT DISPLAY
UNIT (CDU)
IM3699
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 10 of 16).
Change 5 0172 06-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
MAIN MODULE
TAIL TAKE-OFF RADIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V06)
IM3608
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 11 of 16).
0172 06-17 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT MAIN MODULE
HOUSING
LEFT MAIN MODULE ACCELEROMETER
HOUSING (V02)
ACCELEROMETER
(V01)
lEFT INPUT MODULE
INPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V05)
IM3609
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 12 of 16).
Change 5 0172 06-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
LEFT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V04)
RIGHT INPUT MODULE
OUTPUT FLANGE
ACCELEROMETER
(V03)
IM3601
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 13 of 16).
0172 06-19 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AB
OIL COOLER VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V10)
OIL COOLER AXIAL
ACCELEROMETER
(V11)
AD
AC
AE
AF
AG
IM3602
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 14 of 16).
Change 5 0172 06-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 06
AD AE
#1 VISCOUS BEARING #2 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V18) (V16)
AF AG
#3 VISCOUS BEARING #4 VISCOUS BEARING
ACCLERATOR ACCLERATOR
(V17) (V15)
IM3614
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 15 of 16).
0172 06-21 Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V07)
INTERMEDIATE
GEARBOX
INTERMEDIATE
GEAR BOX INTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V22)
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX OUTPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V23)
AJ
TAIL ROTOR
MAGNETIC RPM
SENSOR
TAIL ROTOR
GEARBOX INPUT
ACCELEROMETER
(V24)
IM3603
Figure 2. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Location Diagram (Sheet 16 of 16).
Change 5 0172 06-22
J4
P5330R
IVHMU
P2328R
J1
Q
AFT CABIN ACCEL
EMI
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS HI RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS HI RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS HI
RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS HI SGP5330R-1 RTB TRIAX Z-AXIS LO
B A C D
RTB TRIAX X/Y/Z
Figure 3.
RTB TRIAX Y-AXIS LO
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
AXIS LO
73 75 71 72 76 74
RTB TRIAX X-AXIS LO
P
P
EMI
P2327R
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS HI RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS HI
A B
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS LO
79 80
RTB UNIAX Z-AXIS LO
J1
CABIN ACCEL LH CABIN
DISCONNECT BRACKET
P
P
EMI
P1351R
J1351R
IRREGULAR ACCEL HI
A B
A B
A B
50 51
IRREGULAR ACCEL LO
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D
INTEGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IRREGULAR ACCEL
0172 06-23
CO-PILOT BIAXIAL
J1
T
T
EMI
ACCEL
CO-PILOT Y-AXIS HI
CO-PILOT Z-AXIS HI
SGP5330R-4 CO-PILOT Z-AXIS HI
P1343R A B C
CO-PILOT X/Y-AXIS LO CO-PILOT Y-AXIS LO
67 69 68 81
CO-PILOT Z-AXIS LO
P1347R
P
P
EMI
PILOT Z-AXIS HI PILOT Z-AXIS HI
A B
65 66
PILOT Z-AXIS LO PILOT Z-AXIS LO
PILOT UNIAXIAL
J1
ACCEL
P
P
EMI
P1346R
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS HI COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS HI
Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 1 of 2).
A B
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS LO
77 78
COCKPIT HEEL Z-AXIS LO
J1
COCKPIT HEEL ACCEL
IM3619
0172 06
Change 5
0172 06 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INTERGRATED VEHICLE HEALTH MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IVHMS)
IVHMU
422-RX2/485-0
422-RX2/485-0
+28 VDC RTN
+28 VDC
J3 J6
P5331R P5329R
107 108 10 11
P P
EMI EMI
P P
NC
J297
1 2 4 6 3
P297
RS-485 HI 6
+28 VDC 9
AUX 7
RS-485 LO 5
+28 VDC RTN 8
DIGITAL AIRFRAME
ACCELEROMETER
IM3636
Figure 3. Integrated Vehicle Health Management System Schematic (Sheet 2 of 2).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 5 0172 06-24
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0172 07
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
VIBRATION ANALYSIS AND CONTROL SYSTEM
UNDERWATER ACOUSTIC BEACON UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS> .
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
Acoustic Beacon Test Set WP 1589 38
Personnel Required WP 1711 01
WP 1589 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15F (1)
TM 1-1520-237-PMI
UNDERWATER ACOUSTIC BEACON CHECK
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• The underwater acoustic beacon must be tested upon initial installation or upon battery
change.
• When underwater beacon is installed on aircraft, recommended scheduled cleaning (WP
1711 01) and testing shall be every 6 months (WP 1589 38) or 360 flight hour inspection
(TM 1-1520-237-PMI).
• The underwater acoustic beacon test set (test set) is battery operated. If test set display
indicates “LB”, replace test set battery before continuing this check.
1. Remove the underwater beacon from the IVHMU if required (WP 1589 38).
STEP
2. Attach test set cable clip to underwater acoustic beacon housing (Figure 1 - Underwater Acoustic Beacon
Test Setup).
STEP
3. Set test set switch to ON using sliding switch on left side of test set.
STEP
4. Place tip of test set probe in contact with silver pad on white dome at end of underwater acoustic beacon.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Test set voltage shall indicate 2.97 vdc or greater.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Condition/Indication is not as specified, replace underwater acoustic beacon (WP 1589 38).
STEP
1. With test set probes connected to underwater acoustic beacon, press and hold red button on test set.
0172 07-1
0172 07 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CONDITION/INDICATION
NOTE
Test set display will be blank during this operation.
The underwater acoustic beacon shall activate a pinging sound that is audible from test set.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Condition/Indication is not as specified, replace underwater acoustic beacon (WP 1589 38.
STEP
2. Release red button on test set.
STEP
3. If Condition/Indication is not as specified, replace underwater acoustic beacon (WP 1589 38).
IM3639
Figure 1. Underwater Acoustic Beacon Test Setup.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0172 07-2
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0173 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL STORES SUPPORT SYSTEM (ESSS) EXTERNAL TANK CHECK MWO 50-78> < . .
This WP supersedes WP 0173 00, dated 25 September 2009.
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU), 83-36A WP 1460 00
Compressor Unit, MIL-C-13874 WP 1463 00
Locally-Made Fuel Quantity Simulator Test Set, WP 1465 00
(WP 2014 00, Figure 152, Sheet 1 - Fuel Quantity WP 1662 00
Simulator, Test Set (Sheet 1 of 2) ) WP 1664 00
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A (2 required) WP 1673 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1737 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 WP 2014 00
Container, Suitable Equipment Condition
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
Locally-Made External Stores Support System Racks, (WP 1460 00)
(ESSS) Pneumatic Adapter, (WP 2014 00, Figure or All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
151 - Pneumatic Adapter (ESSS)) Racks, (WP 1463 00)
Torque Wrench, GG-W-686 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
Personnel Required or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
External Range Extension Tanks 160-190 Pounds of
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1)
Fuel in Each Outboard, if Installed, (WP 1673 00)
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)
External Range Extension Tanks 220-250 Pounds of
References Fuel in Each Inboard, if Installed, (WP 1673 00)
TM 1-1500-204-23 Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of Fuel
TM 1-1520-237-10 in Each Tank, (WP 1662 00)
WP 0108 00 or Main Fuel Tanks, Not More Than 650 Pounds of
WP 0164 00 Fuel in Each Tank, (WP 1664 00)
WP 0172 00 Rear Fairings on Vertical Stores (Pylons), Which
WP 1443 00 Have Tanks Installed, Removed, (WP 1465 00)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) for component
location diagram.
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided:
• Setup
• Outboard Tanks Installed
• Inboard Tanks Installed
• Shutdown
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is designed to be utilized when the horizontal (Wings) and vertical
(Pylons) stores are installed on a permanent basis, and only the inboard or outboard external tanks are removed
and installed.
0173 00-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0173 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• As an alternate to using the compressor unit to pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The operational/troubleshooting procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System
with any tank configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Opera-
tor’s Manual (TM 1-1520-237-10).
• If APU is selected for electrical power, it will provide air pressure.
• If AGPU is use for external electrical power, it can provide an external air source when
pneumatic line is connected to helicopter.
• Special Icons used in this operational/troubleshooting procedure:
CU> < Steps that are to be performed if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be performed if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be performed if outboard tanks are installed.
. .
AGPU> < Steps that are to be performed if AGPU is to be used.
. .
1. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
2. CU > Using locally-made pneumatic adapter (WP 2014 00), tee air compressor into helicopter bleed-air QD
.
and ESSS bleed-air hose. < .
STEP
3. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
4. Connect locally-made fuel quantity simulator test set (simulator) (WP 2014 00) power cord to UTIL RCPT
+28V (J258) in cabin ceiling.
STEP
5. Disconnect helicopter connector, P905 from fuel quantity signal conditioner connector, J905.
STEP
6. Connect simulator connector, J905 to helicopter connector, P905.
STEP
7. Turn simulator TANK 1 and TANK 2 controls fully counterclockwise.
STEP
8. Connect No. 1 multimeter to simulator TANK 1 OUTPUT.
STEP
9. Connect No. 2 multimeter to simulator TANK 2 OUTPUT.
STEP
10. AGPU > Connect AGPU power cable to helicopter external power receptacle. <
. .
STEP
11. AGPU > Connect AGPU pneumatic hose to helicopter. <
. .
Change 5 0173 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0173 00
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
STEP
12. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
13. Apply air source, regulated at 35-45 psi, to helicopter’s external tanks.
STEP
14. Record time.
STEP
15. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel PRESS switch to ALL.
STEP
16. Inspect fuel and pneumatic hoses and fittings for signs of leaking or damage (TM 1-1500-204-23).
STEP
17. Turn simulator TANK 1 control to get 6.0 vdc No. 1 multimeter indication.
STEP
18. Turn simulator TANK 2 control to get 6.0 vdc No. 2 multimeter indication.
CONDITION/INDICATION
6.0 vdc No. 2 multimeter shall be indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
OUTBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• As an alternate to using the compressor unit to pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The operational/troubleshooting procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System
with any tank configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Opera-
tor’s Manual (TM 1-1520-237-10).
• If APU is selected for electrical power, it will provide air pressure.
• If AGPU is use for external electrical power, it can provide an external air source when
pneumatic line is connected to helicopter.
• Special Icons used in this operational/troubleshooting procedure:
CU> < Steps that are to be performed if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be performed if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be performed if outboard tanks are installed.
. .
AGPU> < Steps that are to be performed if AGPU is to be used.
•
. .
If any trouble is encountered during this operational/troubleshooting procedure, go to WP
0172 00.
1. Perform Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already performed.
0173 00-3 Change 5
0173 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OUTBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Check that auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R OUTBD fuel quantity displays indicate 190
pounds.
STEP
3. Verify auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch is OFF.
STEP
4. Turn simulator TANK 2 control until No. 2 multimeter indicates less than 5.5 vdc.
STEP
5. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER FROM switch to OUTBD.
STEP
6. Before continuing, make sure that at least 10 minutes have elapsed from time recorded in SETUP, Step 14 in
this work package.
STEP
7. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to AUTO until R OUTBD EMPTY or L
OUTBD EMPTY annunciator goes on.
STEP
8. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to BOTH.
STEP
9. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to MAN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW and L NO FLOW annunciators shall go off, then
come back on with 5 minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel fuel quantity displays shall not change when the R NO FLOW
and L NO FLOW annunciators are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
10. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch and PRESS switches to OFF.
STEP
11. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J705-A and J705-B (left outboard
ejector rack).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Voltage shall be less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If voltage is not as specified, go to WP 0172 00 or WP 0164 00.
STEP
12. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J710-A and J710-B (right outboard
ejector rack).
Change 5 0173 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0173 00
OUTBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Voltage shall be less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If voltage is not as specified, go to WP 0172 00 or WP 0164 00.
STEP
13. If no other check is to be performed, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work
package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
INBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• As an alternate to using the compressor unit to pressurize the ESSS Range Extension
System, the Aviation Ground Power Unit (AGPU) or the APU may be used. If the alternate
is selected, steps with CU> < may be skipped.
•
. .
The operational/troubleshooting procedure will check the ESSS Range Extension System
with any tank configuration, installed on the helicopter, authorized by the Aircraft Opera-
tor’s Manual (TM 1-1520-237-10).
• If APU is selected for electrical power, it will provide air pressure.
• If AGPU is use for external electrical power, it can provide an external air source when
pneumatic line is connected to helicopter.
• Special Icons used in this operational/troubleshooting procedure:
CU> < Steps that are to be performed if compressor unit is used.
. .
INBD> < Steps that are to be performed if inboard tanks are installed.
. .
OUTBD> < Steps that are to be performed if outboard tanks are installed.
. .
AGPU> < Steps that are to be performed if AGPU is to be used.
•
. .
If any trouble is encountered during this operational/troubleshooting procedure, go to WP
0172 00.
1. Perform Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already performed.
STEP
2. Check auxiliary fuel management control panel L and R OUTBD fuel quantity displays indicate 250 pounds.
STEP
3. Verify auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch is OFF.
STEP
4. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER FROM switch to INBD.
0173 00-5 Change 5
0173 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
INBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
5. Turn simulator TANK 2 control until No. 2 multimeter indicates less than 5.5 vdc.
STEP
6. Before continuing, make sure that at least 10 minutes have elapsed from time recorded in SETUP, Step 14.
STEP
7. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to AUTO until R INBD EMPTY OR L
INBD EMPTY indicator goes on.
STEP
8. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel MAN XFER switch to BOTH.
STEP
9. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE switch to MAN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. Auxiliary fuel management control panel R NO FLOW and L NO FLOW annunciators shall go off,
then come back on within 5 minutes.
2. Auxiliary fuel management control panel fuel quantity displays shall not change when the R NO
FLOW and L NO FLOW annunciators are on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
10. Place auxiliary fuel management control panel XFER MODE and PRESS switches to OFF.
STEP
11. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J709-B and J709-A (left inboard ejector
rack).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Voltage shall be less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WP 0172 00 or WP 0164 00.
STEP
12. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J709-C and J709-N (left inboard ejector
rack).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Voltage shall be less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WP 0172 00 or WP 0164 00.
STEP
13. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J706-B and J706-A (right inboard
ejector rack).
Change 5 0173 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0173 00
INBOARD TANKS INSTALLED OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Voltage shall be less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WP 0172 00 or WP 0164 00.
STEP
14. Check for less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc between J706-C and J706-N (right inboard
ejector rack).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Voltage shall be less than 50 mvac and between -50 and 50 mvdc.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to WP 0172 00 or WP 0164 00.
STEP
15. If no other check is to be performed, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work
package.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
2. Turn off air source.
STEP
3. Allow bleed-air regulator valves to vent air to ambient pressure.
STEP
4. CU > Disconnect air compressor, hoses, and locally-made pneumatic adapter. <
. .
STEP
5. CU > Connect pneumatic hose to outboard side of helicopter bleed-air QD. <
. .
STEP
6. CU > TORQUE NUTS TO 135 - 150 INCH-POUNDS. <
. .
STEP
7. Disconnect test equipment.
STEP
8. Connect helicopter electrical connectors.
STEP
9. Install all explosive cartridges in ejector racks (WP 1463 00).
0173 00-7 Change 5
0173 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
10. Install all vertical stores (pylon) rear fairings (WP 1443 00).
CONDITION/INDICATION
All vertical stores (pylon) rear fairings shall be installed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
Change 5 0173 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0173 00
J706 FUEL QUANTITY J258
SIGNAL
CONDITIONER
P905
P1 / J710
A
NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER P1348R
(SEE NOTE 1)
J709
NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA
CONVERTER P1348R
(SEE NOTE 1)
P1 / J705
RIGHT HAND
JUNCTION BOX
P137
(SEE NOTE 1)
JUMPER CONNECTOR
LEFT HAND P645
JUNCTION BOX
P138 B (SEE NOTE 2)
(SEE NOTE 1)
MAJOR
CHANGE
NOSE
SECTION
FLOOR B
COPILOT'S GYRO
A
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / AUX FUEL QTY LBS
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT TEST /
NO VENT VENT NO
RESET
J258 UTILITY RECEPTACLE FLOW FAIL OVFL FLOW
+28 VDC IMBAL
J706 RIGHT INBOARD EJECTOR
RACK CONNECTOR
J709 LEFT INBOARD EJECTOR
RACK CONNECTOR
P1 / J705 LEFT OUTBOARD EJECTOR
RACK CONNECTOR
OUTBD INBD INBD OUTBD
P1 / J710 RIGHT OUTBOARD EJECTOR EMPTY L EMPTY EMPTY R EMPTY
RACK CONNECTOR
P137 NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER XFER MODE MAN XFER XFER FROM PRESS
P137 RIGHT HAND JUNCTION BOX AUTO LEFT INBD ALL
(SEE NOTE 1)
P138 NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER B OUTBD
O O
P138 LEFT HAND JUNCTION BOX F
(SEE NOTE 1) T INBD
F H
P905 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
CONDITIONER MAN RIGHT OUTBD OFF
NOTES
1. IVHMS AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT
2. UH-60A UH-60L IVHMS JUMPER CONNECTOR
CONTROL PANEL
IS INSTALLED WHEN STORES JETTISON CONTROL AB0946A
PANEL IS REMOVED. SA
Figure 1. ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0173 00-9 Change 5
0173 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL SHUTOFF
FUEL SHUTOFF GATE VALVE FUEL QUANTITY P376 / J376
RIGHT INBOARD P810 P2 / J836
GATE VALVE SIGNAL
P838 BLEED-AIR P1 / J1
P1 / J1 CONDITIONER
REGULATOR VALVE P905
P811 FUEL OVERFLOW
RIGHT OUTBOARD SENSOR
BLEED-AIR
REGULATOR VALVE P2 / J850
P837
P804 / J804 P347 / J347
P834 / J834
P334 / J334
P246 / J246
P236 / J236
(SEE NOTE 2)
P217 / J217 FUEL FLOW
P237 / J237
TRANSMITTER
(SEE NOTE 2)
P523
P913 / J913 P1 / J1 P346 / J346
P114 / J114 LEFT INBOARD
P1 / J1 FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE
P2 /J835
P809
P117 P2 / J849
NO. 1 SIGNAL P833 / J833
LEFT INBOARD
DATA CONVERTER LEFT OUTBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF BLEED-AIR
P138 P805 / J805
P113 / J113 J299 GATE VALVE REGULATOR VALVE
(SEE NOTES P808
P840
STORES JETTISON 1 AND 2) LEFT OUTBOARD
NO. 2 SIGNAL LEFT RELAY PANEL
CONTROL PANEL BLEED-AIR
DATA CONVERTER P902 / J902
P645 / J1 REGULATOR VALVE
P137
P839
LEFT DRAG BEAM
SWITCH
P163 / J163
TERMINAL BOARD/ TERMINAL BOARD/
LOCATION/ DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ CONNECTION POINT
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE
P346 / J346 CABIN CEILING P810 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
BL 20 LH, STA 304 SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P347 / J347 TRANSITION SECTION P811 RIGHT INBOARD BLEED-AIR
BL 10 LH, STA 425 REGULATOR VALVE
P833 / J833 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING
P360 / J360 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- BL 59 LH, STA 295
MENT CONTROL PANEL P834 / J834 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING
P361 / J361 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- BL 59 LH, STA 295
MENT CONTROL PANEL P837 RIGHT OUTBOARD BLEED-
AIR REGULATOR VALVE
P376 / J376 FUEL SENSOR OVERFLOW
P838 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
P523 FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P645 / J1 STORES JETTISON P839 LEFT OUTBOARD BLEED-
CONTROL PANEL AIR REGULATOR VALVE
P840 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
P645 JUMPER CONNECTOR SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
(SEE NOTE 2)
P902 / J902 LEFT RELAY PANEL
P804 / J804 HORIZONTAL STORES P905 FUEL QUANTITY SIGNAL
SUPPORT CONDITIONER
BL 59 RH, STA 295 P913 / J913 COCKPIT
P805 / J805 HORIZONTAL STORES BL 24 RH, STA 247
SUPPORT P1019R / P1020R COPILOT'S AND PILOT'S
BL 59 LH, STA 295 MFD (SEE NOTE 3)
P808 LEFT INBOARD BLEED-AIR P1327R NO. 1 SIGNAL DATA
REGULATOR VALVE CONVERTER (SEE NOTE 1)
P809 LEFT INBOARD FUEL SHUT- P1348R NO. 2 SIGNAL DATA
OFF GATE VALVE CONVERTER (SEE NOTE 1)
AA3446_2B
SA
Figure 1. ESSS External Tank Check Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 5 0173 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
FORWARD LOOKING INFRARED (FLIR) HH-60A HH-60L> . . <
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
WP 0837 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1578 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1579 00
Personnel Required WP 1580 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (2) WP 1737 00
References WP 1800 00
TM 1-1520-237-10 Equipment Condition
WP 0104 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0108 00 and/or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
See Figure 1 - FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for component location diagram, and
Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) for schematic diagram as an aid in opera-
tional/troubleshooting.
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided:
• Setup
• Operational Check
• Drift Compensation
• Shutdown
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury, make sure all personnel are clear of the turret FLIR unit when operational.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during fault isolation procedure, a short circuit is indicated (WP 0108
00).
1. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
2. Turn on electrical power.
0174 00-1
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
STEP
3. Turn pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs switches ON.
STEP
4. On CDU press STS key to get to SYSTEM STATUS page.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The letter G shall appear next to MFD-1 and MFD-2.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If letter F appears next to MFD-1 and/or MFD-2, troubleshoot MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104
00).
STEP
5. After caution advisory grid appears, press key B6 (C/A) on both MFDs to clear caution/advisory display.
STEP
6. Remove FLIR turret safety pin.
STEP
7. On pilot and copilot MFDs, press FLIR key (B5) to select FLIR display.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR display shall be selected.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury, make sure all personnel are clear of the turret FLIR unit when operational.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during fault isolation procedure, a short circuit is indicated (WP 0108
00).
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, if not already done.
STEP
NOTE
Allow five minutes for the FLIR imaging cooler to reach operating temperature.
2. On FLIR control panel, set POWER ON/OFF switch to ON.
0174 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. The turret FLIR shall cage (point straight ahead).
2. Pilot’s and copilot’s MFD’s shall indicate a FLIR image.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If Indication/Condition 1. is not as specified, and all functions become disabled after 40 seconds, replace
turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
2. If Indication/Condition 2. is not as specified, go to MFD Does Not Display FLIR Image And MENU Page 1, in
this work package.
3. If pilot’s MFD does not indicate a FLIR image, go to Pilot’s MFD Does Not Indicate A FLIR Image, in this work
package.
4. If copilot’s MFD does not indicate a FLIR image, go to Copilot’s MFD Does Not Indicate A FLIR Image, in this
work package.
STEP
3. On FLIR control panel, press MENU/STOW/LOCK/FREEZE/HOOK (menu control) switch to MENU.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The pilot and copilot MFDs shall display a FLIR image and MENU page 1.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00).
STEP
4. If necessary, using the joystick on FLIR control panel, scroll up or down to highlight MENU option, and then
set menu control switch to HOOK to display MENU page 2.
STEP
5. Using the joystick on FLIR control panel, scroll up or down to highlight FIT option, and then set menu control
switch to HOOK to display FAULT ISOLATION TEST MENU.
STEP
6. Using the joystick on FLIR control panel, scroll up or down to highlight FIT option, and then set menu control
to LOCK to start the fault isolation test.
CONDITION/INDICATION
On pilot and copilot MFDs, FIT IN PROGRESS followed by FIT OK, shall be displayed at top center of screen.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If an error code is displayed, make a note of error code and go to Error Code Is Displayed In Fault Isolation Test
Sub-menu, in this work package.
STEP
7. If necessary, once the fault isolation test is complete, use the joystick on FLIR control panel to scroll down
and highlight EXIT option, then set menu control to HOOK to get back to MENU page 2.
STEP
8. If necessary, on FLIR control panel, set menu control to HOOK to exit MENU.
0174 00-3
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
Have an assistant stand at front of aircraft to observe turret movement.
9. On FLIR control panel, push joystick in any direction for a few seconds to change turret position.
STEP
10. On FLIR control panel, toggle FOC OUT/IP HH/FOC IN/POLARITY/CAGE (mode selector) switch to CAGE
to move turret FLIR forward.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret FLIR unit shall point straight forward and shall not drift more than 5°/minute.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If a drift of more than 5°/minute is observed, do DRIFT COMPENSATION.
STEP
11. On FLIR control panel, toggle mode selector to IP/HH (inertial pointing) until INRPT appears on upper status
bar on pilot and copilot MFDs.
STEP
12. On FLIR control panel, push joystick up for a few seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret FLIR unit shall pivot up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace FLIR control panel (WP 1580 00).
STEP
13. On FLIR control panel, push joystick down for a few seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret FLIR unit shall pivot down.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace FLIR control panel (WP 1580 00).
STEP
14. On FLIR control panel, push joystick left for a few seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret FLIR unit shall rotate counterclockwise.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace FLIR control panel (WP 1580 00).
STEP
15. On FLIR control panel, push joystick right for a few seconds.
0174 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret FLIR unit shall rotate clockwise.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace FLIR control panel (WP 1580 00).
STEP
16. On FLIR control panel, toggle mode selector to IP/HH (heading hold) until HDHLD is displayed in upper
status bar on pilot and copilot MFDs.
STEP
17. Press in and release mode selector a few times while observing image.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Image shall change from white-hot to black-hot and back each time the mode selector is pressed and re-
leased.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
18. On FLIR control panel, toggle mode selector to FOC OUT a few times while observing image.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Image sharpness on pilot and copilot MFDs shall decrease.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
19. On FLIR control panel, toggle mode selector to FOC IN a few times while observing image.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Image sharpness on pilot and copilot MFDs shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
NOTE
Toggle menu control between FOC IN and FOC OUT as necessary to get a clear image.
20. On FLIR control panel, set FOV switch to WFOV (wide field of view).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Pilot and copilot MFDs shall display a wide field of view.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
21. On FLIR control panel, set FOV switch to NFOV (narrow field of view).
0174 00-5
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Pilot and copilot MFDs shall display a narrow field of view.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
22. On FLIR control panel, set FOV switch to 2X ZOOM.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Pilot and copilot MFDs shall display an enlarged image.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
23. On FLIR control panel, set menu control to FREEZE to hold the last image.
STEP
24. On FLIR control panel, press joystick in any direction for a few seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret FLIR unit shall not move and image shall remain fixed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
25. On FLIR control panel, set menu control to FREEZE to release image.
STEP
26. On FLIR control panel, press joystick in any direction for a few seconds.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret FLIR unit shall move and image shall change.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
27. On FLIR control panel, press and hold GAIN UP/LVL UP/AUTO GAIN/GAIN ON/LVL DN (gain control) to
GAIN DN while observing image and bar at top right of pilot and copilot MFDs.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The contrast of the image shall decrease and the bar shall widen.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
28. On FLIR control panel, press and hold gain control to GAIN UP while observing image and bar at top right of
pilot and copilot MFDs.
0174 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
The contrast of the image shall increase and the bar shall narrow.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
29. On FLIR control panel, press and hold gain control to LVL DN while observing image and bar at top right of
pilot and copilot MFDs.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The image quality shall change and the bar shall move left.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
30. On FLIR control panel, press and hold gain control to LVL UP while observing image and bar at top right of
pilot and copilot MFDs.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The image quality shall change and the bar shall move right.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
31. On FLIR control panel, press in and release gain control while observing image and bar at top of pilot and
copilot MFDs.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The image quality shall return to the pre-existing level (improve) and the bar shall disappear.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
32. On FLIR control panel, press in and release menu control.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The turret FLIR UNIT shall rotate forward to center, then roll back and up and previously displayed FLIR im-
age shall disappear.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00).
STEP
33. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0174 00-7
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
DRIFT COMPENSATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury, make sure all personnel are clear of the Turret FLIR Unit when operational.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during fault isolation procedure, a short circuit is indicated (WP 0108
00).
1. Do Setup Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work package, unless already done.
STEP
2. On FLIR control panel, set POWER switch to ON.
STEP
3. On FLIR control panel, set FOV switch to WFOV.
STEP
4. On FLIR control panel, set mode selector to CAGE.
STEP
5. Using joystick control on FLIR control panel, position FLIR turret unit to observe a single distant object in the
center of pilot and copilot MFDs.
STEP
6. On FLIR control panel, set FOV switch to 2X ZOOM and toggle menu control between FOC IN and FOC OUT
as necessary to focus centered object.
STEP
7. On FLIR control panel, push mode selector to IP/HH until INRPT is displayed on pilot and copilot MFDs upper
status bar.
STEP
8. On FLIR control panel, push menu control to MENU.
STEP
9. If necessary, using the joystick control on FLIR control panel, scroll up or down to highlight MENU option,
then set menu control to HOOK to get to MENU page 2.
STEP
10. Using the joystick control on FLIR control panel, scroll up or down to highlight CAL option, then set menu
control to HOOK to get to CALIBRATION menu.
STEP
11. If necessary to reduce lateral drift, using joystick control on FLIR control panel, scroll up or down to highlight
DRIFT AZ option and then set menu control to HOOK.
0174 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
DRIFT COMPENSATION OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
Decreasing the numerical value reduces drift to the left, while increasing the numerical value
reduces drift to the right.
12. While observing a single object in the center of the pilot or copilot MFDs, adjust highlighted value in menu
using joystick until minimum or no drift is obtained.
STEP
13. On FLIR control panel, set menu control to HOOK to get to left side of menu.
STEP
14. If necessary to reduce vertical drift, using joystick control on FLIR control panel, scroll up or down to highlight
DRIFT EL option and then set menu control to HOOK.
STEP
NOTE
Decreasing the numerical value reduces drift downward, while increasing the numerical value
reduces drift upward.
15. While observing a single object in the center of the pilot and copilot MFDs, adjust highlighted value in menu
using joystick until minimum or no drift is obtained.
STEP
16. On FLIR control panel, set menu control to HOOK to get to left side of menu.
STEP
17. Using joystick control on FLIR control panel, scroll up or down to highlight EXIT option and then set menu
control to HOOK to exit the CALIBRATION menu.
STEP
18. On FLIR control panel, press menu control to HOOK to exit MENU.
STEP
19. If no other check is to be done, go to Shutdown Operational/Troubleshooting Procedure, in this work pack-
age.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Shutdown shall be performed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Turn pilot and copilot MFDs switches OFF.
STEP
2. On FLIR control panel, select STOW.
0174 00-9
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
3. On FLIR control panel, set POWER switch to OFF.
STEP
4. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
5. Install FLIR turret safety pin.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR turret safety pin shall be installed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
MFD DOES NOT DISPLAY FLIR IMAGE AND MENU PAGE 1
SYMPTOM
MFD does not display FLIR image and MENU page 1.
MALFUNCTION
MFD does not display FLIR image and MENU page 1.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P210R-A and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P210R-B
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P210R-C and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P210R-D
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P210R-E and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P210R-F
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , Terminal 1
of FLIR circuit breakerand airframe ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace FLIR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 7
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , 1J3-5 and
Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , 1J3-6 on central electronic unit.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 7
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P215R-5
and Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P215R-6.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 5
0174 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
MFD DOES NOT DISPLAY FLIR IMAGE AND MENU PAGE 1 – Continued
5. Check continuity between Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , 3J1-5 and
Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , 3J1-6 on FLIR control panel.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, replace FLIR control panel (WP 1580 00). Go to Step 7
6. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P1016R-B and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P212R-R
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P1015R-B and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5) , P213R-R
a. If continuity is present, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 7
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
7. Procedure completed.
PILOT’S MFD DOES NOT INDICATE A FLIR IMAGE
SYMPTOM
Pilot’s MFD does not indicate a FLIR image.
MALFUNCTION
Pilot’s MFD does not indicate a FLIR image.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between P1016-R and P212R-R.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104
00). Go to Step 2
b. If trouble remains, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 2
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
COPILOT’S MFD DOES NOT INDICATE A FLIR IMAGE
SYMPTOM
Copilot’s MFD does not indicate a FLIR image.
MALFUNCTION
Copilot’s MFD does not indicate a FLIR image.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between P1015-R and P213R-R.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104
00). Go to Step 2
b. If trouble remains, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 2
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
0174 00-11
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU
SYMPTOM
Error code is displayed in fault isolation test sub-menu.
MALFUNCTION
Error code is displayed in fault isolation test sub-menu.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for error code.
a. If error code is 101, 102, 103, 201, 20d, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 50a,
50b, 50c, 50d or 50e, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If error code is 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 700, 701, 705, 706, 708, 709 or 70a, replace turret
FLIR unit (WP 1578 00). Go to Step 8
c. If error code is 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 20a, 20b, or 20c, go to Step 2
d. If error code is 203 or 800, go to Step 3
e. If error code is 204, go to Step 4
f. If error code is 205 or 801, go to Step 5
g. If error code is 702, 703, or 704, go to Step 6
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P215R-1 and P214R-1
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P215R-11 and P214R-11
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-85 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P217R-85
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-93 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P217R-93
a. If continuity is present, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P215R-2 and P214R-2
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P215R-3 and P214R-3
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P215R-4 and P214R-4
a. If continuity is present, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If trouble remains, replace FLIR control panel (WP 1580 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-40 and P217R-40
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-41 and P217R-41
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-42 and P217R-42
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-47 and P217R-47
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-48 and P217R-48
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-49 and P217R-49
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-50 and P217R-50
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-51 and P217R-51
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-52 and P217R-52
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-53 and P217R-53
0174 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU – Continued
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-58 and P217R-58
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-59 and P217R-59
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-60 and P217R-60
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-61 and P217R-61
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-62 and P217R-62
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-63 and P217R-63
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-64 and P217R-64
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-69 and P217R-69
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-70 and P217R-70
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-71 and P217R-71
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-72 and P217R-72
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-73 and P217R-73
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-74 and P217R-74
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-79 and P217R-79
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-80 and P217R-80
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-81 and P217R-81
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-87 and P217R-87
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-88 and P217R-88
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-89 and P217R-89
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-94 and P217R-94
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-95 and P217R-95
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5) , P216R-96 and P217R-96
a. If continuity is present, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If trouble remains, replace FLIR control panel (WP 1580 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-8 and P217R-8
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-16 and P217R-16
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-35 and P217R-35
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-25 and P217R-25
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-56 and P217R-56
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-67 and P217R-67
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-78 and P217R-78
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-77 and P217R-77
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-44 and P217R-44
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5) , P216R-43 and P217R-43
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-45 and P217R-45
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-55 and P217R-55
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-65 and P217R-65
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-75 and P217R-75
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-92 and P217R-92
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-100 and P217R-100
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-99 and P217R-99
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-91 and P217R-91
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-98 and P217R-98
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-97 and P217R-97
a. If continuity is present, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
0174 00-13
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU – Continued
b. If trouble remains, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
6. Check for ice in turret FLIR unit.
a. If ice is present, remove ice and check heater.
b. If heater does not go on, go to Step 7
c. If ice is not present, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00). Go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-20 and P217R-20
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5) , P216R-21 and P217R-21
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-22 and P217R-22
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-23 and P217R-23
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-31 and P217R-31
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5) , P216R-32 and P217R-32
a. If continuity is present, replace central electronic unit (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If trouble remains, replace turret FLIR unit (WP 1578 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
0174 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
B
SAFETY
PIN
C
D
A
TURRET
OPTICS FLIR
UNIT
TURRET FLIR UNIT
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P129 / J129 COPILOT'S AUXILIARY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
P210 / 1J1 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P212R / 1J8 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P213R / 1J7 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P214R / 3J1 LOWER CONSOLE / FLIR
CONTROL PANEL
NO. 2 DC PRI
P215R / 1J3 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
FLIR
P216R / 1J6 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P217R / 2J1 TURRET / TURRET-FLIR 15
UNIT
P1015R COPILOT'S MFD,
INSTRUMENT PANEL
P1016R PILOT'S MFD, INSTRUMENT
PANEL COPILOT'S AUXILIARY CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
TJ5VB TERMINAL BOARD,
LOWER CONSOLE AB0992_1
SA
Figure 1. FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0174 00-15
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
MENU
CONTROL
FOV MENU POWER
STOW
2X
WFOV OFF ON GAIN
ZOOM
CONTROL
HOOK LOCK
NFOV
FOC OUT GAIN UP
FREEZE
LVL LVL C
CAGE IP/HH
DN UP
POLARITY AUTO-
FOC IN GAIN DN GAIN
MODE
SELECTOR FLIR CONTROL PANEL JOYSTICK
CONTROL
ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR 1J7 CONNECTOR 1J8
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR 1J6
MOUNT
ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
1J1 1J3
HOLDDOWN
COLLAR
CENTRAL ELECTRONICS UNIT (CEU) AB0992_2A
SA
Figure 1. FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0174 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
COMM NAV
UPPER
STATUS
BAR
LOWER
STATUS
BAR
ON OFF DECL ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A BRT
W/W
INRPT STOW
HDHLD FLTR >
ASCN > SYM >
F
CAGE > MAINT >
POL DIFF >
FOC > CAL >
GN/LVL > FIT >
MENU > HOOK CONFIG >
EXIT > MENU >
PAGE 1 EXIT >
MFD MENUS AB0992_3
PAGE 2 SA
Figure 1. FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0174 00-17
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CURRENT GAIN / LEVEL
MODE INDICATOR
UPPER
STATUS
BAR
FLTR / HI DAY / DCL AGN / LVL TRK INRPT NRX2 FRZ WHT
+30
-30
-60
-90
-120
GN 7
LVL 2
-180 -90 0 +90 +180
LAT N DD OMM.MMOo LON W DDDOMM.MMOo -93.4OAZ 14OEL DD-MM-YY HH:MM:SSL
LOWER
STATUS
BAR
TYPICAL FLIR DISPLAY
AB0992_4
SA
Figure 1. FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0174 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
SCHEMATICS
COPILOT'S
MULTIFUNCTION DISP
FLIR
P129J129
NO. 2 CB530
DC PRI 15 Z
BUS 2 AMP 1
28 VDC a
COPILOT'S AUXILIARY P1015RB
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
CL1015
PILOT'S
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
P1016RB
CL1016
SGP210-1
SGP210-2
GND210-1
BP212R BP213R
P210RB D F E A C P212RR P213RR
(28V HTR RTN)
1J1 1J8 1J7
+28V CEU
+28V CEU
(28V HTR)
VIDEO
VIDEO
+28V CEU
RTN
NOTES
1. INDICATES SHIELDED, TWISTED
P PAIR
2.BP (BRAID PLUG) IS USED TO SHOW
RING BRAID SHIELD TERMINATOR.CENTRAL ELECTRONICS UNIT AB1693_
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 5).
0174 00-19
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLIR CONTROL PANEL TURRET FLIR UNIT
3J1 2J1
P214R 1 11 2 3 4 5 6 13 10 9 P217R 8 16 26 35 25 36 56 67 57 78 77 68 44 43 54
BP214R BP217R
P P
P
GND
214-1
G TJ5VB
LOWER
CONSOLE
LIGHTS
DIMMING
P
P
BP215R
BP216R
P215R 1 11 2 3 4 5 6 13 P216R 8 16 26 35 25 36 56 67 57 78 77 68 44 43 54
1J3 1J6
VID1+
VID2+
VID3+
VID4+
+13.8V
+13.8V
VID1-
VID2-
VID3-
VID4-
RS485+
AZREF+
FLIR ON
RS485-
AZREF-
13.8V RETN
VID1 SHIELD
VID2 SHIELD
VID3 SHIELD
VID4 SHIELD
28V RETURN
AZREF SHIELD
CHASSIS GROUND
CENTRAL ELECTRONICS UNIT
AB1693_2
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 5).
0174 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
TURRET FLIR UNIT
2J1
P217R 45 55 66 65 75 76 85 93 84 92 100 83 99 91 82 98 97 90 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 12 13 17 18 20 21
BP217R
P P P P P
P P P P P
BP216R
P216R 45 55 66 65 75 76 85 93 84 92 100 83 99 91 82 98 97 90 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 12 13 17 18 20 21
1J6
TXDA+
D MOD
RXDA+
RS485+
TACH+
TXDA-
VSYNC+
RXDA-
TACH-
AZ DR-
RS485-
EL DRV+
VSYNC-
EL GYRO+
EL DRV-
AZ GYRO+
AZ DRIVE+
TACHREF+
EL GYRO-
AZ GYRO-
TACHREF-
TXDA SHIELD
RXDA SHIELD
TACH SHIELD
RS485 SHIELD
VSYNC SHIELD
D MOD RETURN
28 VDC RETURN
AZ WIP RETURN
TACHREF SHIELD
28V H RETURN
CENTRAL ELECTRONICS UNIT
AB1693_3
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 5).
0174 00-21
0174 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TURRET FLIR UNIT
2J1
P217R22 23 24 27 29 30 31 32 33 34 37 38 39 46 40 41 42 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 58 59 60
BP217R
BP216R
P216R22 23 24 27 29 30 31 32 33 34 37 38 39 46 40 41 42 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 58 59 60
+28V AZ RETURN
13.8V M RETURN
13.8V I RETURN
13.8V I RETURN
SHIELD (VID)
1J6
+28V GMB
+28V HTR
+13.8V M
-13.8V M
28V AZ
+28V K
+28V K
-13.8V I
-13.8V I
13.8V M RETURN
+28V K RETURN
CAP*
CAP
E27
+28V HTR
+28V AZ
-13.8V M
CENTRAL ELECTRONICS UNIT AB1693_
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 5).
0174 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0174 00
TURRET FLIR UNIT
2J1
61 62 63 64 69 70 71 72 73 74 79 80 81 87 88 89 94 95 96 P217R
BP217R
BP216R
+28V GMB RETURN
61 62 63 64 69 70 71 72 73 74 79 80 81 87 88 89 94 95 96 P216R
+13.8V M RETURN
13.8V M RETURN
13.8V M RETURN
13.8V M RETURN
+28V AZ RETURN
+28V AZ RETURN
1J6
+28V GMB
+28V GMB
+28V GMB RETURN
+13.8V M
+13.8V M
+13.8V M
+13.8V I
CENTRAL ELECTRONICS UNIT AB1693_
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5 of 5).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0174 00-23
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
FORWARD LOOKING INFRARED (FLIR) HH-60L> .
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, Fluke, Model 37 WP 0837 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1578 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1579 00
WP 1580 00
Personnel Required
WP 1737 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (2) WP 1800 00
References Equipment Condition
WP 0104 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 0108 00 and/or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided:
• Setup
• Operational Check
• Fault Isolation Test
• FLIR Azimuth Offset Adjustment Procedure
• Shutdown
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury, make sure all personnel are clear of the turret FLIR unit (TFU).
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during fault isolation procedure, a short circuit is indicated (WP 0108
00).
1. Make sure all circuit breakers are pushed in, except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
STEP
CAUTION
Ensure the FLIR STOW PIN is removed from the FLIR Turret before applying power to the FLIR.
2. Remove FLIR STOW pin.
STEP
3. Turn on electrical power.
0175 00-1
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SETUP OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
STEP
4. Turn pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs power switches to the ON position, and both MFD/NIGHT/DAY switches are
in the DAY position. Depress both MFD FLIR switches.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Both MFDs are set to the FLIR page.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
5. Set FLIR hand control unit (HCU) POWER switch to ON.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The FLIR test screen will be displayed on both MFDs and Built-In-Test (BIT) will automatically be performed.
The TFU will enter Cage mode.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
To prevent injury, make sure all personnel are clear of the TFU.
CAUTION
Place FLIR in STOW position when not in use to prevent window damage.
NOTE
If a circuit breaker pops out during fault isolation procedure, a short circuit is indicated (WP 0108
00).
1. Do Setup, if not already done.
STEP
2. Allow approximately 3 - 5 minutes for the FLIR to warm-up, complete it’s startup BIT test and for the image to
stabilize.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. The TFU shall Cage (point straight ahead).
2. Pilot’s and copilot’s MFD’s shall indicate a FLIR image.
0175 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
3. Pilot’s and copilot’s MFD’s shall not indicate FAULT in the upper status bar of the FLIR display.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If result (1) is not as specified, and all functions become disabled after 40 seconds, replace TFU (WP 1578
00).
2. If result (2) is not as specified, go to MFD Does Not Display FLIR Image and MENU Page 1, in this work
package..
3. If pilot’s MFD does not indicate a FLIR image, go to Pilot’s MFD Does Not Indicate a FLIR Image, in this work
package.
4. If copilot’s MFD does not indicate a FLIR image, go to Copilot’s MFD Does Not Indicate a FLIR Image, in this
work package.
5. If result (3) is not as specified, perform fault isolation procedure.
STEP
3. Using the Joystick, toggle MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to MENU.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs shall display a MENU with Exit highlighted.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
4. Using the Joystick, highlight Calibration, then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Calibration page shall be displayed with Exit highlighted.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
5. Using the Joystick, highlight Grayscale and toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
A grayscale bar with many shades of gray will appear across the top of the pilot’s and copilot’s MFD.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
6. Turn the pilot’s and copilot’s MFD BRT control knob until the far left of the grayscale is dark black and the far
right is light white. Toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The grayscale bar will disappear.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0175 00-3
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
7. Using the Joystick, highlight Set Time/Date and toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK.
STEP
8. Using the Joystick, highlight Hour, then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK.
STEP
9. Using the Joystick, change the current hour setting, then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK
switch to HOOK.
STEP
10. Repeat Step 8 and Step 9 to set the current Minute, Second, Month, Day, and Year.
STEP
11. Using the joystick, highlight Update Clock, and then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch
to HOOK for the new time and date settings to take effect.
STEP
12. Using the Joystick, highlight and hook on the Exit label to exit the Set Time/Date sub menu.
STEP
13. Using the Joystick, highlight Cage the toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The Default Cage Positions sub menu appears.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
14. Using the Joystick, highlight Cage and toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK to
view the Cage sub menu. Adjust if necessary.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Default Autoscan Cage position shall read 0 AZ and 0 EL. (Default is identified by a ">")
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
15. Using the Joystick, highlight and hook on the Exit label to exit the Calibration sub-menu.
0175 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
CAUTION
Maintenance menu features are critical to the operation of the FLIR system. In order to prevent
damage to the FLIR system, use caution whenever changing the maintenance menu settings.
NOTE
The Maintenance menu contains multiple options, access to critical options are limited to access
code 374. A restricted maintenance menu can be accessed using access code 000. In order to
gain access to the unrestricted maintenance menu, Tumbler Labels (Tumbler 1, Tumbler 2, and
Tumbler 3) must be set to 3, 7, 4, respectfully.
16. Using the Joystick, highlight Maintenance then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK to display Tumbler Labels and settings.
STEP
17. Using the Joystick, highlight the desired tumbler label value and change the value to the desired number
and select the value by toggling the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK. Set the labels
values to 3, 7, 4 (see note above).
CONDITION/INDICATION
The Tumbler Labels are set to 3, 7, 4.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
18. Using the Joystick, highlight OPEN then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK.
STEP
19. Using the Joystick, highlight Gymbal Calibration then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK
switch to HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The Gymbal Calibration sub-menu screen will be displayed on the MFD.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
20. If required, using the Joystick, change the numeric value of each label to value on the right. Toggle the
MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK to set the numeric value.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The Gymbal Calibration sub menu shall display the following:
AZIMUTH OFFSET 0.0°
3 AXIS STOW AZ POS 180.0°
0175 00-5
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
3 AXIS STOW EL POS 134.0°
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
21. Highlight and hook on the Exit label to exit the Gymbal Calibration sub menu.
STEP
22. Using the Joystick, highlight System Configuration then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK
switch to HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. The sub menu shall display the following:
Monitor Type: RS170
Camera: CCD: None
Camera: Spotter Scope: None
Microscan: Installed
Controller Type: xNet HCU
Turret Type: Star II
Laser Type: -
Tracker Type- Octec VME
Exit: -
2. If required, using the Joystick, change the value of each label to value on the right. Toggle the
MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK to set the value.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
23. Using the Joystick, highlight the Exit label, then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK. Continue hooking on all Exit labels until menu pages are no longer displayed.
STEP
24. Apply a slight amount of pressure on the FLIR Joystick.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The control breaks out of the Cage mode and enters INRPT (Inertial Point) Mode as shown in the top border
of both MFDs.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
25. Operate the Joystick to the following positions:
CONTROL TURRET
UP Up Elevation
DOWN Down Elevation
0175 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONTROL TURRET
LEFT CCW Azimuth (as viewed
from top of image)
RIGHT CW Azimuth (as viewed
from top of image)
CONDITION/INDICATION
The FLIR Turret and both MFDs displays the follow the joystick accordingly.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
26. Depress the left most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to the CAGE
position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR proceeds to Cage default position of 0 AZ and 0 EL.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
27. Visually inspect the FLIR Turret to verify that the Cage settings position the FLIR Turret to 0° Azimuth and 0°
Elevation with respect to aircraft nose.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. The FLIR Turret is positioned to 0° Azimuth and 0° Elevation with respect to aircraft nose.
2. If the FLIR Turret is not centered on aircraft perform azimuth offset adjustment procedure.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
28. Apply some force to the joystick.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR is in INRPT Mode, shown in the top border of both MFD displays.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
29. Depress the right most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch up to the GAIN
UP position and down to the GAIN DOWN position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR Gain changes and the picture quality on the MFDs change. Gain/Level bar shown in the top of both
MFDs decreases in width for GAIN UP and increases in width for GAIN DOWN.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0175 00-7
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
30. Initiate the Auto Gain/Level by depressing the right most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ
FRM/HOOK switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR Gain and Level readjust to AUTO settings.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
31. Depress in the left most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR Imagery Polarity changes from white hot indication to black hot indication.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
32. Depress in the left most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR Imagery Polarity changes from black hot indication to white hot indication.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
33. Depress the left most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch up to the FOCUS
OUT position and down to the FOCUS IN position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR Focus changes. Focus bar at top left of both MFD screens moves and picture quality changes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
34. Depress the left most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to the right
(IP/HH).
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR Mode changes to Heading Hold. HDHLD is displayed at top of both MFD screens.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
35. Depress the left most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to the right
(IP/HH).
0175 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR Mode changes to Inertial Point. INRPT is displayed at top of both MFD screens.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
36. Depress the FLIR Control Handle FOV Trigger switch to the down position 3 times.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR FOV changes to ZOOM. IR NrwX2 is displayed at top of both MFD screens and image changes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
37. Depress the FLIR Control Handle trigger switch to the up position once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR FOV changes to Narrow Field of View. IR NRW is displayed at top of both MFD screens and image
changes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
38. Depress the FLIR Control Handle trigger switch to the up position once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR FOV changes to Medium Field of View. IR MED is displayed at top of both MFD screens and image
changes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
39. Depress the FLIR Control Handle trigger switch to the up position once.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR FOV changes to Wide Field of View. IR WIDE is displayed at top of both MFD screens and image
changes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
40. Depress the center most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch down to the
FRZ FRM position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR image on both MFDs is frozen. FRZ is displayed at top of both MFD screens and image changes.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0175 00-9
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
41. Depress the center most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch down to the
FRZ FRM position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
FLIR image on both MFDs is unfrozen. FRZ is removed from the top of both MFD screens.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
42. Select a distant, contrasting, moving target and center it on the MFD screen. Toggle the Tracker Trigger
switch on the underside of the controller.
CONDITION/INDICATION
A square encases the target and follows it as it moves.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
43. Toggle the Tracker Trigger switch again.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The square is removed from the display and no longer tracks the target.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
44. Depress the center most FLIR Control Pendant MENU/FREEZE momentary switch to the MENU position.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Menu page shall display with the Exit label highlighted.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
45. Using the Joystick, highlight Autoscan and toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK to view the Autoscan sub menu.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Autoscan settings read:
WIDTH
> Full
Reduced
RATE
High
> Medium
Low
0175 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
RATE
Autolock Off/On
Autoscan Preferences...
Start Scan
Exit
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
NOTE
If required, using the Joystick, highlight the Full width label and toggle the MENU/STOW/LOC-
K/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK to set as the "default mode" shown with ">" or, if required,
using the Joystick, highlight the Medium rate label and toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ
FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK to set as the "default mode" shown with ">".
46. Using the Joystick, select the Autoscan Preferences and toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK
switch to HOOK to view the Autoscan Preferences sub menu.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The sub menu shall display the following:
Patterns
Azimuth - Full ± 120
Azimuth - Reduced ± 30
Elevation ± 15
High 15°/SEC
Medium 10°/SEC
Low 5°/SEC
Revert to Factory
Settings
Exit
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0175 00-11
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
If required, select each label by toggling the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK. Using the Joystick, change the value of each label to value on the right. Toggle the
MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK to set the value.
47. Using the Joystick, highlight the Exit label then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The Autoscan page sub menu screen will be displayed on the MFD.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
48. Using the Joystick, highlight the Start Scan label then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK
switch to HOOK to initiate an Autoscan pattern.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret FLIR unit shall begin Autoscan pattern for default settings.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
NOTE
Exit out all menu’s or Depress joystick to stop scan.
49. Initiate STOW by depressing the center MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Turret points to 180° (±1°) azimuth and goes to 134°(±1°) elevation off the screen.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
50. Using the Joystick, highlight the Exit label then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The Main Menu page will be displayed on the MFD.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
51. If no other checks are to be done, go to shutdown.
0175 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
None Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
FAULT ISOLATION TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Do Setup if not already done.
STEP
NOTE
The Fault Isolation Test (FIT) procedure is to be completed only if FAULT is displayed in the
upper status bar area upon completion of the Built-In Test (BIT) or if the FLIR System is operating
improperly.
2. On the FLIR Control Pendant, toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to MENU.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Menu Page shall be displayed on MFD with the EXIT label highlighted.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
3. Using the Joystick, highlight Fault then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK to
enter the Fault Isolation Test sub menu.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The labels Clear, FIT, and Exit will be displayed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
NOTE
If a fault code is displayed on the MFD before FIT is initiated, this may be a result of a past
FIT. Using the Joystick, highlight the Clear label then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ
FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK. This will clear past FIT results. The Clear option is used to clear
any faults that are displayed in the top portion of the menu. Using the Clear option should be the
first action taken by an operator, should a fault occur. If the Clear option clears the fault, but the
fault is regenerated, the FIT option should be initiated.
4. Using the Joystick, highlight the FIT label. Toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK to initiate FIT.
0175 00-13
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT ISOLATION TEST OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. FIT IN PROGRESS is displayed in the upper status bar area until FIT is completed. If an error is
detected, an error code will be displayed on the FIT sub menu screen.
2. Refer to Table 1 - FIT Error Codes, Error Codes, and follow the appropriate action to be taken therein.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
5. Using the Joystick, highlight the Exit label then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK. Continue hooking on all Exit labels until menu pages are no longer displayed.
CONDITION/INDICATION
None Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
FLIR AZIMUTH OFFSET ADJUSTMENT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Do Setup if not already done.
STEP
2. Using the joystick, toggle FOCUS OUT/IP HH/FOCUS IN/POL AF/CAGE switch to CAGE.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CAGE is displayed in the top border of the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
3. Using the Joystick, toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to MENU.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs shall display a menu with Exit highlighted.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
CAUTION
Maintenance menu features are critical to the operation of the FLIR system. In order to prevent
damage to the FLIR system; use caution whenever changing maintenance menu settings.
4. Using the Joystick, highlight MAINTENANCE then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch
to HOOK to display tumbler labels and settings.
STEP
5. Using the Joystick, highlight the desired tumbler label value and change the value to the desired number and
select the value by toggling the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK. Set the label values
to 3, 7, and 4.
0175 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
FLIR AZIMUTH OFFSET ADJUSTMENT OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL
CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
The tumbler values are set to 3, 7, and 4.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
6. Using the joystick, highlight OPEN then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to HOOK.
STEP
7. Using the joystick, highlight GYMBAL CALIBRATION then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK
switch to HOOK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
The GYMBAL CALIBRATION sub-menu screen will be displayed on the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
8. Using the joystick, highlight AZIMUTH OFFSET then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK
switch to HOOK.
STEP
9. Using the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK joystick on the FLIR HCU, reposition the FLIR Line-of-
Sight Reticles (crosshairs) with an object centered directly forward of the helicopter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
AZIMUTH OFFSET value will change with FLIR turret movement.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
10. Using the joystick, highlight the Exit label then toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to
HOOK. Continue hooking on all Exit labels until menu pages are no longer displayed.
STEP
11. Verify FLIR is in CAGE.
CONDITION/INDICATION
CAGE is displayed in the top border of the pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
12. Compare visual reference against FLIR image to verify Caged FLIR turret is pointed directly forward of
helicopter.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. FLIR crosshairs are aligned with an object centered directly forward of the helicopter.
2. Procedure complete.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
0175 00-15
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SHUTDOWN OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Using the Joystick, toggle the MENU/STOW/LOCK/FRZ FRM/HOOK switch to STOW.
STEP
2. On HCU, set POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.
STEP
3. Pull out the NO. 2 DC PRI BUS FLIR Circuit Breaker.
STEP
4. Turn pilot’s and copilot’s MFDs switches OFF.
STEP
5. Turn off electrical power.
STEP
6. Secure pendant and install TFU safety pin.
CONDITION/INDICATION
None Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
MFD DOES NOT DISPLAY FLIR IMAGE AND MENU PAGE 1
SYMPTOM
MFD Does Not Display FLIR Image and MENU Page 1.
MALFUNCTION
MFD Does Not Display FLIR Image and MENU Page 1.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P210R-A and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P210R-E
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , P210R-D and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) P210R-B
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) , Terminal 1
of FLIR circuit breaker CB530 and airframe ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace FLIR circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 5
3. Check for 28 vdc between Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P214R-5
and Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P214R-6.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace HCU (WP 1580 00). Go to Step 5
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
0175 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
MFD DOES NOT DISPLAY FLIR IMAGE AND MENU PAGE 1 – Continued
4. Check continuity between Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P215R-5
and Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P215R-6.
a. If continuity is present, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
PILOT’S MFD DOES NOT INDICATE A FLIR IMAGE
SYMPTOM
Pilot’s MFD Does Not Indicate a FLIR Image.
MALFUNCTION
Pilot’s MFD Does Not Indicate a FLIR Image.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between P1016R-B and P212R-CC.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104
00). Go to Step 2
b. If trouble remains, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 2
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
COPILOT’S MFD DOES NOT INDICATE A FLIR IMAGE
SYMPTOM
Copilot’s MFD Does Not Indicate a FLIR Image.
MALFUNCTION
Copilot’s MFD Does Not Indicate a FLIR Image.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check continuity between P1015R-B and P213R-CC.
a. If continuity is present, troubleshoot MFD/caution/advisory warning system (WP 0104
00). Go to Step 2
b. If trouble remains, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 2
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU
SYMPTOM
Error Code is Displayed in Fault Isolation Test Sub-menu.
MALFUNCTION
Error Code is Displayed in Fault Isolation Test Sub-menu.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for error code.
a. If error code is 101, 102, 103, 201, 20d, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 50a,
50b, 50c, 50d or 50e, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If error code is 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 700, 701, 705, 706, 708, 709 or 70a, replace TFU
(WP 1578 00). Go to Step 8
0175 00-17
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU – Continued
c. If error code is 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 20a, 20b, or 20c, go to Step 2
d. If error code is 203 or 800, go to Step 3
e. If error code is 204, go to Step 4
f. If error code is 205 or 801, go to Step 5
g. If error code is 702, 703, or 704, go to Step 6
2. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P215R-1 and , P214R-1
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P215R-11 and , P214R-11
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P216R-85 and , P217R-85
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-93 and , P217R-93
a. If continuity is present, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
3. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P215R-2 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P214R-2
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P215R-3 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P214R-3
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P215R-4 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P214R-4
a. If continuity is present, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If trouble remains, replace HCU (WP 1580 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
4. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-3 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-3
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-4 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-4
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-9 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-9
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-13 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-13
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-17 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-17
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-18 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-18
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-24 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-24
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-29 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-29
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-30 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-30
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-33 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-33
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-34 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-34
0175 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU – Continued
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-37 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-37
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-40 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-40
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-41 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-41
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-42 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-42
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-47 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-47
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-48 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-48
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-49 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-49
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-50 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-50
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-51 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-51
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-52 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-52
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-53 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-53
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-58 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-58
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-59 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-59
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-60 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-60
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-61 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-61
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-62 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-62
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-63 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-63
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-64 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-64
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-69 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-69
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-70 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-70
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-71 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-71
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-72 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-72
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-73 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-73
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-74 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-74
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-79 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-79
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-80 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-80
0175 00-19
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU – Continued
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-81 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-81
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-87 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-87
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-88 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-88
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-89 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-89
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-94 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-94
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-95 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-95
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P216R-96 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4) , P217R-96
a. If continuity is present, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If trouble remains, replace TFU (WP 1580 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
5. Check continuity between:
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P216R-8 andFigure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) P217R-8
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P216R-16 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P217R-16
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P216R-35 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P217R-35
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P216R-25 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4) , P217R-25
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-45 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-45
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-55 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-55
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-65 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-65
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-75 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-75
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-92 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-92
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-100 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-100
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-99 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-99
• Figure 2 - FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P216R-91 and Figure 2 - FLIR
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4) , P217R-91
a. If continuity is present, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If trouble remains, replace TFU (WP 1580 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
6. Check for ice in TFU.
0175 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU – Continued
a. If ice is present, remove ice and check heater.
b. If heater does not go on, go to Step 7
c. If ice is not present, replace TFU (WP 1578 00). Go to Step 8
7. Check continuity between P216R-32 and P217R-32.
a. If continuity is present, replace CEU (WP 1579 00). Go to Step 8
b. If trouble remains, replace TFU (WP 1578 00). Go to Step 8
c. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 8
8. Procedure completed.
Table 1. FIT Error Codes.
COMPONENT DISPLAY LONG DISPLAY CORRECTIVE ACTION
System Control
CEU SC Contl Controller device not Check connections
responding
Gimbal SC Gimbl Gimbal controller not Check connections
responding
Tracker SC Trkr Tracker not responding Check connections
Payload SC Payload Payload not responding Check connections
Laser SC Laser Laser device not Check connections
responding
Imager SC Imager Imager not responding Check connections
CEU SC FitP Fit is in progress Wait and try again
Gimbal
Gimbal Gimb Fit Cannot perform FIT Wait and try again
during INIT mode
Gimbal Gyro General Servo Failure Re-power system
Gimbal El Stall Failure in the elevation Re-power system
axis
Gimbal AZ Stall Failure in the azimuth Re-power system
axis
Gimbal Tracker General Tracker Failure Re-power system
Gimbal Gimb Cal Calibration Failure Re-power system
Gimbal Gimb EEP Gimbal Parameters Lost Reset drifts and offsets
Gimbal Trkr EEP Tracker Parameters Lost System using some
defaults
Gimbal GimbCode EEPROM store code is Re-power system
missing
Gimbal GyroLink Gyro Link Error Re-power system
Gimbal GimbFail Gyro Failure Re-power system
0175 00-21
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ERROR CODE IS DISPLAYED IN FAULT ISOLATION TEST SUB-MENU – Continued
Table 1. FIT Error Codes. – Continued
COMPONENT DISPLAY LONG DISPLAY CORRECTIVE ACTION
Gimbal GIPNoTlk Gyro Interface Processor Re-power system
not responding
Payload
Payload PEA Gen Miscellaneous Failure Re-power system
Payload PEA Chks Payload Parameters Lost Re-power system
Payload PEA Humd Excess Moisture Re-power system
Payload PEA Focs IR Focus Motor Re-power system
Malfunction
Payload PEA NFOV IR NFOV MFOV Motor Re-power system
Malfunction
Payload PEA WFOV IR WFOV/NUC Motor Re-power system
Malfunction
Payload PEA Dith Dither Mechanism Re-power system
Malfunction
Payload PEA Powr One or more power Re-power system
supplies out of tolerance
Payload PEA ClrP Cooler power supply out Re-power system
of tolerance
Payload PEA Temp Detector temperature out Re-power system
of range
Payload PEA Cool Cooler malfunction Re-power system
Payload PEA CCD CCD Camera Motor Re-power system
Malfunction
Payload PEA FPGA FPGA Failure Re-power system
Payload PEA 12 C Intra-board Re-power system
communications failure
Payload PEA IPC IPC Communications Re-power system
Failure
Tracker
Tracker Trkr Img Tracker BIT Failure 0 Re-power system
Tracker Trkr TPU Tracker BIT Failure 1 Re-power system
Tracker Trkr Fld Tracker BIT Failure 2 Re-power system
Tracker Trkr CS Tracker BIT Failure 3 Re-power system
Tracker Trkr IVP Tracker BIT Failure 4 Re-power system
Tracker Trkr IVP Tracker BIT Failure 5 Re-power system
0175 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
A E D
IR NFOV /
MFOV
IR WFOV CCD WINDOW
TFU
TERMINAL BOARD/
DISCONNECT PLUG/ LOCATION/
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
J9001 AFT FIXTURE DISCONNECT
PANEL
P129 / J129 COPILOT'S AUXILIARY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
P210R / J1 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P212R / J8 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P213R / J7 ANTENNA WELL / CEU NO. 2 DC PRI
P214R / J1 HAND CONTROL UNIT
FLIR
P215R / J3 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P216R / J6 ANTENNA WELL / CEU 15
P217R / J1 TTFU
P219R / 1J10 ANTENNA WELL / CEU
P1015R / J1 COPILOT'S MFD,
INSTRUMENT PANEL
P1016R / J1 PILOT'S MFD, INSTRUMENT
PANEL COPILOT'S AUXILIARY CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
TJ5VB TERMINAL BOARD,
LOWER CONSOLE AB0992_1B
SA
Figure 1. FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0175 00-23
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TRACKER
TRIGGER
FOV
TRIGGER
HCU
C
CEU AB0992_2C
SA
Figure 1. FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0175 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
COMM NAV UPPER
STATUS
BAR
LOWER
STATUS
ON OFF DECL ATT HOV FP FLIR C/A BRT BAR
Nuc... Cage...
Filter... Default cage positions...
Scene... Default focus...
Autoscan... Turret parameters...
Calibration... Set time / date...
Display... Payload cal...
Tracker scenarios... Elevation control Push Up Gimbal Down
Mission... Gray scale
Maintenance... HOOK Hibernate mode
Exit Zero gyro drift
Exit
PAGE 1
PAGE 2 AB0992_3A
MFD MENUS SA
Figure 1. FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0175 00-25
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NEXT FIELD-OF-VIEW CURRENT DISPLAY ELECTRONIC
SIZE RETICLE DYNAMIC RANGE ZOOM INDICATOR
LINE-OF-SIGHT TRACK ILLUMINATOR
RETICLE ACQUISITION STATUS
CURRENT FOCUS BOX
WITHIN RANGE
/HI/ IR WIDE AUTO MODERATE FRZ WHT AF DAY TRK INRPT REC R FAULT SCPAYLOAD
ELEVATION
GRATICULE
+30_
0_
-30_
-60_
-90_
-120_
-180 -90 0 +90 +180
LAT N DDo MM.MM' LON W DDDo MM.MM' (OLD) -93.4o AZ 14o EL DD-MM-YY HH:MM:SSL
OFFSET AZIMUTH THERMAL CUE COAST MARKER RANGEFINDER
TRACK BOX GRATICULE STATUS
TYPICAL FLIR DISPLAY
AB0992_4A
SA
Figure 1. FLIR Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0175 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
SCHEMATICS
COPILOT'S MFD
FLIR
P129 J129
NO. 2 2 1 CB530
DC PRI 15 Z
BUS AMP
a
28 VDC
J1
P1015R B
COPILOT'S AUXILIARY
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
CG1015
AFT FIXTURE
PILOT'S MFD DISCONNECT PANEL
J1
P1016R B J9001 CC
GD129-1
CL1016
P224R B E A D
J224R
P210R B E A D P212R CC P213R CC P219R CC
J1 1J8 1J7 1J10
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC RTN
28 VDC IN
28 VDC IN
VIDEO OUT
VIDEO OUT
VIDEO OUT
NOTES
1. INDICATES SHIELDED, TWISTED
PAIR
P
2. BP (BRAID PLUG) IS USED TO SHOW
RING BRAID SHIELD TERMINATOR. CEU
AB1693_1A
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0175 00-27
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
HCU TFU
-13.8 VDC RTN
13.8 VDC RTN
+13.8 VDC IN
RS485 LO
RS485 HI
28V RTN
FLIR ON
ELP +
ELP -
J1 J1
P214R 11 1 2 4 3 5 6 10 9 P217R 8 16 26 35 25 36 45 55 66 65 75 76 85 93 84
BP214R CG217R
P P
P P P
P218R 10 9
J218R
GD215R-1
G TJ5VB
LOWER
P218R 11 1 2 4 3 5 6 CONSOLE
LIGHTS
J218R DIMMING
P P P
P
CG215R
CG216R
P215R 11 1 2 4 3 5 6 9 10 P216R 8 16 26 35 25 36 45 55 66 65 75 76 85 93 84
J3 J6
+13.8 VDC IN
28V RTN
-13.8 VDC RTN
FLIR ON
13.8 VDC RTN
RS485 HI
ELP -
ELP +
RS485 LO
CEU
AB1693_2A
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0175 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0175 00
TFU
J1
P217R 92 100 83 99 91 82 3 4 9 13 17 18 24 29 30 32 33 34 37 40 41 42 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 69
CG217R
P P
P P
CG216R
P216R 92 100 83 99 91 82 3 4 9 13 17 18 24 29 30 32 33 34 37 40 41 42 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 69
J6
CEU
AB1963_3A
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0175 00-29
0175 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TFU
J1
P217R 70 71 72 73 74 79 80 81 87 88 89 94 95 96
CG217R
CG216R
P216R 70 71 72 73 74 79 80 81 87 88 89 94 95 96
J6
CEU
AB1963_4A
SA
Figure 2. FLIR Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0175 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
CRASHWORTHY EXTERNAL FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OPERATIONAL CHECK
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
Tools and Special Tools WP 1571 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01 WP 1619 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06 WP 1621 00
Personnel Required WP 1622 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1663 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1667 00
WP 1737 00
References
WP 1800 00
TM 1-1500-204-23-3
TM 1-1520-237-10 Equipment Condition
TM 1-1560-316-23 All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
WP 0108 00 Racks, (WP 1460 00)
WP 1458 00 or All Explosive Cartridges Removed from Ejector
WP 1460 00 Racks, (WP 1463 00)
WP 1463 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 1465 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
0176 00-1
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
Equipment Condition (cont.)
Rear Fairings on All Vertical Stores (Pylons)
Removed, (WP 1465 00)
APPLICABLE CONFIGURATION
NOTE
• The Crashworthy External Fuel System (CEFS) operational/troubleshooting procedure
should be performed prior to reinstallation of fairings vapor barrier, and sound proofing to
allow visual inspection of fluid connections. Performing this procedure will validate proper
installation of the CEFS.
• The CEFS operational/troubleshooting procedure should be performed with the aircraft on
level ground. When the aircraft is level, the external fuel tanks are at four degree nose-up
attitude. This may cause an inaccurate reading during fuel transfer. When refueling, there
may be a delay before the probe indicates rising fuel level; when defueling, there may be
a delay before the probe indicates lower fuel level.
• The CEFS operational/troubleshooting procedure assumes that a single tank pair is
installed on the outboard pylons. If it is desired to perform the procedure with tanks
installed on the inboard pylons, replace outboard with inboard in the following procedure.
• When the wing gate valves and pump package refuel valve are energized, this can be
verified by listening for their sound. If there is a problem with this process, it may be
necessary to remove the vertical support pylon fairings and/or the soundproofing around
the fuel cells to visually check the position of these valves.
• If a circuit breaker pops during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short cicuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - Crashworthy External Fuel System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) for
component location diagram and Figure 2 - Crashworthy External Fuel System Control
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) , Figure 3 - Crashworthy External Fuel System Fuel
Quantity Schematic Diagram, and Figure 4 - Crashworthy External Fuel System Copilot
Gyro Schematic Diagram for schematic diagram as an aid in operatioal/troubleshooting.
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided:
• Initial Auxiliary Management Fuel Quantity Check
• Pressure Refueling/Leak Check
• Tanks Full Auxiliary Management Fuel Quantity Check
• Fuel Transfer Preparation
• Fuel Transfer Operation-Manual Mode-Lateral Imbalance Check
• Fuel Transfer Operation-Auto Mode
• Operational\Troubleshooting Procedure Completion
• Right Outboard Wing Gate Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Right Inboard Wing Gate Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Left Inboard Wing Gate Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Left Outboard Wing Gate Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Refuel Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Transfer Pump Does Not Run When Commanded Troubleshooting
• Transfer Pump Cavitation Troubleshooting
• Slow Or No Fuel Transfer Troubleshooting
• Fuel Leakage From Cavity Drain Or Tank Shell Split Line Troubleshooting
• Erroneous Fuel Quantity Display Troubleshooting
• No Empty Light When Fuel Transfer Is Complete Troubleshooting
• Empty Light On When Tank Is Not Empty Troubleshooting
0176 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
INITIAL AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL FUEL QUANTITY CHECK
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Set auxiliary fuel management panel (AFMP) switches as follows:
SWITCH POSITION
XFER MODE OFF
MAN XFER BOTH
XFER FROM OUTBD
PRESS OFF
STEP
2. Apply external power to aircraft.
STEP
3. Check position of all four wing gate valves.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All four wing gate valves shall be closed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If any wing gate valve is not in the closed, refer to, RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMM-
ANDED POSITION, in this work package.
STEP
4. Check fuel quantity of outboard tanks and record readings.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Not Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
PRESSURE REFUELING/LEAK CHECK
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OUTBD.
STEP
2. Check position of outboard wing gate valves.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Outboard wing gate valves shall be open.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If either outboard wing gate valve is not open, refer to, RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN
COMMANDED POSITION, in this work package.
STEP
3. Check position of pump package refuel valve.
0176 00-3
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PRESSURE REFUELING/LEAK CHECK OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Refuel valve shall be open.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If refuel valve is not open, refer to, REFUEL VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION, in this work package.
STEP
4. Pressure refuel aircraft (WP 1612 01) and visually inspect all fluid couplings for evidence of leakage.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Leakage shall not be indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If leakage is indicated, repair leaks in accordance with TM 1-1500-204-23-3 prior to continuing with this proce-
dure.
STEP
5. Check that outboard fuel quantities are rising by comparing readings to those recorded in INITIAL AFMP
FUEL CHECK.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel quantities shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
6. Continue refueling aircraft until main tanks and CEFS tanks are full (high level shut-off).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Not Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
TANKS FULL AFMP FUEL QUANTITY CHECK
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Check fuel quantity indication for outboard tanks and record the readings.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Not Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
NOTE
Due to residual fuel in external tanks, and/or aircraft attitude, EMPTY lights may not go on or off
when expected.
2. Check that tank EMPTY lights are off when tanks are full.
0176 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
TANKS FULL AFMP FUEL QUANTITY CHECK OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTIN-
UED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Left Tank EMPTY light off.
Right Tank EMPTY light off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If tank EMPTY lights are not off, refer to, EMPTY LIGHT ON WHEN TANK IS NOT EMPTY in this work package.
FUEL TRANSFER PREPARATION
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Outboard wing gate valves and pump package refuel valve shall be closed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
2. Remove external power from aircraft.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Not Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
3. Defuel main fuel tanks until both indicate approximately 900 pounds WP 1667 00.
STEP
4. Restore external power to aircraft.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Not Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
FUEL TRANSFER OPERATION-MANUAL MODE-LATERAL IMBALANCE CHECK
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Outboard wing gate valves and shall be open and pump package transfer pump shall be running.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If outboard wing gate valves are not open, refer to, RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMA-
NDED POSITION, in this work package. If transfer pump runs slow or does not run, refer to, TRANSFER PUMP
DOES NOT RUN WHEN COMMANDED, in this work package.
STEP
2. Check fuel quantity indication for outboard and main tanks.
0176 00-5
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL TRANSFER OPERATION-MANUAL MODE-LATERAL IMBALANCE CHECK OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel quantity indication in outboard tanks shall decrease and main shall tanks increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
3. Set AFMP MAN XFER switch to LEFT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Right outboard wing gate valve shall close and left outboard wing gate valve shall remain open. Fuel quantity
indication for left outboard tank shall decrease and main tanks shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
4. Allow manual fuel transfer from left outboard tank to continue until IMBAL light goes on. Record readings.
CONDITION/INDICATION
IMBAL light shall go on when the difference between left and right outboard fuel quantity indications is ap-
proximately 250 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
5. Check fuel quantity indication for outboard and main tanks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel quantity indication in outboard tanks shall decrease and main tanks shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
6. Set AFMP MAN XFER switch to RIGHT.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Left outboard wing gate valve shall close and right outboard wing gate valve shall open. Fuel quantity indi-
cation for right outboard tank shall decrease and main tanks shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
7. Allow manual fuel transfer from right outboard tank to continue until IMBAL light goes off. Record readings.
CONDITION/INDICATION
IMBAL light shall go off when the difference between left and right outboard fuel quantity indications is ap-
proximately 60 pounds.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
0176 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
FUEL TRANSFER OPERATION-AUTO MODE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to AUTO.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Outboard wing gate valves and shall be open and pump package transfer pump shall be running.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If outboard wing gate valves are not open, refer to, RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMA-
NDED POSITION, in this work package. in this work package. If transfer pump runs slow or does not run, refer
to, TRANSFER PUMP DOES NOT RUN WHEN COMMANDED, in this work package.
STEP
2. Check fuel quantity indication for outboard and main tanks.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel quantity indication in outboard tanks shall decrease and main tanks shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
3. Allow fuel transfer to continue to fill main tanks until fuel transfer automatically terminates.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel transfer shall terminate when the combined main tank fuel quantity rises above 2200 pounds. Pump
package transfer pump shall go off and outboard wing gate valves shall close.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
CRASHWORTHY EXTERNAL FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE OPERATIONAL CHECK COMPLETION
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
2. The aircraft can be refueled (WP 1612 01) or defueled (WP 1667 00).
STEP
NOTE
If defueling is required, ensure that PRESS REFUEL switch is set to OUTBD prior to removing
external power.
3. Remove external power from aircraft.
STEP
4. Install all fairings, vapor barriers, and sound proofing as rquired to restore aircraft to flight status.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Not Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
0176 00-7
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Right outboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Right outboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to OUTBD.
a. If right outboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If right outboard wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 6
2. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If right outboard wing gate valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If right outboard wing gate valve is not closed, go to Step 10
3. Did malfunction occur during fuel transfer mode?
a. If malfunction occured during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 14
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN, MAN XFR switch to BOTH, and XFER FROM
switch to OUTBD.
a. If right outboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 5
b. If right outboard wing gate valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
5. Set AFMP XFER FROM switch to INBD.
a. If right outboard wing gate valve is not closed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
6. Disconnect P838 from right outboard wing gate valve. Check for 28 vdc between P838
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
7. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 14 and P838 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
8. Disconnect P860 from J346. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P838 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 (mates with P860) to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
10. Disconnect P838. Check for 28 vdc between P838 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
0176 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
11. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 13 and P838 pin D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
12. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P838 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
13. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
RIGHT INBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Right inboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Right inboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to INBD.
a. If right inboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If right outboard wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 6
2. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If right inboard wing gate valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If right inboard wing gate valve is not closed, go to Step 10
3. Did malfunction occur during fuel transfer mode?
a. If malfunction occured during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 14
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN, MAN XFR switch to BOTH, and XFER FROM
switch to INBD.
a. If right inboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 5
b. If right inboard wing gate valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
5. Set AFMP XFER FROM switch to OUTBD.
a. If right inboard wing gate valve is not closed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
6. Disconnect P810 from right inboard wing gate valve. Check for 28 vdc between P810
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
7. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 6 and P810 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
0176 00-9
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
8. Disconnect P860 from J346. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P810 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 (mates with P860) to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
10. Disconnect P810. Check for 28 vdc between P810 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
11. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 4 and P810 pin D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
12. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P810 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
13. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
LEFT INBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Left inboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Left inboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to INBD.
a. If left inboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If left inboard wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 5
2. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If left inboard wing gate valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If left inboard wing gate valve is not closed, go to Step 9
3. Did malfunction occur during fuel transfer mode?
a. If malfunction occured during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 14
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN, MAN XFR switch to BOTH, and XFER FROM
switch to INBD.
0176 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
LEFT INBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
a. If left inboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 5
b. If left inboard wing gate valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
5. Set AFMP XFER FROM switch to OUTBD.
a. If left inboard wing gate valve is not closed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
6. Disconnect P809 from left inboard wing gate valve. Check for 28 vdc between P809
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
7. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 8 and P809 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
8. Disconnect P860 from J346. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and P809 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for continuity between J346 pin 34 (mates with P860) to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
10. Disconnect P809. Check for 28 vdc between P809 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
11. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 7 and P809 pin D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
12. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and P809 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
13. Check for continuity between J346 pin 34 to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
LEFT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Left outboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Left outboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to OUTBD.
0176 00-11
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
a. If left outboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If left outboard wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 5
2. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If left outboard wing gate valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If left outboard wing gate valve is not closed, go to Step 9
3. Did malfunction occur during fuel transfer mode?
a. If malfunction occured during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 14
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN, MAN XFR switch to BOTH, and XFER FROM
switch to OUTBD.
a. If left outboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 5
b. If left outboard wing gate valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
5. Set AFMP XFER FROM switch to INBD.
a. If left outboard wing gate valve is not closed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
6. Disconnect P840 from left outboard wing gate valve. Check for 28 vdc between P840
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
7. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 3 and P840 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
8. Disconnect P860 from J346. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and P838 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for continuity between J346 pin 34 (mates with P860) to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
10. Disconnect P840. Check for 28 vdc between P840 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
11. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 5 and P838 pin D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
12. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and P840 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
13. Check for continuity between J346 pin 34 to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
0176 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
LEFT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
REFUEL VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Refuel valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Refuel valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to OUTBD.
a. If refuel valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If refuel valve is not open, go to Step 5
2. Set AFMP XFER PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If refuel valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If refuel valve is not closed, go to Step 9
3. Set AFMP PRESS switch to INBD.
a. If refuel valve is open, go to Step 4
b. If refuel valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
4. Set AFMP PRESS switch to ALL.
a. If refuel valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
5. Disconnect connector from refuel valve. Check for 28 vdc between connector pins C
and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 6
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package refuel valve (WP 1619 00). Go to Step 13
6. Disconnect P2 from pump package relay box J1. Check for 28 vdc between P2 pin C
and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package relay box (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 13
7. Remove aircraft power and disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 9 and P2 pin C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
8. Disconnect P860 and check for continuity between P860 pin 11 and P2 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
9. Disconnect P2 from refuel valve and check for 28 vdc between P2 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 10
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package refuel valve (WP 1619 00). Go to Step 13
10. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between P857 pin 13 and P838 pin D.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
0176 00-13
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
REFUEL VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package relay box (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 13
11. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P838 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
12. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 and aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
13. Procedure completed.
TRANSFER PUMP DOES NOT RUN WHEN COMMANDED
SYMPTOM
Transfer pump does not run when commanded.
MALFUNCTION
Transfer pump does not run when commanded.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Apply power to aircraft. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN.
a. If transfer pump is running, go to Step 2
b. If transfer pump is not running, go to Step 5
2. Set XFER MODE switch to OFF.
a. If transfer pump shut off, go to Step 3
b. If transfer pump is not shut off, go to Step 11
3. Did this fault occur during auto mode fuel transfer?
a. If fault occur during auto mode fuel transfer, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during auto mode fuel transfer, go to Step 13
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to AUTO and XFER FROM switch to select a tank pair
for transfer operation (neither tank in selected pair showing an EMPTY light). Check
combined main fuel quantity.
a. If combined main fuel quantity is less than 2200 pounds, go to Step 5
b. If combined main fuel quantity is more than 2200 pounds, go to Step 13
5. Disconnect P1 at the transfer pump. Check for the 115 vac between the following pins:
P1-1 and P1-4 (Phase 1)
P1-2 and P1-4 (Phase 2)
P1-3 and P1-4 (Phase 3)
a. If 115 vac is present, replace transfer pump (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
b. If 115 vac is not present, go to Step 7
6. Disconnect P1 from pump package relay box J1. Check for 115 vac between the
following pins:
P1-A and P1-D (Phase 1)
P1-B and P1-D (Phase 2)
P1-C and P1-D (Phase 3)
0176 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
TRANSFER PUMP DOES NOT RUN WHEN COMMANDED – Continued
a. If voltage is present, go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not, go to Step 8
7. Gain access to mission readiness circuit breaker panel. Check for 115 vac at TB11:
TB11-T2 and aircraft ground
TB11-T3 and aircraft ground
TB11-T4 and aircraft ground
a. If 115 vac is present, go to step Step 8
b. If 115 vac is not present, troubleshoot lack of ac power at mission readiness circuit breaker
panel TB11.
8. Remove aircraft power, check for continuity between the following points:
P1-A and TB11-T2
P1-B and TB11-T3
P1-C and TB11-T4
P1-D and aircraft ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
9. Disconnect P2, at pump package relay box J2. Check for 28 vdc between pin A and pin
B.
a. If 28 vdc is present, remove and replace pump package relay box (WP 1571 00). Go to
Step 13
b. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 10
10. Remove aircraft power. Disconnect P857 at AFMP. Check for continuity between P857
pin 12 and P2 pin B.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 12
11. Remove aircraft power. Check for continuity between P860 pin 4 and P2 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
12. Remove connector P2 from pump package relay box connector J2.
a. If the transfer pump continues to run, remove and replace pump package relay box (WP
1571 00). Go to Step 13
b. If not, replace and replace AFMP (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 13
13. Procedure completed.
TRANSFER PUMP CAVITATION
SYMPTOM
Transfer pump cavitation.
MALFUNCTION
Transfer pump cavitation.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is pump cavitation occuring while transfering fuel from a pair of tanks?
0176 00-15
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TRANSFER PUMP CAVITATION – Continued
a. If pump cavitation occurs while transfering fuel from a pair of tanks, go to Step 2
b. If pump cavitation does not occur while transfering fuel from a pair of tanks, go to Step 4
2. With auxiliary fuel management panel (AFMP) XFER MODE switch set to MAN, use MAN
XFER switch to alternately select individual tanks and note when cavitation occurs.
a. If cavitation occurs regardless of MAN XFER switch position, go to Step 4
b. If cavitation does not occur in at least one MAN XFER switch position, go to Step 5
3. Pressure refuel aircraft (WP 1663 00) until all tanks are full. Leave truck fueling pressure
applied and check transfer pump package and all aircraft fuel plumbing for leaks.
a. If leaks are not present, go to Step 9
b. If leaks are present, repair leaks as required (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 10
4. With AFMP XFER MODE switch set to MAN, and MAN XFER switch to the position
opposite of the position selected in step Step 2
a. If cavitation occurs, go to Step 3
b. If cavitation does not occur, go to Step 5
5. Check fuel level of tank that causes transfer pump cavitation.
a. If fuel level is adequate for fuel transfer, go to Step 6
b. If fuel level is not adequate for fuel transfer, refuel tank. Go to Step 10
6. Check for fuel leakage from pylon plumbing between wing gate valve and pull away
coupling for tank causing transfer pump cavitation.
a. If fuel leakage is not detected, go to Step 7
b. If fuel leakage is detected, repair leaks as required (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 10
7. Has main fuel tank hose been replaced as part of this maintenance activity?
a. If main fuel tank hose been replaced as part of this maintenance activity, go to Step 8
b. If main fuel tank hose has not been replaced as part of this maintenance activity, suction
defuel tank (WP 1667 00) and remove tank from aircraft. Replace main in tank fuel hose
per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
8. Has tank internal fuel line packing (union to pull-away socket) been replaced as part
this maintenance activity?
a. If tank internal fuel line packing been replaced as part this maintenance activity, suction
defuel tank (WP 1667 00) and remove tank from aircraft. Replace full pull-away socket
per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
b. If tank internal fuel line packing has not been replaced as part this maintenance activity,
suction defuel tank (WP 1667 00) and remove tank from aircraft. Replace packing
between pull-away socket and union per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
9. Have all fuel line fittings been retorqued as part of this maintenance activity?
a. If all fuel line fittings have been retorqued as part of this maintenance activity, replace
pump package (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 10
b. If all fuel line fittings have not been retorqued as part of this maintenance activity, retorque
fuel line fittings as required to ensure that all are torqued. Go to Step 10
10. Procedure completed.
0176 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
SLOW OR NO FUEL TRANSFER
SYMPTOM
Slow or no fuel transfer.
MALFUNCTION
Slow or no fuel transfer.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is auxiliary fuel management panel (AFMP) XFER MODE switch in AUTO?
a. If XFER MODE switch is in AUTO, go to Step 2
b. If XFER MODE switch is not in AUTO, go to Step 10
2. Is transfer pump running?
a. If transfer pump is running, set XFER MODE switch to MAN and confirm that XFER FROM
and PRESS switches are set to transfer fuel from tank pair with sufficient fuel (empty lights
not on). Go to Step 17
b. If transfer pump is not running, go to Step 3
3. Check that total main tank fuel quantity is below 2200 pounds and neither EMPTY light
is on for the selected tank pair?
a. If total main tank fuel quantity is below 2200 pounds and neither EMPTY light is on for the
selected tank pair, go to Step 4
b. If total main tank fuel quantity is not below 2200 pounds and either EMPTY light is on for
the selected tank pair, go to Step 35
4. Reset CEFS PUMP circuit breaker located on mission readiness circuit breaker panel.
a. If transfer pump runs, go to Step 35
b. If transfer pump does not run, go to Step 5
5. Disconnect connector P1 from fuel transfer pump. Check for 115 vac power between
the following pins:
P1-1 and P1-4
P1-2 and P1-4
P1-3 and P1-4
a. If 115 vac is present, replace transfer pump (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
b. If 115 vac is not present, go to Step 6
6. Disconnect connector P1 from pump package relay box. Check for 115 vac power
between the following pins:
P1-A and P1-D
P1-B and P1-D
P1-C and P1-D
a. If 115 vac is present, go to Step 7
b. If 115 vac is not present, go to Step 9
7. Disconnect P2 connector from pump package relay box and check for 28 vdc power
between P1-A and P1-B.
a. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package relay box (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 35
b. If 28 vdc is not present, remove aircraft power and go to Step 8
0176 00-17
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SLOW OR NO FUEL TRANSFER – Continued
8. With aircraft power removed disconnect connector from P857 from AFMP. Check for
continuity between P2-B and P857-12.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 35
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
9. Gain access to mission readiness circuit breaker panel. Check for 115 vac at TB11:
TB11-T2 and aircraft ground
TB11-T3 and aircraft ground
TB11-T4 and aircraft ground
a. If 115 vac is present, repair/replace wiring between TB11 and PI (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 35
b. If 115 vac is not present, troubleshoot lack of ac power at mission readiness circuit breaker
panel TB11. Go to Step 35
10. Is transfer pump running?
a. If transfer pump is running, go to Step 17
b. If transfer pump is not running, go toStep 11
11. Reset CEFS PUMP circuit breaker located in the mission equipment circuit breaker
panel.
a. If pump is running after circuit breaker is reset, go to Step 35
b. If pump is not running after circuit breaker is reset, go to Step 12
12. Disconnect connector P1 from fuel transfer pump. Check for 115 vac power between
the following pins:
P1-1 and P1-4
P1-2 and P1-4
P1-3 and P1-4
a. If 115 vac is present, replace transfer pump (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
b. If 115 vac is not present, go to Step 13
13. Disconnect connector P1 from pump package relay box. Check for 115 vac power
between the following pins:
P1-A and P1-D
P1-B and P1-D
P1-C and P1-D
a. If 115 vac is present, go to Step 14
b. If 115 vac is not present, go to Step 16
14. Disconnect P2 connector from pump package relay box and check for 28 vdc power
between P1-A and P1-B.
a. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package relay box (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 35
b. If 28 vdc is not present, remove aircraft power and go to Step 15
15. With aircraft power removed disconnect connector from P857 from AFMP. Check for
continuity between P2-B and P857-12.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 35
0176 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
SLOW OR NO FUEL TRANSFER – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
16. Gain access to mission readiness circuit breaker panel. Check for 115 vac at TB11:
TB11-T2 and aircraft ground
TB11-T3 and aircraft ground
TB11-T4 and aircraft ground
a. If 115 vac is present, repair/replace wiring between TB11 and P1 (WP 1800 00). Go to
Step 35
b. If 115 vac is not present, troubleshoot lack of ac power at mission readiness circuit breaker
panel TB11. Go to Step 35
17. Alternatively select individual tanks and monitor transfer rates. Does the slow or no
transfer condition exist regarless of tank selected?
a. If slow or no transfer condition is still present regardless of tank selected, go to Step 18
b. If slow or no transfer condition is not present for every tank, go to Step 26
18. Check position of refuel valve.
a. If refuel valve is fully closed, go to Step 24
b. If refuel valve is not fully closed, go to Step 19
19. Disconnect connector P2 from pump package refuel valve. Check for 28 vdc between
P2-D and P2-E.
a. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package refuel valve (WP 1619 00). Go to Step 35
b. If 28 vdc is not present, remove aircraft power and go to Step 20
20. Remove aircraft power. Disconnect connector P2 from pump package relay box
and check for continuity between the following relay box connector J2 and relay box
harness connector P2 pins.
J2-C and P2-A
J2-D and P2-B
J2-E and P2-E
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 21
b. If continuity is not present, replace pump package relay box (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 35
21. Disconnect connector P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between P857-10 and
P2-D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 22
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
22. Disconnect P860 from J346 on cabin ceiling. Check for continuity between P860-11
and P2-E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 23
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
23. Check for continuity between P860-11 and aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 35
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
24. Pressure refuel aircraft (WP 1663 00) until all tanks are full. Leave truck fueling pressure
applied and check transfer pump package and all aircraft fuel plumbing for leaks.
0176 00-19
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SLOW OR NO FUEL TRANSFER – Continued
a. If leaks are not present, go to Step 25
b. If leaks are present, repair leaks as required (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 35
25. Have all fuel line fittings been retorqued as part of this maintenance activity?
a. If all fuel line fittings have been retorqued as part of this maintenance activity, replace
pump package (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 35
b. If all fuel line fittings have not been retorqued as part of this maintenance activity, retorque
fuel line fittings as required to ensure that all are torqued. Go to Step 35
26. Check position of wing gate valve for tank selected for fuel transfer. Wing gate valve
shall be open.
a. If wing gate valve is open, go to Step 30
b. If wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 27
27. Disconnect connector from wing gate valve and check for 28 vdc between connector
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 28
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 35
28. Disconnect P857 from AFMP and P860 from J346. Check for continuity between the
following points for the effected valve:
Left Outboard
P840-A and P857-3
P840-E and P860-34
Left Inboard
P809-A and P857-8
P809-E and P860-34
Right Inboard
P810-A and P857-6
P810-E and P860-9
Right Outboard
P838-A and P857-14
P838-E and P860-9
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 29
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
29. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and aircraft ground for left wing gate valves
or P860 pin 9 and aircraft ground for right wing gate valves.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 35
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 35
30. Check break-away couplings and break-away valves for evidence of breakage on pylon
and wing affected by slow or no fuel transfer.
a. If break-away couplings and break-away valves are not broken, go to Step 31
b. If any break-away couplings or break-away valves are broken, replace broken couplings
and valves (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 35
31. Remove aircraft power and remove fuel tank affected by slow or no fuel transfer. Check
to see if tank defuel valve has been replaced as part of this maintenance activity.
0176 00-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
SLOW OR NO FUEL TRANSFER – Continued
a. If tank defuel valve has been replaced as part of this maintenance activity, replace tank
high level pilot valve (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 32
b. If if tank defuel valve has not been replaced as part of this maintenance activity, replace
tank defuel valve (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 35
32. Check to see if tank high level pilot valve has been replaced as part of this maintenaince
activity?
a. If tank high level pilot valve has been replaced as part of this maintenaince activity, go to
Step 33
b. If if tank high level pilot valve has not been replaced as part of this maintenance activity,
replace tank high level pilot valve (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 35
33. Check to see if effected external tank main in-tank fuel hose been replaced as part of
this maintainace action.
a. If effected external tank main in-tank fuel hose has been replaced as part of this main-
tainace activity, go to Step 34
b. If effected external tank main in-tank fuel hose has not been replaced as part of this
maintainace activity, replace in-tank fuel hose (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 35
34. Check to see if effected internal tank fuel line packing (union to pull-away socket) has
been replaced as part this maintenance activity.
a. If effected internal tank fuel line packing (union to pull-away socket) has been replaced as
part this maintenance activity, replace full pull-away socket per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to
Step 35
b. If effected internal tank fuel line packing (union to pull-away socket) has not been replaced
as part this maintenance activity, replace packing between pull-away socket and union.
(TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 35
35. Procedure completed.
FUEL LEAKAGE FROM CAVITY DRAIN OR TANK SHELL SPLIT LINE
SYMPTOM
Fuel leakage from cavity drain or tank shell split line.
MALFUNCTION
Fuel leakage from cavity drain or tank shell split line.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Inspect tank surface for evidence of fuel leakage at tank split line or cavity drain.
a. If leakage is present, go to Step 2
b. If If leakage is not present, go to Step 10
2. Remove forward cover plate per TM 1-1560-316-23. Inspect packing for damage and
evidence of fuel leakage.
a. If leakage is present, go to Step 3
b. If If leakage is not present, go to Step 4
3. Remove forward cover plate per TM 1-1560-316-23. Clean any evidence of fuel from
the outside surface of the bladder and inside surface of the forward tank shell. Inspect
bladder for evidence of bladder damage or activation due to contact with fuel.
a. If bladder is damaged or activated, replace bladder per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
0176 00-21
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL LEAKAGE FROM CAVITY DRAIN OR TANK SHELL SPLIT LINE – Continued
b. If bladder is not damaged or activated, replace damaged packing and reassemble tank
per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
4. Remove gravity fill spacer per TM 1-1560-316-23. Inspect packing for damage and
evidence of fuel leakage.
a. If evidence of fuel leakage is present, go to Step 5
b. If evidence of fuel leakage is not present, go to Step 5
5. Remove forward tank shell per TM 1-1560-316-23 Clean any evidence of fuel from the
outside surface of the bladder and inside surface of the forward tank shell. Inspect
bladder for evidence of bladder damage or activation due to contact with fuel.
a. If bladder is damaged or activated, replace bladder per TM 1-1560-316-23 Go to Step 10
b. If bladder is not damaged or activated, replace damaged packing and reassemble tank
per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
6. Remove aft cover plate per TM 1-1560-316-23 Inspect packing for the damage and
evidence of fuel leakage.
a. If leakage is present, go to Step 7
b. If leakage is not present, go to Step 8
7. Remove aft tank shell per TM 1-1560-316-23. Clean any evidence of fuel from the
outside surface of the bladder and inside surface of the forward tank shell. Inspect
bladder for evidence of bladder damage or activation due to contact with fuel.
a. If bladder is damaged or activated, replace bladder per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
b. If bladder is not damaged or activated, replace damaged packing and reassemble tank
per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
8. Remove aft tank shell per TM 1-1560-316-23. Inspect badder for evidence of leakage
from aft blank cover plate.
a. If leakage present, go to Step 9
b. If leakage is not present, reassemble tank per (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10
9. Clean any evidence of fuel from the outside surface of the bladder and inside surface
of aft tank shell. Inspect bladder for evidence of bladder damage or activation due to
contact with fuel.
a. If bladder is damaged or activated, replace bladder per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
b. If bladder is not damaged or activated, remove aft cover plate and replace packing.
Reassemble tank per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
10. Procedure completed.
ERRONEOUS FUEL QUANTITY DISPLAY
SYMPTOM
Erroneous fuel quantity display.
MALFUNCTION
Erroneous fuel quantity display.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Power up auxiliary fuel management panel (AFMP) and run IBIT by pressing TEST/RE-
SET button. Check error code reading for E04.
a. If error code E04 is not displayed, go to Step 2
0176 00-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
ERRONEOUS FUEL QUANTITY DISPLAY – Continued
b. If error code E04 is displayed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 7
2. Check error code reading for error code E05 and E06.
a. If error code E05 or E06 is not displayed, remove aircraft power and go to Step 4
b. If error code E05 or E06 is displayed, remove aircraft power and go to Step 3
3. Check continuty as applicable for the tank(s) with erroneous fuel quantity between
tank W4P2 and AFMP P856.
Left Outboard
W4P2-A and P856-4
W4P2-B and Ground
W4P2-C and P856-40
W4P2-D and P856-50
W4P2-E and P856-42
W4P2-F and P856-41
Left Inboard
W4P2-A and P856-3
W4P2-B and Ground
W4P2-C and P856-37
W4P2-D and P856-49
W4P2-E and P856-39
W4P2-F and P856-38
Right Outboard
W4P2-A and P856-2
W4P2-B and Ground
W4P2-C and P856-31
W4P2-D and P856-47
W4P2-E and P856-33
W4P2-F and P856-32
Right Inboard
W4P2-A and P856-2
W4P2-B and Ground
W4P2-C and P856-34
W4P2-D and P856-48
W4P2-E and P856-36
W4P2-F and P856-35
a. If continuity is present, replace external tank fuel quantity probe per TM 1-1560-316-23.
Go to Step 7
b. continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
4. Check operation of copilot’s gyro per Avionics Maintenance Procedures.
a. If copilot’s gyro operates properly, go to Step 5
b. If copilot’s gyro does not operate properly, troubleshoot CPG pitch gyro per Avionics
Maintenance Procedures. Go to Step 7
5. Disconnect P867 from CPG pitch gyro and P856 from AFMP. Check for continuity as
follows:
P856-25 and P857-R
P856-26 and P857-H
P856-27 and P857-B
P856-28 and P857-T
0176 00-23
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ERRONEOUS FUEL QUANTITY DISPLAY – Continued
P856-29 and P857-P
P856-30 and P857-J
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 7
6. Check to see if AFMP has been replaced as part of this maintenance activity.
a. If AFMP has been replaced as part of this maintenance activity, replace external tank fuel
probe (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 7
b. If AFMP has been replaced as part of this maintenance activity, replace AFMP (WP 1571
00). Go to Step 7
7. Procedure completed.
NO EMPTY LIGHT WHEN FUEL TRANSFER IS COMPLETE
SYMPTOM
No empty light when fuel transfer is complete.
MALFUNCTION
No empty light when fuel transfer is complete.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Completely defuel affected tank using fuel sample nipple and aircraft hand pump.
2. Power up auxiliary fuel management panel (AFMP) and check for an empty light for
affected tank.
a. If empty light is not on, go to Step 3
b. If empty light is on, an incomplete fuel transfer occured during previous use. Go to Step 5
3. Disconnect W4P2 from affected tank and measure resistance between probe connector
pins C and S.
a. If resistance is between 300 and 500 ohms, go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not between 300 and 500 ohms, replace external tank fuel probe (TM
1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 5
4. Disconnect P856 from AFMP and check for continuity between the following pins for
affected tank:
Left Outboard
W4P2-C and P856-40
W4P2-F and P856-41
W4P2-E and P856-42
Left Inboard
W4P2-C and P856-37
W4P2-F and P856-38
W4P2-E and P856-39
Right Outboard
W4P2-C and P856-31
W4P2-F and P856-32
W4P2-E and P856-33
Right Inboard
W4P2-C and P856-34
W4P2-F and P856-35
0176 00-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
NO EMPTY LIGHT WHEN FUEL TRANSFER IS COMPLETE – Continued
W4P2-E and P856-36
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 5
b. continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 5
5. Procedure completed.
EMPTY LIGHT ON WHEN TANK IS NOT EMPTY
SYMPTOM
Empty light on when tank is not empty.
MALFUNCTION
Empty light on when tank is not empty.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power off, disconnect connector W4P2 from affected tank and measure
resistance between probe connector pins C and D.
a. If resistance is not between 300 and 500 ohms, go to Step 2
b. If resistance is between 300 and 500 ohms, replace external tank fuel probe (TM
1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 3
2. Disconnect P856 from AFMP and check for continuity between the following pins for
affected tank:
Left Outboard
W4P2-C and P856-40
W4P2-F and P856-41
W4P2-E and P856-42
Left Inboard
W4P2-C and P856-37
W4P2-F and P856-38
W4P2-E and P856-39
Right Outboard
W4P2-C and P856-31
W4P2-F and P856-32
W4P2-E and P856-33
Right Inboard
W4P2-C and P856-34
W4P2-F and P856-35
W4P2-E and P856-36
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
0176 00-25
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE W4P1
P810
W3P1
RIGHT OUTBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF W3P1 W4P1
GATE VALVE
P838
P858 / J804
P862 / W2J2
W3P1
LEFT INBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF
W4P1 GATE VALVE
P2 / J835 P809
W4P1
W3P1
LEFT OUTBOARD
A P860 / J346 FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE
LEFT DRAG BEAM P840
P859 / J805
SWITCH
COPILOT'S GYRO AUXILIARY FUEL P163 / J163
P867 / J1 MANAGEMENT P861 / W2J2
CONTROL PANEL
P856 / J1
P857 / J2
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
P809 LEFT INBOARD FUEL
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P862 / W2J2 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING,
P810 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL BL 59 LH, STA 295
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P867 / J1 COPILOT'S GYRO IN NOSE
P838 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL SECTION
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
W3P1 / W2J2 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK
P840 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL CONNECTOR
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
W3P1 / W2J2 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
P856 / J1 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- TANK CONNECTOR
MENT CONTROL PANEL
W3P1 / W2J3 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
P857 / J2 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- TANK CONNECTOR
MENT CONTROL PANEL
W3P1 / W2J3 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
P858 / J804 HORIZONTAL STORES TANK CONNECTOR
SUPPORT, BL 59 RH,
STA 295 W4P1 / J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
TANK CONNECTOR
P859 / J805 HORIZONTAL STORES
SUPPORT, BL 59 LH, W4P1 / J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL
STA 295 TANK CONNECTOR
P860 / J346 CABIN CEILING, BL 20 LH, W4P1 / J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
STA 304 TANK CONNECTOR
P861 / W2J2 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING, W4P1 / J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
BL 50 LH, STA 295 TANK CONNECTOR AB4343_1
SA
Figure 1. Crashworthy External Fuel System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0176 00-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
A
C
NO. 2 PRI BUS
D
C
D
C
NO. 1 PRI BUS
CEFS PUMP
15
A
C
MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AB4343_2
SA
Figure 1. Crashworthy External Fuel System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
0176 00-27
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SCHEMATICS
LEFT INBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD SHUTOFF GATE
FUEL SHUTOFF GATE VALVE VALVE
CLOSING OPENING
COIL COIL
SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE
LIMIT LIMIT
SWITCH SWITCH
P809 D E A
P840 D E A
J805
P859 1 2 6 8 10 9 4 5 3
P860 J346
P2
34
E 11
D 8
44
GND346-2
P857 10 11 5 3 33 32 7 8
J2
28 VDC RTN NO. 2
28 VDC RTN EXT FUEL RH
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD
CLOSE VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
LEFT INBOARD
XFER CONTROL
OPEN VOLTAGE
LEFT INBOARD
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB4357_5
SA
Figure 2. Crashworthy External Fuel System Control Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3).
0176 00-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
RIGHT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD
SHUTOFF GATE SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE
SAME AS LEFT SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE
P810 D E A P838 D E A
J804
P858 1 2 6 4 5 3 9 10 8
SG858-2
P860 J346
P2
9
A 4
B 8
C 44
GND346-1
P857 8 12 33 32 4 6 13 14
J2
28 VDC RTN NO. 2
RIGHT INBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD
28 VDC EXT FUEL RH
OPEN VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
RIGHT INBOARD
XFER CONTROL
CLOSE VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB4357_6
SA
Figure 2. Crashworthy External Fuel System Control Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3).
0176 00-29
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P1 J1 P1 J1
D 4
CEFS PUMP K1
A
A
115 VAC A 1
NO. 1 B
115 AC
PRI B
BUS 115 VAC B 2
C
CB24A
15 C
AMP
J2 115 VAC C 3
MISSION READINESS CIRCUIT A
BREAKER PANEL B
TRANSFER PUMP
P2 J2
C A
D B
E E
RELAY BOX REFUEL VALVE
AB4344
SA
Figure 2. Crashworthy External Fuel System Control Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3).
0176 00-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0176 00
LEFT OUTBOARD LEFT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD RIGHT INBOARD
FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK FUEL TANK
LEVEL SIG LO Z
LEVEL SIG LO Z
LEVEL SIG LO Z
LEVEL SIG LO Z
LEVEL SIG HI Z
LEVEL SIG HI Z
LEVEL SIG HI Z
LEVEL SIG HI Z
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
230 GAL TANK
450 GAL TANK
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
TANK ID RET
SHIELD
SHIELD
SHIELD
SHIELD
W4P2 A B D C E F W4P2 A B D C E F W4P2 A B D C E F W4P2 A B D C E F
W4P1 A B E C D F W4P1 A B E C D F W4P1 A B E C D F W4P1 A B E C D F
W3J1 W3J1 W3J1 W3J1
W3P1 A B E C D F W3P1 A B E C D F W3P1 A B E C D F W3P1 A B E C D F
W3J3 W2J2 W2J3 W2J2
W2J1 W2J1
P861 C E J N P R B D H K L M P862 C E J N P R B D H K L M
P856 4 21 50 40 42 41 3 20 49 37 39 38 1 18 47 31 33 32 2 19 48 34 36 35
J1
LI TANK IDB H
RI TANK IDB H
LO TANK IDB H
RO TANK IDB H
LO TANK HI SHIELD
LI TANK HI SHIELD
RO TANK HI SHIELD
LI TANK IDA H
RI TANK HI Z SHIELD
RI TANK IDA H
LO TANK IDA H
RO TANK IDA H
RO TANK LO Z
RO TANK HI Z
LI TANK HI Z
LO TANK HI Z
RI TANK HI Z
RI TANK LO Z
LO TANK ID L
LI TANK ID L
RO TANK ID L
RI TANK ID L
LO TANK LO Z
LI TANK LO Z
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB1692_4B
SA
Figure 3. Crashworthy External Fuel System Fuel Quantity Schematic Diagram.
0176 00-31
0176 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL OVERFLOW
COPILOT GYRO SENSOR
B C
P867 R H P B T J J376
P
SP1
J868
R
H
SP2
P
SP3
B
SP4
T
SP5
SP6
T
P334 N R
J334
J346
P860 4648
P856 2516 29272830 2223
PITCH_FAIL_DISC
J1
115 VAC_RTN
SYNC_X
SYNC_Y
SYNC_Z
115 VAC
RTN
FUEL OVERFLOWHI
SENSOR
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB4357_
SA
Figure 4. Crashworthy External Fuel System Copilot Gyro Schematic Diagram.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0176 00-32
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
CRASHWORTHY EXTERNAL FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE REFUELING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONAL
CHECK
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (cont.)
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01
Personnel Required WP 1619 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1622 00
Assistant (1) WP 1663 00
WP 1667 00
References
WP 1737 00
Avionics Maintenance Procedures
WP 1800 00
TM 1-1500-204-23-3
TM 1-1560-316-23 Equipment Condition
WP 1458 00 External Electrical Power Available, (WP 1737 00)
WP 1571 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
CRASHWORTHY EXTERNAL FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE REFUELING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE
Applicable Configuration
NOTE
• The Crashworthy External Fuel System (CEFS) operational /troubleshooting procedure
should be performed prior to reinstallation of fairings vapor barrier, and sound proofing to
allow visual inspection of fluid connections. Performing this procedure will validate proper
installation of the CEFS.
• The CEFS operational /troubleshooting procedure should be performed with the aircraft
on level ground. When the aircraft is level, the external fuel tanks are at four degree
nose-up attitude. This may cause an inaccurate reading during fuel transfer. When
refueling, there may be a delay before the probe indicates rising fuel level; when defueling,
there may be a delay before the probe indicates lower fuel level.
• The CEFS operational /troubleshooting procedure assumes that a single tank pair is
installed on the outboard pylons. If it is desired to perform the procedure with tanks
installed on the inboard pylons, replace outboard with inboard in the following procedure.
• When the wing gate valves and pump package refuel valve are energized, this can be
verified by listening for their sound. If there is a problem with this process, it may be
necessary to remove the vertical support pylon fairings and/or the soundproofing around
the fuel cells to visually check the position of these valves.
• If a circuit breaker pops during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short cicuit is
indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - Crashworthy External Fuel System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) for
component location diagram and Figure 2 - Crashworthy External Fuel System Control
Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) for schematic diagram as an aid in operatioal/trou-
bleshooting.
This operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided:
• Pressure Refueling Operational Check
• Pressure Refueling Operational Check Completion
0177 00-1
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CRASHWORTHY EXTERNAL FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE REFUELING OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
• Right Outboard Wing Gate Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Right Inboard Wing Gate Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Left Inboard Wing Gate Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Left Outboard Wing Gate Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Refuel Valve Not In Commanded Position Troubleshooting
• Cannot Pressure Refuel Cefs Tank(s) Troubleshooting
• Tank Fill Level Above Gravity Fill Opening Troubleshooting
• Fuel Leakage From Cavity Drain Or Tank Shell Split Line Troubleshooting
PRESSURE REFUELING OPERATIONAL CHECK
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Set auxiliary fuel management panel (AFMP) switches as follows:
SWITCH POSITION
XFER MODE OFF
MAN XFER BOTH
XFER FROM OUTBD
PRESS OFF
STEP
2. Apply external power to aircraft.
STEP
3. Check position of all four wing gate valves.
CONDITION/INDICATION
All four wing gate valves shall be closed.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If any wing gate valve is not in the closed, go to WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION, in this
work package.
STEP
4. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OUTBD.
STEP
5. Check position of outboard wing gate valves.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Outboard wing gate valves shall be open.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If outboard wing gate valves are not open, go to either RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN
COMMANDED POSITION or, LEFT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION, in
this work package.
STEP
6. Check position of pump package refuel valve.
0177 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
PRESSURE REFUELING OPERATIONAL CHECK OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
TINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
Refuel valve shall be open.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If refuel valve is not open, go to REFUEL VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION, in this work package.
STEP
7. Pressure refuel aircraft (WP 1663 00) and visually inspect all fluid couplings for evidence of leakage.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Leakage shall not be indicated.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If leakage is indicated, terminate pressure refueling and repair leaks in accordance with TM 1-1500-204-23-3 prior
to continuing with this procedure.
STEP
8. Check that outboard fuel quantities are rising.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Fuel quantities for outboard tanks shall increase.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
STEP
9. Continue refueling aircraft until main tanks and CEFS tanks are full (high level shut-off).
CONDITION/INDICATION
Not Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
STEP
10. Terminate pressure refueling.
CONDITION/INDICATION
None Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
PRESSURE REFUELING OPERATIONAL CHECK COMPLETION
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Set auxiliary fuel management panel (AFMP) PRESS switch to OFF.
STEP
2. The aircraft can be refueled (WP 1663 00) or defueled (WP 1667 00).
0177 00-3
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PRESSURE REFUELING OPERATIONAL CHECK COMPLETION OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
If defueling is required, ensure that PRESS REFUEL switch is set to OUTBD prior to removing
external power.
3. Remove external power from aircraft.
STEP
4. Install all fairings, vapor barriers, and sound proofing as rquired to restore aircraft to flight status.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Not Required
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Not Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Right outboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Right outboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to OUTBD.
a. If right outboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If right outboard wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 6
2. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If right outboard wing gate valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If right outboard wing gate valve is not closed, go to Step 10
3. Did malfunction occur during fuel transfer mode?
a. If malfunction occured during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 14
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN, MAN XFR switch to BOTH, and XFER FROM
switch to OUTBD.
a. If right outboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 5
b. If right outboard wing gate valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
5. Set AFMP XFER FROM switch to INBD.
a. If right outboard wing gate valve is not closed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
6. Disconnect P838 from right outboard wing gate valve. Check for 28 vdc between P838
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
0177 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
RIGHT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
7. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 14 and P838 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
8. Disconnect P860 from J346. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P838 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 (mates with P860) to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
10. Disconnect P838. Check for 28 vdc between P838 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
11. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 13 and P838 pin D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
12. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P838 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
13. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
RIGHT INBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Right inboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Right inboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to INBD.
a. If right inboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If right outboard wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 6
2. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If right inboard wing gate valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If right inboard wing gate valve is not closed, go to Step 10
3. Did malfunction occur during fuel transfer mode?
0177 00-5
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
a. If malfunction occured during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 14
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN, MAN XFR switch to BOTH, and XFER FROM
switch to INBD.
a. If right inboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 5
b. If right inboard wing gate valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
5. Set AFMP XFER FROM switch to OUTBD.
a. If right inboard wing gate valve is not closed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
6. Disconnect P810 from right inboard wing gate valve. Check for 28 vdc between P810
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
7. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 6 and P810 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
8. Disconnect P860 from J346. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P810 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 (mates with P860) to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
10. Disconnect P810. Check for 28 vdc between P810 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
11. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 4 and P810 pin D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
12. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P810 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
13. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
0177 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
LEFT INBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Left inboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Left inboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to INBD.
a. If left inboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If left inboard wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 5
2. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If left inboard wing gate valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If left inboard wing gate valve is not closed, go to Step 9
3. Did malfunction occur during fuel transfer mode?
a. If malfunction occured during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 14
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN, MAN XFR switch to BOTH, and XFER FROM
switch to INBD.
a. If left inboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 5
b. If left inboard wing gate valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
5. Set AFMP XFER FROM switch to OUTBD.
a. If left inboard wing gate valve is not closed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
6. Disconnect P809 from left inboard wing gate valve. Check for 28 vdc between P809
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
7. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 8 and P809 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
8. Disconnect P860 from J346. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and P809 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for continuity between J346 pin 34 (mates with P860) to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
10. Disconnect P809. Check for 28 vdc between P809 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
11. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 7 and P809 pin D.
0177 00-7
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
LEFT INBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
12. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and P809 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
13. Check for continuity between J346 pin 34 to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
LEFT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Left outboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Left outboard wing gate valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to OUTBD.
a. If left outboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If left outboard wing gate valve is not open, go to Step 5
2. Set AFMP PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If left outboard wing gate valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If left outboard wing gate valve is not closed, go to Step 9
3. Did malfunction occur during fuel transfer mode?
a. If malfunction occured during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 4
b. If fault did not occur during fuel transfer mode, go to Step 14
4. Set AFMP XFER MODE switch to MAN, MAN XFR switch to BOTH, and XFER FROM
switch to OUTBD.
a. If left outboard wing gate valve is open, go to Step 5
b. If left outboard wing gate valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
5. Set AFMP XFER FROM switch to INBD.
a. If left outboard wing gate valve is not closed, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
6. Disconnect P840 from left outboard wing gate valve. Check for 28 vdc between P840
pins A and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
7. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 3 and P840 pin A.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
8. Disconnect P860 from J346. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and P838 pin E.
0177 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
LEFT OUTBOARD WING GATE VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
9. Check for continuity between J346 pin 34 (mates with P860) to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
10. Disconnect P840. Check for 28 vdc between P840 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 14
11. Turn off aircraft power. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 5 and P838 pin D.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
12. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and P840 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
13. Check for continuity between J346 pin 34 to aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 14
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 14
14. Procedure completed.
REFUEL VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION
SYMPTOM
Refuel valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
MALFUNCTION
Refuel valve not in commanded position (does not open or close when commanded).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft power on, set auxiliary fuel management control panel (AFMP) XFER
MODE switch to OFF and PRESS switch to OUTBD.
a. If refuel valve is open, go to Step 2
b. If refuel valve is not open, go to Step 5
2. Set AFMP XFER PRESS switch to OFF.
a. If refuel valve is closed, go to Step 3
b. If refuel valve is not closed, go to Step 9
3. Set AFMP PRESS switch to INBD.
a. If refuel valve is open, go to Step 4
b. If refuel valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
4. Set AFMP PRESS switch to ALL.
a. If refuel valve is not open, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
5. Disconnect connector from refuel valve. Check for 28 vdc between connector pins C
and E.
0177 00-9
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
REFUEL VALVE NOT IN COMMANDED POSITION – Continued
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 6
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package refuel valve (WP 1619 00). Go to Step 13
6. Disconnect P2 from pump package relay box J1. Check for 28 vdc between P2 pin C
and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 7
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package relay box (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 13
7. Remove aircraft power and disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between
P857 pin 9 and P2 pin C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
8. Disconnect P860 and check for continuity between P860 pin 11 and P2 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
9. Disconnect P2 from refuel valve and check for 28 vdc between P2 pin D and pin E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 10
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package refuel valve (WP 1619 00). Go to Step 13
10. Disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity between P857 pin 13 and P838 pin D.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 11
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package relay box (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 13
11. Disconnect P860. Check for continuity between P860 pin 9 and P838 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
12. Check for continuity between J346 pin 9 and aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
13. Procedure completed.
CANNOT PRESSURE REFUEL CEFS TANK(S)
SYMPTOM
Cannot pressure refuel cefs tank(s).
MALFUNCTION
Cannot pressure refuel cefs tank(s).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. With aircraft configured for pressure refueling, check position of refuel valve.
a. If refuel valve is open, go to Step 7
b. If refuel valve is not open, go to Step 2
2. Disconnect connector from refuel valve. Check for 28 vdc between connector pins C
and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, remove aircraft power and go to Step 3
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace pump package refuel valve (WP 1619 00). Go to Step 13
0177 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
CANNOT PRESSURE REFUEL CEFS TANK(S) – Continued
3. With aircraft power removed, disconnect P2 from pump package relay box connector
J2. Check for continuity between relay box connector J2 pin C and relay box connector
P2 pin A and between relay box connector J2 pin E and relay box connector P2 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4
b. If continuity is not present, replace pump package relay box (WP 1622 00). Go to Step 13
4. With aircraft power removed, disconnect P857 from AFMP. Check for continuity be-
tween P857 pin 9 and P2 pin C.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
5. Disconnect P860 from J346 and check for continuity between P860 pin 11 and P2 pin E.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
6. Check for continuity between P860 pin 11 and aircraft ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
7. Check position of the wing gate valve corresponding to the selected tank(s).
a. If wing gate valve is open, go to Step 11
b. If wing gate valve is not open, to Step 8
8. Disconnect connector from selected wing gate valve check for 28 vdc between pins A
and E.
a. If 28 vdc is not present, go to Step 9
b. If 28 vdc is present, replace wing gate valve (WP 1458 00). Go to Step 13
9. Disconnect P857 from AFMP and P860 from J346. Check for continuity between the
following points for the effected valve:
Left Outboard
P840-A and P857-3
P840-E and P860-34
Left Inboard
P809-A and P857-8
P809-E and P860-34
Right Inboard
P810-A and P857-6
P810-E and P860-9
Right Outboard
P838-A and P857-14
P838-E and P860-9
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
10. Check for continuity between P860 pin 34 and aircraft ground for left wing gate valves
or P860 pin 9 and aircraft ground for right wing gate valves.
a. If continuity is present, replace AFMP (WP 1571 00). Go to Step 13
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 13
0177 00-11
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CANNOT PRESSURE REFUEL CEFS TANK(S) – Continued
11. Check break-away couplings and break-away valves for evidence of breakage.
a. If break-away couplings and break-away valves are not broken, go to Step 12
b. If any break-away couplings or break-away valves are broken, replace broken couplings
and valves (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 13
12. Remove aircraft power and remove fuel tank that will not pressure refuel. Check to see
if tank defuel valve has been replaced as part of this maintenance activity.
a. If tank defuel valve has been replaced as part of this maintenance activity, replace tank
high level pilot valve (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 13
b. If if tank defuel valve has not been replaced as part of this maintenance activity, replace
tank defuel valve (TM 1-1560-316-23). Go to Step 13
13. Procedure completed.
TANK FILL LEVEL ABOVE GRAVITY FILL OPENING (PRESSURE REFUELED)
SYMPTOM
Tank fill level above gravity fill opening (pressure refueled).
MALFUNCTION
Tank fill level above gravity fill opening (pressure refueled).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Suction defuel tank (WP 1667 00) and then pressure refuel tank (WP 1663 00). Carefully
remove cap from CEFS tank following pressure refueling and check for fuel spillage
over gravity fill flange.
a. If fuel spillage is not present, go to Step 6
b. If fuel spillage is present, suction defuel tank (WP 1667 00) and then go to Step 2
2. Check high level crossover tube and lines for proper attatchment and evidence of
damage per TM 1-1560-316-23.
a. If high level crossover tube and lines are not damaged, go to Step 4
b. If high level crossover tube or lines are damaged, replace lines or fittings and go to Step 3
3. Pressure refuel affected tank (WP 1663 00). Carefully remove cap from CEFS tank
following pressure refueling and check for fuel spillage over gravity fill flange.
a. If fuel spillage is not present, go to Step 6
b. If fuel spillage is present, suction defuel tank (WP 1667 00) and then go to Step 4
4. Replace tank high level pilot valve per TM 1-1560-316-23. Pressure refuel affected tank
(WP 1663 00). Carefully remove cap from CEFS tank following pressure refueling and
check for fuel spillage over gravity fill flange.
a. If fuel spillage is not present, go to Step 6
b. If fuel spillage is present, suction defuel tank (WP 1667 00) and then go to Step 5
5. Replace tank defuel valve per TM 1-1560-316-23. Pressure refuel affected tank (WP
1663 00). Carefully remove cap from CEFS tank following pressure refueling and check
for fuel spillage over gravity fill flange.
a. If fuel spillage is not present, go to Step 6
b. If fuel spillage is present, go to steps 1 through 5
6. Procedure completed.
0177 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
FUEL LEAKAGE FROM CAVITY DRAIN OR TANK SHELL SPLIT LINE
SYMPTOM
Fuel leakage from cavity drain or tank shell split line.
MALFUNCTION
Fuel leakage from cavity drain or tank shell split line.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Inspect tank surface for evidence of fuel leakage at tank split line or cavity drain.
a. If leakage is present, go to Step 2
b. If If leakage is not present, go to Step 10
2. Remove forward cover plate per TM 1-1560-316-23. Inspect packing for damage and
evidence of fuel leakage.
a. If leakage is present, go to Step 3
b. If If leakage is not present, go to Step 4
3. Remove forward cover plate per TM 1-1560-316-23. Clean any evidence of fuel from
the outside surface of the bladder and inside surface of the forward tank shell. Inspect
bladder for evidence of bladder damage or activation due to contact with fuel.
a. If bladder is damaged or activated, replace bladder per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
b. If bladder is not damaged or activated, replace damaged packing and reassemble tank
per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
4. Remove gravity fill spacer per TM 1-1560-316-23. Inspect packing for damage and
evidence of fuel leakage.
a. If evidence of fuel leakage is present, go to Step 5
b. If evidence of fuel leakage is not present, go to Step 5
5. Remove forward tank shell per TM 1-1560-316-23 Clean any evidence of fuel from the
outside surface of the bladder and inside surface of the forward tank shell. Inspect
bladder for evidence of bladder damage or activation due to contact with fuel.
a. If bladder is damaged or activated, replace bladder per TM 1-1560-316-23 Go to Step 10
b. If bladder is not damaged or activated, replace damaged packing and reassemble tank
per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
6. Remove aft cover plate per TM 1-1560-316-23 Inspect packing for the damage and
evidence of fuel leakage.
a. If leakage is present, go to Step 7
b. If leakage is not present, go to Step 8
7. Remove aft tank shell per TM 1-1560-316-23. Clean any evidence of fuel from the
outside surface of the bladder and inside surface of the forward tank shell. Inspect
bladder for evidence of bladder damage or activation due to contact with fuel.
a. If bladder is damaged or activated, replace bladder per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
b. If bladder is not damaged or activated, replace damaged packing and reassemble tank
per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
8. Remove aft tank shell per TM 1-1560-316-23. Inspect badder for evidence of leakage
from aft blank cover plate.
a. If leakage present, go to Step 9
b. If leakage is not present, reassemble tank per (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 10
0177 00-13
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FUEL LEAKAGE FROM CAVITY DRAIN OR TANK SHELL SPLIT LINE – Continued
9. Clean any evidence of fuel from the outside surface of the bladder and inside surface
of aft tank shell. Inspect bladder for evidence of bladder damage or activation due to
contact with fuel.
a. If bladder is damaged or activated, replace bladder per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
b. If bladder is not damaged or activated, remove aft cover plate and replace packing.
Reassemble tank per TM 1-1560-316-23. Go to Step 10
10. Procedure completed.
0177 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
RIGHT INBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE W4P1
P810
W3P1
RIGHT OUTBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF W3P1 W4P1
GATE VALVE
P838
P858 / J804
P862 / W2J2
W3P1
LEFT INBOARD
FUEL SHUTOFF
W4P1 GATE VALVE
P2 / J835 P809
W4P1
W3P1
LEFT OUTBOARD
A P860 / J346 FUEL SHUTOFF
GATE VALVE
LEFT DRAG BEAM P840
P859 / J805
SWITCH
COPILOT'S GYRO AUXILIARY FUEL P163 / J163
P867 / J1 MANAGEMENT P861 / W2J2
CONTROL PANEL
P856 / J1
P857 / J2
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
P809 LEFT INBOARD FUEL
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P862 / W2J2 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING,
P810 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL BL 59 LH, STA 295
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
P867 / J1 COPILOT'S GYRO IN NOSE
P838 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL SECTION
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
W3P1 / W2J2 LEFT INBOARD FUEL TANK
P840 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL CONNECTOR
SHUTOFF GATE VALVE
W3P1 / W2J2 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
P856 / J1 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- TANK CONNECTOR
MENT CONTROL PANEL
W3P1 / W2J3 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
P857 / J2 AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGE- TANK CONNECTOR
MENT CONTROL PANEL
W3P1 / W2J3 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
P858 / J804 HORIZONTAL STORES TANK CONNECTOR
SUPPORT, BL 59 RH,
STA 295 W4P1 / J1 RIGHT INBOARD FUEL
TANK CONNECTOR
P859 / J805 HORIZONTAL STORES
SUPPORT, BL 59 LH, W4P1 / J1 LEFT INBOARD FUEL
STA 295 TANK CONNECTOR
P860 / J346 CABIN CEILING, BL 20 LH, W4P1 / J1 LEFT OUTBOARD FUEL
STA 304 TANK CONNECTOR
P861 / W2J2 HSS ATTACHMENT FITTING, W4P1 / J1 RIGHT OUTBOARD FUEL
BL 50 LH, STA 295 TANK CONNECTOR AB4343_1
SA
Figure 1. Crashworthy External Fuel System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0177 00-15
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
A
C
NO. 2 PRI BUS
D
C
D
C
NO. 1 PRI BUS
CEFS PUMP
15
A
C
MISSION READINESS
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
AB4343_2
SA
Figure 1. Crashworthy External Fuel System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
0177 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
SCHEMATICS
LEFT INBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD SHUTOFF GATE
FUEL SHUTOFF GATE VALVE VALVE
CLOSING OPENING
COIL COIL
SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE
LIMIT LIMIT
SWITCH SWITCH
P809 D E A
P840 D E A
J805
P859 1 2 6 8 10 9 4 5 3
P860 J346
P2
34
E 11
D 8
44
GND346-2
P857 10 11 5 3 33 32 7 8
J2
28 VDC RTN NO. 2
28 VDC RTN EXT FUEL RH
LEFT OUTBOARD
LEFT OUTBOARD
CLOSE VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
LEFT INBOARD
XFER CONTROL
OPEN VOLTAGE
LEFT INBOARD
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB4357_5
SA
Figure 2. Crashworthy External Fuel System Control Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3).
0177 00-17
0177 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
RIGHT INBOARD RIGHT OUTBOARD
SHUTOFF GATE SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE
SAME AS LEFT SAME AS LEFT
OUTBOARD FUEL OUTBOARD FUEL
SHUTOFF GATE SHUTOFF GATE
VALVE VALVE
P810 D E A P838 D E A
J804
P858 1 2 6 4 5 3 9 10 8
SG858-2
P860 J346
P2
9
A 4
B 8
C 44
GND346-1
P857 8 12 33 32 4 6 13 14
J2
28 VDC RTN NO. 2
RIGHT INBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD
RIGHT OUTBOARD
28 VDC EXT FUEL RH
OPEN VOLTAGE
CLOSE VOLTAGE
RIGHT INBOARD
XFER CONTROL
CLOSE VOLTAGE
OPEN VOLTAGE
AUXILIARY FUEL MANAGEMENT PANEL AB4357_6
SA
Figure 2. Crashworthy External Fuel System Control Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3).
0177 00-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0177 00
P1 J1 P1 J1
D 4
CEFS PUMP K1
A
A
115 VAC A 1
NO. 1 B
115 AC
PRI B
BUS 115 VAC B 2
C
CB24A
15 C
AMP
J2 115 VAC C 3
MISSION READINESS CIRCUIT A
BREAKER PANEL B
TRANSFER PUMP
P2 J2
C A
D B
E E
RELAY BOX REFUEL VALVE
AB4344
SA
Figure 2. Crashworthy External Fuel System Control Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0177 00-19
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0178 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
COCKPIT AIR BAG SYSTEM
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment Personnel Required (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1)
Tools and Special Tools
References
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC5180-99-B01
WP 0108 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC5180-99-B06
WP 0837 00
Personnel Required WP 1638 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1800 00
COCKPIT AIR BAG SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
• The cockpit air bag system (CABS) can cause serious injury or loss of life during main-
tenance due to inadvertent deployment of the forward or lateral air bags. Pull the CABS
circuit breaker to remove power from the electronic crash sensor unit (ECSU) when air-
craft is weight-on-wheels.
• Gas generators contain pyrotechnic propellant. The propellant can be ignited by elec-
trostatic discharge and can cause severe injury or loss of life. When working directly
on theses devices, personal protective equipment and grounding straps must be worn.
Equipment, technician and ordnance items must be grounded to the airframe.
• The ECSU contains capacitors that provide backup power in the event system power is
lost. To prevent possible electrical shock, remove power and wait five minutes to allow the
capacitor to discharge prior to removing CABS components.
NOTE
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - Cockpit Air Bag System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) for component
location diagram, and Figure 2 - Cockpit Air Bag System Schematic Diagram for schematic
diagram as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
1. Make sure the CABS circuit breaker on lower console circuit breaker panel is pushed in.
STEP
2. Place upper console BATT switch to ON.
STEP
3. Allow approximately 60 seconds for ECSU to perform self-test.
0178 00-1
0178 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
COCKPIT AIR BAG SYSTEM OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECK-
OUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
CONDITION/INDICATION
SYS FAULT indicator shall be black (indicating a no fault condition).
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If ECSU does not power up, go to ECSU Does Not Power Up, in this work package.
2. If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to Step 1
STEP
4. Press PUSH-TO-DISPLAY button on ECSU.
CONDITION/INDICATION
1. All LEDs shall illuminate for approximately three seconds.
2. After an additional one second, the following LEDs shall go off:
3. ECSU
4. A/C ID
5. No. 1 (pilot’s and copilot’s)
6. No. 2 (pilot’s and copilot’s)
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If ECSU LED remains on, replace ECSU (WP 1638 00).
2. If A/C LED remains on, go to A/C ID LED Remains On, in this work package.
3. If pilot’s or copilot’s No. 1 LED remains on, go to Pilot’s Or Copilot’s No. 1 LED Remains On, in this work
package.
4. If pilot’s or copilot’s No. 2 LED remains on, go to Pilot’s Or Copilot’s No. 2 LED Remains On, in this work
package.
STEP
5. Place upper console BATT switch to OFF.
STEP
6. Pull out CABS circuit breaker on the lower console circuit breaker panel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Circuit breaker shall be pulled out.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
ECSU DOES NOT POWER UP
SYMPTOM
ECSU does not power up.
MALFUNCTION
ECSU does not power up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between CABS circuit breaker terminal 1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
0178 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0178 00
ECSU DOES NOT POWER UP – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 4
2. Check for 28 vdc between J107-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between J107-A and CABS circuit
breaker terminal 1 (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
3. Check resistance between:
• P4-L and P107-A (Less than 2 ohms)
• P4-J and ground (Less than 2 ohms)
• P4-M and ground (Less than 2 ohms)
a. If resistance is as specified, replace ECSU (WP 1638 00). Go to Step 4
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 4
4. Procedure completed.
A/C ID LED REMAINS ON
SYMPTOM
A/C ID LED remains on.
MALFUNCTION
A/C ID LED remains on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check resistance between:
• P4-A and P4-C (122 ohms - 126 ohms)
• P4-B and P4-C (655 ohms - 659 ohms)
a. If resistance is as specified, replace ECSU (WP 1638 00). Go to Step 2
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 2
2. Procedure completed.
PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S NO. 1 LED REMAINS ON
SYMPTOM
Pilot’s or copilot’s No. 1 LED remains on.
MALFUNCTION
Pilot’s or copilot’s No. 1 LED remains on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is pilot’s No. 1 LED on?
a. If pilot’s No. 1 LED is on, go to Step 2
b. If pilot’s No. 1 LED is not on, go to Step 4
2. Place upper console BATT switch to OFF. Go to Step 3
3. Check resistance between:
• P2-A and P6-A (Less than 2 ohms)
• P2-B and P6-B (Less than 2 ohms)
• P2-backshell and P6-backshell (Less than 2 ohms)
0178 00-3
0178 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S NO. 1 LED REMAINS ON – Continued
a. If resistance is as specified, replace pilot’s gas generator in forward air bag module (WP
1638 00). Go to Step 6
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
4. Place upper console BATT switch to OFF. Go to Step 5
5. Check resistance between:
• P3-A and P8-A (Less than 2 ohms)
• P3-B and P8-B (Less than 2 ohms)
• P3-backshell and P8-backshell (Less than 2 ohms)
a. If resistance is as specified, replace copilot’s gas generator in forward air bag module (WP
1638 00). Go to Step 6
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
PILOT’S OR COPILOT’S NO. 2 LED REMAINS ON
SYMPTOM
Pilot’s or copilot’s No. 2 LED remains on.
MALFUNCTION
Pilot’s or copilot’s No. 2 LED remains on.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Is pilot’s No. 2 LED on?
a. If pilot’s No. 2 LED is on, go to Step 2
b. If pilot’s No. 2 LED is not on, go to Step 4
2. Place upper console BATT switch to OFF. Go to Step 3
3. Check resistance between:
• P2-C and P5-A (Less than 2 ohms)
• P2-D and P5-B (Less than 2 ohms)
• P2-backshell and P5-backshell (Less than 2 ohms)
a. If resistance is as specified, replace pilot’s gas generator in lateral air bag module (WP
1638 00). Go to Step 6
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
4. Place upper console BATT switch to OFF. Go to Step 5
5. Check resistance between:
• P3-C and P7-A (Less than 2 ohms)
• P3-D and P7-B (Less than 2 ohms)
• P3-backshell and P7-backshell (Less than 2 ohms)
a. If resistance is as specified, replace copilot’s gas generator in lateral air bag module (WP
1638 00). Go to Step 6
b. If resistance is not as specified, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 6
6. Procedure completed.
0178 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0178 00
PILOT'S LATERAL AIR
BAG MODULE AND
GAS GENERATOR
P5 / J5
PILOT'S FORWARD AIR
BAG MODULE AND
GAS GENERATOR
P6 / J6
A
COPILOT'S LATERAL
PILOT CABLE AIR BAG MODULE AND
ASSEMBLY GAS GENERATOR
P7 / J7
POWER SUPPLY
COPILOT B CABLE ASSEMBLY
CABLE
ASSEMBLY
COPILOT'S FORWARD
AIR BAG MODULE AND
GAS GENERATOR
P8 / J8
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
P2 / J2 ELECTRONIC CRASH
P3 / J3 SENSOR UNIT
P4 / J4
P5 / J5 PILOT'S LATERAL AIR BAG
MODULE AND GAS
GENERATOR
P6 / J6 PILOT'S FORWARD AIR
BAG MODULE AND GAS
GENERATOR
P7 / J7 COPILOT'S LATERAL AIR
BAG MODULE AND GAS
GENERATOR
P8 / J8 COPILOT'S FORWARD AIR
BAG MODULE AND GAS
GENERATOR
P107 / J107 LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
DISCONNECT AB2676_1
SA
Figure 1. Cockpit Air Bag System Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2).
0178 00-5
0178 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
B
A
T
B T
A
T U
T T
UTIL
LTS I CABS
B L
U 5 2
S B
U
CKPT
S
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
FAULT FAULT
INDICATOR INDICATOR
SYSTEM LED LED
FAULT
INDICATOR
FAULT INDICATOR LED
J4 J1 J2 J3
ECSU POWER DATA PILOT COPILOT
AIRCRAFT
ID LED A / C ID
1
SYS FAULT
PUSH TO 2
DISPLAY
BUTTON PUSH TO DISPLAY
3
ELECTRONIC CRASH SENSOR UNIT (ECSU)
AB2676_2
SA
Figure 1. Cockpit Air Bag System Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2).
0178 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0178 00
SCHEMATICS
ELECTRONIC CRASH SENSOR UNIT
CHASSIS GND
POWER GND
28 VDC
GND
ID2
ID1
J4 J3 J2
P4 J C B A M L P3 D C B A P2 D C B A
P P P P P
GDP4 R301 R300
657 124
OHM OHM
P
GDP107
CABS
J107 P107
CB8 2 1
2 A
AMP
UTIL LTS
CKPT
CB9 2 1
5
AMP
28 VDC
BATT
BUS
LOWER CONSOLE CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
P P P P
P7 B A P8 B A P5 B A P6 B A
J7 J8 J5 J6
COPILOT'S COPILOT'S PILOT'S PILOT'S
LATERAL AIR FORWARD AIR LATERAL AIR FORWARD AIR
BAG MODULE BAG MODULE BAG MODULE BAG MODULE
AND GAS AND GAS AND GAS AND GAS
GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR
AB2678
SA
Figure 2. Cockpit Air Bag System Schematic Diagram.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0178 00-7
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 00
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
MICROCLIMATE COOLING UNIT AND MASK BLOWER ASSEMBLIES
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter, AN/PSM-45A WP 1589 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1590 00
Aircraft Mechanic’s Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B01 WP 1591 00
Electrical Repairer Toolkit, SC 5180-99-B06 WP 1592 00
WP 1593 00
Personnel Required
WP 1598 00
Aircraft Electrician MOS 15F (1) WP 1601 00
UH-60 Helicopter Repairer MOS 15T (1) WP 1737 00
References WP 1800 00
TM 1-1520-237-10 Equipment Condition
WP 0108 00 External Electrical Power Connected, (WP 1737 00)
WP 1588 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
NOTE
• Operational/troubleshooting procedure for all microclimate cooling units (MCUs) are the
same.
• If a circuit breaker pops out during the operational/troubleshooting procedure, a short
circuit is indicated (WP 0108 00).
• See Figure 1 - Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Location
Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4) for component location diagram and Figure 2 - Microclimate
Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3) for
schematic diagrams as an aid in operational/troubleshooting.
The MCU and mask blower assemblies operational/troubleshooting procedure is subdivided as follows:
• Electrical
• Mechanical
ELECTRICAL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Make sure the following circuit breakers are pulled out:
CIRCUIT BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
PLT MCU Mission Readiness
CPLT MCU Mission Readiness
CREW 1 MCU Mission Readiness
CREW 2 MCU Mission Readiness
MASK BLOWERS Pilot’s
0179 00-1
0179 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
ELECTRICAL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Turn on electrical power.
STEP
3. Connect microclimate cooling garment (MCG) to pilot’s liquid quick disconnect (L-QDC).
STEP
4. Push in PLT, CPLT CREW 1, CREW 2 MCU circuit breakers on mission readiness panel.
STEP
5. Turn MCU controls on bypass control assembly (BCA) to "FULL".
CONDITION/INDICATION
MCUs shall run.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If #1 MCU is not as specified, go to #1 MCU DOES NOT RUN, in this work package.
2. If #2 MCU is not as specified, go to #2 MCU DOES NOT RUN, in this work package.
3. If #3 MCU is not as specified, go to #3 MCU DOES NOT RUN, in this work package.
4. If #4 MCU is not as specified, go to #4 MCU DOES NOT RUN, in this work package.
STEP
6. Connect mask blower to pilot’s mask blower disconnect J1211.
STEP
7. Push in MASK BLOWERS circuit breaker on mission readiness circuit breaker panel.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Pilot’s mask blower shall power up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If pilot’s mask blower is not as specified, go to PILOT’S MASK BLOWER DOES NOT POWER UP, in this work
package.
STEP
8. Repeat steps 6 through 7 for copilot’s and two crew member’s mask blowers.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Mask blowers shall power up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. If copilot’s mask blower is not as specified, go to COPILOT’S MASK BLOWER DOES NOT POWER UP,
in this work package.
2. If crew mask blower 1 is not as specified, go to CREW MASK BLOWER 1 DOES NOT POWER UP, in
this work package.
3. If crew mask blower 2 is not as specified, go to CREW MASK BLOWER 2 DOES NOT POWER UP, in
this work package.
0179 00-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 00
MECHANICAL OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Adjust pilot’s BCA to check cooling effect.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Coolant flows and MCS cools per BCA range settings.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If Indication/Condition is not as specified, go to COOLANT DOES NOT FLOW AND MCS DOES NOT COOL PER
BCA RANGE SETTINGS, in this work package.
STEP
2. Disconnect pilot’s MCG from L-QDC.
STEP
3. Disconnect mask blower from connector.
STEP
4. Turn off electrical power.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Electrical power shall be off.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
None Required
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
#1 MCU DOES NOT RUN
SYMPTOM
#1 MCU does not run.
MALFUNCTION
#1 MCU does not run.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between P1202-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
2. Check continuity between P1202-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace MCU (WP 1592 00), then retest.
b. If trouble remains, replace MCU cooling hose ((WP 1589 00), (WP 1590 00) or (WP 1591
00). Go to Step 9
c. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between J1200-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P1202-A and P1200-A (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between GND BLK 1-F and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J1200-A and GND BLK 1-F (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 9
0179 00-3
0179 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#1 MCU DOES NOT RUN – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, replace GND BLK 1 (WP 1601 00). Go to Step 9
5. Check for 28 vdc between J1200-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P1202-C and P1200-C (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check for 28 vdc between PLT MCU circuit breaker load side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between PLT MCU circuit breaker terminal
and J1200-C (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
7. Check for 28 vdc between PLT MCU circuit breaker bus side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace PLT MCU circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check for 28 vdc between TB10-4 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring wiring between TB10-4 and PLT MCU
circuit breaker bus side (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00 or HH-60A
HH-60L> WP 0127 00 <). Go to Step 9
. .
9. Procedure completed.
#2 MCU DOES NOT RUN
SYMPTOM
#2 MCU does not run.
MALFUNCTION
#2 MCU does not run.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between P1204-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
2. Check continuity between P1204-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace MCU (WP 1592 00), then retest.
b. If trouble remains, replace MCU cooling hose (WP 1589 00), (WP 1590 00) or (WP 1591
00). Go to Step 9
c. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between J1201-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P1204-A and P1201-A (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between GND BLK 1-C and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J1201-A and GND BLK 1-C (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, replace GND BLK 1 (WP 1601 00). Go to Step 9
5. Check for 28 vdc between J1201-C and ground.
0179 00-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 00
#2 MCU DOES NOT RUN – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P1204-C and P1201-C (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check for 28 vdc between CPLT MCU circuit breaker load side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between CPLT MCU circuit breaker terminal
and J1201-C (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
7. Check for 28 vdc between CPLT MCU circuit breaker bus side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace CPLT MCU circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check for 28 vdc between TB11-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring wiring between TB11-1 and CPLT MCU
circuit breaker bus side (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00 or HH-60A
HH-60L> WP 0127 00 <). Go to Step 9
. .
9. Procedure completed.
#3 MCU DOES NOT RUN
SYMPTOM
#3 MCU does not run.
MALFUNCTION
#3 MCU does not run.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between P1203-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
2. Check continuity between P1203-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace MCU (WP 1592 00), then retest.
b. If trouble remains, replace MCU cooling hose (WP 1589 00), (WP 1590 00) or (WP 1591
00). Go to Step 9
c. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between J1200-E and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P1203-A and P1200-E (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between GND BLK 1-E and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J1200-E and GND BLK 1-E (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, replace GND BLK 1 (WP 1601 00). Go to Step 9
5. Check for 28 vdc between J1200-D and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P1203-C and P1200-D (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9
0179 00-5
0179 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#3 MCU DOES NOT RUN – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
6. Check for 28 vdc between CREW 1 MCU circuit breaker load side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between CREW 1 MCU circuit breaker
terminal and J1200-D (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
7. Check for 28 vdc between CREW 1 MCU circuit breaker bus side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace CREW 1 MCU circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step
9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check for 28 vdc between TB10-4 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring wiring between TB10-4 and CREW 1 MCU
circuit breaker bus side (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00 or HH-60A
HH-60L> WP 0127 00 <). Go to Step 9
. .
9. Procedure completed.
#4 MCU DOES NOT RUN
SYMPTOM
#4 MCU does not run.
MALFUNCTION
#4 MCU does not run.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Check for 28 vdc between P1205-C and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
2. Check continuity between P1205-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace MCU (WP 1592 00), then retest.
b. If trouble remains, replace MCU cooling hose ((WP 1589 00), (WP 1590 00) or (WP 1591
00). Go to Step 9
c. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between J1201-E and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P1205-A and P1201-E (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4
4. Check continuity between GND BLK 1-A and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J1201-E and GND BLK 1-A (WP
1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If continuity is not present, replace GND BLK 1 (WP 1601 00). Go to Step 9
5. Check for 28 vdc between J1201-D and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P1205-C and P1201-D (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
0179 00-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 00
#4 MCU DOES NOT RUN – Continued
6. Check for 28 vdc between CREW 2 MCU circuit breaker load side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between CREW 2 MCU circuit breaker
terminal and J1201-D (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
7. Check for 28 vdc between CREW 2 MCU circuit breaker bus side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace CREW 2 MCU circuit breaker (WP 0837 00). Go to Step
9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check for 28 vdc between TB11-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring wiring between TB11-1 and CREW 2 MCU
circuit breaker bus side (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00 or HH-60A
HH-60L> WP 0127 00 <). Go to Step 9
. .
9. Procedure completed.
PILOT’S MASK BLOWER DOES NOT POWER UP
SYMPTOM
Pilot’s mask blower does not power up.
MALFUNCTION
Pilot’s mask blower does not power up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
The 3.8 vdc output of the power supply can have as much as ±0.2 variance.
1. Check for 3.8 vdc between J1211-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 2
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4
2. Check continuity between J1211-2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, replace mask blower (WP 1588 00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 3
3. Check continuity between J1206-B and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between P1206-B and J1211-2 (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 9
4. Check for 3.8 vdc between J1206-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between J1206-A and P1210-C (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5
5. Check for 28 vdc between P1210-A and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 9
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6
0179 00-7
0179 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
PILOT’S MASK BLOWER DOES NOT POWER UP – Continued
6. Check for 28 vdc between MASK BLOWER circuit breaker load side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between P1210-A and MASK BLOWER
circuit breaker load side (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7
7. Check for 28 vdc between MASK BLOWER circuit breaker bus side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace MASK BLOWER circuit breaker (WP 0086 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8
8. Check for 28 vdc between NO. 2 SERVO CONTR circuit breaker bus side and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, repair/replace wiring between NO. 2 SERVO CONTR circuit
breaker bus side and MASK BLOWER circuit breaker bus side (WP 1800 00). Go to Step
12
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot DC electrical system (WP 0106 00 or HH-60A
HH-60L> WP 0127 00 <). Go to Step 12
. .
9. Check for 2.5k ohms resistance between P1210-B and P1210-D.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 10
b. If resistance is not as specified, replace R1 (WP 1601 00). Go to Step 12
c. If trouble remains, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) between, as required, then go to
Step 12:
• P1210-B and ground
• P1210-D and ground
10. Check continuity between P1210-B and ground.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
11. Check continuity between P1210-C and J1211-1.
a. If continuity is present, replace power converter (distribution box) (WP 1601 00). Go to
Step 12
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 12
12. Procedure completed.
COPILOT’S MASK BLOWER DOES NOT POWER UP
SYMPTOM
Copilot’s mask blower does not power up.
MALFUNCTION
Copilot’s mask blower does not power up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
The 3.8 vdc output of the power supply can have as much as ±0.2 variance.
1. Check for 3.8 vdc between J1212-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace mask blower (WP 1588 00). Go to Step 3
0179 00-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 00
COPILOT’S MASK BLOWER DOES NOT POWER UP – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between J1212-2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J1212-1 and P1210-C (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
CREW MASK BLOWER 1 DOES NOT POWER UP
SYMPTOM
Crew mask blower 1 does not power up.
MALFUNCTION
Crew mask blower 1 does not power up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
The 3.8 vdc output of the power supply can have as much as ±0.2 variance.
1. Check for 3.8 vdc between J1213-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace mask blower (WP 1588 00). Go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between J1213-2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J1213-1 and P1210-C (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 3
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
CREW MASK BLOWER 2 DOES NOT POWER UP
SYMPTOM
Crew mask blower 2 does not power up.
MALFUNCTION
Crew mask blower 2 does not power up.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
The 3.8 vdc output of the power supply can have as much as ±0.2 variance.
1. Check for 3.8 vdc between J1214-1 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace mask blower (WP 1588 00). Go to Step 3
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2
2. Check continuity between J1214-2 and ground.
a. If continuity is present, repair/replace wiring between J1214-1 and P1210-C (WP 1800
00). Go to Step 3
0179 00-9
0179 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
CREW MASK BLOWER 2 DOES NOT POWER UP – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00). Go to Step 3
3. Procedure completed.
COOLANT DOES NOT FLOW AND MCS DOES NOT COOL PER BCA RANGE SETTINGS
SYMPTOM
Coolant does not flow and MCS does not cool per BCA range settings.
MALFUNCTION
Coolant does not flow and MCS does not cool per BCA range settings.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Verify all cooling hose connectors are properly mated.
a. If unit cools properly and no leaks are visible, system is operational. Go to Step 12
b. If unit does not cool properly, go to Step 2
2. Perform MCU charging procedure (WP 1598 00). Go to Step 3
3. Check coolant flows freely through MCU, coolant lines, and no leaks are visible.
a. If coolant flows freely through MCU, coolant lines, and no leaks are visible, go to Step 10
b. If coolant does not flow freely through MCU and coolant lines, go to Step 4
4. Is coolant leaking?
a. If no leaks are visible, go to Step 9
b. If leaks are visible, go to Step 5
5. Is coolant leaking from L-QDC?
a. If coolant is leaking from L-QDC, replace L-QDC (WP 1592 00), then retest.
b. If coolant is not leaking from L-QDC, go to Step 6
6. Is coolant leaking from MCU metal fittings?
a. If coolant is leaking from MCU metal fittings, replace rubber o-rings on MCU metal fittings
(WP 1592 00), then retest.
b. If coolant is not leaking from MCU metal fittings, go to Step 7
7. Is coolant leaking from bypass control?
a. If coolant is leaking from bypass control, replace entire cooling hose section (WP 1589
00), (WP 1590 00) or (WP 1591 00), then retest.
b. If coolant is not leaking from bypass control, go to Step 8
8. Is coolant leaking from damaged tubing?
a. If coolant is leaking from damaged tubing, replace cooling hose (WP 1589 00), (WP 1590
00) or (WP 1591 00), then retest.
9. Check MCU coolant filter is not clogged.
a. If filter is clogged, replace filter (WP 1593 00). Go to Step 12
b. If filter is not clogged, replace cooling hose (WP 1589 00), (WP 1590 00) or (WP 1591 00).
Go to Step 12
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 10
10. Perform charging procedures on MCG (WP 1598 00). Go to Step 11
11. Check coolant flows freely through MCG and MCG cools properly.
a. If coolant flows freely and MCG cools properly, system is operational. Go to Step 12
0179 00-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 00
COOLANT DOES NOT FLOW AND MCS DOES NOT COOL PER BCA RANGE SETTINGS – Continued
b. If coolant does not flow freely and MCG does not cool properly, repair or replace MCG,
then retest.
c. If trouble remains, replace MCU (WP 1592 00), then retest.
12. Procedure completed.
C J1211
P1200 /
J1200
P1201 /
J1201
J1212
P1210
P1206 /
P1207 /
J1206
J1207
WL
206.5
VIEW LOOKING
FWD AT STA 247
GF0776
SA
Figure 1. Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Location Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4).
0179 00-11
0179 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
MICROCLIMATE
COOLING UNIT (MCU)
P1200 / J1200 MCU 1 & MCU 3
DISCONNECT
P1201 / J1201 MCU 2 & MCU 4
DISCONNECT
J1202 MCU 1 POWER
DISCONNECT
J1203 MCU 3 POWER
DISCONNECT
J1204 MCU 2 POWER
DISCONNECT
J1205 MCU 4 POWER
DISCONNECT
J1215 MCU 1 CONTROL
DISCONNECT
J1216 MCU 3 CONTROL
DISCONNECT
J1217 MCU 2 CONTROL
DISCONNECT
J1218 MCU 4 CONTROL
DISCONNECT
MASK BLOWER
P1206 / J1206 PLT MASK BLOWER
POWER DISCONNECT
P1207 / J1207 CPLT MASK BLOWER
POWER DISCONNECT
P1208 / J1208 CREW 1 MASK BLOWER
POWER DISCONNECT
P1209 / J1209 CREW 2 MASK BLOWER
POWER DISCONNECT
P1210 MASK BLOWER POWER
DISTRIBUTION BOX
DISCONNECT
J1211 PLT MASK BLOWER
DISCONNECT
J1212 CPLT MASK BLOWER
DISCONNECT
J1213 CREW 1 MASK BLOWER
DISCONNECT
J1214 CREW 2 MASK BLOWER
DISCONNECT
GF0778
SA
Figure 1. Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Location Diagram (Sheet 2 of 4).
0179 00-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 00
P1208 / J1208 P1209 / J1209
J1213 J1214
J1204 J1203
POWER
J1202
J1215
CONTROL
SUPPLY
CHARGE
RETURN
FRONT VIEW J1205
J1218
POWER
CONTROL
SUPPLY
CHARGE
RETURN
FRONT VIEW
J1217
J1216
GF0777
SA
Figure 1. Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Location Diagram (Sheet 3 of 4).
0179 00-13
0179 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FORWARD
NO. 2 EXTD
RANGE PUMP OVERHEAD
15
AUX FUEL QTY
2
NO. 2 FUEL A
C
ICE-DET 2
PILOT 2 BOOST PUMP
15 AMP BREAKER
NO. 2 PRI BUS CREW 1
RESQ HST PILOT CREW 1 NO. 2 LTR 15 AMP BREAKER
10 15 15 5
CONTROL MCU MCU LTS D
DE-ICE ICE-DET EXT FUEL NO. 2 XFER C
COPILOT 5 7.5 5 5
15 AMP BREAKER CNTRLR RH CONTROL
CREW 2
COPILOT CREW 2 EXT FUEL NO. 1 LTR NO. 1 XFER
15 AMP BREAKER
15 5 5
D
15 5
C
MCU MCU LH LTS CONTROL
NO. 1 PRI BUS
NO. 1 FUEL
BOOST PUMP
DE-ICE PWR
20
A
TAIL ROTOR
C
NO. 1 EXTD
RANGE PUMP
15
MISSION EQUIPMENT PANEL
I B US
AC PR
NO. 2
HEAT & VENT
20 7.5
NO. 2 CONVERTER
I BU S WINDSHEILD CTR WSHLD PILOT WSHLD
NO. 2 DC PR ANTI-ICE FIRE CMPTR ANTI-ICE UTIL RECP ANTI-ICE
5 5 5 2 7.5 7.5 15
PILOT CTR EXTGH
NO. 2 BUS NO. 2 ENG AC ESNTL RT NO. 2 LIGHTS
SERVO DC GEN TIE BATT ANTI-ICE WARN START CARGOHOOK BUS BATT PITOT STAB AC ENG FORM ANTI PLT NON CARGO
MASK BLOWERS
2 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 2 5 10 5 7.5 5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2
MASK WARN CONTR INST WARN CNTOR CHGR WARN LTS CONTR PWR CONTR SPLY CHGR HEAT CONTR INST OVSP LV HV COLL FLT FLT HOOK
DC ESNTL PILOT MAIN AC ESNTL BUS
BUS MODE ALTM HEAT VHF IRCM CMPTR STAB SPEED XMSN POS STAB HSI CIS SAS 26 VAC COMP VSI AUTO AC ESNTL
50 2 2 5 5 2 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5
SPLY SELECT VENT AM CONTR TRIM PWR TRIM LTS CONTR PLT / CPLT AMPL STAB IND INST DPLR PLT CPLT XFMR BUS WARN
PILOT'S CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
GF0773
SA
Figure 1. Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Location Diagram (Sheet 4 of 4).
0179 00-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 00
SCHEMATICS
P/O MISSION READINESS CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANEL
MCU 1 PLT
#2 DC PRIMARY BUS PLT MCU J1200 P1200 P1202 J1
TB10-4 2PRI-JMPR-1A10 15 1MCU-1B16 C 1MCU-1A16 (BLU) C PRI PWR
AMP
CB11A 1MCU-2B16N A 1MCU-2A16N (WHT) A GROUND
P1215 J2
ORN A
WHT B
BLU C
MCU 3 CREW1
P1203 J1
CREW1 MCU 3MCU-2B16N E 3MCU-2A16N (WHT) A GROUND
15 3MCU-1B16 D 3MCU-1A16 (BLU) C PRI PWR
AMP
CB10A B P1216 J2
ORN A
WHT B
BLU C
MCU 2 CPLT
#1 DC PRIMARY BUS CPLT MCU J1201 P1201 P1204 J1
TB11-1 1PRI-JMPR-1A10 15 2MCU-1B16 C 2MCU-1A16 (BLU) C PRI PWR
AMP
CB22A 2MCU-2B16N A 2MCU-2A16N (WHT) A GROUND
P1217 J2
ORN A
WHT B
BLU C
MCU 4 CREW2
P1205 J1
CREW2 MCU 4MCU-2B16N E 4MCU-2A16N (WHT) A GROUND
15 4MCU-1B16 D 4MCU-1A16 (BLU) C PRI PWR
AMP
CB21A B P1215 J2
ORN A
GND BLK 1
WHT B
A B BLU C
C D
E F
GF0779
SA
Figure 2. Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3).
0179 00-15
0179 00 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
#2 DC PRIMARY BUS MASK BLOWER
CB226
PDPJMPR-1B20 2
AMP
BUS SIDE CB228
POWER CONVERTER
P1210
J1
28 VDC INPUT A 1PDP-1A20
GROUND B 1PDP-2A20N
SG1210-2
RESISTIVE CONTROL D 1PDP-3A20N 1PDP-2B20N
SG1210-1 R1
VOLTAGE CONTROL E 2.5K
PLT MASK BLOWER
J1206 P1206 J1211
SG1210-3
3.8 VDC OUTPUT C 1MSK-1A22 (BLU) A 1MSK-1B22 (BLU) 1
1MSK-2A22 (WHT) B 1MSK-2B22 (WHT) 2
C
CPLT MASK BLOWER
J1207 P1207 J1212
SG1210-4 1MSK-3A22 (BLU) A 1MSK-3B22 (BLU) 1
1MSK-4A22 (WHT) B 1MSK-4B22 (WHT) 2
SG1210-5
CREW MASK BLOWER 1
J1208 P1208 J1213
1MSK-5A22 (BLU) A 1MSK-5B22 (BLU) 1
1MSK-6A22 (WHT) B 1MSK-6B22 (WHT) 2
C
CREW MASK BLOWER 2
J1209 P1209 J1214
1MSK-7A22 (BLU) A 1MSK-7B22 (BLU) 1
1MSK-8A22 (WHT) B 1MSK-8B22 (WHT) 2
SG1210-6
1MSK-8B20N C
GND1-1
GF0774
SA
Figure 2. Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3).
DC PRIMARY BUS
BYPASS L-QDC
CONTROL
MCU ASSEMBLY
MCU HOSE ASSY HOSE ASSY
MCG
HOSE ASSY
CONNECTOR
HELMET
AIRCRAFT COMM COMM
AUDIO
DC PRIMARY BUS
MASK BLOWER POWER MASK BLOWER POWER
DC PDB
M45
MASK
GF0810
SA
Figure 2. Microclimate Cooling Unit (MCU) and Mask Blower Assemblies Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0179 00-16
Pages From AIRFRAME, Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
MISSION EQUIPMENT
COMMON MISSILE WARNING SYSTEM (CMWS) AND IMPROVED COUNTERMEASURES DISPENSER
(ICMD) CMWS> .
INITIAL SETUP:
Test Equipment References (cont.)
Multimeter
WP 0389 00
Countermeasure Dispenser Test Set (CDTS),
WP 0796 00
341000-7002 (2 Required)
WP 0837 00
Tools and Special Tools WP 1549 01
Electronic Equipment Toolkit, TK101G SC 5180-99- WP 1549 02
B06 WP 1549 03
Headset Microphone, H-101A/U (2 required) WP 1549 04
Heat Gun, Electrical, LTF500 WP 1549 12
Locally-Made Drag Beam Wedge (Wedge), (WP WP 1549 14
2014 00, Figure 167 - Drag Beam Wedge) WP 1549 16
Torque Wrench, 30-200 in.lbs. WP 1549 18
Personnel Required WP 1549 19
Avionics Mechanic MOS 15N ( 2) WP 1549 20
WP 1549 27
References
WP 1737 00
Avionics Maintenance Procedures
WP 1800 00
TM 1-1520-237-10
WP 2014 00
TM 55-1500-345-23
WP 0093 00 Equipment Condition
WP 0105 00 External Electrical Power Available (WP 1737 00)
WP 0106 00 or APU Operational, (TM 1-1520-237-10)
OPERATIONAL/TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
WARNING
Make sure that no magazines are installed in the Counter Measure (CM) Dispensers.
NOTE
The BIT (PBIT and IBIT) faults displayed on the Control Indicator (CI) for CMWS are listed in
Table 1 - CMWS Bit Faults Displayed On CI And Procedure. A repair action is listed for each
fault. If a fault can only be caused by a single CMWS component, repair action references
the maintenance paragraph for replacement of component. If a fault can be caused by one of
several components or interfacing wiring, additional fault isolation is required. For these faults,
the repair action references an operational check/troubleshooting table that will aid in isolating
0179 01-1 Change 5 – 31 MARCH 2014
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
the malfunctioning component or wiring. A schematic diagram is provided as an additional aid
in fault isolation.
Table 1. CMWS Bit Faults Displayed On CI And Procedure.
Item Faults displayed on CI Fault Procedure
1 ECU FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 1- CI Displays ECU Fail/Degrad
2 LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 2- CI Displays LFWD Fail/Degrad
3 RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 3- CI Displays RFWD Fail/Degrad
4 LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 4- CI Displays LAFT Fail/Degrad
5 RAFT FAIL /DEGRAD Fault Procedure 5- CI Displays RAFT Fail/Degrad
6 SEQ1 FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 6- CI Displays SEQ1 Fail/Degrad
7 SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 7- CI Displays SEQ2 Fail/Degrad
8 S1DA FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 8- CI Displays S1DA Fail/Degrad
9 S1DB FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 9- CI Displays S1DB Fail/Degrad
10 S2DB FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 10- CI Displays S2DB Fail/Degrad
11 ICE FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 11- CI Displays ICE Fail/Degrad
12 TEMP FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 12- CI Displays TEMP Fail/Degrad
13 ZERO FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 13- CI Displays ZERO Fail/Degrad
14 B/C FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 14- CI Displays B/C Fail/Degrad
15 UDM FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 15 - CI Displays UDM Fail/Degrad
16 COMM FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 16 – COMM Fail/Degrad
17 AW FAIL/DEGRAD Fault Procedure 17 – AW Fail/Degrad
SETUP OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
Perform a complete CMWS/ICMD operational check for troubleshooting purposes. To verify that the CMWS/I-
CMD is fully operational and ready to meet mission requirements, perform the following steps:
WARNING
Failure to comply with Operational Checks may result in an undetected load of faulty munitions
resulting in degraded aircraft protection.
NOTE
• Ensure dispensers are clean and free of foreign debris before installation.
• When installing CDT unit on a dispenser, alternate tightening the fastening screws so that
the CDT unit will seat evenly.
1. If CDT is unit turned off to conserve battery power, perform the following steps:
a. Turn MODE switch to OFF, then back to FIRE TEST.
b. Press RESET TEST push button to clear FAIL message.
Change 5 0179 01-2
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
SETUP OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT – CONTINUED
NOTE
• It is possible for a CDT unit to pass its BIT, but yet have an internal failure that could be the
cause of an “S.V. FAIL" display. If circumstances permit, use another CDT unit and retest
the suspect CDT unit on another dispenser to see if the fault follows the movement.
• If "S.V. FAIL" is displayed, it is followed by a cyclic display of the failed pin numbers. If this
occurs, ensure two fastener screws on CDT unit are tight and re-test.
• Indications on CDT unit display count up (increase) for each valid pulse detected. CI
inventory indications count down (decrease) for each valid pulse detected.
2. Check helicopter maintenance forms and records for faults.
3. Make a visual inspection of set components. Check for signs of damage, obstructions, and loose or discon-
nected parts.
4. Remove all EOMS dust covers, if not already performed.
5. Set Sequencer switches (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ) as follows:
1. Sequencer #1
a. S1-ALE-47 1
b. S2-ALE-47 A
2. Sequencer #2
a. S1-ALE-47 2
b. S2-ALE-47 A
6. Install Counter Measure (CM) safety pin into CM safety switch (Figure 1 - Location Diagram (Sheet 6 of 9)
) in cabin.
7. On Safe/Arm Panel verify switches set as follows:
1. BYPASS/AUTO switch - AUTO
2. AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch – SAFE
3. GPS ZEROIZE switch - Off (down) position and cover closed
4. CMWS ZEROIZE switch - Off (down) position and cover closed
5. JETTISON switch - Off (down) position and cover closed
6. AAR-57 VOLUME knob – mid range
8. Set CI PWR switch to OFF.
9. Ensure PROGRAM SELECT switch on Chaff Control Panel is set per TACOPS direction.
10. Verify CBs on auxiliary circuit breaker panel are closed:
1. AAR-57 ECU (CB602 115 vac, 5A)
2. AAR-57 ECU (CB607 28 vdc, 5A)
3. SQUIB SEQ NO. 1 (CB609 28 vdc, 10A)
4. SQUIB SEQ NO. 2 (CB610 28 vdc, 10A)
5. WOW (CB611 28 vdc, 1A)
6. AAR-57 CONT (CB608 28 vdc, 5A)
7. AAR-57 WARN (CB612 28 vdc, 1A)
11. UDM installed in ECU.
12. Remove payload modules (WP 1549 03).
a. Battery connected.
b. Electrical power off.
0179 01-3 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SETUP OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT – CONTINUED
NOTE
If a CDT unit fails self-test, do not use. Return failed unit to repair facility.
13. Place CDT unit on work surface, set DATA switch to COUNT and MODE switch to FIRE TEST, run self-test
on unit.
a. BIT begins automatically. The following displays appear on the CDT unit:
1. All CDT unit indicators illuminate briefly.
2. BIT is displayed in upper display field.
3. Verify CDT unit displays S-xx (xx = version), then PASS, then FIRE 00.
b. If fault is detected, FAIL message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”. Set MODE switch to
OFF and replace CDT unit.
14. Check CDT upper display field for battery message.
a. Is LOW BAT message is displayed?
b. If LOW BAT message is displayed, replace batteries before using.
c. Set CDT unit MODE switch to OFF.
NOTE
Two CDTs will be used during the CMWS/ICMD Operational Check.
15. Repeat Steps 13 and 14 for second CDT.
PRE–TEST CHECKS.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
Injury to personnel and damage to equipment could result if safety pin is not installed. Safety
pin prevents relay enclosure squib power K1 relay from energizing and providing 28 vdc squib
voltage to the Sequencers.
1. Verify safety pin is installed and secure in Safety Switch.
STEP
NOTE
Safe/Arm Panel safes system and provides initial settings.
2. On Safe/Arm Panel, verify AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch is set to SAFE.
Change 5 0179 01-4
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
PRE–TEST CHECKS. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
WARNING
All payload modules must be removed from dispensers (WP 1549 03). Failure to comply could
result in injury to personnel and equipment.
3. Verify all payload modules are removed from dispensers.
STRAY VOLTAGE TEST CHAFF DISPENSER #1.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
Power is not required to run the Stray Voltage Test.
1. Install single chaff – open breechplate adapter on a CDT unit.
STEP
2. Ensuring “E1” label on CDT unit points to E1 pins on breechplate adapter, insert CDT unit in (Chaff) Dispenser
#1. Tighten two fastener screws on CDT unit. TORQUE TO 40 INCH-POUNDS.
STEP
3. On CDT unit, set:
a. DATA switch to COUNT.
b. MODE switch to FIRE TEST.
STEP
4. Press RESET TEST push button to clear FAIL display.
a. Fail message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”.
b. Observe FIRE and 00 messages are displayed on CDT unit.
STEP
NOTE
• It is possible for a CDT unit to pass its BIT, but yet have an internal failure that could be the
cause of an “S.V. FAIL" display. If circumstances permit, use another CDT unit and retest
the suspect CDT unit on another dispenser to see if the fault follows the movement.
• If "S.V. FAIL" is displayed, it is followed by a cyclic display of the failed pin numbers. If this
occurs, ensure two fastener screws on CDT unit are tight and re-test.
• If "S.V. FAIL" is displayed again, it is an indication that stray voltage was detected on the
dispenser breechplate terminals. This condition must be corrected before proceeding
with the operational check. Record the displayed failed pin numbers and troubleshoot
Fault Procedure 21 – Stray Voltage FAULT PROCEDURE 21– STRAY VOLTAGE.
5. On CDT unit, set MODE switch to S.V., "DC" followed by "AC" is displayed for approximately 4 seconds; then,
"S.V. PASS" is displayed.
0179 01-5 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STRAY VOLTAGE TEST CHAFF DISPENSER #1. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CON-
TINUED
STEP
NOTE
CDT unit is left installed in (Chaff) Dispenser #1.
6. On CDT unit, set MODE switch to OFF.
STRAY VOLTAGE TEST FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
Power is not required to run the stray voltage test.
1. Install AIRCMM flare zone load breechplate adapter on second CDT unit.
STEP
2. Ensuring “E1” label on CDT unit points to E1 pins on breechplate adapter, insert CDT unit in Flare Dispenser
#2. Tighten two fastener screws on CDT unit. TORQUE TO 40 INCH-POUNDS.
STEP
3. On CDT unit, set:
a. DATA switch to COUNT.
b. MODE switch to FIRE TEST.
c. Press RESET TEST pushbutton to clear FAIL display.
1. Fail message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”.
2. Observe FIRE and 00 messages are displayed on CDT unit.
STEP
NOTE
• It is possible for a CDT unit to pass its BIT, but yet have an internal failure that could be the
cause of an “S.V. FAIL" display. If circumstances permit, use another CDT unit and retest
the suspect CDT unit on another dispenser to see if the fault follows the movement.
• If "S.V. FAIL" is displayed, it is followed by a cyclic display of the failed pin numbers. If this
occurs, ensure two fastener screws on CDT unit are tight and re-test.
• If "S.V. FAIL" is displayed again, it is an indication that stray voltage was detected on the
dispenser breechplate terminals. This condition must be corrected before proceeding
with the operational check. Record the displayed failed pin numbers and troubleshoot
Fault Procedure 21 – Stray Voltage FAULT PROCEDURE 21– STRAY VOLTAGE.
4. On CDT unit, set MODE switch to S.V., "DC" followed by "AC" is displayed for approximately 4 seconds; then,
"S.V. PASS" is displayed.
STEP
5. On CDT unit, set MODE switch to OFF, remove CDT unit from flare dispenser #2.
Change 5 0179 01-6
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
STRAY VOLTAGE TEST FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE –
CONTINUED
STEP
6. Ensuring “E1” label on CDT unit points to E1 pins on breechplate adapter, insert CDT unit in Flare Dispenser
#3. Tighten two fastener screws on CDT unit. TORQUE TO 40 INCH-POUNDS.
STEP
7. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for testing flare dispenser #3 using second CDT unit for test.
STEP
8. On CDT unit, set MODE switch to OFF. CDT unit remains installed in flare dispenser #3.
STEP
9. Flare Dispenser #3 Stray voltage test is complete.
POWER-ON TEST.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
WARNING
• Fans on the Electronic Control Unit (ECU) front panel do not contain finger guards and
accidental insertion of fingers into fan blades will cause injury. Be careful when performing
any operation or maintenance activity on the ECU.
• Verify UDM is installed in ECU. If not, install UDM. Verify all circuit breakers are pushed in
except those noted being pulled for maintenance or safety.
NOTE
Power-on is a two-step process. First, setting/verifying initial equipment settings and second,
initiating start up on CI.
1. Apply power to helicopter.
STEP
CAUTION
• After installing a UDM, do not abort the ECU power-up and initialization process. This
process is complete when BIT I/P is displayed on the CI. If this process is prematurely
aborted, differences between the UDM and the ECU resident boot data may permanently
disable the ECU.
• Message COMM FAIL is displayed on start up for approximately 30 seconds - this is
normal. If COMM FAIL is displayed for longer than 3 minutes, wait another 2 minutes
before aborting the process.
2. On CI, set PWR switch to ON.
1. ECU is switched on, cooling fans run, bootup and PBIT process begins.
2. On ECU power up, the CMWS INOP annunciator on Caution Advisory Panel turns on and remains
on until completion of PBIT (PBIT runs for approximately 3 minutes).
3. CI STATUS alphanumeric display and other indicators briefly light.
4. CI software version number displayed on CI: CI V XXXX.
0179 01-7 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
POWER-ON TEST. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
5. COMM FAIL is displayed on CI for approximately 30 seconds. This is normal as long as it disap-
pears.
6. BIT I/P is displayed and audio message “AAR-57 SELF TEST” heard on the platform intercom.
7. Threat Verification Test runs before end of PBIT.
8. “Missile Missile” is heard on platform intercom.
9. After 1 second, CI THREAT quadrant indicators simultaneously flash twice.
10. CI displays SYS PASS if no faults detected.
STEP
NOTE
If the system passes, repetitions of toggling CI PWR switch to TEST will display (in sequence):
ACID XXXX (Aircraft identification number), CMWS Operational Flight Program (OFP) version,
Mission Data File (MDF) version, Sequencer #1 (SEQ1) OFP version, Sequencer #2 (SEQ2)
OFP version, *END (end of page) message, then normal operating mode and the inventory
display. Alternatively, the CI will automatically advance from the system status message to the
inventory display after 2 minutes.
3. On CI, toggle PWR switch to TEST and release.
CI displays ACID XXXX where XXXX is a placeholder for actual decimal number.
STEP
4. On CI, toggle PWR switch to TEST and release.
CI displays OFP XXXX where XXXX is a placeholder for actual version. See TACOPS for current
version.
STEP
5. On CI, toggle PWR switch to TEST and release.
CI displays MDF XXXX where XXXX is a placeholder for actual version. See TACOPS for current
version.
STEP
6. On CI, toggle PWR switch to TEST and release.
CI displays SEQ1 XXXX where XXXX is a placeholder for actual version. See TACOPS for current
version.
STEP
7. On CI, toggle PWR switch to TEST and release.
CI displays SEQ2 XXXX where XXXX is a placeholder for actual version. See TACOPS for current
version.
STEP
8. On CI, toggle PWR switch to TEST and release.
CI displays *END.
Change 5 0179 01-8
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
POWER-ON TEST. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
At this point the inventories will be 0 because the CDT units are turned off.
9. On CI, toggle PWR switch to TEST and release.
CI displays flare and chaff inventory.
AUDIO TEST.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Verify ICS pilot audio configured (TM 1-1520- 237-10).
STEP
2. With headset on, toggle CI PWR switch to TEST for approximately 15 seconds until INIT BIT is displayed,
then release. Listen for “A-A-R 57 SELF TEST” audio over ICS at start of IBIT.
1. If audio is heard and volume level is satisfactory, the audio circuitry of the Safe/Arm Panel is
functional.
2. If audio is not heard, go to Fault Procedure 18– Audio – No Audio from CMWS FAULT PROCE-
DURE 18 – NO AUDIO FROM CMWS.
INITIATED BIT (IBIT) TEST.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. On CI, toggle and hold PWR switch to TEST (approximately 15 seconds) until INIT BIT is displayed, then
release.
1. Observe BIT I/P appears on CI while IBIT executes and "A-A-R-57 SELF TEST" is heard over ICS.
2. Threat verification test runs before end of PBIT.
3. “Missile Missile” is heard on platform intercom.
4. After 1 second, CI threat quadrant indicators simultaneously flash-twice.
STEP
NOTE
• If the system passes (SYS PASS), repetitions of toggling CI PWR switch to TEST will
display (in sequence): ACID XXXX (Aircraft Identification number), CMWS OFP version,
MDF version, Sequencer #1 OFP version, Sequencer #2 OFP version, * END (end of
page) message, then the flare and chaff inventories are displayed. Alternatively, the CI
will automatically advance from the system status message to the inventory display if no
action is initiated, but only if the system passed IBIT.
• If audio cue "Expendable Countermeasures Failed" is generated, message GO BYP will
be displayed after *END, not the inventory.
2. After BIT completes, a CI message indicates system passed by SYS PASS message.
SYSTEM SAFETY CHECK.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Override Weight-On-Wheels (WOW) by inserting wedge to depress left WOW switch.
0179 01-9 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
SYSTEM SAFETY CHECK. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
2. Remove safety pin from Safety Switch.
STEP
3. On Safe/Arm Panel verify:
a. AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch to ARMED.
b. BYPASS/AUTO switch to AUTO.
c. JETTISON switch to off (cover closed).
STEP
4. Verify “R” is lit on CI. and “CM ARMED” is lit on Caution/Advisory Panel.
a. If one or the other is lit and the other is not, there is a probable wiring fault.
b. If both are not lit, troubleshoot arming Fault Procedure 22- Arming: No R Displayed on CI, CM ARMED
Message not Lit on Caution/Advisory Panel.
STEP
5. Remove wooden wedge to re-enable left WOW switch functionality.
a. Verify “R” is not lit on CI.
b. If “R” is still present, landing gear WOW switch is defective. Troubleshoot WOW circuitry (WP 1549 03).
c. Verify “CM ARMED” is not lit on Caution/Advisory Panel.
STEP
6. Override weight-on-wheels (WOW) by inserting wedge to depress left WOW switch.
a. Verify “R” is lit on CI and “CM ARMED” is lit on Caution/Advisory Panel.
STEP
7. Install safety pin into safety switch. Ensure safety pin is secure.
a. Verify “R” is not lit on CI.
b. If “R” is still present, safety switch is defective. Troubleshoot safety switch circuitry (WP 1549 04).
c. Verify “CM ARMED” is not lit on Caution/Advisory Panel.
STEP
8. Remove safety pin from safety switch.
a. Verify “R” is lit on CI.
b. Verify “CM ARMED” is lit on Caution/Advisory Panel.
STEP
9. On Safe/Arm Panel, set AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch to SAFE.
a. Verify “R” is not lit on CI.
b. If “R” is still present, safety switch is defective. Troubleshoot safety switch circuitry (WP 1549 04).
c. Verify “CM ARMED” is not lit on Caution/Advisory Panel.
STEP
10. On Safe/Arm Panel, set AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch to SAFE.
a. Verify “R” is lit on CI.
b. Verify “CM ARMED” is lit on Caution/Advisory Panel.
Change 5 0179 01-10
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FIRE TEST FOR CHAFF DISPENSER #1.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
• Indications on CDT unit display count up (increase) for each valid fire pulse detected. CI
inventory indications count down (decrease) for each valid fire pulse detected.
• CDT units should be installed in chaff and one flare dispenser.
1. On CDT unit, set:
a. DATA switch to COUNT.
b. MODE switch to FIRE TEST.
c. Press RESET TEST pushbutton to clear FAIL display.
1. Fail message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”.
2. Observe FIRE and 00 messages are displayed on CDT unit.
STEP
CAUTION
Do not toggle the BYPASS/AUTO switch more than once (quickly) as it may induce an ECU
error and may corrupt UDM card.
2. On Safe/Arm Panel , set BYPASS/AUTO switch to BYPASS for 1 second then back to AUTO.
NOTE
Ensure CDT unit is installed straight and even in Dispenser and two fastener screws are tight.
a. After approximately 10 seconds, inventory on CI display will be F 0 C 30.If count is less than 100%,
perform following steps; otherwise, go to Step 2a(5).
(1) If problem still exists, go to Step 2a(3).
(2) Perform dispenser breechplate inspection (WP 1549 12), clean breechplate (WP 1549 12) and
then re-test. If problem still exists, go to Step 2a(3).
(3) Dispense remaining munitions on CDT unit.
(4) On the CDT unit, set DATA switch to NO FIRE and record E-pins of munitions that did not dispense.
(5) Inspect suspect fire pins, sense pins, ground clips associated with E-pins that did not dispense
using the dispenser breechplate inspection (WP 1549 12) If no faults are noted, go to Step 2a(6).
(6) If dispenser breechplate inspection procedures cannot identify and correct fault, problem may be in
Dispenser or wiring. Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ) and perform continuity
check of wiring from suspect Dispenser to its controlling Sequencer. Repair any wiring faults (WP
1800 00). If no faults are noted, replace suspect Dispenser.
STEP
3. On Chaff Control Panel, set PROGRAM SELECT switch to 1 (one chaff solution) or 2 (four chaff solution).
STEP
4. While watching inventory display on CI, manually dispense all simulated munitions by pressing and releasing
CHAFF DISP pushbutton on Chaff Control Panel.
a. CI chaff inventory indicates 0.
0179 01-11 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FIRE TEST FOR CHAFF DISPENSER #1. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
5. Verify CDT unit shows all expendables have been fired.
a. CDT unit indicates 30 chaff dispensed.
NO FIRE TEST FOR CHAFF DISPENSER #1.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
All chaff-simulated munitions must be fired before performing No Fire test.
1. On CDT unit, rotate DATA switch to NO FIRE.
a. If CDT unit display reports any E-pin numbers,perform the following:
(1) Record E-pin numbers.
(2) Inspect suspect fire pins, sense pins, ground clips associated with E-pins that did not fire using the
dispenser breechplate inspection procedures (WP 1549 12).
BAD GROUND TEST FOR CHAFF DISPENSER #1.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. On CDT unit, rotate DATA switch to BAD ground.
a. Verify display reads PASS. If CDT unit display reports any E-pin numbers, perform the following:
(1) Record E-pin numbers.
(2) Inspect suspect fire pins, sense pins, ground clips associated with E-pins that did not fire using the
dispenser breechplate inspection procedures (WP 1549 12).
CHAFF BYPASS DISPENSE TEST FOR CHAFF DISPENSER #1.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. On CDT unit, set:
a. DATA switch to COUNT.
b. MODE switch to FIRE TEST.
c. Press RESET TEST pushbutton to clear FAIL display.
1. Fail message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”.
2. Observe FIRE and 00 messages are displayed on CDT unit.
STEP
2. On Safe/Arm Panel , set BYPASS/AUTO switch to BYPASS for 1 second; then back to AUTO.
STEP
3. After approximately 10 seconds chaff inventory on CI displays 30.
Change 5 0179 01-12
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
CHAFF BYPASS DISPENSE TEST FOR CHAFF DISPENSER #1. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCE-
DURE – CONTINUED
STEP
NOTE
• The CDT units are mounted in (Chaff) Dispenser #1 and (Flare) Dispenser #3.
• Due to limitations with the CDT unit, each chaff dispense in Bypass Mode may not be
registered on the CDT unit. Therefore, the count of chaff dispensed may be different each
time. The next step will be considered PASS if the CDT unit count increases by at least 1.
• For program information on current installation, contact TACOPS.
4. On Safe/Arm Panel, set BYPASS/AUTO switch to BYPASS for 1 second; then back to AUTO.
a. CI will display BY PASS (two lines).
STEP
5. On Chaff Control Panel press and release CHAFF DISP pushbutton.
a. At (Chaff) Dispenser #1, verify CDT unit incremented by at least 1.
b. If count did not at least increment by 1, go to Fault Procedure 28– Chaff Dispense - No Dispense In Auto
Mode.
STEP
6. On CDT unit, rotate MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
7. On Safe/Arm Panel, set BYPASS/AUTO switch to AUTO.
FLARE FIRE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. Remove CDT unit from (Chaff) Dispenser #1.
STEP
2. Install AIRCMM flare zone load breechplate adapter onto CDT unit.
STEP
3. Ensuring “E1” label on CDT unit points to E1 pins on breechplate adapter, insert CDT unit in (Flare) Dispenser
#2. Tighten two fastener screws on CDT unit. TORQUE TO 40 INCH-POUNDS.
STEP
NOTE
Indications on CDT unit display count up (increase) for each valid fire pulse detected. CI
inventory indications count down (decrease) for each valid fire pulse detected.
4. On CDT unit, installed in (Flare) Dispenser #2, set:
a. DATA switch to COUNT.
b. MODE switch to FIRE TEST.
c. Press RESET TEST pushbutton to clear FAIL display.
(1) Fail message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”.
(2) Observe FIRE and 00 messages are displayed on CDT unit.
0179 01-13 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLARE FIRE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE –
CONTINUED
STEP
5. On CDT unit, installed in (Flare) Dispenser #3, set:
a. DATA switch to COUNT.
b. MODE switch to FIRE TEST.
c. Press RESET TEST pushbutton to clear FAIL display.
(1) Fail message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”.
(2) Observe FIRE and 00 messages are displayed on CDT unit.
STEP
6. On Safe/Arm Panel, set BYPASS/AUTO switch to BYPASS for 1 second then back to AUTO.
a. After approximately 10 seconds, inventory on CI display will be: F 60 C 0. If count is less than 100%,
perform following steps; otherwise, go to 43.
(1) Ensure CDT unit is installed straight and even in Dispenser and two fastener screws are tight. If
problem still exists, go to b.
(2) Perform dispenser breechplate Inspection (WP 1549 12), clean breechplate (WP 1549 12) and
then retest.
STEP
NOTE
Indications on CDT unit display count up (increase) for each valid fire pulse detected. CI
inventory indications count down (decrease) for each valid fire pulse detected.
7. While watching inventory display on CI, manually dispense all simulated munitions by:
a. Pressing and releasing FLARE DISP pushbutton on Pilot cyclic grip 3 times.
(1) CI inventory decreases by 18 and each CDT unit counts increase by 9.
b. Pressing and releasing FLARE DISP pushbutton on Co-Pilot cyclic grip 3 times.
(1) CI inventory decreases by 18 and each CDT unit counts increase by 9.
c. Pressing and releasing RH Cabin FLARE MANUAL FIRE pushbutton 2 times.
(1) CI inventory decreases by 12 and each CDT unit counts increase by 6.
d. Pressing and releasing LH Cabin FLARE MANUAL FIRE pushbutton 2 times.
(1) CI inventory decreases by 12 and each CDT unit counts increase by 6. CI displays flare inventory
0. CDT units each display 30.
NO FIRE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. On CDT unit installed in (Flare) Dispenser #2 and (Flare) Dispenser #3, rotate DATA switch to NO FIRE.
a. Verify display reads PASS. If CDT unit display reports any E-pin numbers, perform the following:
(1) Record E-pin numbers.
(2) Inspect suspect fire pins, sense pins, ground clips associated with E-pins that did not fire using the
dispenser breechplate inspection procedures (WP 1549 12).
(3) Dispense remaining munitions on CDT unit.
Change 5 0179 01-14
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
NO FIRE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE –
CONTINUED
(4) On CDT unit, set DATA switch to NO FIRE and record E-pins of munitions that did not dispense.
(5) Inspect suspect fire pins, sense pins, ground clips associated with E-pins that did not dispense
using dispenser breechplate Inspection (WP 1549 12). If no faults are noted, go to Step 1a(6).
(6) If dispenser breechplate inspection procedures cannot identify and correct fault, problem may be
in the Dispenser or wiring. Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ) and perform
continuity check of the wiring from suspect Dispenser to its controlling Sequencer. Repair any
wiring faults (WP 1800 00). If no faults are noted, replace suspect Dispenser.
BAD GROUND TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. On the CDT unit installed in (Flare) Dispenser #2 and (Flare) Dispenser #3, rotate DATA switch to BAD
ground.
a. Verify display reads PASS. If CDT unit display reports any E-pin numbers, perform the following:
(1) Record E-pin numbers.
(2) Inspect suspect fire pins, sense pins, ground clips associated with E-pins that did not fire using
dispenser breechplate inspection procedures (WP 1549 12).
JETTISON TESTING FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. On CDT unit, set:
a. DATA switch to COUNT.
b. MODE switch to FIRE TEST.
c. Press RESET TEST pushbutton to clear FAIL display.
(1) Fail message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”.
(2) Observe FIRE and 00 messages are displayed on CDT unit.
STEP
2. On Safe/Arm Panel, set BYPASS/AUTO switch to BYPASS for 1 second; then back to AUTO.
a. Verify CI displays F 60 C 0, and CDT unit displays a count of 00.
STEP
NOTE
When jettison program is run, each of the fire pins is activated twice to ensure the munition’s
fired.
3. On Safe/Arm Panel lift jettison safety cover and momentarily set jettison switch up. Close jettison safety
cover.
a. CI will display JETT. Verify CI displays: F OF O U T. Verify each CDT displays a count of 60.
NUMBER SEQUENCE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
1. On CDT unit installed in (Flare) Dispenser #2 and (Flare) Dispenser #3, rotate DATA switch to SEQ.
0179 01-15 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NUMBER SEQUENCE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PRO-
CEDURE – CONTINUED
a. Verify firing order (flare) matches firing sequence shown: 15 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 17 18 19 20 21 22 24
7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 8. If sequence does not match, refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram
(Sheet 1 of 21) ) and perform continuity check of the wiring from the suspect dispenser to its controlling
sequencer. Repair any wiring faults (WP 1800 00). If no faults are noted, replace controlling sequencer
(WP 1549 27), then the suspect dispenser (WP 1549 01 or WP 1549 02 ).
FLARE BYPASS DISPENSE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3.
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST PROCEDURE
STEP
NOTE
The CDT units are mounted in (Flare) Dispenser #2 and (Flare) Dispenser #3.
1. On CDT unit, set:
a. DATA switch to COUNT.
b. MODE switch to FIRE TEST.
c. Press RESET TEST pushbutton to clear FAIL display.
(1) Fail message is displayed followed by failure codes “FXXX”.
(2) Observe FIRE and 00 messages are displayed on CDT unit.
STEP
2. On Safe/Arm Panel, set BYPASS/AUTO switch to BYPASS for 1 second; then back to AUTO.
STEP
3. Verify inventory on CI displays quantity of munitions of the full-simulated payload module.
a. After approximately 10 seconds, inventory on CI display will read:F 60 C 0.
STEP
4. On Safe/Arm Panel, set BYPASS/AUTO switch to BYPASS.
a. CI will display: BY PASS (two lines).
STEP
NOTE
CI inventory is not displayed while in Bypass Mode.
5. Press pilot cyclic grip FLARE DISP pushbutton.
a. At flare Dispenser, verify each CDT unit incremented by 1. .
b. If increment was not correct, refer to Fault Procedure 27– Flare Dispense - No Dispense In Bypass.
STEP
6. Press copilot cyclic grip FLARE DISP pushbutton.
a. At flare Dispenser, verify each CDT unit incremented by 1..
b. If increment was not correct, refer to Fault Procedure 27– Flare Dispense - No Dispense In Bypass.
STEP
7. Press RH cabin FLARE MANUAL FIRE pushbutton.
Change 5 0179 01-16
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FLARE BYPASS DISPENSE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
a. At flare Dispenser, verify each CDT unit incremented by 1.
b. If increment was not correct, refer to Fault Procedure 27– Flare Dispense - No Dispense In Bypass.
STEP
8. Press LH cabin FLARE MANUAL FIRE pushbutton.
a. At flare Dispenser, verify each CDT unit incremented by 1.
b. If increment was not correct, refer to Fault Procedure 27– Flare Dispense - No Dispense In Bypass.
STEP
9. On each CDT, press TEST RESET button.
a. On CDT unit, 00 will be displayed.
STEP
10. On Safe/Arm Panel, set BYPASS/AUTO switch to AUTO.
a. After approximately 10 seconds, verify inventory on CI displays F 60.
STEP
11. On Safe/Arm Panel, set BYPASS/AUTO switch to BYPASS.
a. CI will display BY PASS (two lines).
STEP
NOTE
When Jettison Program is run, each firepin is activated twice to ensure munition is fired.
12. On Safe/Arm Panel lift jettison safety cover and move jettison switch to on (up). Move jettison switch to OFF
(down). Close jettison safety cover.
a. CI will display JETT. CI will display flare inventory of zero.
b. Verify each CDT unit displays count of 60.
STEP
13. On each CDT unit, rotate MODE switch to OFF.
STEP
14. Remove CDT unit from (Flare) Dispenser #2 and (Flare) Dispenser #3.
STEP
15. Install safety pin into safety switch. Ensure safety pin is secure.
STEP
16. On Safe/Arm Panel, verify switches set as follows:
• BYPASS/AUTO switch — AUTO
• AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch – SAFE
• GPS ZEROIZE switch - Off (down) and cover closed
• CMWS ZEROIZE switch - Off (down) and cover closed
• JETTISON switch - Off (down) and cover closed
• AAR-57 VOLUME knob – Mid range
a. Safes system and provides initial settings.
0179 01-17 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FLARE BYPASS DISPENSE TEST FOR FLARE DISPENSER #2 AND #3. OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT TEST
PROCEDURE – CONTINUED
STEP
17. On CI, set PWR switch to OFF.
STEP
18. Remove wooden wedge to re-enable left WOW switch functionality.
STEP
19. Return system to required condition.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
FAULT PROCEDURE 1- CI DISPLAYS ECU FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays ECU Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays ECU Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Ensure UDM is properly seated in ECU.
a. If installed correctly, replace UDM.
b. If fault remains, go to Step 2.
2. Replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
a. If fault remains, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• CB602-A2 and P1412-1
• CB602-B2 and P1412-8
• CB602-C2 and P1412-12
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
4. Check continuity between:
• P1416-8 and P1413-3
• P1416-7 and P1413-6
• P1416-4 and P1413-7
• P1416-5 and P1413-2
Change 5 0179 01-18
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 1- CI DISPLAYS ECU FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
• P1416-1 and P1413-10
• P1416-10 and P1413-5
• P1416-2 and P1413-4
• P1416-11 and P1413-11
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If ECU FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
5. Check continuity between:
• P1417-8 and P1413-9
• P1417-7 and P1413-14
• P1417-4 and P1413-15
• P1417-5 and P1413-8
• P1417-1 and P1413-25
• P1417-10 and P1413-18
• P1417-2 and P1413-17
• P1417-11 and P1413-26
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If ECU FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
6. Check continuity between:
• P1418-8 and P1413-24
• P1418-7 and P1413-23
• P1418-4 and P1413-31
• P1418-5 and P1413-16
• P1418-1 and P1413-27
• P1418-10 and P1413-20
• P1418-2 and P1413-19
• P1418-11 and P1413-28
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If ECU fail message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
7. Check continuity between:
• P1419-8 and P1413-39
• P1419-7 and P1413-45
• P1419-4 and P1413-46
• P1419-5 and P1413-38
• P1419-1 and P1413-40
• P1419-10 and P1413-33
• P1419-2 and P1413-32
• P1419-11 and P1413-41
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If ECU fail message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
8. Replace all EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
9. Procedure Completed.
0179 01-19 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 2- CI DISPLAYS LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays LFWD Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays LFWD Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace number 1 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 2.
b. If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 8.
2. Check for 32.5 +/- 3.5 vdc between P1416-1 and P1416-10 .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
3. Check for 28 vdc between P1416-2 and P1416-11.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
4. Check continuity between:
• P1416-1 and P1413-10
• P1416-10 and P1413-5
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 8.
c. If message remains, go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between:
• P1416-2 and P1413-4
• P1416-11 and P1413-11
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures ) and perform
IBIT procedure. If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 8.
c. If message remains, go to Step 6.
Change 5 0179 01-20
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 2- CI DISPLAYS LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
6. Check continuity between:
• P1416-4 and P1413-7
• P1416-5 and P1413-2
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 8.
c. If message remains, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between:
• P1416-8 and P1413-3
• P1416-7 and P1413-6
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message not is displayed, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If LFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 8.
8. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 3- CI DISPLAYS RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays RFWD Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays RFWD Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Check bonding jumper. Continuity shall be 2.5 milliohms or less between bonding ring and
aircraft skin.
a. If continuity is greater than 2.5 milliohms, apply chemical conversion coating to surfaces
(WP 0389 00 and TM 55-1500-345-23) and recheck.
b. If continuity is as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Replace number 2 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures ) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If RFWD FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If RFWD FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
3. Check for 29.0 to 36.0 vdc between P1417-1 and P1417-10.
0179 01-21 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 3- CI DISPLAYS RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
4. Check for 28 vdc between P1417-2 and P1417-11.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between:
• P1417-1 and P1413-25
• P1417-10 and P1413-18
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between:
• P1417-2 and P1413-17
• P1417-11 and P1413-26
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between:
• P1417- 4 and P1413-15
• P1417- 5 and P1413 - 8
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between:
• P1417-8 and P1413-9
• P1417-7 and P1413-14
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message not is displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If RFWD FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 4- CI DISPLAYS LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays LAFT Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays LAFT Fail/Degrad
Change 5 0179 01-22
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 4- CI DISPLAYS LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Check bonding jumper. Continuity shall be 2.5 milliohms or less between bonding ring and
aircraft skin.
a. If continuity is greater than 2.5 milliohms, apply chemical conversion coating to surfaces
(WP 0389 00 and TM 55-1500-345-23) and recheck.
b. If continuity is as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Replace number 3 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
3. Check for 29.0 to 36.0 vdc between P1418-1 and P1418-10.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
4. Check for 28 vdc between P1418-2 and P1418-11.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between:
• P1418-1 and P1413-27
• P1418-10 and P1413-20
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between:
• P1418-2 and P1413-19
• P1418-11 and P1413-28
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 7.
0179 01-23 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 4- CI DISPLAYS LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
7. Check continuity between:
• P1418-4 and P1413-31
• P1418-5 and P1413-16
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between:
• P1418-8 and P1413-24
• P1418-7 and P1413-23
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message not is displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If LAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 5- CI DISPLAYS RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays RAFT Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays RAFT Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Check bonding jumper. Continuity shall be 2.5 milliohms or less between bonding ring and
aircraft skin.
a. If continuity is greater than 2.5 milliohms, apply chemical conversion coating to surfaces
(WP 0389 00 and TM 55-1500-345-23) and recheck.
b. If continuity is as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Replace number 4 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
3. Check for 29.0 to 36.0 vdc between P1419-1 and P1419-10 .
Change 5 0179 01-24
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 5- CI DISPLAYS RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
4. Check for 28 vdc between P1419-2 and P1419-11 .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between:
• P1419-1 and P1413-40
• P1419-10 and P1413-33
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between:
• P1419-2 and P1413-32
• P1419-11 and P1413-41
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 7.
7. Check continuity between:
• P1419-4 and P1413-46
• P1419-5 and P1413-38
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
c. If message remains, go to Step 8.
8. Check continuity between:
• P1419-8 and P1413-39
• P1419-7 and P1413-45
a. If continuity is present, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform
IBIT procedure. If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message not is displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If RAFT FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 9.
9. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 6- CI DISPLAYS SEQ1 FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays SEQ1 Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays SEQ1 Fail/Degrad
0179 01-25 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 6- CI DISPLAYS SEQ1 FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Check 28 vdc at P1421-10 and P1421-9.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Sequencer # 1 (WP 1549 27).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 2.
2. Check continuity between:
• P1421-9 and P1405-9
• P1421-10 and P1405-10
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If SEQ1 FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
3. Check 28 vdc at P1409-10 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14 ).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between P1409-10 and P1402-10.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If SEQ1 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
5. Check for 28 vdc, at P1401-10 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Relay Box (WP 1549 12) and perform IBIT procedure. If
SEQ1 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between P1401-10 and P1436-18.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If SEQ1 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0179 01-26
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 7- CI DISPLAYS SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays SEQ2 Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays SEQ2 Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace Sequencer # 2 (WP 1549 27) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, place switch on the Safe/Arm Panel to
ARMED and go to Step 2.
b. If SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
2. Check for 28 vdc Sequencer logic power between P1428-10 and P1428-9.
a. If voltage is as specified, replaced Sequencer # 2 (WP 1549 27).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• P1406-10 and P1428-10
• P1406-9 and P1428-9
a. If continuity is present, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14), repeat 2 and perform
IBIT procedure. If SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 4.
4. Remove safety pin from safety switch, check for 28 vdc at Sequencer # 2:
• P1429-35
• P1429-54
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
5. Check continuity between:
• P1403-D and P1429-35
• P1403-D and P1429-54
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
0179 01-27 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 7- CI DISPLAYS SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
c. If message remains, go to Step 6.
6. Check for 28 vdc, at P1403-F.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12) and perform IBIT
procedure. If SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check for 28 vdc, at CB610-Line Side.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace CB610 (WP 0837 00) and perform IBIT procedure. If
SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
c. If message remains, go to Step 9.
8. Check continuity between CB610-Load Side and P1403-F.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
c. If message remains, go to Step 9.
9. Check continuity between:
• P1429-51 and P1431-35
• P1429-52 and P1431-36
a. If continuity is present, replace Dispenser # 2 and perform IBIT procedure. If SEQ2
FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If SEQ2 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
10. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 8- CI DISPLAYS S1DA FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays S1DA Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays S1DA Fail/Degrad
Change 5 0179 01-28
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 8- CI DISPLAYS S1DA FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace Dispenser # 1 (left fwd or CHAFF Dispenser) (WP 1549 01) and perform IBIT proce-
dure.
a. If S1DA FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 2.
b. If S1DA FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 5.
2. Check for 28 vdc between P1426-32 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• P1420-40 and P1426-32
• P1420-46 and P1426-35
• P1420-47 and P1426-36
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S1DA FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 5.
c. If message remains, go to Step 5.
4. Replace Sequencer # 1 (WP 1549 27) and perform IBIT procedure.
5. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 9- CI DISPLAYS S1DB FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays S1DB Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays S1DB Fail/Degrad
0179 01-29 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 9- CI DISPLAYS S1DB FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace Dispenser # 2 (left aft or number 1 FLARE Dispenser) (WP 1549 02) and perform IBIT
procedure.
a. If S1DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 2.
b. If S1DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
2. Check for 28 vdc squib power between P1424-31 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• P1424–32 and P1422–46
• P1424-35 and P1422-51
• P1424-36 and P1422-52
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If SEQ1 FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 5.
4. Check continuity between:
• P1424-37 and P1422-50
• P1424-37 and P1424-33
• P1424-33 and P1422-50
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S1DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between P1424-34 and P1422-53.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S1DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 6.
6. Replace Sequencer # 1 (WP 1549 27) and perform IBIT procedure.
7. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0179 01-30
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 10- CI DISPLAYS S2DB FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays S2DB Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays S2DB Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace Dispenser # 3 ( FLARE Dispenser) (WP 1549 02) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If S2DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 2.
b. If S2DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 5.
2. Check continuity between:
• P1429-35 and P1403-C
• P1429-54 and P1403-C
• P1429-31 and P1431-31
• P1429-47 and ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S2DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 5.
c. If message remains, go to Step 3.
3. Check continuity between:
• P1429-37 and P1431-35
• P1429-52 and P1431-36
• P1429-50 and P1431-33
• P1429-50 and P1431-37
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S2DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 5.
c. If trouble remains, go to Step 5.
4. Replace Sequencer # 1 (WP 1549 27) and perform IBIT procedure. If S2DB FAIL/DEGRAD
message is not displayed, go to Step 5.
5. Procedure completed.
0179 01-31 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 11- CI DISPLAYS ICE FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays ICE Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays ICE Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Check continuity between:
• P1416-2 and P1413-4.
• P1416-11 and P1413-11
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 2.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S1DB FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
2. Replace number 1 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If ICE FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If ICE FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
3. Check continuity between:
• P1417-2 and P1413-17
• P1417-11 and P1413-26
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S1DB FAIL/DEGR message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
4. Replace number 2 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If ICE FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 5.
b. If ICE FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
5. Check continuity between:
• P1418-2 and P1413-19
• P1418-11 and P1413-28
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
Change 5 0179 01-32
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 11- CI DISPLAYS ICE FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S1DB FAIL/DEGR message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
6. Replace number 3 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If ICE FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 7.
b. If ICE FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
7. Check continuity between:
• P1419-2 and P1413-32
• P1419-11 and P1413-41
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 8.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If S1DB FAIL/DEGR message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
8. Replace number 4 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
ICE FAIL message should not be displayed, go to Step 5.
a. If ICE FAIL/DEGRAD message is displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If ICE FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 10.
9. Replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
10. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 12- CI DISPLAYS TEMP FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays TEMP Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays TEMP Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If TEMP FAIL message is displayed, refer to Fault Procedure 1- CI Displays ECU
Fail/Degradin this work package.
b. If TEMP FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
0179 01-33 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 13- CI DISPLAYS ZERO FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays ZERO Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays ZERO Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace SAFE/ARM Switch Panel (WP 1549 04).
a. If ZERO FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 2.
b. If ZERO FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
2. Check continuity between P1436-23 and P1434-9.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 3.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 4.
3. Replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures), perform IBIT procedure and go to Step 7.
4. Check continuity between P1436-23 and P1409-15.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, go to Step 6.
5. Check continuity between:
• P1436-23 and P1404-17
• P1402-15 and P1409-15
a. If continuity is present, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12) and perform IBIT proce-
dure. If ZERO FAIL/DEGRAD message should not be displayed, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If ZERO FAIL/DEGRAD message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
6. Check continuity between P1407-12 and P1434-9.
a. If continuity is present, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14) and perform IBIT
procedure. If ZERO FAIL/DEGRAD message should not be displayed, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If ZERO FAIL/DEGRAD message should not be displayed, go to Step 7.
7. Procedure completed.
Change 5 0179 01-34
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 14- CI DISPLAYS B/C FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays B/C Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays B/C Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace UDM and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If B/C FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 2.
b. If B/C FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
2. Replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If B/C FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 3.
b. If B/C FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
3. Replace number 1 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If B/C FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 4.
b. If B/C FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
4. Replace number 2 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If B/C FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 5.
b. If B/C FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
5. Replace number 3 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If B/C FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 6.
b. If B/C FAIL message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
6. Replace number 4 EOMS (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
7. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 15 - CI DISPLAYS UDM FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI Displays UDM Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI Displays UDM Fail/Degrad
0179 01-35 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 15 - CI DISPLAYS UDM FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace UDM and perform IBIT procedure.
a. If UDM message is displayed, go to Step 2.
b. If UDM message is not displayed, go to Step 3.
2. Replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures) and perform IBIT procedure.
3. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 16 – COMM FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI displays COMM Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI displays COMM Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Ensure UDM is seated properly in ECU and ensure UDM is the correct version.
a. If results are as specified, go to Step 2.
b. If result are not as specified, reinstall/replace UDM card.
2. Ensure both fans on ECU are turning.
a. If results are as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If result are not as specified, go to Fault Procedure 25- ECU Fan - Fans Not Turning or
Suspect AC Power Fail.
Change 5 0179 01-36
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 16 – COMM FAIL/DEGRAD – Continued
3. Check continuity between:
• P1434-65 and P1407-2
• P1434-13 and P1407-2
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and go to Step 5.
4. Check 28 vdc:
• P1412-4 and ground
• P1412-5 and ground
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot aircraft electrical system (WP 0106 00).
5. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 17 – AW FAIL/DEGRAD
SYMPTOM
CI displays AW Fail/Degrad
MALFUNCTION
CI displays AW Fail/Degrad
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
• This LRU FAIL fault specific message may be displayed with other FAIL or DEGR specific
messages. Make sure all fault FAIL specific messages are troubleshot and corrected.
Perform IBIT procedure to make sure no fault FAIL messages are displayed. If ECU FAIL
is still displayed, perform this fault procedure.
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
• Refer to (Figure 4 - Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 21) ), CMWS schematic diagram, for
point to point wiring.
1. Replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
a. If message remains, go to Fault Procedure 18– Audio – No Audio from CMWS.
b. If message is clear, go to Step 2.
2. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 18– AUDIO – NO AUDIO FROM CMWS
SYMPTOM
Audio – No Audio from CMWS
MALFUNCTION
Audio – No Audio from CMWS
0179 01-37 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 18– AUDIO – NO AUDIO FROM CMWS – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting audio fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in front of this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System in safe.
e. AAR-57 VOL knob on Safe/Arm Panel fully clockwise.
f. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Run CMWS IBIT and monitor ICS for audio cues.
a. If CMWS audio cues are heard, go to Step 5.
b. If CMWS audio cues are not heard, go to Step 3.
3. Scroll through and note BIT messages on the CI.
a. If BIT indicate either AW DEGR or AW FAIL, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures).
b. If there are no BIT indications, replace Safe/Arm Panel (WP 1549 04).
4. Check continuity between:
• P1436- 1 and P1414-62
• P1436- 2 and P1414-63
• P1436- 3 and P653R-H
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
5. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 19 - CMWS INOP INDICATOR ON CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL ALWAYS ON
SYMPTOM
CMWS INOP Indicator on Caution/Advisory Panel Always On
MALFUNCTION
CMWS INOP Indicator on Caution/Advisory Panel Always On
Change 5 0179 01-38
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 19 - CMWS INOP INDICATOR ON CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL ALWAYS ON – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System in safe.
e. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
f. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Turn CI PWR switch to ON. Ensure CI indicate good system status and CMWS INOP indicator
remain lit on Caution/Advisory Panel after CMWS boot up sequence approximately 3 minutes.
a. If indications are as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If indications are not as specified, perform IBIT procedure.
3. During CMWS boot up sequence, monitor for 28 vdc signal at:
• J2 pin 15 on the ECU
• Verify voltage transition to 0 vdc after boot up completes.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
4. During CMWS boot up sequence, monitor for 28 vdc at P117 pin 38.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Caution/Advisory Panel (WP 0796 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
NOTE
1442-K2 coil is connected between the pins.
5. Check for continuity between P1434-15 and P1436-35.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
0179 01-39 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 19 - CMWS INOP INDICATOR ON CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL ALWAYS ON – Continued
6. Check for continuity between:
• P117-38 and 1442-K2 pin A3
• P1436-34 and 1442-K2 pin A2
a. If continuity is present, replace Safe/Arm Panel (WP 1549 04).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
c. If fault remains, replace 1442-K2 Relay (WP 1549 18).
7. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 20 – CMWS INOP LIGHT LT ALWAYS OFF
SYMPTOM
CMWS Inop Light LT Always Off
MALFUNCTION
CMWS Inop Light LT Always Off
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System safed.
e. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
f. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Perform Caution/Advisory Panel lamp test (WP 0093 00).
a. If CMWS INOP indicator light illuminates, go to Step 3.
b. If CMWS INOP indicator light does not illuminates, fault is outside the system. Trou-
bleshoot (WP 0105 00).
3. Disconnect P1434 on ECU and turn CI PWR switch to ON.
a. If CMWS INOP light indicator illuminates, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance
Procedures).
Change 5 0179 01-40
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 20 – CMWS INOP LIGHT LT ALWAYS OFF – Continued
b. If CMWS INOP light indicator does not illuminates, go to Step 4.
4. Disconnect P1434 on the ECU and P117 on the Caution/Advisory Panel. Turn CI PWR switch
to ON and verify voltage transition to 28 vdc at P117 pin 38.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Caution/Advisory Panel (WP 0796 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
NOTE
1442-K2 coil is connected between the pins.
5. Check for continuity between P1434-15 and P1436-35.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
6. Check for continuity between:
• P117-38 and 1442-K2 pin A3
• P1436-34 and 1442-K2 pin A2
a. If continuity is present, replace Safe/Arm Panel (WP 1549 04).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
c. If fault remains, replace 1442-K2 Relay (WP 1549 18).
7. Procedure complete.
FAULT PROCEDURE 21 – STRAY VOLTAGE
SYMPTOM
Stray Voltage
MALFUNCTION
Stray Voltage
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
0179 01-41 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 21 – STRAY VOLTAGE – Continued
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System safed
e. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
f. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Using multimeter, check bonding resistance between dispenser and aircraft frame. Resistance
shall be less than 2.5 milliohms.
a. If resistance is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If resistance is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. If resistance is greater than 2.5 milliohms, remove dispenser and apply chemical conversion
coating (WP 0389 00 and TM 55-1500-345-23).
a. Repeat step Step 2.
4. Check ground springs on CDT insure they are clean and intact.
a. If ground springs are as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If ground springs are as not as specified, replace CDT and go to Step 4.
5. Perform CMWS stray voltage procedure, go to Table 1 - CMWS Bit Faults Displayed On CI And
Procedure in this work package.
a. If CDT displays S.V.PASS, go to Step 7.
b. If CDT displays S.V. FAIL, record the displayed failed pin numbers and go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between recorded failed pin number:DISPENSER # 1
• FIRE A1 P1420-22 and P1426-1
• FIRE A2 P1420-12 and P1426-2
• FIRE A3 P1420-4 and P1426-3
• FIRE A4 P1420-8 and P1426-4
• FIRE A5 P1420-27 and P1426-5
• FIRE A6 P1420-18 and P1426- 6
• FIRE A7 P1420-13 and P1426-7
• FIRE A8 P1420-2 and P1426-8
• FIRE A9 P1420-30 and P1426-9
• FIRE A10 P1420-21 and P1426-10
• FIRE A11 P1420-7 and P1426-11
• FIRE A12 P1420-11 and P1426-12
• FIRE A13 P1420-17 and P1426-13
• FIRE A14 P1420-24 and P1426-14
• FIRE A15 P1420-1 and P1426-15
• FIRE A16 P1420-26 and P1426-16
• FIRE A17 P1420-20 and P1426-17
• FIRE A18 P1420-6 and P1426-18
• FIRE A19 P1420-10 and P1426-19
• FIRE A20 P1420-29 and P1426-20
• FIRE A21 P1420-23 and P1426-21
• FIRE A22 P1420-15 and P1426-22
• FIRE A23 P1420-25 and P1426-23
• FIRE A24 P1420-16 and P1426-24
• FIRE A25 P1420-5 and P1426-25
• FIRE A26 P1420-9 and P1426-26
Change 5 0179 01-42
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 21 – STRAY VOLTAGE – Continued
• FIRE A27 P1420-28 and P1426-27
• FIRE A28 P1420-19 and P1426-28
• FIRE A29 P1420-14 and P1426-29
• FIRE A30 P1420-3 and P1426-30
DISPENSER # 2
• FIRE B1 P1422-22 and P1424-1
• FIRE B2 P1422-12 and P1424-2
• FIRE B3 P1422-8 and P1424-3
• FIRE B4 P1422-4 and P1424-4
• FIRE B5 P1422-18 and P1424-5
• FIRE B6 P1422-27 and P1424-6
• FIRE B7 P1422-2 and P1424-7
• FIRE B8 P1422-13 and P1424-8
• FIRE B9 P1422-21 and P1424-9
• FIRE B10 P1422-30 and P1424-10
• FIRE B11 P1422-11 and P1424-11
• FIRE B12 P1422-7 and P1424-12
• FIRE B13 P1422-24 and P1424-13
• FIRE B14 P1422-17 and P1424-14
• FIRE B15 P1422-26 and P1424-15
• FIRE B16 P1422-1 and P1424-16
• FIRE B17 P1422-6 and P1424-17
• FIRE B18 P1422-20 and P1424-18
• FIRE B19 P1422-29 and P1424-19
• FIRE B20 P1422-10 and P1424-20
• FIRE B21 P1422-15 and P1424-21
• FIRE B22 P1422-23 and P1424-22
• FIRE B23 P1422-16 and P1424-23
• FIRE B24 P1422-25 and P1424-24
• FIRE B25 P1422-9 and P1424-25
• FIRE B26 P1422-5 and P1424-26
• FIRE B27 P1422-19 and P1424-27
• FIRE B28 P1422-28 and P1424-28
• FIREB29 P1422-3 and P1424-29
• FIRE B30 P1422-14 and P1424-30
DISPENSER # 3
• FIRE B1 P1429-22 and P1431-1
• FIRE B2 P1429-12 and P1431-2
• FIRE B3 P1429-8 and P1431-3
• FIRE B4 P1429-4 and P1431-4
• FIRE B5 P1429-18 and P1431-5
• FIRE B6 P1429-27 and P1431-6
• FIRE B7 P1429-2 and P1431-7
• FIRE B8 P1429-13 and P1431-8
• FIRE B9 P1429-21 and P1431-9
• FIRE B10 P1429-30 and P1431-10
• FIRE B11 P1429-11 and P1431-11
• FIRE B12 P1429-7 and P1431-12
• FIRE B13 P1429-24 and P1431-13
• FIRE B14 P1429-17 and P1431-14
• FIRE B15 P1429-26 and P1431-15
0179 01-43 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 21 – STRAY VOLTAGE – Continued
• FIRE B16 P1429-1 and P1431-16
• FIRE B17 P1429-6 and P1431-17
• FIRE B18 P1429-20 and P1431-18
• FIRE B19 P1429-29 and P1431-19
• FIRE B20 P14292-10 and P1431-20
• FIRE B21 P1429-15 and P1431-21
• FIRE B22 P1429-23 and P1431-22
• FIRE B23 P1429-16 and P1431-23
• FIRE B24 P1429-25 and P1431-24
• FIRE B25 P1429-9 and P1431-25
• FIRE B26 P1429-5 and P1431-26
• FIRE B27 P1429-19 and P1431-27
• FIRE B28 P1429-28 and P1431-28
• FIREB29 P1429-3 and P1431-29
• FIRE B30 P1429-14 and P1431-30
a. If continuity is present, replace Dispenser (WP 1549 01) and go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If message is not displayed, go to Step 7.
7. Procedure complete.
FAULT PROCEDURE 22- ARMING: NO R DISPLAYED ON CI, CM
ARMED MESSAGE NOT LIT ON CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
SYMPTOM
Arming: No R Displayed on CI, CM ARMED Message not Lit on Caution/Advisory Panel
MALFUNCTION
Arming: No R Displayed on CI, CM ARMED Message not Lit on Caution/Advisory Panel
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
Change 5 0179 01-44
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 22- ARMING: NO R DISPLAYED ON CI, CM ARMED MESSAGE NOT LIT ON CAUTION/AD-
VISORY PANEL – Continued
d. Safe/Arm Panel AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch set to ARMED.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
3. Check 28 vdc at P1404-10.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, fault is outside the system. Troubleshoot (WP 0105 00).
4. Check for continuity between:
• P1404-22 and ground
• Verify continuity when WOW switch is not wedged
• Verify open when WOW switch is wedged
a. If continuity/open is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity/open is not as specified, fault is outside the system. Troubleshoot (WP 1800
00).
5. Check for continuity between:
• P1404-2 and P1404-16
• Verify open when AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch is set to SAFE
• Verify continuity AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch is set to ARMED
a. If continuity/open is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity/open is not as specified, replace Safe/Arm Panel (WP 1549 04).
6. Check for 28 vdc on Relay Enclosure at J1 pin 1.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
7. Check for 28 vdc on P1441-36 and P1442-1.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace CI (WP 1549 19).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check for continuity between:
• P1441 and P1401
• P1442 and P1401
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required (WP 1800 00).
9. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 23– ARMING: NO R DISPLAYED ON CI, BUT
CM ARMED MESSAGE IS LIT ON CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
SYMPTOM
Arming: No R displayed on CI, but CM ARMED message is lit on Caution/Advisory Panel
MALFUNCTION
Arming: No R displayed on CI, but CM ARMED message is lit on Caution/Advisory Panel
0179 01-45 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 23– ARMING: NO R DISPLAYED ON CI, BUT CM ARMED MESSAGE IS LIT ON CAU-
TION/ADVISORY PANEL – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. Safe/Arm Panel AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch set to ARMED.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Reset CI and watch for R indicator to briefly light during power up to verify that indicator in the
CI is functioning.
a. If R indicator briefly light, go to Step 3.
b. If R indicator did not light, replace CI (WP 1549 19).
3. Check for 28 vdc at P1434-7.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for 28 vdc on Terminal Junction Box at J3 pin 1.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
5. Check for continuity between P1434-7 and P1407-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
6. Check for 28 vdc at P1409-14.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check for 28 vdc on Relay Enclosure at J2 pin 14.
Change 5 0179 01-46
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 23– ARMING: NO R DISPLAYED ON CI, BUT CM ARMED MESSAGE IS LIT ON CAU-
TION/ADVISORY PANEL – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
8. Check for continuity between P1402-14 and P1409-14.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
9. Check for 28 vdc between P1434-1 and ground:
• Verify 28 vdc when WOW switch not wedged
• Verify open when WOW switch is wedged
a. If voltage /open is as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If voltage /open is not as specified, go to Step 10.
10. Check for continuity between Terminal Junction Box at J3 pin 5 and ground:
• Verify 28 vdc when WOW switch not wedged
• Verify open when WOW switch is wedged
a. If voltage /open is as specified, go to Step 11.
b. If voltage /open is not as specified, go to Step 12.
11. Check for continuity between P1434-1 and P1407-5 .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
12. Check for 28 vdc between P1409 pin 5 and ground:
• Verify 28 vdc when WOW switch not wedged
• Verify open when WOW switch is wedged
a. If voltage /open is as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
b. If voltage /open is not as specified, go to Step 13.
13. Check for 28 vdc at Relay Enclosure between J2 pin 5 and ground:
• Verify 28 vdc when WOW switch not wedged
• Verify open when WOW switch is wedged
a. If voltage /open is as specified, go to Step 14.
b. If voltage /open is not as specified, go to Step 15.
14. Check for continuity between P1402-5 and P1409-5.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 15.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
15. Check continuity across WOW circuit breaker CB611.
• Verify continuity when circuit breaker is pushed in
• Verify open when circuit breaker is pulled out
a. If continuity/open as specified, go to Step 17.
b. If continuity/open is not as specified, repair/replace circuit breaker (WP 0837 00).
16. Check continuity between:
• P1404- 22 and TB 1404-A-G
• TB 1404-A-A and J163-E
0179 01-47 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 23– ARMING: NO R DISPLAYED ON CI, BUT CM ARMED MESSAGE IS LIT ON CAU-
TION/ADVISORY PANEL – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 17.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
17. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 24- ARMING: R IS DISPLAYED ON CI, BUT
CM ARMED MESSAGE IS NOT LIT ON CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL
SYMPTOM
Arming: R is displayed on CI, but CM ARMED message is not lit on Caution/Advisory Panel
MALFUNCTION
Arming: R is displayed on CI, but CM ARMED message is not lit on Caution/Advisory Panel
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. Safe/Arm Panel AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch set to ARMED.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Perform Caution/Advisory Panel lamp test (WP 0093 00).
a. If CM ARMED indicator light is lit, go to Step 3.
b. If CM ARMED indicator light is not lit, fault is outside the system. Troubleshoot (WP 0105
00).
3. Check for continuity between P1404- 4 to P118- Z.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
4. Check for continuity between:
Change 5 0179 01-48
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 24- ARMING: R IS DISPLAYED ON CI, BUT CM ARMED MESSAGE IS NOT LIT ON CAU-
TION/ADVISORY PANEL – Continued
• P1401- 2 and P1436-18
• P1401-10 and P1436-18
• P1401- 21 and P1436-18
a. If continuity is present, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
5. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 25- ECU FAN - FANS NOT TURNING OR SUSPECT AC POWER FAIL
SYMPTOM
ECU Fan - Fans Not Turning or Suspect AC Power Fail
MALFUNCTION
ECU Fan - Fans Not Turning or Suspect AC Power Fail
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. Safe/Arm Panel AAR-57 SAFE/ARMED switch set to ARMED.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Monitor BIT messages on CI for COMM FAIL.
a. If COMM FAIL is displayed for greater than 3 minutes, go to Fault Procedure 16 – COMM
Fail/Degrad.
b. If COMM FAIL is not displayed or displayed less than 3 minutes, go to Step 3.
3. Pull circuit breaker AAR-57 ECU (115AC) and AAR-57 ECU (28 vdc) on AUX CB Panel.
Disconnect P1412 from ECU J1. Check continuity between:
0179 01-49 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 25- ECU FAN - FANS NOT TURNING OR SUSPECT AC POWER FAIL – Continued
• P1412-2 and P1412-15
• P1412-9 and P1412-10
• P1412-13 and P1412-20
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 4.
b. If continuity is not present repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00) and perform IBIT procedure.
If fault is not displayed, go to Step 8.
4. Close circuit breaker AAR-57 ECU (115AC) and AAR-57 ECU (28 vdc) on AUX CB Panel.
Disconnect P1412 from ECU J1. Check 115 VAC between:
• P1412-1 and P1412-7
• P1412-8 and P1412-7
• P1412-12 and P1412-7
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
5. Check 28 vdc between P1412-4 and P1412-5.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
6. Check for 28 vdc between P1434-65 and ground.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If voltage is not as specified, repair/replace wiring between P1434-65 and P1407-2 (WP
1800 00).
7. Troubleshoot aircraft AC and/or DC power (WP 0105 00 and/or WP 0106 00 ).
8. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 26- FLARE DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN AUTO MODE
SYMPTOM
Flare Dispense - No Dispense In Auto Mode
MALFUNCTION
Flare Dispense - No Dispense In Auto Mode
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
Change 5 0179 01-50
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 26- FLARE DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN AUTO MODE – Continued
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System armed – CMWS ARMED (Caution/Advisory Panel) and R (CI) indicators lit.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. While actuating any flare dispense switch, check 28 vdc at P1434-5.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. While actuating any flare dispense switch, check for 28 vdc on Terminal Junction Box at J3 pin
8.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
4. Check for continuity between P1434- 5 and P1407-8.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
5. While actuating any flare dispense switch, check for 28 vdc at P1409-8.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. While actuating any flare dispense switch, check for 28 vdc on Relay Enclosure at J2 pin 8.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
7. Check for continuity between P1409-8 and P1402-8 .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
8. While actuating each flare dispense switch, check for continuity between P1404-6 and
P1404-8.
a. If continuity is present, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring between P1404 and applicable flare
dispense switch.
9. Procedure completed.
0179 01-51 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 27– FLARE DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN BYPASS
SYMPTOM
Flare Dispense - No Dispense In Bypass
MALFUNCTION
Flare Dispense - No Dispense In Bypass
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System armed – CMWS ARMED (Caution/Advisory Panel) and R (CI) indicators lit.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. BY PASS message displayed on CI.
a. If message displayed as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If message is not as specified, go to Step 5.
3. Perform flare bypass dispense test.
a. If the test passed, go to Step 21.
b. If the test failed, go to Step 4.
4. Verify each CDT unit incremented by 1.
a. If results are as specified, go to Step 9.
b. If results are not as specified, go to Step 10.
5. Check for 28 vdc at P1434-13.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check continuity between P1434-13 and P1407-2.
Change 5 0179 01-52
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 27– FLARE DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN BYPASS – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
7. Check for 28 vdc at P1434-2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check for continuity between P1434-2 and P1407-13.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
9. Perform dispenser fire test on flare dispensers.
a. If both dispensers fail, go to Step 13.
b. If only one dispenser failed, go to Step 10.
c. If the test passed, go to Step 20.
10. Check for 28 vdc at P1421-13 and P1428-13 .
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 13.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 11.
11. Check for 28 vdc on Terminal Junction Box at J1 pin 13 and J2 pin 13.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 12.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
12. Check continuity between:
• P1421-6 and P1405-6
• P1428-6 and P1406-6
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 14.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
13. While actuating any flare dispense switch, check for 28 vdc at P1421-6 and P1428-6 .
a. If voltage is as specified, replace appropriate Sequencer (WP 1549 27).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
14. While actuating any flare dispense switch, check for 28 vdc on Terminal Junction Box at J1 pin
6 and J2 pin 6.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 16.
15. Check continuity between:
• P1421 and P1405
• P1428 and P1406
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 16.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
16. While actuating any flare dispense switch, check for 28 vdc at P1409-6.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 17.
17. While actuating flare dispense switch, check for 28 vdc on Relay Enclosure at J2 pin 6.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 18.
0179 01-53 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 27– FLARE DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN BYPASS – Continued
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 19.
18. Check continuity between P1402 and P1409.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 14.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
19. Check continuity between P1401-8 and P1436-6 .
a. If continuity is present, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
20. Check continuity between:
• P1401-29 and P1436-4
• P1401-30 and P1436-6
• P1401-31 and P1436-7
• P1401-32 and P1436-8
• P1401-21 and P1436-13
a. If continuity is present, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
21. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 28– CHAFF DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN AUTO MODE
SYMPTOM
Chaff Dispense - No Dispense In Auto Mode
MALFUNCTION
Chaff Dispense - No Dispense In Auto Mode
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System armed – CMWS ARMED (Caution/Advisory Panel) and R (CI) indicators lit.
Change 5 0179 01-54
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 28– CHAFF DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN AUTO MODE – Continued
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Check for 28 vdc at P1434 pin 4 while actuating CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton on Chaff
Control Panel.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 5.
3. Check the following:
• CHAFF Select = 1:
P1434-11 (open)
P1434-12 (open)
• CHAFF SELECT = 2:
P1434-11 (open)
P1434-12 (28 vdc)
a. If checks are as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If checks are not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check continuity between:
• P1434-11 and P1437-3
• P1434-12 and P1437-4
a. If continuity is present, replace the Chaff Control Panel (WP 1549 20.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
5. Check for 28 vdc at J3 pin 3 of the Terminal Junction Box while actuating Chaff Control Panel
CHAFF DISPENSE pushbutton.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 7.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check for continuity between:
• P1434-11 and P1407-3
• P1434-12 and P1437-4
a. If continuity is present, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
7. Check for 28 vdc at P1409 pin 3 while actuating Chaff Control Panel CHAFF DISPENSE
pushbutton.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check for 28 vdc at J2 pin 3 of the Relay Enclosure while actuating Chaff Control Panel CHAFF
DISPENSE pushbutton.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
9. Check for continuity between P1434-3 and P1409- 3.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 10.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
10. Check for continuity between Relay Enclosure at J2 pin 3 and J4 pin 7.
0179 01-55 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 28– CHAFF DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN AUTO MODE – Continued
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 11.
b. If continuity is not present, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
11. Check for continuity between P1404-7 and P1437-2.
a. If continuity is present, replace Chaff Control Panel (WP 1549 20).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
12. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 29 – CHAFF DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN BYPASS MODE
SYMPTOM
Chaff Dispense - No Dispense In Bypass Mode
MALFUNCTION
Chaff Dispense - No Dispense In Bypass Mode
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System armed – CMWS ARMED (Caution/Advisory Panel) and R (CI) indicators lit.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. BY PASS message is displayed on CI.
a. If message is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If message is not as specified, go to Step 5.
3. Perform chaff bypass dispense test.
a. If PASS message is displayed, go to Step 11.
b. If FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 4.
Change 5 0179 01-56
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 29 – CHAFF DISPENSE - NO DISPENSE IN BYPASS MODE – Continued
4. Perform dispenser fire test on chaff dispenser.
a. If PASS message is displayed, go to Step 9.
b. If FAIL message is displayed, go to Step 7.
5. Check for 28 vdc at P1434-13.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 6.
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot and repair/replace wiring between P1434-13
and P1407-2 (WP 1800 00).
6. Check for 28 vdc at P1434-2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If voltage is not as specified, troubleshoot and repair/replace wiring between P1434-2 and
P1407-13 (WP 1800 00).
7. Check for 28 vdc at P1421-3 while actuating Chaff Control Panel CHAFF DISPENSE SWITCH.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 9.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 8.
8. Check for 28 vdc on Terminal Junction Box at J1 pin 3 while actuating Chaff Control Panel
CHAFF DISPENSE SWITCH.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot and repair/replace wiring between P1441-3 and
P1405-3 (WP 1800 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
9. Check for 28 vdc at P1421-13.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Sequencer #1 (WP 1549 27).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
10. Check for 28 vdc on Terminal Junction Box at J1 pin 13.
a. If voltage is as specified, troubleshoot and repair/replace wiring between P1421-13 and
P1405-13 (WP 1800 00).
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
11. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 30- INVENTORY — IMPROPER REPORT CHAFF
SYMPTOM
Chaff Quantities Displayed On CI are incorrect.
MALFUNCTION
Chaff Quantities Displayed On CI are incorrect.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Perform chaff dispenser fire test in this work package.
2. If inventory is not as specified, remove Payload Module (WP 1549 03) and inspect/reinstall.
3. Procedure completed.
0179 01-57 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 31 – INVENTORY - IMPROPER REPORT FLARE
SYMPTOM
Flare Quantities Displayed On CI are incorrect.
MALFUNCTION
Flare Quantities Displayed On CI are incorrect.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Perform flare dispenser fire test in this work package).
2. If inventory is not as specified, remove Payload Module (WP 1549 03) and inspect/reinstall.
3. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 32– JETTISON - DOES NOT FUNCTION IN AUTO MODE
SYMPTOM
Jettison - Does Not Function in Auto Mode
MALFUNCTION
Jettison - Does Not Function in Auto Mode
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System armed – CMWS ARMED (Caution/Advisory Panel) and R (CI) indicators lit.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. CDT unit reports flares fired from manual dispense switches.
a. If report is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If report is not as specified, go to Fault Procedure 27– Flare Dispense - No Dispense In
Bypass.
3. With JETTISON switch on Safe/Arm Panel activated (up), check for 28 vdc at P1434-3.
Change 5 0179 01-58
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 32– JETTISON - DOES NOT FUNCTION IN AUTO MODE – Continued
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. With JETTISON switch on Safe/Arm Panel activated (up), check for 28 vdc on Terminal
Junction Box at J3 pin 11.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
5. Check for continuity between P1434-3 and P1407-11.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
6. With JETTISON switch on Safe/Arm Panel activated (up), check for 28 vdc at P1409-11.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. With JETTISON switch on Safe/Arm Panel activated (up), check for 28 vdc on Relay Enclosure
at J2 pin 11.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
8. Check for continuity between P1402-11 and P1409-11.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 9.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
9. With JETTISON switch on Safe/Arm Panel activated (up), check for 28 vdc at P1401-11.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
10. Check for continuity between P1401-11 and P1436-28.
a. If continuity is present, replace Safe/Arm Panel (WP 1549 04).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
11. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 33– JETTISON - DOES NOT FUNCTION IN BYPASS MODE
SYMPTOM
Jettison - Does Not Function in Bypass Mode
MALFUNCTION
Jettison - Does Not Function in Bypass Mode
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
0179 01-59 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 33– JETTISON - DOES NOT FUNCTION IN BYPASS MODE – Continued
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System armed – CMWS ARMED (Caution/Advisory Panel) and R (CI) indicators lit.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
h. Jettison functions in auto mode.
2. BY PASS message is displayed on CI
a. If message is as specified, go to Step 14.
b. If message is not as specified, go to Step 3.
3. Check for +28 vdc at P1434-13.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for continuity between P1434-13 and P1407-2.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 5.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
5. Check for 28 vdc at P1434 -2.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace ECU (Avionics Maintenance Procedures).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check 28 vdc at P1421-13 and P1428-13.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 14.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 7.
7. Check for 28 vdc on Terminal Junction Box at J1 pin 13 and J2 pin 13.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 8.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 9.
8. Check for continuity between:
• P1421-13 and P1405-13
• P1428-13 and P1406-13
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 14.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
Change 5 0179 01-60
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 33– JETTISON - DOES NOT FUNCTION IN BYPASS MODE – Continued
9. Check for 28 vdc at P1409-13.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 10.
10. Check for 28 vdc on Relay Enclosure at J2 pin 13.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 11.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 12.
11. Check for continuity between P1402-13 and P1409-13 .
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 12.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
12. Check for continuity between P1401-13 and P1436-13.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 13.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
13. With JETTISON switch on Safe/Arm Panel activated (up), check for 28 vdc at P1421-11 and
P1428-11 .
a. If voltage is as specified, replace appropriate Sequencer (WP 1549 27).
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 14.
14. With JETTISON switch on Safe/Arm Panel activated (up), check for 28 vdc on Terminal
Junction Box at J1 pin 11 and J2 pin 11.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 15.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace Terminal Junction Box (WP 1549 14).
15. Check for continuity between:
• P1421-11 and P1405-11
• P1428-11 and P1406-11
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 16.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
16. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 34– POWER - CMWS POWER UP
SYMPTOM
Power - CMWS Power Up
MALFUNCTION
Power - CMWS Power Up
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
0179 01-61 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 34– POWER - CMWS POWER UP – Continued
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System safed.
e. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Check for 28 vdc at P1412- 4 and P1412-5.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, fault is outside the system.
3. Check 28 vdc at P1404-1.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 4.
b. If voltage is not as specified, fault is outside the system.
4. Check for 28 vdc at Relay Enclosure at J1 pin 1.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
5. Check for 28 vdc at P1442-1.
a. If voltage is as specified, replace CI (WP 1549 19.)
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 6.
6. Check for continuity between P1401-1 and P1442-1.
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 7.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
7. Procedure complete.
FAULT PROCEDURE 35– POWER - NO POWER TO DISPENSERS #1 AND #2
SYMPTOM
Power - No Power to Dispensers #1 and #2
MALFUNCTION
Power - No Power to Dispensers #1 and #2
Change 5 0179 01-62
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 35– POWER - NO POWER TO DISPENSERS #1 AND #2 – Continued
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System armed – CMWS ARMED (Caution/Advisory Panel) and R (CI) indicators lit.
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Check for 28 vdc at P1403-E.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, fault is outside the system.
3. Check for 28 vdc at P1422-35 and P1422-54.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for continuity between:
• P1403-A and P1422-35
• P1403-A and P1422-54
• P1403-B and P1422-31
a. If continuity is present, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
5. Perform continuity check on cables between failed Dispenser and Sequencer #1: Dispenser
#1
• P1420-40 and P1426-32
• P1420-45 and P1426-33
• P1420-48 and P1426-34
• P1420-46 and P1426-35
• P1420-47 and P1426-36
0179 01-63 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
FAULT PROCEDURE 35– POWER - NO POWER TO DISPENSERS #1 AND #2 – Continued
•
P1420-42 and P1426-31
•
P1420-41 and P1426-31
•
P1420-41 and ground
Dispenser #2
• P1422- 46 and P1424-32
• P1422- 50 and P1424-33
• P1422- 50 and P1424-37
• P1422- 53 and P1424-34
• P1422- 51 and P1424-35
• P1422- 52 and P1424-36
• P1422- 31 and P1424-31
• P1422- 47 and P1424-31
• P1422- 47 and ground
a. If continuity is present, go to Step 6.
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
6. Replace Sequencer #1 (WP 1549 27).
a. If fault still exists, replace Dispenser #1 and/or Dispenser #2 (WP 1549 01 or WP 1549 02).
7. Procedure completed.
FAULT PROCEDURE 36– POWER - NO POWER TO DISPENSER # 3
SYMPTOM
POWER - NO POWER TO DISPENSER # 3
MALFUNCTION
POWER - NO POWER TO DISPENSER # 3
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Remove all electrical power from helicopter and ensure system circuit breakers set to off/open
before disconnecting or reconnecting LRU cables/connectors to prevent damage to equip-
ment and injury or death to personnel. Specific power off/on procedures are omitted from
troubleshooting instructions for simplification.
NOTE
• When checking connector pins or sockets, make certain that none are recessed or
pushed, i.e., that they are solidly fastened in the connector body.
• When checking for continuity of individual wires, also check for short to ground.
• Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
1. Ensure the following system test conditions are met prior to troubleshooting fault:
a. Initial troubleshooting addressed in this work package.
b. Payload modules with munitions removed (WP 1549 03).
c. Power on (WP 1737 00).
d. System armed – CMWS ARMED (Caution/Advisory Panel) and R (CI) indicators lit.
Change 5 0179 01-64
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
FAULT PROCEDURE 36– POWER - NO POWER TO DISPENSER # 3 – Continued
e. WOW switch wedged.
f. Auto mode, Safe/Arm Panel BYPASS/AUTO switch set to AUTO.
g. Power off for continuity check of circuit being tested.
2. Check for 28 vdc at P1403- F.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 3.
b. If voltage is not as specified, fault is outside the system. Troubleshoot (WP 0105 00).
3. Check for 28 vdc at P1429-35 and P1429-54.
a. If voltage is as specified, go to Step 5.
b. If voltage is not as specified, go to Step 4.
4. Check for continuity between:
• P1429-35 and P1403-D
• P1429-54 and P1403-D
• P1429-31 and ground
a. If continuity is present, replace Relay Enclosure (WP 1549 12).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
5. Perform continuity check on cables between Sequencer #2 and flare Dispenser.
• P1429-46 and 1431-32
• P1429-50 and 1431-32
• P1429-53 and 1431-32
• P1429-51 and 1431-32
• P1429-52 and 1431-32
a. If continuity is present, replace Sequencer #2 or flare Dispenser (WP 1549 27 or WP 1549
02 ).
b. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring (WP 1800 00).
6. Procedure completed.
0179 01-65 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 2 SEQUENCER
L
K
R
D N
P1418 / J1
B L
P
P1419 / J1
NO. 1 SEQUENCER
Q
J
P1414 / J4 P1430 / J1430
P1431 / J1
P1413 / J3
P1434 / J2
H
A B C
S1443-5 P1415 / J1415
S1442-4
P1424 / J1
P1423 / J1423
P1401/J1 P1425 / J1425
P1402/J2
P1403/J3 P1426 / J1
P1404/J4 P1420 / J1
P1432/J2
P1433/J1 P1421 / J2
P1436/J1
P1422 / J3
P1443/J1443
1444K2
P1427 / J1
J120 P1412 / J1 P1428 / J2
P1429 / J3
P117/J117 P1405 / J1
P118/J118 P1406 / J2
P1407 / J3
P1408 / J4
P1409 / J5
P1410 / J6
P1417 / J1 TB1404-A P248 / J248 P1411 / J7
J119
TB1404-B
P1437 / J1 CHAFF CP P163 / J163
P1441 / J2
P1416 / J1 P1442 / J3
P1438/ J1438 P1440 / J1440
AA5471_1
P1439 / J1439 SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 1 of 9). .
Change 5 0179 01-66
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
TERMINAL BOARD / TERMINAL BOARD /
DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION / DISCONNECT PLUG / LOCATION /
RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT RECEPTACLE CONNECTION POINT
AFT LEFT DISPENSER,
1444K2 RELAY P1424/J1 STA 526, WL 240, BL 15 LH
COPILOT CYCLIC STICK DISPENSER FWD LEFT DISPENSER
J119 SWITCH, STA 218, WL 205, BL 29 RH P1425/J1425 DISCONNECT, STA 503.05, WL
J120 PILOT CYCLIC STICK DISPENSER FWD LEFT DISPENSER,
SWITCH, STA 218, WL 205, BL 29 RH P1426/J1 STA 495, WL 230, BL 15 LH
SEQUENCER NO. 2, STA 515,
P117/J117 CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL P1427/J1
WL 215, BL 16 RH
SEQUENCER NO. 2, STA 515,
P118/J118 CAUTION/ADVISORY PANEL P1428/J2
WL 215, BL 16 RH
P1429/J3 SEQUENCER NO. 2, STA 515,
P1401/J1 RELAY ENCLOSURE
WL 215, BL 16 RH
P1402/J2 RELAY ENCLOSURE P1430/J1430 RIGHT DISPENSER DISC, STA
527.14, WL 238.15, BL 16.05 RH
P1403/J3 RELAY ENCLOSURE P1431/J1 RIGHT DISPENSER,
STA 508, WL 240, BL 15 RH
P1404/J4 RELAY ENCLOSURE CMWS SAFETY SWITCH STA
P1432/J2 247.42, WL 228.53, BL 15 RH
P1405/J1 JUNCTION BOX CMWS SAFETY SWITCH STA
P1433/J1
247.42, WL 228.53, BL 15 RH
P1406/J2 JUNCTION BOX P1434/J2 ELECTRONICS CONTROL UNIT
STA 461.13, WL 253.44, BL 2.79 RH
P1407/J3 JUNCTION BOX P1436/J1 SAFE/ARM SWITCH PANEL
P1408/J4 JUNCTION BOX P1437/J1 CHAFF CONTROL PANEL
P1409/J5 JUNCTION BOX P1438/J1438 FWD EOMS HARNESS DISCONNECT
JUNCTION BOX LOWER CONSOLE CI/SAFE ARM
P1410/J6 P1439/J1439 DISCONNECT
JUNCTION BOX LOWER CONSOLE CI/SAFE ARM
P1411/J7 P1440/J1440
DISCONNECT
ELECTRONICS CONTROL UNIT
P1412/J1 STA 461.13, WL 253.62, BL 3.14 LH P1441/J2 CONTROL INDICATOR
ELECTRONICS CONTROL UNIT
P1413/J3 P1442/J3 CONTROL INDICATOR
STA 461.13, WL 259.99, BL 0.51 RH
ELECTRONICS CONTROL UNIT LOWER CONSOLE CCP
P1414/J4 P1443/J1443
STA 461.10, WL 259.99, BL 0.61 RH DISCONNECT
P1415/J1415 PYLON DISCONNECT, STA 650.82
P163/J163 DRAG BEAM SWITCH (LEFT)
WL 235.78, BL 2.10 LH
FWD LEFT EOMS, STA 168, WL 223,
P1416/J1 P248/J248 CABIN BL 40 LH, STA 248
BL 16 LH
P1417/J1 FWD RIGHT EOMS, STA 168, WL 223 S1442-4 RH FLARE DISP SWITCH WL 257.7
BL 16 RH
AFT LEFT EOMS, STA 735.32
P1418/J1 S1443-5 LH FLARE DISP SWITCH WL 257.7
281.18, BL 4.00 RH
AFT RIGHT EOMS, STA 731.69, WL TERMINAL BOARD (WOW)
P1419/J1 TB1404-A
276.21, BL 4.00 H
P1420/J1 SEQUENCER NO. 1, STA 515 TB1404-B
WL 215, BL 16 LH TERMINAL BOARD (SPARE WOW)
SEQUENCER NO. 1, STA 515
P1421/J2
WL 215, BL 16 LH
SEQUENCER NO. 1, STA 515
P1422/J3
WL 215, BL 16 LH
AFT LEFT DISPENSER
P1423/J1423
DISCONNECT, STA 527.14, WL
AA5471_2
SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 2 of 9).
.
0179 01-67 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NOSE DOOR
FWD SENSOR
RIGHT SIDE
COVER
NOSE EOMS (RIGHT SIDE SHOWN)
MANUAL FLARE
DISPENSE SWITCH
FLARE
DISP
CYCLIC GRIP
B
AA5471_3
SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 3 of 9).
.
Change 5 0179 01-68
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
RELAY ENCLOSURE AA5471_4
SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 4 of 9).
.
0179 01-69 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
STATUS
OUT
ALT KIT ANT
CODE
MODE 4
A REPLY
TEST AUDIO IDENT
HO
ZERO B
DIM
L
LD
I
O
P RE S
G
E ST
N O
I H U
F T S TO T T
F MIC
OUT OUT
MODE 1 MODE 3/A
0 0 1 2 0 0
E OFF
O AUDIO
N
TEST
PWR STATUS THREAT LAMP
CHAFF C CHAFF INVENTORY PROGRAM
H 0 9 4
A SELF 3
F 2 PWR SELF DSCRM
F 1 ON + ON
D&P D&P SELECT
OFF TEST OFF AUDIO
F FUEL BOOST PUMP CONTROL
ON ON
NO. 1 NO. 2
PUMP PUMP
OFF OFF
J J
AAR-57 ARMED
E E
T T
PARKING BRAKE
T T
I I
S S
O O AAR-57 SAFE
N N
AAR-57
VOLUME AUTO
BYPASS
CMWS ZEROIZE GPS ZEROIZE
LOWER CONSOLE
AA5471_5
SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 5 of 9). .
Change 5 0179 01-70
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
OFF
O AUDIO
N CHAFF CHAFF INVENTORY PROGRAM
C 4
TEST H 0 9
A 3
F 2
PWR STATUS THREAT LAMP F 1
DISP DISP SELECT
CONTROL INDICATOR CMWS CHAFF CONTROL PANEL CHAFF
F
E
G
H
J J
E E
T T
T T AAR-57 ARMED
I I
S S
O O
N N AAR-57 SAFE
AAR-57
VOLUME
AUTO
+
BYPASS
CMWS ZEROIZE GPS ZEROIZE
SAFE/ARM CONTROL PANEL CMWS CHAFF
CMWS CHAFF BEHIND EXTENDED CONSOLE
CREW SAFETY SWITCH BOX
AA5471_6
SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 6 of 9).
.
0179 01-71 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J1
J3
J4
J2
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
L
REMOTE
MANUAL
FLARE
DISPENSE
SWITCH J3 J1
J2
SEQUENCER UNIT
AA5471_7
SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 7 of 9).
.
Change 5 0179 01-72
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
REAR RIGHT SENSOR
REAR LEFT SENSOR
COVER
TAIL EOMS
W
G
AR
N
N
RN
G
WA
N
NG
WA
N
RN
P
RN
WA
NG
FLARE DISPENSER
CHAFF DISPENSER
AA5471_8
SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 8 of 9).
.
0179 01-73 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
NO. 2 AC PRI BUS AAR-57 SQUIB
NO. 2 DC PRI BUS
AAR-57 AAR-57
ECU ECU CONT SEQ SEQ WOW WARN
5 5 5 10 10 1 1
NO. 1 NO. 2
NO. 1 DC PRI BUS
HOIST SEARCH LT
PLS POWER CONT
NO.EXT1 AC PRI BUS NO. 1 DC PRI BUS
FLIR BFT/EDM
FWD AFT
HOIST VCR GPS COMP DISP DISP L-BAND PLGR COMP ROUTER EDM
AUX CB PANEL CMWS CHAFF
AA5471_9
SA
Figure 1. Location Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 9 of 9). .
Change 5 0179 01-74
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
RESET
S5 S4 S3 S2 TEST
COUNT DUAL COUNT
SEQ
S.V.
NO FIRE
FIRE TEST
BAD GND
DATA OFF MODE
AA5470
SA
Figure 2. CDT Front Panel Display CMWS> . .
ALE-47 ALE-40
D 2X2. 5D ALE-47
E 1X2 D
F 1X1 D 1
2
3
S2
S/D
1
1X1 S 2-PROG
B 1X2 S
C 2X2. 5S ALE-40
AA5469
SA
Figure 3. Sequencer Switches CMWS> . .
0179 01-75 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
AAR-57 ECU P1412 J1
CB602 T T
72A22B(BLU) 8 B
NO. 1 B2
AC PRI 71A22A(WHT) 1 A 115 VAC PHASE
BUS A2
115 VAC 5 73A22C(ORN) 12 C
AMP C2
4
+28 VDC
SG1412-1 5
AAR-57 ECU ELECTRONICS
CB607 CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
5 70A20
AMP
SQUIB SEQ. NO. 1
CB609
10 77A16
AMP
P1403 J3
NO. 1
DC PRI
BUS 77A16 E SQUIB PWR 1 IN
28 VDC
78A16 F SQUIB PWR 2 IN
SQUIB SEQ. NO. 2
CB610
10 78A16
AMP 79A16N G GND
GND1403-1
AAR-57 CONT 80A16N H GND
GND1403-2
CB608
5
AMP P1404 J4
AUX CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL 252A22 1 28 VDC CNTL PWR
RELAY ENCLOSURE
LEGEND
INDICATES A PAIR OF
TWISTED WIRES.
P
NOTES
INDICATES SHIELDED WIRES
HAVE SHIELDS TERMINATED
WITH A EMI BACKSHELL ALL WIRE NUMBERS WILL START WITH
PROVIDED PERIPHERAL AAR-57 - UNLESS OTHERWISE
BONDING OF SHIELD. SPECIFIED.
AA5472_1
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 1 of 21).
.
Change 5 0179 01-76
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
P1404 J4
NO. 1 WOW
DC PRI CB611
BUS 1 251A22 10 WOW PWR
AMP
28VDC
AUX CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL TO CAUTION 4 CM ARMED
ADVISORY
PANEL 5 LAMP TEST
P168
LOW VOLTAGE
PWR SUPPLY M 249A22 14 5 VAC EDGE LT
1 253A22 11 SAFETY SW
WOW
2 P163 J163
1
A X114A20N TB1404-A
3
C F
5 GND163-1
E 269A20N A
4
D 270A20N G
6 B
GND163-2
IN-FLIGHT H
C
WEIGHT ON
WHEEL SWITCH J
D
K
E
TB1404-B
F J248 P248
A
M
G
B
H
C
261A22 13 WOW (GND IN AIR)
J
262A22 22 WOW RELAY RTN
D
APX100-13022 12 APX-100 WOW ISOLATED
K (GND ON GND)
E 18 WOW (GND IN AIR)
263A22
264A22 19 WOW (GND ON GND)
265A22N 20 ISOLATED GND
266A22N 21 ISOLATED GND
GND1404-1 267A22N 15 5 VAC RTN
GND1404-2
GND1404-3
P/O
RELAY ENCLOSURE
AA5472_2
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 2 of 21). .
0179 01-77 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P1412 J1
74A22N 7 115 VAC NEUTRAL
GND1412-1 75A22N 18 115 VAC PWR GND
SG1412-2
GND1412-2 76A20N 17
GND1412-3 +28 VDC RTN
6
2 A
9 B FAN PWR PHASE
P1432 J2
13 C
TO 253A22 5
1 20 C
SHEET 2
10 B FAN LOAD PHASE
P1433 J1
15 A
268A22N 5
GD1433-1 P/O ELECTRONICS
SAFETY SWITCH CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
P1441
J2 P1440 J1440 P1401
P P P P J1
SYSON PWR 36 01C22
SDL + 29 16B22(BLU) 1 16A22(BLU) 16 CI SDL +
SDL - 30 17B22(PRP) 2 17A22(PRP) 17 CI SDL -
ESS TEST 9
DATA RTN 18
SYSON RTN 37 304A22 3 304B22
1 +28 VDC
J3 P1442
SG1440-1
P/O RELAY ENCLOSURE
+28 VDC PWR IN 1 01B22 4 01A22
+28 VDC RTN 2 18B22N 5 18A22N TO
CHASSIS GROUND 3 19B22N 6 19A22N 2 SHEET 5
CHASSIS GROUND 6 GND1400-2
GND1400-1
CONTROL INDICATOR
J2 P1402 P1409 J5
+28 VDC 1 20A22 1 +28 VDC
ECU PWR CNTL 2 21A22 2 ECU PWR CNTL
DISP CHAFF 3 22A22 3 DISP CHAFF
BYPASS-OTHER 2 4 23A22 4 BYPASS-OTHER 2
WOW 5 24A22 5 WOW
BYPASS-FLARE 6 25A22 6 BYPASS-FLARE
BYPASS-OTHER 1 7 26A22 7 BYPASS-OTHER 1
FLARE BUMP 8 27A22 8 FLARE BUMP
SEQ LOGIC PWR 10 28A22 10 SEQ LOGIC PWR
JETTISON 11 29A22 11 JETTISON
BYPASS ENABLE 13 30A22 13 BYPASS ENABLE
SAFE/ARM 14 31A22 14 SAFE/ARM
P P
ZEROIZE 15 32A22 15 ZEROIZE
CI SDL+ 16 33A22(BLU) 16 CI SDL+
CI SDL - 17 34A22(PRP) 17 CI SDL -
RELAY ENCLOSURE TERMINAL J-BOX
AA5472_3
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 3 of 21). .
Change 5 0179 01-78
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
S1443-5 S1442-4
1 2 2 1
P P
4 4
3 324A22(BLU) 322A22(BLU) 3
325A22(PRP) 323A22(PRP)
FLARE DISP FLARE DISP
276A22N 277A22N
LH CABIN AFT RH CABIN AFT
DISP SWITCH DISP SWITCH
P119 J119
J120 P120
P P 1 2
2 1
P-20 P 327A22(PRP) 321A22(PRP) P P-20
W-20 N 326A22(BLU) 320A22(BLU) N N-20
COPILOT PILOT
CYCLIC STICK CYCLIC STICK
320A22(BLU) 10
321A22(PRP) 9
323A22(PRP) 8
322A22(BLU) 7 TO
324A22(BLU) 6 SHEET
20
325A22(PRP) 5
327A22(PRP) 4
326A22(BLU) 3
AA5472_4
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 4 of 21).
.
0179 01-79 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
TO SHEET 2
3
P1439 J1439
J1 P1436
SYSTEM POWER ON 19 304C22 1 304B22
BYPASS-OTHER 2 29 04B22 2 04A22 11
BYPASS-FLARE 30 06B22 3 06A22 12
BYPASS-OTHER 1 31 07B22 4 07A22 13
FLARE MAN DISP 32 08B22 5 08A22 14
BYPASS ENABLE 21 13B22 6 13A22 15
SG1438-1
10A22 16
+28 VDC 18 273B22 7 273A22 17
P
02A22 18
P P
JETTISON 28 11B22 8 11A22 19
SG1438-2
5 VAC EDGE LGT 26 14B22(BLU) 9 14A22(BLU) 20
PNL LG RTN 27 15B22(PRP) 10 15A22(PRP) 21
SG1438-2
GROUND 20 305B22N 13 305A22N TO
GROUND 4 274B22N 14 274A22N SHEET
GND1401-2 7
TERMINAL 4
11 GND1401-1
P P 12
+28 VDC 22 259B22(BLU) 15 259A22(BLU) 22
CMWS ZEROIZE 23 260B22(PRP) 16 260A22(PRP) 23
+28 VDC INPUT 17 257B22(BLU) 17 257A22(BLU) 24
PRE-SAFETY ARM 16 258B22(PRP) 18 258A22(PRP) 25
+28 VDC IN 10 254B22(BLU) 19 254A22(BLU) 26
FLARE DISP 5 256B22(PRP) 20 256A22(PRP) 27
21 255A22(PRP) 28
22
+28 VDC OUTPUT 15 275A22 23
P/O SAFE/ARM SWITCH PANEL
P1443 J1443
J1 P1437
SG1437-1
+28 VDC INPUT 1 275C22 1 275B22
+28 VDC INPUT 8
+28 VDC INPUT 10
DISP CHAFF 2 P P P
255C22 2 255B22
PNL LGT RTN 6 15D22(PRP 3 15C22(PRP)
5 VAC EDGE LGT 5 14D22(BLU) 4 14C22(BLU)
TO
DISP PRG BIT 1 3 307B22 5 307A22 29
SHEET
DISP PRG BIT 2 4 308B22 6 308A22 30 6
GROUND 9
CHASSIS CRD 7 278B22N 7 278A22N
SG1437-1
GND1401-3
TERMINAL 4
CHAFF CONTROL PANEL
AA5472_5
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 5 of 21). .
Change 5 0179 01-80
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
P1408
P1414
J4 J4
ECU COM BUS 1 T+ 1 35A22(BLU) 8 ECU COM BUS 1 T+
ECU COM BUS 1 T- 2 36A22(PRP) 16 ECU COM BUS 1 T-
ECU COM BUS 1 R+ 3 37A22(BLU) 9 ECU COM BUS 1 R+
ECU COM BUS 1 R- 4 38A22(PRP) 17 ECU COM BUS 1 R-
ECU COM BUS 1 C+ 5 39A22(BLU) 10 ECU COM BUS 1 C+
ECU COM BUS 1 C- 6 40A22(PRP) 18 ECU COM BUS 1 C-
ECU REF CLK 1+ 7 41A22(BLU) 11 ECU REF CLK 1+
ECU REF CLK 1- 8 42A22(PRP) 19 ECU REF CLK 1-
ECU TIME TAG 1+ 9 43A22(BLU) 12 ECU TIME TAG 1+
ECU TIME TAG 1- 10 44A22(PRP) 20 ECU TIME TAG 1-
ECU ENET TE T+ 13 47A22(BLU) 46 ECU ENET TE T+
ECU ENET TE T- 14 48A22(PRP) 47 ECU ENET TE T-
ECU ENET TE R+ 15 49A22(BLU) 48 ECU ENET TE R+
ECU ENET TE R- 16 50A22(PRP) 49 ECU ENET TE R-
ECU ENET TE C+ 17 51A22(BLU) 50 ECU ENET TE C+
ECU ENET TE C- 18 52A22(PRP) 51 ECU ENET TE C-
CI SDL+ 19 53A22(BLU) 64 CI SDL+
CI SDL- 20 54A22(PRP) 65 CI SDL-
ICMD SDL+ 21 55A22(BLU) 66 ICMD SDL+
ICMD SDL- 22 56A22(PRP) 76 ICMD SDL-
SPARE+ 23 57A22(BLU) 44 SPARE+
SPARE- 24 58A22(PRP) 54 SPARE-
45
NC
55
P1407
J3 P1434 J2
SAFE/ARM 1 59A22 7 SAFE/ARM
SG1434-3
ECU PWR CTL 2 60A22 65 ECU PWR CTL
13 GO BYPASS DISCRETE
DISP CHAFF 3 61A22 4 DISP CHAFF
BYPASS-DISP OTHER 4 62A22 10 DISP OTHER 2
WOW 5 63A22 1 WOW
BYPASS-DISP OTHER 2 7 64A22 8 DISP OTHER 1
FLARE BUMP 8 65A22 5 DISP FLARE
ECU PWR CNTL RTN 9 66A22 66 ECU PWR CTL RTN
JETTISON 11 67A22 3 JETTISON
ZEROIZE (+28 VDC) 12 68A22 9 ZEROIZE
BYPASS ENABLE 13 69A22 2 BYPASS
P/O TERMINAL
JUNCTION BOX
29 307A22 11 DISP PRG BIT 1
TO SHEET 5
30 308A22 12 DISP PRG BIT 2
309A22 15 CMWS INOP
P/O ELECTRONICS
CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
31 TO SHEET 20
AA5472_6
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 6 of 21).
.
0179 01-81 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P1401
J1
11 04A22 4 BYPASS-OTHER 2
12 06A22 6 BYPASS-FLARE
13 07A22 7 BYPASS-OTHER 1
14 08A22 8 DISP FLARE
15 13A22 13 BYPASS ENABLE
16 10A22 10 SEQ LOGIC PWR
17 273A22 21 28VDC SW CA
18 02A22 2 +28VDC PWR CNTRL
P
19 11A22 11 JETTISON
20 14A22(BLU) 14 5 VAC EDGE LGT
21 15A22(PRP) 15 PNL LGT RTN
TO
SHEET 5
P1404
P J4
22 259A22(BLU) 3 +28VDC
23 260AA22(PRP) 17 CMWS ZEROIZE
24 257A22(BLU) 2 +28VDC
25 258A22(PRP) 16 PRE-SAFETY ARM
T
26 254A22(BLU) 6 +28VDC ARM
27 256A22(ORN) 8 DISP FLARE
28 255A22(PRP) 7 DISP CHAFF
P/O RELAY ENCLOSURE
P1414
J4 P
HI 62 271A22(BLU) 32
TO
ECU AUDIO SHEET 20
LO 63 272A22(PRP) 33
HI 67
1553 BUS B PRI
LO 77
1553 BUS B PRI TAP 71
HI 69
1553 BUS A SEC NC
LO 79
1553 BUS A SEC TAP 86
+ 45
SPARE
- 55
P/O ELECTRONICS
CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
AA5472_7
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 7 of 21).
.
Change 5 0179 01-82
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
J2 P1406 P1428
J2
DISP CHAFF 3 236A22 3 DISP CHAFF
1 7 239A22 7 1
DISP OTHER BYPASS DISP OTHER BYPASS
2 4 237A22 4 2
DISP FLARE BYPASS 6 238A22 6 DISP FLARE BYPASS
JETTISON 11 242A22 11 JETTISON
SEQ LOGIC POWER 10 241A22 10 SEQ LOGIC POWER
BYPASS 13 243A22 13 BYPASS
SEQ LOGIC POWER RTN 9 240A22 9 SEQ LOGIC POWER RTN
TJS1428-1
+ A C
1 234A22(BLU) 1 +
RS-485 SDL 120 RS-485 SDL
- B D
5 235A22(PRP) 5 -
SEQUENCER NO. 2
J1 P1421 J2
P1405
DISP CHAFF 3 226A22 3 DISP CHAFF
1 7 229A22 7 1
DISP OTHER DISP OTHER
2 4 227A22 4 2
DISP FLARE 6 228A22 6 DISP FLARE
JETTISON 11 232A22 11 JETTISON
SEQ LOGIC POWER 10 231A22 10 SEQ LOGIC POWER
BYPASS 13 233A22 13 BYPASS
P P
SEQ LOGIC POWER RTN 9 230A22 9 SEQ LOGIC POWER RTN
+ 2 225B22(BLU)
P
- 12 P 225B22(BLU)
225A221(BLU) SG1421-1 1 +
RS-485 SDL + 1
RS-485 SDL
- 5 225A22(PRP) 5 -
SG1421-2
P/O TERMINAL SEQUENCER NO. 1
JUNCTION BOX
AA5472_8
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 8 of 21). .
0179 01-83 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J1 P1416 P1438 J1438
P P P
8 83B24(BLU) 1 83A24(BLU) 34
7 84B24(WHT) 2 84A24(WHT) 35
P P P
4 85B22(BLU) 3 85A22(BLU) 36
5 86B22(PRP) 4 86A22(PRP) 37
P P P
1 87B22(BLU) 5 87A22(BLU) 38
10 88B22(PRP) 6 88A22(PRP) 39
P P P
2 89B22(BLU) 7 89A22 (BLU) 40
11 90B22(PRP) 8 90A22(PRP) 41
EOMS NO. 1
J1 P1417
P P P
8 91B24(BLU) 9 91A24(BLU) 42
7 92B24(WHT) 10 92A24(WHT) 43
P P P
4 93B22(BLU) 11 93A22(BLU) 44
5 94B22(PRP) 12 94A22(PRP) 45
P P P
1 95B22(BLU) 13 95A22(BLU) 46
10 96B22(PRP) 14 96A22(PRP) 47
P P P
2 97B22(BLU) 15 97A22(BLU) 48
11 98B22(PRP) 16 98A22(PRP) 49
EOMS NO. 2
AA5472_9
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 9 of 21).
.
Change 5 0179 01-84
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
P1413 J3
P
34 83A24(BLU) 3 1+
EOMS DAT LNK
35 84A24(WHT) 6 1-
36 85A22(BLU) 7 1+
EOMS CMD LNK
37 86A22(PRP) 2 1-
38 87A22(BLU) 10 1+
EOMS SEN PWR
39 88A22(PRP) 5 1-
40 89A22(BLU) 4 1+
EOMS HTR PWR
41 90A22(PRP) 11 1-
TO SHEET
9
42 91A24(BLU) 9 2+
EOMS DAT LNK
43 92A24(WHT) 14 2-
44 93A22(BLU) 15 2+
EOMS CMD LNK
45 94A22(PRP) 8 2-
46 95A22(BLU) 25 2+
EOMS SEN PWR
47 96A22(PRP) 18 2-
48 97A22(BLU) 17 2+
EOMS HTR PWR
49 98A22(PRP) 26 2-
P/O ELECTRONICS
CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
AA5472_10
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 10 of 21).
.
0179 01-85 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J1 P1418 P1415 J1415
P P P
8 99B24(BLU) 1 99A24(BLU) 50
7 100B24(WHT) 2 100A24(WHT) 51
P P P
4 101B22(BLU) 3 101A22(BLU) 52
5 102B22(PRP) 4 102A22(PRP) 53
P P P
1 103B22(BLU) 5 103A22(BLU) 54
10 104B22(PRP) 6 104A22(PRP) 55
P P P
2 105B22(BLU) 7 105A22(BLU) 56
11 106B22(PRP) 8 106A22(PRP) 57
EOMS NO. 3
J1 P1419
P P P
8 107B24(BLU) 9 107A24(BLU) 58
7 108B24(WHT) 10 108A24(WHT) 59
P P P
4 109B22(BLU) 11 109A22(BLU) 60
5 110B22(PRP) 12 110A22(PRP) 61
P P P
1 111B22(BLU) 13 111A22(BLU) 62
10 112B22(PRP) 14 112A22(PRP) 63
P P P
2 113B22(BLU) 15 113A22(BLU) 64
11 114B22(PRP) 16 114A22(PRP) 65
EOMS NO. 4
AA5472_11
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 11 of 21).
.
Change 5 0179 01-86
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
P1413 J3
P
50 99A24(BLU) 24 3+
EOMS DAT LNK
51 100A24(WHT) 23 3-
52 101A22(BLU) 31 3+
EOMS CMD LNK
53 102A22(PRP) 16 3-
54 103A22(BLU) 27 3+
EOMS SEN PWR
55 104A22(PRP) 20 3-
56 105A22(BLU) 19 3+
EOMS HTR PWR
57 106A22(PRP) 28 3-
TO SHEET
11
58 107A24(BLU) 39 4+
EOMS DAT LNK
59 108A24(WHT) 45 4-
60 109A22(BLU) 46 4+
EOMS CMD LNK
61 110A22(PRP) 38 4-
62 111A22(BLU) 40 4+
EOMS SEN PWR
63 112A22(PRP) 33 4-
64 113A22(BLU) 32 4+
EOMS HTR PWR
65 114A22(PRP) 41 4-
P/O ELECTRONICS
CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
AA5472_12
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 12 of 21)..
0179 01-87 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J1 P1426 P1425 J1425
1 189B22 1 189A22 66
2 190B22 2 190A22 67
3 191B22 3 191A22 68
4 192B22 4 192A22 69
5 193B22 5 193A22 70
6 194B22 6 194A22 71
7 195B22 7 195A22 72
8 196B22 8 196A22 73
9 197B22 9 197A22 74
10 198B22 10 198A22 75
11 199B22 11 199A22 76
12 200B22 12 200A22 77
13 201B22 13 201A22 78
14 202B22 14 202A22 79
15 203B22 15 203A22 80
16 204B22 16 204A22 81
17 205B22 17 205A22 82
18 206B22 18 206A22 83
19 207B22 19 207A22 84
20 208B22 20 208A22 85
21 209B22 21 209A22 86
22 210B22 22 210A22 87
23 211B22 23 211A22 88
24 212B22 24 212A22 89
25 213B22 25 213A22 90
26 214B22 26 214A22 91
27 215B22 27 215A22 92
28 216B22 28 216A22 93
29 217B22 29 217A22 94
30 218B22 30 218A22 95
SQUIB RTN 31 219B22 31 219A22 96
SD PWR 32 220B22 32 220A22 97
MAG ID REF 33 221B22 33
MAG PRES 34 222B22 34 222A22 98
P P P
+ 35 223B22 (BLU) 35 223A22 (BLU) 99
GDL
- 36 224B22 (PRP) 36 224A22 (PRP) 100
CONFIG ID 37 221C22 37 221A22 101
SG1425-1
DISPENSER NO. 1
AA5472_13
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 13 of 21).
.
Change 5 0179 01-88
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
P1420 J1
66 189A22 22 A1
67 190A22 12 A2
68 191A22 4 A3
69 192A22 8 A4
70 193A22 27 A5
71 194A22 18 A6
72 195A22 13 A7
73 196A22 2 A8
74 197A22 30 A9
75 198A22 21 A10
76 199 A22 7 A11
77 200A22 11 A12
78 201A22 17 A13
79 202A22 24 A14
80 203A22 1 A15
FIRE
81 204A22 26 A16
82 205A22 20 A17
83 206A22 6 A18
84 207A22 10 A19
TO SHEET 85 208A22 29 A20
13
86 209A22 23 A21
87 210A22 15 A22
88 211A22 25 A23
89 212A22 16 A24
90 213A22 5 A25
91 214A22 9 A26
92 215A22 28 A27
93 216A22 19 A28
94 217A22 14 A29
95 218A22 3 A30
42 SQUIB RTN
97 220A22 40 SD PWR A
101 221A22 45 MAG A ID REF
98 222A22 48 MAG A PRES
P
99 223A22(BLU) 46 A+
GDL
100 224A22(PRP) 47 A-
SG1426-1
96 219A22
341A16N 41 CHASSIS GROUND
GND1447-2
37
SEQ JMP
39
P/O SEQUENCER NO. 1
AA5472_14
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 14 of 21).
.
0179 01-89 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J1 P1424 P1423 J1423
1 115B22 1 115A22 102
2 116B22 2 116A22 103
3 117B22 3 117A22 104
4 118B22 4 118A22 105
5 119B22 5 119A22 106
6 120B22 6 120A22 107
7 121B22 7 121A22 108
8 122B22 8 122A22 109
9 123B22 9 123A22 110
10 124B22 10 124A22 111
11 125B22 11 125A22 112
12 126B22 12 126A22 113
13 127B22 13 127A22 114
14 128B22 14 128A22 115
15 129B22 15 129A22 116
16 130B22 16 130A22 117
17 131B22 17 131A22 118
18 132B22 18 132A22 119
19 133B22 19 133A22 120
20 134B22 20 134A22 121
21 135B22 21 135A22 122
22 136B22 22 136A22 123
23 137B22 23 137A22 124
24 138B22 24 138A22 125
25 139B22 25 139A22 126
26 140B22 26 140A22 127
27 141B22 27 141A22 128
28 142B22 28 142A22 129
29 143B22 29 143A22 130
30 144B22 30 144A22 131
SQUIB RTN 31 146C22 31 146B22 132
SD PWR 32 147B22 32 147A22 133
MAG ID REF 33 148B22 33
MAG PRES 34 149B22 34 149A22 134
P P P
+ 35 150B22(BLU) 35 150A22(BLU) 135
GDL
- 36 151B22(PRP) 36 151A22(PRP) 136
CONFIG ID 37 148C22 37 148A22 137
SG1423-1
DISPENSER NO. 2
AA5472_15
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 15 of 21).
.
Change 5 0179 01-90
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
P1422 J3
102 115A22 22 B1
103 116A22 12 B2
104 117A22 8 B3
105 118A22 4 B4
106 119A22 18 B5
107 120A22 27 B6
108 121A22 2 B7
109 122A22 13 B8
110 123A22 21 B9
111 124A22 30 B10
112 125A22 11 B11
113 126A22 7 B12
114 127A22 24 B13
115 128A22 17 B14
116 129A22 26 B15
FIRE
117 130A22 1 B16
118 131A22 6 B17
TO SHEET 119 132A22 20 B18
15 120 133A22 29 B19
121 134A22 10 B20
122 135A22 15 B21
123 136A22 23 B22
124 137A22 16 B23
125 138A22 25 B24
126 139A22 9 B25
127 140A22 5 B26
128 141A22 19 B27
129 142A22 28 B28
130 143A22 3 B29
131 144A22 14 B30
31 SQUIB RTN
133 147A22 46 SD PWR B
137 148A22 50 MAG B ID REF
134 149A22 53 MAG B PRES
P
135 150A22(BLU) 51 B+
GDL
136 151A22(PRP) 52 B-
SG1422-1
132 146B22 340A16N 47 CHASSIS GROUND
P
GND1447-1
35
SG1422-2 +28 VDC SQUIB PWR
54
P1403
J3 P 37
SEQ1 SQUIB RTN B 146A16(WHT) 38
SEQ JMP
SEQ1 SQUIB PWR A 145A16(BLU) 40
41
P/O RELAY
ENCLOSURE P/O SEQUENCER NO. 1
AA5472_16
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 16 of 21).
.
0179 01-91 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J1 P1431 P1430 J1430
1 152B22 1 152A22 138
2 153B22 2 153A22 139
3 154B22 3 154A22 140
4 155B22 4 155A22 141
5 156B22 5 156A22 142
6 157B22 6 157A22 143
7 158B22 7 158A22 144
8 159B22 8 159A22 145
9 160B22 9 160A22 146
10 161B22 10 161A22 147
11 162B22 11 162A22 148
12 163B22 12 163A22 149
13 164B22 13 164A22 150
14 165B22 14 165A22 151
15 166B22 15 166A22 152
16 167B22 16 167A22 153
17 168B22 17 168A22 154
18 169B22 18 169A22 155
19 170B22 19 170A22 156
20 171B22 20 171A22 157
21 172B22 21 172A22 158
22 173B22 22 173A22 159
23 174B22 23 174A22 160
24 175B22 24 175A22 161
25 176B22 25 176A22 162
26 177B22 26 177A22 163
27 178B22 27 178A22 164
28 179B22 28 179A22 165
29 180B22 29 180A22 166
30 181B22 30 181A22 167
SQUIB RTN 31 183C22 31 183B22 168
SD PWR 32 184B22 32 184A22 169
MAG ID REF 33 185B22 33
MAG PRES 34 186B22 34 186A22 170
P P P
+ 35 187B22(BLU) 35 187A22(BLU) 171
GDL
- 36 188A22(PRP) 36 188A22(PRP) 172
CONFIG ID 37 185C22 37 185A22 173
SG1430-1
DISPENSER NO. 3
AA5472_17
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 17 of 21).
.
Change 5 0179 01-92
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
P1429 J3
138 152A22 22 B1
139 153A22 12 B2
140 154A22 8 B3
141 155A22 4 B4
142 156A22 18 B5
143 157A22 27 B6
144 158A22 2 B7
145 159A22 13 B8
146 160A22 21 B9
147 161A22 30 B10
148 162A22 11 B11
149 163A22 7 B12
150 164A22 24 B13
151 165A22 17 B14
152 166A22 26 B15
FIRE
153 167A22 1 B16
154 168A22 6 B17
155 169A22 20 B18
TO SHEET 156 170A22 29 B19
17
157 171A22 10 B20
158 172A22 15 B21
159 173A22 23 B22
160 174A22 16 B23
161 175A22 25 B24
162 176A22 9 B25
163 177A22 5 B26
164 178A22 19 B27
165 179A22 28 B28
166 180A22 3 B29
167 181A22 14 B30
31 SQUIB RTN
169 184A22 46 SD PWR B
173 185A22 50 MAG B ID REF
170 186A22 53 MAG B PRES
P
171 187A22(BLU) 51 B+
GDL
172 188A22(PRP) 52 B-
168 183B22
SG1429-1
342A16N 47 CHASSIS GROUND
P
GND1448-1
35
+28 VDC SQUIB PWR
54
P1403 SG1429-2
J3 P 37
SEQ 2 SQUIB RTN C 183A16(WHT) 38
SEQ JMP
SEQ 2 SQUIB PWR D 182A16(BLU) 40
41
P/O RELAY ENCLOSURE
P/O SEQUENCER NO. 2
AA5472_18
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 18 of 21).
.
0179 01-93 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
J8
1 JMPR TO J8-2 FOR 12VDC
2 JMPR TO J8-1 FOR 12 VDC
3 +12 VDC OUT
4 +12 VDC OUT
5 JHCU ENET TE T+
6 JHCU ENET TE T-
7 JHCU ENET TE C+
8 JHCU ENET TE C-
9 JHCU ENET TE R+
NC 10 JHCU ENET TE R-
13 ECU ENET TE T+
14 ECU ENET TE T-
17 ECU ENET TE R+
18 ECU ENET TE R-
15 ECU ENET TE C+
16 ECU ENET TE C-
21 GND
22 GND
TJS1411-1 P1411 J7
C A
7 ECU REF CLK 1+
120 8 ECU REF CLK 1-
D B
1 ECU COM BUS 1 T+
1000pF 2 ECU COM BUS 1 T-
3 ECU COM BUS 1 R+
NC
4 ECU COM BUS 1 R-
5 ECU COM BUS 1 C+
TJS1411-2
6 ECU COM BUS 1 C-
C A
9 ECU TIME TAG 1+
120 10 ECU TIME TAG 1-
D B
J6
1000pF
1 ECU REF CLK 1+
2 ECU REF CLK 1-
5 ECU COM BUS 1 T+
6 ECU COM BUS 1 T-
7 ECU COM BUS 1 R+
8 ECU COM BUS 1 R-
NC 9 ECU COM BUS 1 C+
10 ECU COM BUS 1 C-
J1
P1427 4 SPARE +
37 13 SPARE -
SEQ JMP
39 APR-39A SDL+
11
12 APR=39A SDL-
3 GND
P/O SEQUENCER NO. 2
P/O TERMINAL JUNCTION BOX
AA5472_19
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 19 of 21).
.
Change 5 0179 01-94
Pages From AIRFRAME Dated May 30, 2014 Distribution D 0179 01
P1436 P1439 J1439
J1 AAR-57 WARN
NO. 1
CB612
28VDC CAUTION LIGHT PWR 33 300B22 37 300A22 1 DC PRI
AMP BUS
CAUTION LIGHT 34 301B22 38 301A22
306B22 39 306A22 28 VDC
CAUTION LIGHT 35
AUX CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL
174
B3
B2
B1
302A22 A3
A2
A1
X1
309A22 X2
1444-K2
309A22 31 TO
P SHEET 6
P P
ECU AUDIO HI 1 271B22(BLU) 24 271A22(PRP) 32 TO
2 272B22(PRP) 25 272A22(PRP) 33 SHEET 7
ECU AUDIO LO
P P P
FLARE DISP 6 321B22(PRP) 26 321A22(PRP) 9
+28 VDC OUT 11 320B22(BLU) 27 320A22(BLU) 10
P P P
FLARE DISP 7 323B22(PRP) 28 323A22(PRP) 8
322B22(BLU) 29 322A22(BLU) 7
+28VDC OUT 12
P TO
P P SHEET 4
+28VDC OUT 13 324B22(BLU) 30 324A22(BLU) 6
FLARE DISP 8 325B22(PRP) 31 325A22(PRP) 5
P
P P
+28VDC OUT 14 326B22(BLU) 32 326A22(BLU) 3
FLARE DISP 9 327B22(PRP) 33 327A22(PRP) 4
P653R J653R
AUDIO OUT 3 303B22 36 303A22 H AUDIO IN
TO ICS AUDIO
TM11-1520-237-23 5C6533-26C24 JUNCTION BOX
+28VDC INPUT 25 TO ASN-128
GPS ZEROIZE 24 TM 11-1520-237-23
P/O SAFE/ARM SWITCH
PANEL
AA5472_20
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 20 of 21).
.
0179 01-95 Change 5
0179 01 Pages From AIRFRAMEDated May 30, 2014Distribution D
P1434
J2
43 0
44 1
PSG1434-1 45 2
46 3
47 4
48 5 AIRCRAFT
ID BIT
50 7
PSG1434-2 52 9
53 AIRCRAFT ID
PARITY BIT
54 AIRCRAFT ID RTN
P/O ELECTRONICS
CONTROL UNIT (ECU)
174
J117 P117
CMWS INOP 38 302A22
J118 P118 P1404 J4
CM ARMED (CAP 82) Z 247A22 4 CM ARMED
SG118-4
LAMP TEST E 248A22 5 LAMP TEST
L407A24 TO ARN-147/ARN-123
/COMMAND/INSTRUMENTS
K8357A20 TM11-1520-237-23
P/O CAUTION RELAY ENCLOSURE
ADVISORY PANEL
AA5472_21
SA
Figure 4. Schematic Diagram CMWS> (Sheet 21 of 21)..
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 5 0179 01-96
TM 1-1520-237-23-4
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
GEORGE W. CASEY, JR.
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0925112
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution number (IDN) 311287,
requirements for TM 1-1520-237-23-4.
These are the instructions for sending an electronic 2028
The following format must be used if submitting an electronic 2028. The subject line must be
exactly the same and all fields must be included; however only the following fields are
mandatory: 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, and 27.
From: “Whomever” [email protected]
To: [email protected]
Subject: DA Form 2028
1 From: Joe Smith
2 Unit: home
3 Address: 4300 Park
4 City: Hometown
5 St: MO
6 Zip: 77777
7 Date Sent: 19--OCT--93
8 Pub no: 55--2840--229--23
9 Pub Title: TM
10 Publication Date: 04--JUL--85
11 Change Number: 7
12 Submitter Rank: MSG
13 Submitter FName: Joe
14 Submitter MName: T
15 Submitter LName: Smith
16 Submitter Phone: 123--123--1234
17 Problem: 1
18 Page: 2
19 Paragraph: 3
20 Line: 4
21 NSN: 5
22 Reference: 6
23 Figure: 7
24 Table: 8
25 Item: 9
26 Total: 123
27 Text:
This is the text for the problem below line 27.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/ Supply Manuals (SC/SM) 8/30/02
For use of this form, see AR 25--30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location)(Include ZIP Code)
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command MSG, Jane Q. Doe
ATTN: AMSAM-MMA-NP 1234 Any Street
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898 Nowhere Town, AL 34565
PART 1 - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Organizational, Direct Support, And
TM 9-1005-433-24 16 Sep 2002 General Support Maintenance Manual for
Machine Gun, .50 Caliber M3P and M3P
Machine Gun Electrical Test Set Used On
Avenger Air Defense Weapon System
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
1 WP0005
PG 3
2 Test or Corrective Action column should identify a different WP number.
L E
P
A M
E X
* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/ SIGNATURE
AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION
MSG, Jane Q. Doe, SFC 788-1234
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPA V3.01
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command MSG, Jane Q. Doe 8/30/02
ATTN: AMSAM-MMA-NP 1234 Any Street
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898 Nowhere Town, AL 34565
PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO.
SUPPORTED
L E
P
A M
PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
E X
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE
PLUS EXTENSION
MSG, Jane Q. Doe, SFC 788-1234
USAPA V3.01
Use PartII(reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND Catalogs/ Supply Manuals (SC/SM)
BLANK FORMS
For use of this form, see AR 25--30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location)(Include ZIP Code)
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command ATTN:
AMSAM-MMA-NP Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
PART 1 --ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/ SIGNATURE
AUTOVON, PLUS
EXTENSION
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPA V3.01
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command
ATTN: AMSAM-MMA-NP Redstone Arsenal, AL
35898
PART II --REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO.
SUPPORTED
PART III --REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms.
Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE
PLUS EXTENSION
USAPA V3.01
The Metric System and Equivalents
Linear Measure Liquid Measure
1 centiliter = 10 milliters = .34 fl. ounce
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters = .39 inch 1 deciliter = 10 centiliters = 3.38 fl. ounces
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters = 3.94 inches 1 liter = 10 deciliters = 33.81 fl. ounces
1 meter = 10 decimeters = 39.37 inches 1 dekaliter = 10 liters = 2.64 gallons
1 dekameter = 10 meters = 32.8 feet 1 hectoliter = 10 dekaliters = 26.42 gallons
1 hectometer = 10 dekameters = 328.08 feet 1 kiloliter = 10 hectoliters = 264.18 gallons
1 kilometer = 10 hectometers = 3,280.8 feet
Square Measure
Weights
1 sq. centimeter = 100 sq. millimeters = .155 sq. inch
1 centigram = 10 milligrams = .15 grain 1 sq. decimeter = 100 sq. centimeters = 15.5 sq. inches
1 decigram = 10 centigrams = 1.54 grains 1 sq. meter (centare) = 100 sq. decimeters = 10.76 sq. feet
1 gram = 10 decigram = .035 ounce 1 sq. dekameter (are) = 100 sq. meters = 1,076.4 sq. feet
1 decagram = 10 grams = .35 ounce 1 sq. hectometer (hectare) = 100 sq. dekameters = 2.47 acres
1 hectogram = 10 decagrams = 3.52 ounces 1 sq. kilometer = 100 sq. hectometers = .386 sq. mile
1 kilogram = 10 hectograms = 2.2 pounds
1 quintal = 100 kilograms = 220.46 pounds Cubic Measure
1 metric ton = 10 quintals = 1.1 short tons
1 cu. centimeter = 1000 cu. millimeters = .06 cu. inch
1 cu. decimeter = 1000 cu. centimeters = 61.02 cu. inches
1 cu. meter = 1000 cu. decimeters = 35.31 cu. feet
Approximate Conversion Factors
To change To Multiply by To change To Multiply by
inches centimeters 2.540 ounce-inches Newton-meters .007062
feet meters .305 centimeters inches .394
yards meters .914 meters feet 3.280
miles kilometers 1.609 meters yards 1.094
square inches square centimeters 6.451 kilometers miles .621
square feet square meters .093 square centimeters square inches .155
square yards square meters .836 square meters square feet 10.764
square miles square kilometers 2.590 square meters square yards 1.196
acres square hectometers .405 square kilometers square miles .386
cubic feet cubic meters .028 square hectometers acres 2.471
cubic yards cubic meters .765 cubic meters cubic feet 35.315
fluid ounces milliliters 29,573 cubic meters cubic yards 1.308
pints liters .473 milliliters fluid ounces .034
quarts liters .946 liters pints 2.113
gallons liters 3.785 liters quarts 1.057
ounces grams 28.349 liters gallons .264
pounds kilograms .454 grams ounces .035
short tons metric tons .907 kilograms pounds 2.205
pound-feet Newton-meters 1.356 metric tons short tons 1.102
pound-inches Newton-meters .11296
Temperature (Exact)
°F Fahrenheit 5/9 (after Celsius °C
temperature subtracting 32) temperature
PIN: 073174-000
You might also like
- Cae Atr72 600 All Fcom Metric 17nov2022 3100% (1)Cae Atr72 600 All Fcom Metric 17nov2022 33,872 pages
- Another Aircraft Manual Supplied by LTD: P.O. Box 38-947 Wellington New ZealandNo ratings yetAnother Aircraft Manual Supplied by LTD: P.O. Box 38-947 Wellington New Zealand1,723 pages
- Ebook The Palgrave Handbook of Social Sustainability in Business Education 1e by Aušrinė Šilenskytė, Miguel Cordova, Marina ANo ratings yetEbook The Palgrave Handbook of Social Sustainability in Business Education 1e by Aušrinė Šilenskytė, Miguel Cordova, Marina A61 pages
- Characterization of Reservoir Sands Using 3d Seismic 4vls296t8kNo ratings yetCharacterization of Reservoir Sands Using 3d Seismic 4vls296t8k10 pages
- Component Maintenance Manual: Highlights Aug 12/08No ratings yetComponent Maintenance Manual: Highlights Aug 12/08165 pages
- Hawker 800A - Flash Cards Combined Revision 1 06-15 PDF100% (1)Hawker 800A - Flash Cards Combined Revision 1 06-15 PDF204 pages
- Airplane Maintenance Manual: Sportcruiser / PipersportNo ratings yetAirplane Maintenance Manual: Sportcruiser / Pipersport377 pages
- Reading Material - Module-1 - Introduction To Financial AnalyticsNo ratings yetReading Material - Module-1 - Introduction To Financial Analytics10 pages
- Hide and Secret - The Lost World - Walk Through & Strategy Guide - WWW - fishBoneGamesNo ratings yetHide and Secret - The Lost World - Walk Through & Strategy Guide - WWW - fishBoneGames94 pages
- Osr2 Functions As A Biomechanical Checkpoint To Aggravate CD8 T Cell Exhaustion in TumorNo ratings yetOsr2 Functions As A Biomechanical Checkpoint To Aggravate CD8 T Cell Exhaustion in Tumor43 pages
- 2016 - Toffel - Enhancing The Practical Relevance of ResearchNo ratings yet2016 - Toffel - Enhancing The Practical Relevance of Research14 pages
- Aerospace - Parts - 3 - Tornillos Tuercas Bulones CatalogoNo ratings yetAerospace - Parts - 3 - Tornillos Tuercas Bulones Catalogo99 pages
- Dokumen - Tips Instructions Manual Illustrated Parts Catalogue Manual Illustrated Parts CatalogueNo ratings yetDokumen - Tips Instructions Manual Illustrated Parts Catalogue Manual Illustrated Parts Catalogue29 pages
- Main Landing Gear and Doors - Maintenance PracticesNo ratings yetMain Landing Gear and Doors - Maintenance Practices23 pages
- Stress Measurement in Rock Mass: IGC 2009, Guntur, INDIANo ratings yetStress Measurement in Rock Mass: IGC 2009, Guntur, INDIA5 pages
- Trigonometric Functions: A Mathematician Knows How To Solve A Problem, He Can Not Solve It. - MILNE100% (2)Trigonometric Functions: A Mathematician Knows How To Solve A Problem, He Can Not Solve It. - MILNE37 pages
- Drug Efficacy Study Implementation (DESI) FDANo ratings yetDrug Efficacy Study Implementation (DESI) FDA3 pages
- M1 - L3. Current Significance of ZoologyNo ratings yetM1 - L3. Current Significance of Zoology2 pages
- Engineering: 1 Air Conditioning and Cabin Pressurisation............... 1-1No ratings yetEngineering: 1 Air Conditioning and Cabin Pressurisation............... 1-136 pages
- Blogs Sap Com 2023 01 16 Collected Information About Reclaim Shrink DefragmentatNo ratings yetBlogs Sap Com 2023 01 16 Collected Information About Reclaim Shrink Defragmentat9 pages
- EASA TCDS R.010 - Eurocopter - Deutschland - MBB BK - 117 03 29112010 PDFNo ratings yetEASA TCDS R.010 - Eurocopter - Deutschland - MBB BK - 117 03 29112010 PDF24 pages
- How Do You Feel British English Student Ver2No ratings yetHow Do You Feel British English Student Ver24 pages
- Chapter 79 - Engine Oil System: BHT-412-CR&O-6100% (1)Chapter 79 - Engine Oil System: BHT-412-CR&O-66 pages
- Section 2 - Ground Handling, Servicing, Lubrication and InspectionNo ratings yetSection 2 - Ground Handling, Servicing, Lubrication and Inspection33 pages
- Document (3) (1) Coconut Plantation Management System100% (1)Document (3) (1) Coconut Plantation Management System16 pages
- Cockpit and Passenger Compartment Separation Solutions 1588230875No ratings yetCockpit and Passenger Compartment Separation Solutions 158823087514 pages
- Airworthiness Directive Schedule: Aeroplanes Hawker Beechcraft Corporation C90A, C90Gt and C90Gti 27 May 2010100% (1)Airworthiness Directive Schedule: Aeroplanes Hawker Beechcraft Corporation C90A, C90Gt and C90Gti 27 May 201017 pages
- 51-Highlights: Chapter 51 - Highlights (Summary of Changes)No ratings yet51-Highlights: Chapter 51 - Highlights (Summary of Changes)12 pages
- SB-4100 - Pitch Trim Actuator Hawker 400No ratings yetSB-4100 - Pitch Trim Actuator Hawker 4007 pages
- Name: Shaleen Semester: 8 Evening B Subject: Popular FictionNo ratings yetName: Shaleen Semester: 8 Evening B Subject: Popular Fiction4 pages
- Wings - Aileron Drain Hole Inspection SBNo ratings yetWings - Aileron Drain Hole Inspection SB8 pages
- EASA TCDS IM A 080 Bombardier BD100 Issue 10No ratings yetEASA TCDS IM A 080 Bombardier BD100 Issue 1012 pages
- Write About Five Environmentalists or Persons Who Are Working in The Field of Environment ConservationNo ratings yetWrite About Five Environmentalists or Persons Who Are Working in The Field of Environment Conservation3 pages
- Hawker 800A - Panel Poster 1of 2 Revision 6 06-14 PDF100% (1)Hawker 800A - Panel Poster 1of 2 Revision 6 06-14 PDF1 page
- Chapter 26 - Fire Protection: BHT-407-MM-3No ratings yetChapter 26 - Fire Protection: BHT-407-MM-34 pages
- The Role of Youth in National Development 1No ratings yetThe Role of Youth in National Development 11 page
